a Aten detente eae Saha e oman ue pag : BS ANE PE on oT OO A * rs nee! ms beset t tsar reset Slane oe Sela ae iS ta A 5 " nea = mee Seeetastin ea oe ~ Cady at a tate pint oom Shears se yy sieseneeapeen acaba ‘5 a) | nee Ou aii : nae? ARON aca t: oe ‘eS » fi | me ‘4 ‘i ’ Ky ; Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/seainlandfisheri1906irel Lon \ ve at mm, f a = } , Leos VNet Ves LAST, OU | = fy ~~ fn ‘ © 4 o fa a d ln ar . 6 | t C3 SE LOA TR VAUERN GCUN OWE | L4~O “7 ' a 1 OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION | “3 FOR IRELAND. (REPORT) (SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF IRELAND FOR A 190 6=\904 Avot A IN TWO PARTS. Part JI.—GENERAL REPORT. Part IJ.—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS. j PART I —SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Sis Majesty. AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION (IRELAND) ACT, 1899. («2 AND 63 VIC., CAPs 50.) DUBLLN : PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE, BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO, (LIMITED), ABBEY-STREET. And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from E. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN; or WYMAN AND SONS, LrD., FETTER-LANE, E.C., and 32, ABINGDON-STREET, WESTMINSTER, S.W. or OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE-COURT, EDINBURGH. ISO: [Cd. 4405.] Proce 3s. 5d. ‘ To ' His Excellency Jonn CamMpBELL, EARL OF ABERDEEN, Lord Lieutenant- General and General Governor of Ireland. May IT PLEASE Your EXcELLENCcY, IT am directed by the Vice-President to submit to Your Excellency the Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for the year 1906, Part II., Scientific Investigations. I have the honour to remain, Your Excellency’s faithful Servant; f.. PA GrnG Secretary. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND 0 J INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND, na 3° UpreR MERRION-STREET, DvuBLIn, 8th April, 1909. IQGE Dusiin Castle, pt. 4 13th April, 1909. I have to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 8th instant, forwarding, for submission to His Excellency the Lord Lieutenant, the Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1906, Part II., Scientific Investigations. i am; Sir, Your obedient Servant, J. B. DOUGHERTY. The Secretary, Department of Agriculture and ‘Technical Instruction for Treland. CONTENTS. REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER, oe Scope of Report, .., ae aod SEA FISHERIES. International Investigations, : Collection of Hydrographical ae Its importance in relation to Fisheries, Trawling— Survey of Trawling Grounds, Observations relative to Drift-netting, Drift-net Fisheries, Herring fishery Inv Be rene Oyster Fisheries— Spatting Experiments, Experiments in Re-stocking Natural Beds Public Beds at Clarenbridge, Public Beds in Clew Bay, Public Beds in Tralee Bay, Mussel and Periwinkle Fisheries— Transplantation of Mussels, Re Experiments in Collecting Periwinkles, .. INLAND FISHERIES. Artificial Propagation, Salmon Marking Experiments, Ascent of Eel Fry, SCIENTIFIC PAPERS, APPENDIX, 3 Aa To THE Secretary of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND T'ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR JRELAND, FISHERIES BRANCH. SIR, I have the honour to submit the following Report, pre- pared by Mr. EF. W. L. Holt, Scientific Adviser to the Fisheries Branch of the Department, and forming Part II. of the Report on Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1906, already submitted. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Wm. SpoTswoop GREEN, Chief Inspector of Fisheries. 15th March, 1909. SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES, 1906. REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER. To THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FISHERIES. SIR, I have the honour to submit my report on the scientific work of the Fisheries Branch for the year 1906. The associa- tion of the report with a definite period of twelve months is necessarily somewhat illusory, since the delays incidental to the preparation and printing of the technical memoirs which form the Appendix not infrequently carry the date at which it becomes possible to write the covering précis somewhat far into the succeeding year, and it appears to be desirable to note Spy MINg of special interest which may occur previous to such ate. SEA FISHERIES. International Investigations.—The second period for which the expenditure necessary for the British share of these in- vestigations was sanctioned by H. M. Government terminated in July, 1907, but has been extended for a further period of twelve months, pending the findings of a Committee appointed to consider this and other matters relating to fisheries research. The quarterly observations associated with the international scheme have been duly carried out by my colleagues, Messrs. Farran and Kemp, and the hydro- graphical results have been communicated to and published by the International Bureau. In the hydrographical section are included not only physical data, as of temperature and salinity of the waters, but also tabulation of those organisms, technically summarised as Plankton, which, presumably in- capable of sustained movement other than in the direction taken by the medium in which they have their being, are held to afford by their annual and seasonal distribution evidence of the migrations of the waters. When we consider that our most valuable sea-fisheries are those of mackerel and herring, and that these fishes are, in so far as relates to the opportunity of their capture, creatures of the upper waters rather than of the bottom, the necessity of a proper study of the movements and changes of the surface and middle waters becomes at once apparent, since it can hardly be doubted that the distribution of these fishes responds in some degree to the distribution of water of salinity and temperature congenial or otherwise to their mode of life. Moreover almost all our market fishes, vl though many are only to be taken in marketable condition on the bottom, pass more or Jess of their early life in the upper strata of the sea, and must go whither the current takes them. The ebb and flow of the tide along our coasts, and its response to local conditions of wind force, are familiar enough and fishermen are accustomed to direct their operations in a rea- sonably full knowledge of the effects of both tide and wind upon the fishes which according to the season may be engag- ing their attention, The great annual ocean tide is, however, a discovery of comparatively recent years and all that we know about it is that it does in fact occur every year, but is immensely variable in degree. Unlike the daily tides it is not a matter of obvious elevation or lowering of the coastal water level, but an interchange of waters of different saltness and different temperature, the practical result being that the belt of comparatively non-saline water which laves our western coasts in summer is reduced in width in winter to a greater or less degree by the invasion of salter water from the more central parts of the Atlantic. That most fishes are intolerant of considerable changes in the salinity of water is known to everyone. 'lhat some at Jeast of our most valuable kinds are sensitive to comparatively small . differences of salinity appears, from such additions as are from time to time being made to knowledge, to be at least probable: and if such sen- sitiveness can be proved we shall easily understand the effect on fishing operations of the width of the belt of water of the required composition. Supposing, for the sake of illustra- tion (very likely it may prove to be untrue), we say that mackerel prefer water of less than 35 °/,, salinity. In winter and spring the isohaline of that salinity may hypothe- tically come within 10 miles of the coast or may not get nearer to it than 70 miles. ‘T'aking the number of fish as a constant (which no doubt it is not) mackerel will obviously be more thickly placed in a belt of 10 miles than in a belt of 70 miles, though their congregation within the belt of whatever width may be locally determined by other factors, such as the move- ment of the food-organisms which they pursue at the season in question. Still using the mackerel as the theme of an argument, which is merely illustrative and does not pretend to be based on adequately proved facts. it is necessary to ascertain whether the creatures which it eats have themselves any predilection for water of a particular composition, and if so, how far it is the walling in of the food supply, and not the mackerel’s own taste in the matter of salt and temperature, that brings the fish into the strata of water suitable for the operations of drift-net, seine and hand-line; or, to anticipate a westward extension of an apparently profitable fishery, the trawl. As you are aware, the perfecting of knowledge on these matters is but a means to an end, for it will profit us nothing to know that certain physical and biological conditions are favourable to a successful fishery, unless we acquire some vil means of predicting when and where these conditions are likely to occur. At present a mackerel boat, whether smack or seine-boat, fits out at a certain date, probably determined by recollection of the fortunes of the few preceding seasons, and fishes nightly until fish are got in quantity or, in the absence of such a con- summation after a reasonable period of tmal, until the crew get tired of unremunerative sea-dangering. If the biologist’s theories are right he will be able to demonstrate that the waters are suitable for catching fish at precisely the same time as the fisherman catches them, and the most that he can do in this way is to save the wear and tear of nets involved by nightly fishing before the fish rise. What we have to do is therefore to find out what are the causes Which determine the extent of the annual salt-water tide, and then from observations of the data which may prove to be of importance to endeavour to forecast the result in time to be of some use for the guidance of fishermen in fitting out for a particular campaign. It is almost certain that the neces- sary observations are not in themselves difficult if the field of work can be sufficiently extended ; it is quite certain that the period of study must embrace many years, so as to eliminate errors caused by what one may term the chance irruption of factors which are not normally operative. Possibly, as I understand is the case in regard to some cereal crops, the data of one year may prove to afford means of estimating the conditions of the next; possibly the necessary period of obser- vation may be longer or, per contra, almost immediately ante- cedent data may prove to be essential. So far I have assumed that when the water conditions are suitable, the fish will be found in unvarying number, but such an assumption neglects the fact that fish take some five years to come to marketable condition and may live for an indefinitely longer period. — It follows, therefore, that in forming an opinion on the prospects of a particular season it is necessary to consider the probable effects of at least four preceding seasons on the stock, while the question is further complicated by the apparent fact that certain fishes, though very widely distributed, only achieve success as breeders in particular regions. In such cases fish which form an important feature in our statistics may be derived from breeding grounds far outside our area and may, in addition, have annually flowed and ebbed through a region wider than our individual sphere of observation. I have written upon these matters at perhaps undue length because the objects sought to be attained by the study of hydrographical conditions and of the life-histories of fishes (and other organisms), which we cannot possibly hope to con- trol, do not appear to be universally understood. Trawling.—The survey of the deep-sea grounds off the south-west coast has been brought to a conclusion, so far as regular quarterly trawling is concerned, but the cruiser will still make occasional hauls in that region for the purpose of clearing up points that may arise while we are working out vili the material. Allowing for the short time disposable for deep- sea work and the frequent interruptions due to weather, a very fair knowledge of the nature of the ground and of its products at different seasons has been acquired, and is in pro- cess of tabulation. I hope to be able to print a full account of the takes of fish in each haul in the course of next year, while the other items of the catch are dealt with by my col- leagues. The survey of trawling grounds in the Irish Sea has been regularly prosecuted, and at the end of the present year it is proposed to collate and publish the results. Mr. Farran is preparing a report on the flat-fish marking experiments, which will be of the greatest importance in interpreting the lists of hauls. It is probable that the conclusion of the west coast deep- water survey will enable us in the future to deal in greater detai! with the inshore trawl-fisheries of the southern and western littoral. The south coast, especially, presents some problems for the elucidation of which we require a good deal more evidence than is at present available. It is matter of regret that we have been unable to test the possibilities of long-lining and drift-netting in this region, but, as you know, these methods of fishing do not lend them- selves to combination with others, and, moreover, for their safe and effective prosecution from a big vessel hke the Helga, require a larger crew than she carries. Probably, as our various schemes of work mature, time will be found in the future for deep-sea cruises devoted chiefly to lines and drift- nets. Of the possibilities of the latter for market purposes I am not sanguine, for on reasonably calm nights Messrs. Farran and IKkemp have always studied the surface fauna with the aid of an electric cluster lamp and have seen and caught many creatures of scientific interest, but, excepting squid, nothing of market value. Squid command a high price as bait in England and Scotland, and the ease with which they may be caught on occasion from the ship’s side would be of importance to deep-sea line-fishermen. On their last cruise my colleagues were able to trace to the agency of squid (the species is Ommastrephes sagittatus) certain noises and disturbances of the surface which they would otherwise have attributed to fish. Quite probably surface phenomena of the same nature may have from time to time have been regarded by observers on Atlantic liners as indications of the presence of marketable fish. If mackerel or herring do in fact occur at the surface at great distances from the western and south-western coast, it is at least remarkable that they have always contrived to elude the notice of the Helga, which for several years has regularly worked this region at all seasons as far as seventy miles seawards. Inshore, on the usual fish- ing grounds, these fishes are quite commonly seen while the ship is running her courses out and in, and their escape from observation over deep water is probably more than a matter of chance. 1x Mackerel and Herring Fisheries.—On this subject I have little to add to the remarks which I have made above in reference to the International Investigations. The Depart- ment was invited by the English Board of Agriculture and Fisheries to co-operate with the Lancashire and Western Sea Fisheries’ Committee in a scheme of investigation proposed to be undertaken by the Committee in regard to the movements of herring in the St. George’s Channel and Irish Sea, and correspondence passed between Professor Herdman and my- self on this subject. The particular object of the proposed research, viz., the locating of shoals such as in former years appear to have afforded a summer and early autumn fishery to Manx boats, was not of primary importance to our fleets, which are now more or less profitably engaged at various places during the period in question ; though, of course, any addition to our knowledge of the movement of herring would be useful, and we would not willingly let slp any opportunity of assist- ing our neighbours. You yourself, however, were acquainted with serious attempts made many years ago to pursue the fish from the south-east coast of Ireland up Channel and of their failure in most competent hands. The raison d’étre of the proposed research rested on the assumption of an up-Channel migration, of which the available size-statistics of herring from different grounds give no clear proof, though occasional uruptions of the species into narrow waters show that there may be always near our coasts herring of a smaller size than the drift-nets can, or at any rate do, capture. Considering the possibilities of a really efficient hunt for herring over a wide area, | was compelled to the conclusion that it would be necessary to fit out at least two steam-drifters to quarter the ground properly, and to a scheme of such magnitude we were precluded from contributing by financial reasons. We were, therefore, obliged to decline to co-operate in a scheme of in- vestigation involving the endeavour to capture the fish by ex- perimental drift-netting, but out of our negotiations on this subject we have evolved with our English colleagues a joint scheme of hydrographic research in the Irish Sea and St. George’s Channel. At the latitude of the Calf of Man the Helga and the Lancashire vessel effect a complete sectional survey of the Irish Sea on the same day, thence, turning southwards, the two ships run lines of observing stations down the Channel, and from the Tuskar the Helga runs a course so as to meet the Marine Biological Association’s steamer coming up from the Land’s End. Combined action of this sort is much easier in theory than it has proved to be in practice, because the weather often prevents exactly simultaneous ob- servations. I think, however, that we have made a distinct advance towards a perfect system of co-ordination of work. The prospect of a profitable study of the herring problem has been greatly improved by Dr. Hjort’s discovery of a method of determining the birth-period and the age of the fish by the examination of their scales. As everyone knows herring, unlike most market fishes, are not restricted to any x one period of the year for spawning, but their breeding seasons can be roughly divided into summer and winter. The possibility of distinguishing summer-bred from winter-bred fish seems likely to immensely facilitate the elucidation of the history of the shoals which form the objects of the various fisheries. So far as Ireland is concerned, the Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association, which receives a subsidy from the Department in consideration of carrying out research under our direction, has undertaken an investigation based upon Hjort’s methods. Oyster Fisheries.—I hoped to have been able to include in the Appendix to this report an account of the results of our experiments in oyster culture, in continuation of the paper presented by Mr. Hillas and myself in 1905; but Mr. Tatter- sall and Mr. Hillas, who have undertaken its preparation, have not been able to complete it in time, owing to the labour involved in making out the statistical tables which are abso- lutely essential to the proper statement of fact. J may say, however, that as regards our attempt to secure semi-artificial reproduction in the pond at Ardfry, the season of 1906 yielded a considerable but very late fall of spat, which so far has done very well. The 1907 fall, in spite of apparently adverse con- ditions of weather, has been one of the best which we have had, and consideration of the circumstances to which it is apparently due has suggested experiment in a more com- pletely closed nursery. One of the greatest difficulties which we encounter is the proper drying of the collecting tiles after they have been coated with mortar. Our Continental neigh- bours can apparently depend upon being able to dry the mortar in the open, but we certainly cannot during the period which, having regard to other pre-occupations incidental to the management of an oyster fishery, would be available for the preparation of the collecting apparatus. We could, of course, put up efficient drying sheds, but I see no advantage in doing so, because it would involve, in my opinion, over- capitalisation of the enterprise. So far we have got no good out of birch twigs, which are the collectors used in Norway, but it is possible that alteration in their disposition, suggested by recent experience, may give better results. Though tiles, when the coating is satisfactorily dried, do well enough, their present cost is prohibitive for the purposes of a practical fishery, for after exhaustive inquiry I found it was much cheaper to import them from Brittany than to buy them from any manufactory in Ireland. The expense and risk of car- riage over so great a distance does not appear to be a fair addition to the price of an article not obviously costly in the making. The policy of assisting the natural recuperation of the Clarenbridge public oyster fishery has been continued, and in the spring of 1907 we laid down on the outer and most thinly stocked part of the ground some 156,000 Brittany seed oysters. In my last report I mentioned that in 1906 we laid gh seed derived from ground layings, since it was represented to us that, though somewhat more expensive, it was considerably more valuable than the smaller stock derived from caisses. It certainly appeared to be so on importation, but we obtained, for observation at Ardfry, seed of both qualities. A year’s observation of the two suggested that for our purposes the cheap stock was at least as good as the other, and for the 1907 laying we were content to import caisse seed. Owing to un- favourable conditions in the preceding season our importation, though fully up to specification, was of a quality much inferior in size to that of the two previous years, but the sample which we have kept under observation at Ardfry seems to have grown well enough. One result of our stocking operations at Clarenbridge was a revival of genera! interest in the fishery, which had suffered a shght and, in its interests, welcome neglect during the re- cent years of its decadence. In consequence the annual fishery of 1906, confined by local arrangement to the first fortnight in December, was prosecuted by an unusually large number of dredgers, with the result that although the aggre- gate catch, computed at 245,000, was satisfactory, the shares of the regular fishermen were not so much enhanced as to produce a greatly augmented return in cash. The local market was bad, and the considerable proportion, in the catches, of flat-shelled French oysters, the survivors of our first layings, reduced the current price. The dredgers are quite able to appreciate the fact that 300 oysters at, say, 4s. per hundred are better than 200 at 5s. per hundred, and entirely approve of the Department’s action, while cognisant of the fact that we lay the stock not to augment their catches by the capture of more or fewer of the actual French oysters, but to increase spatting by the reproduction of these oysters before they reach the legal standard. Some at least of the buyers consider that the present size limit, 2% inches, is too low, but I do not think it is yet practicable to raise it. As the bed regains its former productivity, as I have no doubt it will under the present efficient system of protection, it is probable that the raising of the size-lmit will commend itself to regular dredgers. Our chief difficulty is that no oyster bed will stand the demands of all comers, and that there is at present no means of restricting the number of boats to the reasonable possibilities of a profitable return. I imagine that the actual fisherman lands oysters of a value very considerably in excess of the price which he gets for them, but the problem of placing him in direct communication with the consumer or even with the town fishmonger is one of great difficulty in all cases, and especially with such a fishery as that of Clarenbridge, which lasts only for a fortnight. So far as I know anything of trade conditions, it is only the man who throughout the season can produce as many oysters as may be required, who is able to maintain a business inde- pendent of the local middleman. This fact, if such it be, lies very near the factor determining the commercial success of private as well as public fisheries. x1 As I mentioned in my last report, the Department was asked, on behaif of the fishermen interested, to take over the public beds of Clew Bay with a view to restoring them to a condition of productivity. The Department were willing to do so, and the devising of a self-supporting scheme of ex- penditure presented no difficulty, but we were advised by the Law Officers that it was impossible to grant a licence to the Department and there was consequently no means of securing effective control over the beds other than that which you can at present exercise by by-law. The local conditions are very different from those of Claren- bridge but the only course open to us was to attempt the same means of improvement on a limited area which could be effectively protected at reasonable cost. The local fisherman whom we appointed as bailiff appears to have taken a liberal view of his responsibilities and has in fact kept the area on which we laid the young stock in 1906 and 1907 free from the incursion of dredgers, while he has also been active in check- ing the small trading craft which frequent the Inislyre Roads from infringing the by-law relative to the discharge of rubbish on the beds. I am afraid, from such observation as has been made of the growth of the laid stock, that the Clew Bay beds possess a power of natural recuperation much inferior to that of Clarenbridge. The number laid in 1907 was 120,000. The Tralee beds, now the most important source of supply of Irish natives, appear to be in excellent condition, and in closing these remarks I should like to pay a tribute to the services of our principal oyster bailiff, Mr. Lannon, to whose vigilance and tact the present satisfactory conditions of the Tralee and Clarenbridge beds is chiefly due. Mussel and Periwinkle Fisheries.—Considerable success appears from the reports of the Lancashire and Western Sea Fisheries Committee to have attended the transplantation, on a practical scale, of mussels in that district. In the theory of the operations there is nothing new, but their practical appli- cation by a commune of fishermen is a distinct advance as far as concerns the United Kingdom. In this country we have so far been less successful, although for the sake of the object lesson we have offered, in the case of a certain public fishery, to pay very generously for services rendered in a first trans- plantation of stock from the sloblands, where mussels never grow large, to deep-water beds now more or less depleted. From circumstances brought to our knowledge in the case of oyster as well as mussel fisheries, reluctance to assist in trans- plantation work appears to arise from two causes. Firstly, the individual fishermen are unwilling to lend a hand to any operation that may benefit casual invaders of the fishery as much as themselves, and, secondly, there still lingers, but only in some places, a deep-rooted distrust of the motives which induce us to try and improve a fishery. In time we shall perhaps live down this distrust in one place as well as another, but meanwhile it is rather a serious obstacle in the way of fishery improvement. Xl For an illustration, in case such were needed, of the possi- bility of transforming slob mussels into marketable stock, we have conducted transplanting experiments at Ardfry with satisfactory results. Independently, Mr. King, who has a licence for a mussel bed in the estuary of the Nanny in County Louth, has been most successful in transplanting stock, and has demonstrated that not only are the spat taken from places far above the line of good growth capable of rapid increase at the right level, but also that the old thick-shelled stock from similar situations is capable of the full measure of growth when transferred to low water mark. With regard to periwinkles, which, as your report shows, make a very substantial contribution to the total value of Irish sea fisheries, I was led to suppose, by observations made in- cidentally in connection with our oyster experiments at Bally- nakill, Muckinish and Ardfry, that something might be done to facilitate the gathering of large, while leaving unmolested small periwinkles, by the simple method of driving in wooden pickets over the grounds frequented by the mollusc in ques- tion. We accordingly made an experiment on these lines at Ardfry, but the results, as Mr. Tattersall’s report will show in due course, have been unsatisfactory, and the proper method of periwinkle culture is still to seek. Mr. Tattersall has, however, been able to make most interesting observations upon the breeding of periwinkles, which was a matter of some obscurity. INLAND FISHERIES. The part of the Appendix relating to this subject contains nothing which requires special comment. The output of hatcheries, though less than that of the preceding season, is still in excess of any other, and as public interest in this work is continually increasing we may reasonably hope, while making allowance for years in which the capture of breeding stock presents unusual difficulty, to maintain a general average increase. Our salmon-marking experiments have been continued on the usual scale, and we are indebted to Mr. Hillas for the devising of a marking apparatus which seems likely to enable us to successfully label smolts as well as larger fish. It con- sists of a pair of forceps something after the fashion of the implement used for the affixing of a ring in the nose of a pig, but naturally much smaller. One pinch of the forceps fixes in the fish a ring which carries a small tag inscribed with a letter and number, and the necessary handling of the fish is conse- quently reduced to a minimum. We have already been able to demonstrate by means of this apparatus that the ‘‘ pink”’ of certain Kerry rivers are actually young White Trout. In the coming season it is hoped that we may be able to mark a number of salmon smolts in a manner which, while occasion- ing no undue inconvenience to themselves, will absolutely X1V demonstrate the history of the fish which may be again caught as peal, while we intend to use the same apparatus, in larger size, for the marking of adult salmon and of sea fishes. The report relative to the periods of ascent of eel-fry in different rivers is the first of its series. As the subject is of considerable importance, having regard to possible develop- ments in the eel fishery, effort will be made to secure more complete information in future years. SCIENTIFIC PAPERS. The reports which form the Appendix are mainly of a techrical character. Perhaps the most important of them is Mr. C. Green’s index to our scientific publications of the last five years, which, if not a report in the ordinary sense of the word, is nevertheless a contribution of great utility to our- selves as well as to colleagues who in all parts of the world appear to find our papers worth reading. Mr. Farran has worked out our gatherings of the pelagic organisms known collectively as Salps, oceanic creatures which, though of no great importance as fish food, afford by their occasional invasions of our littoral an indication of the accidence of ocean currents. On behalf of the Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association Messrs. Buchanan-Wollaston and Gough contribute respectively papers on the sedentary tuni- cates and bottom deposits of the Larne region. With the assistance of Mr. Byrne I present a second report on the fishes of the deep-water section of our fishing grounds, containing descriptions and illustrations of some of the as yet unfamiliar fishes which have been found to be inhabitants of that region. Mr. Farran in another paper deals with his recent observa- tions of the copepoda, a group of minute crustaceans the im- portance of which requires, in this year of grace, no explana- tion. In conclusion I desire to express my acknowledgements to my colleagues, the Assistant Naturalists, and to the Technical Assistant, for help in the preparation of this report as well as for the prosecution of the researches with which it deals. T am, Sir, Your obedient Servant, E. W. L. HOLT, Scientific Adviser. 29nd October, 1907. APPENDIX TO bee ORT ON THE SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF [IRELAND FOR THE YEAR 1906. PART II,—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS. Appendix, No. Page. I. On the distribution of the Thaliacea and Pyrosoma in Irish Waters, by G. P. Farran, B.A., ... ee 556 Jo0 An0 [3] II. Second Report on the Copepoda of the Irish Atlantic oes DY G. P. Farran, B.A., Plates I to XI, ave : ae [19] IIT. Preliminary Report on the Simple Ascidians of the Larne District, by H. J. Buchanan-Wollaston, —... os on ce [121] IV. The Bottom Deposits of Larne Lough, by Geo, C. one: B. vig F.G.S., Map, Bs . : x [131] . Second Report on the Fishes of the Irish Atlantic aoe nS 1De Wie dip Holt and L. W. Byrne, Plates I to V, j {141] VI. Index to the Scientific Publications of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland, 1901-1905, compiled by Charles Green, B.A., fie ae [203] INLAND FISHERIES. VII. i—Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae during the season of 1906-1907, by E. W. L. Ifolt, sic OB bee [229] ii Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries, oe [236] iii.—Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative to Salmon Fisheries, Se ee wo a [239] VIII. iv—Summary of Reports relative to Eel Fry, 1905 to 1907, by E. W. L. Holt, he ws Ae se oe [262 INDEX to the Appendix, a oe ee aA ae [271] th: i fate | . i a tags iJ JBMOITADITE: VV ETP! & qI 1: a ; ; wie wate a) H eat “/ i) ; iia ahira | AbLig 15) wk pee \ ote Le arty’ ee trl Aya“0 1 oa “4 te ao y NM 4 > | L ves “ » A Lie ey; ~~ S ¥ LAE Oa é ¥ ' n oa ey bow leily ONT : mar a a ive atl a u ‘ & “Fi ible vitiey su Al qt aa a i TL / er) hy eh h 2) heal ‘ ; ta bey ae fee 4 yeh Ls aie it i 7 no 5 ie ‘ . vel oy) honed t " ‘ (wis) ae Aas ies (ORT * -— Wwe My | v Cel a t~Ol Pere ag eo riarm iy || c id te bible yi ow : hh Oe ee a ud | » e te Ye er gees oie ileal. ot ae £ ie! Pian | 33 ded on i i ‘ir J ‘ ia a cin @ } bey of ¥,* » Bt * AppENDIX, No. I. ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE THALIACEA AND PYROSOMA IN IRISH WATERS, BY G. P. Farran, B.A. The following notes deal with the distribution of the species of Doliolum, Salpa, and Pyrosoma observed on the W. and S.W. coasts of Ireland during 1901-1906. ‘There is still a good deal of townet material unsorted, which will probably add somewhat to the list of records, but enough has been dealt with to give the main features of the distribution during the period in question, and it seems advisable to put the results on record. The species met with were :— Doliolum tritonis, Herdman. Doliolum, sp. (probably identical with the species de- scribed under this name by Borgert (1894, pp. 17-18). Salpa mucronata, Forsk. S. confoederata, Forsk. S. fusiformis, Cuv. S. asymmetrica, Fowler. S. zonaria, Pallas. Pyrosoma spinosum, Herdman. Two of these, viz., Salpa confoederata and Pyrosoma spino- sum, have been considered, and doubtless are, distinctly southern forms whose occurrence in our area must be attri- buted to an exceptional northward extension of their range, to whatever cause it may be due. The remaining six species have already been recorded from the N.E. Atlantic in the same or higher latitudes. In the synonomy given with each species I have merely quoted such authorities as give good or accessible figures of the animal. Doliolum tritonis, Herdman. Doliolum denticulatum, Herdman, 1883, p. 101, Pls. 18-20. Doliolum tritonis, Herdman, 1888, p. 47, Pl. 38, fig. 3. Doliolum tritonis, Borgert, 1894, p, 19, Pl. 5, figs. 17-18. Doliolum tritonis, Borgert, 1901, p. 3, fig. 3. Doliolum tritonis, Ritter, 1905, p. 85, figs. 24-26. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906, I, [Published, December, 1906]. [ 2 3] T, ’06. 4 The gonozooid or sexual form of this species is from May to November apparently widely distributed in small numbers all along the west coast of Ireland at thirty or more miles from shore ; or more probably its shoreward limit is marked by the surface isohaline of 3530 S‘/oo, though it is occasionally found in small numbers quite close to land. Outside this line it occurs at times in immense shoals such as those met with by the Helga on the Porcupine Bank in June, 1901, 77 miles off Achill Head in August, 1901, and 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, in August, 1904, and it seems not improbable that most of the inshore records are referable to stragglers from such shoals which happened to be lying off the coast. The shoal of June, 1901, of which that of August, 1901, may have been an outlier, was composed almost entirely of very large gonozooids in perfect condition, no blastozooids having been noticed on that occasion. It is of interest to enquire into the ultimate destination of these shoals. It seems not unlikely that they pass slowly northwards, either striking the N.W. coast of Scotland or meeting extinction in the colder waters N. of the Firée Channel. The species was first described from specimens brought home by the Triton, which met with immense shoals between the Hebrides and Fiarde Islands (Herdman, 1883). The Plankton Expedition (Borgert, 1894), though finding it in greatest abundance in the warmer parts of the Atlantic, par- ticularly between Cape Verde Islands and Ascension and in the western part of the Gulf Stream, between Newfoundland and the Bermudas, also captured numerous specimens north of the Hebrides and for 200 miles to the westward on the line frem the north of Scotland to Cape Farewell in Greenland, though beyond that distance none were found. Dr. G. H. Fowler (1898, p. 581) met with similar shoals in the FirGée Channel in 1896, and in 1897 (bid., p. 582) he records the species as present in abundance at 400-500 fathoms, though scarce at the surface, suggesting that this is a case in which a shoal, having been killed by the unfavourable conditions it has ercountered, is gradually sinking. Any conjectures, however, as to the later history of these shoals must be rendered doubt- ful by our ignorance of the length of life of any of the stages of Doliolum. The blastozooid or oozoid generation, presumably belong- ing to D. tritonis, was usually met with singly or in very small numbers in the degenerate broad-banded stage. It usually measured from 10 to 12 mm. in length, but occasionally was much larger, the largest example noted reaching 2°5 cm. The only occasion on which anything like a swarm of this form was noticed was on 9th August, 1904, 50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan, where it occurred in moderate numbers. at 30, 60, and 110 fathoms unaccompanied by the gonozooid which was represented by several very small specimens at the surface. The undegenerate blastozooid was only met with twice, viz., 3lst July, 1901, 10 miles N. of Cleggan, 30 fathoms, ae T. 706. 5 when four specimens were taken, and 20th May, 1905, 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., Mesoplankton trawl, 1,150 fathoms, one specimen (this last-mentioned net was fished open to the surface, so the depth given does not necessarily represent the depth at which the specimen was taken). These specimens measured from 1°0 to 1°55 mm., and were each enclosed in a gelatinous envelope resembling the house of Oikopleura, but fitting closely to the zooid. They were not in good condition, and the branchial slits could not be made out. In other re- spects they agreed closely with the figure of this form given by Dr. G, H. Fowler (1905, Pl. VIII., fig. 1). In each case they were accompanied by a considerable number of very smal! (3-4 mm.) specimens of the gonozooid. At the first-mentioned station one specimen of the blasto- zooid, 2°3 mm. in length, shewed traces of commencing de- generation. The muscle bands had thickened, and were about equal to the intervening spaces. It bore a small dorsal stolon with buds attached. The stomach and gut were still present. In the list of specimens which follows the diagnostic points relied on were the relation of the endostyle and dorsal ganglion to the rings, the position of the testis and the curve of the gut. It is difficult, except in well-preserved specimens, to make out definitely the line of the branchial slits, but as D, tritonis may be separated from all described species except D. Gegenbaurt without reference to this character, and as the latter species is confined to the Mediterranean and, according to Borgert, (1894, p. 20) of doubtful value, this omission to verify the position of the slits may be excused, The mark of interrogation which follows some of the records given below indicates “that the identification though probable is not absolutely certain, in most cases owing to the i injury or bad preservation of the specimen. Bs bendas | Depth Date. | tation | Locality. | of Net. Gonozooid. | Blastozooid. No. | Fms. : — — 1901. Helga | 18/6 | LXXUI 40mi.N.W. by N.of Cleggan 0 | 1 large, 4 small. Head, Co. Galway. 105 | 36 large, 10 me- | Helga | dium. 28/6 LXXIV. 30 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan 44 24 small, Head. 88 | ?8small. Helga yes 29/6 | LXXVII. | 53° 24’ 30” Nees o S6 as 41 Enormously (Porcupine Bank.) abundant. 91 Not quite so Helga abundant. 99/6 | LX XVIII. | 53° 23’ N. 13° 13’ W. -- | Q0-120 | Manv. Helga : 29/6 | TOMI aloes. 23’ Ny ed2eras: W.. tee 0 Enormously abundant. 85 | Abundant. Helga 175 | Few. 1 2/7 |} DX XT, 10 mi. N.W. by N.of Cleggan 26 | ?4small. | Head. | | Hela | 5/7 LXXXV. | 40 mi. N. of Cleggan Head. 43 | ca 150 large and medium. | | 80 | ca 40 large. Helga | | g/7 |LXXXVIII. 40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 76 | ?2very small. | | Head. pb ay I. ’06. 6 Re Be Se se ee : Depth Date 0 Locality. of Net. | Gonozooid. | Blastozooid. “ ms. | | | | 1901. | : 31/7 | LVIL. ML. | 34 mi. W.S.W. of Shark | 0 | _ iS Head, Co. Galway. | Helga j i | 31/7 | CVI. | 10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 55 #1 very small. | | " | Head. | elga } 31/7 CVIL. 10 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan 0 | 20 small. Head. 26 | 18emall. =... | 1, j 50 | ?10small. Helga | / Bye | OVALE 10 mi. N. of Cleggan Head, 20 ca 400 small & | 4 small very small. | ere 40 ca 60 very small, | e | ! | } 1g | CXL. Inside Clarel,Co.Galway,, 10 | ?1 very small. | | Helga ~ 2/8 CXIiL. 20 mi. S.W. of Cleggan Head,| 0 | ?2very small. | | Helga | | | 93/8 | CXVOIL | 23 mi.N.W. by W.3 W. of | 0 | 2small. ne Cleggan Head. 72 = _3smaill elga 24/8 CxxX, '77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill 0 | caéé. Head, Co. Mayo. 190 | Very numerous. nate 0-380 | Very many. elga 24/8 CXXxI 64 — =i 3 W.of Cleggan | 0-199 | ca180 large, ... | ca 35 large. ea Helga | 12/9 | CXXXI. 50 mi, W.N.W. of Cleggan 0 | 2large. | Head. 100 | 25 large. _ Helga 13/9 CXXXII. | 50mi.N W. by N.of Cleggan 60 | 2large. | Head. } 120 | 2 | | 1903. 14/2 S.R.5 | 50mi. W.N.W.ofTearaght,, 50 | ?71L Co. Kerry. 100 | ?4small, | | 2/5 S.R. 15 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 15 | ca50 very small | 43 | Few very small. | 120 | 3medium. } | 8/5 S.R.19 | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 0 | 250 small. 50 | 2 small. 75 | ca40 very small 100 | ca 30 small, 8/5 S.R. 20 30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 50 12 a and small. 7/8 S.R. 31 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, | 29 «603. 93 | 35 large | | 129 | 40large 13/8 S.R. 39 | 50 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin | 0 | 2 large. | O’Beirne, Co. Donegal. 95 | 5 large. 13/8 | S.R.41 | 30 mi. NNW. of Rathlin 30 | Llarge O'Beirne. | 17/8 | S.R. 46 30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 0 | llarge | Head. 40 | 2large ; ' | 19/8 | S.R. 49 | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, | 90 20 medium | 1904. | } 4/8 | SR. 125 | 70 mi.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. 0 | 10small ) Cork. 20 5 medium } 40 3medium | Sal | | 4/8 | 3.R.128 | 40mi.S.W.ofFastnet, ... 0 | = 1. | 7/8 S.R. 132 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght 66 | ?2small. | | 160 = ?6small. | 8/8 | SR. 133 | 30 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, 20 | ?1small. 50 | ?4small. Pe 8 1. 706. 7 | : Bien ii? ean pssiy 2. if pL TY Date, (eon Locality. /ofNet | Gonozooid. | Blastozooid. - | Fms. | 1904. | 9/8 S.R. 135 50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan | 0 5 medium, 140 1=14 mm Head. | very small, 30 | _ ca 60=10-15 mm. 60 | 35, 10=10-15mm. 110 — 23. 9/8 S.R. 136 30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 0 5 medium and | Head. small. 11/8 S.R. 189 | 50 mi. N. by W. of EaglelL, 0 | 32 small. Co, Mayo. 116 | 378 large and | medium. 275 | 600 medium and) small. 400 | 430 large and medium, 300 | very small. | 800 | 1,280. 0-1,000 | 2,990. 11/8 S.R. 140 40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I. | 0 | 6large, 9 small. 350 | 450 small. 550 | 300 medium | | | and large. | 0-735 | Abundant. 24/8 S.R. 148° | 53° 27/ N. 13°37’ W. (Por- 0 | d5small. cupine Bank.) 50 | 8 medium. 80 | 10 medium. BM | 109 | 12 medium, 1=7 mm. 27/8 S.R. 152 45 oe NOE by W. of Achill | 220 | 50 medium, ... | 1=9mm. ead. 14/11 | S.R. 175 40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I. | 600 | ?5 small. | | 1905. | | | | 11/2 | S.R.197 | 50mi.N.by W.of EagleI. | 280 | 71. | | 6/5 | SR. 212 | 50mi.W.3N.ofTearaght,| 100 | 28. 12/5 S.R. 224 58° 7’ N. 15° 6’ W. (Out- | 750 | Moderate.small, Very few. | * side Porcupine Bank.) | 20/5 S.R. 230 | 30 mi.N. by W. of EagleL. | 50»? 2small. | | | 20/5 | SR. 231 | 50mi.N.by W.ofEaglel | 600 eet | | 0-1150 | ca50small, ... | 1 verysmall. | | | | 18/11 | S.R. 282 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I. | OF eve | 0-700 | ?8,—..- | 6. | Doliolum, sp. Fig. 1. In 1894 Borgert gave a description of a Doliolum taken on ten occasions by the Plankton Expedition in the N. Atlantic in 450-850 fathoms, five of these captures being between the N. of Scotland and Greenland. ee] He refrained from giving a Ly 06. S name to this form on the grounds that it might possibly be a variety of D. Krohni, with which it agreed in the position of the endostyle. The same form was taken off the Bay of Biscay, 150-430 fathoms, by Dr. G. H. Fowler, who recorded it as Doliolum, sp., Borgert (1905, p. 91), and admitted the possibility of its being a variety or pathological specimen of D. Krohnt. Borgert (1901, p. 2) in Nordisches Plankton again recorded it as Doliolum, sp. In May, 1904, a single specimen of a Doliolum, length 5 mm., was taken at 250 fathoms, 30 miles N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, which in its main points agreed with the form mentioned above. ‘The only difference of importance is in the testis, which is swollen throughout its length, and reaches forward almost to the 7th muscular ring, whereas the testis in Borgert’s species is slender, and only reaches to between the 5th and 6th rings. My figure (fig. 1), which is rendered somewhat diagrammatic by the omission of anything that seemed obscure, represents the actual form and relative position of the various organs in the specimen. The branchial slits were not well preserved, and could be made out with difficulty ; they seemed to lie dorsally between the 3rd and 4th rings and ventrally between the 3rd and 5th. This differs slightly from their position in Borgert’s species, but judging by the appearance of my specimen it is not unlikely that a general post-mortem shifting of all the parts had taken place. It seems most probable that all the records refer to a single species distinct from D. Krohnt, the longer testis in my speci- men being perhaps a later stage of development, though in D, tritonts such an increase in Jength does not occur. t Co. Mayo. | Depth | Date. | Station | Locality. of Net. —— } | No. | ; Fms | | l | | 1901. 11/5 | S.R. 112, | 30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., 250 | One specimen (Gonozooid), | | Salpa mucronata, Forsk. Salpa spinosa, MacIntosh, 1868. Salpa democratica-mucronata, Traustedt, 1885, PJ, JI. figs. 25-28. Salpa democratica-mucronata, Herdman, 1888, PI. VIII.. figs. 1-10. Salpa mucronata, Apstein, 1884, pp. 32-33. Salpa mucronata, Apstein, 1901, pp. 5-6, fig. 5. Salpa democratica-mucronata, Ritter, 1905, p. 73, figs. 18-19. Almost all the records of this species are referable to a large shoal which was met with off Cleggan, Co. Galway, in August, 1903. It stretched apparently from the shore to 22 miles off, Lt | J. ’06. 9 between which distance and 50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan no specimens were found. A line of stations N.N.W. from Rathlin O’ Beirne, Co. Donegal, shewed no trace of the species, which was only found in moderate numbers 10 miles from sbore on the line running W.N.W. from Tearaght, Co. Kerry. The records of the Marine Laboratory at Ballynakill, Co. Gal- way, show that the shoal appeared rather suddenly in coastal waters about August 11th, remaining very abundant during August and moderately so during September. A few specimens were noted at intervals until November 17th, after which the species disappeared. The sudden appearance of the shoal seems to indicate that it must already have attained consider- able size before striking the coast, against which it seems to have become banked up and crowded together. ‘The swarm of Lepas fascicularis which occurred in the same locality about the same date (Farran, 1905, p. 209), showed in its later phase a very similar disposition. When observed on August 10th it lay between thirty and fifty miles from shore; but later, on August 17th, the barnacles were seen mainly between ten and twenty miles off, very few being noticed between twenty and fifty miles. The salp shoal seems to have been of limited size. and probably originated from a small body of either the sexual or asexual form which, passing slowly to the N.E. in the prevailing drft met with favourable conditions for repro- duction or development in a coincidence of temperature, salinity and food supply. Once such a shoal was formed it would, as Fowler points out (1898, p. 581), while the con- ditions remained favourable, advance in a body of ever increas- ing numbers and density, there being no adequate cause why the zooids should become scattered one from another. There is nothing to show that sexual reproduction on any large scale took place in the coastal area, since developing embryos were only noticed in a very few instances, and the shoal consisted mainly of the sexual generation, the asexual generation form- ing less than 10 per cent. of the total, and being made up of specimens of large or medium size. The occurrence of shoals of Salpa mucronata on the western coasts of the British Isles seems to be not unusual. Apstein, ia his remarks on the swarming of Salps (1894, pp. 54-55), quotes several instances of such shoals from the Shetlands to the English Channel, and considers them to be a regular autumn feature of the Plankton in these regions. It seems, however, that as regards the west coast of Ireland the most that can be maintained is that the species can flourish in the less dense and somewhat colder coastal waters, but that the source from which such shoals are derived is in some other region, probably somewhere to the S.W. of the British Isles, the species not being, as far as our observations go, a per- manent inhabitant, even in the smallest numbers, of our waters. In the list of occurrences which follows, the Marine Labora- tory records are not included, as they have been summarised above, Lop I. ’06. 10 Miss Delap, in her summary of the plankton of Valencia Harbour for 1902-1905 (1906, p. 18, gives August—October, 1903, as the only occasion on which this species has occurred during the four years. Depth | _ Date. Bieuee Locality. of Net.| Sexual Form. | Asexual Form. | ¥ ‘ms. 1903. | 14/2 | SR.5 | 50 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, | 0 8 small, eas = | _ Co. Kerry. 4/8 | S.R.26 | 35 mi.S.W. of Fastnet, Co.| 30 12 very small, -- | Cork. | | 70 5, .. | Llarge. 7/8 | S.R.33 | 113 mi. N.W. by W. of 15 ca50 medium, | ca60medium. | Tearaght. | 17/8 | S.R.47 | 20 mi. W.N.W. of Oleggan 0 Ca. 3,100, ase | 200) Head. 30 1,200, --- | ca 300. | 58 1,400, oo» | C2 180. 17/8 S.R.48 | 10 oe W.N.W. of Cleggan ) ca 1,000, woe | C@ 150; ead. | 25 ca 1,200, --- | ca 190. 55 Very abundant, Abundant, 17/8 - 22 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 0 3 (dipped up in | _ Head. bucket). ' 19/8 | S.R.53 8} mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 25 = | ca 80 medium and small 1904. | 1/il S.R. 153 | 70 mi. S.W.3W. of Fastnet, | 20 ) 6 2 50 5 | & ope | : Salpa confoederata, Forsk. Salpa scutigera-conjoederata, 'Traustedt, 1885, Pl. I1., figs. 23, 24, 46. Salpa scutigera-conjoederata, 'Traustedt, 1898, p. 13. Salpa confoederata, Apstein, 1894, pp. 12, 33. Salpa confoederata-scutigera, Ritter, 1905, p. 81, fig. 23. The northern range of this species has been considerably increased by its capture by the Helga fifty miles off Tearaght, Co. Kerry. The previous most northerly record was one of a single specimen taken by the Plankton Expedition off Cape Finisterre in 47° 7’ N., 10° 4’ W. ‘The true home of the species seems to be much farther south, the Plankton Expedition finding it in very large numbers on both sides of the equator between Ascension and the Cape Verde Islands (Apstein, 1894, p. 33). Several of the sexual generation taken by the Helga contained single developing embryos of about 4 mm, in length. . Depth | | Date. eee Locality. of Net. | Sexual Form. | Asexual Form. | | NO. ms, | | 1905. | | 5/11 | S.R. 272 | 50 mi. W. $N. of Tearaght 0 — Several very Co. Kerry. large. 75 36 large and | 3 large. small. tote Leos: 11 Salpa fusiformis, Cuv. Salpa runcinata-fusiformis, Herdman, 1888, pp. 74-78, PIV. ; figs5-12t Salpa fusiformis, Apstein, 1894, pp. 14-15, 34. Salpa fusiformis, Apstein, 1901, p. 7, fig. 6. Salpa fusiformis-runcinata, Ritter, 1905, p. 64, figs. 12-16. As far as the actua! records go this species may claim to be the most widespread Salp occurring off the west coast of Ire- land, though it is probable that in reality S. asymmetrica has a better right to that distinction. From May to September, Salpa fusiformis is generally to be found widely distributed along the coast at thirty miles or more from shore, and is often taken close to land. Both the asexual and sexual generations usually occur together, the latter in larger numbers, but neither as a rule forming great swarms. ‘The chains of this species are often a noticeable feature of the surface fauna as seen on a calm night at sea, floating past at a depth of a few feet, the ‘‘ nucleus’’ showing of a dead white colour in the rays of a light held close to the water, the rest of the animal being invisible. The solitary forms may at such times be dis- tinguished by the reddish tinge of their nucleus. ‘The chains reach an apparent length of two or three feet, but invariably break up when taken from the water. The zooids composing them seem to attain their full size while still attached. The spinulose form of the sexual generation was taken on one occasion, May 20th, 1905, fifty miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, Mesoplankton trawl, 1,150 fathoms, when 56 large echinate forms were found, together with about 100 large and 600 small sexual zooids of the typical shape. These specimens seem to bear out Ritter’s view (1905, p. 69), ex- pressed with reference to the asexual generation, that spinula- tion is acquired as a mark of age, as the spinulose forms have the larger body, though their total length is only equal to that of the smooth specimens owing to the shortening and thicken- ing of the anterior and posterior processes. They have a strongly marked spinose dorso-lateral ridge running to the extreme ends of both anterior and posterior processes, and not, as in the specimen figured by Prof. Herdman (1888, PI. VI1., fig. 5), confined to the posterior process. The total length of an average specimen is 4°6 cm., the distance from branchial to atrial opening being 2.2 cm. In a typical S. fusiformis of the same length this distance is only 1°4 cm., while in one measuring 6°2 cm. it is 21cm. Thus if the shortening of the processes is the result of age the echinate form of 4°6 cm. is equivalent to the smooth form of about 6°38 cm. The muscu- lature of the echinate form is quite in agreement with the typical fusiformis, but gives the appearance of the bands being thicker owing to the shortening of the animal. The solitary forms which were found in the same haul were of moderate size and quite normal in every respect. pyelat I. 706. >) _ I In addition to the records given below, this species has been recorded by Miss Delap (1906, Harbour in September, 1903, ‘and in June and October, 1905. _ oc > = 12/5 | u/s Station No. Monica. Monica. Helga LXxxX. Helga | LXXXUI. Helga | Locality. | 2} mi. N.W. of High L, Co. Gai | 3 mi. off High L.,... Head. | 20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan | | LXX XVIII. | Helga. XCVL. Helga CIX. Helga CXXI1. Helga CXXV. . 255 S.R. 153 S.R. S.R. 6.R. S.R. 212 213 S.R. S.R. | 50 mi. W.N-W. of Cleggan | 2mi.N Head. 40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan | Head. 10 mi. W.N Head. Off Lyon Head, Co. Gal- way. | { | | } | 20 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan | ! | | | ] v.W. of Cleggan | 4 mi. N. by E. of Sybil Head, Co. Kerry. 12 mi. W.N.W. of Loop | Head, Co. Clare. 50 mi. W N.W. of Tearaght. Co. Kerry. Head. 2} mi. E. of Bofin, Co. Gal- way. 1 mi. N. of Cleggan Head, \. of Lyon Head, Co. Ghiway. 4 mi. N.N.E. of Cleggan Head. 3 mi. W. of Leahy Rocks. Co. Galway. | 70 mi. S.W. ,iW. of Fasinet, Co. Cork. 50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaghi, | 30 mi. W. 3 53° 15’ N. N. of Tearaght, BS? A Wi Porcupine Bank, Outside Porcupine Bank, Poreupine Bank, Depth Fms. | of Net. 42 ~ 20 50 91 100 150 0-700 01 S| | Sexual Form. 9 medium. 60 medium and — large. 1 large. 1 large. 4 large. 1 small. 1 large, 5 large. ca 100. = ca 50 large, 60 medium. 1large. | Llarge. Common. Scarce. Few. | Few, PES Moderate, stall | ca 30 small, | | 6small. Few, 80 large, Bs | Many, 60 large and | small | 60 small and Secoe we i,) rge,20sma Very abundant, 15 large, 20 small, | Very many, ... 18) as occurring in Valencia Asexual Be Form. | | | 1 large. 4 large, few small. 1 medium. 2 very small. 3 small. | Few. _ivery mes | 3 large. 1. 706. 13 we | Depth | i & Date. | ee ey Locality. | of Net. | Sexual Form aig S:* | 1908. } 20/5 | S.R. 230 | 30mi.N. by W. of Eagle L., 50 | 1, 1 Co. Mayo. 20/5 S.R. 231 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., 200 | 3d. | 400 — | 1 large. 13/8 S.R. 239 | Between Copelands and TOM ap D eps .. | 4large Port Patrick (off Belfast Lough). 3/1 S.R. 267 10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet, ... BO" Walp Salpa asymmetrica, Fowler. Salpa asymmetrica, Fowler 1896, Pl. L. Salpa asymmetrica, Apstein, 1901, p. 8, fig. 7. This appears to be the commonest species of Salpa occurring in Jrish waters. It does not form immense shoals, as do at times S. mucronata and S. fusiformis, and the actual number of records is less than in the case of the latter species, but taking into account its extreme fragility and the number of cases in which it must have escaped detection in consequence, one may, I think, safely make the above assertion. It is often the case that salp ‘‘ nuclei’’ and small fragments of test apparently too much damaged for determination, form a noticeable feature in the Helga’s townet gatherings. Closer examination sometimes reveals a portion of test suffi- ciently large to show the characteristic muscle banding, and in every instance this has proved to be that of S. asymmetrica, usually a specimen of the sexual generation. ‘This species was first described by Dr. G. H. Fowler from a few specimens taken in the Farée Channel, and has since been taken off the Gulf of Guinea (Apstein, 1901, p. 9) by the German deep-sea expedition. If it were not for this latter record one would be inclined to regard it as a northern species, whose permanent range stretched sufficiently far south to include the W. coast of Ireland; but it is equally probable that it is a widespread Atlantic species that has hitherto escaped detection. The list of records below indicates a fairly uniform distribu- tion, though not in any great numbers, twenty miles or more from shore, most of the records being from the beginning of August to the end of November. The largest specimen of the sexual generation met with measured 1°4 cm. The asexual form reaches an equal or sreater size, but was only found perfect in the case of very small specimens. [TABLE ieee 06. 14 | A Depth ) Date. an Locality. of Net. Sexual Form. Azexnel 1901. Helg: 9/7 XC. 40 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan 38 _ 3, Head, Co. Galway. | Helga | 11/9 x. 40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 10 Te aes .. | 2small. Head. Helga | | 12/9 CXXXI | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 50 = 50. } Head. 100 - 40. 13/9 Helga CXXXII. | 50 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleg- 120 = ca 100. gan Head. } 13/9 Helga OXXXIII. | 40 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleg- 45 1°3; ee vee | 3. gan Head. | 1902. | | 18/8 — 40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 48 -- ie Head. 1903. 8/5 S.R. 19 | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 146 6. Co. Kerry. 7/8 S.R. 31 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght. Ba — Ht 7/8 | SR.32 | 30 mi. W.N.W.of Tearaght. 20 Few. ... ... | Few. 100 | ca 50, ..- | ca 200 7/8 SR 33 11} mi. N.W. by W. of Tea- 15) jay : raght. 10/8 S.R. 34 50 a ee of Cleggan 75. \\e4. ead. 11/8 L. 237. | 42 miles W.N.W. of Inish- 4i 18, turk, Co. Galway. 19/8 S.R. 51 | 30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght. 100 | Very few, ... | 2. 25/8 L. 243 | Between Bofin and High I, 14 | _ 2. | Co. Galway. | aL/il SR. 69 | 30 ne Pap) of Cleggan 30 | 3, much broken. | ead. 15/11 S.R. 71 30 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin 25) arou: O’Beirne, Co. Donegal. 15/11 | S.R. 72 22 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin 20 | 3. O’Beirne, Co. Donegal. 1904. | | | | 11/8 | S.R, 138 41 mi. N. by W.of Eaglel, 0 — 60. | Co. Mayo. | 11/8 S.R. 139 | 50 mi.N. by W. of EagleI. | 0-400 _ 0-600 | — 0-800 23/8 S.R.115 | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne 112 | Few. | Head, Co. Galway. 24/8 S.R. 146 80 mi. W.N.W. of Styne 0 _— | 30 7? much Head. broken. 1905. | S/ll. | S.R. 275 50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan 40 Very few. | Head. 120 | Very few. Salpa zonaria, Pallas. Salpa cordiformis-zonaria, ‘Traustedt, 1885, Pl. LI., figs, 10-11. Salpa cordiformis-zonaria, Herdman, 1888, p. 70, PI. VIL., figs. 1-9. Salpa zonaria, Apstein, 1894, pp. 36-37. Salpa zonaria, Apstein, 1901, p. 10, fig. 10. Salpa zonaria-cordiformis, Ritter, 1905, p, 76, figs. 20-21. [4] .. 06. 15 This species is very widely distributed in the N. Atlantic, but does not seem to occur in large shoals. It has been recorded from as far N. as Cape Farewell and Iceland (Apstein, 1894, p. 36), and was taken by the Plankton Expedition in the neighbourhood of the Azores and Cape Verde Islands and in S. Equatorial current (Traustedt, 1893, p. 6). It seems to be only an accidental immigrant into the Irish area. All the records below refer to the sexual generation of the species. | Stati Depth Date. | Station Loeality. of Net. | Sexual Form. | Asexual Form. | No. Fms. 1903. | | 8/6 8.R.19 | 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, | 100 | 1 medium. Co. Kerry. | 1905. | | | 3/2 | S.R. 188 | 50mi.W.?N. of Tearaght.| 350 | 2 large. 11/5 | Seheeel liost lo N. 30° 177sWe | 0 | 2large. | | | Pyrosoma spinosum, Herdman. Pyrosoma spinosum, Herdman, 1888, p. 29, Pl. II., figs, 9-15. Pyrosoma excelsior, Perrier, 1886, p. 229. Fig, 2. The genus Pyrosoma is represented by a single very young colony which I have referred to P. spinosum, as it possesses all the main features of that species though showing some small differences which may be put down to immaturity. The capture of this small colony is of interest, as the recorded specimens of P. spinosum are only three in number and were all of large size, one having been taken by the Talis- man and two by the Challenger. The colony is imperfect, the closed ventral end having been broken off. The remain- ing portion, with the common cloacal aperture, is somewhat crushed but otherwise well preserved. The specimen as it f 15 |] I. 06. 16 stands measures about 1°5 cm. in length, by ‘9 cm. in diameter. The walls of the colony are about 2 mm. thick. The dorsal opening is about 2°5 mm. in diameter, and is guarded by four triangular pyramidal processes, which pre- sumably belonged to the four original zooids. The zooids are too small to investigate satisfactorily. In one, measuring 1°5 mm. in length, the longitudinal bars are at least twenty in number, and the transverse vessels twenty- four, or possibly more. Seven dorsal languets were made out in one specimen, but it appeared as if others had been broken off. ‘The branchial aperture of each zooid is irregu- larly lobed, the ventral lobe being slightly the largest; the lobes are not produced into distinct tentacles, as in the full- grown P. spinosum. A stout, sharply-pointed, curved spine or process of the test with ventral and lateral keels, is situated ventrally to each branchial pore, and partially overhangs it. The curve of the spine is directed towards the common aperture, so as to offer least resistance, as Herdman suggests, to the passage of the colony through the water. The situation of the test processes ventral to the branchial openings of the zooids is a character only found in P. spinosum. In other species the processes are dcrsal to the openings or entirely absent. The disposition of the zooids and spines seems to be more or less regular. They are arranged alternately in vertical rows, there being about sixteen rows in the circumference of the colony. It is possible, however, that in the figure the arrangement is shown as being more symmetrical than it is in reality. Between each row is 2 thin vertical ridge with a fine crenulated edge rising in places into a low crest. Through the kindness of Dr. R. N. Wolfenden I have had an opportunity of examining two large specimens of P. spino- sum taken by his yacht, the Silver Belle, in 200 fathoms, off Cape St. Mary, Portugal, in March, 1906, and I hope to be able to deal with them shortly elsewhere. : Depth | Date, | Ettion Locality. of Net, — | oe Fms. | 1906. | | | 4/2 | S.R.299 | 95 mi. S.W. by W.3 W. of 600 | One speciaaen in townet on trawl. | Fastnet, Co. Cork. LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Apstein, 1894.—“ Die Thaliacea der Plankton Expedition,” Bd. TJ., EK. a. B. Vertheilung der Salpen. ‘Apstein, 1901.—“ Salpidae.” Nordisches Plankton, Lief. ]., Th. IL. E316 5] T. 06. 17 Borgert, 1894.—‘‘ Die Thaliacea der Plankton Expedition,” Bd. II., E.a C. Vertheilung der Doliolen. Borgert, 1901.—“ Dolioliden.” Nordisches Plankton, Lief. 1, Th. ITT. Delap, 1906.—‘ Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour, 1902-5.” Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, VILI., [1906]. Farran, 1905.—Ann. Rep. Fish., Iveland, 1902-3, Pt. II, App., VII. Fowler, 1896.—‘ Plankton of the Farée Channel.” Proc. Zool. Soe, London. Fowler, 1898.—“ Plankton of the Firde Channel.” Proce. Zool. Soc., London. Fowler, 1905.—“ Biscayan Plankton collected during a Cruise of EVES es chescarchs 5 L900, Pt. LV. The Thaliacea.” Trans. Linn. Soc., London, Ser. 2a Viole oe Herdman, 1882.—‘ Report on Tunicata collected during the Cruise of H.M.S8. Triton.” Trans. Roy. Soc., Edinburgh, Vol. XXXIT. Herdman, 1888.—“ Report on the Tunicata, Pt. III.” Challenger Reports, Zool., Vol. XX VIT. Herdman, 1904.—‘“ Ascidians and Amphioxus.” Cambridge Natural History, Vol. VLI. MacIntosh, 1868.—‘“ Some Observations on British Salpae.” Jour. Linn. Soc., London, IX, No. 63. Perrier, 1886.—‘‘ Les Explorations Sous-marins,” (Z'alisman Exped.). Ritter, 1905.—‘“‘The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region.” University of California Publications, Zool., Voli ti No. 3. Seeliger, 1895.—“ Die Pyrosomen der Plankton Expedition,” Bd. IT. K. b. Traustedt, 1885.—“ Bidrag til Kundskab om Salperne.” Spolia Atlantica. Vidensk Selsk. Skrift. 6 Raekke. nat, og math. Afd. JT, 8. re + L08t Boras I et j rink f a) ba iN . ff i ~ ; , idee ; On Gitar SURE", r ‘ j Fi , th. ; 7 ' : ne nv ‘sg oan 4 _, Soe : ee IP >) a wh. ar 7 a am ai a 5 e ay APPENDIX, No. II. SECOND REPORT ON THE COPEPODA OF THE IRISH ATLANTIC SLOPE, BY G. P. FARRAN, B.A. Plates I-XI. The list of species here given is the result of anumber of deep- water townettings taken off the West coast of Ireland in 1904-5, and may be regarded mainly as a contribution to our knowledge of the plankton of the region lying between soundings of 600 and 1,000 fathoms. The principal net used on each station was either a large triangular townet of coarse silk or mosquito-netting, each side of the mouth measuring six feet, or else a mesoplankton trawl, of Dr. C. G. J. Petersen’s design, of coarse screen cloth. At intervals along the wire warp carrying the main net were fixed smaller ring townets without bridles, the rings being fastened directly to the warp, so that they remained vertical and thus were partially closed while the nets were being hauled. These serial townets, when they arrived at the surface in safety, fur- nished a check, when estimating the error caused by the fishing of the nets during ascent, by giving some indication of the fauna of intermediate depths. The following list gives the positicns of the various stations and the nature and depths of the townets used on each of them. It will be seen that four of them, viz., S.R.139, S.R.140, S.R.197, and §.R.231, are just outside the Irish deep-water area as marked by the 1,000-fathom line, while one, S.R.193, is about on the boundary line, but on which side of it it is impossible to say, as bottom soundings were not taken. It should be noted that in the following pages the captures of each species are regarded as having taken place at the depth at which the net is recorded to have been fishing, any instances in which this view seems to lead to error being specially referred to. The depth of the net is deduced from the length of warp with which it was fished, and must consequently be regarded as approximate; the possible error is not, however, sufficient to have any serious effect on the results. Station $.R. 139. 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, lat. 55° 0’ N., long. 10° 48’ W. soundings 090 fath., Lith August, 1904, Medium silk net!, surface. Medium silk net, 600 fath. ” ”» ” 100 fath . ” 2 5 800 fath. » »” ” 200 fath. » 9 1,000 fath, s » » 400 fath. Mosquito-net A’, 1,000 fath, 1Bolting silk, 25 openings to 1 cm. 2Triangular net, sides 6 feet. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1206, //, { Published, June, 1908}. [LS J C IT. *06. + Station S.R. 140. 40 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, lat. 54° 50’ N., long. 10° 45’ W., soundings joo fath. 11th August, 1904. Medium silk net!, surface. 330 fath. :. » 080 fath. Mosquito-net A’, 730 fath. ”» ”? >? Station S.R.164. 50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, lat. 52° 6’ N., long, 12° 0’ W., soundings, 375 fath. 3rd November, 1904. Medium silk net!, 100 fath. 9 » » 200 fath. Coarse silk A, 350 fath. Station S.R.175. 40 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, lat. 54° 53’ N., long. 10° 42’ W., soundings, 670 fath. 14th November, 1904. Medium silk net!, 600 fath. Coarse silk A*, 600 fath. Station S.R. 193. 40 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, lat. 54° 50’ N., long. 10° 30’ W., soundings 60 fath. 10th February, 1905. Fine silk net*, surface. Coarse silk® and cheese cloth® net, 230 fath. ie c ‘ » £30 fath. Coarse silk net’, 530 fath. Fine silk net#, 630 fath. Coarse silk A®, 630 fath. Station §.R. 197. 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo’ lat. 54° 57’, long. 10° 51’ W., soundings 7990 fath. 11th February, 1905. Coarse silk®, and cheese cloth® net, 80 fath. » 2» - ‘ 280 fath. rt ‘ J 480 fath. Coarse silk net?, 580 fath. Fine silk net#, 680 fath. Coarse silk A, 680 fath. Station S.R. 224: Off the Porcupine Bank, lat. 55° 7’ N., long. 15° 6’ W., soundings 860 fath. 12th May, 1905. Petersen Mesoplankton Trawl’, 700 fath. 1Bolting silk, 25 openings to 1 cm. 2Triangular net, sides 6 feet. 3Grit gauze, 9 openings to 1 cm. 4Bolting silk, 50 openings to 1 cm. 5Bolting silk, 14 openings to 1 cm. €Ca. 10 openings to 1 cm. 7Ca, 7 openings to 1 cm, f 20 | WY. 206: 5 Station S.R. 231. 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, lat. 55° 1’ N., long. 10° 45’ W., soundings 1,200 fath. 20th May, 1905 Coarse silk' and cheese cloth? net, 200 fath. a P: % 4 400 fath. Coarse silk A®, 750 fath. Petersen Mesoplankton Trawl‘, 1,150 fath. The most noticeable features of the copepod fauna of the region investigated are the very large number of species represented and the uniformity with which they occur. The first of these facts has been made familiar by the lists published by Professor G. O. Sars, Dr. Wolfenden, and the iate I. C. Thompson, The second might, perhaps, be inferred from the fairly uniform con- ditions of light and temperature, but has not been duly em- phasised as regards the copepoda. It is, J think, better shown by lengthy hauls with large nets, such as those here dealt with, than by gatherings of small bulk, which, when large numbers of species are present in small quantities, must necessarily contain only a small proportion of the species actually represented. This objection is, of course, equally to be urged against any deductions made from the contents of the small serial tow- nets referred to above. The number of species recorded below is 164, and of these about 120 may be reckoned as permanent members of the skoto- plankton, that is to say in this locality, and may be expected to occur in any townet which is towed within the region of observa- tion at the appropriate depth for a sufficient length of time. Though a few species,such as Acartia Clausi, Calanus fiwmarchi- cus, Metridia lucens and EKuchaeta norvegica, are present in much larger numbers than the rest ; yet there is no indication of the presence of any particular species in swarms such as are found in shallow or inshore waters. The nearest approach to such a swarm is in the case of Scolecithricella dentata at 200 fathoms on Station 8.R. 164, when that species formed ten per cent. of the gathering. A selection from the temperature and salinity observations made on the townet stations is here given to illustrate the physical conditions under which the gatherings were made. AUGUST, 1904. Station 8.R. 139. StaTIon SR. 140 Depth in Fath. ‘Temperature. Depth in Fath Temperature, 1 14°6 0 14°5 10 14°6 10 14°6 60 10°0 67 10°60 94 9°46 98 9°46 500 84 480 8°7 800 7°0 1Bolting silk, 14 openings to 1 cm. 2Ca. 10 openings to 1 cm. 8Grit gauze, 9 openings to 1 cm. 40a. 7 openings to 1 cm. [ 21 ] TT. ’06. 6 NOVEMBER, 1904. Station §.R. 164. Station S.R. 175. Depth in Fath. Temp. Salinity. Depthin Fath. Temp. Salinity. 1 13°2 — 0 10°9 35°44 10 13°2 — 10 107 — 50 112 35°55 50 10°7 = 100 10°6 — 90 10°0 _— 150 10°4 35°62 200 9°5 35°39 200 10°23 35°D9 400 9°05 35°48 350 9°78 35°70 670 4°5 35°46 FEBRUARY, 1905. Sration S.R. 193. Station 8.R. 197. Depth in Fath. Temp. Salinity. Depth in Fath. Temp. Salinity. 0 9°6 35°41 0 9°5 35°43 10 9°4 _ 10 O77 — 50 9°5 — 50 9°5 35°34 100 9°55 35°39 100 9°6 35°41 300 9°57 35°41 200 9°6 35°37 480 92 —_ MAY, 1905. Station S.R, 224. Station S.R. 231. Depth in Fath. Temp. Salinity. Depth inFath. Temp. Salinity. 0 10°7 35°32 0 10°9 35°28 10 9°9 — 53 9°3 — 100 9°3 35°23 150 9°2 35°19 300 8°9 ey In considering the physical conditions under which the tow- nettings were made we may treat of them in four groups accord- ing to the months in which the observations were made, one or two of the stations in each group being located in approximately the same position, viz., 40 to 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, County Mayo. The stations S.R. 139 and S.R. 140 taken in August, 1904, may be considered as identical in position. No salinity observa- tions were taken, but, judging from the International Bulletin for that month, the north-eastward extension of the highly saline oceanic water was greatly reduced, the surface isohaline of 55:5 apparently stopping short at lat. 50° N. In November, 1904, one station, S.R. 175, was taken in the usual position 40 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, and the other, S.R. 164, 50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght, County Kerry. The saline conditions as indicated hy the observations and the Inter- national charts show a tongue of water of fairly high salinity, reaching up from the southward and keeping close in to the coast, the base of the tongue off Tearaght being considerably salter than its northward extension. The Tearaght station thus differs from the rest both in its southern position and consequent Ee IT. ’06. i high salinity, and also in its moderate depth, so that faunistic differences must not be ascribed to one cause without considera- tion of the other. The two stations taken in February, 1905, may be considered together. The salinity conditions during that month were prac- tically identical with those of November, 1904, but the tempera- ture of the water showed a fall of about 1° C. in the upper layers. {In May, 1905, observations show that the flow of highly saline water from the southward, while continuing its northward extension even further than in February, had moved away from the coast, and sweeping far outside the Porcupine Bank, had stretched thence N.E. to the North of Scotland, the water on station S.R. 231 off Eagle Island falling to 35°28 at the surface, and 35°19 at 150 fathoms, and on station 8.R. 224 taken outside the Porcupine Bank only reaching 35°32 at the surface. Applying these considerations to the faunistic lists we should expect to find that stations S.R. 139, S.R. 140, and S.R. 231, taken when the southerly flow was farthest from the coast, con- tained the smallest proportion of southern species, while in S.R. 164 the presence of southern forms should be more noticeable than in the rest. Stations S.R. 175, S.R. 193, and S.R. 197 should also contain a high southern percentage, while the position of S.R. 224, 180 miles from shore, should counterbalance its lower salinity. These four sub-divisions I have referred to respec- tively as N.S. M. and O. ‘These expectations are not very fully borne out by the results, probably because the effects of the periodic northerly drift are greatly diminished at the depths at which most of the specimens were taken. Putting aside eleven species as being too smail for capture except in fine silk nets, and 101 species which may be regarded as indigenous, being common to the stations of both high and low salinity, we find that there are twenty-five species peculiar to N. or N. and O. Nine of these are new, and may or may not represent northern forms. ‘Two, Cetropages hamatus and Temora longicornis, are members of the coastal fauna, and with them should probably be reckoned Huchirelia rostrata. One, Undinella oblonga, is only known as Polar, and the remaining eleven are probably temperate N. Atlantic forms, six of them being species recently described by Prof. G. O. Sars from the Prince of Monaco’s collections. Taking next those species which occur in M. or S. but not in N., we find that out of twenty-four species there are nine which may be regarded as of Southern origin. ‘These are :— Calanus gracilis. AXanthocalanus typicus. Calocalanus stylivenis. Phaenna spinifera. *Clausocalanus arcuicornis. Pleuromanina abdominalis. *Aetideus Giesbrechti. *Augaptilus palumboi. * Huchaeta acuta. [ 23 | IT. 06. ) The majority of these, which I have marked with an asterisk, are more or less epiplanktonic in their habits, and possibly they may all prove to be so. The remaining fifteen are made up of five new species, one, Haloptilus acutifrons, which ranges to the Arctic Ocean, and nine of whose distribution not much is known. Of the four species peculiar to O., one, Scolecithriz valida, is new, and the remainder, Lucalanus attenwatus, Luciewtia longiserrata and Augaptilus pavonimus may,I\ think, be regarded as oceanic species, the position being probably a more important factor than the salinity. The number of new species described is thirty, three of them being made types of new genera, the list being as follows :— Mimocalanus cultrifer, gen. Scolecithria valida, et sp. nov., Lucicutia lucida, Mimocalanus nudus, Heterorhabdus robustus, Oxycalanus spinifer, gen. et Haloptilus tenuis, sp. nov., Haloptilus fons, Spinocalanus spinosus, Augaptilus facilis, Chiridius gracilis, Augaptilus similis, Gaidius validus, Augapltilus horridus, Gaidius parvispinus, Augaptilus anceps, Euchirella Wolfendent. Phyllopus Helgae, Euchaeta Sarsi, Phyllopus impar, Euchaeta Scott, Candaciw gracilimana, Euchaeta quadrata, Paroithona parvula, gen. et. Euchaeta rubicunda, sp. nov., Valdiviella insignis, Oncaea exigua, Undinella brevipes, Oncaea obscura, Scolecithnix gracilipes, Lubbockia brevis, Scolecithriz globiceps, Four of these lave already been recorded by me (1905) from the west coast of Ireland under pre-existing names, but I have since been convinced of their specific distinctness. Chiridius gracilis accordingly replaces the record of Chiridius Popper, Heterorhabdus robustus that of Heterorhabdus vipera, and Phyl- lopus Helgae and Phyllopus impar must jointly take the place of Phyllopus bidentatus. As the collections were mostly made just outside the 1,000- fathom line, it is pretty certain that all the species enumerated are to be found either permanently or periodically within the British-and-Lrish deep-water area, though absolute proot is only adducible in the case of those taken on stations S.R. 164, S.R. 175, and S.R, 224. it Lee: 9 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES. The symbols indicate the relative abundance of the various species in each townetting, their signification being as fol- lows :— A =abundant or over 45%. C=common or 20-45%. M=moderate or 10-20%. F=few or 5-10%- + =very few or less than 5%, TI. *06 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE Station No., Depth in Fathoms, 32 54 } | | | ' Calanus finmarchicus, .. C. hyperboreus, C. tenuicornis, C. gracilis, Megacalanus princeps | M. longicornis, | Eucalanus elongatus, E. crassus, E. attenuatus, Rhincalanus nasutus, .. Paracalanus parvus, Calocalanus styliremis, .. Mimocalanus cultrifer, .. M. nudus, Oxycalanus spinifer, Spinocalanus abyssalis, S. magnus, | S. spinosus, Pseudocalanus elongatus, Microcalanus sp., Clausocalanus arcuicornis, Ctenocalanus vanus, Aetideus armatus, A. Giesbrechti, Faroella multiserrata, .. Chiridius armatus, C. gracilis, Pseudeuchaeta brevi- cauda. | Gaidius tenuispinus, G. affinis, G. notacanthus, G. parvispinus, G. validus, Gaetanus pileatus, * Fine silk net. S.R. 139 ee! ass +|)+)F. / I M. SF fell ats mai) Se 5 ae) se oS |) ar Come riadl rts itecte| Ae oral cirth ae + be F. =e) SR ar | Se ==) a5 a let 7 Medium 10 OF SPECIES. silk net. [ 26 ] S.R. 140, S.R. 164. }S.R. 175. eae ( = = an Peers jae ota 3/3) _lsis\2ls|\a—=tene =F > | oS # = = | a | oo os ] aan | M. |; + M. | E +|MUF. | M z : | . | = - H 4. + A al + + ap] ee se Se Te M.j4+/F 4 +] + +) 4+) + + + | +] +14) .. eee bili +1 F RF. |o+ +l... | alee + | Tale | 5 / . . + + | + +/+) + 4 +] + +] +.|.. + + +74+]+ + + + | +]. | + | OWES + + + ti] a 4+) + FE} +|..) 4] 4 eee: - eet + + Res | +/+ oe ae a | eg eee atk ae rau f= Be | eS + +|+ ee +ias Sa d | S ace | + | 2 J Pp } +. | .| + _ | oF + | +]... | +]+)4 + Coarse silk triangular net 11 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES. S.R. 193. SoBe 197s 29 Saheole Station No, | | } | — | * ++ * AGI = | ++ Ss Somes tS S41 So Se ONS S| S| Ss | 8 5 ) oD oD co oD = D D D D (=) oS ~) ~ . . Slajolmfoloialianiawisl|opotre fa |= |= | af Depth in Fathoms. Pec. | Ct .. | C. | ©. | Mm | Cf Gs. | ce | F -+- | Calanus finmarchicus. Se)! 6 | Sei ee eee | Tees | tena ee 2 ere le tlue calm @s. hw perboreus, Pelee seh | ics | deal ee loalee S61) 06 1) cs dl Ae) Boel (CR eit ei eR Beers” || be.c i || Soo4 OE el sco) Sic cll od AB Bel Solon dh. 6a} CH corre EMT ese eters seis Moms: | ee | les fiee fh ees wse +]..|.. | .. | + ] Megacalanus princeps. no |. oe) MES oe ep Meerey |! cos |) eee fF} ..| +] +]..].. | .. | + | M longicornis. mee eis |e = 4 eee +/F} +) +++) +! .-. | +7 Eucalanus elongatus. Ree te ter plcie | i> [ein |e tect | ca Bri y te | eve [Pee | ef Jae Crassus. co) \h eel: Ba A) Ara Rm Pe ere) SY ry Wace ae le Goll oo I] Aa Se | IDR ara Rhinecalanus nasutus. + Je + + -+- + = a +- -}- {- oul! eal bean -- | -- | .. | -. | .. § Paracalanus. parvus. Ss hal|Mere -o f -- | -- | «. | «- | Calocalanus styliremis. se | a8: |! fen VREREI RSTn OG Alea sae |) Ve | ae -- | -- | .- | «. | «. | Mimocalanus cultrifer. | | | oar ee S| ace] Oates Meee Mis allots |t yon Mail tocdleers We eel ME nuda: | | eer SORE | sai Foe ee) ||| Bee | eee yl ae -» | Oxycalanus spinifer. | -—- | + -- | -- | + 4 -- | --.§ Spinocalanus abysgalis. EME ft feet) es] be | LW ae et}. fl ws ll oS. Magnus, Ail |) 8 eS MMS eaten) os: | bs eee itera Oetoatttsn Gt tar | ve Ml core ol! ere ASS ‘SpINOSUS. 55 ECS) Ee) iS St We, (cae ie DO En Ve be +. J -- | «» |e. | .- | Pseudocalanus elongatus. 53) 200 | oc ieee a Creep aaa rene salte sa | oll aA AP Aa Co Ged Near -. | Microcalanus sp. IEP.) lee Mites | es | be | cis Pee |) we -> | -- | -- | .- | »- § Clausocalanus arcuicornis, + | bre aes eo 1) SAA A | Hann Me IY ees |) oe -- | .- | «» | -» | »- § Ctenocalanus vanus. ve | os ce fee fee foe Pee]. ] ee] se] ee |e. fe. ] +] 4]. | .. | Aetidens’ armatus. ren ee |. 1. lc. | sedebethae | os-| bolbe. | be Aa. Giesbrechti. See ae | On| |, Grewal le aa | beets] ee Neg eel pers ae) -» J --.| +1] .. ]} .. | Faroella multiserrata. eects | “i | er | Spe - F Ele) + +t... |...) 2. | .. | Chiridius armatus. Pees |e. | +h. | +l el elo. | Pee. | +] ee | ee C gracilis. Masel | of <)|\-< | oo loge Pore +e +f..|..].. | +f Pseudeuchaeta brevi- cauda. -. | +) +... | Gaidius tenuispinus, MIME reyes Fes | ss Boe [ee |) be Plas | we Wl es +f .-|.. |] +] +'1G. affinis. 2c ||. SESE Sa TOM bb Aotal | Pas ls soe (ae eS | eR eRe =| (oe xe + | + | G. notacanthus. PPro eve oil) oe Mee es | be | a | = Pe Pe cs | oe] soul we PG. parvispinus. ea A iast, |b ath. a>) San ts Pee ee, «| Lacie Cee Pee ata les nee 6 Ge. Validun, es }ee | +] RP) +] tee. +] te] Hey t+ + 7 FF, - | + | + | + | Gaetanus pileatus. § Mosquito-net triangular net, | Meso-plankton trawl, aa IT. ’06. 12 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. Station No., Depth in Fathoms, 69 Gaetanus miles, G. latifrons, G. major, G. minor, Undeuchaeta major, U. minor, Chirundina Streetsi, Euchirella messinensis, E. galeata, E. maxima, i. curticauda, E. rostrata, | £8. Wolfendeni, k. obtusa, Euchaeta acuta, E. norvegica, E. barbata, E. Sarsi, E. Scotti, E. quadrata, E. rubicunda, E. tonsa, E. bisinuata, Valdiviella insignis, Chiridiella macrodactyla, Phaenna spinifera. Xanthocalanus typicus, X. Greeni, ‘Cephalophanes refulgens, X. pinguis, Onchocalanus cristatus, Q. hirtipes, Cornucalanus chelifer, .. Undinella oblonga, U. brevipes, .. + Fine silk net, S.R. Sis iS | — | | | | | | | | | 4_ +L L | | | | | | | | ! os | 4 | 600, S.R. 140, S.R. 175. + | | oF ic } — | et S SS | coe =) Sl Ss oS (=) wD cael ot © i | ; ole | | | + + +U+) + lar +/+) + + aon | | | +o+i]4 + + +/+] + +44+)+ : are FJ+j)+4+ | + | + | + ++ + a +74 | al dkcsie ts F Bee Me | a | | | +44 | ae EM te M.1 +1]. + | “+ + + +{/+]..) +] + } e ‘ } + salts Se am ahs | | | se | + Al See | } | é a + -- aS | o. a? 4 -|- aes + 5 ee . | t Medium silk net. 28 ] [ Coarse silk triangular net. TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. SR. 193, S.R. 197. 8. * b+ * = ++ SS Peeeicetees | S| S| Se eps. ss 1S ltn S S re) red a) cS DO | a ~ 19 Ses PS x] = a Depth in Fathoms. a a iy - a ea ia 7 Fae | i eae mo Salis va aa | al | Re | f ain | ae | G. miles. | | | | ) | ' ’ { 1 1 ! | 1 ‘ . - ll Bel) S5ai Sen (acen ia se | ae || ae |} Sel} 66 | do I Se Nap || Ce Tent rep | | | 3° || Se ae ee ero ie i |- mi ae (18S | ae | oo) Sele qed | tes cerenyaye, | | | | : i | | G. minor. | | | | : is RF | . eet | | | +- f- + | | -+- | Undeuchaeta major. ae | ; L “+ L } + | .. | -- | U. minor. | | | cic | Pcie PeReei heel eats | | Chirundina Streetsi. 1 | | | + f..].. | .. | .. | Euchirella messinensis. } | & . galeata. il T 1 fl — am| | | E. maxima. } | : ae ae ~+ - +} 4 +y7+}) + )+ | +] £E. curticauda. 5 | rebel Vtcey ss WM idiosay (Ile sve Sel oe |} oo | ooo ae ae Se ae |) eoemrorinehicy | | | | cn | 4. | .. | »- | BE. Wolfendeni. + Tee eres apes LObvusa: fi -- | -. | .. | &- §) Huchaeta acuta. M.| + /M./ Cc. |r. | +1]. | A. | BE. norvegica. eke Me fe. | oss JH | Ge YE. barbata. Peer ca poe |... | ed eee ee Py ie | Be Sarsi. pains «xa TCH Wik TA A | --+ | E. Scotti. | E. quadrata. | -. | .. | + E. rubicunda. sie | ceo || Se Sea SR RS Ee) ea }- fH]... | +y+..]..)] + ]4 +7 EB. tonsa. oo so Wieekon Wi eeicnul mer MiMpmct—e A itic itastemell te Heelan We bisinuata. +f ../|..).. | + ] Valdiviella insignis. EC pet Bee | cs | bs Jose eetNiet lene ppd. | .. .. | .. | Chiridiella macrodactyla. | .. | .. | ¢. | Phaenna spinifera. +f ..]..|.. |... |... | Xanthocalanus typicus. oi ‘| | |All ease fansite] Niede | .. | .. | + | X. Greeni. | 1. rit] + : | .. | .. | Cephalophanes refulgens. co |hece Se See ee } ewe cle OPE Se Wee ee Fe mee oe |) of & pinguis, Br|| ae } Rewlic tt « | FAP | crea ie eto |e tf... |.. + |} + | Onchocalanus cristatus. | |- | O. hirtipes. | | Baron eo | + + }..|.. | + | ++ | Cornucalanus chelifer ; ' | | | . | .. | Undinella oblonga. oe A ne se [og be sheet pape | te alanine .. | U. brevipes. § Mosquito-net triangular net, | Meso-plankton trawl. [ 29 ] IT. ’06. 14 OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. Station No. _— “Mr sis % S S S S S = = S ay eS So Mone Ul/jo°) oll ea -o jo! & - cx | ~ o io 2) he bel =) o} Ye) ~ Depth in Fathoms, | ¢ 70 | Scolecithricella dentata,}-.. | ..] +] +) -./ +] +] ..9 .2] + ~! _ | S. ovata, - Be Pee dies | oe | ee | ee | Se ee ~I to t R . echinata, .. beh we, | we | ste fi er pice. | Fell] Sn eee et S. gracilipes, S. obtusifrons, ee Pee | ee | we | ee] oe | | ern S. globiceps, Pati ies|\Mersct Oe | boul desc) se.) oe) S. valida, a pe Bles aiseen lll @e iPietl weal. «1 S. robusta, 5. minor, | - { + |Nze | 7o\.Scolecithrix. magna, - bs [-. | 2. | .. | GE} bs | Se Wes | Sees +4 80 | Scottocalanus securifrons,} .. | .. | ..|.-|..|.. 81 | S. persecans, rall WR ea te tere far Sisal tee 5 eet eae | 82 | Lophothrix frontalis, .. 83 | Centropages typicus, 84 | C. hamatus, | Temora longicornis, oo 86 | Temoropia mayumbaensis 87 | Metridia lucens, po se C. || C.. | ME) ME) Ce | Ch) Sena ee 88 | M. venusta, .. EM PS 1 ESS Ne) ra ie ei (Pe ou i 2 oul, sen ats 89 | M. brevicauda, 25) ae | A ene feral Weed ae Sal ee = ae te 90 | M. princeps, ae Pe | ee | aelf ae | se | oe] 4-4) Semen eecnnee eee Mit 91 | Pleuromamma abdomin- ] .. as 92 | P. robusta, ste .- | + | a pe 20 fe 2 i fh Ss, Neve Pale 93 | P. xiphias, Je | aa 2 94 | P. gracilis, ail 46 95 | Lucicutia grandis, Bove eB) os [use| em | s-.|) 4- aeons + 96 | L. magna, 97 | L. lucida, 98 | L. curta, aa co Beef ee | ee | oe | Ee] + | ee ey 99 | L. longiserrata, SS: AIRC PRIS OTS aro I see HR 2 = aS 100 | L. flavicornis, 2! id Bx. Pane eB me) 101 | Heterorhabdus norvegicus .. |} .. | ..| +/+) +) +) ..) +) 41] +4 102 | H. spinifrons, 2) > Seen i Sees. Me d 103 | H. abyssalis, BeMt esis fos climes: [UE ae ade : e | | | | 104 | H. robustus, BeBe! cisdlivaccetimas i i eck]. - |), fo] ats oe t fie * Fine silk net. Tt Medium silk net. + Coarse silk triangular net. [ 30 ] TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. Station No. | + =} SMP Osi liens |e etsy =e > a Depth in Fathoms. + | ..1 .. | Seclecithricella dentata. + }+]..4S. ovata, S. minor. ; + | + | + | Scolecithrix magna. = lallners ..| S. echinata. . gracilipes. Ss. .| + | + 414-47 S. obtusifrons. + S. globiceps. A + | | S. valida, * 46 || a5 | 35 ae} | te | | S. robusta. P +7 + +} + y+ | + + | Seottocalanus securifrons. aE 4+) + | we ear at | + | S. persecans. se lear 5 inlets =f) = | | | | 4+- | Lophothrix frontalis. 2 | te | .. | .. | Centropages typicus, : | ele ee aie. hamatas: a | - + | Temora longicornis. a2 | as | Temoropia mayumbaensis, AS ae |, | M. | MM. | M.A. | O57 |). CasiaR: | Me Gene. | cA. | C, | F. | -+ | Metridia lucens. r 4] + (cali +/+) + | + | M. venusta. = +} ¢4 ey +- + | +- 7. | -- | M. brevicauda. + a {- | | -+|- api} aed) Boos Wer atl ulead hte of + | .. | eae | ee p= | +. | oe) ete | PO ee el ml Wierd [isd | .. | «.. | Pleuromamma abdomin- alis. $)C |...) +) M.UF. | MM.) +) Me} +] ee y..[..|c. | | .. PP robusta. Oe ok a Pe ee 2 ce. xiphias. fala’ Pee N Wee eked 2s ah | +|..|.. — BP. gracilis. | Shteoeeiee Bes. | co iteb (ke | Lacicutia grandis. + a |e az 1) aselh tec pee == || oc +f... | +]..].. 9 L. magna L. lucida. Sea imemiaiecte strato Mles. Pose | ope ete Westen ete eB tbe | || orf, Curta. | . SM betas li Peve a | or L. longiserrata. | Mea vivet ss | os | +s fe. | a. | os | oe | ++ ae cao fay | Se liek | eels favicornis, | | Se Palla +] + +: | +] + + | Heterorhabd"s norvegicus, ‘Fr | SF i ec | PS) tela! ah : -+- | H. spinifrons. | | ae | Ae ‘ | : H. abyssalis- | . ol aCe | 2: ; | : H. robustus. § Mosquito-net triangular net. || Meso-plankton trawl. [a1 IT. °06, 16 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. eS Station No., S.R. 139. | S.R. 140. S.R. 164. —S.R. 175. | , = Ln Ss So Lf d + [5 ++ S,3/:8/8/8 |Site] 4ei18islsisteweue ei 1 tt = D ri i) oO ve) i = a oe] o © Depth in Fathoms, ] o pe | 105 | Heterorhabdus Grimaldii,] .. 106 | H. longicornis, ae : 407,))\"Mesorhabdus annectens, | 4. | -. 9 ..| 3.1 sa] we Weae bee me) cote lke A ee te | ar 108 | Disseta palumboi, a: 109 | Haloptilus longicornis, .. | .. 110 | H. acutifrons, ds H, tenuis, H. fons, 113 | Augaptilus elongatus, .. _ — _— A, nodifrons, 115 | A. laticeps, 116 | A brevicaudatus. 117 | A, facilis, 118 | A. gibbus, .. OS Sd ee Ll id 2a wee ++ 119 | A. palumboi, & Bee Si eae see |. oc | bse Pe elie | : +]. 120 | A. bullifer, .. Ae J) a 121 | A, truncatus, ee alcspe tice | yal el) See ee ol fas ee 122 | A. similis, .. . Shee See De |b le | os eee 123 | A, magnus, .. Belew. ce dk ee. set Na te eats 124 | A. angustus, .. ce | oe | we | Pe] LL} ooo laid te 125 | A. filigerus, = ities in ea el 2b) +4) on See 4 ea 126 | A. Rattrayi, | a. | Ae 127 | A, horridus, | Lit Hikes 128 | A. longicaudatus, | me eee ee 129 | A. anceps, 4 180 | A, megalurus, yuee | ss fb Pak | wb]... 0) 2 “bd oo [ee | ce] oe te =F E61) -Poutoptilos muticus, .- | .. | .;|..| |... |.) |. en 3 | a | | 132 | P, abbreviatus, ae a | 133 | Arietellus simplex, ‘i ae a [a 134 | A. pavoninus, | f 2 135 | A. plumifer, 4 | 4 | a] | 4 136 | Paraugaptilus Buchani, | | J 137 | Phyllopus Helgae, D0) oe i ere ea ee eee | ae | Sa eae isc | | -Ei ) =f 138 | P. impar, L 4 eee 13! 139 | Candacia rotundata, ..] .. 2 Ll) |)" ee 28 . Lol ee * Fine silk net. + Medium silk net. + Coarse silk triangular net. [ 32 J 17 TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SpECIES—conlinued. SE EA RA FREESE SS SPR RR ASR S.R. 193. SR. 197. So S.B: 281, Station No. | Bk | <\beeuloee ae : tals So FS & % z 2 S| Z | & % 2 | z = 2 S 2 | a Depth in Fathoms. ee le 3 Bh 7 ad AE eee | | 4+ ].. |...) .. | + | Heterorhabdus Grimaldi. : | se |) oo \l-do°| eae ees AO eli oo.|| as} a= || seller ier nee | + } H. longicornis. | ar || ferctctal MPR eave terial | So || cael lege a | .. | .. | Mesorhabdus annectens. | Ae | +yt+ | : | + } Disseta palumboi. | ee ae + | : | Haloptilus longicornis. 35 | | H. acutifrons. | a | | H. tenuis. | | | + | H. fons. | | 4 | + ] Augaptilus elongatus. Paes | -+ | + 4 | +] A. nodifrons, | ee 26 || 42 |} 60 Weleda: || oo tl oe al Se Bay ih 2 A. laticeps. | | | ee eee ce i. | a. || ol gh PAW brevicaudatu-. hs: | | | A. facilis, AF | {oe ae Fat \ocpeal| Morae eat ul ede -. | .- | A. gibbus. He | | A. palumboi. | A. bullifer. | | | | A truncatus | | | | A, similis. | | == || de |i ge | - | +] +7 + SSE Geol o -|- | A. magnus, A Was | aS || OSes | ieee | fe | areal tee | 36 } We . |... + | A. angustus. | | ae | He | 4 A. filigerus. | Werte | ey a>, fat A. Rattrayi. eas la‘ eaecleae | + | A. horridus. | ae lt ari) aed) a .. | .« | .- | + | A. Jongicaudatus | | +. | | A. anceps. | 4e i] a +) +7 + A. megalurus. | 32 )y@eeiiaeesal eel ieee ane [| era eee ieee set eaten fm Pontoptilus mmutlous, | ee AR Sal erp li oe fe. i.. | .. | + | P. abbreviatus. : onl peed Pena Baie isc 0(° a 17 4 .. ) ee | -- | + | Arietellus simplex. { A. pavoninus. | | —— f .. | .. | ee | + | A. plumifer. SEAS Mibece lie leet ee meh ccd ok | .. |.» | .. | Paraugaptilus Buchani Sra sil) sede | | | ae | -. | +.. fo. | +] +] .. | Phyllopus Helgae. fi | | atom |hnais | -. | P. impar. ae | ass Se eee call ate +]}..] +P+tT.. + | -+ | .. | Candacia rotundata. { § Mosquito-net triangular net. , Meso-plankton trawl. eae 4 06. Station No., TABLE oF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—continued. 18 S.R. 139. S.R. 164. Depth in Fathoms, | Candacia norvegica, | C. gracilimana, Anomalocera Patersoni, Acartia Clausi, Mormonilla phasma, M. minor, Oithona similis, O. plumifera, | Paroithona parvula, | Microsetella rosea, Clytemnestra rostrata, Aegisthus mucronatus, Oncaea mediterranea, O. conifera, O, ornata, . notopus, . subtilis, . minuta, . exigua ple) ia) (oy (=) . obscura, Conaea rapax, Lubbockia brevis, Corina granulosa, * Fine silk net. Bathypontia elongata, .. Monstrilla longicornis, .. + Medium silk net. + Coarse silk triangular net, ec ae jnel ee TABLE OF OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES—contlinued. S.R. 193. S.R. 197. oe S.R. 231. Station No. | | | | | | ee ae |) 5 ea ee eae S | Fa 3 | S 2 | 3 a Ea | @ | 2 Bg | = x |S | = al Depth in Fathoms. el. | | Mere OST | tps | ee) EN A SRR Sp hose |p | -. | Candacia norvegica, } sei no: oo Weenie | oA) | (Soo Meee Wickcedcocedi toc}. ow a | rte 4! oie | -- | C, gracilimana. SoA) co) Soa Eee | te | =) | Stal ea IRE) |e | mci acii| (accel (Bea Knell | + ] Anomalocera Paterson | | ae | Mies. | .. |e feee |e. [eel os Wood ae | |S Pa Moe! soulreae | -- | Bathypontia elongata. Est | s,s ees lezen = a | Acartia Clausi. > | 00 | SOR EIR ees ee faa Mea ar | amily cot (con local Mere ei hese Mormonilla phasma Ney 0 Frege) | Seta ie eee ie eee | 88 2 oles Mepis i) weal) His) |) = BME. minor: Lem 1 | ae ac. |) te “a These measurements differ from those of V. oligarthra in the proportionately greater length of the more distal joints. The end joint is proportionately shorter than in that species. Batt 7 IT. ’06. 46 Second antenna with one seta on the second basal joint. The inner lobe of the terminal joint of theendopodite bears two setae, the outer lobe six large and one small setae. The mandible appears to be the same as in V. oligurthra. Maxilla (Pi. IV, fig. 5) with seven setae on the outer lobe, the median one much the largest. The exopodite bears eleven setae, the endopodite three, and the second basal joint three. The first inner lobe has eleven setae, the second and third lobes four setae between them ; they are superposed and possibly fused. The first maxillipede (Pl. III, fig. 4) with three setae on each of the five lobes, the terminal seta on the fifth lobe being much stronger than the rest. The terminal joints of the maxilipede bear six comparatively long setae. Second maxillipede with joints of the same proportionate length asin V. oligurthra, the first joint being two-thirds as long as the second and twice as long as the terminal joints. The first lobe bears one, the second two, the third one or more, and the fourth three setae. First foot (Pl. ITI, fig. 6), as in V. oligarthra, the exopodite being two-jointed and the endopodite one-jointed. The second foot (Pl. III, fig. 2) differs from that of V. oligurthra in having the exopodite imperfectly three-jointed, the segmentation between the first and second joints being faintly indicated, but the outer-edge spine at the end of the first joint fully developed, not rudimentary as in V. oligarthru. The third foot (PI. III, fig. 5) has an imperfectly three-jointed exopodite, the articulation between the first and second joints being plainly indicated though not functional. The endopodite has only a very faint indication of segmentation between the first and second joints. Fifth feet absent. Colour, a bright red, deepest on the limbs and mouth parts. Egg sacs orange. Mule unknown. Of the two other knownspecies of this genus, one, V.brevicornis, is only about half as long as the present species; the other, V. oligurthra, while nearly agreeing with it in size, may be separated by its shorter first antennae and the different form of the second pair of feet. | Ocewrrence.—Three specimens of this species were taken at depths of 700, 730, and 1,150 fathoms. Genus Chiridiella. Chiridiella macrodactyla, G. O. Sars. Chiridiella macroductyla, G. O. Sars. Pl. IV, figs. 6-14. The original description of C. macrodactyla differs in some few points from my specimens, but the differences are mainly those of proportion and not of structure, and do not warrant a Lye IT. ’06 47 separate description. The abdomen in the Helya specimens is searcely more than one-fifth of the length of the cephalothorax, Thesegmentation between the cephalon and first thoracic segment is indicated but not complete. The first antenna is almost as long as the whole body, and the exopodite of the first foot is more than twice as long as the endopodite. The very strangely modified claw-like structure of the first maxillipede (Pl, IV, fig. 14) agrees with that of Sars’ specimens, and from its occurrence in the temale is probably due either to a predatory or semi-parasitic mode of existence. The reduction of the first pair of swimming feet would seem to point to the latter conclusion, though the presence of the species free in townettings is against it. The absence of an inner-edge seta on the second basal joint of the first foot (PI. LV, fig 6) is noteworthy, and, as far as I know, is not found in any other instance among the Amphaskandria. Occurrence.—Single specimens were taken on stations S.R 175 at 600 fathoms, and S.R. 193 at 630 fathoms. GENUS Phaenna. Phaenna spinifera, Claus. Occurrence.—This species is only sparingly represented in the collection. It was found on station S.R. 164, one specimen at 100 fathoms and two at 350 fathoms, and on station S.R. 175, two specimens at 600 fathoms. The deep-water records may perhaps be accounted for by supposing the captures to have been made during the ascent of the net, as previous records of this species would lead to the belief that it is of epiplanktonic habits. Genus Xanthocalanus, Giesbrecht. Xanthocalanus typicus (T. Scott). Amallophora typica, T. Scott, 1894. AXawnthocalanus typieus, Giesbrecht, 1898. PL.TV, fies, 15-17. The species has up to the present only been known by Dr. T. Seott’s (1894) description of the male from the Gulf of Guinea. The female shows, equally with the male, the curious sensory ap- pendage formed by the enlargement of one of the terminal sensory setae of the first maxillipede (PI. IV, fig. 16), which has the form of a sheaf of corn, and gave rise to the generic name Amu«allophora or sheaf bearer, of which this species was constituted the type by Scott. The species has since been removed by Giesbrecht (1898) to the genus Xanthocalanus, and his judgment in this respect is partly confirmed by the present specimen, the fifth feet of which are somewhat of the Xanthocalanus type, consisting of three short equal joints, the last joint with a pair of terminal diverging spines. The first foot (Pl IV, fig. 17) appears at first sight to [ 63 | i II. ’06. 4S havea two-jointed endopodite, but closer examination showsthat the apparent segmentation is in reality a ridge running across the face of the joint. The generic name Amallophora has been revived by Sars for a section of the genus Seolecithriz, one member of which, Amallophora magna, was included by Scott in the genus Amal- lophora, though not eongeneric with the type species A. typica. This use of the name cannot be upheld, as the name should properly stand as a synonym of the genus Xanthocalanus, unless it should become necessary at any time to revive it in favour of the present species, a contingency which does not seem im- possible, Occurvence.—A single specimen of the female of this species was taken on station S.R. 197 at 680 fathoms. 2? Xanthocalanus pinguis, Farran. Pl. IV, fig. 18, In view of the difficulty of deciding how far small differences met with in a single specimen should be regarded as constant or as individual variation, | have some hesitation in referring to X. pinguis the specimen whose capture is recorded below. The length of the specimen is 5-1 mm., which is slightly in excess of that of X. pinguis, viz., 45 mm. The form of the body is very similar, the fifth thoracic segment slightly more acute but swollen and full of oil drops. The mouth parts and swimming feet are similar. The fifth pair of feet (PI. IV, fig. 18) are similar in form, but differ somewhat in spinulation ; the first joint has about twenty short stout spinules in two rows aiong the inner edge, the outer edge being smooth; the second joint has about six inner-edge spinules similar to those on the first joint, the distal half of the outer edge bearing a cluster of lancet-shaped spinules ; there are a pair of lateral and a pair of terminal spines on the third joint as in X. pinguis, and the face of the joint bears a patch of slender spinules of two sizes near the tip. Occurrence.—A single specimen taken on station S.R. 193 at a depth of 630 fathoms. Xanthocalanus Greeni, Farran. Naithocalanus Greeni, Farran, 1905. As Prof. G. O. Sars has recorded both XY. muticus and X. Greeni from the Monaco collections, my suggestion that they were probably identical must be regarded as incorrect. Occurrence.-—This species is evidently a regular inhabitant of the deep water of the N.E. Atlantic, though not in great numbers. It occurred on three stations at depths of from 680 to 1,150 fathoms, nine specimens in all being taken, the largest measuring 10 mm. b(Sta) TT.06: 49 Grnus Cephalophanes, G. O. Sars. Cephalophanes refulgens, G. O. Sars. Cephalophanes refulgens, G. O. Sars, 1907. Pl. V, figs. 5-7 Occurrence—Taken in small numbers on stations §8.R. 175, S.R. 193, and S.R. 197, at depths between 580 and 680 fathoms. Genus Onchocalanus, G. O. Sars. Onchocalanus cristatus (Wolfenden). Xanthocalanus cristatus, Wolfenden, 1904. Onchocalainus trigoniceps, G. O. Sars, 1905. A comparison of Sars’ and Wolfenden’s descriptions leaves no doubt that they refer to the same species. Occurrence.—This species is not uncommon in deep water, having been taken on six stations and in ten gatherings at depths of from 330 to 1,150 fathoms. Onchocalanus hirtipes, G. O. Sars. My specimen measured 5‘7 min., which is somewhat in excess of the measurement given by Sars, and the fifth pair of feet were asymmetrical, being three-jointed on one side and five-jointed on the other. In other respects there was agreement with Sars’ description. The form of the genital segment in dorsal view is very characteristic, being very much narrowed anteriorly, broad in the middle, and slightly narrowed posteriorly. Occurrence.—A single specimen was taken on station S.R 231 at 1,150 fathoms. Genus Cornucalanus, Wolfenden. Cornucalanus chelifer (J. C. Thompson). Scolecithirix chelifer, Thompson, 1903. Scolecithria chelifer, Farran, 1905. Xanthocalanus chelvfer, Farran, 1905. Cornucalanus magnus, Wolfenden, 1905. Onchocalanus chelifer, Pearson, 1906. In spite of the rather inaccurate description of Scolecithria chelifer given by I. C. Thompson, there can, J think, be no doubt as to the identity of the species referred to by him. I have [hG5" ] 51-706; 50 accordingly retained the specitic name chelifer, while adopting the generic name of Cornucalanus, which was proposed by Dr. Wol- fenden (1905) for a species from the “Gauss” collection, which he called Cornucalanus magnus. As there does not appear to be any difference between the Antarctic and N. Atlantic forms I have placed C. magnusas a synonym of C.chelofer Mr. Pearson (1906) has placed this species in Sars’ genus Oncho- calanus, but, as Dr. Wolfenden (1905, p. 20) has already pointed out, they are in reality quite distinct. Occewrrence.—This species is of frequent occurrence in deep- water townettings off the west coast of Ireland. 1t was taken on seven out of eight stations at depths of from 530 to 1,150 fathoms. Genus Undinella, G. O. Sars. Undinella oblonga, G. O. Sars. Occurrvence.—This Arctic species was once taken, on station S.R. 139 at 1,000 fathoms. Undinella brevipes, sp. n. Pl. V, figs. 1-4. Female—length 16 mm. Cephalothorax stout, ovate. Cephalon — slightly vaulted, partially separated from the first thoracic segment, fourth and fifth thoracic segments fused. Rostrum a flattened tapering plate, hollowed at the apex, and produced into two slender filaments. Fifth thoracic segment produced on either side into an acute point, and reaching almost to the middle of the genital segment. Abdomen contained about three times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment rather longer than broad, slightly longer than either of the two following segments ; anal segment very short, almost entirely concealed. Furcal rami almost twice aslong as wide. Furcal setae about as long as the abdomen. First antenna reaches, extended, to the beginning of the genital segment. Its jointing is proportionately the same as in U. oblonga. Second antenna and mandible as in U. oblonga. Maxilla as in U. oblonga, with only two setae on the exopodite as in that species. First and second maxillipedes resemble those in U. oblonga. First foot as in U. oblonga. Second foot with three-jointed exopodite and one-jointed endo- podite, but the segmentation of the latter into two is plainly indicated, as it is also in my specimen of U. oblonga. The ter- minal spine of the exopodite is about equal to the combined lengths of the first and second joints, and is very finely serrulate. The third (Pl. V, fig. 3) and fourth feet resemble those ot U. oblonga, but have the terminal spine slightly longer in pro- portion. The fifth pair of feet is symmetrical, three-jointed, but much shorter than in U, oblonga. The basal joints are very large and [68a J CT. OG. 51 fused in the middle line. The second joints on each side are slightly shorter, and much more slender than the basal. The terminal joints are ovate, slightly shorter than the second, bear- ing on one foot three short stout terminal spines or teeth, and on the other one terminal and one outer-edge tooth. Male unknown. The differences between this and the only other known species of the genus, U. oblonga, ave well marked. The much smaller size, acute margins to the fifth thoracic segments, and short stout fifth pair of feet are the most noticeabie points of difterence, Occurrence.—A single specimen was taken along with U. oblonga on station S.R. 139 at 1,000 fathoms, Genus Seolecithricelia, G. O. Sars. Scolecithricella dentata (Giesbrecht). Occurrence.—This species is widespread off the west coast of Treland, and often common. It eccurred onall the stations except S.R. 224, on which the net used was too coarse for its capture, and in thirteen out of thirty-four gatherings, at depths of from 200 to 1,000 fathoms. On station S.R. 164 it formed 10 per cent. of the whole townetting at 200 fathoms. Scolecithricella ovata (Farran). Occurrence.—The vertical range of this species seems to be from the surface to 1,0U0 fathoms. It is of frequent occurrence over deep water off the west coast of Ireland, but is only found in sinall numbers. It was taken on six out of the eight stations, and in sixteen out of the thirty-four gatherings, at all depths from the surface to 1,000 fathoms. Scolecithricella minor (Brady). Occurrence.—This is a more common species than the records here given seem to show, but its smal] size probably accounts for its not having been captured oftener. It was taken on five stations at depths of from 100 to 1,000 fathoms, and has on other occasions been often taken at or near the surface. Genus Scolecithrix, Brady. Scolecithrix magna (T. Scott). Amallophora magna, Scott, 1894. Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbrecht, 1895. Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, Sars, 1900. An examination of Seott’s types in the British Museum leaves no doubt that the species described by him is the same as Scolecithria cristata of Giesbrecht. [aaGia 1 mes ee 52 For the reasons given above, under Xanthocalanus typicus, I have regarded the genus Aniallophora as a synonym of Xantho- calanus, and have not used it, in the sense in which it was used by Sars, for a section of Giesbrecht’s comprehensive genus Scolecithrix, If that sub-division be regarded as of generic rank, as doubtless it should be, at least in part, the correct name for it appears to be Scaphocalanus. I have, however, thought it better for the present to continue to use the genus Scolecithrix in its larger sense. Occurrence.—A very common and noticeable species in deep water. It occurred on every station, and in almost every tow- netting, between 280 and 1,150 fathoms. Scolecithrix echinata, Farran. Scolecithria echinata, Farran, 1905. Amallophora echinata, Pearson, 1906. Pl. V1, fig 6. I have figured the fifth foot (Pl. VI, fig. 6) as my former figure (1905, Pl. V, fig. 17) was not quite accurate. There is a very small spine on the distal extremity of the outer edge of the second joint ot the exopodite of the first foot, which was not mentioned in the original description. Occurrence——Though frequently taken, this species is never present except in small numbers. It was taken on every station but one, at depths of from 350 to 800 fathoms. Scolecithrix gracilipes, sp. n. Pl. VI, figs. 1-4. Female (P\, VI, fig. 1)—length 2°3-2°5 mm. Cephalothorax elongate, ovate, very slender. Cephalon slightly vaulted, fused with first thoracic segment. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments fused, the latter with the postero-lateral margins rounded, not produced. . Abdomen rather slender, slightly less than one-third of the length of the cephalothorax and equal to the second to fifth thoracic segments. Genital segment not swollen, about one and a half times as long as either the second or third abdominal segments, which are each about twice as long as the fourth segment. Furcal rami about twice as long as broad. First antenna broken in all my specimens. Second antenna and mouth parts almost exactly as in S. brevicornis and S. echinata. First to fourth swimming feet as in S. brevicornis and S.. echinata. The second joint of the exopodite of the first foot (Pl. VI, fig. 2) has a small distal spine on its outer margin, as has likewise [ 68 | ‘OG: 53. S. echinata, my original description being in error on this point. Fifth feet symmetrical, two-jointed, the first jomt rather longer than broad, the second joint about twice as long as the first, with a small outer-edge tooth near its extremity, a terminal spine about three-quarters as long as the joint, and along and slender inner-edge spine twice as long as the joint itself. The fifth feet (Pl. VI, fig. 3) resemble those of S. brevicornis, except for the position of the tooth on the outer edge of the second joint. In my specimens it is placed comparatively near the terminal spine, dividing the outer edge in the proportion 5: 1. In S. brevicornis, as tigured by Sars (1900, Pl. X, fig. 14, 1908, Pl. XXXVI), it is placed opposite the base of the inner-edge spine, dividing the outer edge in the proportion 2: 1. Male unknown. It is with some hesitation that [ have given a name to this ' species instead of recording it as S. brevicornis. 'The differences between the two are very slight, but if constant quite sufficient to distinguish them. These differences are the larger size of S. gracilipes, though this in itself, within the bounds of probable variation, is no valid distinction ; its more slender and, compared to the abdomen, longer cephalothorax, and the more distal posi- tion occupied by the outer-edge tooth on the second jomt of the fifth foot. As Sars’ species is only known from a few specimens from within the Arctic circle, it seemed on the whole safer to record the N. Atlantic form under a separate name until the Northern species should become better known. In a townetting taken 30 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, County Mayo, in May, 1904, at 600 fathoms, there occurred a species of Scolecithiix which so closely resembled the above species that I have not ventured to separate it, It measured 27 mm., and in its external form, and in such mouth parts and limbs as remained it agreed exactly with S. gracilipes except as regards its fifth pair of feet. These (Pl. VI, fig. 4) had a second basal joint bearing a rudimentary endopodite inserted between the first basal and the terminal joint, both of which resembled those of S. gracilipes.' Until the contrary is shown, I should preter to regard this as the accidental retention of a develop- mental character in the mature female which is to be found normally in a modified form in the immature male. The form of fifth feet in the genus Racovitzunus (Giesbrecht, 1902) is very similar to this, and may perhaps be explained in the same way, the genus only being known from a single specimen. Occurrence.——Solecithria grucilipes was found on two stations, S.R. 193 at 630 fathoms, and S.R. 197 at 280, 480, and 680 fathoms, very few specimens in all being taken. 2A similar instance has been noticed in the case of Scolecithria valide F 2 IT. 66. 54 Scolecithrix obtusifrons (G. O. Sars). Amallophora obtusifrons, G. O. Sars, 1905. Solecithri« emurginata, Farran, 1905. This species is a noticeable feature of the deep-water plankton off the west coast of Ireland. It occurred on all the stations except S.R. 164, which was perhaps too shallow for it, at depths of from 330 to 1,150 fathoms, usualiy in more than one townet on each station. I submitted specimens of this species, formerly described by me (1905) as Scolecithriz emarginata, to Professor G. O. Sars, who was good enough to inform me that they belonged to the species described by him as dmallophora obtusifrons. My surmise that S. emarginatw migit prove to be a synonym of Scolecithricella gracilis is accordingly incorrect. Scolecithrix globiceps, sp. n. PY, igs. §-139.. PL Va ne ee. Female (Pl. V, fig. 13)—length 43-45 mm. Cephalothorax elongate, ovate, the anterior part of the cephalon somewhat inflated in dorsal view, but not vaulted. Fourth and fifth thoracic seg ments fused; second to fifth segments together equal in length to one-third of the cephalothorax. Abdomen contained three and a half times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment not swollen ventrally, two- thirds as wide as long. Second and third abdominal segments about two-thirds as long as the genital segment. Anal segment very short. Fureal rami rather longer than wide. First antenna longer than the body by about one joint, joiting as in S. obtusifrons. Second antenna with endopodite about four-fifths as long as the exopodite and bearing 8 + 6 setae. Mandible as in S. vobusta and S. obtusifrons. Maxilla (Pl. V, fig. 10): small exopodite of medium size, endopodite with eight setae, second basal with five setae, second and third inner lobes with two and four setae respectively. In the first maxillipede (PI. V, fig. 12) the large seta on the fifth lobe has a very minute, almost invisible marginal denticulation, and the largest setae on the second, third, and fourth lobes are finely denticulated. Five of the terminal sensory setae are short with bud-like terminations, the remainder, numbering four or five, are longer with rounded ends. The basal joint of the second maxillipede (PI. V, fig. 11) has a median sensory seta with a bud-like termination. The distal spine of the first joint has a broad base tapering abruptly to a very attenuated termination. First foot (Pl. V, fig. 8) with three-jointed exopodite. The distal outer-edge spine of the first joint is as thick as that on the second joint, and reaches to its base. 1 70 J RE. 7OGE 55 Second feot (Pl. V, tig. 9) with curved outer-edge spine on the first joint of the exopodite nearly half as long as the second joint. The second joint bears a curved transverse row of spinules. The third joint bears a small patch of very small spinules proximally and two bands of spinules, the median one horse-shoe shaped, and the distal forming an elongate oval. Terminal spine of the exopodite coarsely serrate with about 24 denticulations. In the third foot the second basal joint has a small patch of very small spinules at the apex of the posterior face, the second joint of the exopodite has a transverse distal band of spinules and a patch of very small spinules at its apex, the third joint has two transverse curved rows of spinules. The first and second joints of the endopodite have each two transverse rows of large spinules. In the fourth foot the exopodite was imperfect in my speci- mens. The second joint ot the endopodite has a transverse distal row of large spines, the third joint bemeg bare. The outer anterior faces of both exopodites and endopodites of the third and fourth feet are minutely spinulose. Fifth feet (PI. VI, fig. 8) imperfectly two- Jointed, the division between the joints being very faint in some specimens but more evident in others. The first joint is about as broad as long, with a patch of spinules distally near its outer edge. The second Joint has a large slightly serrate spine, about as long as the Joint, arising from the middle of the inner edge. The terminal spine is stout, short, about one-third of the length of the joint. On the outer margin of the joint, opposite to the base of the inner- edve spine, is a small tooth, and midway between the tooth and the base of the joint a patch of spinules similar to those on the first joint. Male unknown. If it had not been that this species appears to belong to Sars’ genus Amallophora, 1 should have felt inclined to identify it with Scolecithricella gracilis, with the description of which it agrees rather well. There are not any well marked characters by which this species can be readily identified, the most notice- able being the somewhat inflated cephalon, the coarse spinulation of the terminal spines of the swimming feet and the form and spinulation of the fifth pair of feet. In company with S. globiceps on one station there occurred some specimens of a Scolecithrix which resembled it very closely in external appearance, but which I have described below as distinct on account of some small difterences, especialy in the fifth pair of feet. Occurrence.—A few specimens were taken on two stations, viz., S.R. 139, at 1,000 fathoms, and S.R. 224, at 700 fathoms. Scolecithrix valida, sp. n. Pl. V, figs. 14-17. PL. VI, fig. 7 Female (Pl. V, figs. 14, 15)—length 3°8-3'9 mm. Cephalothorax oblong ovate, rather more robust than in S. globiceps. Cephalon slightly inflated as in that species, rostral bal 2g IJ. 06, 56 processes two, stout, slightly recurved. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments fused, the latter more constricted posteriorly than in S. globiceps. Abdomen contained about three and two-third times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment not swollen below, about four-fifths the length of the two following segments together. Anal segment very short. Furca small, about one and a half times as long as broad. First antenna reaching about to the end of the second abdominal segment. Second antenna with endopodite about four-fifths of exopodite, and bearing § + 6 setae. Mandible as in S. globiceps and S. obtusifrons. Maxilla with eight setae on the endopodite, five on the second basal, and two anda four respectively on the second and third inner lobes. First maxillipede with bud-like endings on five of the terminal sensory setae, the rest elongate with rounded tips. ‘The bud- like ends seem to be larger than in S. globiceps, and the spine on the fifth lobe more slender basally, but otherwise the maxilli- pede agrees with that species. Second maxillipede as in S. globiceps, but the distal spine on the first joint is not so strong as in that species. The first foot (Pl. V, fig. 17) resembles that of S. globiceps. The outer-edge spine on the second joint seems variable in length ; in one specimen it is as long as in S. globiceps, and in another somewhat shorter. Second foot (Pl. V, fig, 16) as in S. globiceps, except as regards the terminal spine which is more finely serrate and has a broader lamina. ‘The teeth on the terminal spine number about thirty- four, each individual tooth on the lower half of the spine being fused with its neighbour medianly but free distally and proxi- mally. A similar arrangement of teeth is found in S. obtusifrons, but in that species the teeth are much finer and more closely set. Third foot with a terminal spine similar to that of the second foot. The spinulation of the second and third feet is the same as in S. globiceps. Fourth feet imperfect in my specimen. Fifth feet (Pl. VI, tig. 7) two-jointed, first joint small, about as broad as long, second joint elongate, clavate, nearly three times as long as broad, rounded distally and narrowed basally to less than the width of the first joint for about one quarter of its length. On the middle of the inner edge is a strong finely toothed spine, and opposite it on the outer edge a small tooth. At the end of the inner edge is a stout spine about one-third the length of the joint, and in one specimen there occurred a slightly smaller spine situated on the apex of the joint. Male unknown. It is somewhat difficult to distinguish between this species and S. robusta, S. obtusifrons and S. globiceps. The fifth feet closely resemble those of S. obtusifrons, but the form of the last [ 72 ] TT. J G6: 57 thoracic segment distinguishes it from that species. S. robusta is very like it in external appearance, but is much smaller and slightly more robust, and its fifth feet are distinctly different. S. globiceps is extremely hard to separate without examination of the fifth pair of feet, as it is almost identical in external appearance. It is, however, a little larger and not so robust, and has proportionately a slightly longer abdomen. . Ocewrrence.—-This species was only found on station $.R. 224 at a depth of 700 fathoms, six specimens having been taken. Scolecithrix robusta, T. Scott. Pl. VI, fig. 5. Oceurrence.—This species was taken on four stations at depths of from 400 to 680 fathoms. The size of these specimens varied from 2°65 to 3:1 mm., and the inner-edge spine of the fifth foot (Pl. VI, fig. 5) was straight instead of being slightly curved as in the type. GENusS Scottocalanus, G. O. Sars. Scottocalanus securifrons (T. Scott). Scolectthria securifrons, 2, T. Scott, 1883, pars. Scolecithria securifrons, Cant, 1896. Lophothriz securifrons, Wolfenden, 1904. Sccttocalanus acutus, G. O. Sars, 1905. There seems to have beena good deal of confusion between this and the next species, Scottocalanus persecans, which closely resembles it, but can at once be separated by its rounded fifth thoracic segment in both sexes, whereas in SN. securifrons the fifth segment is pointed laterally in both male and female. Scott, in his original description (1893), has indicated most clearly the female of the present species, his figures, showing the fifth thoracic segment with acute lateral terminations, and the short abdomen with large genital segment partially overlapping the second ab- dominal segment ventrally, being quite unmistakable. His figure of the male, however, undoubtedly refers to the following species, S. persecans, and in the type specimens in the British Museum the females of both species are bottled together under the name of Scolecithrix securfrons. Canu (1896) wasthe first to redis- cover the species, in the “Cauda” Collections from the Bay of Biscay, and in his notes upon it expressly states that he uses the name SN. securifrons for the form with the acute fifth thoracic seg- ments. It has subsequently been recorded by Dr. Wolfenden, who places it in the genus Lophothriaz, and Prof. G. O. Sars, who has however, as he has been good enough to inform me, described it as a new species under the name Scottocalanus acutus, while using Scott’s name securifrons to designate the species with the rounded fifth thoracic segments. SS TT.706; 58 Occurrence.—This species is very characteristic of deep-water townettings off the west coast of Ireland. It occurred on every station except S.R. 140, usually in the deepest nets, though on station S.R. 197 it was taken at 100 fathoms. It seemed to be most plentiful at about 700 fathoms. Scottocalanus persecans (Giesbrecht). Scolecithria securifrons, T. Scott, 1895, pars. Scolecithrix persecans, Giesbrecht, 1895. Scottocalanus securifrons, G. O, Sars, 1905, There are a few minor differences between the male of the Atlantic form and that described by Giesbrecht from the Pacific. In the first antennae the 20th and 2lst (original) joints are separate and not partially fused as in Giesbrecht's description, and there isa partial fusion of the 14th and 15th joints on both sides, In the right fifth foot the endopodite reaches nearly to the middle of the second joint of the exopodite, and is curved towards it instead of being straight, and only slightly longer than the first joint, as in Giesbrecht’s figure. The female of this species does not appear to have been described. It resembles the female of S. securifrons, as has been mentioned above, the fifth feet being almost identical. The most noticeable points of difference are the fifth thoracic segment, which has a rounded postero-lateral margin with a minute notch at its extremity, and the abdomen, which is rather longer and of almost uniform thickness throughout, the genital segment being scarcely swollen ventrally. In vertical distribution and numbers this species agrees with S. securifrons. It was taken on five stations at depths of from 330 to 1,150 fathoms. Genus Lophothrix, Giesbrecht. Lophothrix frontalis, Giesbrecht. Ocewrrence.—This is a very widespread and not uncommon species in the N.E. Atlantic. It was taken on every station at all depths frem 330 to 1,150 fathoms, and in fifteen out of thirty- four gatherings. TrinE HETERARTHRANDRIA. FamMIty CENTROPAGIDAE. Genus Centropages, Kroyer. Centropages typicus Kréyer. Oceuwrrence.—Found in small numbers on three stations, from the surface to 1,000 fathoms. Though occasionally occurring in deep oceanic waters, its more usual habitat is epiplanktonic and coastal. Ke Ser TioG) 59 Centropages hamatus (Lilljeborg). Occurrence.—The capture of a very few specimens of this species on station 8. it. 231 at 400 fathoms, in company with 7'emora longicornis, is rather remarkable, as both of these species are distinctly littoral, abounding in the coastal waters and estuaries of low salinity. GENus Temora, Baird. Temora longicornis (Miiller). Occurrence-—Though not such a distinctly littoral species as Centropages hamatus, yet its occurrence at 400 fathoms on station S.R. 231 is worth noting. Genus Temoropia, T. Scott. Temoropia mayumbaensis, 7. Scott. Pl. VI, figs. 9-15. In spite of several small differences between my specimens, all of which were females, and Dr. T. Scott’s descriptions, it seems best to designate them by the above name. I have figured the whole animal (PI. VI, fig. 15), and some appendages, of which the existing figures are insufficient. The length of my specimens was 7:2 to 8.0 mm. Cephalothorax ovate in dorsal view. Cephalon eveniy rounded, not vaulted, imperfectly separated from the first thoracic segment. Rostrum short, two-pointed. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments separate. The first antenna (PI. VI, fig. 12) was broken in all specimens. The proportional length of the proximal joints is shown in the figure. The maxilla (Pl. VI, fig. 11) has all its lobes developed and setiferous. The number of setae shown in the figure is approxi- mately correct, though it is possible that some of the more minute ones may have escaped notice or been broken off. The three distal setae of the exopodite are much more slender than the rest. The second maxillipede (Pl. VI, fig. 10) has the terminal joints rather elongate, the setae, with the exception of the two terminal ones on the last joint, being comparatively short. The jointing of the swimming feet (Pl. VI, figs 13-14) seems to be as given by Scott, but all the feet, except the first pair, were imperfect in every specimen examined. The ffth pair of feet (Pl. VI, fig. 9) is symmetrical, and differs in this respect from that figured by Scott, in which one foot is much stouter than the other. The general form of the foot is similar, consisting of two basal joints, an exopodite about as long Tae 17: 706, 60 as the second basal witha stout terminal spine, and a smaller tooth on the extremity of the inner margin, and a very small endopodite terminating in a long slender spine and a small seta. If the differences in the fifth feet, between the specimens from the Gulf of Guinea and those from off the west coast of Ireland, should prove to be constant, it would necessitate their separation into two distinet species, but until more specimens of the former have been examined, it is not possible to decide this question. Occurrence.—Found in moderate numbers in the fine silk nets on stations S.R. 193 and S.R. 197, at 630 and 680 fathoms respectively. GENus Metridia, Boeck, Metridia lucens, Boeck. Occurrence.—Taking both inshore and oceanic gatherings into account, this species is probably the most abundant and wide- spread of the copepods of the west of Ireland. Though it does not occur in such immense swarms as Calanus finmarchicus, yet it usually divides the bulk of most townettings with that species, and in winter forms the greater part. It was common at all depths investigated. The absence of Metridia longa from these records is note- worthy, and is doubtless to be explained by the fact that the persistent drift from the southward checks any incursion of stragglers from its more northerly habitat, though lying so close at hand. That it does occasionally occur to the southward of its usual range is shown by Wolfenden’s record of it from between 55° aud 56° N. Thompson's records of M. longa from the Irish coast undoubtedly refer to MM. lwcens, a species which is never recorded by him. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht. Metiidia venusta, Giesbrecht, 1889. Metridia Normani, ¢, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.—This species occurs regularly in townettings, at depths of from 300 to 1,000 fathoms. Jt was taken on every station, and in seventeen out of thirty-four gatherings, in small or moderate numbers. Metridia brevicauda, Giesbrecht. Occurrence.—The records of this species are almost identical with those of M. venusta. It was, however, taken at the surface on station S.R. 140, and was absent from station S.R. 224, where no net suitable for its capture was used. Le 4 T7806. 61 Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht. Occurreice—This noticeable species is very characteristic of offshore deep-water townettings. It was taken on every station, and in sixteen out of thirty-four gatherings at depths of from 280 to 1,150 fathoms. GENUS Pleuromamma, Giesbrecht. Pleuromamma abdominalis (Lubbock). Occurrence-—Though this species has often been recorded from the North Atlantic, most of the records, as has frequently been pointed out, are erroneous, and refer to P. robusta. P. abdominalis is a decidedly scarce species in the area here dealt with, and perhaps should not he regarded as a_per- manent denizen, as not more than three or four specimens have been met with at one time, There is very little chance of its being mistaken for P. robusta, as the pigmentation is markedly different, the red colour being much more diffuse and far less per- manent than in that species. Pleuromamma robusta (Dahl). Occurrence-—Occurred on every station, and almost in every townetting from the surface to 1,000 fathoms, and was frequently present in considerable numbers. It is one of the most wide- spread and characteristic copepods of the deep water off the west coast of Ireland, but in spite of this seems rarely, if at all, to be drifted coastwards, Pleuromamma xiphias (Giesbrecht). Occurrence.—Taken on all the stations, except S.R. 140 and S.R. 231,at depths of from 100 to 800 fathoms, usually in small numbers. Tt would seem to be a permanent inhabitant of these regions. Pleuromamma gracilis (Claus). Occurrence—Only absent from three stations, viz., S.R. 139, S.R. 140, and S.R. 224. Its small size and the small numbers in which it usually occurs are probably sufficient to account for its not having been taken un these occasions. Genus Lucicutia, Giesbrecht. Lucicutia grandis (Giesbrecht). Leuckartia grandis, Giesbrecht, 1895. Lucicutia grandis, Giesbrecht, 1898. Lucicutia grandis, Wolfenden, 1904. ? Lucicutia maxima, Steuer, 1904, The original specimen described by Giesbrecht from the Pacific seems to differ from the Atlantic forms merely in haying the hae | IT. *06, 62 inner edge of the second joint of the basipodite of the right fifth foot of the male somewhat swollen and spinalose. In all my specimens it was smooth and almost straight. Wolfenden’s snggestion that Lucicutia muxinue of Steuer is identical with the present species seems very probable, though in none of my specimens were any traces of lateral hooks on the cephalothorax visible. Occurrence.—Taken on four stations at depths of from 700 to 1,150 fathoms. On station S.R. 231 there were a considerable number of specimens present in the mesoplankton trawl at 1,150 fathoms. Lucicutia magna, Wolfenden. Lucicutia magna, ¢, Wolfenden, 1905. Lucicutia atlantica, 2, Wolfenden, 1904. Lucicutia gracilis, G. O. Sars, 1905. Lucicutia atlanticu, Farran, 1905. Lucicutia atlantiea, Pearson, 1906. As males agreeing with Wolfenden’s Lucicutia magna, of which only the male has been described, and females evidently belonging to L.atlantica, of which the maie is unknown, were taken in the same townets, I have included both species under the earlier name, as, apart from sexual differences, they agree closely with each other, Ocewrrence.—Taken on seven out of the eight stations at depths of from 330 to 1,000 fathoms, usually in small numbers. Lucicutia lucida, sp. n. PIPPI, fis: 22. PI. VI, figs: 16-20: Female (Pl. VI, fig. 16) —length 3°5 mm. Male—3'25 mm, Cephalothorax ovate in dorsal view. Cephalon broader an- teriorly than in L. magnu, without lateral processes. Rostral papilla not visible in dorsal view. / Abdomen about two-thirds of the length of the cephalothorax In the female the genital segment is about twice as long as broad, with asmall ventral prominence. ‘The two following segments are of equal length, and together equal to the genital segment. The anal segment is about three-quarters as long as the genital segment. The furcal rami are moderately long, about four and a balf times as long as broad, and slightly shorter than the genital segment. They are very richly furnished with luciferous glands. The furcal setae are short and slender, the outermost seta arising at the distal two-fifths of the outer margin. There isa very minute seta situated on the outer margin, between the outer- most seta and the base of the ramus. In the abdomen of the male (Pl. VI, tig. 18) the first and second segments together are equal to the third and fourth Kae sat Tig206. 63 together, and slightly shorter than the furca. The anal seg- ment is about three-quarters as long as the furca. The furcal rami agree in proportions and setae with those of the female. The first antennae (PI. VI, fig. 17) when extended reach about to the end of the body in both sexes, the total length in the female being 3-2 mm., and in the male 3:0 mm. Length of joints of first antenna of female in (01 mm :— 4 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18 19. 20 21. 22. 23. 24. 2d. 7. 4.5. 6.7.7 6. 8 8. 8. 9. 9. 15 15. 18. 20. 20. 22. 20. 20. 15. 15. 18. 16. 9. Length of joints of left geniculated antenna of male in ‘01 mm :— 5 Pi —— 2 Sa O-16. ia Oe oO es L2a on Laon. Li. Lon koe ZO el. (22, 93. 24, 25, Pt iG Airs to mats ite al fe 7. Tomisyu os LOGON 2020218: 33. 40. 19, 11. The right antenna of the male is similar to that of the female. The mouth parts are similar in both sexes, and do not show any noticeable features, being almost identical with those of LI. magna. The first to fourth pairs of swimming feet are similar in both sexes. The first foot (Pl. VI, fig. 20) has a three-jointed endo- podite and a medium-sized tubular process on the second basal joint. The terminal spine of the exopodite is slightly longer than the third joint, and about equal to half the exopodite. The second to fourth feet are of the usual type in the genus, and resemble each other. The terminal exopodite spines are short, about equal in length to the second and third joints of the endopodites. All the terminal spines of the exopodites are very minutely serrulate. The fifth toot (Pl. VI, fig 19) in the female has the terminal spine of the exopodite short, contained two-and-a-half times in the length of the third joint, and equal to about half the endopodite. The inner-edge spine on the second joint. of the exopodite is slender, and more than half the length of the third joint. In the male the fifth pair of feet (PI. III, fig. 22) are of the usual form, except that the spinous process of the basipodite of the right foot is on the first instead of on the second joint. The second joint of the basipodite is smcoth. The exopodite and endopodite are each two-jointed, the former with a strong distal spine on the outer edge of the first joint, the latter with the second joint less foliose than usual. The left foot has a large rounded process, bearing a few spinules, on the second joint of the basipodite. This is badly shown in the figure, the joint having become distorted in mounting before it was drawn. The exopo- dite and endopodite resemble those of L. flavicoriis. Of the known species of JLucicutia with a three-jointed endopodite on the first foot, viz, L. flavicornis, L. luugicorinis, L. grandis, L. maxima and L. curta, the first two may be dis- tinguished froin 1. lucida by their much smaller size; /. grandis, and ZL. mania, if distinct, are about twice as large, and ZL. curta differs in its stout robust form and shorter caudal! rami. Of the two new species recently described by Prof. G. O. Sars the jointing of the endopodite of the first foot is not men- tioned, but in L. intermedia the genital segment of the female is k 4 a7. 706. 64 equal to the two following segments conjointly, and the outer edge seta of the furca is situated at the middle of the outer margin, while in L. tenvicauda the furea is equal in length to the rest of the abdomen. None of these characters agree with those found in L. lucida. Occurrence.—-Two specimens of this species, a male and a female, were taken on station S.R. 197 at a depth of 680 fathoms. Lucicutia curta, Farran. Lucicutia curta, Farran, 1905. Occurrence.—Taken on six out of eight stations, from the sur- face to 1,000 fathoms. Lucicutia longiserrata (Giesbrecht). Pl. VI, figs. 21-22. Occurrence.—T we specimens, a female and a male, apparently belonging to the same species, were taken on Station 8.R. 224 at 700 fathoms. ‘Though the female measured 3:0 mm. while Gies- brecht’s L. longiserrata was only 2°2 mm., yet the agreement in other respects was so near that I have recorded it under the above name. The only noticeable difference was in the tubular basal process of the first foot (Pl. VI, fig. 21), which was not so long as shown in Giesbrecht’s figure. Lucicutia flavicornis (Claus). I have included under the above name a few small specimens of Lucicutia which occurred, one or two at a time, in some of the gatherings. They measured from 15 to 20 mm., and agreed in all their main features with L. flavicornis as described by Gies- brecht, the differences between them being well within the limits of the variations recorded by him. The specimens were too few to make any detailed study of, but it is perhaps worth noting that in examining the females they seemed to fall into two groups separated as follows :— (1,) Solid tapered tubercle, notched at its extremity, on second basal of first foot ; outer margin of third joint of exopodite of fifth foot with four teeth on its proximal moiety. (2.) Low flat cylindrical tubercle on second basal of first foot; outer margin of third joint of exopodite of fifth foot with its proximal moiety smooth ; imner-edge spine of second joint of exopodite not so long asin (1), Animal slightly iarger. Occurrence.—On four stations at depths between 200 and 1,000 fathoms. [ 80 ‘ 4 11.106; 65 Genus Heterorhabdus, Giesbrecht. Heterorhabdus norvegicus (Boeck). Occwrrence.—The most plentiful species of its genus. Present on all stations except S.R. 164, and almost in every townetting from the surface to 1,150 fathoms. The absence of the species from S.R. 164 cannot indicate a southern limit to its range, as Dr. Wolfenden took it between 51° and 52° N., but it is possibly due to a thinning out of its numbers. Heterorhabdus spinifrons (Claus). Occurrence.—This species occurred on six out of the eight stations, but always in small numbers. Specimens of the female from this area reach a length of 4:0 mm. Heterorhabdus abyssalis (Giesbrecht). Heterochaeta abyssalis, Giesbrecht, 1889. Heterorhabdus abyssalis (?), Farran, 1905. Occurrence-—One specimen of a female, length 2°65 mm., similar to specimens from the west coast of Ireland, which I formerly referred to this species, was taken on station S.It. 139 at a depth of 1,000 fathoms, in company with a male agreeing closely with Giesbrecht’s description of H. abyssalis, Another specimen of the female was taken at 400 fathoms on the same station. Heterorhabdus robustus, sp. n. Heterorhabdus vipera, Farran, 1905. Pl, VII, figs. 1-10. Female (Pl. VII, figs. 1, 2)—length 35-40 mm. Mule—3-4-3'7 mm, The cephalothorax is stout and robust in both sexes, but not as much so as in H. compactus. Rostral prominence low, just visible in dorsal view. Abdomen measuring about half the length of the cephalothorax, with large dilated genital segment in the female. Furcal rami (Pl. VII, fig. 3) equal in length to the two preceding segments taken together. The first antennae reach, when extended, slightly beyond the genital segment. Second antennae as in f7/. convpactus. Mandibles as in H. vipera, the cutting edge of the right man- dible (Pl. VII, fig. 5) with four denticles, the two median bifid, the distal curved and laminate, and very slightly longer than the rest. The cutting edge of the left mandible (PI. VII, fig. 4) bears three denticles, the distal very long and sickle-shaped. [ere] TI. *06. 66 The maxilla(Pl. VII, fig. 7) resembles in form that of H. vipera, but differs in having longer setae on the endopodite. The first maxillipede (PI. VII, fig. 6) resembles that of H. vipera. In the figure the feathering and serrulation of the setae and spines is not shown. The second mavxillipede is as in H. vipera and H. compactus, the median seta on the first joint being small and slender, The first to fourth swimming feet (Pl. VII, fig. 10) in both sexes resemble those of H. vipera and H. compactus. The fifth feet in the female (Pl. VII, fig. 9) only differ from those of H. vipera in having the inner-edge spine on the second joint of the exopodite slightly shorter than the third joint. In H. vipera it is longer than the third joint, while in H, conpactus it is equal to it. In the male the leit fifth foot (Pl. VII, fig. 8) is of the same general form as that of H, vipera, but differs in the shape of the third joint of the exopodite, which is more ovate, and bears shorter spines. The right fifth foot (PI. VII, fig. 8) differs con- siderably from that of H. vipera, the third joint of the exopodite and the processes on the second joint and on the second basal joint being of a totally different form. H. robustus is an addition to that section of Heterorhabdus, represented by H. vipera, H. compactus and H. brevicornis, which is distinguished by the absence of a long median spine on the first joint of the second mavxillipede, and the presence of a broad foliose exopodite on the third foot. In Sars’ original des- cription of H. compactus he has described and figured the fourth foot as being foliose, instead of the third, but this is clearly an oversight. H. atlanticus is separated from this section by having the third and fourth feet similar and without foliose exopodites, as in H. longicornis. On account of the resemblance of H. robustus 2 to H. com- pactus, I forwarded specimens to Prof. G, O. Sars, who kindly informed me that they were quite distinct. The principal points of difference have been referred to above, H. robutus 2? is only distinguishable from H. vipera by its larger size and the above-mentioned differences in the maxilla and fifth feet. My former record of a large form of H. vipera (1905) in reality refers to H. vobustus and must be deleted. The dif- ference between the fifth feet of the males of the two species is much more noticeable. The description of H. brevicornis is very incomplete, but its very small size, 2°0 mm., is a sufficient, though not satisfactory, distinction. Occurrence.—This species was taken on stations S.R. 139, S.R. 140, S.R. 175 and S.R. 224 at depths otf from 330 to 1,000 fathoms, usually in small numbers. It is probably a permanent inhabitant of the Irish deep-water area. Heterorhabdus Grimaldii, Richard. Occwrrvence.—This very fine species, the largest of its genus, and differing considerably in structure from ail the other mem- bers, was taken on three stations, viz., 8.R. 139, at 800 fathoms, [ 82 | TT. OG 67 S.R. 224, three specimens at 700 fathoms, and 8.R. 231, six speci- mens at 1,000 fathoms. It is evidently a permanent though rather scarce inhabitant of the area. Heterorhabdus longicornis (Giesbrecht). The specimens met with of both sexes may be separated into two groups according to their sizes, those from 3:0 to 3°5 mm. and those measuring about 45 mm. ‘These groups occurred together but intermediate specimens were not found. As no structural differences between the two sizes could be made out I have included them all under the name of H. longicoriis. Occurrence.—Taken on every station but S.R. 164 from the surface to 1,150 fathoms. Genus Mesorhabdus, G. O. Sars Mesorhabdus brevicaudatus (Wolfenden). Heterorhabdus brevicaudatus, Wolfenden, 1905. Mesorhabdus annectens, G. O. Sars, 1905. Mesorhabdus brevicaudatus, G. O. Sars, 1907. Oceurrence.—In small numbers on three stations at depths of from 580 to 680 fathoms. GENUS Disseta, Giesbrecht. Disseta palumboi, Giesbrecht. Disseta palumboi, Giesbrecht, 1889. Heterorhabdus grandis, Wolfenden, 1904, 1905. Heterorhabdus grandis, Pearson, 1906. Dr. Wolfenden’s figures of Heterorhabdus grandis (1904, PI. IX, fig. 36; 1905, Pl. LV, figs. 7-8) furnish unmistakable proof of the identity of that species with Disseta palumbozi. Occurrence-—This species is evidentiy widely distributed in small numbers in the deep-water area, having been taken on five stations at depths of from 680 to 1,150 fathoms—from one to seven specimens of both sexes on each station. Genus Haloptilus, Giesbrecht. Haloptilus longicornis (Claus). Occurrence.—This species was taken in very small numbers on five stations at depths of from 200 to 630 fathoms. As other records go to show that this is an epiplanktonic species, wide- spread in the N.E. Atlantic, itis possible that the deeper records, G IT. ’06. 68 600 fathoms on stations S.R.175 and 8.R 193, may refer to specimens taken during the ascent of the net. Dr. Wolfenden, using closing nets only, found the species between 100 and 200 fathoms. Haloptilus acutifrons (Giesbrecht) Occurrence.—This species seems rather scarcer than the pre- ceding, having been only taken on three stations, in all cases in company with H. longicornis. Probabiy its scarcity is due to a more restricted northern range. Haloptilus tenuis, sp. n. Pl. VII, figs. 16-22. oS Female (Pl. VII, tig. 18)—length 4°62 mm. Cephalothorax ovate, elongate, broadest at its anterior third, Cephalon (Pl. VIL, fig. 17) very much vaulted and with an anterior caecum, distinctly mucronate in lateral view, but with the point scarcely visible when seen dorsally. Abdomen (Pl. VII, fig. 16) short, contained about six times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment as long as broad, and one and a half times as long as the two follow- ing segments taken together. Anal segment equal to the second and third abdominal segments taken together, and a little shorter than the furca. Furcal setae short, the appendicular seta very long and slender. The first antenna is longer than the body by about three joints. Its total length is 47 mm. Length of joints in 0°1 mm. :— 1. 2.3.4. 5. 6 7. 8 9 10. 11. 12,13. 14. 15. 16, 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24, 25, 24, 9.9. 9. 12. 12. 12. 12, 14. 14. 17. 20. 24. 26. 27. 27. 29, 29. 25. 20. 21. 18. 21. 21. 16. In the second antenna (Pl. VII, fig. 19) the exopodite is a little more than half as long as the endopodite. The mandibular palp is elongate and slender, the two branches being of equal length. The cutting edge of the mandible bears one large and three small teeth as in H. mucronatus. The maxilla (PI. VII, fig. 21) resembles that of H. acutifrons in general form. The outer lobe bears three minute setae fol- lowed by six large setae, the most proximal of the large setae being considerably thicker than the rest. The exopodite has four medium-sized outer-edge setae, two large terminal setae,and five very small setae on the extremity of the inner edge. The endo- podite is one-jointed, and bears a medium terminal seta and two or three small setae. ‘The second basal bears five setae, the three median being the largest. The third inner lobe is knob-shaped and bears three setae, the second one seta, and the first five spines much longer and more slender than in H. acutifrons. The first maxillipede (Pl. VII, fig. 20), has none of its setae modified into spines. The three terminal setae are the largest and smooth, except for a slight distal pectination, [ 84 | TE ios 69 The second maxillipede is of the ordinary form, the propor- tional length of the joints being 18:13:7:6:5:4:2. The large setae on the four last joints are almost smooth. The first to fourth pair of swimming feet have no noticeable features. In the fifth feet (Pl. VII, fig. 22),the terminal spine of the exopo- dite is three-fourths as long as the third joint. The imner-edge seta of the second joint is very slender, and about half as long as the joint. It is very finely feathered. Male unknown. This species in external appearance and size approaches very near to H. spiniceps, but its abdomen is proportionately a little longer and the cephalic spine not so prominent. It also differs in the maxilla, which in H. spiniceps has only two setae on the endopodite, and in the first maxillipede, which in #7. spinaceps has strong hooks on the fifth and sixth lobes. It agrees with H. acutifrons in the form of the maxilla and first maxillipede, but differs in the shape of the body and in being considerably larger. Of the other species with cephalic spines H. owycephalus, H, mucronatus and H. aculeatus have the head much more acute, and #7. ocellatus is about twice as large, besides differing in other respects, Ocewrrence.—Three specimens of H. tenuis were taken on stations S.R. 139, 800 fathoms ; S.R. 175, 600 fathoms ; and S.R. 224, '700 fathoms. Haloptilus fons, sp. n. Pl. VII, figs. 11-15. Female (Pl. VII, fig. 11.)—length 5°7-6°6 mm. Cephalothorax about three times as long as wide in dorsal view, the sides parallel and the ends rounded. Cephalon shaped somewhat as in H. chierchiae, but with the rostral papilla not so evident, very slightly vaulted, and rather angular in outline. Anterior caecum absent. Abdomen (PI. VII, fig. 15) a little more than one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment about as broad as long, and one and a half times as long as the two following seg- ments taken together. Second abdominal segment slightly longer than the third, the two together being about four-fifths as long as the anal segment. Fureal rami slightly longer than broad, the appendicular setae being moderately long and slender. The first antennae are longer than the body by about five joints, their length in a specimen measuring 66 mm. being 8 mm. Leneth of joints of first antenna in ‘(01 mm. :— 1.2. 3. 4. 6. 6 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12, 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18, 19, 20, 21. 22, 23. 24. 25. 42. 18, 21. 21. 23, 23. 21. 21. 23. 24. 29. 35. 42. 42, 42, 42. 42. 41. 36. 27. 29, 27. 35. 30. 23, The second antennae resemble in some respects those of H. chierchiae, particularly in the exopodite. which shows the division between the first and second joints well marked. The endopodite ») GQ « bare. | £F), OB: 70 is shorter and thicker than in H. chierchiae, the first joint being equal in length to the exopodite. The second basal joint is thick, and about two-thirds as long as the first joint of the endopodite. It bears two distal setae which are not so long as the single seta of H. chierchiae. The mandibular palp is of the same form asin H. ornatus. The cutting edge (Pl. VII, tig. 13) is of a form not found in any other members of the genus. Jt is strongly chitinised, and bears five teeth, the two distal being strong and multicuspid, the two fol- lowing each with a single small cusp on their dorsal margin, and the lowest simple and slender. The maxilla (PI. VII, fig. 14) resembles most nearly that found in H., chierchiae, but ditiers in the exopodite, which bears two large distal setae, four smaller outer-edge setae and five very small inner-edge setae, that of H.chierchiae having eight sub-equal setae. The endopodite, like that of 1.chierchiae,is imperfectly three-join- ted, but bears 4+ 445 setae instead of 3+ 1+3 as in that species. The first maxillipede, as in H. chierchiae, has three setae on the second and third lobes. The setae on the fifth and sixth lobes are no thicker than the largest setae on the following joints. The second maxillipede resembles that of H. mucronatus, the proportional lengths of the joints being 30: 24:9:8:6: 5: 2, The swimming feet show some noticeable features. The first feet resemble those of H. chierchiue, but lack the setose patches on the outer margin of the exopodite. The terminal spines of the exopodites of the second to fourth feet are unusually long, that of the second foot being as long as the third joint of the exopodite, and that ofthe fourth foot being two-thirds as long as the same joint of its exopodite. The fifth pair of feet (Pl. VII, fig. 12) agree in most points with those of H. chierchiae, but may be distinguished by the longer inner-edge spine with thickened base of the second joint of the exopodite. Male unknown. Haloptilus fons is more closely allied to H. chierchiae than to any other described species of the genus. The latter species was, as Giesbrecht has pointed out, the least specialised member of the genus, but in most of the points in which H. fons differs from H. chierchiae an even less degree of specialisation is noticeable, particularly in the cutting edge of the first joint of the basipodite of the mandible. In H. fons the cutting edge is broad, heavily chitinised, and provided with strong multicuspid teeth, while throughout the rest of the genus it is narrow, weak, and pro- vided with two or three simple or notched teeth. This dissimi- larity is doubtless correlated with some slight difference in food or methods of feeding, which has, perhaps, induced the further specialisation shown in the elongation of the second antennae and the reduction of setae on the maxilla and first maxillipede. H. angusticeps, recently described by Prof. G. QO. Sars, also agrees with this species in its well developed mandible and its maxilla with a three-jointed endopodite. It is, however, con- siderably smaller, and apparently of a much more slender form, with shorter antennae. [ 86 ] IT. ’06, F 71 Oceurrence.—Haloptilus fous was taken on two stations, viz, S.R. 175, one specimen at 600 fathoms, and $.R. 231, one specimen at 1,000 fathoms. Genus Augaptilus, Giesbrecht. This genus was founded by Giesbrecht in 1889 to receive Hemicalanus longicuudatus of Claus; at the same time he added five new species, and, in 1892, also included Hemicalanus filigerus of Claus; G. O. Sars, in 1893, adding A. glacialis, and T. Scott, in 1894, A. Rattruyi. The recent large increase of the genus was initiated by Wolfenden when, in 1902, he described A. zetesios, followed in 1904 by A. magnus and A. gibbus, Steuer in 1904 also adding A. fungiferus. ‘lhe total number of species was, in 1905, brought up to twenty-six by Sars’ description of thirteen new species from the Prince of Monaco’s collections, and five were subsequently added by him in 1907 from the same source. As of these thirty-one species only nine have been figured, it has become a matter of some difficulty to correctly identify specimens, particularly in view of the fact that there does not seem any probability of the limits of the genus having been reached. In the collections here dealt with the genus is represented by eighteen species, four of which I have described as new, the rest being referred to species already known. The difficulty of subdividing this very cumbrous genus does not seem to have been simplified since Giesbrecht, in 1892, fore- ‘seeing the increase which has now become an accomplished fact, provisionally included all the species then known under one genericname. ‘The separation of the longicwudatus group, which apparently contains the type of the genus, and which is charac- terised by the extreme reduction of its maxilla and the length of its abdomen and furca, has become more marked, but of the remaining species it is impossible to use any arrangement which does not separate species which in some points closely resemble each other ; e.g., if the nature of the maxilla be used as a means of classification, such totally dissimilar forms as A. bullifer and A. Rattrayi will be placed together, while if the presence or absence of a rostrum be regarded as of importance, two such closely allied forms as A. squamatus and A. laticeps will be separated. Augaptilus elongatus is apparently the most primitive form, and in it, as also in A. nodifrons, the endopodite of the maxilla is indicated as a distinct joint, thus forming a link with the genus Haloptilus. Augaptilus elongatus, G, O. Sars. Augaptilus elongatus, G. O. Sars, 1905. Prof. G. O. Sars’ description clearly indicates the species te ferred to, and only needs to be supplemented by a more detailed description of the maxilla. ‘The first inner lobe of the maxilla en His 0G: 72 bears ten moderate curved spines, the second lobe one large and one small seta, the third lobe two small setae. The basipodite, second joint, or, as Sars calls it, the first joimt of the endopodite, is furnished with three medium setae. The endopodite itself is w very small, almost square, joint with three terminal setae. The exopodite is long and narrow, with seven setae, the two terminal being the largest. The outer lobe bears six large setae situated distally to three very fine setae. My specimens agreed in size with those originally described. Ocewrrence.—Taken on three occasions, on station S.R. 175, at 600 fathoms; S.R. 224, at 700 fathoms; and S.R 231, at 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus nodifrons, G. O. Sars. Augaptilus nodifrons, G. O. Sars, 1905. My specimens, all females, differed from those described by Sars in having three inner-edge lobes on the maxilla, the first well developed, the second and third small, and each with a single terminal seta. The type specimen is described as having only two inner-edge lobes. The rest of description agrees very closely with my specimens, the noticeable specific characters being the nodular rostral prominence without filaments, the two-branched mandible with a well developed cutting edge, the jointed endo- podite with two terminal setae, the absence of buttons on the maxillipedes, and the stout curved spine on the inner edge of the second joint of the exopodite of the fifth pair of feet. The size of the specimens met with mostly varied between 54 and 5°7 mm., but one, taken on station §.R. 231, reached 71 mm. Occurrence.—This is not an uncommon species, haying been taken on five stations at depths of from 580 to 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus laticeps, G. O. Sars. Augaptilus laticeps, G. O. Sars, 1905. Being doubtful as to whether my identification of this species was correct, [ submitted it to Prof. G. O. Sars, who was good enough to inform me that the specimen sent was A. laticeps, pointing out at the same time that it might be distinguished from A. squamatus by the fact that the latter has no rostral appendages, while in A. laticeps they are present as a pair of slender fila- ments Colowr.— This species may at once be distinguished from all others in a townetting by its light olive green colour which is retained for a long time, at least two years, by specimens pre- served in formaline. Occurrence—This is a moderately frequent species in deep water, having been taken on six stations at depths of from 400 to 1,150 fathoms. [ 88 ] II. ’06. 73 Augaptilus brevicaudatus, G, O Sars. Auygaptilus brevicaudatus, G. O. Sars, 1905. My identification of this species was kindly confirmed by Prot. G. O. Sars. The following particulars added to his description will make the species more easy of recognition. Mandible two- branched, cutting edge feebly developed with one large curved tooth occupying more than half the edge, two equal slender teeth, and one very minute acicular proximal tooth. Maxilla with eleven spines on first inner lobe, one and two setae on the second and third inner lobes, two setae on the very rudimentary endopodite, two equal setae on the extremity of the exopodite, and six setae on the outer lobe. First and second maxillipedes with sensory buttons. Colouwr.—The colour of this species is unusual, consisting of a patch of rich deep brown round the mouth, the rest of the body being colourless except for a scanty brown shading on the second antenna and the exopodite of the mandible. Occwrrence.—Occurred in small numbers on five stations, at depths of from 350 to 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus facilis, sp. n. Pl. III, figs. 23, 24. Pl. VIII, figs. 1-6. Female—length 5-4 mm. Cephalothorax elongate, oval, slightly more than three times as long as broad. Rostrum of two slender filaments rising from a papilla. Abdomen contained about three and three-fourth times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment about equal to the second and third abdominal segments and furca taken together, the proportional lengths of the abdominal segments and furca ‘being 9:3:4:3. Furca about one and a half times as long as broad, with short, sparingly plumose setae, Appendicular seta slightly shorter than the innermost terminal seta, and directed obliquely outwards. The first antenna is longer than the body by about five joints, the proportional length of the joints in ‘01 mm. being 1.2% 3. 4 6 6. 7. 8 9. 10. 11.12. 13, 14. 15, 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21, 22. 23, 94. 95. 30. 12. 16. 18. 20. 21. 22, 22. 24. 27. 30. 36. 36. 36. 34. 34. 33. 35. 36. 32. 32, 30. 36. 39, 26, The second antenna (Pl. VIII, tig. 2) has both branches of about equal length. The second basal joint bears one very small ter- minal seta, the second joint of the endopodite 6 + 7 setae. The exopodite is distinctly eight-jointed, with a distal inner-edge seta on each of the joints, those on the fourth and tifth joints being the largest, and that on the seventh joint almost obsolete. The inner- edge seta of the last joint is situated on the extreme distal margin of the joint close to the base of the three terminal setae. [ 89 | IT. 06. 74 The mandible has a feebly developed two-branched palp, the endopodite without setae, the exopodite five-jointed, with a small seta on each of the four terminal joints. The cutting edge of the mandible (Pl. VIII, tig. 6) is broad,with two large bicuspid teeth, two small teeth, one acicular and the other short, and a proximal articulated spine, the small teeth lying close together, the others widely separated. The maxilla (Pl. VIII, tig. 5) has the first inner lobe with eight spines, the second with one strong seta, and the third with a slender seta. The exopodite bears three terminal setae and the outer lobe four setae. The first maxillipede (Pl. VIII, tig. 3) is short, having the setae on the first joint arranged in groups of 2 + 2 + 3,andon the second joint of 2+2. The four terminal joints are very much shortened, each bearing two setae of equal size. The second maxillipede (PI. III, fig. 24) has setae of moderate length arranged in groups of 1 + 3 + 3 on the first joint, and on the second joint two moderate + one moderate and one long seta, the third joint having two short and two long seta, the fourth three short and one long, the fifth and sixth each two short and one long, and the seventh two very short and one long. All the longer setae on both the maxillipedes bear small but distinct sensory buttons. The tirst foot is of the usual form, but has no outer-edge spine on the second joint of the exopodite and only one on the third. The second foot has the outer-edge spines of the third joint of the exopodite very small and deeply set. In the third and fourth feet (Pl. IT], fig. 23) the second joint of the exopodite has its outer edge below the terminal outer-edge spine produced intoa blunt process overlapping the spine, and in the third joint of the exopodite there is a similar process between the second and third outer-edge spines, which reaches beyond the end of the joint. The terminal spine of the exopodite of the third foot is about as long as the third joint; in the fourth foot. it is a little shorter. The terminal spines of the second to fifth feet are very finely serrulate. The fifth foot (Pl. VIII, tig. 4) is of the usual form with the inner-edge seta of the second joint of the exopodite straight and slender and finely plumose, reaching to just beyond the base of the first inner-edge seta of the third joint. Male unknown. This species seems to come nearer to A. gracilis than to any other described species, but differs from Sars’ description of that species in its shorter abdomen, which in A. gracilis measures more than one-third of the length of the cephalothorax, and in having sensory buttons on the setae of the first and second maxil- lipedes, these structures being absent in A. gracilis. Occurrence.—-One specimen of Auguptilus facilis was taken on station 8.R. 197 at a depth of 680 fathoms. [ ee IT. ’06, 75 Augaptilus gibbus, Wolfenden. Augaptilus gibbus, Wolfenden, 1904. Augaptilus gibbus, G. O. Sars, 1905. Prot. G. O. Sars informs me that he considers the species deseribed by him as A. gibbusas synonymous with that described a little earlier by Dr. Wolfenden, by a curious coincidence, under the same name. The maxilla in my specimen differed from that described by Dr. Wolfenden in having eight spines on the first inner lobe. The second inner lobe bore a single strong seta. The third was only indicated, and was withoutsetae. The exopodite bore four rather slender setae and the outer lobe seven setae, the three central ones large, the outer ones extremely small. The length of my specimen, a female, was 3°36 mm. Occurrence—One specimen was taken on station 8.R. 193 at a depth of 630 fathoms, Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht. Occurrence.—This species occurred on four stations at depths between 600 and 1,000 fathoms. It is probably a permanent inhabitant of the region dealt with, its small size accounting for the comparatively few records. Augaptilus bullifer, Giesbrecht. Occurrence—Only one specimen was met with, on station $.R. 231, at 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus truncatus, G. O. Sars. Augaptilus truncatus, G. O. Sars, 1905. Prof. G. O. Sars, to whom I submitted a specimen, was good enough to confirm my identification of this species. The maxilla in my specimens was very much reduced, the first inner lobe bearing six weak slender spines, the second and third lobes almost obsolete, but each with a minute terminal hair. The exopodite was long and slender, with one very minute and two medium setae. The outer lobe bore six medium setae. Occurrence—Three specimens were taken at 1,150 fathoms on station S.R. 2381, and one at 1,000 fathoms on station S.R. 139. Augaptilus similis, sp. n. Pl. VIII, figs, 7-14. Female—length 7:4-8:'1 mn. Cephalothorax moderately robust, ovate. Rostrum of two slender filaments on a prominent papilla. ot TT. ’06. 76 Abdomen about one-third as long as the cepnhalothorax. Genital segment slightly longer than the two following segments and the furea taken together. Anal segment equal to the furca, and about one and a half times as long as the second abdominal segment. Furcal rami nearly twice as long as broad, and sepa- rated by about their own width. The fureal setae are rather setose, the second from within being about twice as long as the rest, and the appendicular seta very small and slender. The first antenna is longer than the body by about three joints. Proportional length of joints in ‘01 inm. :— 1. 2 3.4. 5. 6. 7 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.19 20. 21. 22. 23, 24. 25. 20, 12, 16. 16. 16. 17. 18 18. 19. 21. 25. 32. 44. 44. 46. 46. 48. 48. 48, 38. 3B. 34. 36. 32. Zt In the second antenna (PI. VIII, tig 11) the endopodite is very slightly longer than the excpodite. The first joint of the endo- podite is equal in length to the second basal joint; the second joint is more than twice as long as the first joint, and bears 6+8 setae. The exopodite is faintly eight-jointed, the seta on the inner edge of the second joint being absent, but those on the other joints well developed. The mandible is two-branched, the endopodite being small and two-joited, with three distal setae; the exopodite four-jointed, with five setae. The cutting edge (Pl. VIII, fig. 13) bears two strong bicuspid teeth, two slender simple teeth, and a pectinate articulated spine. The maxilla (Pl. VIII, fig. 9) is feebly developed, the first inner lobe bearing tive weak spines, the second and third lobes absent, the second basal, or endopodite, with one seta as in A, bullifer, the exopodite elongate with one long terminal seta and one very minute and one small outer-edge seta, and the outer lobe with five stout setae. The first maxillipede (Pl. VIII, tig. 8) is long, the tirst jomt with x+1+2+38 setae, the second joint with 3+8 setae, the remain- ing joints very much shortened, bearing twenty sub-equal closely crowded setae with well-developed sensory buttons (Pl. VIII, fig, 12). “The second maxillipede (Pl. VIII, fig. 7} is very long, the first joint with 1+2+3 very small setae, the second joint with 2+2 small setae, ihe third joint with two long and two very small setae, the fourth joint with one long and three very small setae, the remaining three joints each with one large and one or two very small setae. All the large setae bear well-developed sensory buttons. The first foot is of the usual form. The outer-edge seta on the first joint of the exopodite is longer than the two following joints. There is one very small outer-edge spine on the second. joint of the exopodite, and two similar spines on the third joint. The second to fourth feet have no noticeable characteristics. The outer-edge spines on the third joints of the exopodites are small and deeply set. The fifth foot (Pl. VIII, tig. 14) has the seta on the inner edge of the second joint of the exopodite stiff and moderately setose, [ 92 } _. rT... “Gps v7 and standing almost at right angles to the inner margin of the joint; if adpressed it would reach to between the first and second inner-edge setae of the third joint. Colour.—Body colourless, containing a little red oil; base of first antenna, endopodite of second anteuna, and three outer furcal setae of an olive-green colour. Male unknown. This species is in some points closely allied to A. trwncutus, but differs very markedly in the arrangement of setae on the terminal joints of the first maxillipede. Occurrence.—Taken on stations S.R. 224 and S.R. 231 at 700 and 1,150 fathoms, four specimens in all having been met with. Augaptilus magnus, Wolfenden. Auygaptilus magnus, Wolfenden. ) Augaptilus fungiferus, Steuer. The body of this species is colourless, but usually contains orange-red oil drops, crowded round the mouth and gut, and in the female the ovary shows as two opaque lateral masses of a salmon pink colour joined together anteriorly. It seems possible, but by no means certain, that the dugaptilus fungiferus of Steuer is a synonym. Ocewrrence.—This noticeable and easily distinguished species is of frequent occurrence in the deep water townettings, and is often taken in considerable numbers It was found on every station from depths of 100 fathoms, on 8.R. 164, to 1,150 fathoms, on 8.R. 231. Augaptilus angustus, G. O. Sars. Augaptilus angustus, G. O. Sars, 1905. This species is easily recognised by its long antennae, the absence of rostral filaments and of sensory buttons on the maxillipedes, and by the three distal setae on the basal, or, as Prof. G. O. Sars calls it, the endopodal part of the maxilla. The animal when alive is suffused with vermilion, most deeply on the region round the mouth, and contains numerous orange-red oil globules, Oceurrence.-—On every station, but in very small numbers, at depths of from 350 to 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus filigerus (Claus). The colouring in life consists of vermilion on the first and second maxillipedes and circum-oral area, and in a less degree on the second antenna, and of a faint reddish tinge on the first antenna. There are small-orange oil drops scattered through the [ 93 ] TT. ’06. 78 body, and the tip of the exopodites of the second to fourth feet contains a small patch of highly refractive greenish-yellow oil drops, possibly with a photogenic function. Ocewrrence.—Taken on seven stations at depths of from 350 to 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus Rattrayi, T. Scott. Pl. Vil, fig. 21. The colouring, as is the case in many members of the genus, is characteristic. It consists of a small, very deeply-coloured cir- cular brown patch round the mouth, the rest of the body being colourless. In very few instances was this pigment spot absent. This species must be distinguished from the following closely allied but much larger A. horridus. Occurrence—This species, first recorded from the Gult of Guinea, seems to be a permanent inhabitant of the N.E. Atlantic. It was taken on six stations at depths of from 350 to 1,150 fathoms. Augaptilus horridus, sp. n. Pl. VILL, fig. 20. Fenvale—length 10 min. Cephalothorax robust, resembling in general form that of A. Rattrwyi,but much more vaulted anteriorly, the cephalon being almost conical both in dorsal and lateral view. The whole sur- face is closely covered, as in A. Rattray, with short stiff hairs or bristles. The abdomen, mouth organs, and swimming feet are identical with those of A. Rattray?. In none of the specimens found was there any trace of pigment visible. Its much larger size and conical cephalon are sufficient to distinguish this species without difficulty from A. Rattray. Another difference is the absence in A. horridus of the brown pigment patch which is almost always present in the smaller species. Ocewrrence.—This species is not a common one, having only been taken on three stations at depths of from between 630 and 1,150 fathoms, most of the specimens being immature. Augaptilus longicaudatus (Claus). It I am correct in referring all the specimens to this one species A. longicwudatus exhibits a great variability in size, measuring from 3°6 to 61 mm., the intermediate sizes being frequently met with. The animal is sometimes colourless, but is usually marked by an oval patch of opaque olive green dorsally on the second thoracic [ 94 | TT. ’06. ch) segment ; sometimes, but rarely, a similar patch is present on the fourth segment. Augaptilus longicaudatus is said to be dis- tinguished from all other members of the genus which possess an elongate furca by having ten large setae on the terminal joints of the second maxillipede, all the other described species, viz., A. megalurus, A. glacialis, and A. zetesios, having only five such setae. Amongst the specimens of what appeared to be A. lonqicaudatus in the collection it was found, however, that all the females of 4°5 mm. and over had fifteen, or perhaps in some eases fourteen, large terminal setae on the second maxillipede and one specimen, measuring 5-9 mm., had also fifteen, instead of the usual seven setae on the terminal joint of the first maxillipede. A male specimen, which measured 4°8 mm., had only the normal number of setae on both maxillipedes. As no other points of difference could be made out, I have not ventured at present to regard those I have mentioned as specific, though I have no knowledge of a parallel instance among the copepoda. The variation above re- ferred to is, it should be noted, in the nature and not the number of the setae, the third joint of the second maxillipede having, in the alternative instances, three large and one small, or four large setae. Occwrrence—This species occurred tolerably frequently in the townettings, having been taken on all the stations, except S.R. 140, at depths of from 100 to 1,150 fathoms, usually nearer the latter, Augaptilus anceps, sp. n. Plate VIII, figs. 15-19. Female—length 3°75 mi. Cephalothorax elongate ovate. Cephalon slightly vaulted, somewhat tapered anteriorly, but not so much as in 4. zetesios. Abdomen (Pl. VIII, fig. 15) contained about two and four- tifth times in the length of the cephalothorax. The genital seg- ment is almost symmetrical, and about one and a half times as long as the two following segments taken together, the approxi- mate relative lengths of the abdominal segments and furca, mea- suring the latter along its inner margin, being 6:2:2:3. The furca is about four times as long as wide, the appendicular seta being about as long as the abdomen exclusive of the furea. The other fureal setae were broken. The first antenna exceeds the body by about four joints, the approximate lengths of the joints in ‘01 mm. being— 1. 2.3. 4. 5.6.7.8. 9. 10, 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17, 18 19. 20. 21, 22, 23, 24. 25, 18, 6. 6. 6. 7. 7. 7. 7. 12. 15. 18, 24. 25. 25.25, 25, 26. 27. 24. 21, 22. 18. 18. 18. 16. The second antenna has an endopodite slightly longer than the exopodite, with 6+ 6 terminal setae. The exopodite is five- jointed but the limits of the joints can only be made out with difficulty. The outer-edge setae cannot be referred to their respective joints, their arrangement (PI. VIII, fig. 17) being more easily figured than described. The proximal of the two large outer-edge setae found in A. zetesios and A, glacialis is only represented by a small papilla. a sae [1. °O6, SO The mandible agrees fairly well with that of A. glacialis. The maxilla (PI. VILL, tig. 19) has only one seta on the inner lobe, as in A. longicaudatus; the endopodite bears two equal ter- iminal setae, and the exopodite one very large and one small seta. . The tirst and second maxillipedes agree in form and number of setae with those of A. zetesios and A. glacialis; the first lobe of the second maxillipede, however, bears three setae, while Wol- fenden’s figure of A. zetesios shows only two. The first to fourth feet resemble those of A. glacialis and A. zetesios, the teeth on the outer edge of the exopodite of the first foot showing the same compound structure as is shown in Wolfenden’s figures. The fifth feet are very similar to those of A. zetesios, the inner- edge spine on the second joint of the exopodite (PI. VIII, fig. 18) reaching to the base of the third inner-edge seta of the third joint. The spine is very strong, straight and coarsely denticulate, the proximal denticulations being larger than are figured by Wol- fenden for A. zetesios. Male unknown. This species is very closely allied to A. glacialis and A. zetesios, but is considerably smaller than either. It differs from both in having the exopodite of the second antenna shorter than the endo- pedite, and bearing only one large lateral seta, and also in having only one seta on the inner lobe of the maxilla. The furcal rami are considerably shorter than in either species, and the proportional lengths of the abdomen and its segments also differ. From A. megalurus it may be separated by its smaller size, shorter genital segment, and the presence of the strong denticulate spine on the exopodite of the fifth foot. Occurrence.—One specimen of the above was taken, on station S.R. 197 at 580 fathoms. Augaptilus megalurus, Giesbrecht. These specimens differed in some small points from A. megaluwrus as described by Giesbrecht from the Pacific, so it seemed advisable to give some figures in case the Atlantic form may turn out to be specifically distinct. The total length was 5°7-671 mm. in females and 5:0 mm. in males, as against 45 mm. and 40 mm, as given by Giesbrecht. The abdomen was contained three times in the length of the cephalothorax. The proportional -length of the abdominal segments agrees fairly well with Giesbrecht’s description, but the genital segment is slightly shorter and the anal segment slightly longer. The whole body is very elongate and stiff, with a vaulted conical cephalon, and forms a noticeable contrast to the more rounded lines and general stouter form of A. longicaudatus. The jointing of the first antenna agrees in general with the typical A. megalurus, but the terminal joints are in the proportion 15:12:12; the proportion shown in Giesbrecht’s figure bemg about 21:19:20. The exopodite and endopodite of the second antenna are of equal length in the pees ie. “OG: Sl female, the exopodite being the longer in the male. The remain- ing appendages agree wel! enough with the published description, but some small points of difference may be made out in the form of the fifth pair of feet of the male. Occurrence.—Taken in small numbers on four stations between 600 and 700 fathoms. GENUS Pontoptilus, G. O. Sars. Pontoptilus muticus, G. O. Sars Pontoptitus muticus, G. O. Sars, 1905. I sent drawings of the single specimen found to Professor G, O Sars, who kindly informed me that it agreed fairly well with the form recorded by him as P. muticus. I have accordingly recorded it under that name. It is easily recognised by its very robust form and opaque coarsely dotted integument, which is of a reddish brown colour. The rostrum is absent, the first antenna is almost as long as the body, and the fifth feet have a two- jointed endopodite. The endopodite of the maxilla consists of two large oval joints, each bearing a single seta. The length of the specimen was 6°0 mm. Occurrence.—A single specimen, a female, of this species was taken on station §.R. 140 at a depth of 750 tathoms. Pontoptilus abbreviatus, G. O. Sars. Pontoptilus abbreviatus, G. O. Sars, 1905. Professor G. O. Sars was good enough to examine the draw- ings of the Helga specimens, and writes to me that they are apparently P. abbreviatus. This species is transparent and colourless, except for a small group of olive-brown spots on either side of the cephalon, close to the postero-ventral angle, and a few orange oil globules near the base of the maxillipedes. The rostrum consists of two slender filaments; the first antenna exceeds the body by about four joints ; the endopodite of the maxilla bears numerous setae, and the endopodite of the fifth foot is one-jointed. Occurrence.—This species is evidently more common than the last, single specimens, all females, having been taken on three stations at depths of from 630 to 1,150 fathoms. Genus Arietellus, Giesbrecht. None of the specimens of Avietellus in the collection can be referred to the Mediterranean A. setosus. They comprise three, if not four, of the species recently described by Professor G. O. Sars, my identification of them having been kindly confirmed by their author. The specific characters lie almost entirely in the form of the cephalothorax, the last thoracic segment, and the fureal rami and setae ; the resemblance between the appendages of the various species being so close as to afford no grounds for their discrimination. T2406! 82 Arietellus simplex, G. O. Sars. Avrietellus simplex, G. O. Sars, 1905. A. simplec is distinguishable from other described species by its large size, rounded fifth thoracic segments, and comparatively long furcal rami. Occwrrence.—This is perhaps the best represented species of the genus in the collection. It was taken on five stations at depths of between 700 and 1,000 fathoms. Arietellus pavoninus, G. O. Sars. Arietellus pavoninus, G. O. Sars, 1905. This species, like A. simplex, has the lateral margins of the fifth thoracic segment rounded, but it is easily distinguished by its smaller size (5°25 mm. in my specimen), broad robust body, and the short, widely divergent, furcal rami. Occurrence.—A single specimen was taken on station $.R. 224 at a depth of 700 fathoms. Arietellus plumifer, G. O Sars. Ariectellus plumifer, G. O. Sars, 1905, Occwrrence.—This species was taken on five stations at depths between 350 and 1,000 fathoms. It occurred in somewhat smaller numbers than A. simplex, and many of the specimens were immature. Arietellus, sp. In addition to the above-mentioned species, there occurred a few specimens which approached rather closely to A. Giesbrechti, but showed no sign of the asymmetry which characterises that species. Prof. G. O. Sars tells me that since the publication of his description he has met with other specimens of A. Giesbrechta, in which the asymmetry was much less marked. It seems advisable, in consequence, to defer consideration of the species till a larger series of specimens can be examined. Grenos Paraugaptilus, Wolfenden. Paraugaptilus Buchani, Wolfenden. Paraugaptilus Buchani, Wolfenden, 1904. Occurrence.—A single specimen, female, was taken on station S.R. 198, at 600 fathoms. Its bright lemon yellow colour when alive was rather remarkable. [ 98 ] Fe’ 06. 83 GEeNuS Phyllopus, Brady. In a former paper I referred the specimens of Phyllopus taken off the west coast of Ireland to Brady’s original species, P. bidentatus. An examination of a large number of specimens has convinced me that this view cannot be sustained, and that all the [rish specimens must be recorded as belonging to the two new species which I have described below. Phyllopus Helgae, sp. n. Phyllopus bidentatus, partim, Farran, 1905. Bl EX, fost 5, 6: Female—length 23-24 mm. Male—2:4 mm. The body of the female is short and robust, broadly rounded anteriorly. The fifth thoracic segment is contracted posteriorly, the lateral margins being rounded, and very slightly produced. The abdomen (PI. IX, fig. 5) is contained two-and-one-third times in the length of the cephalothorax, the proportional length of the abdominal segments and furca being about 8:3:3:4:3; the second segment is, however, very slightly longer than the third. The genital segment is asymmetrical, the paired genital openings being placed diagonally, that on the right being the most anterior. There is a low tubercle placed ventrally on the middle of the right side, and a small chitinous papilla on the left side close to the postero-ventral margin. The first antennae reach to about the middle of the genital segment, the proportional length of the joints in ‘01 mm. being 1-2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. 18, 19. 20. 21. 22, 23, 24. 25. LPO MONG NG. Gilde o a uiDN Sin Su Osm ON ONL OL 2 LE Om ONNO: ULL The other cephalic appendages and the first to fourth feet do not apparently differ from those of P. bidentatus, as figured by Giesbrecht. ‘The fifth pair of feet are slightly asymmetrical, the right being a little longer than the left. They have already been figured by me (1905, Pl. XI, fig. 21) in the paper referred to above. They differ from both Giesbrecht’s and Brady’s figures by the greater elongation of all the joints, particularly the third, and by the smaller size of the setae on the outer edge of the second joint. The male resembles the female in general form, but is not quite so robust. It has already been figured by me in sufficient detail (1905, Pl XI, figs. 12-19) under the name of Phyllopus bidentatus. Occurrence—This species is by far the most common Phyllopus in the gatherings, having been taken on every station but S.R. 224, and almost in every townetting between 300 and 750 fathoms, males being slightly more numerous than females. ies} H Il. *06. 84 Phyllopus impar, sp. n. Phyllopus bidentatus, Scott, 1894. Phyllopus bidentatus, partim, Farran, 1995. Plate IX, figs. 1-4. Female—length 2°65-3'°0 mm. JMJale—2:95 mm. The female is stout and robust, the cephalothorax resembling that of P. Helgae except for the fifth thoracie segment, which is moderately contracted posteriorly, and produced to form lateral pointed wings on each side of the genital segment, reaching to the middle of the segment on the left, and to the end on the right side. ' The abdomen is shorter than in P. Helgae, being contained about two-and-a-half times in the length of the cephalothorax. The proportionate lengths of the abdominal segments and furca are approximately 9:5:4:7. The genital segment is consider- ably broader than long, owing to a very large dextral and a somewhat smaller sinistral tubercle. The furcal rami are about twice as long as broad, and slightly longer than the anal seg- ment. The first antenna reaches to about the end of the genital seg- ment, the proportional lengths of the joints in ‘01 mm. being 1-2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 1857.(7. 6. 7. 7. 6. 35.35 36. 35.35.4656) (8998 11S IZ ONS ey ee The remaining cephalic appendages, and the first to fourth feet, seem to agree with those of P. bidentatus, as figured by Giesbrecht, and those of P. Helgae described above. The fifth pair of feet are five-jointed, the basal joints being very short and fused along their inner margins. The second joint on the right side is entirely unarmed; on the left side in one specimen it bears a very short spine on the distal margin of the posterior face close to the outer edge; in another specimen this spine is missing. The third joint (first joint of the exopodite) is about as broad as long, and bears a small distal outer-edge spine, flanked externally by a very small denticle. The second joint of the exopodite bears a long curved seta on its inner margin—the outer margin being armed by two denticles. The terminal joint bears six denticles, arranged in pairs on its outer margin, and a strong short distal spine. I have figured (PI. IX, figs. 3, 4) the fifth feet of what I be- lieve to be the male of thisspecies. The animal in general appear- ance, and in most of its appendages resembled the male of P. Helgae referred to above. It was, however, rather larger, and showed some differences in the form of the fifth feet, the wing on the first joint of the left foot being considerably smaller, and the terminal hook of the same foot shorter and more curved. A specimen of P. vmpa7, previously taken by the Helga oft the West of Ireland had been referred by me (1905, p. 45) to P. bidentatus, where, in a passage pointing out its resemblance [ 100 ] IT. *06. 85 to the P. bidentatus figured from the Gulf of Guinea by Dr. T. Scott, by an unfortunate misprint the fifth thoracic segment was described as symmetrical. Occurrence.—Two females of this species were taken on station S.R. 139. at depths of 600 and 1,000 fathoms, and two males on S.R. 175, at 600 fathoms. Famity CANDACIIDAE, GreNus Candacia, Dana. Candacia rotundata, Wolfenden. Candacia.rotundauta, Wolfenden, 1904, Candacia inermis, Cleve, 1904. Candacia obtusa, G. O. Sars, 1905. (PI IX) fig 5). The male of this species was met with on a few occasions. It measures 33mm, in length. The fifth thoracic segment is rounded on the left side as in the female, but on the right its postero-ventral angle is produced into a slender dorsally curved hook. The right side of the genital segment bears an elongate blunt tubercular process partly overlapping the second segment, and on the left side of the genital segment is a low tubercle. The fifth pair of feet (Pl. IX, fig. 15) is very like that of C. longimana, but the terminal joint of the left foot is propor- tionally much shorter. Occurrence.—Taken in small numbers on six stations at depths of between 350 and 760 fathoms. Candacia norvegica, Boeck. Occwrrence—Taken on six stations at depths of between 400 and 1,000 fathoms. It occurred in thirteen townettings as against the nine in which C. rotundata was found. Candacia gracilimana, sp. n. (Pl. IX, figs, 7-14). Male—length 2:25 mm. Form of body resembling in general that of C. armatu, the fifth thoracic segments being produced into a sharp point on each side of the genital segment but not, however, blackened as in that species. The point on the right side is slightly the longer. The abdomen is rather shorter than in C.amata, being contained slightly more than two-and-a-half times in the length of the rt ” H « IT. ’06. 86 cephalothorax. The genital segment (Pl, IX, fig. 11) bears a pointed process on the right side as in C. avmata and C. curta, but directed slightly forwards instead of backwards as in those species. The left side of the genital segment bears a small incon- spicuous tubercle. The first antenna is twenty-four-jointed, reaching a little beyond the genital segment, the thick basal portion consisting of seven joints. The proportional length of the joints of the left antenna is approximately the same as in C@. norvegica, Wut the twenty-second and twenty-third joints are together equal to the twenty-fourth. The clasping mechanism of the seventeenth and eighteenth joints of the right antenna (PI. IX, fig. 12) resembles that of C. norvegicu, the seventeenth joint having very fine tooth- ing all along its upper margin, and the eighteenth a short longi- tudinal row of fine teeth on its proximal end. The second antenna and mandible resemble those of C. nor- vegicd. The maxilla (Pl. IX, fig. 10) bears on the first inner lobe one strong terminal hooked spine with a small spine near its base and nine setae. The second inner lobe is very long and slender. The second basal bears two setae and a minute spine, and the endo- podite 2 + 5 setae. The first maxillipede (Pl. IX, fig. 13) is moderately elongate, rather more so than in C. armata, the first joint bearing on the first lobe three slender setae, on the second a minute hair, and on the third a moderate seta and a minute hair. The third joint is elongate, about half as long as the first, and three times as long as wide. The second maxillipede has no distinctive marks. The swimming feet (Pl. X, tigs. 7-9) resemble those C. longi- mana, except that the first foot is more slender, and has no setae on the second basal joint.. The terminal spine of the exopodite of the third foot is short and bent, but not quite so much as in CU. longimana, The serration of the proximal and~ median divisions of the outer edge of the third joints of the exopodites of the second to fourth feet is only slightly finer than that of the distal portions. The fifth feet (Pl. 1X, figs. 18, 14) resemble those of C. longi- mand, but the moveable claw (second and third joints of exopodite) of the right foot ends in a much more curved point than in that species. Femule unknown. This species evidently belongs to that group of the genus re- presented by C. norvegica, C.longimana, and C.tenuimana, It is not improbable that it may turn out to be the as yet un- described male of the last named, but as C. tenuimana has not been recorded from the N. Atlantic, the use of a new name seems to be the course least likely to lead to confusion. Occurrence—One specimen was taken on station S.R. 139 at 400 fathoms and another on S.R. 140 at 350 fathoms. [ 102 ] 11.706 87 Famity PONTELLIDAE. Genus Anomalocera, Templeton. Anomalocera Patersoni, Templeton. Occurrence.—This species is widely distributed at the surface - on the west coast of Ireland, but usually in small or moderate numbers, never apparently occurring in the vast swarms which at times indicate its presence in the Irish Sea. There are only three records of its occurrence in the present collection, a few specimens having been taken at the surface on station S.R. 140, one in the large triangle net at 700 fathoms at $.R. 193, and three in the mesoplankton trawl at 1,000 fathoms on 8.R. 231. The last two records may be put down to accidental captures during the ascent of the net. Genus Bathypontia, G. O. Sars. Bathypontia elongata, G. O. Sars. Professor G. O. Sars informs me that the drawings of this species which I sent him agreed exactly with the form described by him. It is, perhaps, worth noting, however, that in my specimens the eighth and ninth and twenty-fourth and twenty- fifth joints of the first antenna were fused. The male does not differ noticeably from the female except in the form of the clasping antennae and of the fifth pair of feet. The clasping antenna (Pl. IX, fig. 16) is nineteen-jointed, the eleven proximal joints being narrow and distinctly separated from the following four somewhat thickened and ill-defined joints. The sixteenth joint is strongly bowed and is followed by three unaltered joints as in the female. The fifth feet (Pl. IX, fig. 17) are almost symmetrical, and consist on each side of four elongate tapering joints, the last joint terminated by a small spine. Occurrenee.—Three specimens were met with, one, a male, on station S.R. 193 at 600 fathoms, and the others, both females, on S.R. 197 at 700 fathoms and S.R. 224 at 700 fathoms. Genus Acartia, Dana. Acartia Clausi, Giesbrecht. Occurrence.—In the deep water off the west coast of Ireland this copepod is, apparently, always present at all depths from surface to 1,000 fathoms, usually in large numbers. Its absence from some of the townettings recorded in the table is to be ex- plained by the large size of the mesh used on those occasions. Chis is the only member of the genus which I have met with off the west coast of Ireland except in the bays and harbours with water of low salinity where A. discaudata is associated with it. I do not think any of the west coast records of A. longiremis can be regarded as trustworthy, though there is of course no reason why it should not sometimes be found there. [ 103 ] TI. 06. 88 SusB-ORDER Podoplea TrinE AMPHARTHRANDRIA. Famity MORMONILLIDAE. Genus Mormonilla, Giesbrecht. Mormonilla phasma, Giesbrecht. Occurrence.—Taken in small numbers in the fine-meshed townets, at 600 fathoms on station S.R. 175 and 680 fathoms on S.R. 195. Mormonilla minor, Giesbrecht. Mormonilla minor, Giesbrecht, 1891. Mormonilla polaris, G. O. Sars, 1900. Mormonilla atlantica, Wolfenden, 1905. My specimens show the triple jointing of the endopodite of the first foot, on which both Sars and Wolfenden rely for the separation of their species from M. menor, but as Giesbrecht in his detailed description of M. minor qualifies his statement that the endopodite is two-jointed by saying that, while the first and second joints are fully separated, the second and third are fused “bis auf eine zarte Grenzlinie,” I do not think that any depen- dence can be put on that character. Some of my specimens seemed to show an additional joint in the first antenna imme- diateiy distal to the first long seta, but as the appearance of a joint can be produced by folding the antenna at any point, this character, too, is somewhat unreliable. Occurrence.—In small numbers on stations S.R. 193, 630 fathoms, and 8.R. 197, 680 fathoms, being taken in company with M. phasma on the latter station Famity CYCLOPIDAE. GeNus Oithona, Baird. Oithona similis, Giesbrecht. Occurrence.—Taken on four stations. As it is apparently widespread and common off the west coast of Ireland its absence ‘from some townettings may doubtless be put down to its small size. ie So II. ’06, 89 Oithona plumifera, Baird. The correct name for this common N.E. Atlantic species of Oithona still seems to be somewhat doubtful. It is usually recorded as QO. plumiferu, but sometimes apparently as O. setigera. It agrees most nearly with what Giesbrecht regards as O. plumifera, but differs in having four setae on the endopodite of the mandible instead of three, and also in the larger size of the single seta on the endopodite of the maxilla. The plumose setae attached to the sides of the thorax, figured by both Baird and Giesbrecht in O. plumifera, have never been present in any of the specimens which I have seen, but it is possible that they have been broken off. Occurrence.—On six out of eight stations, often being mode- rately plentiful. GENUS Paroithona, nov. Closely allied to Ozthona, which it resembles in general form and in the jointing of the cephalothorax and abdomen. The rostrum, in the only known species, is absent. The first and second antennae and the mandible are as in the genus Otthona. The maxilla has three well-developed inner lobes, the endopodite represented by a lobule without setae and the exopodite apparently absent. The first and second maxillipedes are as in the genus Oithona. The swimming feet have each a three-jointed exopo- dite and two-jointed endopodite, the fifth pair of feet being repre- sented by a single seta on each side of the fifth segment. Paroithona parvula, sp. n. Pl. X, figs. 1-13. Female—length *46 mm. General form of body resembling that of Olthona nana, but with shorter abdomen. ‘The second, third and fourth (anal) segments of the abdomen are of equal length and slightly more than half as long as the genital segment. The fureal rami Pl. X, fig. 3) are one-and-a-half times as long, and bear six setae. The innermost furcal seta is about one-and-a-half times as long as the furea, the second is moderately large but broken off close in all my specimens, the third is three times as long as the furea, the fourth very small, the fifth about as long as the furea, and the appendicular seta strong and exceeding the total length of the abdomen. ‘The rostrum is absent, the front of the cephalon resembling that of Oithona nana, but being rather more rounded. (Pl. X, fig. 2). The first antenna (Pl. X, fig. 4) reaches to the beginning of the fourth thoracic segment. It is six-jointed and bears numerous lone setae. The second antenna (Pl. X, fig. 5) is two-jointed, the basal joint with one outer-edge seta ; the second joint, representing the [tds ] TT. ’06, 90 fusion of the second and third joints in Oithona, with two short setae on the proximal part of the outer edge, three setae at the point of fusion of the joints and tive terminal setae increasing in size from without inwards. The mandible (Pl. X, fig. 10) resembles rather closely that of Oithona nana. The exopodite is not segmented and bears four setae. The endopodite is small, about two-and-a-half times as long as broad, and bears four small setae. The terminal portion of the second basal carries a single strong curved prickle-bearing spine. ~The maxilla (PI. X, fig. 6) has the three inner lobes well deve- loped; the first with five strong spines, the second with a single seta and the third with one large and one small seta, The endo- podite is only represented by a small bare lobule. The presence of an exopodite could not be made out. The first maxillipede (Pl. X, fig. 11) is of the same general form as in Oithona nana, but does not apparently bear more than two setae on any of its lobes. The second maxillipede (Pl. X, fig. 9) is four-jointed, the first joint with 3 + 1 setae, the second with 1 + 1, the third with 3, and the fourth with 2 + 1, the longer setae on the third and fourth joints being bent backwards as in the genus Oithona. All the swimming feet (Pl. X, figs. 7, 8,12, 13) have three- jointed exopodites and two-jointed endopodites. The outer-edge spines of the exopodites are arranged as 1, 1, 2 on the first three feet and 1, 1,1 on the fourth foot. The inner edge setae are arranged as 0, 1, 3 on the first foot, 0, 1, 5 on the second and third feet and 0, 0, 5 on the fourth feet. The terminal spines of the exopodites are very long and slender. The endopodites have an outer-edge seta on the first joint in the first and fourth feet, but not in the second and third feet, The second joint of the endopodite in the first foot bears eight setae, in the second foot seven setae, in the third foot five setae, and in the fourth foot five seta. The fifth foot is represented on either side of the fifth thoracic segment by a single seta. Male unknown. In the foregoing description and in the accompanying figures the numbers of the setae must be regarded as being somewhat doubtful, since, on account of the minute size and extreme transparency of the specimens, it was a matter of some difficulty to discover whether the smaller setae and spines were present or not. Occurrence.—This species was present in moderate numbers in the fine silk townets at 630 and 680 fathoms on stations S.R. 193 and S.R. 197. It seems not unlikely that Thompson’s (1903) record of Oithona nana from deep water in the N.E. Atlantic refers in reality to this species. [ 106 ] Te 06. 91 FamMity HARPACTICIDAE. Genus Microsetella, Brady and Robertson. Microsetella rosea, Dana. All the specimens of Microsetella found belonged to this species, which is easily distingaishable from M. atlantica by the longest furcal seta being twice as long as the body instead of equal to it, and also by the different form of the fifth foot. Occurvence.—In the fine silk nets at stations 8.R. 198 and S.R. 197, at 630 and 680 fathoms respectively, Genus Clytemnestra, Dana. ~Clytemnestra rostrata, Brady. Occurrence.—A single specimen was taken in the fine silk net at 630 fathoms, on station S.R. 193. Genus Aegisthus, Giesbrecht. Aegisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht. The Helga specimens agree closely with Giesbrecht’s figures and description, and cannot be referred to Wolfenden’s A. atlanticus, as both the exopodite and endopodite of the first foot are only imperfectly three jointed and the fitth foot has only an indication of a basal joint. Fig. 14. ‘d Fig. 15.—Female, Fig. 16, ” Fig. 17. ~ Fig. 18.—Female, Fig. 1.—Female, Wig. 2. i Fig. 3. Pe Fig. 4. a Fig. 5,—Female, Fig. 6. PA it ve A 06. 101 Euchaeta quadrata, sp. n. 20.—Female, genital segment, lateral, Ac a Palle - exopodite of second foot, = Luciculia lucida, sp. n. 22,.—Male, fifth feet, a xs = =n Augaptilus facilis, sp. n. 23.—Female, fourth foot, second maxillipede, Puate LV. Euchirella obtusa, G. O. Sars. abdomen, lateral, As ae aie dorsal, we 5.0 ate 56 Euchirella Wolfendeni, sp. n. dorsal, oa ae Euchaeta bisinuata, G. O. Sars. lateral, ee 0 ore ee Valdiviella insignis, sp. n. maxilla, a Os 55 Chiridiella macrodactyla, G. O. Sars. first foot, third foot, second foot, .. second maxillipede, maxilla, - second antenna, first antenna, lateral, Ks first maxillipede, Xanthocalanus typicus, T Scott. first maxillipede, fifth foot, first foot, Xanthocalanus pinguis, Farran. fifth foot, .:. oe exe oe PuatE Y. Undinella brevipes, sp. n. lateral, rostrum, third foot, . fifth pair of feet, ee Cephalophanes refulgens, G. 0. Sars. lateral, second foot, fifth pair of feet, fue | XXXXXXXXX - X x xX XXX Te x xXXKX 30 44 66 54 49) 57 79 11.06. Fig. 8.—Female, Fig. 9. a Fig. 10. a Fig. 1. » Fig. 12. ; Fig. 13. a Fig. 14.—Female, Fig. 15. » Fig. 16. % Fig. 17. Bs Fig. 1.—Female, Fig. 2. re Fig. 3. a Fig. 4 =e Fig. 5.—Female, Fig. 6.—Female, Fig. 7.—Female, Fig. 8.—Female, Tig. 9.—Female, Fig. 10. “ Vig. 11. e Fig. 12. = Fig. 13. * Fig. 14. a Wig. 15. a Vig. 16.—Female, Fig. 17.—Male, Fig. 18. a Fig. 19.—Female, Tig. 20. Big. 21 —emale, Wig. 22. + Fig. 1.—Female. Hie. 2. : Fig. oe ss Fig. 4, ” lig. 5 9 Fig. 6. og Fig. he ” Fig. 8.—Male, Fig. Vig, 10, ” 9.—Female, fifth foot, 102 Scolecithrix globiceps, sp. 0. first foot, “E — = second foot, Ne maxilla, terminal part, <6 second maxillipede, .. “< first ag ei a5 Am dorsal, oe as Scolecithrix valida, sp. n. dorsal, sis ote an lateral, =- second foot, ats <5 first foot, oe Bik Ee Puate VI. Scolecithrix gracilipes, sp. n. lateral, first foot, fifth foot, ee fifth foot, variation, .. Scolecithrix robusta, T. Scott. fifth foot, Scolecithrix echinata, Farran. fifth foot, Scolecithrix valida, sp. n. fifth foot, Scolecithrix globiceps, sp. n. fifth foot, He ee ee Temoropia mayumbaensis, 'T. Scott. fifth foot, second maxillipede, maxilla, first antenna, second foot, first foot, lateral, Lucicutia lucida, sp. n. dorsal, first antenna, ‘left, abdomen, fifth foot, first foot, Lucicutia longiserrata (Giesbr.). first foot, fifth foot, Prats VII. Heterorhabdus robustus, sp. 11 dorsal, lateral, furca, left mandible, cutting edge, right mandible, cutting edge, first maxillipede, maxilla, exopodite and endopodite, fifth pair of feet, : second foot, (eahies+] sar We rg Jae ee’ | ge ae, ah ZB Mar .|® xxXxxXXXX xx XX x xxXxXXXXX Be Sees teas x xX SC SCIEDE KX HOS 273 273 92 92 Fig. 1.—Female, Fig. 2. 5 Fig. 3.—Male, Fig. 4. * Fig. 5.—Female, Fig. 6 “6 Vig. 7.—Male, Fig. 8. & Fig. 9. “n Fig. 10. y Fig. 11. - Fig. 12. a Fig. 13. a Fig. 14. ~ ~ 0G. 11.—Female, ee BY 2 i JIG 1 2 3. 4, D. 6 7.—Female, 9, 5 UO} ‘ JNIIE 5 Ue 5 By . 14. 99 9 . 16.—Female, Mle 1 ol hey ALD: 7 20; 5 PUA 9 .—Female, 9 A Lo. —Female, . 20.—lemale, . 21.—Female, , 22.—Female, 105 Se ae ae sp. 1. dorsal, ; fifth foot, mandible, cutting edge, maxilla, abdomen, Haloptilus tenwis, sp. n. abdomen, cephalon, lateral, dorsal, Me second antenna, first maxillipede, maxilla, 5 Prater VIII. Augaptilus facilis, sp. n. dorsal, Ae ie ar second antenna, first maxillipede, fifth foot, maxilla, mandible, cutting edge, Augaptilus similis, sp. un. second maxillipede, first maxillipede, “c maxilla, a : dorsal, second antenna, details of setae, first maxillipede, mandible, cutting a fifth foot, oe : Augaptilus anceps, sp. n. abdomen, dorsal, second antenna, part of exopodite, fifth foot, eee Sui maxilla, ‘ Augaplilus horridus, sp. n cephalon, lateral, Augaptilus Ratlrayi, 'V. Scott. cephalon, lateral, Haloptilus tenwis, sp. u. fifth foot, ae a Prate IX. Phyllopus TEE sp. 1. dorsal, : abdomen, lateral, left fifth foot, =f ate right fifth foot, sts or Phyllopus Helgae, sp. n. abdomen, ventral, dorsal, ee Candacia gracilimana, sp. n fourth foot, third joint of exopodite, third foot, third joint of exopodite, second foot, third joint of exopodite, maxilla, genital segment, first antenna, hinge, first maxillipede, : fe fifth feet, le oa Sic i 1192] XXX X X x x xX XX x xX X XXX XX IT. ‘06. Fig. 15.—Male, Fig. 16.—Male, Fig. 17. fA Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11 Fig. 12 Fig. 13 Fig. 14.—Female, Fig. 15. Fig. 16. ”) Fig. 17. —Male, Fig. 18.—Female, Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. ” Fig. 22.—Male, Fig. 23.—Female, Fig. 24. 93 Fig. 25.—Female, Fig. 26. Fig. 27. Fig. 28. Fig. 29. Fig. 30. a 08 it |=} Wr or gets | _ i) : B z. 2 vw . ” Candacia rotundaia, Wolfenden. fifth feet, Bathypontia elongata, G. O. Sars. first antenna, fifth feet, Paroithona parvula, gen. et sp. nov. dorsal, 104 PLATE X. cephalon, lateral, genital segment and furca, first antenna, second antenna, maxilla, first foot, second foot, second maxillipede, mandible, first maxillipede, third foot, fourth foot, Oncaea obscura, sp. 0. second antenna, second maxillipede, mandible, second maxillipede, maxilla, second foot, third foot, endopodite, . . fourth foot, endopodite, abdomen, abdomen, first antenna, Oncaea exigua, sp. U. abdomen, dorsal, an second antenna, fourth foot, first maxillipede, second maxillipede, Puate XI, Lubbockia brevis, sp. n. dorsal, second foot, third foot, second maxillipede, second antenna, fourth foot, first foot, first maxillipede, Oncaea exigua, sp. 0. second foot, first foot, third foot, f 120 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXKXXXKXXK XX XXXXXXKXKXKXXKXK xXXXX*X xxXX 61 sus. I-17. Oxycalanus spinfer. Y He . de - ; Fos Weller & Graham L'4 Litho London, a coe cee alee cS rae (a ee B ; ‘ ~ Ory SVL N SIN W 1-17, Oxycalanus spintfer. 10, Spinocalanus spinosus. 5-9. Mimocalanus cul trifer. the London é 1-4. Mimocalanus nudus. del. 21, Euchirella obtusa. 10, Gaidius affinis. ? he ore fraham. ts Litho.London. 458.6. 08 Ee. SHOP NBOWINS \ 10, Gaidius affinis. 20 ; Z1, Euchirella obtusa. Ds, 4-8, Gaidius parvispinus. 1- 3, Chiridius gracilis - 11-17, Gaidius validus. G.P.F. del. 6 Weller &Graham, Li Litho. London. /458. 6 98 18 19, Euchirella Wolfendent. 1-12, Euchaeta Scotti. da. 20-21,Euchaeta quadrata. leds SS i Wy vm , SSS G vas / = =X BS SS ——————a \ SS 11-12, Euchaeta Scotti. 1-6, Valdiviella insignis. B44, Euchaeta barbate. qQ 8 So a5 4 ES gs Do v ao Ss ey (cl a3 ai] oan 7 co re a) fees: rear Bh a gun Ep ie =} Big 32 oA Sp | ed > 20-21,Euchaeta quadrata. 22, Lucicutia lucida. facilis. 23.24, Augap tilus 1,2Valdiviella insignis. ocalanus pinguis. G.P.F. del. Pi IV. insignis. iviella ins 5, Valdivi chaeta bisinuata. i 4, Eu deni. Wolfen hirella l a ial inguis. 2r&Graham L™ Litho.Lendon 4 2 a 1556 6.98, Welle i 18, Xanthoc s typicus. 15-17, Xamthocalanu 3, Euc Meee 15 “to odac irella obtu ee bas 1,2, Euchire ees 6-14, C -P.F. de}, jiceps. 14-11, Scolecithrix valida. ib ]4-17, Scolecithrix valida . 8-13, Scclecithrix globiceps. Sei Celphalophanes refulgens. 14, Undinella brevipes. r&Grahom LM Lilo PI. VE. 7. Scolecithix valida. 21,22. Lucicutia longiserrata. /558,6 oa Welier & Graham, L'* Litho,London > a Scolecithix valida. 21,22. Lucicuna longiserrata Te 6, Scolecithrix echinata. 5. Scolecithrix robusta. a o Q, pi) 3 & 10) é & = 3 5} WY) Cal a 16-20, Lucicutia lucida. 9-15, Temoropia mayumbaensis. 7) i=") a oO ‘4 po) °o et “00 E oO ao = i=] (=) Y co 50,6 b.Weller &Graham L'* Litho,London PLVIl. O06. 16-21, Haloptilus tenuis. 16-21, Haloptilus tenuis. weller Graham, Lt irho,l 1-10) Heterorhabdus robustus- \1-15, Haloptilus Fons. G.P.F. de). ee PVE -19, Augaptilus anceps. 22, Haloptilus tenuis. a a 0 Ze co ® ee) oa = 3 ei Sy fee on 2 3d \peelgtent oun ey ES ip alc | bbs ta ee. Appenpix, No. III. PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE SIMPLE ASCIDIANS OF THE LARNE DISTRICT. BY H. J. BucHANAN-WOLLASTON. The Tunicates mentioned in the following paper were all taken within a radius of six mites from the entrance to Larne Lough. The most prolific ground is the loose shelly bottom between Brown’s Bay and the Hunter Rock. A few species are very abundant in the Lough. I have had considerable difficulty in identifying some of tbe specimens owing to the lack of literature upon the subject. 1 have had access to very few original descriptions, and have’ had to identify most of the specimens by means of Herdman’s ‘* Revised Classification,’’ in which the diagnoses are neces- sarily very short, I have adopted the arrangement and nomenclature given in Herdman’s ‘‘ Revised Classification of the Tunicata’’ (J. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. XXIII.) The following twenty-one species have been obtained in the district :— Hugyra glutinans. Corella parallelogramma. Molgula simplex. Ascidiella venosa. M. echinosiphonica. A. aspersa. M. roscovita. Ascidia mentula. Cynthia echinata. A. plebeia., Forbesella tesselata. A. depressa. Styelopsis grossularia, Ciona intestinalis. Polycarpa glomerata. Perophora Listert. P. comata. Clavelina lepadiformis. P. comata, v. nua. C. Savigniana. P. pomaria. The measurements given are the averages of full-grown and well-developed specimens, except where the contrary is stated. ASCIDIAE SIMPLICES. Fam. MOLGULIDAE. Molgula simplex, A. and H. This species is common attached to shells, hydroids, &c. dredged from the loose shelly bottom, off Brown’s Bay, Island Magee, 10 to 20 fathoms; size, 1)” «x i" xe". Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906, 111, [Published, July, 1907). 121 IIT. ‘06. 4 Irish Records.— Loughs Strangford and Ballywater (W. Thompson). Molgula echinosiphonica, Lac-Duth. A single specimen of what J take to be this species was dredged firmly attached to a Laminaria root, near the old Pier, Island Magee, 8 to 4 fathoms. New to Ireland. Molgula roscovita, Lac.-Duth. Several specimens were dredged off Brown’s Bay, 7 fathoms, on a similar bottom to that on which M. simplex was found, but nearer the shore. This species is usually covered with small gravel and coarse sand to a much greater depth than is Ml. simplex. In one instance two specimens were taken firmly adhering to one another. All the specimens were un- attached. Size, Vex 1’ x 5h". The specimens agree fairly well with Forbes’s M. oculata, but the total absence of the characteristic bare patch between the siphons seems sufficient to distinguish them. New to Ireland. Eugyra glutinans, Moll. A few specimens have been dredged from the shelly grounds off Drain’s Bay and Brown’s Bay. Size, 4”, globular. Irish Records.— (1.) As Ascidia tubulosa, Mill., Ballyholme Bay, Co. Down, July, 1846 (Hyndman and W. Thompson). (2.) As Molgula tubulosa. Strangford Lough, Castle Ward Bay, + mile from shore, 7-20 fms., 3} miles from sea; mud, small stones, gravel (Dickie, Marine Zool., Strangford L.; Rep. Br. Ass. Adv. Sc., 1857). (3.) Between Maidens Lighthouses and Isle of Muck, about 20 fms., several (Belfast Dredging Committee). (4.) a a ‘List of species obtained in Kingstown and Julliney Bays, and a few from Baldoyle.’’ (Dublin Bay Dredging Committee, Rep. Br. Ass. Adv. Sc., 1860.) Fam. CYNTHIIDAE. Sup.-Fam. CYNTHIINAE. Cynthia echinata (L.). ‘This species has occurred several times on the shelly ground off Brown's Bay. No large example has been found, those taken being less than 2” in ‘createst diameter. ae ey IIf. 06. 5 Irish Records.— Strangford Lough, very rare (Hyndman and W. Thompson). Forbesella tesselata (Forbes). This species is common on shells and stones from the Brown’s Bay and Drain’s Bay grounds, 10 to 20 fathoms. 7 ys ®: (ae 17% GW W1Ze, 6 *3 Xx 73 New to Ireland. Sup.-ram. STEYVLINAE. Styelopsis grossularia, V. Ben. A very common species on stones from all parts of the dis- trict, but more especially from the stony and weedy bottom near the old wooden pier on Island Magee. Those taken range in size from mere specks to 3 inch in greatest diameter. Irish Records. — (1.) As Ascidia rustica (Thompson, Nat. Hist., Ireland), “Commonly investing the larger marine plants—found on shells, stones, &c.”’ (2.) As Ascidia grossularia, Van Ben. ‘‘ Abundant on shells, stones, and occasionally on Laminariae dredged from a few fathoms’ depth on the North-east coast of Ireland ’’ (loc. cit.). (3.) As Cynthia rusticu. Strangford Lough, common, 4—6 fathoms (W. Thompson and Hyndman). Polycarpa glomerata (Alder-.) A large colony, encrusting a thick stalk of Laminaria, was dredged in Drain’s Bay, 1904. The animals are so crowded that very little of the seaweed is visible. This species may be readily known by its circle of small atrial tentacles, in a position corresponding to that of the branchial tentacles. Size, 3” x 1” ~x 4”. Irish Records.—Some of the records mentioned under Stye- lopsis grossularia may possibly have reference to this species. Polycarpa comata (Alder). Many specimens of what may be this species have been dredged on the shelly bottom off Brown’s Bay, in 10 to 20 fathoms. ‘They differ from the typical form of P. comata as given by Herdman in his “ Revised Classification ’’ in that they are firmly attached to fragments of stone or shell, have brown siphons, and have 6-10 internal longitudinal bars on a fold of the branchial sac, 1-3 in the interspace. The typical form is unattached, has siphons yellow speckled with red, and Laas! 7 TIT. ’06. 6 has 6-9 bars on a fold and 6-8 in the interspace. To the naked eye, the interior of the branchial sac of my specimens is very much like that of a Molgula, the folds of the sac curv- ing round posteriorly to come to a focus at the oesophagus, which is some distance forward dorsally, the dorsal lamina being thus much shortened just as in the Molgulids. Size with coating of sand, EERE LT. Size without coating of sand, }y” x }”x 3". New to Ireland. Poiycarpa comata, v. nux, var. nov. Body unattached, slightly longer than broad when con- tracted. Test moderately thick, and of a sub-cartilaginous consist- eucy; prolonged posteriorly into long hair-like processes to which fine sand is attached. Syphons, completely free from sand, as is also the neigh- bouring part of the test. They are very long, nearly as long as the rest of the body, and in life of a mottled reddish-brown. When expanded they are almost circular, but in partial con- traction they are distinctly four-sided. The mantle is fairly thick and opaque. Musculature consisting (in the body) essentially of a dense inner longitudinal layer and an equally dense outer circular layer, the fibres being apparently absolutely parallel, without crossing one another. ‘The arrangement in the syphons is the same, but not so dense. Branchial Sac with four well-marked folds on each side. Internal longitudinal bars 8 to 10 on a fold, 1 or 2 in the inter- space. The bars are very thin and laminar, and have frilled edges. ‘There are 8 or 9 stigmata in the space meshes. The frilled internal longitudinal bars prevent examination of fold- meshes. The transverse vessels are of two sizes, the inter- mediate vessels being excessively fine. In some places a third and smaller size of vessel may be seen, crossing part of a mesh. Endostyle much convoluted, walls delicate, membranous, very thin at the edges. Dorsal lamina, a very delicate broad membrane with frilled edge ; convoluted anteriorly. Tentacles very long and thin, 30 to 40. Dorsal tubercle C-shaped, with the aperture between the herns turned to the right (true left), the lower horn slightly turned in. Gonads few and large, or small and numerous polycarps of a pinkish-yellow colour. Oesophagus moderately far back, opening large, left lip (true right) delicate, distended, pad-like, right lip formed by the dorsal lamina, here an excessively thin membrane. [ 124 ] IIT. 06. 7 Stomach bright dark olive-green, of a long oval shape, deeply longitudinally sulcated. First part of intestine same colour as stomach, large, with a strongly marked typhlosole. Size of animal (partially contracted), 3” <5" *5"- Compared with the typical form of P.:comata, it was found that although of a much smaller size, this variety has the syphons about twice as long, internal longitudinal membranes twice as broad, stigmata nearly twice the length, and the dorsal lamina and endostylar laminae much broader and thinner than in the typical form. Four specimens of this new variety were dredged among gravel and shells in about 7 to 10 fathoms, about $ mile to 1 mile N. of Brown’s Bay, Island Magee. When first taken, they are about the same size as and of a similar appearance to Eugyra glutinans, but their long syphons readily distinguish them when allowed to expand in sea-water. Polycarpa pomaria (Sav.). This species is very common off Brown’s Bay and Drain’s Bay in 7 to 20 fathoms, attached to stones and shells. It also occurs of small size near Ritchie’s Pier on Island Magee in about 2 fathoms. Size, 2” 1h" x1". The following Irish records may refer to this species :— (1.) W. Thompson. Natural History of Ireland. Cyn- thia microcosmus (Sav.), N.E. and W. of Ireland. (2.) Thompson and Hyndman. On the Marine Zoology of Strangford Lough, c&c. Cynthia microcosmus, common, 4 to 6 fathoms. Fam, ASCIDIIDAE. Susp.-Fam. CORELLIN AE. Corella parallelogramma (O.F'.M_). Very common on the loose bottom off Brown’s Bay, Island Magee, and on a similar bottom near Drain’s Bay, in 7 to 20 fathoms. The size ranges from mere transparent specks to 13” x 1}’ x a” Irish Records.— On Algae, Strangford Lough (‘Thompson, Nat. Hist., I.). On shells, Strangford Lough (Thomp. and Hynd.). (mer Pet. “OG. 8 Sup-Fam. ASCIDIINAE. Ascidiella venosa (O.F.M.). Several specimens of this species have been dredged, at- tached to stones and shells from the loose ground off Brown's Bay. Irish Records.— Size, 1 a” wy, 12 x 70 Strangford and Belfast Loughs (Thompson, Nat. Hist., 1.). Ascidiella aspersa (U.}.M.). A. scabra (O.F.M.). A. virginea (O.F.M.). Let us consider the means of distinguishing the two species A. virginea and A. scabra. The one character upon which specific distinction is founded is the condition of the dorsal lamina—toothed at the margin or plain. Now in all species of Ascidiella that I know of the lamina is ribbed, in strongly marked examples the ribs being carried beyond the margin as teeth; so that the difference of condition of the margin is only a variation in degree and not in kind. ‘The only other well-marked character in which typical specimens of A. vir- ginea differ from A. scabra is the area of attachment, A. vir- ginea being attached by a small area and standing nearly up- right, A. scabra being attached by nearly the whole of the left side. I have examined a great many specimens of Ascidiidae from both shallow and deep water, and in nearly every case those from deep water are the more nearly upright. So this character does not appear sufficient for specific distinction. As to A. aspersa and A. scabra, the distinctive specific characters are given by Herdman as follows :— (a.) Attached by small area, branchial lobes denticulated, about 5 stigmata ina mesh... . A. aspersa, O.F.M. (b.) Attached by whole left side, branchial lobes rounded, from 7-12 stigmata in amesh... . A. scabra, O.F.M. I collected about a hundred specimens off an old schooner that was lying at the Shipyard Quay, Larne Harbour, last year, some of which looked like A. aspersa and some like A. scabra. I picked out six specimens which seemed to present grades of variation from one extreme to the other. The fol- lowing is the description as far as it applies to the above- mentioned characters :— Attachment.—(1) By rather less than the posterior half of the left side. (2) By much less than the posterior half of left side, the fore-end being much raised. (8) By rather more than posterior half of left side. (4) By left and ventral corner, embracing an area greater than 4 of left side. (5) Attached in a similar way. (6) Mea: ae but by larger area. 9 BEL. “O06: 9 The raised fore-ends of (1) and (2) are much longer than those of (4), (5) and (6). No. (3) is intermediate. Attaching- rootlets of test are most developed on (1), (2), (4), (5). In (2) the test is coarsely papillated over a large area, in all the others it is more or less papillated round the apertures. Branchial lobes well-developed and acutely keeled and toothed in (1) and (2), intermediate in (3), slight and rounded in (4), (5), and (6). Stigmata (1, 2, 3) about 12 in a mesh. (4,5,6) ,, 16-20 in a mesh. The three characters given for specific distinction are, then, very variable. I shall, then, in future regard A. virginea and A. scabra as varieties of A. aspersa. Distribution in District.— A. aspersa (O.F.M.) v. triangularis (Herdman). Common on shells and stones dredged off the Brown’s Bay ground in 10 to 20 fathonis. A. aspersa, O.F'.M., v. virginea. As last. Irish Records.— North and N.E. Ireland (Thompson, Nat. Hist., 1.). Ascidiella aspersa, O.F'.M. (typical form). Many specimens were obtained from the bottom of a schooner lying at the Shipyard Quay, Larne Harbour, for repairs. ‘hey were of considerable size, the largest taken measuring 3” x 13" x12”. : Irish Iecords.—Strangford Lough (Thompson, Nat. [ist., Ey. Ascidiella aspersa, O.F.M., v. scabra. This is the commonest Ascidian of the district. The weed and stones near and just below low-water mark in many parts of the Lough are almost covered with it. It is especially abundant near Magheramorne and in the Bay between the Quay, Larne Harbour, and the Curran. The old schooner mentioned above had many hundred specimens on her bottom. I fertilized and succeeded in hatching the eggs of this variety. The young lived in a bottle from 14th June, 1905, till 5th February, 1906. When the bottom of the bottle be- came coated with dust the young ascidians grew stalks. This fact suggests the reason of the stalked examples of ascidians sometimes found, Irish Records.— ‘As last. Possibly not distinct from it’’ (Thompson, Nat. Hist. 12): fi fBT 3 wT. 706. 10 Ascidia mentula (O.F.M.) Var. 1—ruberrima (Garstang). Form /,—depressa, Numbers of this variety have been taken near Maghera- meorne, in shallow water, lying on the surface of the masses of seaweed, chiefly zostera, which have accumulated under the Quay. It has also been dredged attached to fragments of weed. Hundreds of specimens were found attached to the old schooner I have mentioned above, which was lying off Magheramorne during the winter of 1904. Some of the specimens reached a length of between 6 and 7 inches, the shape being often regularly pyriform, very much longer than broad. In the larger examples the atrial aperture is directed posteriorly. A ‘‘ pharyngo-cloacal slit ’’ is often present. Var. 2,—rubrotincta (Garstang). Form a,—erecta, Fairly common attached to stones and shells, dredged from the Brown’s Bay ground, in 8 to 15 fathoms. Var. 3,—rava (Garstang). Form a,—erecta, As last. The colour in life is greenish, translucent, not yellow. Irish Records. — Var. ruberrima-depressa. At extreme low tides, Porta- ferry, Strangford Lough, 1869 (Norman). Bertrabuy Bay, Connemara (A. G, More). Variety not stated. Strangford Lough, abundant, 4-6 fathoms (Thompson and Hyndman). Ascidia plebeia (Alder). Common on stones and shells in Drain’s Bay and on the Brown’s Bay ground, 7 to 20 fms. This species is very vari- able, specimens having one or both syphons enormously elon- gated being constantly taken. JT have taken several specimens agreeing exactly with Alder’s A. producta, which I consider a variety of this species. Irish Records.— Var. producta. Extreme low-water. Strangford Lough (Norman). [ 128 ] III. ’06. By} Ascidia depressa (Alder). Some specimens of what may be this species have been taken in same situations as A. plebeia. Several had nine lobes and nine red ocelli round the branchial aperture. ‘The tests of some specimens were crowded with green veins. ‘‘ Oesophageal languets’’’ are sometimes present. On reach- ing the oesophageal opening the ribs of the dorsal lamina break away and appear as languets bending over the oesoph- agus from the left side (true right). The branchial and atrial apertures are very inconspicuous. Many of my specimens were mature, the vas deferens being crowded with spermatozoa and the oviduct with pink gs. In both this species and the last the renal vesicles are usually exceedingly abundant, covering the greater part of the left side of the mantle. New to Ireland (?). Sus-Fam. CIONINAE (Roule). Ciona intestinalis (L.) Common under the Quay at Magheramorne, lying on the surface of vegetable débris; on seaweed from Division G, Larne Lough; attached to stones and shells from deep water (7 to 20 fms.) off Brown’s Bay. In the first two localities var. canina is the commoner, while off Brown’s Bay the greenish transparent form is more usually met with. Trish Records.— Strangford Lough, as A. canina and A. intestinalis (Thomp- son and Hyndman). Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (W. T.). Fam. CLAVELINIDAE. Clavelina lepadiformis (0.!*.M.). Several colonies have been taken in the dredge from Div. J, Larne Lough. I have never found it on the shore. Irish Records.— Strangford Lough (W. T.). Clavelina savigniana (M.-Edw.). Present in large colonies in two pools at about high water mark, among the rocks between Skernaghan Point and Port Muck. They seem to die off during the winter, and do not 128] ET 06. 12 appear again till late spring. ‘The animals have distinct pe- duncles, and are of a greenish colour with white lines on the ‘““ thorax.’’ The stomach is much smaller than in C. lepadi- formis. New to Ireland. Perophora Listeri (Wiegm.). Common on loose ground off Brown’s Bay 10-20 fms., attached to Polycarpa pomaria, and Hydroids and Polyzoans. wees AppENDIX, No. IV. THE BOTTOM DEPOSITS OF LARNE LOUGH. BY Geo. C. GoucH, A.R.C.Sc., B.Sc., F.G-.S. Map. Larne Lough is a land-locked arm of the sea on the north- east coast of “Ireland, Larne being about twenty miles from Belfast. ‘The Lough is about six miles long and is roughly one and a half miles at its broadest point ; the entrance, how- ever, is narrow, and less than a quarter of a mile wide. Run- ning down at the east side at its upper end is a deeper channel which gives passage to vessels going up to Maghera- morne, but its greatest depth is only twenty-seven feet. A large portion of the Lough is uncovered at low water, and hence the bottom is to a great extent covered with plant life of various kinds and especially Zostera. The Lough is on the edge of the basaltic escarpment, and is generally believed to be due to a fault plane, several undoubted faults running parallel to it down the length of Islandmagee. The escarpment rises fairly abruptly to a height of about 500 feet through the following formations placed in descending order :— Basalt (Tertiary). Cretaceous. Lias. Trias. The Lias and Trias form a fairly gradual slope to the water’s edge. Several streams empty their water into the Lough, but none of them are large enough to greatly affect the specific gravity of the water except immediately at their entrance. On the Islandmagee side the ground rises less abruptly to a height of about 240 feet. The Lough has been divided by the Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association into divisions which are more or less arbitrary and do not necessarily coincide with natural divisions. They are shown in the accompanying map and are labelled me, The material used in this investigation was collected from the Association’s steam launch Mysis in a medium-sized dredge into which had been placed a piece of sacking. The material was then taken to the laboratory and sifted according to the method described by Allen in the Journal of the Marine Bio- logical Association (Plymouth), Vol. V., the sieves being of the sizes used by him. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906, IV, (Published, December, 1906). Pat 3 IV. ’06. 4 The method may be summarized as follows, fuller particu- fars being given in the paper quoted. The sieves used numbered 6, No. I. having holes of 15 mm., No. VI. having holes of 5 mm. diameter, the material remain- ing in each being classified thus :— I. Stones. II. Coarse gravel. iT. Medium gravel. IV. Fine gravel. V. Coarse sand. VI. Medium sand. The material which passes through sieve VI. is stirred up with sea-water and allowed to settle one minute. The material which falls to the bottom in that time is called Fine sand and numbered VII., while that which remains in suspension is numbered VIIT. and called Silt. Allen found it best to put his material in small quantities at a time in Sieve VI., and to thoroughly wash that, but, after trying various ways, I found it best to use one of the coarser- meshed sieves first, especially as such a lot of weed was mixed with my material, so that most of my dredgings were washed through the sieves in the order of their numberg. Most of the Larne material left nothing in Sieves I.-ITI. except Zostera, and for that reason I used varying quantities of the material, larger quantities being used when the contents of the dredge were coarse, so that the percentage of error would remain about the same. The method, however, is only approximately accurate, as so much depends on the chance of angular frag- ments falling into holes lengthways or crossways, and the decanting after one minute, even though repeated several times, as | did, allows margin for error. The contents of the sieves were dried at about 90°C.—in the case of VII. and VIII. first filtered through a weighed filter paper—weighed, and the percentage calculated. A conventional way of finding the “average grade’’ of each sample was to multiply the per- centage by the number of the sieve, add the figures for each sieve together, and divide by 100, The material in the various sieves J examined with a hand lens, but numbers VII. and VIII., 1.e., the Fine Sand and Silt were examined under the microscope and the commoner minerals and organisms determined. A special examination was made of the Foraminifera, but a more complete list is given in my paper on the Foraminifera of Larne Lough.! The Silt is by far the most interesting material, because it, no doubt, as Allen remarks, supplies the food for a large number of the smaller animals. In the material I examined, this contained a large amount of organic matter, chiefly plant debris, but it included small \Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, III. [1906]. [ 132 ] LV. 06. 5 foraminifera, diatoms and sponge spicules. The latter were usually in large numbers, while the quantity of the diatoms varied very greatly but was never very large. Coccoliths I especially searched for, but they were the exception, being only found in one or two samples. The inorganic material was chiefly quartz and felspar, but occasionally specimens of various other minerals were found. The minerals in the Fine Sand were mostly angular and subangular fragments of quartz with felspars, but there was often a fair amount of hornblende and augite in some of the samples. Other minerals noted were Olivine, Serpentine, Tourmaline, Apatite, &c. In the various sieves the materials found were mostly local pebbles and stones such as basalt, chalk, &c., together with the shells, broken and entire, of various mollusca, but in division D. specimens of rocks foreign to the locality were found. Several of these were recognisable, such as the quartz-porphyry from Cushendall ; the mica schist from the N.E. of Ireland, &c. While there is no doubt in my own mind that these are true erratics yet a difficulty arises from the fact that in the old days of sailing-vessels, these used to empty their ballast into the Lough, so that these stones may have arrived in their present position in this manner. A grey granite found in fair quantity is one of the hauls is more likely to have been so deposited as the nearest similar granite in situ is at Castlewellan, Co. Down. The details of each division follow :— A.—Off Salt Co.’s Sheds—Mud, mixed with Zostera. Sieve I., 11., 11J. Decomposing zostera.! IV. Decomposing zostera, worm tubes, and small mollusca, : ; : 130% V. As in IV., tubes form greater part, . Thee VI. Plant fragments, shell fragments, fora- minifera, and small mollusca, . k "35 % VII. Angular and sub-angular fragments of quartz with fair amount of felspar, horn- blende, augite, and serpentine, . . 89°86 % VIII. Small amount of debris, few spicules, many diatoms, and much organic matter, 8°74 % “* Average grade,’’ 7°06. FORAMINIFERA.—The majority of specimens consist of Rotalia beccarii, Polystomella crispa, Verneuilina polystropha, ard Miholina seminulum, but small numbers of the following were also found :—Miliolina tricarinata, M. oblonga, M. sub- rotunda, M. circularis, Cornuspira involvens, Haplophragmium canariense, Bulimina elongata, B. aculeata, B. marginata, D. elegantissima, Bolivina punctata, Bolivina plicata, Cassidulina laevigata, C. crassa, Lagena globosa, L. laevis, L. william- ‘Where no number is put there was not enough material to weigh. [ 133 ] K 2 79,- D6. 6 som, L. semistriata, L. squamosa, L. quadricostulata, Patel- lina corrugata, Planorbulina mediterranensis, Truncatulina lobatula, Nonionina depressula, N, wmbilicatula, Polystomella striato-punctata. B.—Contents of dredge like A. Sieve JII. Smal! mollusca, shell fragments, and decom- posing zostera, 2°05 % IV. Shell fragments and a large number of gas: tropods, mostly broken. : 1°02 % V. Shell fragments, fair number of gastropods, and a few foraminifera, 1°02 % VI. Asin V., but few gastropods and a large num- ber of foraminifera, chiefly Rotalia, f .,, Aaa VII. Very like A. VIT., but less ferro-magnesian mineral, . . Bt aeus VIII. Few diatoms and spicules, a little detritus and much organic matter,. Z iy thane ‘“* Average grade,’’ 6° 92. FORAMINIFERA.—As in A, the four commonest species were Rotalia beccaru, Polystomella crispa, Verneuilina polystropha, and Miliohna seminulum, by far the greater number being Rotalia. A good number of Nonionina depressula was present, and specimens of the following were found in more or less relative abundance :—Haplophragmium canariense, Bolivina plicata, Lagena laevis, L. semi-striata, L. lucida, Truncatulina lobatula, and Polystomella striato-punctata. C.—Mud. V. Zostera, &c. VI. Zostera and a few ostracods. VII. Mostly angular and sub-angular quartz with felspar, olivine, augite, serpentine, &ec., 1. 6928 a VIII. Diatoms (frequent (f. )), spicules (ft), coccoliths (rare (r.)), foraminifera (r.), a little detritus mostly quartz, but including some tourma- line and apatite, and much organic matter, 30°77 % 6“ . F 29 . Average grade,’ 7°3. FoRAMINIFERA.—Very few specimens were found and these chiefly small ones. A small number of Globigerina bulloides and Nonionina depressula constituted the bulk, but Cornuspira involvens and Lagena orbignyana were also found. Lge PY... "06: (! D.—-Mud and Stones. Sieve I. Sub-angular pieces of basalt, grey granite, — and quartz felsite, . -) Ae® Jo II. Pebbles of above, with mica- schist, ‘shell frag- ments, and small mollusca, , ; el ca % IIT. Smaller fragments ot. TT, 2% IV. One or two “fragments, plant debris, &e., f r% Vi Asvie BV. i of al Fragments, &e., foraminifera, chiefly 'Ver- neuilina polystropha, and ostracods, . : ahs VII. Angular and sub-angular grains of ‘quartz and felspar, much augite, . . 1414% VIII. Mostly organic matter with a little detritus, We... . 2 5 : - : c : ; % ““ Average grade,”’ 2°02. FoRAMINIFERA.— Very few altogether, V erncuilina polystropha forming the bulk. Next in quantity was Haplophragmium canariense, but only a few were present. Only three or four specimens of the following were found :—Rotalia beccarii, Miliolina seminulum and one specimen of Polystomella striato- punctata. It is interesting to note the relative abundance of arenaceous forms in this section where there is very coarse material, for as a whole the Lough is poor in arenaceous species. E.—Mud with Zostera, dc. Sieve V. Fragments of zostera and a few foraminifera. WiivAg* Vi. : : : "56% VII. Large percentage of ferro-magnesian minerals, but chiefly angular quartz, . bea Gye oes VIII. Diatoms and sponge spicules very rare, a little detritus and much organic matter, . . 86°66 % ‘“ Average grade,” 7°36. FORAMINIFERA.—~'l'he larger specimens, for example those in Sieve VI., consist almost entirely of Rotalia beccarii and Ver- neuilina polystropha with a small number of Polystomella crispa and Miliolina seminulum. The smaller specimens largely consist of Nonionina depressula with a smaller propor- tion of Lagena globosa. Other foraminifera found in small numbers included Miliolina secans, Opthalmidium carinatum, Bolivina plicata, Lagena orbignyana, Patellina corrugata, Polystomella striato-punctata. [ 135 ] TV. ’06, 8 F.—Mud, with Zostera, é&c. Sieve V. Zostera with a few foraminifera, ostracods, and small mollusca, : ‘ : “98 % VI. As V., but with a little detritus, : : : "92% at: Mostly quartz, but other minerals and much organic matter, . 8704% VIII. Very fine detritus, few spicules, ‘and much organic matter, : .. sae ‘* Average andes if 08. FORAMINIFERA.—Extremely few specimens were found, the larger being Rotalia beccaru and Polystomella crispa, but also including Milolina seminulum, M. secans, M. bicornis, and Truncatulina lobatula. The smaller ones were mainly of Opthalmidium carinatum and Lagena globosa with examples, often solitary, of Cornuspira involvens, Lagena laevis, L. squa- mosa, L. orbignyana, Globigerina bulloides, Nonionina de- pressula, and Polystomella striato-punctata. G.—Rather Sandy. Sieve IV. Shells of fragments, very little detritus, . "O1.% V. Mostly fragments, a few bivalves and forami- nifera , ; BAG VI. Fragments, foraminifera, bivalves, and de- tritus, . (6B VII. Nearly all sub- angular or rounded grains of quartz, very little augite or other. mineral, 95°62 % VIII. Diatoms and spicules frequent, much organic matter, but little detritus, : : . MGS, ‘* Average grade,’”’ 6°97. FORAMINIFERA.—By far the greater number were small, only a few specimens of Rotalia beccaru and Polystomella crispa being found. The most interesting feature was the compara- tively large number of species and the small number of indivi- duals in most cases. These included Miliolina subrotunda, Opthalmidium carinatum, Cornuspira involvens, Haplophag- mium canariense, Bulimina fusiformis, Bolivina punctata, B. plicata, B. difformis, Cassidulina laevigata, C. crassa, Lagena globosa, L. laevis, L. lineata, L. williamsoni, L. costata, L. squamosa, L. lucida, L. marginata, L, orbignyana, Globi- gerina bulloides, Patellina corrugata, Discorbina globularis, D. rosacea, Nonionina depressula. N. turgida. Ip Ie Most of H. is uncovered at low tide. In many parts it is so covered with zostera, ulva, &c., that the dredge brings up no ““bottom.”’ [ 136 ] LV, OG: 9 Sieve VI. Plant debris and two or three Rotalias. VIJ. Very fine detritus (quartz and felspar) and much organic matter, | 66°37 % VIII. Spicules and diatoms fairly plentiful, detritus and organic matter abundant, 3 . 386°63.% ‘““ Average grade,”’ 7:33, FORAMINIFERA.—These were very sparse, the common ones being Rotalia beccaru, Polystomella crispa, P. striato-punc- tata, and Nonionina depressula ; even the first-named, so abun- dant in most parts of the Lough, being rare. Other species noted were Miliolina seminulum, M. subrotunda, Planispirina celata, Cornuspira involvens, Trochammina ochracea, Lagena globosa, L. squamosa, Globigerina bulloides, Patellina corru- gata, Discorbina globularis. J.—A Thoroughly Stony Deposit. Sieve I. Basalt, sandstone, &c., . : : POS sae II. Stones, shells, and fragments, ; a. LOD % III. As II., with detritus of quartz, flint and basalt, : ; mph OF Eo IV. As in IIT. , with a few foraminifera, Nt 696% V. Detritus with a large percentage of ‘shell frag- ments, large foraminifera, and small bi- valves, ; ‘ ; : +H AO GOKG VI. Very much as in V. 1°66 % VII. Rounded and sub- angular quartz grains, “with augite and olivine and organic matter, . 10°24% VINT. Sponge spicules, diatoms in fair amount, de- tritus and organic matter plentiful, . sy yy 2001 % ‘“‘ Average grade,’’ 2°44. FORAMINIFERA.—This is by far the best ground for this order in the Lough. In a previous paper! I have recorded eighty-eight species from this section. The most abundant are Miliolina seminulum, Bolivina difformis, Cassidulina crassa, Lagena williamson, Globigerina bulloides, Discorbina globularis, D. rosacea, Truncatulina lobatula, Rotalia beccarit, Nonionina depressula, and Polystomella crispa, K.—Sandy. Sieve II.-V. Shell fragments, one or two foraminifera, and small mollusea, : "28 % VI. ru nliiter, small mollusca shell and ‘frag- 28 % VEE. Chiefly ye angular sand, mostly quartz, but a little augite, little calcareous matenal, 99°16% VIII. Largely plant debris, very little detritus, spicules or diatoms, . . : "28 % “ Average grade,’’ 6° 99. 1Loc cit. [237] TV. 06. 10 FORAMINIFERA.—This is almost as good as J. for foramini- fera, a large number of species being present. Muiliolina semi- nulum is a striking feature of the floatings and is very com- mon. Other common species are Rotalia beccaru, Truncatu- lina lobatula, Polystomella crispa, Miliolina bicornis, and Nonionina depressula. less common are Miliolina circularis, Spiroplecta sagittula, Verneuilina polystropha, Bulimina elon- gata, B. marginata, Lagena globosa, Globigerina bulloides, Patellina corrugata, Discorbina globularis, and D. rosacea. L.—Large amount of Zostera and Ulva, most of which was removed, Sieve . Pecten and cardium shells, stones (basalt, coal, &c.), : > ies II. Stones (flint, basalt, coal), cardium frag- ments, &., . : : 5 . 954% III. As in JI., with small mollusca, . . . eas IV. As III., but especially bivalves and ostracods, 63 % V. Detritus, small mollusca, chiefly gastropods, and foraminifera, ; "39 % VI. Chiefly foraminifera with a little detritus, . 89 % VII. Rather angular sand, mostly quartz, but hornblende also present; foraminifera fre- quent, spicules and diatoms rare, . . 541% VIII. A little detritus, very few diatoms and spicules, organic matter plentiful, . : . 25°40% ‘“* Average grade,’’ 6°2. FORAMINIFERA.—In Sieves V. and VI. Rotalia beccarii, Verneutlina polystropha, Polystomella crispa, and Muiliolina secans were plentiful, while a smaller number of Truncatulina lobatula and Miliolina seminulum were present. In Sieve VII. Nonionina depressula and Polystomella striato-punctata were present in abundance, with smaller specimens of the above species. Other species noted were Opthalmidium carinatum, Planispirina celata, Haplophragmium canariense, Trocham- mina ochracea, Lagena williamsoni, L. lucida, L. obignyana, Polymorphina lanceolata, and Nonionina umbilicatula. M. Although repeated attempts were made, the dredge did not bring up any “‘ bottom,’’ only Laminaria. M. is quite close to N., and the ‘‘ bottom ’’ seems practically the same, except that M. to a great extent is covered with Laminaria, while N. is free from it. [ 138 ] nYe '06. 11 N.—Very Sandy. Sieve I. Two or three stones. II. Chiefly lithothamnion, but two or three stones and shell fragments, : ; ext 2°08! % I1J. Lithothamnion, shell fragments, flint and spirorbis, ; ! : ' ; "95% IV. Small gastropods, spirorbis, lithothamnion, cinders, : : 2 ; : 27 % VY. Small mollusca, spirorbis, lithothamnion, cinders, and ‘foraminifera, “551% VI. Shell fragments, foraminifera (Rotalia bec- cari, Miliolina secans, M. seminulum, Truncatulina lobatula), and detritus, chiefly quartz and flint, . . 204% VII. Mostly sub-angular and rounded fragments of quartz, but with olivine, felspar, &c., . 93°88% VIII. Diatoms (c.), spicules (c.), foraminifera (E.), coccoliths (r.). Much detritus, but httle organic matter, é ; "13 % ‘* Average Seite 6°81. FORAMINIFERA.—'T'hese were very few in number, and with the exception of Muliolina bicornis are enumerated in VI. Truncatulina lobatula is the commonest, and the more delicate foraminifera are conspicuous by their absence. . O. (near Quay) Sandy. 1éve TV. Worm tubes and small bivalves. V. Plant debris, small mollusca, Miliolina secans. NEE AS. V:; with foraminifera, . "31 % NET. Angular fragments, mostly quartz, but with felspar, augite, &c. cet 02% VIII. Little detritus, few spicules and diatoms, and much organic matter, . Sail 4 ‘* Average grade,”’ 7-08. FOoRAMINIFERA.—A large number of the more delicate species such as Lagena. Amongst the larger varieties Truncatulina lobatula was the most common, but Miliolina seminulum, M. bicornis, and Polystomella crispa were also common, Rotalia beccarii. being rare. The smaller species included a large number of Miliolina subrotunda, Cornuspira involvens, Globi- gerina bulloides, Discorbina globularis, Nonionina depressula, and also specimens of Biloculina elongata, Opthalmidium carinatum, Haplophragmium canariense, Bulimina marginata, Bolivina punctata, B. difformis, Lagena laevis, L. sulcata, L. squamosa, L. striata, L. orbignyana, Patellina corrugata, and Discorbina rosacea. [) 1389/ ] IV. ’06. 12 P.~Mud, mostly uncovered at low tide, with stream running down tit, Sieve II.-V. Fragments of weeds, &c. VI. Plant debris, foraminifera (mostly Rotalia beccari), very little detritus, ; : VII. Chiefly quartz, but also specimens of felspar, augite, serpentine, &c., VIII. Little detritus, fair number of diatoms, but few spicules, large amount of organic matter, : ““ Average grade,’’ 7°01. 29 % 98°56 % 115% FORAMINIFERA.—The specimens in Sieve VI. were nearly ali Rotalia beccaru, the exception being a few specimens of Verneuilina polystropha, Miliolina seminulum, and Polysto- mella crispa. In VII. the common ones were Nonionina de- pressula and Polystomella striato-punctata, but the following were also found :—WMiliolina subrotunda, Cornuspira invol- vens, Opthalmidium carinatum, Haplophragmium canariense, Trochammina ochracea, Bulimina fusiformis, Lagena laevis, L. lineata, Globigerina bulloides, and Nonionina umbilicatula. { 140 ] tsizn , s Sketch Map of LARNE LOUGH Showing areas as divided by The Ulster Fisheries & Biology Association. . * oh = ae : = C . . ¢ « H Swan AG “S gue d ~Rils , Be Pad ~S % APPENDIX, No. V. SECOND REPORT ON THE FISHES OF THE IRISH ATLANTIC SLOPE. BY E. W. L. Hott and L. W. Byrne. Plates I-V, i.—IntRopuctTory Norss. il. —SCORPAENIDAE. ili, —A LEPOCEPHALIDAE. 1V.—RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE BRITISH-AND-IRISH List, i.—InrropucToRY NOTES. Many of the fishes which inhabit the deeper water of our Atlantic coast are unfamiliar to fishermen, and are not described in the books to which the general reader has ready access. It is therefore our intention to give an account and figure, or sketch, of all except the well-known kinds. Experience of the amount of time of which we can dispose for work of this sort has made it evident that we must either put out our observa- tions piece-meal or defer them to the Greek Calends, and we therefore propose to publish a note on each family or other group as soon as it is ready. [t follows that the notes will appear in no natural systematic order, but this will be a matter of unimportance to readers who are in any sense ichthyologists and of indifference to others. We shall not, in all instances, attempt to define families of fishes, nor, except in the briefest manner, to diagnose genera, since we hope that the general reader will be able to obtain from our figures as much know- ledge of the grosser characters of the genus as he may care to possess. In the citation of synonyms it seems best to adopt no hard and fast rule, for while in some cases it suffices to give references to a few of the principal and most accessible accounts of a species, in others a more or less complete list may be required. In each successive note we shall endeavour to bring up to date information acquired as to fishes mentioned in previous reports. METHODS OF PRESERVATION.—Some remarks made by Koehler (1896), on the action of formaline on the pigments of deep-sea Fisheries, Ireland, Sci, Invest., 1906,V, [Published, December, 1908]. Ven C2 | V. ’06. 4 fishes require attention. With all that he says as to the utility of this preservative in regard to form and tissues we are in com- plete accord, but he accuses it of destroying the pigments, especially those of dark colour, which last he regards as less assailable by alcohol. Our experience is that weak formaline, say 5 per cent. of the commercial 40 per cent. solution, or about 2 per cent. of formaldehyde, has no more effect on dark fish- pigments than alcohol, and has the further advantage of not dissolving the red and yellow pigments to a very appreciable extent for some considerable period. Exposed to the light these paler pigments rapidly disappear even in formaline; but if the specimens are kept in light-proof vessels, or even wrapped in muslin, the warm colours can be stuaied with reasonable security some months after preservation, whereas the pigments to which they are due are extracted by alcohol in a few days. Blue colours are usually due to the optical properties of prismatic bodies overlying black chromatophores, and in such cases soon disappear or lose their briliance in any preserving medium, though the indigo-blue or violet-blue of some deep-sea fishes is fairly permanent. When a blue or greenish-blue colour is due to an actual colouring matter, the latter is rather rapidly extracted by either alcohol or formaline, as in the case of some of the Labridae. Koehler recommends that after due fixation in formaline, deep- sea fishes should be transferred to alcohol in order to save their dark pigments. Though we think the reason unsound, the advice is undcubtedly good, because formaline may under certain circumstances seriously attack the skeletal tissues, and in general it leaves the fins rather too stiff for easy counting of the rays without rupture of their membranes. In practice we transfer after a few weeks to a mixture of equal parts of alcohol 95 per cent. and formaline 5 per cent., but the permanent value of this medium has still to stand the test of time. It must, however, be noted that there aresome fishes of which the natural external form is intolerant of alcohol. In the genus Stomias, for instance, the body is normally invested by a very definite gelatinous epidermic sheath, which is faithfully preserved by formaline ; but even pro- ionged fixation in that medium will not save this essential part of the natural structure of the fish from immediate shrinkage and opacity on transference to alcohol. Such instances apart, it is well in transferring any fish from formaline to alcohol to observe the same precautions as are requisite in the proper preservation of fresh specimens, viz., successive dehydration in 30 per cent., 50 per cent. and 75 per cent. alcohol; because, as far as our experience goes, the fixation of form by formaline is not always absolute against alteration by strong alcohol. Recorps.—In the list of captures by the Helga given under each species, it must be understood that when the fishing engine is not mentioned the captures were effected by a beam-traw] of about 32 feet beam. Other nets mentioned were fished chiefly at the depths cited in each case; but, being open nets, they also fished during their descent and ascent. This applies, of course, equally to the trawl, at least during its ascent. [ 142 ] v.06. 5 u.—Fam. SCORPAENIDAE! The British-and-Irish fauna comprises no truly littoral repre- sentatives of this family, but three more or less exclusively deep- _ water species occur regularly within the area. These are Sebastes marinus, Scorpuena cristulata, and Scorpaena dactyloptera. A fourth, Scorpaena scrofa, has to our knowledge been occasionally landed at British fishing ports from Littoral waters in the Bay of Biscay, and is probably a not infrequent item of the catch of steam trawlers which work the coasts of Portugal and Morocco. It is known to occur in water of 187 fathoms depth, and may possibly range as far north as the southern part of the Irish Atlantic slope. Certain other deep- water Scorpaenaue at present only known from the slopes of the African and North American plateaux, are not debarred by any known factor of distribution from occurrence within our area These species are described and in some cases figured, by Lowe (1843-1869), Vaillant (1888), Goode and Bean (1895), Jordan and Evermann (1896-98), and Collett (1896), to whose works reference should be made if Scorpaenids, not mentioned in these notes, should be taken on our coasts. For purposes of identification the species of Sebastes and Scorpaena hereinbefore mentioned may be brietly distinguished as follows :— A, Suborbitals not forming a conspicuous scaleless, superficial ridge. Dorsal fin normally with 15 spines.? Sebastes marinus. B. Suborbitals forming a more or less conspicuous scaleless, super- ficial ridge. Dorsal fin normally with 11 or 12 spines. (i.) Pectoral fins with at least the distal third of their lower rays free from the fin-membrane; suborbital ridges spineless, or witha single small spine. No skinny filaments or lappets on the head or body. No marked depression in the occipital region.® Scorpaena dactyloptera. 1See Note added in press, p. 63. 2It is as well to remember that the length of the spines of the dorsal fin have no value for specific determination unless the size of the individual is taken into account, since the spines decrease in relative length with the growth of the fish. Appreciation of this fact becomes of greater importance in the case of Spinous-rayed fishes which attain a huge size (cf. Boulenger, 1907). 3The subdivision into several genera of Scorpaena adopted by American authors does not appear to us to be justifiable, but we think that there is some ground for treating Helicolenus (i.e., in our view S. dactyloptera) as a distinct sub-genus, characterised by the free lower pectoral rays, the feebly developed suborbital ridges, and the constant absence of skinny filaments or lappets on the head and scales. Our acquaintance with the majority of other Scorpaenae is so slight that we are not prepared to express any opinion a i s to the propriety of recognising other sub-generic groups. Pees a [ 143 4 V. 06. 6 (ii.) Pectoral fins w -h all rays connected by membrane throughout ; suborbital ridges with several spines or groups of spines; skinny filaments or lappets more or less developed on the head and some of the seales of the body. (a.) A well marked transverse depression in the occipital region ; suborbital ridges moderately developed ; head and preoperculum scaleless. Scorpaena scrofa. (b.) Occipital region without a transverse depression ; suborbital ridges strongly developed ; sides of head and preoperculum, except upon the bony ridges, scaled,t Scorpaena cristulata, In general remark of the distribution of these fishes it may be said that Sebastes marinus is primarily an Arctic form which does not, on our side of the Atlantic, range further south than the coasts of Denmark and the north of England. We have no reliable record of its occurrence on any of the western coasts of the British Isles. Scorpaena dactyloptera is present on the Atlantic slope from the Canaries to Norway, and has in the North Sea a local sedes in the deep hole off Troup Head in Aberdeen, from which place, presumably, young examples have been known to wander as far south as the Humber. 8S, cristulata is known from the Bay of Biscay to the S. W. coast of Ireland, and al] three species occur also at suitable depths off the coast of North America. SS. scrofa has not so far been traced north of the Bay of Biscay as a littoral form, and as a deep-water fish has as yet only been recorded off Madeira and off Cape Spartel in Morocco. S. scrofa and S. dactyloptera both occur in the Mediterranean. For culinary purposes Sebastes marinus may be said to be about equal to the common sea-bream, Pagellus centrodontus, being of good flavour but somewhat dry. Scorpaena ductyloptera is also distinctly palatable, and under the name of “red bream” appears to have acquired a recognised status in the London market. Smitt says it is not so good as S. marinus. S. scrofa is chiefly known to us as an ingredient of the Provengal “bouilla- baisse,” a confection in which the original flavour of the zoological constituents is wont to be somewhat overpowered by vegetable condiments. SS. cristulata is as good as S. dactyloptera, and larger, but its appearance is uninviting. Sebastes marinus and Scorpaena scrofa being at present un- recorded from the Irish Atlantic slope are not, strictly speaking, within the purview of these notes, but for the sake of complete- ness we include brief descriptions of them. 1Goode and Bean include S. cristulata in a group said to have a quadrate occipital pit and scaleless cheeks, whereas their artist, no doubt correctly, delineates the type with scales on its cheeks and no occipital depression, as in our speciinens. [aaa V. ’06. re (SEBASTES MARINUS L,). Norway HADDOCK (Scotland.) S. marinus, Smitt (1893), Goode and Bean (1896), Jordan and Evermann (1896-98). S. norvegicus, Day (1880-1884), (parti as to recorded occurrences, some of which refer to S. dactyloptera. S. viviparus, Kroyer (1844-5). Sebastes marinus, outline after Goode and Bean x 2. Form somewhat compressed, back arched, ventral outline rather straight. Head about 3 times, or a little less, depth of body about 22 to 3 times in total length withoutcaudal fin. Eye 3 to5i times in head and about as long as snout. Supra-orbital ridges low, armed with two small spines above the orbit and two at their posterior extremity; width between ridges opposite centre of eye rather less than horizontal diameter of orbit ; inner ridges (equivalent to inner keel of supra-orbital ridges in S. dactyloptera) feeble, widely separate from outer. Inter-orbita- space (that between outer supra-orbital ridges) entirely scale- clad, only slightly concave between inner ridges. Occipital ridges low, diverging, armed with terminal spines. Mouth large, maxilla reaching at least to level of centre of eye ; lower jaw pro- jecting. Suborbitals not forming a scaleless projecting ridge and not reaching as far as preopercular margin. Preoperculum with 5 sharp marginal spines; operculum with two sharp depressed spines internal to its upper posterior angle, and a spine on the subopercular bone at its lower posterior angle. Two well marked spines above origin of operculum. Scales small and irregular, [ 145 ] V. ’06. 8 about 75 in a longitudinal series, about 35 with lateral line tubes. D. XV 13-15, its spines strong and sharp, the 4th or 5th the longest,and the last longer than the immediately preceding spine, soft rays in adults longer than spines. A. ILI 7-9, the second spine stouter but slightly shorter than the third. Pectoral with the rays of its lower half unbranched. Caudal slightly emarginate. Colour nearly uniform orange or vermilion red, sometimes with ill-defined dusky bars on operculum, back and sides. Attains a length of at least 1,000 mm. Though noone who had seen both forms, or who would be at the trouble of counting the dorsal fin rays, could confuse S. marinus with S. dactyloptera, the two species rather closely resemble each other. They may, however, be at once dis- tinguished by the characters of (1) the interorbital space, broad, and nearly flat in the first-named, narrow and deeply concave in the second ; (ii) the sub-orbital ridge, scaled in the first, naked in the second; and (iii) by the difference in the lower rays of the pectoral fin, which are conspicuously detached in S. dactyloptera. An Arctic species of both shores of the Atlantic, apparently usually found in water of over 100 fathoms depth in the southern part of its range. Nowhere common on the British coast and certainly very rare south of the Moray Firth; confusion with S. dactyloptera makes it impossible to define its exact range, but it appears never to have occurred in Irish waters. S. marinus is viviparous; the young have been figured and described by Collett (1880). We have included Kroéyer’s S. vwviparus in the synonomy because the differences which some authors* have held to be of specific value appear to be indefinite (cf. Smitt, 1893). It may, however, be quite entitled to rank as a race characterised by darker colouration, smaller size, and, perhaps usually, by a slight difference in the radial formulae. In habitat it seems to be more littoral (occurring commonly between 20 and 60 fathoms), and in horizontal distribution usually more southern than the larger typical race. The few strictly British examples that have come under the observation of one of us certainly belonged to the smaller, darker race, and if the specific distinction of the two be upheld it is probable that only S. viviparus cught to be included in the British-and-Irish list. The vernacular name “ Norway Haddock” belongs to S. viviparus, which, at least usually, has a rather conspicuous black blotch on the operculum ; but so far as one ot us cin recollect the name was also applied at Grimsby to the big orange-red examples of the typical form which became common in that market when the Iceland trawling grounds were opened up (ca, 1892). [ 146 ] V. 06: 9 SCORPAENA DACTYLOPTERA, Delaroche (1809), PI. I. RED BREAM. S. dactyloptera, Giimther (1889), Smitt (1893), Holt and Calderwood 1895. Sebastes dactylopterus, Ginther (1859-70). Sebastes inpervalis, Cuvier and Valenciennes (1828- 49), Lowe (1843-1860). Helicolenus dactylopterus, and H. maderensis, Goode and Bean (1895), Jordan and Evermann (1896-98). (Vot Scorpaena madurensis, Cuvierand Valencien- nes (1828-49), Sebastes maderensis, Lowe (1843- 1860), Giinther (1859-70), Collett (1896). ] Goode and Bean regarded S, imperialis, Lowe, as distinct from S. imperialis, C. and V.(which is a synonym of S. dactyloptera, Delaroche), and applied to it the name of H. maderensis, which was preoccupied in Scorpaena. Lowe, himself, as his synonomy and deseription show, regarded his species as identical with the S. dactyloptera of Delaroche and Risso. There is a good series of S. imperialis of all sizes, collected by Lowe at Madeira, now in the British Museum; we have examined these, and feel no hesitation in following Lowe and Giinther in regarding them as S. dactyloptera, There is also in the British Museum a specimen 125 mm. long (105 mm, without caudal fin) received from the Smithsonian Institution as H. maderensis, Goode and Bean; we have carefully compared this specimen with S. dactyloptera of the same size from both Madeira and the West of Ireland, and can tind no trace of the alleged specific differences between the two supposed species, the so-called H. maderensis being, in fact, a perfectly normal young specimen of S.dactyloptera, We can only surmise that Goode and Bean have been misled by looking at Lowe’s figure without carefully studying his synonomy and description, and by failing to take note of the ordinary changes of form in S. dactyloptera in the course of its growth. Their figure, described on the plate and in the text as H. ductylopterus, but in their list of plates as H. maderensis, is apparently drawn from a half-grown S. dactyloptera. The characters of Irish specimens of S. dactyloptera measuring from 78 to 330 mm., without caudal fin, are as follows — Form moderately compressed throughout, head not flattened nor laterally expanded. Greatest height of body (at origin of ventral fins) about 3, length of head (without lower jaw) about 2} to 25 in total length without caudal fin. Horizontal diameter of orbit from about 24 in young, to about 3} in adults, greatest width of body (at shoulders) about 2 in length of head. Length of snout about 1), width between outer edges of supraorbital ridges from about 3 in young to about 24 in adults in horizontal diameter of orbit, which is greater than least height of caudal poay L V. 06. 10 peduncle, Length of caudal peduncle, measured between hase of last dorsal ray and central caudal rays, somewhat greater in young, somewhat less in adults, than its least height. Length of longest ray of dorsal tin about 14 in young, about 22 in large adults (330 mm.) in greatest height of body. Dorsal profile of head descending in a rather even curve from occipital region, snout somewhat humped in adults, with a spine of moderate size on each side, Jaws equal in young, or with the upper slightly projecting; lower jaw slightly projecting in adults. Small, rather stout, curved teeth in bands on the jaws, vomer, and palatines. No teeth on the premaxillary symphysis. Anterior end of tongue free. Maxilla extending at least beyond vertical of hind edge of lens in young, nearly to vertical of hind edge of orbit in adults. Orbit nearly circular in young, consider- ably longer than high in adults. Supraorbital ridges doubly keeled, with a spine in front, and two or three small spines behind on the inner keel, outer keel terminating behind ma small spine outside origin of occipital ridge. Occipital ridges diverging, with a small terminal spine, and another, obsolete in adults, a little in front of it. Interorbital space narrow, concave, especially in young, and scale- less. Suborbital ridge with or without a single small spine. One or two small spines at insertion of operculum. Opereulum with 2, preoperculum with 5 flat spines. Upper or first preoper- cular spine much shorter than the next or second, which is con- siderably longer than the remainder, the fourth and fifth reduced to mere serrations in large adults, all the spines rather evenly spaced, or with the third rather near the second. Pectoral and ventral fins reaching beyond anus, occasionally to anal fin, in young, not, or scarcely, reaching anus in adults. Pectoral fin with 18 to 20 rays, the 2 upper slender and spinous, the next 8 to 10 branched, the lower 7 to 9 soft but unbranched, free of mem- brane as to about their distal thirds, slender in young, all except the uppermost thickened and fleshy in their middie parts, and tapered distally to a rather fine point in adults’. Dorsal fin, commencing between verticals from base and tip of second pre- opercular spine, with 12 rather strong spines, of which the third to fifth are the longest, and 12 branched rays, last spine con- siderably longer than that immediately proceeding it. Membrane not produced into lappets. Anal tin commencing about opposite second part of dorsal, and at some distance behind anus, with three spines and five branched rays, the third spine almost or completely clothed in membrane”. Caudal fin slightly emarginate. Integuments of fins not conspicuously thickened in old examples. Scales finely ctenoid, in about 8 or 9 longitudinal rows above, and about 15 to 18 rows below lateral line in front of anus (exclusive of some small scales on dorsum and ventrum),and in about 50 to 1The pectoral fins are frequently asymmetrical either as to the total number of rays or as to their division into the several categories, e.g-, right, 2, 9, 8, left, 2, 9, 7, right, 2, 10, 8, left, 2, 9, 9. In the last case the two uppermost simple soft rays of the right fin are slender, the lower eight only being thickened. 2The spines of this fin are subject to rather frequent abnormality. In a specimen before us the second spine is greatly swollen, after ‘the Imanner apparently normal in S. cristulata. As to other abnor- malities see Jacquet (Bull. Mus. Océanogr. Monaco, No. 79, 1906). [ 148 ] V. 06. 11 63 transverse rows! between head and origin of caudal rays, the rows usually more or less irregular. Scales present on head, except on bony ridges, interorbital space, snout, jaws, and under side ; also present om bases of soft part of dorsal and of caudal tin, and on basal part of pectoral fin. No dermal lappets or fila- ments on any part of head or body. General colouration red, shading through rose-pink to white, or yellowish white, on ventrum, with bands of intense scarlet descending from dorsum; fins pink, with scarlet mottlings, margins of median fins white. Black or dark brown pigment, masked during life by red, present in young in position of bands, variable in adults, and when present usually disposed in general mottling of upper parts of head, body, and dorsal fins. Iris bright yellow, lens opalescent in life. Pharynx black or lead- coloured. Size, 450 mm.* Female may be fully mature at 210 mm. (without caudal fin). Measurements in millimetres, and number of Scales and Fin Rays in five Irish specimens. Station (Series S.R.), ... 360 | 97 B. 97 B. 97 B. 361 ombiemerhs 2! OR gab) adap! Ol os 287 410 Total length without caudal fin, 84 139 196 235 330 Length of head without lower _— 34 RPM PEATE 91 130 jaw, Length of snout, Sh dine 3 11 15 21 29 Length of orbit, a Fon | 12 21 | 27 30 40 Width between supra-orbital | 4 8 10 10 16 ridges, Whe of body at base of pectoral 1Gt = {ial 38 46 65 n, Length of pectoral fin, ... “aA 27 44 54 59 80 Length of ventral fin, ... aes 21 33 40 43 65 Snout to first dorsal spine, Ail 25 50 | | 61 73 97 Snout toanus, .. - emiltt 1350 88 124 150 213 Anus to first anal spine, sn], 5 il 15 19 19 Height of head behind eye, ....| 22 | 38 “#4 50 61 89 Height of body at origin of ven- | Cie dal 47 61 75 117 tral fins, | Height of caudal peduncle, ati 8 | 15 21 24 34 Length of caudal peduncle from | 10 22 22 30 30 base of dorsal fin to anterior caudal rays, : Number of scales above lateral —_ 9 g* 8 8 line opposite anus, Number of scales below lateral 62 61 62 62 line opposite anus, } Number of scales between head | — | 16 16 18 18 and cauda) fin, Number of dorsal fin-rays, --- | XII. 12 SLD 12s jy KIT, 12 XII. 12 XII. 12 Number of anal fin-rays, Coleg TL Bs IIL. 5 Ill. 5 Il. 5 ILL. 5 | | arees of pectoral fin-rays, left | 2,9, 8 2, 8,9 2,9; 8 2,9, 9 2,9, 8 side, Number of pectoral fin-rays, 2,9,8 2 Oe) tapi O 29:'8 2,-9,7 right side, | ' * Exclusive of some small scales at the dorsum. 1See post, p. 12. 2 Fide Smitt. [ 149 ] V. 06. 12 Length in millimetres, of Dorsal Spines*tand of longest Soft Ray. j | | | | | — | L | WE |NIL| Iv. | Ve | VE | ver) Tx. | X. | XI. | XII. Ray. | | | oe 3 oe i | | Specimenc,, 15] 23 28 3lca.|27+)| 27: 26 | %6 | Specimens, 17| 37| 43| 44 |43+| 40| 36 | 35 27 26 | 2 | 30 Pe Number of Rays of Pectoral Fins in other specimens from Station S.R. 97 B, Length of Left ; } Specimen with- Pectoral | Right Pectoral out Caudal fin. fin. fin. | | | 212 mm. 2,9, 8 2,9, 8 210 mm. 2,9,7 2,9,8 210 mm. 2,9, 9 | + (yl, ci a 144 mm. 2, 8,9 2,9, 8 This specimen has the ‘wo uppermost of the lower simple rays of the right fin slender. Our figure is sketched from the largest specimen in our possession, measuring 410 mm. in total length, 330 mm. without the caudal fin. Its other measurements, and those of some smaller specimens, are detailed above, but for rough verification of pro- portions we have examined twelve specimens, and suppose that, with the necessary allowance for individual variation, the pro- portions are stated with sufficient exactitude for the range of size to which they are intended to apply. One female, very heavy in roe, has the length of head and height of body relatively some- what greater than we have stated, but the body is somewhat curved and may have been shrunk by post-mortem changes before preservation. The armature of the head is of course more for- midable in young examples than in the old specimen figured ; but it is never very much developed, and the cranial and sub-orbital ridges, though always easily seen, are never very stout. An in- telligible statement of the scale formula presents great difficulty, for it is not possible to say of the species that its scales are either regular or the reverse, for both conditions occur in specimens from the same haul, especially in the case of the longitudinal rows. Usually in the count of these in a transverse line a little in front of the anus, the enumeration of scales above the lateral line is confused by the presence of more or fewer small irregular scales (which we omit to count) on the dorsum, but sometimes the large scales go right up to the bases of the dorsal fin rays.’ Below the lateral line allspecimens have more or fewer irregular scales on the actual ventrum, but in their extension on to the sides there is 1[n our figure, Pl. I., the scales are shown diagrammatically. In a correct lateral view the dorsal and ventral scales would be fore- shortened. f 150 | ve 0G. 13 considerable variety. The transverse rows which cross the lateral line between the head (which we take as terminating at the pos- terior angle of the operculum) and the origin of the central caudal rays may be, to first glance, apparently regular or obviously irre- gular, but when one comes to count them they are found to be always more or less confused, so that different observers might easily give counts of apparently important difference. Our record gives the widest range covered by counts made separately by each of us, and is probably sufficient to cover the limits of observation however the ccuntis made. One of us, counting as many as could reasonably be included, obtained a range of 58 to 63; the other counting as few as could reasonably be included, obtained in other specimens arange of 50 to 57; one specimen yielded a count of 52 on one side of the body and 57 onthe other. We presume that the numerous authors who give “about 50” as the number have counted on somewhat conservative lines. Certain authors have enumerated the perforated scales of the lateral line, which we consider to be impossible of exact count without stripping off all the ordinary scales. Smitt gives 26 to 30, no doubt as the result of autopsy ; we should personally have been inclined, from a superficial examination only, to put the number somewhat higher. The actual form of the membrane of the spinous part of the dorsal fin is rather difficult to determine, because the membrane is almost always detached from the back of the tips of the spines, and in that condition looks very much as if it had been, when im situ, produced behind the tip of the spine in the form of a lappet. A few of our specimens, however, have the membrane perfect between some of the spines, and its outline is simple, as in our figure. Quite possibly the same is true of some other bathybial species of Scorpaena which are credited in literature and art with the possession of dorsal fin lappets. The colouration which we have noted above varies. according to Messrs. Farran and Kemp, in the distinctness of the transverse bands, some specimens being almost uniform in colour. We have no means of deciding whether or no the more vividly coloured specimens are breeding males, but it is not improbable that this is the case. We have mentioned above that in young specimens the position of the red bands is defined, after the red pigment has faded, by black chromatophores. In a series measuring from 78 to 99 mm. without the caudal fin, these dark bands are fairly constant The first is at the shoulders, continuous with practically diffuse dark pigment on the upper parts and sides of the head. The next two are in the form of very crooked wedges, and are suc- ceeded by a V-shaped band from the part of the back occupied by the soft part of the dorsal fin. The last band is on the hinder part of the caudal peduncle. The bands are not continued very definitely on to the dorsal fin, but in a few specimens there is a large blotch of dark pigment occupying the membrane of several of the hinder spines of the spinous portion above the second wedge-shaped band. In older examples before us dark pigment i ely j] V. ’06. 14 is very indefinite and never in the form of bars, but in some very tine examples from Troup Head, which one of us had the opportunity of examining soon after their reception at the British Museum, there was a good deal of dark colour in the region of the bars, but in no sense defining their extent as in the case of young fish. Some authors mention brown markings on the bands, which we suppose to be due to post- mortem effects. A number of very small examples, about 41 to 44 mm. in tctal length, taken by Mr. W.S8. Green in August, 1890, were examined by one of us a few weeks after capture and preserva- tion in undiluted methylated spirits. They then had the bars very conspicuously defined in dark brown pigment, with the dorsal fin blotch extremely well marked in the same colour (Holt and Calderwood, 1895, p. 411). No note of colour was made at the time of capture, but Mr. Green, shortly after the event, had no recollection of their having been red. The specimens are extant, and do not differ much in general proportions from the larger forms which we have used for description. The length of the head, without the lower jaw, is about 22 to 25, the height of the body about 3, in the total length without caudal fin, and the length of the orbit about 3 in that of the head. ‘The interorbital space is relatively wide, about 14 in the length of the orbit, and rather distinctly Hatter than in half grown and young adult speci- mens. The longest dorsal spine is longer than the orbit, and the cephalic spines, especially the second of the preopercular series, are rather formidably developed. All the rays of the pectoral fin are simple, and, so far as can be determined, the lower rays are natu- rally united by membrane except at the extreme tips. This was also the case in a specimen obtained by one of us from the Humber River in 1893, though the total length was 121 mm.; but in all our Irish material, ranging in total length from about 105 mm. up- wards, the lower pectoral rays are certainly separate to a distance which does not seem to vary much in relation to size of in- dividuals. In a perfect specimen measuring 63 mm. in total length, evidently killed in formaline, the branching of the middle pectoral rays is already accomplished, while the lower rays have the extremities free for about a third of their total length. The pectoral fins are expanded and probably serve to illustrate the extent to which the lower simpie rays can be brought into action as ventral tactile organs. The general direction of the fin is at about 45° to the horizontal axis of the body, but the lower simple rays are depressed so that the tips of all of themare well below the ventrum. They are, moreover, somewhat incurved, which may or may not be their natural condition when the fin is expanded. Sundry specimens, preserved after death, show that the fin can be brought forward along the head, in which position the lower rays, if depressible under such circumstances, would seem to have some value as ground-searchers, if one assumes them to exercise a sensory function, as is the case in the corresponding rays of the gurnard. [ 152 ] V. ’06. 15 The specimen referred to, 63 mm. in total length, measures 51 mm. without the caudal fin, the head 21 mm., orbit 8 mm., interorbital a little over 3 mm., height of body 16 mm., least height of caudal peduncle a little under 5 mm., longest dorsal spine a little over 6mm. The upper jaw projects a little. The dorsal tin blotch and the transverse bands are well defined in black pigment, but there is in addition a rather diffuse dark pig- mentation along the middle region of the sides, except on the caudal peduncle. This is the smallest specimen of adult form taken by the Helga, and, as to its colouration in life, Messrs. Kemp and Farran consider it must have been red, because knowing the species quite well at all its stages, they have no re- collection of ever seeing a specimen that was not red. Among the larvae in the Helgu collections we have found a few that appear to us to be of this species, but they are all more or less mangled, and not worthy to be used as evidence of distri- bution. Scorpaena dactyloptera has been taken by the Helga during the years 1901-1906 at the stations listed below. ‘The measure- ments of specimens are transcribed from the fishing log and were made only to the nearest centimetre. The first capture recorded is from a long-line station. At all the subsequent stations the captures were made either in the beam-trawi or in fine-meshed, nets attached thereto. Helga, LXX VII. —29-6-01. Porcupine Bank, 53° 24° 30” N., 13° 36’ W., ca. 91 fathoms. One, 16 em., in mouth of a larger fish. Helga, CXX1.—24-8-'01,—64 mi. N.W. $ W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 199 fathoms. Four, 19 to 26 cm. S.R. 97 B—3-5-'04, off Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 50° 31’ N., 10° 55 W., 181 fathoms, fine sand, Ten, 17 to 29 cm., one female with ripe ovaries. S.R. 169.—4-11-'04, off Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 51° 50’ N., 11° 26’ W., 129 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature 10°3° C. One, L8 em. S.R. 171.—5-11-'04, off Tearaght Lt, 52° 7’ N.,11° 58’ W., 337 fathoms, fine muddy sand. Fifty-two, 15 to 29 em. S.R. 188.—3-2-'05, off Tearaght Lt., 51° 53’ N., 11° 59’ W., 320 to 372 fathoms, mud. Temperature at 300 fathows, 10°125° C., salinity 35°50 °/_.. Nineteen, 14 to 30 em. S.R. 211.—5-5-’05, off Fastnet Lt., 50° 20’ N., 10° 20° W,, 81 tathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 70fathoms, 10°38° C. salinity 35°50 °/... Three, 15 to 18 em. 1In Mr. Green’s smailer specimens the lower jaw projects slightly, but this is obviously due to shrinkage of the receptive apparatus of the premaxillae in strong alcohol. eo tba | V. 06. 16 S.R. 212.—6-5-'05, off Tearaght Lt., 51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W., 411 futhors, muddy sand. Temperature at 350 fathoms, 9°82° C., salinity 35°28 °/,,. Seven, 16 to 29 cm. S.F. 215.—9-5-'05, off Tearaght Lt., 52° 01’ N., 11° 21° W., 107 fathoms, fine sand. Eighteen, 6 to 19 em. S.R. 216.—9-5-05, 52° 21’ N., 11° 54’ W., 164 fathoms, fine sand. One, 17 em. S.R. 217.—9-5-'05, 52° 44’ N., 12° 30’ W., 208 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 200 fathoms, 10:0° C. Two, 16 and 35 cm. S.R. 220.—11-5-'05, off Cleggan, 53° 39’ N., 12° 24° W., 185 fathoms, fine sand and shells. Eight, 16 to 33 em. S.R. 222.—12-5-05, 53° O1’ N., 14° 34’ W., 293 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 100 fathoms, 9°9° C. Forty-seven, 6°5 to 28 em. S.R. 227.—13/14-5-05, 53° 20’ N., 13° 00’ W., 164 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 120 fathoms, 9°5° C. One, 29 cm. S.R. 321.—1-5-06, 50° 56’ N.,11° 17’ W:to 51°0' 30° Noa W., 480 to 208 fathoms, fine sand. Seven, 18 to 27 cm. S.R. 329.—9-5-'06; 51° 22 30°'N., ‘11° 31 "W. to SE 20 eee 11° 38’ W., 215 to 415 fathoms. Temperature at 400 fathoms 9°55° C., salinity 35°33 °/,.. Forty-one, 17 to 41 em. S.R. 330.---9-5-06, 51° 18’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W. to 51° 14 N,, 1° 35’ W., 374 to 415 fathoms, fine sand. Ten, 19 to 28 cm. S.R. $38.—13-5°06.2251° 31’ 'N., 39°38" W. 10 51226 eee 40’ 30” W., 291 to 330 fathoms, mud. Twenty-four, 21 to 34 em. S.R. 351.—5-8-'06, 50°18’ N., 11°.5° W. to 50° 21 NN. Sie 230 to 250 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature 10°1°C. Eighteen, 16 to 28 cn. S.R. 3538.—6-8-’06, 50°37’ N., 11° 32’ W. to 50° 40’ N.,11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, muddy sand. ‘Temperature at 500 fathoms 858°C. Ten, 2 to 35 em. S.R. 360.—8-8-06, 50° 4’ 30” N., 11° 25’ W. to 52° 4’ N., 11 30° W., 108 to 120 fathoms, fine sand. ‘Twenty, 9 to 12 em. S.R. 361.—8-8-06, 51° 50’ N., 11° 40’ W. to 51° 49’ N., 11° 45’ W., 177 to 213 fathoms, tine sand. Eighteen, 16 to 40 cm. [ 154 ] V. 06. 17 S.8..362—-9-8-'06, 51° 340 807,.N. p92) 25), Wiaito (5°. 35° (N:, 11° 30’ W., 145 to 160 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 150 fathoms 10°05° C. Eight, 1] to 21 cm. Bir S69 10 fie S=06; 519025" Nie PLS 2HW to: (51° (257 W., 11° 36’ W., 385 to 440 fathoms. Temperature at 380 fathoms, 9°44° C. Two, 24 and 27 em. eee ap —11-5-00, 51°38 Ni Tl? 34° W. to, bl” (38 N., 11° 41’ W., 287 to 332 fathoms, muddy sand. ai 24 to 27 cm. S.R. 379.—1-11-'06, 50° 14 N., 10° 50’ W. to 50° 14’ N,, 10° 5 Di. W., 126 to 139 fathoms, fine sand and shells. | eee at 135 fathoms, 10°66° C©.,_ salinity 33°60 °/.,- Twenty-five, 7 to 28 cm. S.R. 380.—1-11-'06, 50° 29’ N., 11° 0’ W. to 50° 32’ N., 11° 0’ W., 142 to 214 fathoms, tine sand. Eleven, 12 to 20 cm. S.R. 384.—6-11-'06, 51° 54’ 30’ N., 11° 37’ W., 162 to 218 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 200 fathoms, 10°2°C., salinity 35°41 °/,... Sixteen, 13 to 27 cm. While the list sets forth the positive results of trawling in so far as concerns this species, the negative results require brief mention. In the years 1901 to 1906, inclusive, the Helga made 51 hauls of the 25 or 30 feet beam trawl off the west and south west coasts at depths exceeding 50 fathoms. A detailed analysis of these hauls in regard to locality and season may properly be deferred until we have opportunity of dealing with the whole catches. For present purposes it may suffice to say that the winter hauls are relatively few, viz.,2 in November, 1904, 1 in January, 1905, 1 in February, 1904, 1 in February, 1905, 1 in February, 1906. Summer and autumn hauls are more numerous, viz. 2 in May, 1904, 11 in May, 1905, 13 in May, 1906, 2in August, 1901, 1 in August, 1903, 2 in August, 1904, 11 in August, 1906. The distribution of the hauls in zones of depth is as follows :— 50 to 100 fathoms.—-1 in February, 1904, 2 in January, 1905, 1 in May, 1905. 100 to 200 fathoms.—1 in August, 1901, 1 in August, 1903, 2 in May, 1904, 2 in August, 1904, 1 in November, 1904, 5 in May, 1905 2 in August. 1906, 1 in November, 1906. 100 + to 200 + fathoms —1 in August, 1906, 1 in Nov ember, 1906, 200 to 300 fathoms.—2 in May, 1905. 200 + to 300 + fathoms.—1 in May, 1906, 2 in August, 1906. 300 to 406 fathoms.—I1 in August, 1901, 1 in Nov ‘ember, 1904, 1 in February, 1905, Lin sage 1906. 500 + to 400 + fathoms.—-1 in May, 1906, 1 in August, 1906 400 to 500 fathoms.—2 in May, 1905, 1 in August, 1906. [ 155 | V. 06. 18 400 + to 500 + fathoms.—1 in May, 1906. 500 to 600 fathoms.—1 in May, 1905, 1 in February, 1906, 2 in May, 1906. 600 to 700 fathoms.—1 in May, 1906, 1 in August, 1906. 600 + to 700 fathoms.—2 in May, 1906, 1 in August, 1906. 200 + to 400 + fathoms.—2 in May, 1906. 200 + to 500 + fathoms. —1 in August, 1906. 400 + to 600 + fathoms.—1 in August, 1906. 500 + to 800 + fathoms.—1 in May, 1906, 600 + to 800 + fathoms.—1 in May, 1906. The list of captures contains only one record of S. dactyloptera between 50 and 100 fathoms, viz, 81 fathoms in May, 1905, but the total number of hauls at this zone of depth is four, of which three were made in winter months. The available data hardly suffice for suggestion of seasonal influence on vertical distribution, or might, indeed, be held to signify a winter shoreward migration (cf. Clarke, 1893, Holt, 1893). It appears that adults may oceur on the Irish coast at not more than 81 fathoms. The young (p. 14), were taken there in number at 80 fathoms in August, 1891 (Holt and Calderwood, 1895). Two somewhat older ex- amples occurred in February and April, 1893, on the coast of Yorkshire, the first washed ashore on the Coatham Sands, the second taken in the Humber estuary at less than 5 fathoms, but it would be unsafe to cite them as evidence of normal distribution. Indeed, according to the recollection of one of us (unsupported by any extant note), the early part of the year in question was characterised by disturbances which littered the shore of Holder- ness with lobsters (locally reputed to have come from Norway! ) and strewed the Humber margin with young haddock, which have ordinarily no place in that estuary. Vaillant, however, records nine specimens presumably adult, from only 49 fathoms (Cape Verde Islands), and one from 54 fathoms (Spain), so that it would seem not improbable that the species may normally range on our Atlantic coast considerably above the 100-fathom line, Some specimens in the Dublin Museum, captured on the S.W. coast as early as 1843, must have come from no considerable depth. The lower limit of distribution cannot be taken with certainty from the Helga captures beyond 411 fathoms, and the deepest sounding of any station at which specimens occurred is 440 fathoms: Vaillant, however, gives an absolute record (Canary Islands) of 567 fathoms, and there is nothing to show that any part of the haul traversed shallower ground. Obvly one specimen was then taken, and the nearest station, in point of depth, in the Travailleur and Talisman list, is 428 fathoms (Soudan). On the southern part of the coast of Norway S. dactyloptera appears to be taken regularly, but not in great number, between 1This is modified by the list of captures in 1907, which can only be dealt with here in the form of a note. In September, one occurred be- tween 470 and 491 fath., two between 447 and 515 fath., thirty- three between 346 and 400 fath. In May, thirty-four were ‘taken be- tween 221 and 341 fath., four between 343 and 346 fath., and four between 350 and 389 fath. [ 156 ] Me. OG: 19 100 and 300 fathoms, and, having been recorded from Danish waters, must at least occasionally move southwards into incon- siderable depths. It occurs, apparently regularly, in the 100- fathom hole off Troup Head in Aberdeenshire (whence presumably wandered the young examples noted from the Yorkshire coast). No record of it exists from the Faro Channel, nor from the deep water west of Scotland, which, however, is practically unexplored.’ On the eastern side of the Atlantic its range may be taken to extend from lat. 70° N. off Norway, at least as far south as Cape Verde, chiefly at depths between 100 and 400 fathoms, but as to the influence which temperature and salinity may exercise on its distribution within this zone, available evidence seems to be insufficient. In the Helga captures the temperature, when observed, ranged between about 9° and about 11° C., and the observed salinity was usually oceanic, but at SR. 379 distinctly littoral, Since the species occurs regularly in the North Sea an oceanic salinity cannot be essential to its well-being. In the Mediterranean it extends as far east as Constantinople, but statements as to its verticai range in that sea lack precision. Since, however, it appears at least not rarely in fish markets, it must to some extent be an inhabitant of moderate depths, though in general affecting those beyond the ordinary range of local fishing operations (cf. Collett, 1896). On the western side of the Atlantic it seems to be not rare between Lat. 30° and 40° N., at depths of about 71 to 312 fathoms (cf. Goode and Bean, 1896, H. dactylopterus ana H. maderensis). S. dactyloptera seems to live at the bottom, for we can find no evidence of its capture elsewhere after the larval stages. The thickened, detached, presumably tactile lower rays of the pectoral fin certainly suggest a bottom-groping habit, but it is to be remarked that while their extremities become detached at an early stage, the rays are not thickened until comparatively late in life. In the gurnards which search the ground with their detached rays? in a manner familiar to everyone who has seen the fish in an aquarium, these rays are specialised at or before the conclusion of the larval stage (cf. M‘Intosh and Masterman, 1897). Since, however, in Scorpaena cristulata,in which only the extreme tips of the lower rays are free, these rays, as also those of the ventral fins and the spines of the anal fin, become clothed in adults with thick fleshy integuments, it may be that the thickening has nothing to de with an increase in the sensory mechanism. It is quite probable that the Helga’s small slow-moving beam trawl gives no adequate account of the sizes of specimens pro- eurable on the Irish coast by a commercial otter-trawl, and since the “red bream” seems to have established itself in the London market it is likely that the fish landed there run generally larger than those which we have listed. The largest of these is about 16 inches, and the great majority are of less than 12 inches, no 1 Note added in Press.— We have lately received from Dr. R. Norris Wolfenden a specimen taken by the Silver Belle in the Faro Channel at 320 fathoms,—temperature 3°7°C. 2¥or description of the sensory apparatus in the pectoral rays of Gurnards cf. Williamson (1894). ; 67 V. 06. 20 great size in the British culinary standard of fishes, to which the alleged Irish comparison of the relative values of the goose and the snipe may be not inaptly compared. Smitt, evidently from autopsy, puts the maximum size of Scandinavian specimens at about 17% inches. Holt and Calderwood, on an authority which we cannot now trace, mention a size of 24 inches (ca. 573 mm.) SCORPAENA CRISTULATA, Goode and Bean. PLAT S. cristulaia, Goode and Bean (1895), Jordan and Evermann (1896-98). S. echinata, Koehler (1896). S. cristulata and S. echindta were described independently from specimens of the same size (150 mm. without the caudal fin) taken respectively off the coast of Georgia, U.S.A., at 440 fath., and in the Bay of Biscay at 722 fath. Koehler, in a note inserted while his account of the fishes taken by the Caudan was in the press, gave it as his opinion that S. echinata was certainly identical with S. cristulata, and the same view has been adopted by Jordan and Evermann. Several Scorpuenae recently taken by Messrs. Farran and Kemp in deep water off the south-west of Ireland (the smallest of which is longer by about one-third than the two specimens above alluded to) appear to us to be clearly referable to the same species as Koehler’s specimen, and we see no good reason for refusing to regard his specimen and the type of S.cristulata as specitically identical, the only difference (other than those referable to growth) lying in the number, or supposed number, of the scales, to which, in view of the difficulty we have ourselves experienced in counting the irregularly arranged scales of young Scorpaenae, we are not disposed to attach any importance.! With our material and the published descriptions of Goode and Bean and Koehler, the series of specimens described is fairly complete, and the diagnosis which we subjoin will probably ensure the recognition of specimens of any size. In speaking of “young” we refer to examples of 1 Koehler’s drawing seems to represent a more massive fish than that shown by the American authors, with the cephalic armature more fully developed, and his specimen may have advanced further towards the adult form and appearance than the type of S. cristulata, although of no greater length. Koehler remarks on the irregularity of the squamation of his speci- men, without giving the actual number of scales; his figure shows about 55 in a longitudinal series from the operculum to the caudal origin; Goode and Bean attribute about 60 in the same distance to their specimen, while their artist has shown a few more than that number, 2 fact which appears to point to some room for doubt as to the number really present. In the Irish specimens the scales increase somewhat in size posteriorly, Goode and Bean’s figure shows them the same size throughout, and Koehler represents the scales of the caudal region as smaller than those opposite the spinous dorsal. In some other particulars of minor importance the description of the American type is at variance with the figure. [ 158 ] V. 06. 21 150 mm., as described by the American and French authors ; by “adults” we mean specimens of 300 to 504 mm., measured in all cases without the caudal fin. A specimen of 215 mm, may be described as “half-grown”; but this stage seldom requires separate mention in diagnosis, as it is naturally inter- mediate between the young and adult conditions’. Length of head about 2} in young, about 2! to 2? in adults, greatest height of body about 3 to 3} in total length without caudal fin. Length of snout in young somewhat greater than, in adults about equal to length of orbit. Length of orbit in young about 34, in adults about 44, height of caudal peduncle in young about 5, in adults about 31 to 32 in length of head. Width between interorbital ridges in young about 24 to 2+, in adults about 2 in length of orbit. Lower jaw slightly projecting, mandibular symphysis with a well-marked ventral process in adults. Maxilla reaching to, or nearly to, vertical from hind margin of orbit in adults, relatively shorter in young. Snout with a more or less prominent hump between the olfactory organs. Interorbital space slightly con- cave, with a pair of feeble carinse internal to the supraorbital ridges. Teeth in bands on the jaws, vomer and_palatines, villiform in the young; of moderate size, stout and recurved, interspersed at the front ends of the jaws with villiform in adults. No teeth on the premaxillary symphysis. Form massive anteriorly; greatest height and width (about 2 of height in adults) at level of anterior spine of dorsal fin. Snout bluntly rounded in dorsal view. Belly somewhat flattened from isthmus to opposite extremities of ventral fins, trunk some- what compressed post-anally. Head heavily armed with spines, mostly set in longitudinal series on scaleless ridges. A small inwardly directed spine on either side of snout. Supra-orbital ridges with a single, some- times bifid, spine at the front end (pre-orbital), followed at an interval by three, of which the first is the smallest, and the third, about opposite hind margin of orbit, usually the largest. Supra- orbital ridges continued on the occiput by slightly diverging ridges armed posteriorly with two keel-like spines, of which the first may be obsolete in adults. Three or more spines in a row behind the eye, forming in adults processes of a more or less con- tinuous ridge, first spine small, second large, keel-like, somewhat deflected in adults, third and fourth at the upper insertion of operculum, the third sometimes bitid, the fourth of uncertain occurrence, present in adults as a low ridge only. Two thin flat spines on the operculum, often obsolete in adults. A strong sub- orbital naked bony ridge extending from above insertion of maxilla to upper posterior angle of preoperculum, set with spines which are arranged in adults in four groups? : first group of 1 to 1 Since our manuscript went to the printers the Helga has brought in ten additional specimens ranging in total length from 245 to 520 mm. This new material does not materially affect the diagnosis of characters, and it is only necessary to make note of a colour variety and to complete the list of captures. _2In a half-grown specimen the second and third groups are prac- tically continuous and their spines are not deflected. [ 159 ] V. 06. 22 3 small spines at anterior end of ridge; second of 2 or 3 rather large keel-like, somewhat deflected, below middle or hinder half of eye; third of 3 or 4 similar to last; fourth of 1 large back- wardly directed spine, with a subsidiary spine on its anterior shoulder at symphysis of suborbitals with upper angle of preoperculum. Hind edge of preoperculum armed in addition with four serrations, the uppermost small, persistently acute, and (in adults) near the spine of the angle; the remainder wider and more or less completely masked with skin in adults. Seales relatively rather small, thin, non-deciduous, finely ctenoid at the margin in young, sometimes practically smooth in large adults, wanting in adults on maxilla,and never present on bony ridges of head, praemaxillary and mandibular parts of jaws and underside of head; imperfectly developed on inter- orbital region; small and not imbricating on ventral region in front of ventral fins; present on basal parts of dorsal and caudal tins ; 7 to 9 longitudinal rows above, 15 to 17 rows below lateral line opposite anus; 48 to 53 (60) transverse rows between posterior angle of operculum and origin of central caudal rays. Dermal processes in the form of short slender filaments, of which one appears to be normally present behind each of the cephalic spines and at each of the pores of the lateral line, Shorter and more slender filaments arise singly or in pairs from more or fewer of the perfectly developed scales of the head and body. A ring of filaments round the eye, those of the dorsal part the stronger and more numerous.” Pectoral fins extending in young considerably beyond level of anus, relatively shorter in adults; their upper rays (except the first) branched ; their lower rays unbranched, protruding slightly from the fin-membrane, and covered with a very thick integument in adults. Ventral fins much shorter than pectorals, and clothed in thick skin in adults. Dorsal fin commencing in front of posterior angle of operculum, with 11 or 12 spines and 9 or 10 soft rays (XJ-XII 9-10); first spine shorter than those which follow it; fourth and fifth spines longest, and last spine much longer than those immediately in front of it.’ Anterior soft rays longer than spines in adult, equal 1 Fide Goode and Bean. 2 We are inclined to think that the development of dermal filaments varies a good deal in individuals, since some of our specimens have filaments on the majority of the perfect scales, while others have only a few, as in the case of the specimen figured. None of them show any signs of serious abrasion in the net. 3In the young the first spine is very close to second, third nearer to seccnd than to fourth. In large adults the interspaces are nearly equal, that between first and second shorter than that between second and third only by a distance equal to the width of base of second, those between second and third and third and fourth sub-equal. In life the fin membrane may possibly be produced behind the tips of the spines in small lappets, but is more probably simple in outline. Our artist has omitted to note the slight difference in the lengths of the interspaces between the first and second and second and third dorsal spines. [ 160 ] V. 06. 23 to, or shorter than spines in young; base of whole fin scaly in young,’ spinous portion practically naked in adults. Soft part obscured basally in adults by thick scale-clad integument extend- ing forward in large examples to base of the penultimate spine. Anal fin with three spines and five soft rays, second spine longer than third and much longer than first. In adults spines clothed with thick skin, except tips of first and second, skin of second remarkably voluminous. Caudal fin, when expanded, slightly rounded in young, prac- tically truncate in adults, and slightly emarginate when normally compressed. General colouration of adults oright red, paler on ventral parts. Blackish or brownish blotches usually present on gill-cover. In- distinct dark mottlings, not forming regular transverse bars, present on body. Pectoral, ventral, and anal fins with more or less black pigment on membrane between rays. All unpaired fins with a rather broad dead-white margin. Spinous part of dorsal fin with black blotches on membrane behind second and few succeeding spines, membrane of posterior rays more or less completely black except at margin. Soft part of dorsal fin, between basal scales and white margin, with black pigment in varying extent—may be almost completely black or only with black streaks between rays. More cr less black pigment between rays of caudal fin. Half grown (and probably also young) ex- amples with oblique dark bars on the sides.? Reaches a length of at least 520 mm, 1 Fide Koehler nec Goode and Bean. 2In anexample of 215 mm. (without caudal) the front part of the head is mottled, except ventrally, with brown. The gill-cover behind ths preoperculum is almost uniformly blackish brown. The dorsum from the base of the third dorsal spine to the occipital region bears a broad ring of brown. The dorsal fin has a large dark brown patch be- tween the fifth and ninth rays from which an oblique band is con- tinued forward on the side to below the lateral line. The membrane of the soft dorsal rays is blackish and forms the upper part of a second oblique band which reaches the pectoral fin. A third but less distinct band descends from the upper surface of the caudal peduncle, which is in addition rather diffusely mottled. The pectoral has 4 distinct, broad blackish band on the membrane of its branched rays, and some blackish pigment occurs on the ventral, anal and caudal fins. In addition to the marks already mentioned the dorsal fin has a large dark spot behind the second, third and fourth spines. All these markings remain quite distinct after a year’s preservation in alcohol and formaline. A specimen of 408 mm. obtained in September, 1907, is much darker than any other. The black marking of the dorsal fin in continuous throughout, but is not carried to the base of the last few spines. On the sides from the base of the 6th dorsal spine to well below the lateral line every scale is outlined in dense black. Two completely black patches occur, one below the second half of the spinous part of the dorsal, the other below the soft rays. These patches do not quite reach the lateral line, and have not the appear- ance of oblique bars noted in the young. The caudal and anal have well marked black patches, but the head and shoulders are not un- usually dark, fenlGh J V. 06. 24 MEASUREMENTS, in millimetres, and number of Scales and Fin-rays of Seven Specimens. a. Type b. Type of S. echinata. of S. cristulata. c. to g. Irish specimens, viz. c, 8.R. 355 ; d,e,g,5.R. 400; 7 S.R. 334. — a. b. c. d | Ce f. | g Total length, . .| 15 | 172 | 255 | 358 | 419 | 497 | 508 | Total length without caudal 145* (150); 150 215 | 300 352s 415 425 Length of head without lower | 60* (68)+ 66 | 89 | 127 | 160 | 178 | 175 Length of snout, 2. | 15° G4)F 16 19 (1) 30 |) 35) eres 38 Length of orbit, | 99 2 | 93 | 30) 37 | 43 | 38 Width between supra-orbital | 8 A Bre ea a WP | mu | 2 ges. } | Length of pectoral fin, 34* 34 46 72 86 / 97 | 105 Length of ventral fin, 28* 29 36 48 | 58 | @ 68 Snout to first dorsal spine, 55* | 61 74 | 106 | 138 «159s 161 | Snout to first anal spine, 98* 101 149 210 260 | 296 296 _ Anus to first anal spine, _ 15 | 17 | 2 | 2 | a1) !'30 | Height of body at first dorsal 50 46 | 68 | 9s | 120 | 138 | 187 | taeieht of eandal peduncle, 14 ee Mees | 35 45 | 48 al Length of caudal peduncle from 208 — 29 41 53 | 63 | 65 base of dorsal fin to anterior : cba lee above lateral 8 7 9 9 8 8or9. 9 Number et scnlos belagrlakeral 15 Shae} a fae a ea line opposite anus. Number of scales between head (60 ca)t | — 53 | 52 ca. 48 51 53 | atceubes of aural fin-rays, | XIL9 |XI19 | XIT9 /xI1 10| x19 |x110 x19 | Number of anal fin-rays, aes | Id | TIL5 | TIr5 I 5 “Wt 5 fas 5 TI1l5 LeneTH in millimetres of Spines and Rays of Dorsal Fin. Spinous Part. a. e. d. | é. | g. 1st Spine, aoa | 8 115 13 - | 28 and |» 5; ol 15% aan | OF 9] 40 3rd, ve 20* (22)7 29°5 36 | 40iwesal tee ia: , xe 22 30 40 43 43 | 5th =, a 22 29 40 41 42 6th = 21 28 36 | 44 40 van 3 ae 26 27 36 42 38 gee ‘? 17 25 35 39 32 9th ., “ 14 1 31 34 25 10th =, ag il 18 28 27 22 ith: . 10* (11)} 17 24 | 24 = Posterior Spine, ... 16 (19)t 28 36 26 38 Longest ray, me 21* (26)+ 32 49 | 55 | 63 * Measurements shown in figure. + These measurements given in the text differ from those shown in figtre. [ tei 4 V. 06. 25 S. cristulata appears to be absolutely contined to deep water, and among deep water teleosteans which have come under our observation, is remarkable for the solidity of its tissues, both bone and muscle being apparently as strongly developed as in the familiar littoral species of the Mediterranean. From S. dacty- loptera, the common species of our 100 fathom line, it is easily distinguished by the strong sub-orbital ridges and by the lower pectoral rays, which are not produced as apparently tactile organs beyond the fin membrane. In cephalic armature it rather closely resembles some of its congeners relegated by American authors to their genus Pontinus, but can be distinguished from them by the branched nature of some of the pectoral rays, all of which are simple in Pontinus.' S. cristulata has been trawled off the Irish coast at the following stations :— fened27.—95-5-06. 51° 43’ 30 N., 12° 15; W. to 51° 38’ N. 12° 18’ W., 550 to 800 fath., ooze. Temperature at 530 fath. 8-95° C., salinity at 500 fath., 35°16 °/... One, 445 mm. S.R. 334.—10-5-’06. 51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500 to 520 fath. (Temperature at 51° 37’ N., 12° 9’ W., 500 fath. 919° C., salinity 35°10 °/,,). One, 497 mm. S.R. 353.—6-8-06. 50° 37’ to 50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250 to 542 fath., muddy sand. Temperature at 500 fath. 8°85° C., Two, 255 and ca. 450 mm. S.R. 400.—5-2-’07. 51° 18’ N., 11° 50’ W., 525-600 fath. Tem- perature at 580 fath. 8°35° C., salinity, 35°50 °/,, Three, 358 to 504 mm. Other twenty-two specimens were taken inSeptember, 1907, in the same neighbourhood at soundings rang- ing from 447 to 778 fath. Only two occurred at stations of which the greatest depth was less than 500 fath. Reference to the list of deep water hauls on p. 17? suggests that the species does not occur at less than 400 fathoms off our coast, while it may be practically confined to depths of 500 fathoms or more. It has also been taken, as already noted, at 722 fathoms in the Bay of Biscay, and at 440 fathoms off Georgia, U.S. America. 1 This distinction is probably of no value in the case of very young Scorpaenae (of about 50 mm. or less) of any species or sub-genus. 2 The list does not include the hauls made in September, 1907. A868 01] M V. 06. 26 SCORPAENA SCROFA, UL. S. scrofa, Lowe (1843-1860) ; Moreau (1882). S. sero/a, x .—Sketch adapted from Lowe. Form thick, short, and clumsy ; head very heavy and massive, especially in large examples; lower jaw slightly projecting. Head about 24 or 23 times in total length (without caudal), depth of body about 2$ to 37. Length of orbit 34 to 44 times in head, diameter of eye considerably less than width of orbit, especially in large examples ; length of snout in young about 4 of length of orbit, in large examples equal to or longer than orbit, the relative proportions apparently depending upon the extent to which the circumorbital bones are developed ; interorbital width varying in the same way from little more than half of to nearly as great as length of orbit. The long ridges and spines of the head are more developed in large examples, and appear to alter the contour and proportions of the head to a very great extent. Nasal region convex, with a single spine above each anterior nostril ; supraorbital ridges standing out far above frontal profile, each with one spine anteriorly and two posteriorly. Interorbital space scaleless and very concave, with two faint ridges internal to the supraorbital ridges, each carrying a single or double spine interior and posterior to last supraorbital spine, and just in front of the broad transverse occipital groove, which they cross as low ridges, subsequently terminating on the nape in two spines, the anterior sometimes double, the posterior large and strong. Below these ridges other ridges run from the orbit backwards, bearing a small double spine near the orbit, and two larger spines near the opercular insertion. One or two more spines are situate on the body above the opercular insertion. Anterior suborbital with four to six strong diverging ribs, some of which overlie the maxilla when the mouth is closed; posterior suborbitals forming a stout ridge somewhat irregularly armed with about three spines. A stout bifid spine at symphysis of suborbitals with preopercular margin, below which, on preopercular margin, are four weaker spines, the lowest of them obsolete in large [aes 4 Me 06. 27 specimens, Cheeks and preoperculum sealeless. Operculum dorsally elongated, and armed with two strong ridges, each carrying a stout adpressed spine. D. XII 9-10; A. HI 5; the third spine largest. Rays of lower half of pectorals un- branched, and covered with thick skin in large examples. Caudal truncate. Scales about 40-45 in a longitudinal and 22-24 in a transverse series, somewhat irregular in arrangement. Head, mandible, and body with numerous lappets of skin, which may be very feebly developed in small examples. Colours very variable, ordinarily some shade of vermilion, varying from orange to a deep ruddy cherry colour; head and cheeks with dusky and deep-red marblings and spots ; body and fins with smaller speckles of various colours. * 06: 39 ventrals originate a little posterior to midway between the point of the snout and the caudal origin, but apparently comparatively farther back than in the specimen of 47 mm. ‘lhe bones of the pectoral girdle are barely visible through the skin. Our records of Alepocephalus furnish no explanation of the ap- parent immunity from capture of the larvae of A. rostratus, which seems to be commoner in the region investigated than A. Giardi. In regard to specimens of adult form it is easy to distinguish A. Giardi from A. rostratus by the absence of the dorsal ridge’ and consequent less height of the body, by the longer caudal peduncle and by the greater number of scales. Vaillant, who doubtfully counted the traces of 71 scales in a specimen which he supposed to be A. rostratus, may probably have had to do with A. Giardi, since he remarks that his specimens of Alepo- cephalus were in such bad condition that specific differences may have been overlooked. The scales of A. Giardi are more deciduous than in A. vostratus, and the tin-rays con- siderably more brittle, but the tissues of the body are firmer and the form is not subject to serious alteration by pressure under the ordinary circumstances of preservation. A. Giardi comes at least very near to A. Baird2, an older species known from a single specimen, measuring about 620 mm. without the caudal fin, taken at 200 fathoms on the Newfound- land Banks. It may be briefly described, abridging Goode and Bean’s text, as follows :—D. 22, A. 25. Scales 7/65/11, free part of scales triangular in form. Length of head 44, height of body 54, height of caudal peduncle 11 in total length without caudal fin. Snout as long as orbit, about 4] in length of head. The figure shows the snout abrupt, rather inflated above the nostrils, and shorter than the orbit, and the lower jaw is shown as pro- jecting beyond the upper. The pectoral fin is shown somewhat remote from the gill-cover membrane. There is nothing in the formulae of scales and fin-rays to distinguish A. Bairdi from A. Giardi, and as the type of the former was captured by a fishing schooner its proportions may well have been somewhat altered by post-mortem changes before it reached the hands of a naturalist. Our nearest example of A. Giardi in point of size measures 560 mm. without the caudal fin, and has length of head about 3%, height of body less than 52, height cf caudal peduncle about 12} in total length without caudal fin, orbit a little longer than snout, and about 43 in length of nead. Our table of measurements (p. 44) demonstrates the exis- tence of considerable minor variations of proportions in Alepo- cephali even when preserved in formaline on capture, and we have noticed that undue drying tends to emphasise the promin- ence of the snout above the nostrils even after fixation in formaline, while the same process would undoubtedly shorten up the gill- cover membranes, which the figure shows to have been used, as in our measurements, as defining the length of the head. By 1 See text-figure on p. 33. [ket hk] V. ’06. 40 altering the snout of A. Bairdi to its probably normal form and extending the possibly shrunken or defective gill membranes to the neighbourhood of the base of the pectoral, any serious dis- crepancy of proportion between that form and A. Giardi would be removed. ‘The form of the scales demands remark. In A. Bairdi they are described as having the freepart triangular, and are so depicted all over the body, mostly, one may suppose, in restoration. Koehler’s type of A. Giardi had no scales. Taking Collett’s figure with his description it appears that he found them somewhat produced, but hardly triangular. In our specimens the scales are exceedingly deciduous, but at least one specimen retained a considerable number when it first reached the hands of one of us, who failed to notice any conspicuous difference in the shape of the scales as between A. Giardi and A. vostratus, though difference in colour was obvious. All our specimens are now scaleless, except in the pectoral region where the scales are more or less rounded, certainly not triangular in posterior outline. It is not improbable from the appearance of the scale insertions that the scales of the sides in A, Giardi are more pointed than in A. rostratus, but we believe them to be less so than in the figure of A. Bairdi, and we sus- pect that the appearance of that figure may be due to a general restoration of scales on the evidence of the lateral line or fin bases. While it is possible that A. Bairdi and A. Girardi are identical, no serious inconvenience is likely to arise from the retention of Kochler’s name for European specimens until oppor- tunity may arise of comparing them with the American type. Koehler, in describing A. Girardi, notes the proportions of A. Bairdi, but does not seem to have considered the difference in size between his type and that of the American species. Collett notes the resemblance between the two species in scales and fin rays, remarking that A. Giardi has a bigger head, and differently placed anus and dorsal, but this last difference does not seem to be supported by measurements. Adult or half-grown specimens of A. Giardi were taken in the Helga’s trawl at the following stations! :— S.R. 327.—8-5-'06. 60 mi. W. 2? N. of the Tearaght Light. 51° 46’ N., 12°14’ 30” W., 550 fathoms, ooze. Tempera- ture at 530 fathoms, 8:95°C., salinity at 500 fathoms, 35:16 °/,.. One specimen, 530 min. (without caudal fin). S.R. 331.—9-5-’06. 51° 12’ N., 11°55’ W., 610 to 680 fathoms, 00ze. Three specimens, 580 to 850 mm. 1 More recent captures may be epitomised as follows :— S.R. 400.—5-2-'07. 525-600 fath. Three, 43-68 cm. S.R. 484.—30-8-’07. 602-610 fath. One, 69 cm. S.R. 489.—4-9-’07. 720 fath. One, 74 cm. S.R. 495.—8-9-’07. 346-400 fath. One, 63 cm. S.R. 505.—12-9-’07. 464-627 fath. One, 61 cm. [ane i. OG: 41 S.R. 365.—10 and 11-8-06. 51° 25’ N., 11°39’ W., 385 to 440 fathoms, sand and stones. Temperature at 380 fathoms, 9°44°C, One specimen, 652 mm. S.R. 440.—16-5-07. 51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W.,° 389 fathoms, Temperature at 300 fathoms, 9:94°C, One specimen, 550 mm. The larvae and young above recorded occurred as follows :— Helga CXX.—24-8-'01, 77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head. Townets on trawl, 382 fathoms. One specimen, 20°5 mm. (without caudal fin), S.R. 327 (see above).— Sprat net and townets on trawl. Three, 72, 36, and 35 mm. (without caudal fins), S.R. 331 (see above.)—Sprat net on trawl. One, 36 mm. (without caudal fin). S.R. 338.—11-5-'06. 51°87’ N., 12° 9’ W. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 9°2°C, Sprat net on trawl, 557-579 fathoms, One, 47 mm. (without caudal fin). S.R. 352.—5-8-06. 50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Temperature 7°33°C. Mid-water otter trawl], 700 to 750 fathoms. Two, 23 and 22 mm., and three, 9°11 mm. (without caudal fins). S.R. 363.—10-8-06. 51° 22’ N..12° 0’ W. Mosquito net on trawl, 695-720 fathoms. Five, 19-13 mm. (without caudal fins). The types of A. Giardi, two small Specimens, were taken by the Caudan in the Bay of Biscay at 487 and 776 fathoms. The Lalisman or Travailleur, as we have seen, probably got at least one example of the species within the area covered by Vaillant’s records of A. rostratus. On the west coast of I reland .A. Giardi cannot be common, in adult form, on grounds of less than about 350 fathoms, and seems to be somewhat less abundant on deeper grounds than A. vostratus. Larvae and very young forms, apparently referable to A. Giardi, have been taken somewhat frequently by the Helga, as appears above, and it may be that the habits of this species when adult render it somewhat less susceptible to capture in the trawl than the other. The Michael Sars obtained her six Specimens north-west of the Hebrides and south-west of Fard in soundings of ahout 400 to 650 fathoms. If A. Giardi proves to be a Synonym of A. Bairdi, the species occurs also on the west side of the Atlantic (Newfoundland Banks, 200 fathoms). It would seem from the H elgas records that the vertical ran ge of A. Giardi is similar at all stages of which we have cognisance. The three hauls in which young specimens of over 35 mm. perare: t N Wc 706: 42 long occurred were all in the neighbourhood of grounds on which the adult has been taken, and adults were actually present in the trawl in two out of these three hauls. When the nature of the net used is taken into consideration it seems reasonable to presume that the habits of the adult have been assumed by the time that a length of 35 mm. or thereabouts is attained. At smaller sizes, specimens from 19 to 25 mm. long occurred on twe occasions in nets attached to the trawl (adults being taken on neither such occasion), and once in a mid-water net fished about 50 or 100 fathoms above the bottom, in company with much smaller specimens apparently referable to the same species. ALEPOCEPHALUS MACROPTERUS, Vaillant (1888). Pl. V, Fig. 1. Conocara macroptera, Goode and Bean (1895). Form (in specimens of 203 mm. upwards without the caudal fin) elongate, compressed : greatest height of body (at shoulder) about 62 to 63 in total length without caudal fin. Upper surface of head and preanal region of back rather flattened. Length of head with gill-cover membranes about 3? in total length with- out caudal fin ; hind margins of gill-cover membranes rounded. Horizontal diameter of orbit about } of length of snout and about 4 to 42 in length of head. Eye large, partly occiusible by a fold of skin. Width between supraorbital ridges opposite middle of eye about + of horizontal diameter of orbit. Interorbital space nearly flat. Snout rather narrow, depressed, obtusely pointed in dorsal view. No depression at nape. Jaws subequal, or with the upper slightly projecting. Maxilla hardly reaching vertical from front margin of orbit. Teeth as in A. rostratus and A. Giardi, but somewhat more widely separate. Vent at slightly in front of middle of total length without caudal fin. Pectoral fins as long as or longer than snout, their bases at some distance from gill-cover membranes. Ventral fins as long as or longer than orbit, reaching slightly beyond vent, their bases set considerably in front of middle of total length without caudal fin. Dorsal fin commencing far behind vertical from anus; length of its base abont equal to its distance from vertical of origin of central caudal rays ; with about 19 to 21 rays, of which the first few are small and more or less masked by skin and scales. Anal fin com- mencing at a noticeable interval behind anus; its base about twice as long as,and extending beyond, that of dorsal fin, with about 37 to 40 rays. Caudal fin deeply forked, anterior rays extending forward above and below peduncle more than half way from origin of central rays to vertical from end of base of dorsal. Height of caudal peduncle about 44 to 44 in length of head ; its length measured from vertical of end of base of dorsal to origin of central caudal rays about 14 to 2 in length of head. [/ 880/27 V. 06. 43 Seales minute, rather longer than broad, in about 194 to 222 transverse rows between head and origin of central caudal rays, and about 20 to 24 longitudinal rows above, and about 36 rows below lateral line; present on al! parts of the body (except behind base of pectoral fin and on a part of the axillary region), and on the bases of the median tins. Colouration practically uniform black, head deep velvety black with blue iridescence, body purplish black, extremities of median fins brownish grey. Size reaches 330 mm. ‘The eye actually fills the orbit to the extent usual in the genus, but consilerably more of its external surface is clothed with skin than in A. rostratus and A. Giard:. The edge of the skin is moreover in the form of a fold, at least dorsally, where it can be expanded in such a way as to occlude much of the upper half of the normally exposed part of the eye. It would be rash to assume that this provision is indicative of vertical movements on the part of the fish through strata materi- ally differing in circumstances of illumination by atmospheric or other light. The nostrils are immediately in front of the orbit, as shown in Vaillant’s figure. His text statement that they are midway on the snout shows that he measured the latter, for this purpose, from the exposed part of the eye. A. Macdonaldi (Goode and Bean) appears to be chiefly distinguished from A. macropterus by the relatively higher body and larger head, respectively described as 5? and 3} in the total leneth without the caudal fin. Its sponsors appear to have had the opportunity of comparing it with a specimen of A. macropterus of practically identical size. Five specimens, measuring 235 to 330 mm., were taken in the Helga’s trawl, and in nets attached thereto, at the following station :— S.R. 335.—12-5-'06. 51°12’ 30” to 51° 17'30”'N., 12° 18’ to 12° 16’ W. 893 to 673 fath. Temperature at 700 fathoms a few miles away, 684° C., salinity, 34°99 °/,.. Vaillant records 16 specimens from the Canaries, coasts of the Soudan and Morocco, and the Banc d’Arguin, at depths of 4738 to 1,156 fathoms. None were taken in the Bay of Biscay by the Caudan, and none have been recorded in the lists of fishes taken by the Hirondelle and Princess Alice. Our record above is the only indication of the existence of the species further north on this side of the Atlantic. A specimen was taken by the Albatross at 16° 54’ N., 63° 12’ W., the depth being 687 fathoms. 1 Vaillant gives the colour of the body as reddish brown, but must have taken his description from a specimen more or less denuded of the dark epidermal covering of the scales. parse 44 V. ’06. ers ‘snodatanu or0ul ce “ULYS UL poLmMg pure [yvms ATOA sAvA LOTAOJUW } qq soy f ‘soloods SIY} JO S[LNPLAIPUL ODAV] UL AYOVXO OANSBOTT 09 O[GISsoduy » “HONVALOSOId SaLiMp omssoid Aq posvotout ATIWSI[S sdvyao LE 8& ¥G £6 9% &%% 1G 0% | 13 1G wa a SE Pa = se ‘BABI UE [VU "TZ 61 61 "Pe 1% 02 i= 1% Sty fF TLt | TS | $02 t6r | $81 a) 13 i ey SARL Ul] [BSLOCT “OZ | | . 9§ “vo = OL or 6 6 “vO OL &1 | or | Il i Or d ie ‘OUTT [V19}UT ALO[OG Ms) ml ‘6L i a z | | | : [BPN [B.1ZU99 JO UIZIAO puB proy F FOL = C9 99 09 99"): rae) | ¢9 | wg | TQ") Fe 1¢ OG "Pe | USOA4OY OUT] [V1O}ZUI BUISSO.10 SOTVOS ‘ST 4G “D0 = 8 8 leak g ‘Do 8 ee Ce ie 8 | 01406 | 6 8 “ ase ‘OUI[ [UAOZVT OAOGT sOTBOg "LT ; | | “SABI [UpNvO | | | | [vajU90 JO UISIIO puv uy [vsaop | | JO puo pUly Woy [wOyAeA TOOMy 68 1g OF | BST 201 | «(08 GL l | 9b | #9 | r9 9 Fe /-©q opuNped [upnvo Jo Y4suUeT ‘OT cI &t 9 ov PP Ts 8& | db | Le i | LE cE LI Be ‘ejounpod [Vpnvo Jo FqsIOF “ey Li cl “Iq “Iq, | “Iq | “ICL LP | SP og | 6h | al | 68 c | Me, “UY [BIYUOA JO YQSUO'T “FL 13 8% “aq MA |e Sie SR SO SS Ge alee 08- l= Boe | Sagge eh OF —a 128 “+ “dy; [etoqood Jo WZuT “gy 1g 9% cat 86 18 | 69 Ill 4821 |. 26 PI fe a! | §8 SP hee y “* “Apoq Jo yysroy ‘zt | | | | 1G 61 OL £9 | 99 | 19 ao | 19 69 | 09 | g¢ 0§ eo ** O89 4B pBOY JO YYSIOR "11 on SIL 96 C9§ (4)89% | 88 | I8T 8hZ Tha gba aia |. hee | 026 ie PUL es a ‘ayy [wIyUeA 09 ynoug ‘oT | ™ | | | | | | bra | COL c8F | #98 | OFS Ifa 82e O78 | 168 noe cos =| 262 IT as S “ve ‘snuv oO} ynoug G J+ GLI SPL O3F | sett) dike | 086 * ‘ | + * | * | ’ LYT s ‘UY [BSLOP JO ULSIIO 0} ynoug *g | } | | ‘ako JO a1yued oy1soddo soespit SI OL cg eas % £6 &% 06 | ¥6 1G | Aka | §& a [VIGO -VAidns UWoAVod YIPTAA *L | Lt at 1 £& PE 9% £& 1g i ce § | & 06 GIqto JO AoJOUMVIpP [BJUOZTAOTT “9 % st ae | 2 9% 02 its 83 | 82 1g I) ses 08 81 eo "4 “* ‘ynous Jo qjsue'T “¢ | | | | | “TOA OO-[]13 19 9¢ L8I OFT 8&I | LOT Cal ka | Tél €eT | fol reat OL JO LYS HULpNpoU! "pvorl Jo yysaoT “F GPS £06 os, |. 089 - | az¢ | 8Lé Slh GLY | 895 oOF | OFF | STF 026 “Uy [VPNUVO FNOYILM ISAO] [VOT “¢ O82 aE | 88 | eo |- 88¢ a eqg ogg | gge gc¢ 96° | T6F | | 09% ak a 2 ‘USUI [BIOT, °G ? -- & ° ° 9 ° | - a a Fs ® | ss tans eas wae eet ‘xag *T ces ost Tg& | $98 I8é xan 1g | 696 | Lo Loe 18& | Le L8E TS SOMOS OQUINU WOL By ‘IPIBLD *V *‘SNyVIQSOL "VW ‘snynyda olay jo suowutoods ystiyp ut sAvy UT pue sefrog JO SMOY JO SdOqUINAT pUL ‘Sa.tQoUT[LUL UE ‘SLNANAMAS VAY . py . V. 06. 4S Genus BATHYTROCTES,' Giinther. In general characters similar to Alepocephalus, but differing in the presence of teeth on the maxilla, in (constantly?) having seven branchiostegals, and in having the dorsal fin equal to or longer than the anal, and originating in front of or opposite to it. Deep-sea fishes with a range similar to that of Alepocephalus. BATHYTROCTES ROSTRATUS, Giinther. Bly EV, Bigs. 3745. 5- B. rostratus, Gunther (1878 and 1877), Goode and Bean (1895), Koehler (1896)?, Brauer (1906). Bathytroctes (2), | Scharff (1891). B, proroscopus, Brauer (1902). This species has not yet been taken by the Helga in the adult condition, but larvae and young specimens taken by her on several occasions seem undoubtedly referable to the genus, and, although it might be difficult to refer such specimens to any species without further evidence, a specimen of 4. rostratus taken by the Valdivia and figured by Brauer (1906), which, at a length (without caudal fin) of about 80 mm., still shows a vestige of the supra-clavicular process, hereinafter mentioned, in the shape of a small papilla, serves to connect them with the adult of B. rostrvatus, with which they also agree in the number of fin-rays and in possessing forwardly-directed teeth on the premaxilla. The smallest specimen taken by the Helga is 10 mm. long (without caudal fin), and has the general appearance shown in fig. 5. The eye is about equal in length to the snout, and is con- tained about 34 times in the head, which is itself contained 3 times in the total length without caudal. The maxilla reaches to about the level of the centre of the eye, and bears a few teeth set at rather wide intervals. The premaxilla and mandible are toothed. The pectorals are very small, ventrals not yet apparent. The specimen is damaged, but appears to have had a persisting 1Goode and Bean divide this genus into two sub-genera, to one of which they apply the name Talismania; the two sub-genera, founded upon the relative positions of the dorsal and anal fins, are not at all clearly distinguished from one another, and the lack of substantiality in the division is shown by the fact that B. rostratus is placed in one sub-genus end Vaillant’s B. homoplerus in the other. Whether or no the last-named author was right in identifying his B. homopterus with B. rostratus, the two certainly agree very closely in the relative positions of the dorsal and anal fins. To make T'alismania a sub- stantive genus, as is done by Jordan and Evermann, seems perfectly unjustifiable. 2 Although Vaillant himself identified his B. homopterus as a specimen of B. rostratus we are by no means sure that such identifi- cation was correct, and it seems best to follow Koehler in regarding the two forms as provisionally distinct. Pesan] V. 06. 46 larval marginal fin of about the extent shown in our sketch. In colour it is dark sepia on the lower part of the head and abdomen, and elsewhere pale fawn. The most striking character, however, of the fish is a darkly pigmented backwardly and upwardly directed process, possibly tubular, situate apparently upon the supra-clavicle etc. (though we have been unable to ascertain this); the nature and function of this process we are unable to suggest, but it seems to disappear entirely long before the fish has attained its full growth. A slightly more advanced stage is represented by three rather damaged specimens, 15-14 mm. long (without caudal fin), one of which is shown in fig. 4. Beyond the ordinary changes associated with growth these show no points of difference from the smaller specimen, but the protruding premaxillary teeth can just be de- tected. The outline of fig. 4 was drawn from a specimen in which we suspect that the head may have been crushed laterally. A specimen, 2775 mm. long (without caudal), is in bad con- dition, but appears to agree in all material respects with the specimen next mentioned. The largest Bathytroctes yet taken by the Helga, 32 mm. long (without caudal fin), is shown in fig. 5 ; this specimen, save for the loss of its epidermis and larval marginal fin, is in very good preservation. The eye slightly exceeds the snout in length, and its length is contained about three times in the length of the head, which is itself contained just over three times in the total length (without caudal). The maxilla extends nearly to the level of the centre of the eye, and bears minute teeth, with larger teeth at intervals; the premaxillae are somewhat protruding, and each bears three or four forwardly directed teeth, of which the inner are the longer. The supra-clavicular process is darkly pigmented, and nearly as long as the exposed diameter of the crystalline lens. Figure 5 and the table of measurements sufficiently show the form and proportions of this little fish, whose head, except (the dorsal part of the postorbital region) and abdominal region are black, while elsewhere the colouration is brownish-grey. The epidermis is gone, and no sign of scales can be detected; the myomeres number about 38. The specimens above described were taken as follows :— S.R. 139.—11-8-'04. 55° N., 10° 48’ W., soundings 1,000 fath. Triangular net, 1,000 fath. One, 13 mm. ca. S.R. 193.—10-2-'05, 54° 50’ N., 10° 30’ W,, soundings 650 fath. Triangular net, ca 650 fath. One 10 mm. ‘ S.R. 224.—12-5-05. 53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., soundings 860 fath. Mid-water otter trawl, 650-750 fath. Three, 32, 27-5, and 14mm. S.R. 252.—18-11-'05. 54° 59’ N., 10° 53’ W., soundings 1,000 fath, Triangular net, 700 fath. Temperature, 9° C. One, 13:5 mm. . [ 184 ] Ve"’06, 47 The known range of B. rostratus includes the Atlantic, oft Pernambuco, soundings 675 fathoms (Gunther, 1887); Banc @Arguin, Soudan, soundings 600 fathoms (Vaillant, 1888) ; Bay of Biscay, 46° 28’ N., 7° W., soundings 940 fathoms ca. (Koehler, 1896), and off the west coast of Ireland. Also the Indian Ocean, in nets fished at 820 to 1,080 fathoms ca. over soundings of 1,850 to 2,770 fathoms (Brauer, 1906). The available evidence points to a vertical range of at least 600-1,100 fathoms, and the young stages up to 80 mm. long are certainly normally found at such depths over considerably deeper soundings both off the Irish coast and in the Indian Ocean. Whether they are also found on or near the bottom in suitable soundings, and whether larger specimens live normally on the bottom, it is impossible to say. The largest recorded specimen was only 165 mm. long (including caudal fin), and the species in all probability attains a considerably larger size, as may be in- ferred from a comparison of its young with those of Alepocephalus at comparable stages of development. MEASUREMENTS, in millimetres, and Fin-ray formulae of Specimens from 8.R. 224. | | | — | a | b | ¢ | ae Length without caudal fin, E34 aes 14 275 32 Length of head, ... ate ae sed 45 95 105 Length of snout, ... Sos Fae as 15 3 3°25 meewmarani ees iesnge Sel 3 35 Interorbital width, ae ean eae _ 15 2 Length of maxilla, ea des Bee _ 45 5 Length to origin of dorsal fin, . ies 85 } 17 18°5 | Length (o origin of anal fin, ar ae 95 18 20 Depth of head, oe eae ads as ~- 4°75 5 Depth of body at ventrals, wee ses - 2:25 3 | Depth of caudal peduncle, re a _ 15 2 | Dorsal fin-rays,* ... se 3 a 17 ca. 17 ca. 17 | Anal fin-rays,« eae _— cae Sat 18 ca. 18 ca. | 18 * Including other specimens, too damaged to permit of full measurements being given, the fin-ray formula is—D. 17-19 ca., A. 17-20 ca. Genus XENODERMICHTH YS, Ginther. Form elongate, more or less compressed. Snout more or less obtuse, never long. Skin thick, sometimes longitudinally wrinkled, scaleless or with only rudimentary, non-imbricating scales, except sometimes in the lateral line. Numerous small papillae or nodular photophores, generally distributed, but usually without definite linear arrangement, on head and , "18s J V7. °0b. 48 body. Lateral line indistinct, without conspicuous scales or distinct, with more or less conspicuous and perfect scales. Small teeth on premaxillae and mandibles and usually on maxillae; (probably) none on vomer, palatines and tongue. Dorsal and anal fins of equal or nearly equal length, and opposite or nearly opposite to each other. Caudal fin forked. Ventral fins near anus behind middle of total length. Gill (1884), Goode and Bean (1896), Jordan and Evermann (1896-98), and Brauer (1906) divide the genus, as we understand it, into XYenodermichthys and Aleposomus, referring X. nodulosus, Giinther, to the former and all other species to the latter. The most obvious reason for this division seems to be that X.nodulosus has a smaller mouth and eye than any other species, and to us it appears that X. socialis is less remote from X. nodulosus than from such as A. lividus, Brauer. XENODERMICHTH YS SOCTALIS, Vaillant (1888). Pl. V, Fig. 2. Xenodernichthys socialis, Collett (1896), Koehler (1896). Aleposomus socislis, Goode and Bean (1896), Brauer (1906). Form compressed, elongate. Height of body (subequal from pectoral region to origins of dorsal and anal fins) about 57, length of head about 4 to 44, bases of dorsal and anal fins about 34 to 33 in total length without caudal fin. Snout obtuse, much shorter than horizontal diameter of orbit, which is about 23 or 22 in length of head. Lower jaw slightly protruding, maxilla reaching beyond vertical from front margin of crystalline lens. Minute teeth present on premaxillae, maxillae (few) and mandibles; none on palatines, tongue and pterygoids. Anusa little nearerto insertion of pectoral fins than to origin of central caudal rays. Pectoral fins slender, set rather low on body. Ventral fins set a little in front of middle of total length without caudal fin. Dorsal fin low, with about 27 to 29 rays. Anal fin opposite and similar to dorsal, with about 27 or 28 rays. Caudal fin deeply forked. Skin (in perfect examples) longitudinally wrinkled, set with numerous very minute papillae representing scales, and with small tubercular photophores generally distributed over head and body. Lateral line indistinct. Colour- ation deep velvety black. Size exceeds 147 mm.?; female mature at 1352 mm. The lateral line becomes fairly distinct and somewhat tubular in appearance if a well-preserved specimen is allowed to become slightly dry. 1The type cited by Vaillant measured 147 mm., or 130 mm. without the caudal fin. Our largest specimen measures 134 mm. without the caudal fin. [ 186 ] — 7 —— VW. 06: 49 Among the large-eyed species which we should refer to Xenodermichthys (Aleposomus spp. of Goode and Bean and Brauer) all except X. Copei (Gill, 1884, Goode and Bean, 1896), appear to have no more than about 20 rays in either dorsal or anal fin, and in this way can be distinguished from_Y. socialis, which has about 27, very difficult to count exactly without injuring the skin. The radial formula of X. Copei is not stated, but Mr. Todd, who is usually accurate, depicts D. 27, A. 27 in Goode and Bean’s figure. The species, however, seems to taper rather regularly in height from the shoulders to the caudal peduncle, and in this way differs from X. socialis. X. nodulosus has the eye very much smaller than any other known species, and has more than 80 rays in both dorsal and anal fin. The characters of the skin which we have noted above are not of very much account in the determination of species, because much depends upon the condition of the specimen. The plica- tions of the skin disappear rather readily if the fish is chated in the net, and more or fewer of the photophores may be rubbed off without leaving conspicuous traces. Even when perfect they look more like small nodules or tubercles than photophores. The tiny structures which represent the rudiments or vestiges of scales are hardly visible without magnification, and were in fact overlooked by Vaillant in his types, though found in one of them by Collett. The diagnosis which we have given refers to specimens of adult form. A rather badly mangled fish of 20 mm., with- out caudal fin, seems to be a young member of this species, with which it agrees in general conformation, allowing for differences, such as the large size of the head, due to age. The eye is about 21 in the head and longer than the snout, the length of the head about 34 in the total length (without caudal). The greatest height of the head, about equal to the length of the eye and snout, is more than half of the length of the head and more than twice the height of the caudal peduncle. The height of the body tapers gradually from the head to the caudal peduncle. The dorsal and anal tins are not in good condition, but do not differ materially in extent and position from those of the adult. Their formulae are illegible. Whether naturally or as the result of abrasion in the net the photophores are almost wholly confined to the ventral parts. As compared with those of the adult they are relatively large and look much like those of some Scopeli (e.g. S. crocodilus, S. glacialis) at a similar size, but are not brilliant as in the young of S, punctatus. Moreover, they show some attempt at regularity of arrangement. They form a border external to the lower half of the periphery of the eye, and are rather closely set on the isthmus and neighbouring parts of the gill-cover. Between the head and the ventral fins they are scattered over most of the surface below the region of the lateral line. Behind the ventral fins they become more confined to the lower edge of the body, forming a band, irregularly treble or double, as far back as the middle of the anal fin, whence they are continued as [ 187 ] V. 06. 50 a single row on each side of the ventral edge to the origin of the caudal fin. The head (except the upper post-orbital part) and the belly are black: elsewhere the colour, after preservatien, is brown, thickly dotted with black chromatophor es. MEASUREMENTS, in millimetres, and approximate number of Fin Rays in a specimen from 8.R. 299, Total length without caudalfin . : . 134 mm. Length of head ‘ ‘ : (tai as Length of snout. ; : j Be ss Horizontal diameter of ein f Lies Width between supra-orbital ridges opposite centre of eyes by ; : vi Tas Snout to dorsal fin : : : » >. Jes Snout to anal fin é , : - | Sao Snout to base of ventral fins : : 2") Oe Length of base of dorsal fin : : . Length of base of anual fin : ie Length of pectoral fin , LS Ee 8 Length of ventral fin : E AU Ci te Height of body at origin of pectoral fim; | jth Bao Height of body atanus . ; inte eH Height of caudal peduncle ’ LO 145 Length of caudal peduncle between verticals from “hind end of base of dor sal and origin of central caudal rays : : : ~ sy Seeeeuaies Number of dorsal rays. j : « Cle AO ye Number of anal rays : . » CH.28 45 Our material was obtained as follows :-— S.R. 299.—4/5-2-'06, 50° 13’ 30” N., 11°16’ W., soundings 500 fathoms, ooze. Temperature at 370 fathoms 10°8° C., at. 470 fathoms 9°7° © One, 134 mm. (without caudal fin), taken in a trawl which failed to reach the bottom and captured nothing else except a big Stomias boa. S.R. 351.—5-8-’06, 50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’. W., 230 to 250 fathoms, fine sand. Temperature at 245 fathoms 10:1° C. One, 20 mm. (without caudal tin), taken in a bag of mosquito net attached to the back of the trawl. We have also a specimen taken by Dr. Schmidt in the Thor at 49° 23’ N., 12° 13’ W. Xx. psoliae is otherwise known fromthe north-west coast of Africa to the Bane d’Areuin (20° N.), 392 to 740 fathoms ; Azores, 380 fathoms; Bay of Biscay, 1,200 fathoms. The Talisman and Travailleur took itin seven hauls, one specimen in each of six hauls, and 133 in the remaining haul, from which Vaillant considers that it may be a gregarious species. The first Helga record suggests that it is not wholly a ground fish, though the trawl on that occasion must have been very near the bottom, [Seed We 06: 51 iv.—ReEcENT ADDITIONS TO THE BritTiIsH-AND-J rIsu List. The restoration to the list of Bathytroctes rostratus is noted above (p. 45). Other fishes, which have been only taken or recognised since our first report was published, are— Pristiurus nurinus, Collett. Raia bathyphila, sp. n. Rava sp. Microstomu sp. (young). Argyropelecus Olfersi (Cuv.). Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann. Scopelus Humboldti, Risso. Scopelus sp. (?) Paralepis pseudocoreqonoides, Sarato. Notacanthus rostratus, Collett. Bathygadus melanobranchus, Vaillant. Lyconus brachycolus, Holt and Byrne. Halargyreus affinis, Collett. Laemonema latifrons, Holt and Byrne. Gargilius sp. (Jensen fide Schmidt). Melanvphées megalops, Liitken. Cyttosoma Helgae, Holt and Byrne. Cottunculus Thomsoni, Giinther. Onewrodes megaceros, Holt and Byrne. We add a note about some specimens of the genus Crystallo- gobius which may possibly be distinct from C. Nilssoni. They were taken in the Irish Sea, Fam. SCYLLIIDAE. PRISTIURUS MURIN US, Collett (1904). Pristiurus murinus, Collett (1905). S.R. 483.—30-8-'07. 51° 37’ N., 11° 56’ W., 610 to 664 fath. trawl. Temperature at 546 fath. 8°34 C. Salinity 35327 / 0° One adult male, 378 mi. The type, a» young example of 225 mim., was taken by the Michael Sars north-west of the Hebrides at about the same depth. Fam. RAIIDAE, RAIA BATHYPHILA sp un. S.R. 385.—12-5-'06, 51° 12’ 30” N., 12° 18’ W. to 51° 17’ 30” N. 12° 16’ W., 893 to 673 fathoms. Temperature at 700 fathoms, 6°54° C., salinity 34°99 °/.. One, 101 mm. across disk. [ 189 ] V. ’06. 52 The specimen is quite immature, but as some ofits characters are of a nature not likely to be altered beyond recognition with growth, it may be used as a type. Its nearest relative appears to be R. tsotrachys, Giiuther (1887) known from a specimen taken by the Challenger south of Japan at 365 fathoms. PrRINcIPAL MEASUREMENTS. Width of disk : : - 101 mm. * Length of disk : , : : . » OB Total length , : : 4 + yl Oe *Pre-ocular length : : : : oe Length of eye : : : : e (oe Distance from front edge of eye to hind edge of spiracle 9°5,, Width of inter-orbital space ‘ . ° is Length of tail from hind insertions of ventral fins. 98 ,, Length of part of tail occupied by median fins 51 2B Preoral length, measured to centre of nasal valves 26 ,, Preoral length, measured to centre of gape An VAs Width between nostrils. : , “}, Lone Width of exposed part of mouth . : iy tee Snout te coracoid é : F 5.4 Se ees *Snout to angle of pectoral fin . : oy es ‘The measurements marked (*) are taken from the snout to the point where lines between hind margins of disk, front margins of eyes and angles of pectoral fins, respectively, cross the long axis of the body. Anterior margins of disk only slightly undulated, forming, by lines drawn from lateral extremities of pectoral fins to tip of snout, a general angle of about 885°. Angle of snout, from ex- tremities of a line (measuring 55 mm. in the type), drawn across disk through anterior margins of eyes, about 102°. Extremity of snout rounded. Angles of pectoral fins broadly rounded, their lateral extremities nearer to the hind end of the disk than to the snout. Teeth small and bluntly pointed, about 36 rows in the upper jaw. Lips without conspicuous papillae or fimbriation. Buccal region defined posteriorly by a conspicuous fold of skin. Dorsal and caudal fins confluent by means of narrow membranes. Dorsal surface (except a narrow border along anterior and a rather wide border along posterior margins of disk, and part of ventral fins) set with small, slender, backwardly directed thorn- like spinules, each supported by about four radiating basal processes, and, on the disk, distributed at intervals about equal to their length. Orbital spines,! one in front and two behind the eye on each supraorbital ridge. Humeral spines, three in a median line from the head to the shoulder girdle, and two at each extremity of the latter, the outermost smaller than and slightly posterior to the others. Linear spines, thirty in a single median row from the shoulder to the first dorsal tin; some of the 1 The structures here described as spines have swollen bases, but no radiating basal processes. [ 190 ] V. 06. 53 spinules on the sides of the tail larger than the rest and with somewhat swollen bases. Ventral surface smooth, except at the edges ofanterior part of tail. Dorsal colouration’ cold sepia, appearing ashy-brown by reason of the spinules. Ventral colouration brown, except the front of snout, mouth parts and belly. These notes must be taken asa brief description of the stage of growth under observation, and not as a diagnosis of the species. In older specimens the general shape of the disk will probably be found to remain much the same, save for minor undulations of the disk in adult males. The tail probably becomes relatively shorter, the teeth certainly more numerous and, in males, more sharply pointed as growth proceeds. The spinulation of the dorsal surface is not likely to underge much alteration, but spinules may appear on the anterior margins of the ventral surface ; and adult males may probably have the spinules of the dorsal anterior margins enlarged and the general spinulation of the dorsal surface reduced, and will, of course, have the usual rows of depressed, inwardly directed spines on the pectoral fins. The orbital and humeral spines may become obsolete in adults, but in intermediate stages there may be found (as indicated by enlarged spinules in the specimen before us) a row of six or eigth small spines on either edge of the rostrum. The linear median spines will probably be replaced, as growth proceeds, to a greater or less extent by the intercalation of new spines in the same line as the present series becomes obsolete, but old specimens may have few or only small spines in front of the pelvic region. There may possibly be a single series of lateral spines on each side of the tail, not large at any stage of growth, and almost certainly obsolete or absent in adult males. The dorsal colouration is not likely to alter, but the dark colour may disappear from the ventral surface, or, on the contrary, may invade the whole. RAIA sp. A ray measuring about 230 mm. across the disk, taken at the same station as P. murinus, has a general resemblance to R. circularis, Couch (sensw stricto). It is, however, armed with much more formidable spines and lacks the white spots of the back. Some dark pigment is present ventrally. Fam. SALMONIDAE. MICROSTOMA sp. S.R. 231.-—20-5-'05, 50 miles ca. N. by W. of Eagle Island, 55° 1’ N,, 10° 45’ W., soundings 1,200 fath. Mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms. Several. 10-12 mm. ca. (without caudal). [ 191 7 ¥... 06; 54 S.R. 337.—12-5-'06, 51° 19’ 30” N., 12° 9’ 30” W., soundings 768 fathoms. Mid-water otter trawl at 1-20 fathoms. One 14:5 mm. (without caudal). The specimens are too small for specitic determination, but may be Microstoma groenlandica, Reinhardt (1841). Fam. STERNOPTYCHIDAE. STERNOPTYX DIAPHANA, Hermann. S.R. 481.—29-8-'07, 50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W., soundings 920 to 1,064 fathoms, mid-water otter trawl fished at about 600 to 900 fathoms, and to the surface One, 45 mm, without caudal fin. ARGYROPELECUS OLFERSI (Cuvier, 1829) Argyropelecus Olfersi, Brauer (1906). S.R. 302.—5-2-06. 52° 54° N., 11° 54’ W., soundings 460 fathoms. Mid-water otter trawl at 300-350 fathoms. Temperature at surface, 10°5° C., salinity 35°37°/,,, ; at 250 fathoms, 10°22° C., 35°37°/,,; at 350 fathoms, 9:91° C., 85°34°/,. One, 38 mm. S.R. 470.—24-8-07, 56° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W., soundings 770 fathoms, mid-water otter trawl at 400 to 500 fathoms. Temperature at surface 15'8 C., salinity 35°30°/,, ; at 500 fathoms, 9:03 C., 35°35°/.,.. One, 36 mm. We are indebted to Mr. Regan for naming the first specimen, and for demonstrating the characters which appear to avail at all stages to distinguish this species from the common form of our area, A. hemigymnus. The Irish records add little to the knowledge of distribution, since A, Olfersi is already known from the coasts of Norway and Portugal, but it is interesting to note that while off the Irish coast the Helga collects A. hemigymmnus in considerable number and at all stages of existence, she has only taken two rather large specimens of A. Olfersi. The last-named species ranges in the Atlantic from the North Cape to the Cape of Good Hope on the eastern side, and has occurred also off the coast of North America and in mid-ocean towards Brazil. In the Pacific it is known from the Indian Ocean, Gulf of Panama, and perhaps from off China (cf. Brauer, 1906). [ 2 q V. 06. 55 Fam. PARALEPIDAE, (?) PARALEPIS PSEUDOCOREGONOIDES, Sarato (1887). S.R. 440.—16-5-'07, 51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W., soundings 350-389 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms, 9°93°C. Salinity 35°46°/... One, 214 mm. (without caudal fin), found in the stomach of a silver ling (7. abyssorwin, Nilss.). The specimen is not in a condition for exact specific determi- nation, but is almost certainly identical with the macerated specimens which Collett (1897) doubtfully refers to P. pseudo- coregonoides, Paralepis proves to be the parent of a larva which has long puzzled us. It is a very elongate form, with head and mouth suggesting Paralepis, and with an unusually precocious and relatively large anal fin immediately in front of the caudal. The anus, however, is very near the head (as, in adults of similar form, only in /pnops) and it retains this position until the fish reaches a size considerably greater than that at which metamor- phosis in this particular might be expected to have been achieved. Recent acquisition of older stages undoubtedly assigns the larva to Paralepis, as we shall show in a later communication. Fam. SCOPELIDAE. SCOPELUS HUMBOLDTI (Risso, Liitken, 1892). S.R. 302.—5/6-2-’06, off Tearaght Light, Co. Kerry, 51° 54 N., 11° 54 W., soundings 460 fathoms, mid-water otter trawl at surface. Temperature 10°5°C., salinity 35°39 °/,.. One, 33°5 mm, This record has already been mentioned, without particulars in a correction slip sent out with Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invests 1905, JT. [1906], and in a note added to the. reprint of the same paper in Pt. 1. of the Annual Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1905 [1907], App., No. IL, p. [58]. The species is known from both sides of the Atlantic and (cf. Brauer, 1906) from the Pacific. Its capture by the Helga extends the range northwards from the Bay of Biscay (Koehler, 1896) to Ireland. On the American side we do not know of a record reaching 37° N. SCOPELUS sp. S.R. 364—10-8-’06, 51° 23’ 30, 11° 47’ W., 620 to 695 fathoms, ooze, Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 7:92° C. One, 77 mm., without caudal fin. f 9r93° J V. ’06. 56 The specimen is very much mangled, and all that can be said of it with certainty is that it is specifically different from any form known as an inhabitant of the British-and-Irish area. Prob- ably it may belong to the section Lampadena, defined as a genus by Goode and Bean (1896), Lut of the photophores none are ex- tant except three of a thoracic, and perhaps two of 3, pectoral series. They are relatively small and, even with due allowance for the condition of the specimen, may be called deciduous. The head is apparently destitute of large luminous organs. There is a narrow ovoidal luminous patch on the dorsal side of the caudal peduncle, and on the ventral side is a similar but larger patch about as long as the eye. The eye is much longer than the snout. The latter is blunt and abrupt, and slightly carinatein the middle line. The supra- orbital ridges are strongly developed, with a well-marked (but hardly spinous) posterior projection. There is a small back- wardly directed spine above the dorsal origin of the pre-opercular keel, which is oblique and terminates ventrally at a point which is separated from the eye by a distance about equal to a diameter of the eye taken in the same line. 36 or 37 scales cross the lateral line, and in a tvrans- verse series there are four above and six below the lateral line in front of the anal fin, and five below the line at the anal fin. Though most of the scales are missing the formula is reasonably legible from the pouches. The few scales which remain are thin, cycioid, not lustrous. The dorsal fin commences at the same vertical as the ventrals and has 13 rays, the last bifid to its base. The anal commences behind the vertical from the end of the base of the dorsal, and now exhibits 10 rays, but some part of its middle is missing. Its base is about as long as the distance from its last ray to the anterior ventral ray of the caudal fin. The subjoined dimensions may have been to some extent modified by laceration of the body, so as to present a relatively less length and greater height than in normal. Total length without caudal fin : ‘ : 77 mm. Length of head - . 5 : . 24 ~ iu Length of snout. ‘ : : : Pipa Horizontal diameter of eye ‘ . ; Sho Width between supra-or- { At anterior extremities . D Wiiee bital ridges | At posterior extremities lives Snout to ventral end of pre-opercular keel . 5 LS ies Snout to first dorsal ray . : : : OL ae Snout to first anal ray - : : SO NT Ns Length of caudal peduncle (ventral) : : 165 _,, Length of base of dorsal fin : : : 15. Height of body at first dorsal ray . ; : yy ae Height of caudal peduncle . ° : : 1 Colouration brownish black. [.. 194°] Or | V. 06. Fam. NOTACANTHIDAE. NOTACANTHAUS ROSTRATUS, Collett (1889). S.R. 486.—3-9-’07, 51° 37’ N., 12° 1 W., 600 to 660 fathoms, stones, dredge. One, ca. 310 mm. Se. 493.—8-9-07, 51° 58’ N., 12° 25’ W.. 533 to 570 fathoms, trawl. One, ca. 350 mim. S.R. 499.—11-9-07, 50° 55° N., 11° 29’ W., 666 to 778 fathoms, trawl. One, ca., 320 mm. S.R. 500.—11-9-'07, 50° 22’ N., 11° 26* W., 625 to 666 fathoms, mosquito net on trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8:22 C., salinity 35:41°/... One, ca., 290 mm. S.R. 504.—12-9-07, 50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627 to 728 fathoms, fine mesh net on trawl. One, ca. 310 mm. Collett’s type was obtained on the Newfoundland Banks. The British Museum possesses an example from the Cape of Good Hope. Our specimens are undoubtedly referable to Collett’s V. rostratus, but the synonomy of the species seems to require further consideration. Fam. MACRURIDAE. BATHYGADUS MELANOBRANCHUS, Vaillant (1888). Bathygadus melanobranchus, Collett (1896), Brauer (1906). S.R. 397.—2-2-07. 51° 46’ N,, 12° 5’ W., 549-6465 fathoms, Temperature at 500 fathoms, 8°71°C., salinity 35:37°/_. One, 290 mm. Our specimen was named by Mr. Regan after comparison with one of Vaillant’s types. In the Atlantic it has not pre- viously been taken north of the coast of Morocco. In the area bounded by Morocco, the Canaries, and the Azores, its recorded depths are 454 to 851 fathoms. In the Pacitic it is known from depths between 141 and 718 fathoms. LYCONUS BRACHYCOLUS, Holt and Byrne (1906). S.R. 352.—5-8-06. 50° 22’ N., 11° 40° W., soundings 800 fathoms. Mid-water otter trawl at ca. 700 to 750 fathoms. Temperature at 700 fathoms, 733° C. One, 237 mm. gel | ¥. 706. 58 The net may have been nearer the bottom than the particulars given above seem to denote, since it caught some bottom-living crustacea. We have given a full description of the specimen in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., S. 7, xviii., pp. 428-426, but on p. 425, in the second line below the table of measurements, the specific name “ L. pinnatus” was inadvertently written “ L. brevipinnis.” Fam. GADIDAE. HALARGYREUS AFFINITS, Collett (1904). Halargyveus affinis, Collett (1905). S:R. 400.—5-2-’07. 51° 18’ N., 11° 50” W., 525-600 Tathones: ‘'emperature at 580 fathoms, 8°35° C.,, salinity 35°50°/,,. One, 278 mm. Collett’s five types were taken at 600 to 710 fathoms, north- west of the Hebrides, bottom temperature, 8°07° C. (three), and at 410 fathoms south-west of the Farés (two). Therefore of the six specimens known to science four have come from within the British-and-Irish area. LAKMONEMA LATIFRONS, Holt and Byrne (1908). S.R. 489.—4-9-’07. 51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W., 720 fath., trawl. Two, about 140 and !60 mm., the types described in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1908. GARGILIUS sp., Jensen, fide Schmidt (1906). S.R. 489.—15-5-07. 51° 45’ 30” N., 12° 31’ W. Soundings 584-723 fathoms. Triangular mosquito net at surface, 11:30pm. Temperature, 11°75°C. Salinity, 35°44 °/... Several, small. So far as we are aware Jensen has not yet published a descrip- tion of this fish, nor given it a specific name. It was discovered by Schmidt in his 1905 cruise in search of eel larvae, apparently on 14-6-'05, at 51° N., 11° 43° W., soundings 656 fathoms. The depth of the fishing engine is not stated, but appears from the context (Schmidt, 1906, p. 177) to have probably been at some distance from the bottom. Our specimens, though quite small, are evidently of the same species as an example kindly given to us by Dr. Schmidt. It is not represented, except possibly as an insuficiently characterised larva, in any of the earlier Helga gatherings, and is in fact confined in record to two stations, both of which are within the Irish section of the 0-1,000 fathom zone. [Se al Wer 06: 59 Fam. BERYCIDAE. MELAMPHAES MEGALOPS, Liitken (1877). Melamphaés megalops, Giinther (1887), Brauer (1906). Plectromus megalops, Goode and Bean (1896). S.R. 439.—15-5-07. 51° 45’ 30” N., 12° 31’ W. Soundings 584-723 fathoms. ‘Triangular mosquito net at sur- face, 11.30 pm. ‘Temperature, 11°75° C. Salinity 35°44 loo: One, 32 mm. As Brauer shows, the head is nearly smooth in perfect speci- mens, and not covered with naked ridges and spinous processes as in Lutken’s figure ot the type. The latter was obtained from the stomach ot a Coryphaena, south of the Azores. The Valdivia took specimens in vertical nets in the Gulf of Guinea, Bay of Bengal, Gulf of Aden, and off the N.E. coast of Africa. The depths to which the nets were lowered varied from 1,094 to 1,914 fathoms. In the only case in which soundings are given the net was, at its deepest, about 1,676 fathoms above the bottom. Fam. ZEIDAH. CYTTOSOMA HELGAE, Holt and Byrne (1908). S.R. 487.—3-9-07. 51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W., 540 to 660 fath., trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 865° C. Salinity 35°35°/.,. One, 244 mm., the type described in Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., Jan., 08. Fam. GOBLIDAE. CRYSTALLOGOBIUS sp. S.R. 412.—15-2-07. 53° 46’ 30” N., 5° 36’ W., soundings 52} fathoms, townet 25-0 fathoms. Temperature at 25 fathoms 7°11°C., salinity 24°33°/,, ; at surface 7°25° C., 35°33°/ Two, about 14°5 mm. without caudal fin. These little fishes are too much damaged to afford material for exact diagnosis of characters. They are very like (. Nilssoni at the same size, but seem to have the head rather smaller and the mouth shorter and more oblique. The myomeres are about 11+19, and appear to have been defined (in the perfect condi- tion) by minute black chromatophores. Similar chromatophores appear to have been generally but rather sparingly distributed gee sateen | 00" o 2 V. 06. 60 over the body; but it is possible that what seems to be black pigment is merely adventitious dark matter of extraneous origin, adhering to the lacerated skin. ‘The ventral fins are wanting, the pectorals short, the dorsal and anal illegible in fin-ray formula. One of the specimens is a female with ovaries filled with apparently ripe ova. Excluding the pigmentation as doubtful, these fishes, in any characters which have been preserved, cannot be distinguished with certainty from the young of C. Nilssoni, but we have never seen a female, undoubtedly referable to that species, mature at so small a size. Fam. COTTIDAE. COTTUNCULUS THOMSON] (Giinther, 1882). Cottunculus torvus, Goode (1883). S.R. 494.—8-9-07. 51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550 to 570 fathoms, fine-mesh net on trawl. One, 40 min. S.R. 506.—.12-9-07. 50° 34 N., 10° 19 W., 661 to 672 fathoms. Temperature at 600 fathoms. 822° C. Salinity 35°53.° One, 114 mm. This fish occurs in deep water on both sides of the North Atlantic. Faw. CERATIIDAE. ONELRODES MEGACEROS, Holt and Byrne (1908). S.R. 497.—10-9-07. 51° 2’ N.,11° 36 W., 775 to 795 fathoms, ooze, trawl. One, about 95 mm., the type described in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan, 1908. LIST OF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO. Alcock, 1891.—Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (6), VIII.--‘« Natural History Notes from R.I.M.S, Lavestigator.” Alcock, 1892.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), X.—‘‘ Natural History Notes from R. I.M.S. Investigator.” Alcock, 1894.—Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIII. pt. 2.—‘‘ Natural History Notes from R.1.M.S. Investigator.” Alcock, 1899.—“‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-sea Fishes in the Indian Museum.” [ 198 ] V2.06. 61 Alcock, 1892-1900.—‘* Illustrations of the Zoology of R.I.M.S. Investigator.” Bonaparte, 1832-41.--‘ Iconografia della Fauna Italica’—3. Pesci. Boulenger, 1904.—Cambridge Natural History. Boulenger, 1907.—.Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XLX.-—“ On the varia- tions of Stereolepis gigas.” Brauer, 1906.—Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp., Valdivia, Bd XV., Lief. 1—“ Tiefsee Fische.” Clarke, J. Eagle, 1893.— Naturalist. Collett, 1880.—Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78, Zool. “ Fishes.” Collett, 1889.—Bull. Soc. Zool, France, X1IV.—“ Description d’un espece nouvelle du genre Notacanthus.” Collett, 1896.—Résult. Camp. Scient. Monaco, X.-—‘‘ Poissons prove- nant . . . du Yacht ?Hirondelle (1885-88).” Collett, 1904.—Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chria., 1904, No. 9. Collett, 1905.—Rep. on Norweg. Fishery and Marine Investigations, II., No. 3.—‘ Fiske indsamlede under Michael Sars’ Togter i Nordhavet, 1900-1902.” Cuvier, 1829.---‘* Regne animal.” Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1828-49. — “ Histoire naturelle des Poissons.” Day, 1880-84.—‘ Fishes of Great Britain and Ireland.” Delaroche, 1809.—Ann. Mus. d’Hist. nat., X TIT. Garman, 1899.—Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, V.—‘ Reports of an Exploration off the West Coasts of Mexico, etc., XXVI., Fishes.” Gilbert, 1891.—Proc.U, 8. Nat. Mus. 1891, 546. Gill, 1883.—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., VI. Gill, 1884.— Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., V.—‘“ Diagnoses of new genera and species of deep-sea fish-like vertebrates.” Goode, 1883.—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv., V. 10.—“ Fishes of the Blake.” Goode and Bean, 1879.—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,, IT. Goode and Bean, 1882.—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., 1882. Goode and Bean, 1895.—“ Oceanic Ichthyology.” Gunther, 1859-70.—“ Catalogue of Fishes in British Museum.” Gunther, 1878.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), IT.“ Preliminary notices of Deep-sea Fishes . . . Challenger.” Gunther, 1887.- -Report on the Scientific Results . . . Challenger. Zool. XXII.—“ Deep-sea Fishes.” Gunther, 1882.—Proc. R. 8. Edin., XJ. Gunther, 1889.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), [1V.—‘ Report of a Deep- sea Trawling Cruise off S.W. coast of Ireland, Fishes.” Holt, 1893.—Journ. M. Biol. Assoc. (2), ILI.— Scorpaena dacty loptera.” [ 199 ] V. 06. 62 Holt, 1898.—P.Z.S.—“ Contributions to our knowledge of the Plank ton of the Fiirje Channel, No. 5, Fishes.” Holt and Byrne, 1905.—Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, [I1.—‘ First Report on the Fishes ES the Irish ’Atlantie Slope.” Holt and Byrne, 1906.— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., X VIII.—‘ On a new Species of Lyconus from the North-east Atlantic.” Holt and Byrne, 1907 —Ann. Rep. Fish. Ireland, 1905, Pt. II.—* First Report on the Fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope ” (reprinted, with note, from Holt and Byrne, 1905). Holt and Byrne, 1908 —Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 8. 8, I1—‘*t New Deep sea Fishes from the South-west Coast of Ireland.” Holt and Calderwood, 1895.—Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2), V.—‘‘ Re- port on the rarer Fishes.” Johnson, 1862.—P. Z. S.—“ Description of some new Genera and Species of Fishes obtained at Madeira.” Jordan and Evermann, 1896-98.—‘‘ Fishes of North and Middle America,” Koehler, R., 1896.—Ann, Univ. Lyon.- —“ Campagne du Caudan—- Poissons.” Kroyer, 1844-45.—Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, J1.—‘‘ Ichthyologisk Bidrag.” Lowe, 1843-60. —‘“ History of the Fishes of Madeira ” Lutken. 1877.—Overs. Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.— To sjaeldnere pelagiske Berycider.” Lutken, 1892.—Spolia Atlantica. Lutken, 1898.—Danish Ingolf Expedition, Fishes. M‘Intosh and Masterman, 1897.—‘ British Marine Food-fishes.” Moreau, 1882.—“ Histoire naturelle des Poissons de la France.” Reinhardt, 1841.—Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Af. VITT. Richard, 1904.—-Bull. Mus. océan. Monaco, 11.—‘‘Campagne Princess Alice en 1903,’ Risso, 1810.—-‘‘ Ichthyologie de Nice.” Risso, 1820.—Mem. Acad. Torin, XXV. “Mémoire sur. Alepocephale ef Risso, 1826.—‘‘ Histoire naturelle . . . de 1’Europe méeridionale Pegs ik Sarato, 1887.—-Moniteur des Etrangers, Nice.—“ Note sur les Poissons de Nice.” Scharff, 1891.—Proc. R. Irish Acad.—“ Fishes of Lord Bandon and Flying Falcon.” Schmidt, Johs., 1906.—Cons. perm. internat. pour |’Explor. de la Mer , Rapp. et Proc.-verb., V.—‘‘ Contributions to the Life-History of the Eel.” Smitt, F. A., 1893.—‘ History of Scandinavian Fishes.” Ed. 2. Vaillant, 1888.— Expeditions Scientifiques du 7'ravailleur et du Talis man . . . , 1880-83.—‘“' Poissons.” Williamson, H. C.,1894.—12th Ann. Rep. Fish. Board Scotl., 1893, Pt. I1J.—< Anatomy of the Pectoral Arch of the Grey Gurnard ” [ 200 ] | We06: 63 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I to V. Pirate I. Scorpaena dactyloptera, 410 mm. x $. Outline, scales somewhat diagrammatic. Pirate II. Scorpaena cristulata, 504 mu. x 4. Prate III. Fig 1. Alepocephalus rostratus, 553 mm. x}. The scales, which are in part restored, are shown without the natural dark epidermal covering. On the bases of the dorsal and anal fins they are somewhat more pointed in outline and extend somewhat farther on to the rays than is shown in the figure. . Alepocephalus Giardi, 590 mm, xt. The scales which have been restored should be somewhat more pointed in outline. bo Fig. Pirate IV. Alepocephalus Giardi. Fig. 1. Larva of 20° mm., Helga, CXX. Fig. 2. Larva of 35 mm., outline, 8.R. 327. bo Lathytroctes rostratus, Fig. ¢ 3. Larva of 10 mm., S.R. 193. Fig. 4. Larva of ca. 14 mm., from two specimens, 8.R. 224 and S.R. 282. Fig. 5. Larva of 32 mm., 8.R. 224. The lines below the figures denote the natural size. PLate V. Fig. 1, Alepocephalus macropterus, 330 mm, x 2, outline. Fig. 2. Xenodermichthys socialis, 147 mm., outline, slightly altered from Vaillant. NOTE ADDED IN PRESS. SCORPAENIDAE. Jaquet (“Considerations sur les Scorpénides de la Mer de Nice,” Bull. Inst. Océanog., No. 109, 1907 [1908]) discusses the local species of Scorpaena in great detail, and should be consulted as to the characters and aflinities of S, scrofa. He is especially interested in the generic distinction between Scorpaena and Sebastes, relegating S. dactyloptera to the last named genus. His conclusions, however, read in conjunction with our description of the adult of S. cristulata, do not seem to support the exclusion of S. dactyloptera from the Scorpaence. ie 0ds r e's Tetate veil on ns javier wie ay ys 5 7 . eta oh ‘a h an Ue * ex ble he »?. iE ee Mey enon 1 i / » ‘a ce anak sii y Win Ore Bi . ed (ae 7 - a a ; ; | “ Mii Loge yo 4 ‘wind Au ae ; as | pai hi ” es ' oa i * > t bh fuck ne) oat +! Pe yh A be ela peril Pune #4 t ts at) © gaateg re impa't “ia { yee 7 he ing Lap 1? ai nh } nit: OEY ge er oli Spake pus “ ( ietergtl oo ~ doar Gea wae) “wdindegnsanliy ni, hited» bowl eae YE erat ay we at ‘ “Manin? Pe : FS Alia “tek ean wide wh \ Uf le Of 6 ae ae i ® a yh oT RPE EO gol digai yt ; ie rhe, girs 1tF | es ays i ; : Cait’ Gi! iia 3 one Lee ne etnies i ber wall iy aie i ene wg i +3 ‘a eal bat Tih ie ee 10 tOeN «sib haulouo il MA aa) Me abner ‘As elliot ane » r : aie CAP > 7 on oe WALA AcT9 ! ; « ‘ ‘ L a ry : ' t at Lee v*. ‘ iv? c as t ii negtt 434.4) *.. : ae allt as : pores Sa) ee. UT « , 2 eEPONLO Tis ce AE part Aw 1) hs tke | a? moe rh po prLaes yw vate jel ia a ‘OG: E,W. L H. del. Scorpaena dactyloptera. Fealeealile ‘OG; G. M. W. del. Scorpaena cristulata, ele UU VAVOGS: i. —) a5 0 se nN © N © =O ae oO faye: owe) oO ® OO one) ome! © © = 3 Me) — > .: G — . . ) y ‘S4psee = err ae i} Vi TOKE AN = SS I, 2, Alepocephalus Giardi. 3-5. Bathytroctes rostratus. ‘SI[BIOOS SAUJYOIWApOUEYX +7 SN49}.douoe ul Sh[eydssodaly *] : o\ QQ YA \ ANAS ASS ° . o SSR RN SS Z LWBMAUAY E\ ANN Ms Ws \\ yy a at MU tiinin> if A ApprENnpDIx, No. VI. INDEX TO THE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF THE FISHERIES BRANCH OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. 1901—1905. COMPILED BY CHARLES GREEN, B.A. Norz.—Pages referred to by a small Roman numeral belong to the Report of the Scientific Adviser prefixed to Part II of the Annual Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland. Pages referred to by an Arabic numeral will be found, in 1901 and 1902-03, in the Appendix to Part II of the Annual Report and in reprints therefrom, and, in 1904 and 1905, in the separate numbers of the series entitled Scientific Investi- gations (indicated by a large Roman numeral), and in the Appendix to Part IT of the Annual Report. Separate indices will be found in the volumes for 1904 and 1905. In the Index of Subjects, the year is denoted by dark figures in round brackets. i.—INDEX OF AUTHORS. ARENS, C., Observations on the spawning season of the Rainbow trout—Sei. Invest., 1904, VII, p. 9. [1906]. ByRNE, L. W., see Hout and BYRNE. CaLMAN, W. T., Note on a genus of KFuphausid Crustaceaa—Ann. Lep., Pt. JI, 1902-05, p. 153, pl. xxvi. [1905]. Cumacea—Scv. Invest., 1904, I, pl. i-v. [1906]. CARPENTER, G. H., Pyenogonida—Sci. Invest., 1904, IV, pl. i-1ii. [1906]. CoE, GRENVILLE A. J., and T. Crook, On rock specimens dredged from the floor of the Atlantic off the west ccast of Ireland in 1901—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p 133. pl. xx—xxii. [1903]. Crook, T., see CoLE and Crook. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906, VI, [Published, February, 1998}. [> 203: | Dear, M. and C., Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour, 1899-1901—Ann. Rep., Pt. IT, 1902-3, p. 3. [1905]. : Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour, 1902-1905—Sc7z. Invest., 1905, VII, p. 3. [1906]. Dexar, M. J., Notes on the rearing, in an aquarium, of Cyanea Lamarckit, Peron et Lesueur—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 20, pl.i and i. {1905}. Notes on the rearing, in an aquarium, of Aurelia aurita, L., and Pelagia perla (Slabber)—Sci. Invest., 1905, VII, p. 22, pl. i ana ii. [1906]. FarRAN, G. P., Record of the Copepoda taker on the mackerel fishing grounds off Cleggan, Co. Galway, in 1901—Ann. TRep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 105, pl. xvi, xvii. [1903]. The Nudibranchiate Molluscs of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co. Galway—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 123, pl. xviii, xix. [1903]. Report on the Copepoda of the Atlantic Slope off Counties Mayo and Galway—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 23, pl. iii—xili. [1905]. Additions to the list of Nudibranchiate Molluscs of Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway—Ann. Rep. Pt. II, 1902-3, p. 207. [1905]. Rediscovery of the Nudibranch Alderia modesta (Lovén)—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 208. [1905]. Occurrence of the Floating Barnacle, Lepas fascicularis (Ellis and Sol.)—Ann. Rep., Pt. IT, 1902-03, p. 209. [1905]. Lamellaria pellucida, Verrill, var. Gouldi, Verrill—Sci. Invest., 1605, V, p. 5. [1906]. GouaH, G. C., The Foraminifera of Larne Lough and district—Scz. Invest., 1905, ITI, pl. i. [1906]. GoucH, L. H.. Plankton collected at Irish Light Stations in 1904—Sci. Invest., 1904, VI, p. 3. [1906]. GREEN, C., Drawings and descriptions of apparatus used in Salmon and Trout culture—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 197. [1903]. Preliminary note on the size of Salmon eggs, in relation to esti- 1908] their number—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 350. HEIn, W., Investigations into the food requirements of brown trout fry in the hatching trough and in the artificial redd—Sc7. Invest., 1905, VITI, p. 3, pl.i and ii. [1907]. Hickson, 5: J-. Remarkable Coelenterata from the west coast of Ireland—Scei. Invest., 1905, V, p. 3. [1906]. Hitnas, A. B. E., Record of salmon marking experiments in Ireland, 1902-1905—WSei. Invest., 1904, VIT, p. 14. [1906]. See also Hort and Hts. [ Soa] ont, 1. W..1i., 8 Report of the Scientific Adviser—Ann. Rep., Pt. TLIO Ay si). [1903]. “ The public oyster beds on the coasts of Counties W icklow and Wexford—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 4. [1903]. The relation between size and sexual maturity in Pollen—Ann. Lep., Pt. IT, 1901, p. 146. [1903]. Report on the artificial propagation of Salmonidae for the season 1901-1902—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 148. [1903]. Record of Salmon marking in Ireland, 1898-1902—Ann. Rep., Pt. I], 1901, p. 165. [1903]. Report of the Scientific Adviser—Ann. Rep. Pt. IJ, 1902-03, p. vii. [1905]. Note on the manurial value of the seaweed Cladophora rupestris— Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 344. [1905]. Report on the artificial propagation of Salmonidae for the seasons of 1902-1903 and 1903-1904—-Ann. Rep., Pt. IT, 1902-03, p. 346. 1905]. mee: of the Scientific Adviser—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1904, p. v. [1906]. Report on the artificial propagation of Salmonidae during the season of 1904-1905—Sci. Invest., 1904, VII, p. 3. [1906]. Report of the Scientific Adviser—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1905, p. v. 1907]. Briehellion torpedinis, Savigny—Sci. Invest., 1905, 1, p. 4. [1906]. Report on the artificial propagation of Salmonidae during the season of 1905-1906—Scr. Invest., 1905, VIII, p. 17. [1907]. Hour, EK. W. L., and L. W. Byrne, The British and Irish Gobies—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 37, pl. 1 and i. [1903]. On a young stage of the White Sole, Pleuronectes (Glyptocephalus) cynoglossus—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 67, pl. iti. [1903]. The British and Irish species of the family Stromateidae—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 70, vl. iv and v. [1903]. Note on a specimen of Dentex vulgaris from Dingle Bay—Ann. Kep., Pt. Ii, 1902-03, p. 156, pl. xxvii. [1905] The British and Irish Gobies, Supplement—Ann. Rep., Pt. IIT, 1902- 03, p. 162, pl. xxviii. [1905]. Figures and descriptions of the British and Irish species of Solea— Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 164, pl. xxix—xxxiv. [1905]. First report on the fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope—Sci. Invest., 1905, IT, pl. i. [1906]. oer Bo Wid t., and.A. B. EB. Hinias. Preliminary report on experiments in Oyster Culture on the west coast of Ireland—Ann. Rep., Pt. IT, 1902-03, p. 215. [1905]. Hort, EK. W. L., and W. M. TarrerRsatt, Schizopodous Crustacea from the north-east Atlantic Slope—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 99, pl. xv—xxv. [1905]. Schizopodous Crustacea from the north-east Atlantic Slope, Supple- ment—Sc7. Invest., 1904, V, pl. i-v. [1906]. Hoye, W. E., On specimens of Tracheloteuthis and Cirroteuthis from deep water off the west coast of Ireland—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 93, pl. xiv. [1905]. [).. 285%] —— Kemp, 8. W., : Echinoderms of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co. Galway, and of the deep water off the west coast of Ireland—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-3, p. 176, pl. xxxv. [1905]. On the occurrence of the genus Acanthephyra in deep water off the west coast of Ireland—-Sci. Invest., 1905, I, pl. 1 and 11. [1906]. Macrura from the west coast of Ireland—Sct. Invest., 1905, V, p. 7. [1906]. Oxtver, C. D., Report on the salmon hatchery at Lismore—Adnn. Rep., Pt. I, 1902-03, p. 352. [1905]. PEARSON, J., A list of the marine Copepoda of Ireland, part i. Littoral forms and fish parasites—Scz. Invest., 1904, III. [1906]. A list of the marine Copepoda of Ireland, part ii. Pelagic species— Sci. Invest., 1905, VI. [1906]. SYKES, EK. R., The Molluscs and Brachiopods of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co. Galway, and of the deep water off the west and south-west coasts of Ireland—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 53. [1905]. TATTERSALL, W. M., Or Nebalia typhlops, G. O. Sars—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 210. [1905]. On Stomatopod larvae from the west coast of Ireland—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 211. [1905]. Enteropneusta from the west coast of Iveland—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1902-03, p. 213. [1905]. Isopoda--Sci. Invest., 1904, II, pl. i—xi. [1906]. Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic Slope—Scz. Invest., 1905, IV, pl. i-v. [1906]. See also Hoxr and TatrEersatt. WOLLEBAEK, ALF., On methods of collecting and rearing oyster fry (Translated from Norst Fiskzritidende, No 5, 1902)—Ann. Rep., Pt. I, 1901, p. 82. [1903]. A communication upon oyster culture (Translated from Norsk Fiskeritidende, No. 9, 1901)—Ann. Rep., Pt. II, 1901, p. 89, pl vi-av. [1903]. | 206 | 1i.—INDEX OF SUBJECTS. A. pee eos, bibliography of, (05) 26. —— occurrence of, off west coast of Ireland, (05) I 3. ——specimens of, in British Museum, (05) I 1. —— table of species of, (05) I 23. —— acanthitelsonis, (05) Texas ofS}: —— acutifrons, (05) I 22, —— affinis, (05) I 21. —— Agassiz, (05) I 4, 6. —— angusta, (05) I 20. —— approxima, (05) I 21. —— avmata, (05) I 20. —— Batei, (05) I 4, 8, 22. —— brachytelsonis, (05) I 21. —— brevivosiris, (05) I 22, 23. —— carinata, (05) I 20. —— cristata, (05) I 22. —— cucullata, (05) I 22. —— curtirostris, (05) I 22. —— debilis, (05) I 16. —— Edwardsi, (05) I 20, —— eximia, (05) I 20. —— gracilis, (05) I 16. —— Haeckeli, (05) I 4. —— Kingsleyi, (05) I 22. —— lanceocaudata, (05) I 2t. —— longidens, (05) I 21 —— media, (05) I 20. —— microphthalma, (05) I 21. —— parva, (05) I 4, 9 —— pellucida, (05) I 2 —— pulchva, (05) I 21. —— purpurea, (05) I 4. —— rectivostris, (05) I 4, 9. —— rostrata, (05) I 23. —— Roux, (05) I 23. —— sanguinea, (05) I 2 —— sica, (05) I 4, 7. Acanthochites fascicularis, (02) 56. Acanthodoris pilosa, (01) 125. Acanthometron sp,, (05) VII 4. Acanthomysis longicornis, (04) V 44. —— platydens, (04) V 44. spinosissima, (04) V 44, Acanthoscina acanthodes, (05) IV 14. —— servata, (05) IV 14. Acartia Clausi, (01) 117, (02) 46, (05) VI 30. —— discaudata, (01) 117, (05) VI at. —~— gaboonensis, (05) VI 30. —— longivemis, (05) VI 31. Acera bullata, (02) 77. Achelia echinata, (04) IV 6. Acipensey sturio, see Sturgeon, Acmaea virginea, (02) 67. Acontiophorus scutatus, (04) III 22. Actinotrocha sp,, (02) 6. Addisa testudinaria, (01) 124, Aega arctica, (04) II 62. —— crenulata, (04) II 62. —— ventrosa, (04) II 62. Aegivus punctilucens, (01) 127. Aegisthus atlanticus, (05) VI 36. —mucronatus, (02) 46, (05) VI 36. —— spinulosus, (02) 46, (05) VI 36. Aeolis glauca, (01) 128. —— papillosa, (01) 128. Aetidius armatus, (02) 31, (0 —— armiger, (05) VI, 14. Agalma, sp,, (02) 4. A galmopsis elegans, (05) VII 13. Agastra caliculata, (02) 11, (05) VII 8 6) VI 11. Aglantha rosea, (02) 14, (05) VI 11. Alcyonaria from west coast of Ireland, (05) V 3. Alderia modesta, (02) 208. Alepocephalus Giardt, ee IT —— rostratus, (05) II 2 Alosa finta, see Shad. Alteutha boprodes, (04) III 15. —— crenulata (04) III 16. —— depressa, (04 III 16. —— interrupta, (04) III 15. —— norvegica, (04) III 15. —— purpurea, (04) III 16. —— purpurocincta, (04) III 16. Alvania punctura, (02) 70. Amallophora echinata, (05) VI 18. —— magna, (05) VI 17. —— obtusifrons, (05) VI 17. TRO eg (02) 144, (04) Ameiva ewes (04) III 7. -—— longipes, (04) III 7. Ammothea echinata, (04) IV 6. Amphinema dinema, (02) 8, (05) WEE c. (05) 5 Amphipoda as food of fishes, iY —— bibliography of, (05) IV 36. —— collected by the ‘‘ Thor,’ (05) RVs: —— pelagic, of the Irish Atlantic Slope, (05) IV 3. Amphiura Chiajit, (02) 195. —— elegans, (02) 181, 195. —— filiformis, (02) 181, 195. Amphorina caerulea, (01) 130. Anarvhichas lupus, see Catfish. Anchorella emarginata, (04) IIT 30, —— rugosa, (04) III 30. —— uncinata, (04) III 209. Anchovy, parasite of, (04) III 27. Anciniidae, fam. nov., (04) II 11, 16. [ 207 ] Ancule cristata, (01) 127. Anemophia peltata, (04) III 13. Angler, parasite of, (04) IIT 28. Anguilla vulgaris, Leptocephah of, (05) II 23. Anomalocera Patersoni, (01) 116, (05) VI 30. Anomia ephippium, (02) 57, 82. striata, (02) 82. Anoplodactylus oculatus, (04) 1V 4. —— petiolatus, (04) IV 6. —— pygmaeus, (04) IV 6. —— typhlops, (04) IV 5. Anops cornuta, (04) III 28. Antaria coerulescens, (05) VI 34. -—— crassimana, (05) VI 34. —— mediterranea, (05) VI 35. —— obtusa, (05) VI 34. Antedon bifida, (02) 179, 187, 205 —--— phalangium, (02) 187. ——sp., (02) 187. Anthura gracilis, (04) II 41. Antimora viola, (05) II 25. Antipatharia from west coast of Ireland, (05) V 3. Aplysia punctata, (02) 78. A porrhais pes-pelecant, (02) 89. —— serresianus, (02) 89. Apseudes grossimanus, (04) II 58. -—— hibernicus, (04) II 38. —— spinosus, (04) II 58. Arachnactis Bournei, (02) 5, (05) Willers. Arachnomysinae, sub-fam. nov., (02) 128. Arca pectunculoides, (02) 82. —— tetragona, (02) 57, 82. Ayrchidoris tuberculata, (01) 124. Ayciurella dilatata, (04) II 68. Ardfry, Aldevia modesta found at, (02) 208. —-— oyster culture experiments at, (02) xi, 330, (04) x. Arens, C., (04) VII 9. Argentina silus, (05) II 22. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, (05) II 23. Arklow lightship, South, see South Arklow It. Arpacticus chelifer, (04) III 14. —— nobilis, (04) III 14. Artemis exoleta, (02) 62. —— lincta, (02) 85. Artificial propagation of Salmonidae, (01) xi, 148, (02) xx, 346, (04) xi, VII 3, (05) xiv, VIII 17. Artrotrogus Boecki, (04) III 21. —— Lilljeborgi, (04) III 21. —— magniceps, (04) III 22. —— Normani, (04) IIT 22. -—— orbicularis, (04) III 22. Ascomyzon echinicola, (04) III 21. —— Thoreili, (04) III 21. Asconiscus simplex, (04) II 78. [ 208 Asellopsis hispida, (04) III 8, Aspidiscus fasciatus, (04) III 17. Aspidophryxus peltatus, (04) II 76 82 A stacilla ajfinis, (04) II 67. intermedia, (04) II 67. —— longicornts, (04) II 66, 81. A starie borealis, (02) 84. A starte sulcata, (02) 84. Asterias glacialis, (02) 179, 191. —— Murrayt, (02) 192. —— rubens, (02) 180, 192. Asterina gtbbosa, (02) 179. A sterocheres Boecki, (04) III 21. echinicola, (04) III 21. —— Lilljeborgt, (04) III 21. Asthenosoma fenestrvatum, (02) 206. hystrix, (02) 196. A stronesthes Richardsoni, (05) II 22. Astropecten ivvegularis, (02) 179, 188, 205. Athelges pagurt, (04) II 55. Augaptilus gibbus, (05) VI 28. longicaudatus, (05) VI 28. magnus, (05) VI 28. Aurelia aurtta, (02) 14, (05) VII 13. —— rearing of, in an aquarium, (05) Valeo Axinus ferruginosus, (02) 84. —— flexuosus, (02) 60, 84. st Ballynakill harbour, description of, (01) 124, (02) 210. —-— Echinoderms of, (02) 176. —~— Isopoda of, (04) II 37. -_— Molluscs and Brachiopods of, (02) 55. —— Nudibranchiata of, (01) 123, (02) 207. —— oyster culture experiments in, (02) 290. Bavleeia rubra, (02) 71. Barrel fish, see Rudder fish. Basanistes salmonea, (04) III 20. Bass, parasite of, (04) III 24. Bathyarca pectunculoides, (02) 82. Bathycopea typhlops, (04) II 12. Bathycuma, generic characters of, (04) I 17. —— byevivostrvis, (04) I 18. —— elongata, (04) I 18. Bathylagus atlanticus, (05) II 6. Bathypterois dubius, (05) II 25. Bathytroctes rostratus, (05) II 22, 27. Bela turricula, (02) 75. Belfast Lough, Foraminifera of, (05) TIT 10, Bentheuphausia amblyops, (04) V 18. —— sp., (02) 112, 141. Bentheuphausinae, sub-fam. nov., (02) 112. Benthosema Miillevi, (05) IT 23. ] Beroe ovata, (02) 5, (05) VII 15. Bibliography of Acanthephyra, (05) Li 26: —— of Amphipoda, (05) IV 36. ——of Fishes of Irish Atlantic Slope, (05) II 26. —-—— of Irish Copepoda, (04) III 30, (05) VI 37. —— of Pycnogonida, (04) IV 8. of Schizopoda, (02) 149, (04) W473 ——of Tracheloteuthis, (02) 98. Bipinnaria, (02) 5, (05) VII 15. Bittium reticulatum, (02) 72. Blackfish, (01) 75. —— Cornish, (01) 76. Black Pilot, see Blackfish. Bodotria pulchella, (04) I 14, 50. —— scorpioides, (04) I 13, 50. Bofin Harbour, description of, (01) 123, (02) 54. —— Echinoderms of, (02) 176. —— Isopoda of, (04) II 37. — — Molluscs and Brachiopods of, (02) 55. ——— Nudibranchiata of, (01) 123. Bolina norvegica, (02) 5, (05) VII 15. Bopyridae, larval, (04) II 56, 79. Bopyrina virbit, (04) II 54. Bopyrus squillarum, (04) II 54. Boreomysinae, sub-fam. nov., (02) 130. Boreomysis arctica, (02) 130, 147. 148, (04) V 45. —— —— parasite of, (04) II 78. —— megalops, (02) 147, (04) V 46. —— microps, (02) 130, 148, (04) V 6 46. —— subpellucida, (04) V 46. —— tridens, (02) 147, (04) V 45. Boveophausia inermis, (02) 137. Botachus cylindratus, (04) IIL 20. Boulenger, G. A., (02) 171. Brachycalanus, gen. nov., (02) 41. —— atlanticus, (02) 41, (05) VI 20. Brachyscelus crusculum, (05) IV 26. Brady, G. S., (04) III 4. Bradya typica, (04) III 6. Bradyanus avmatus, (05) VI 11. Bradyetes, gen. nov., (02) 31. Bradyetes inermis, (02) 32, (05) VI 1a Bradyidius aymatus, (01) 116, (02) 30ys(05)) VE ae i'd (90) ESO) rt " ; er? ate i 17, (AO) Of (20) aes | “4 07'(80) oe (Sh) are 7 | wee 5 (SO) em intge si NA as ys a. - — - y ° Ssizyo tithe Sa See! ey ‘toy P Mie a aia te pias 4 ot ‘ ' coabaees Vt ‘ » Vi (a0) v(t ages t i hal oars Sk (fas (88 | vil bu igaiows 50 ge tsarceys ' 0 ais stoi (20) a8 oy wale @ueGae roy -B. t% “Ht Re é tli +O) My ; on (tp : ae (10) 004 . yi rf aT, al p > a J APPENDIX, No. VII. INLAND FISHERIES. | i.—Report on the Artificial ee a of Salmonidae during the season of 1906-1907, by EK. W. L. Hor : ii.—Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries. iii.—Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators rela- tive to Salmon I isheries. ii—REPORT ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION CF SALMONIDAK DURING THE SEASON. OF 1906-1907 , BY Baw. LL, Hons: I estimate the number of fry turned down in the spring of 1907 at about 6,143,000 salmon, 508,000 white trout, and 344,000 brown trout. The brown trout estimate is, no doubt, below the actual figure, as it is probable that we do not hear of every small transaction in the propagation or importation of this fish. The salmon total comes within about 500,000 of that of the previous season, and is therefore in excess by about the same number of the total of any earlier year. As usual the exertions of Mr. Penrose and Mr. Godfrey at Lismore, and of Mr. FitzHerbert at Black Castle, are largely respon- sible for high figure of the aggregate. Some discrepancy between the items and the totals of brown trout in the two years dealt with in the table will be found to be due to transfers from hatchery to enlarging sta- tion, deduction being made in the totals for fry which appear in more than one place in the columns. Mr. F. C. Stenning, of the Munster Trout Farm, Innishannon, who is the chief agent in this country for the distribution of trout ova and fry, has been good enough to furnish us with an account of his transactions in such matters, which materially adds to the completeness of the return. In the salmon columns transfers from Rockmills, which is at present the only distributing station for salmon ova, have been deducted from the figure credited to that hatchery. In general the season seems to have been normal for both natural and artificial propagation, or in regard to the latter, of which the success depends upon the capture of spawners, rather on the favourable side. The severe weather of the early part of 1907 does not appear to have been accompanied by such drying of the rivers and streams as renders ova liable to damage by frost, and although Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906; VII, [Published, January, 1908}. [ 229 ] Q 2 VII. ’06. HATCHERY OR ENLARGING STATION, Brittas, Lough Dan, Newtownbarry, Inistioge,* Cahir,* Lismore,* Rockmills,* ... St. Ann’s, Inishannon, Skibbereen, Caragh Lake, Killorglin,* ... Killarney,* ... Muckross,* ... Ballinruddery, Adare, Kilronan, Lough Sheelin, Costello, Screebe,* Inver, Aasleagh, Ballysodare, Bundrowes, Belleek,* Glenties, Dunglow, Newtownstewart,” ... Kilrea,* Lough Neagh, Black Castle,* TOTALS, OUTPUT OF SALMON AND TrouT River System, Liffey, ... «- | Ovoca, Slaney, Nore, Suir, Cork Blackwater, ” ” Lee, | Bandon, eee Ten, Caragh, Laune, ” . | Cashen, Maigue, Shannon, Costello Sereebe, Galway Inver, Erriff, . Unshin, Drowes, ac Erne, Owenea, Dunglow, Foyle, “cc Bann, soe Boyne, see ee eS A All Salmon. | 1905-6. 1906-7. 95,000 45,000 | 137,000 137,000 140,000 24,000 2,033,000 2,120,000 244,000 250,000 | = = 35,000 42,000 (c)_ | | | | 150,000 148,000 - 65,000 129,000 otf 50,000 105,000 35,000 35,000 | 120.000 = | | ee, | = | —_ | | | = = | | 292,000 309,000 - 15,000 106,000 ots 65,000 75,000 " 65,000 150,000 x 336,000 215,000 r 38,500 69,000 692,000 800,000 Ae 560,000 469,000 w. | 1,660,250 843,000 | -—__--—_—————- ————e | 6,827,750 6,143,000 * The numbers credited to these hatcheries are [ 230 ] Fry in IRELAND, 1905-6 anp 1906-7. Leen eee aEEIEEE Ent pal | | Foreign Salmon. | White Trout. Brown Trout. =e | | Remarks. 1905-6. 1906-7. | 1905-6. | 1906-7. | 1905-6. 1906-7. | | | = | = == - _ 1,000 Yearlings from Ini- shannon. = = — — 6,000 _ | sant Vi a - — 5,000 - = = roe as A 4 | SA te a Lote | oo =e = | ae 2 ene | ee = = a ge | be [or ar ~ — ~ | — | 4,000 — | | Tz = = == 150,000(7)| 115,000(b) (a) 50,000 Lochievens. (b) 30,000 Lochlevens. 35,000(d), 35,0007) — — _ — (c) 7.000 from Rcck- | | mills, (d@) From | Weser. = — —— eo il — | 80,000(2), (¢) Lochlevens. 80,0000) — Sah 2 — | — | (d) From Weser. es on bail sine 12,000 a ° | { 30,000(2), 35,000(/) _ — | — _ (d) From Weser. Be Nh fas = = 100,000(/) 100,000(/)} C.F) 50,000 Lochleven | 1 cross, == kb aaa cee TN Bes 6,000 | = —- = ae 10,000 | 40,000 | From Inishannon. ~ | ~ 340,000 | 150,000 — = — = 65,000 | 100,000 As x ha alias 117,000 | 198,000 ~ i —- | — —- | — ~ _ (7) 27,000 from Roek- | | mills. 40,000(d), 40,006((/) _— ~ — _— | (d) from Weser. ~ | — -- —- | — _ | - | = 60,000 | 60,000 | _ 300(h)' (hk) Lochleven Year- lings from Inishan- non. — | — = ~— | — = | | = = — = 78,000( /:) 98,000(7), (k) From Howictoun, ' and Kilrea, (J). rom | Howietoun, Itchen, and Kilrea. —- | -- ere acy mm 12,000 - | | | il LE CE | | | 190,000 | 110,600 582,000 | 508,000 371,600 344,300 | | pa eR FE SE A . - based on estimates made by Officers of the Department. (Boles) VIT.’06. 6 hatchery work was prolonged by the lowness of the tempera- ture no damage seems to have been caused. Taking the hatcheries or enlarging stations in the order in which they appear ou the list, the following remarks may be made :— The mill reservoir at Brittas is in the hands of a private society and has hitherto been dependent for its supply on annual stocking, since neither affluents nor effluents are avail- able for natural propagation. In the case of private fisheries our functions are, of course, limited to inspection and advice, when demanded. Here it seemed possible, by diversion of waste water during the spawning period, to make a stream in which more or fewer of the impounded fish could spawn in the natural way. Work at the Lough Dan hatchery has been temporarily abandoned. A considerable number of trout of various ages and origins are being transferred from the rearing ponds to the Lough, whence, on passage next winter to the breeding streams, they will no doubt in some measure achieve the racial crossing for which they were intended. Mr. Archer hopes before long to be able to resume active control of the hatchery, and in the meanwhile the plant and ponds will be kept in good order. The difficulty of obtaining spawners for the hatchery at Newtownbarry on the Slaney has not yet been overcome. It was thought that works at Clohamon Weir might achieve the desired result, but a survey has shown that while the con- struction of a trap in the weir would be very costly, its efficiency would be extremely doubtful, and it is to be feared that extensive hatchery operations on the Slaney system are impossible at any place in which a local interest in such work has so far been manifested. The agreement respecting the establishment of a salmon hatchery at Carlow has been cancelled, owing to difficulties of management. The hatchery at Inistioge, on the Nore, is mainly dependent for its supply of ova on fish caught in the Arygal tributary by means of a trap, which was considered by the officials of the local Board of Conservators to offer some facilities for poach- ing. Major Hamilton, at the suggestion of the Department, at once caused the trap and appurtenances to be altered in such a way as to eliminate the possibility of poaching. Though Mr. Oliver and I, on inspecting the trap after alteration, considered that its efficiency might be improved by some slight structural modification, the poorness of the catch of this season seems to have been due to absence of water, since a fair number of fish were caught during the only two floods with which the Arygal was favoured. The water supply at the Cahir hatchery, situate on a tribu- tary of the Suir at Ballydavid, has been improved. A trap at the mouth of the Aherlow river is in process of construction, and the possibility of trapping the main river at Cahir Park is under consideration. [ 232 ] Ne ee VII ’06. 7 Lismore, perhaps the best equipped hatchery in the United Kingdom, continues to be worked with the most scrupulous care. The Department’s hatchery at Rockmills, on a tributary of the Cork Blackwater, has been considerably improved by the construction, in a part of the old mill-race which forms the hatchery, of stripping pounds and platform, which greatly facilitated spawning operations. The pounds are not yet per- fect, since it was found that the longitudinal partitions between the compartments reserved for the two sexes were not suff- ciently high to prevent nightly trespass on the part of the males. J was not previously aware that fish would leap obstacles running parallel to the course of the stream, but so they certainly did, and each morning during the stripping season it was necessary to re-sort the occupants left in the pens overnight. It was matter of remark that males, recal- citrant to the enforced performance of their devoir when first driven up to the stripping pens, were much more amenable to discipline after a night spent in proximity to the females, but this observation was not subjected to control experiments and must be taken for what it may be worth. Rockmills is, so far as I know, the only hatchery at which all the ova are dealt with ab initio in floating redds, and it would appear that we have still a good deal to learn before perfection in this method of culture is attained, since the lesses, both of ova and fry, seemed unduly great. In the light of Dr. Hein’s paper, published in a previous number of this series (Fisheries, Ireland, Sct. Invest., 1905, VIII. [1907]), I thought it advisable to make experiment in the enlarging of fry at a period considerably antecedent to the final disappearance of the yolk, selecting a time at which the alevins manifested a disposition to swim freely about the ‘* redds,”’ as if in search of food. Such transfers from ‘“‘redds’’ to natural grounds seemed perfectly successful 1f conducted with reasonable care, the little fish standing short transport wel! enough and disappearing as if by magic, when liberated, into the cover afforded by stones and weeds. A most painful ex- perience showed, however, that the proper conduct of trans- fers of fish of this tender age (about four weeks) cannot safely be entrusted to unskilled hands. The difficulty is that alevins still heavy with yolk have but little power of sustained loco- motion, and are therefore liable to suffocation if unduly crowded in a carrying vessel. The losses for which I am re- sponsible arose from my failure to impress upon the hatchery attendants, even by actual demonstration, a sense of the num- ber of fry which might safely be put in each carrying vessel pending my arrival to superintend the enlargement. with the result that I found the vessels stocked with a dense layer con- sisting, except as to its uppermost elements, of corpses. Others may be more successful in conveying their meaning to un- skilled assistants, but I do not recommend the experiment ; and unless a hatchery proprietor can command the services of [e3a: | VIL. ’06. 8 a trained attendant or is willing to personally supervise all the details of enlargement, it would seem best to leave the fry in the hatching boxes or redds until they are at least five weeks old. I must add that in the columns referring to the Rock- mills hatchery I have reduced the totals so as to exclude the losses to which | have just referred. In regard to the Munster Trout Farm at Innishannon, Mr. Stenning informs us that he was successful in transferring stock without loss to Rathlin Island, an operation which pro- bably covers the longest journey which can be achieved within the limits of Ireland. Jt appears that the Irish demand for rainbow trout has fallen to a degree at which operations in that species become negligible in their possible effects on the native kinds, and I understand, though from hearsay rather than from exact report, that on the Continent rainbows no longer enjoy the same appreciation as formerly even for strictly commercial culture. The Department has for some years supplied the little hatchery at Skibbereen with German ova, as being the most readily procurable. This year, at the request of the gentle- men interested, a few thousand Irish ova were also supplied. Mr. O’Shea seems to have, as usual, devoted great care to the hatchery. Operations, suspended during the previous season owing to a temporary defect in the water supply, were resumed at Caragh Iiake on the same scale as in former years. At Iullorglin the proprietors experienced the usual difficulty of getting stud fish in number at reasonable expense by net- ting in the main river. Negotiations for the construction of traps and holding ponds in tributaries were not carried through on account of the uncertainty of obtaining by this means enough fish to justify the costs of construction and watching, and IT may here remark that one of my greatest difficulties in advising the Department as to the establishment of a hatchery arises from want of local knowledge of the run of fish during the close season. The Department is again indebted to Mr. Finch Hatton for the care which he has devoted to the little hatchery at Ballin- ruddery on the Cashen. At Adare the scarcity of salmon in the Maigue and the in- cidence of floods during the spawning season prevented any operations in salmon culture, but the effect of operations in brown trout is reported to be most satisfactory, the yield of fish having increased in average size as well as in number. Nothing was done in the way of re-stocking the Suck at Castlerea, because no trout were procurable when required owing to an accident at the hatchery from which they were ordered. ‘The contribution promised by the Department re- mains available for next season. _ Since the first year’s work of the Tough Sheelin Associa- tion, in regard to both protection and artificial propagation, [ 234 ] VII. ’06. we was most satisfactory, the Department made for the past sea- son a larger grant in aid of the purchase of ova and also pre- sented the Association with the apparatus necessary for deal- ing with all the ova laid down, and the output of fry was in- creased four-fold. From Costello, where Mr. Laing has conducted the propa- gation of white trout for many years, it is reported that the past fishing season was the best on record, from which it would appear that the hatchery has done no harm. The fish, however, are said to have shown during the last few years a steady decrease in average size, which is locally attributed to the destruction of slats by the spring mackerel fishing. From another river, where (salmon) hatching operations are carried on extensively, I hear that during the present (1907) season peal are unusually numerous and unusually small, and that both conditions are attributed to the hatchery. The hatchery at Screebe was subjected to unusual circum- stances of temperature. ‘The water froze in the supply pipes, but the ova took no harm. Ova seem, in fact, to be immune from serious damage by low temperature, so long as they themselves escape the mechanical action of actual freezing. The spawners seem to have been larger than usual, reaching 12lbs. and even 20|bs., a fact which may or may not be due to hatching operations in previous years. The hatchery at Aasleagh was hardly ready for work during the past season, since exceptional floods did great damage during the process of construction. At Bundrowes the ova were placed in artificial gravel redds within 400 yards of the sea, whither the fry would seem lable to be carried by flood long before they have any business there. At Newtownstewart and Wilrea the development of the ova and fry was considerably retarded by low temperature, but no damage seems to have ensued. At Kilrea, where the hatching troughs are left uncovered, a species of Hydra (a minute fresh- water animal having the general appearance of a “‘ sea-ane- mone ’’) was found to be abundant on the ova. It appears to be quite harmless to ova and fry of Salmonidae, though dangerous to the tiny fry of such fishes as the roach. The Conservators of the Coleraine District have for some years taken steps to improve the Lough Neagh trout fishing by the importation of Lochleven ova and fry as well as by artificial propagation of the native trout, in both of which enterprises they have been aided by the proprietors of the Foyle and Bann fisheries, and by contributions from the De- partment. The arrangement under which the fry were kept in a tributary pending their transfer to the Lough have broken down, and as a temporary expedient the Department have entered into an agreement with Mr. Bernard Meenan and Mr. Hubert Webb for the construction of a pond in which the fry can be held until they are fit to be turned into the Lough. Sr: aS | Bangor, Unfavourable up to July; favourable | Favourable, =8 Pa oa | irom that to end of season. | | Ballina, Unfavourable, | Favourable, Sligo, | Fairly favourable, | Unfavourable in spring; favourable in } | summer. Ballyshannon, Favourable, Favourable, we aie a0 Letterkenny, | Very favourable, ae -% .. | Favourable during parts of the season ; most unfavourable during others. Londonderry, | Unfavourable, | Nothing unusual, .. “| i | | Coleraine, .. Unfavourable, Favourable in tidal waters ; unfavourable in upper waters. Ballycastle, Unfavourable, ote av 2 At times very unfavourable, .. afta 3 : j Dundalk, .. Favourable during early part of season, | Favourable, ate a ate ¢ Drogheda, but unfavourable towards the end. Favourable, 3% Favourable, on se oe of ConsEeRVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—conti nied. a a I EE LE PE I unfavourable in each month of the open season ? i ere sD Be Angling. Pas 8, aS le ae DISTRIOT. 1905. 1906. Unfavourable, Unfavourable, | Dublin. Unfavourable, Favourable in February, March, and | Wexford. April; unfavourable from May to 4 pe) August. | Unfavourable, except in the Spring, | Favourable during early part; unfavour- Waterford. } able afterwards. Favourable, February to May ; Unfavour- Favourable up to 12th May; unfayour- | Lismore. able, June ta September. able afterwards. Favourable on the whole, Only middling, | Cork. Favourable to May—then unfavourable, | Fayourable, except April, June, and July, | Cork \Bandou). which were very unfavourable. | Unfavourable, A | Favourable, | Skibbereen. | | Unfavourable, . Favourable, | Bantry. | j Favourable, , Favourable, except September, Kenmare. } Favourable, Favourable, . Waterville. Favourable, Unfavourable, or : . | Killarney. Favourable in Spring, - Favourable, | Limerick. Favourable, March to June. Unfavour- | Generally favourable, . | Galway. able, July and August. | Favourable, ue +» | Favourable, sr | Connemara, Unfavourable, o. - | Favourable, ie Ad | Ballinakil. Unfavourable up to July; favourable | Favourable, - | Bangor. from that on to end of season. Unfavourable, ae 50 Favourable, . | Ballina. | Unfavourable, as 30 Fairly good all round, : . | Slige. Unfavourable, - Not so favourable as for netting, Ballyshannon. Favourable, 5 Favourable during parts of the season; Letterkenny. most unfavourable during others. Unfavourable, ; Nothing unusual, ad Londonderry. Favourable to end of June ; from that on but unfavourable. Most unfavourable up to June; favourable balance of season. Unfavourable up to April, then fair and Favourable as a rule, subsequently very favourable. Favourable during early part of season, | Favourable, . oo unfavourable towards the end. Favourable, Favourable, [247 gl Coleraine. Ballycastle | Dundaik. . | Drogheda. | \ ] ee VIL. ’06. At what period of the year is Grilse first taken ? DISTRICT. ——— = = = = ; | 1905. 1906. 212 /s e : Dublin, cs | July, ss . | End of June, sie te Ere Wexford, .. 30 | June, A | From middle of June to August 1, pe Waterford, “7 | May, May and June, te 72 Ee Lismore, .. Se | April 9; > May 3, ts te 53 Cork > i | May, -| April, le WE >. Cork (Bandon), First week in June, .. ole Last week in May, .. aie a Skibbereen, | _-— August, ve 2 is oe Bantry, een] ouly, “fa a 33 July, A 50 as 404 Kenmare, .. ba June, ae | June, ee a ihe 4 Waterville, -. | July 5, ate ate as | June 25, .. ae ia 0 Killarney, End of May, - | About middle of May, we Rie Limerick, .. Ys | End of May, End of May, ce a6 A Galway, ~s | JUNE, May 7, ate ac 44 Connemara, June, ate 40 et June, aie eis ale ois Ballinakill, First week in June, .. Last week in June, .. c 36 Bangor, .. May, 53 a0) a May, a 28 ag oe Fallina, .. May, oe an a5 May, ate 36 aie “e Sligo, ie Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, .. Drogheda, About May 30, 54 End of June, as a June to August, 35 i May 23, ate af Last week of May, .. aie | ae end of May, .. aie _ July, ae "A | June, ae sts I In Ballysodare Division, May. In Sligo Division April 15. June, bi . 4 ¥ About June 5, a * 5 May 28, .. * in 5 June, 33 a a a Beginning of May, — a wii, te June, 40 oe ab oe 23 of CONSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued. a SE SS | During what months is the greatest quantity observed or taken ? eee ee z _ ew 5 DISTRICT. 1905. | 1906. | July, aS aie at ve | aiie Ar are ae .. | Dublin. June, ce As i of od Wexford. ’ May, ia sie as .. July and August, | Waterford. April 19, .. ie * .. | June and July, x 5 .. | Lismore. May, he aS ats .. | April and June. Only small quantity | Cork. taken. First week in June, .. nC 7.) jeoune: | Cork (Bandon). an. —— Skibbereen. July, =e oe Js Prey) chy “ite Ap Bie .- | Bantry. June, a we Ac -. | July, ae ae ake me Kenmare. July 5, ae 50 or .. | First two weeks in July, | Waterville. End of May, a8 He ae | oume: Ae af ots .. | Killarney. Bad of May, ae ate -. | June, . | Limerick. ; June, Ac an ae -- | June, Ar ar se .. | Galway. June, ay oe 50 .. | June and July, Ac ae ts | Connemara. First week in June, P, .. | End of June and first week in July, .. | Batlinakill. May, iva a ata ate | June and July, Ae Se .. | Bangor. May, Ae Be Pie -. | July, ate ate aS .. | Ballina. About May 30, A a, oc July sr ats as oe | Sligo. End of June, BC Ac Oe | Half of June and beginning of July, .. | Ballyshannon. June to August, ; | AUgUBt HN sr ae se ve | Letterkenny. EAU 255) | 56 UG ate ae | July, of ae sit .. | Londonderry. Last week of May, .. ee vs | July, ae ai a .. | Coleraine. Latter end of May, .. a we | co ag in June, and first two weeks in | Ballycastle. July, a3 be ‘. s | August, .. A ad .. | Dundalk. } June, ae is we -. | July, ata SE we .. | Drogheda. m2 VIT. 06, 24 | During what months are many Salmon taken with the Grilse, and are these Salmon © on an average heavier or lighter than at other periods ? DIsTRICT. 2 ee as" Le 2 eee | 1905. 1906. | | Dublin, .. -. | July. Heavier, a EZ -. June, July, ate ote Es | Wexiord, .. .. | June, July, August. Heavier, .. September. Heavier, ate xb Waterford -- | July and August. Generally lighter, .. July and August. Lighter, Lismore, .. .. | May and June, oe A= .- Middle of May to July 12. Heavier, :. 7 Cork, Ae -. | June and July. About average size, .. July. Same average weight, but not | } many taken. : | f Cork (Bandon), Early in July. Heavier, a .. | June. Somewhat heavier, .. is Skibbereen, -. | August. Lighter, .. | 50 .. | August. Heavier, .. rk oH Bantry, =. -. | June. Lighter, ds 4 .. dune. Heavier, oe ote re Kenmate, .. -. | June and July, ifs oe .. | June and July. Heavier, .. ide Waterville, +. | August and September. Rather lighter, | July and August. Rather lighter, Killarney, .. -. | End of May and beginning of June. On End of May and beginning of June. an average heavier. Heavier. Limerick, .. .. | May. Lighter, .. - .. | May. Lighter, it Me :: Galway, .. -. | June and July, ae as .. | June and July. Lighter, ae sie Connemara, rf July and August. About the same asin July and August. About the same as in other months. other months. Ballinakill, -- | Virst week in June. Somewhat heavier, End of June. Lighter, r a Rangor, .. -- | May and June. About the same, .. June. Heavier, but very few taken, .. Ballina, .. -- | June and July. Average, .. .. June. No, -e ae as Sligo, a -. | June, July, and early in August. Heavier, April and May. Heavier, .. sh Ballyshannon, -. | From June on, 36 ae .. | July, we Ae wed ld Letterkenny, | June and July. Heavier, .. .. June 15 to July 15. Much heavier, .. Londonderry, -. | June, July, and August, aa .. | June, July, and August, af alé } | Coleraine, .. -. | July. Weight about same as in other | July and August. About the same as in months. other months Ballycastle, -. | Heavy Salmon ran in April and towards Heavy Salmon ran in the beginning of : the end of the season. the season, and a still heavier class run | : at the very end of the season. Dundalk, . -. | July and August. Lighter, .. .. | July and August. Lighter, .. ar Drogheda. a | July. Lighter, Sr. - .. | July. Lighter, Be, ae sie tr Se ee [ 250 ] Lo Or of CoNsERVATORS relative to SALMON FIsHERIES— continued. ST EE SP TS SE ET ES LS Tn what months are the greatest quantities of Salmon (not Grilse) taken ? 1905. June, May, , February to May, February, March, and April, February, March, and April, .. March and April, August and September. June, July, Tebruary, March, and April, February, March, and April, April and May, | March, April, and May, q July to October, i q May, April and May, ect fe f May and June, f January to March, Sligo Division. June in Ballysodare Division. ‘May, July and August, July and August, .. > May and June, x From beginning of season to May 1. | and from middle of July to end of season. March, April, and May, April and May, May 15 to June 15, .. April and May, March, April, and May, February to May 12, March and April, March and April, August and September, June, July, as a6 February, March, and April, . February, March, and April, .. April and May, March, April, andtMay, July to October, June, April and May, During the spring months, Mareh, Sligo January to Division. DISTRICT. Dublin. Wexford. Waterford. Lismore. Cork. | Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. | Limerick. .- | Galway. Connemara. - | Ballinakill. April and May in Ballysodare Division May, July and August, July and August, July and August, rom beginning of season to first week in May, and from the middle of July to end of season. March, April, and May, April and May, Bangor. Ballina, Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Londonderry. | Coleraine. iBallycastle- Dundalk. Drogheda. VIL. 06. 26 SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS DISTRICT. Dublin, Wexford, .. Waterford, Lismore, Cork, Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, Bantry, Kenmare, .. Waterville, Killarney, .. Limerick, .. Galway, Connemara, Ballinakill, Bangor, Ballina, Sligo, Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, .. Ballycastle, Dundalk, .. Drogheda, Can it be ascertained what proportion the capture of Grilse bears to the capture of Salmon ? | a een About 8 to 1, About 3 to 1 =: a ac About 1 to 3, About 1 to 3, = =a ~F About 1 to 10, A very small proportion, rie pe it No, No, No. Put more Salmon are taken, No, o aa ° “ Equal on Ballinahinch and Screebe; J to 3 on other fisheries. 6 to 1, a5 aie 3f 4 to 1, No, but best Grilse more numerous than Salmon. Sligo, 3 to 1; Ballysodare, 4 to 1, Erne, 1 to 2; other rivers Grilse more numerous than Salmon. 5 tol, a se ee The majority of fish taken are Grilse, .. | 2 tol, Not ascertaine2, oc BP ae No, Salmon far exceed Grilse in numbers, . No. But more Salmon are taken, Ae About 1 to 4, a tod. Vee a ily He 20 to 1, S is 9 to 1, ifs 1 to 4, : “5 2 to 1, é we 2 ae 5 to 1, z i el t 9 to 2, 4,- we Equal on Ballinahinch and Screebe ; 1 to 3 on other fisheries. ; 8 to 1, wa ee ee ee 6 to l, a ee Ws No, 57 ae S we No. But Salmon more numerous than Grilse. 5 to 3. as ee ee ee 6 to 1, aye oe fs ae No. But the majority of fish taken are Grilse. Sea fisheries, 180 to 1. Inland, 10 to 1, Not ascertained, = ie to No, =e bes Be oo More Salmon than Grilse are taken, .. a EE 27 of CONSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued. Is there any increase in the average size of Spring Salmon or Grilse ? Give average weight of Salmon and Grilse in the season of this year, as far as practicable. | | = Spring Salmon, 11 Ibs. ; Grilse, 4 lbs., .. | Spring Salmon, smaller ; salmon, 12 Ibs. ; | Tilse, 6 lbs. No general increase, but some large fish up to 46 lbs. taken. Salmon, 12 to 14 lbs. ; Grilse, 4 to 6 lbs. Salmon, 10 to 17 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 to 7 lbs., Yes. Salmon, 10 Ibs.; Grilse, 3 lbs., .. Yes, in Salmon, but notin Grilse. Salmon 15 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 Ibs. ' No. Salmon, 8 lbs., | Salmon, 12 Ibs. ; Grilse, 5 Ibs., Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., No. Salmon, 11 Ibs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. No. Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. Slight improvement in Salmon and Grilse. Salmon, 16} lbs.; Grilse, 5} Ibs. Slight improvement n Salmon. Salmon, 142 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs. we ct DISTRIOT. 1906. Spring Salmon, 11 Ibs. ; Grilse, 5 Ibs., .. Dublin. Salmon, 12 Ibs. ; Grilse, 5 to 8 lbs., Wexford. Average size maintained. Salmon, 12 to Waterford. 15 lbs. ; Grilse, 3 to 6 lbs. Yes, in Salmon. Salmon, 7 to 40 lbs.; Lismore. Grilse, 3 to 7 Ibs. Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 3 lbs., Cork. Yes. Salmon, 15 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .. Salmon, 8 lbs. ; Grilse, 3 lbs. .. Salmon, 15 Ibs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs., No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 1bs., No. Size about average. Salmon, 164 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs. Salmon, 13% lbs. ; Grilse, 6+ lbs., Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. | Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. | Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. Limerick. . | Galway. | No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 7 lbs. .. Salmon, 9} lbs. ; Grilse, 7 Ibs., Connemara. | Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., Salmon, 11 Ibs. ; Grilse, 6} Ibs., Ballinakill. aa ee Salmon, 9 lbs; Grilse, | Salmon, 9 lbs. ; Grilse, 5} Ibs., 6 Bangor. | a | No. Salmon, 10} lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., .. | Salmon, 10} lbs.; Grilse, 63 lbs., . | Ballina. | Paes 6 to 18 or 20 lbs.; Grilse, 2 to Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, 64 lbs., .- | Sligo. B. | No. Salmon, 16 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .. | Salmon, 16 lbs. ; Grilse, 54 lbs., Ballyshannon. Slightly on the increase, ats ony) ohn general size of Salmon is increasing Letterkenny. yearly. ; Grilse, 6, to 7 lbs., .. xe iP | No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 6} lbs.,.. | No. Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, 64 lbs., .. | Londonderry. No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .. | Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., Coleraine. } | Probably none. Salmon, 9 to 18 lbs.; Probably none. Salmon, 9 to 20 Ibs.; | Ballycastle. Grilse, 4} to 7 Ibs. Grilse, 44 to 7 lbs. No. Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse 8 Ibs., .. | Salmon, 14 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs., Dundalk. Salmon, 15 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lIbs., | No. Salmon, 15 Ibs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. | Drogheda. VII. ’06. 28 SUBSTANCE OF REpoRTs received from CLERKS Has any sign of disease been observed among the Salmon during the year ? liso, describe it, and state if it has prevailed to any extent, and where ? DISTRICT. : pi = : | 1905. 1906. Dublin, .. .. | No, - " " a5 AGN: me ? < esi Wexford, .. rele (ot 33 AP Ae a ENO y- oe Ae oi Waterford, .. | Yes, on the Barrow at Carlow, during | No, se He on oe ' January, when the Salmon were | numerous, at the weir. The disease | } : was diagnosed as Saprolegnia. | / Lismore, .. -- | No, oe $c 5s . | No, =r J@ ae oe | | | Cork a = }|| NO: A be ms -= || aN, a me ae aa } | Cork (Bandon), sz I|\ ZNO, a — Sie ce | No, a =. a ss i Skibbereen, ..| No, re ae ne oa a NOS Ac Ae 30 aA | Bantry, .. ol ONO; Ae AS ate Se HNO: ae 4c ae te | Kenmare .. =| No, ae a Ae se || No; AG ae ae nl Waterville, ne NO, ate ae = sel NOs ie 32 a ss | Killarney, .. | No, ae 32 ie oie) | INO; - “ ve ef Limerick, .. ae | No, se AG as Sei dN, ee yr oe an Galway, .. “= | No, Se ac 5- ola | NOS a mie es we Connemara, ee || NO} oF. ae Se ee No, Se a, es Ae | | | Ballinakill, .. | No, es s ee 2) ae, + A. oR os Bangor .. Se NO, Ac we 5 =») | ONO; 5: ata <5 ela Ballina, .. 15a eS oie ae ae -» | No, aie ae ee oe Sligo, aie .. | Yes, a few diseased fish, ate ae | No, “i ae Ac ee Ballyshannon, yeni NOs 5 Sc ne ae INO; ne ae s- AD Letterkenny, ze, | INO; +4 40 34 se ING; oF AA ae os Londonderry, oan Os ae Ss == Fidel ex fos ae ae ae = Coleraine, oo | No, ae oa ate oe | IO, we ale a ee Ballycastle, ae) 1 NOs a ue “2 == NO; a Ae pENO; 4 fs or of i es ne Have there been any cases of poisoning the rivers in the District ? Tf so, give particulars of the different cases, and if by Lime, Spurge, or Flax Water. 1905. 1906. One alleged case at Island Bridge, River Liffey, by discharge oi creosote. No, ~=2 — = = - One case in River Liffey at Island Bridge, No, ae as cs + A few by lime or chloride of lime, None reported, ~ a 6 No, No, aie aot ot I xan wp No, One case by spurge in River Sullane. Four fish killed. No, = No, Be 2 oe st | Yes, several, | One case of the use of dynamite, 55 One case in Coomhola River by spurge, Two cases in River Roughty by spurge, No, No, Thiee cases—two by lime at Rathkeale, and Abbeyfeale, and one by spurge at Duagh. No proved cases, but there is a deleterious discharge from a factory at Galway. No, ate ee No, Alleged case of use of dynamite at Bally- sodare. No, [ 256 ] No, 56 a5 oo oe | Two cases of poisoning by spurge in River Sheen, and one case in River Slaheny. No, Ac ie All rivers, Ay aie ate Derreen district and Sneem river, All rivers, oe 4c AG None, fe AS — As Main river (part) and Mulkear, Tributaries of Clare and Oughterard rivers. Ballinahinch, Inver, Gowla, Screebe, and Costello. None, Ac a aie ole None ee 4¢ ae ae Moy and its main tributaries, 54 All rivers, 46 ae Ste Erne and tributaries, and Bundrowes, .. Swilly and Clady, .. Ac. ss None, se «ie oe sis All rivers, i se ee Ballycastle and Bush, = ee All rivers, ae oe ee All rivers, ad = oe Main rivers and some of their tributaries, Main river and some of its tributaries, | None, sy ats “3 sie None, 4 “4 43 avs Ten, ac ele = ~ None, 35 fe an 4 All rivers, .. ae s° dn | All rivers, .. ote aie 42 None, ne a ate ae Main river and some of its tributaries, especially the Suck, Brosna, and Boyle Oughterard and Clare-Galway Rivers, .. None, ae Sc 35 Se All rivers, .. 5c =r) ale All rivers, .. Bs Be ae The main rivers, a 3 55 No information on account of floods, .. Erne and tributaries and Bundrowes, .. All rivers, .. ee ee ee All rivers, .. 3 oa oe None, te a as oe Probably in Bush, .. ae oe None, Sy on ae op None, ate oe oe a z Pe ee of CONSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—conlinwerd. In what Rivers has the quantity decreased ? | DISTRIOT, 1905 1906. Bray, ate ee 5c | None, a AC 50 Dublin. Urrin and Blackwater, OG None, at ae ate Wexford. Tn the higher tributaries generally, Some of the tributaries owing to un- | Waterford. favourable weather. Ali the tributaries, .. ae Some of the tributaries, viz., Bride, Allow, | Lismore. Clyda, Finisk, and Ross. | None, rs 2 Y. None, 50 ae AP | Cork. None, ic None, | Cork (Bandon). No information, None, ac 3c Sheen and Blackwater, None, a All rivers, ae we All tributaries, oe All other rivers, ee Skannive and Doohulla, 403 oe Culfin and Dawros, .. ae ee Tributaries ot Carrowmore Lake, ae Rathfran, Easky, Pulaheeny, and one tributary of Moy. None, wa None, oc aie None, Es as All rivers, None, a None, . “- o* a | None, None. ce es ere te, | None, ae 50 aie ae None, AG ee eo None, ae AG eo sc Some of the upper tributaries, Hc All rivers, .. None, ate ve None, ae as OC as None, ore ae ae ote Camlin, Killimer, and Inny, .. Abbert, Grange, and some minor rivers, No information on account of floods, .. None, ae aye oo None, a\ are avo None, 36 aie Ac se None, Ac AIC None, _ All rivers, bis re [ 259 ] Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. Limerick. Galway. Connemara. Ballinakill. Bangor. Ballina. | Sligo. Ballyshannon Letterkenny. Londonderry Coleraine. Ballycastle. Dundalk, Drogheda. VII. 06. 34 SuBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS a a_ EEEEEELIIIEEE RTT Was the state of the rivers favourable or unfavourable to spawning, and to the | protection of spawning, and spent fish, and young fry ? DISTRICT. Dublin, Wexford, .. Waterford, Lismore, .. Cork, Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, Bantry, .. Kenmare, .. Waterville, Killarney, Limerick, .. Galway, Connemara, Ballinakill, Bangor, Ballina Sligo, oe Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, .. Drogheda, 1905. 1906. Liffey favourable. Bray unfavourable, Slaney Boro, and Bann favourable. Urrin and Blackwater unfavourable. Generally favourable in main rivers, as fish were prevented from entering dangerous tributaries. Favourable to protection of fish Fairly favourable, Liffey fairly favourable. Bray and Wick- low unfavourable. Favourable in all rivers, a ee Generally favourable. Owing tc low water most spawning took place in the main rivers. Favourable in all rivers, ihe _ Lee and Sullane favourable, .. Early Winter unfavourable to run of spawners—later favourable. Very favourable, Favourable to spawning and protection, laveurable, Very favourable for spawning, os Generally favourable, ate ie Unfavourable tospawning ; spawners and spent fish fairly well protected. Generally favourable oC, Ss Favourable, Very favourable, Favourable to all, Very favourable for spawning, Favourable for spawning and spent fish ; low water unfavourable for fry. Generally favourable, oA 50 Very favourable in all rivers owing to high water. Favourable, Most favourable owing to high water, and mild weather. Favourable owing to high water, a5 Favourable in all rivers, Py 30 Favourable generally, Favourable. Owing te low water most spawning took place in the main rivers. | Very favourable in the Hen, .. ie Favourable in all rivers, we Sie | Favourable in all rivers, 43 He | : : | Very favourable in all rivers. A most | successful spawning season. / Favourable, Ae os s. ! Favourable for spawning and for protec- | tion of fish. | Unfavourable during early part of spawn- | ing season owing to low water, but — improved later. Favourable in all rivers, ee ate | Very favourable in all rivers, .. 30 Favourable in all rivers, ave ais Favourable in December, és = Favourable, ate Ae ai Favourable, aes ats Bi Tavourable, i ai om Favourable in early part of spawning season; not so favourable later owing to low water. Favourable, except in Kells River and Sixmilewater. Very favourable, An “s oe | Favourable owing to high water, o¥ | Favourable, of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FiIsHERIES—continued. Any particular observations ? AT Low water kept spawners out of the smaller rivers. Unusual absence of floods during spawn- ing season. = Salmon lad- der. id of May, .. | Black, Erne, .. | Above falls, 18th April, == ne, ae | Do., Drowes, .. | Above bridge, June, == dd of May, .. | Black, ai May, .. Black, = — — — a | = June, at ablack, — = } — = Owenea, .. | ~- | 1st Feb., — Bann, .. | Carnroe, .. | 8th May, Black, Do., .. Loughbeg, .. | 20th June, Do., May, ..| White, | Bann, .. | Garnroe, .. | 6th May, | Black, une, .. Do., Do., .. Loughbeg, .. | 18th June, Do., Dee, .. | Whitemills, | 10th Aug.,| Black, | Glyde, .. | Maplestown 15th Aug.,| Do., Bridge. | Fane, .. | Channonrock, Do., | Do. Castletown, ee Do., Do., ill. Shimna, .. NorthofCastle| Do., Do., Bridge. Boyne and | = May and = tributaries. | June. | Do., | Date. End of May, 20th July, End of June, Do., Ist May, 15th August. 8th June, 30th June, ist September, Do., 10th September Do., Do., DISTRICT, Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Coleraine. Dundalk, Drogheda. Notr.—The references expressed in Roman numerals are to the separate numbers of ‘‘ Scientific Investigations, 1906,” to which the divisions of this appendix correspond. The Arabic numerals which follow refer to the pagination of each number. The Arabic numerals in square brackets refer to the con- tinuous pagination of the appendix, at foot of each page. iat Acartia Clausi, II 87 [103]. Aegisthus mucronatus, II 91 [107]. Aetideopsis multiserrata, It 29 [45]. Aetideus aymatus, II 28 [44]. Giesbrechti, II 29 [45]. tenuirvostris, II 28 [44]. Alepocephalidae, V 28 [166]. Alepochephalus, table of species, V 30 [168]. —— Giardi, V 36 [174]. —— macropterus, V 42 [180]. —- fosiwatus, V 32 [170]. Aleposomus socialis, V 48 [186]. Amallophora echinata, I1 52 [68]. -— magna, II 51 [67]. obtusifrons, II 54 [70]. typica. Il 47 [63}. Anomalocera Patersoni, 11 87 [103]. Argyropelecus Olfersi, V 54 [192]. Arietellus pavoninus, II 82 [98]. plumifer, II 82 [98]. —— simplex, IT 82 [98]. sp., II 82 [98]. Ascidia depressa, III 11 [129]. —— mentula, III to [128]. —— —— var. vava, III 10 [128]. var. vuberrima, III f0 [128]. —— —— var. rubrotincta, III 10 [128]. plebeia, III 10 [128]. Ascidiella aspersa, III 8 [126]. scabra, III 8 [126]. —— venosa, III 8 [126]. virginea, III 8 [126]. Augaptilus anceps, II 79 [95]. angustus, II 77 [93]. —— brevicaudatus, Il 73 [89]. —— bullifer, II 75 [91]. —— clongatus, II 71 [87]. —— facilts, II 73 [89]. —— filigerus, II 77 [93]. —— fungiferus, II 77 [93]. —— gibbus, II 75 [91]. —— horvidus, Il 78 [941. laticeps, 11 724188}. —— longicaudatus,*11 78 [94]. * —— magnus, II 77 [93]. —— megalurus, IT 80 [96]. Augaptilus nodifrons, 11 72 [88]. —— palumbor, II 75 [or]. —— Rattrayi, II 78 [94]. —— similis, II 75 [gr]. —— truncatus, II 75 [or]. B. Bathygadus melanobranchus, V 57 [195]. Bathypontia elongata, II 87 [103]. Bathytroctes proscopus, V 45 [183]. —— rosiratus, V 45 [183]. Bibliography of Copepoda, II 08 [114]. —— of scientific publications of the Fisheries Branch, VI 3 [203]. 7 O1) bunicates, Aero. fre): Birds destroying eel fry, VIII 4 [263]. Bottom deposits of Larne Lough, PV, Sehrar i: —— —— method of sifting, IV 4 (e032): Buchanan-Wollaston, H. J., III 3 [121]. Byrne, L. W., V 3 frail. C. Calanus finmarchicus, II 20 [36]. —— gracilis, II 20 [36]. —— helgolandicus, II 20 [36]. —— hyperboreus, II 20 [36]. —— princeps, II 21 [37]. Calocalanus stylivemis, II 22 [38]. Candacia gracilimana, IT 85 [101]. —— tmnermis, Il 85 [101]. —— norvegica, II 85 [101]. -—— obtusa, II 85 [101]. —— rvotundata, II 85 [101]. Centropages hamatus, IT 59 [75]. typicus, II 58 [74]. Cephalophanes refulgens, I1 49 [65]. Cetochilus helgolandicus, II 20 [36}. —— septentrionalis, II 20 [36]. Chividiella macrodactvla, I1 46 [62]. Chiridius armatus, II 30 [46]. [ 271 ] Chividius gracilis, II 30 [46]. Poppet, I1 30 [46]. tenuispinus, II 32 [48]. Chirundina angulata, Il 37 [53]. Streetst, II 37 [53]. Ciona intestinalis, III 11 [129]. Clausocalanus arcuicornts, I1 28 (44). |. Clavelina lepadiformis, III 11 [129]. savigniana, III 11 [129]. Clytemnestra rostrata, II 91 [107]. Collecting, methods of, II 3 [19], V 4 [142]. Conaea vapax, II 96 [112]. Copepoda, bibliography of, II 98 [114]. of the Irish Atlantic Slope, II 3 [19], 10 [26]. Corella parallelogramma, III 7 [125]. Corina granulosa, II 97 [113]. Cornucalanus chelifer, Il 49 [65]. magnus, II 49 [65]. Cottunculus Thomsont, V 60 [198]. torvus, V 60 [198]. Crystallogobius sp., V 59 [197]. Ctenocalanus vanus, II 28 [44]. Cynthia echinata, III 4 [122]. Cyttosoma Helgae, V 59 [197]. D. Disseta palumbot, II 67 [83]. Distribution of Alepocephalus, V 35 [173], 41 [179], 43 [181]. of Bathytroctes, V 47 [185]. of Copepoda, II 5 [21], 10 [26]. of Doliolum, I 3 [3]. of Eel fry, VIII 6 [264]. of Plankton, I 3 [3], II 5 of Pyrosoma, 1B ys irs]. of Salpa, I 8 [8]. of Scorpaenidae, V 5 [143], [155], 25 [163], 28 [166]. of Xenodermichthys, V [188]. Doliolum denticulatum, I —— sp., I 7 [7]. —— initonts, I 3 [3]. [21]. 50 3 [3]. E. Eel fry, reports relating to, VIII 3 [262], 6 [264]. Eucalanus attenuatus, II 22 [38]. crassus, II 22 [38]. elongatus, II 21 [37]. Euchaeta acuta, II 40 [56]. —— armata, II 30 [46]. as ae barbata, II 40 [56], 41 [57], 43 [59]. —— bisinuata, II 45 [621. norvegica, II 40 [56]. —— porrecta, II 41 [57]. bo Euchaeta quadrata, II 43 [59]. rubicunda, II 44 [60]. Sarsi, II 41 [57]. Scotti, II 42 [58]. tonsa, II 44 [60]. Euchirella cavinata, Il 37 [53]. curticauda, II 38 [54]. —— galeata, II 37 [53]. —— maxima, II 38 [54]. messtnensis, IL 37 [53]. obtusa, II 40 [56]. vostvata, I1 38 [54]. W olfendent, II 38 [54]. Eugyra glutinans, III 4 [122]. F, Faroella multiserrata, II 29 [45]. Fatran, G. P), I°3 [31, Tie Fishes, bibliography of, V 60 [198]. —— of the Atlantic Slope, V 3 [141]. Food fishes, qualities of, V 6 [144], a2 [170 Forbesella tesselata, III 4 [122]. Formaline, action of, on pigments of fishes, V 4 [142}. G, Gaetanus Caudant, II 35 [51]. Holti, 11 36 [52]. —— Kruppi, II 36 [52], latifrons, Il 36 [52]. longispinus, II 36 [52]. —— major, II 36 [52]. —— miles, II 36 [52]. minor, II 37 [53]. —— pileatus, II 35 [51]. Gaidius affinis, II 32 [48]. boreale, II 32 [48]. notacanthus, II 33 [49]. parvispinus, II 34 [50]. tenuispinus, Il 32 [48]. validus, II 32 [48]. Gargilius sp., V 58 [196]. Geology of Larne district, IV [131], 5 [133]. Gough, G. C., TV 3 fa3ai- Green, C., VI 3 [203]. Ty Halargyveus affinis, V 58 [196]. Haloptilus acutifrons, Il 68 [84]. fons, II 69 [85]. tenuis, II 68 [84]. longicornis, II 67 [83]. Hatcheries, see Salmon hatcheries. Helicolenus dactylopterus, V 9 [147]. madervensis, V 9 [147]. Heterocalanus medtus, II 21 [37]. Heterochaeta abyssalis, II 65 {81]. Hetevorhabdus abyssalis, II 65 [81]. brevicaudatus, II 67 [83]. grandis, II 67 [83]. Grimaldi, IL 66 [82]. longicornis, II 67 [83]. norvegicus, II 65 [81]. vobustus, II 65 [81]. spinifrons, II 65 [81]. vipera, II 65 [81]. olenbs WW. L.,.V 3 [Earl wr > [220], VILE 262k Hydra on salmon eggs, VII 9 [235]. 1 Index to Scientific Publications of the Fisheries Branch, 1901- 1905, VI 3 [203]. L. Laemonema latifyons, V 58 [196]. Larne Lough, bottom deposits of, EV 2 heat |: Foraminifera of, IV 5 lesser: district, Ascidians of, III [raul description of, IV 3 [131]. Leuckartia grandis, II 61 [77]. Lophothrix frontalis, II 58 [74]. securifrons, Il 57 [73]. Lubbockia brevis, Il 96 [112]. Lucicutia atlantica, Il 62 [78]. curta, II 64 [80]. flavicornis, II 64 [80]. gracilis, II 62 [78]. grandis, II 61 [77]. longiservata, II 64 [80]. —— lucida, II 62 [78]. magna, II 62 [78]. maxima, II 61 [77]. Lyconus brachycolus, V 57 [195]. Os M. Macrocalanus longicornis, II 21 [37]. princeps, II 21 [37]. Megacalanus Bradyi, II 21 [37]. longicornis, II 21 [37]. princeps, II 21 [37]. Melamphaes megalops, V 59 [197]. Mesorhabdus annectens, Il 67 [83]. brevicaudatus, II 67 [83]. Methods of collecting Copepoda, II 3 [19]. fishes, V 4 [142]. of preserving fishes, V 3 [141]. of sifting bottom deposits, IV 4 [132]. Metridia brevicauda, II 60 [76]. —— lucens, II 60 [76]. Normani, II 60 [76]. —— princeps, II 61 [77]. venusta, II 60 [76]. Microcalanus sp., II 28 [44]. Microsetella rosea, 11 91 [107]. Microstoma sp., V- 53 [191]. Mimocalanus, gen, nov., Il 22 [38]. —— cultrifer, I1 23 [39]. —— nudus, II 24 [40]. Molgula echinosiphonica, I11 4 [122]. voscovita, III 4 [122]. simplex, III 3 [121]. Monstrilla longicornis, I1 91 [107]. Mormonilla atlantica, II 88 [104}. minor, II 88 [104]. —— phasma, II 88 [104]. —— polaris, II 88 [104]. N. Norway haddock, see Sebastes norvegicus. Notacanthus rostratus, V 57 [195]. Oy Oithona plumifera, IL 89 [105]. similis, 11 88 [104]. Oncaea, key to the genus, II 95 eeeap conifeva, Il 92 [108]. exigua, II 93 [109]. mediterranea, II 92 [108]. minuta, II 92 [108]. —— notopus, II 92 [108]. obscura, II 94 [110]. ornata, II 92 [108]. —— subtilis, Il 92 [108]. Onchocalanus chelifer, II 49 [65}. cristatus, II 49 [65]. — hirtipes, II 49 [65]. tvigoniceps, II 49 [65]. Oneivodes megaceros, V 60 [198]. Oxycalanus, gen, nov., II 25 [41]. —_— spinifer, II 25 [41]. P. Pavacalanus parvus, II 22 [38]. Paralepis pseudocoregonoides, V 55 [193]. ' Paraugaptilus Buchani, 11 82 [98]. Parotthona, gen. nov., II 89 [105]. —— parvula, II 89 [105]. Perophora Listeri, III 12 [130]. Phaenna spinifera, Il 47 [63]. Phyllopus bidentatus, II 83 [99], 84 [100]. —— Helgae, II 83 [99]. —— impar, II 84 [100]. Physical observations in relation to plankton, II 6 [22]. Plankton, distribution of, I 3 [3], EP. 6 2 Fer |: —— methods of collecting, II 3 [19]. Plectromus megalops, V 59 [197]. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Il 61 [77]. Plévomamma gracilis, IL 61 [77]. —— vobusta, II 61 [77]. —— *xtphias, II 61 [77]. Polycarpa comata, III 5 [123]. —— —— var. nux, III 6 [124]. —— glomerata, III 5 [123]. —— pomaria, III 7 [125] Pontoptilus abbreviatus, II 81 [97]. —— muticus, II 81 [97]. Preserving fishes, methods of, V 3 [141]. Pristiuvus murinus, V 51 [189]. Pseudaetideus armatus, IL 30 [4. . —— multiserrata, IL 29 [45]. Pseudeuchaeta brevicauda, i 31 [47]. Pseudocalanus aymatus, It 28 [44]. ——— elongatus, II 28 [44]. Pyvrosoma excelstor, I 15 [15]. —— spinosum, I 15 [15]. R. Raia bathyphila, V 51 [189]. ——— BPs W SS TTOU: Red bream, see Scorpaena daciy- loptera, Rhincalanus nasutus, II 22 [38]. S. Salinity, observations of, in relation to Copepoda, II 6 [22]. Salmon, artificial propagation of, VIT 3 [2209]. —— eggs with growth of Hydra, VII 9 [235]. fisheries, reports of Clerks of Conservators on, VII 13 2391. —— ——-— statistics of, VII 10 [236]. ao fry, precautions to be observed in transporting, VII 7 [233]. —— hatcheries, — Vil 54 a{230], 6 La Salmonidae, artificial propagation of, VII 3 [220]. Salpa asymmetrica, 1 13 [13]. ——— confoederata, I 10 [10]. ——— cordiformis-zonaria, 1 14 [14]. —— democratica-mucronata, I 8 [8]. —— fustformis, I 11 [11]. —— mucronata, I 8 [8]. —— runcinata-fusifovmis, I 11 [11]. —— stutigera-confoederata, I 10 [10]. _—— spinosa, I 8 [8]. —— zonaria, I 14 [14]. Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, I 51 [67]. Scolecithricella dentata, II 51 [67]. minor, II 51 [67]. —-— ovata, II 51 [67]. Scolecithrix chelifer, II 49 [65]. —-— cristata, II 51 [67]. —— echinata, II 52 [68]. Scolecithrix emarginata, IL 34 [70]. —— globiceps, Il 54 [7o]. ——gracilipes, II 52 [68]. —— magna, II 51 [67]. —— obtusifrons, II 54 [7o]. —— persecans, II 58 [74]. —— robusta, II 57 [73]. —— securifrons, II 57 [73], 58 [74]. —— valida, II 55 [71]. Scopelus Humboldt. V-55 Prost —— sp:, V''s5' [193]: Scorpaena cristulata, V 6 [144], 20 [158]. —— dattyloptera, V 5 [143], 9 [147]. —— echinata, V 20 [158]. —— scrofa, V 6 [144], 26 [164]. Scorpaenidae, characters of, V 5 _ [143], 63 [207]. —— distribution of, V 5 [143]. Scottocalanus acutus, II 57 [73]. —— persecans, II 58 [74]. —— securifrons, II 57 [73]. Sebastes dactyloptera, V 7 [145], 9 Me ee —— imperialis, V 9 [147]. —— marinus, V 5 [143], V 7 [145]. —— norvegicus, V 7 [145]. —— viviparus, V 7 [145]. Sprnocalanus abyssalis, II 27 [43]. magnus, II 27 [43]. —— spinosus, II 27 [43]. Statistics of salmon fisheries, VII 10 [236]. Sternoptyx diaphana, V 54 [192]. Stvelopsis grossularia, III § [123]. a: Temora longicornis, II 59 [75]. Temoropia mayumbaensis, Il 59 [75]. Townets, description of various, IL 3 [19]. Trout, artificial propagation of, VIT 3 [229], 9 [235]. | Bf Fisheries and _ Biology Association, IV 3 [131]. Undeuchaeta major, 11 37 [53]. —— minor, II 37 [53]. obtusa, II 40 [56]. Undinella’ brevipes, Il 50 [66]. —— oblonga, Il 50 [66]. Ulster Wi Valdiviella insignis, II 45 [61]. X, NXanthocalanus chelifey, 11 49 [65]. —— cristatus, II 49 [65]. —— Greeni, II 48 [64]. —— pinguis, II 48 [64]. typicus, II 47 [63]. Xenodermichthys soctalis, V 48 [186]. | 204] (20047), Wt. 27737. 11. 1908. 1000,- a T. & Co, (Ltd.). 0 PARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. DUBDIN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICKH. JOO SHOWA es “Ta ate II. EET. IV. vi. VI. WELT: VIII. IX. CONTENTS. The Cephalopoda Dibranchiata of the coasts of Ireland, by Anne L. Massy, Plates I to IIT, The Pteropoda and Heteropoda of the coasts of Ireland, by Anne L. Massy, Plate I, Plaice marking experiments on the east coast of Treland in 1905 and 1906, by G. P. Farran, B.A., Plates I to XXXTII, Seasonal variations in the quantity of glycogen pre- sent in samples of oysters, by J. A. Milroy, Aleyonarian and Madreporarian Corals of the Irish coasts, by Jane Stephens, B.Sc., with description of a new species of Stachyodes, by Professor S. J. Hickson, F.R.S., Plate I, Nudibranchiate Mollusca_of the trawling grounds of the east and south coasts of Ireland, by G. P. Farran, B.A., Report on the drift of the Irish Sea, by Charles M. Cunningham, D.D.S., L.D.S., ... The Freshwater Eel. A review of recent contri- butions to knowledge of its life-history, by E. W. L. Holt, Intanp FisneErres. i.—Report on the artificial pro- pagation of Salmonidae during the season of 1907- 1908, by E. W. L. Holt. ii.—Substance of reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative to Salmon fisheries. iii.—Summary of reports relative to Eel Fry, 1907-1908, by E. W. L. Holt, Date of Publication. Nov., 1909. April, 1909. July, 1909. April, 1909. Dec., 1909. Nov., 1909. Dec., 1909. April, 1909. Nov., 1909. ' th 45] ik‘ cig 4 Cand j ane! ‘ t.) * Ate v ; , 5 i] rant ent Vert iv Hide uve rn alert v - ? nt adie Gh sink ‘ : F iit Ae Die DAE a: Lie J Ee J { a p TA a | ' | JS oy | «ii i i ‘ a } ve i we) ‘ Tr Taf, i 4 i Pn a The rY; as ion af be icy dust dheaak Aut) etl Oe he ie dle, | " 7 we) weary Grebe Tey gi } Hoth a th ct Wat: 404 a7 1 onnerne : ei intal aper Wi to Pg) ae! ot orlimat MTA Ww Gan . iF ie { ia we sy 9 1 Av} boat Oh ends Ol sae by | ie tid ALR all ely ae et PDE OFFICIAL. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. Nc ), Ie The Cephalopoda Dibranchiata of the Coasts of Ireland, BY Anwnk Le Massy. This paper may be referred to as— “ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, J. [1909]. DUBLIN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE By Avex. THom & Co. (Limited), ABBEY-STREET And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from E. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN ; or WYMAN AND SONS (LTD.), FETTER-LANE, LONDON, E.C, ; or OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE-COURT, EDINBURGH. 1909. Price Sia Pence. en Tee eee — n a ea uy a igh - eee a pons ene r= _—- me Pt y ‘ ee ee Ce Ue tA, cS eau: fs 1 él aha iVVves 1) Mev MOS Poe rer Af ; Meer enya! Voy oP Liat ’ ov ole eae BEV aS OLS) TURE i | | ae! hiig' DAO ari | bardlogAyeiet ‘ia a - rif 3 if ; i Dy a UR CG | ah i re J ¥¢ Niniien 4 yA Th) oat nyu! "ed y ERR OE ni dori v8 COC Bee FA che “ ; wih. i) uy ERY ail a THE CEPHALOPODA DIBRANCHIATA OF THE COASTS OF IRELAND. Biy4 Anne L. Massy. Plates I to ITI. This paper is a list of the Cephalopoda Dibranchiata of Ireland and deals especially with the records in the log books, and the material which has accumulated in this office from 1899 to the present time. Some records of the Sepiolidae have had the advantage of being verified by Dr. Hoyle. The letter; N]is appended to some young forms from deep water which Canon Norman has kindly examined. Twenty-seven species, exclusive of some larval forms, are enumerated; they include a new species belonging to the Family Cranchiidae.' Helicocranchia Pfefferi differs from all the other genera of this family, the points of which are so ably summed up by Dr. Pfeffer (1900) in his ‘* Synopsis der oegopsiden Cephalo- poden” and by Dr. Chun (1907) in his “ System der Cranchien.” Cirroteuthis umbellata, Fischer, Polypus ergasticus, Fischer, Polypus prscatorum, Verrill, Rossia Caroli, Joubin, Gonatus Fabrica, Lichtenstein, Octopodoteuthis sicula, Riippell, Histioteuthis bonelliana, Ferussac, and Doratopsis vermicularis, Riippell, have been added to the British-and-Irish list, which hitherto has had no re- presentatives of the families Gonatidae, Enoploteuthidae, Histio- teuthidae, and Chiroteuthidae. It is interesting to be able to record also a large number of T'racheloteuthis Riser, Steenstrup, and an example of Desmoteuthis hyperborea, Steenstrup. I have to thank Mr. Nichols of the Dublin Museum for the ready courtesy with which he placed the collection of Cephalopoda in his charge at my disposal for examination; I am indebted to Mr. C. Green for the illustrations, which give a more accurate idea of the actual appearance of the animals than could be conveyed by any words of mine, and to M. Joubin for kindly examining a Polypus. Dr. Pfeffer, Dr. Hoyle and Canon Norman have given valuable help on many points; and in conclusion | must add a word of thanks to my colleagues for the kind assistance which has brought this paper to completion. 1 Preliminary description of this has appeared in Ann, Mag. Nat. hist., s. 7, 20, 1907, p 377. Hisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest, 1907, 7. [1909]. £.f07, 4 Sup-ORDER I. Octopoda. Famity CIRROTEUTHIDAE. Cirroteuthis umbellata (P. Fischer, 1883). S.R. 593.—50° 31’ N., 11° 31’ W., 670-770 fathoms, August, 1908, trawl—One. Dr. Hoyle, who has seen thle above, advises me to refer it with some reservation to C. umbellata. It is a very fine specimen, but the natural softness of the body renders it difficult to describe its actual form. The dorsal cartilage 1s saddle-shaped and forms the posterior end of the body. The eyes are placed considerably above the fins, and about on a line with the basal third of the latter. The diameter of the eye, measured through the skin, is 22 mm., the half-moon shaped opening is only 5 mm. The fins have the posterior edge straight, and the anterior and free edge curved. The short broad peduncle of the fin is strengthened by an inner cartilage, which forms its straight posterior edge ; the anterior edge of the cartilage passes across the centre of fin, gradually sloping to a point where it joins the posterior edge at the free end. The siphon is large and prominent, the base bemg placed about on a level with the eyes. The palhal openmg, which is only just large enough to admit the passage of the siphon, appears to be somewhat dragged out of place, thus causing the great difference in length between the ventral and dorsal faces of the siphon which is shown in tne table of dimensions. The interbrachial membrane extends about two-thirds of the length of the ventral arms, and rising continuously on the lateral arms, attains to three-fourths of the length of the dorsal arms. It is provided with a nodule on the ventral side of each arm as in the scheme depicted by Joubin (1901, p. 23). The dorsal arms are enormously developed throughout the umbrella region, especially the first on the right; they are twice the diameter of the others, which are subequal in bulk. T eould find no modification of the suckers on the dorsal arms to suggest the idea that their great development might be ‘connected with a hectocotylus. The suckers on all the arms are arranged in very similar order, viz.. 3 or 4 modergte- sized suckers close to the mouth, followed by about 5 very large ones, these are succeeded by suckers with an average diameter of 2 mm. which extend slightly beyond the web, where they become gradually smaller, and are very minute at the tip. The suckers are placed close together near the mouth, the very large ones also touch one another; gradually the distance between them increases, and in the centre of the arm the space between two suckers is twice the diameter of either sucker; near the margin of the web the space is reduced to the diameter of either sucker, and as the tip of the arm is approached they are placed touching one another. The longest arms possess about OM. 5 80 suckers, of which about 30 are on the portion within the web. Hach sucker has a large globular portion embedded in the arm, and a projecting part which is usually elevated considerably. This latter consists of a soft, smooth, outer ring lined with radiating ridges, which project over the édge of the inner ring, and look like shallow pointed teeth very broad at the base. Twenty-three ridges are present on one of the large suckers. The cirri appear first as papillae, clearly discernible without a lens at the commencement of the very large suckers; they lengthen rapidly, and are longest throughout the central third of umbrella region. They appear to cease at about the 12th sucker before the tip of arm. Throughout the arm they are placed on either side of the row of suckers, in line with the latter, not alternating with them. The colour (after a brief sojourn in 5 per cent. formaline) is of a uniform red brown, exactly the tint known to artists as brown madder. The fins are of rather lighter hue, and the oral surface of the free part of each arm is mauve. The suckers are dirty white. Cirroteuthis umbellata. Table of Dimensions. Total length, 300 mm. End of body to mantle: -margin . dorsally. O22 tam: a 4 BS ventrally, 186 mm. ,, centre of eye, ve) OG ma Centre of eye to edge of umbrella, 7. ADD) mm. Diameter of head between eyes, 44 (2i6)mm. ,, from tip to tip of fins, fi pib0rmmi Length of fin on right, 23, .. 46 mm. e - left, si: .. 48 mm. rt peduncle of fin, .. «| LYmm.: Breadth of fin, He F Bee Sine i peduncle Of fins fs . 17 mm. Distance between insertion of fin an centre of eye, . << OCDE. Length of siphon, dorsal face, Pah Ag ici ts ventral face, zs) SS) maim Length of pallial orifice, ey 32 mm. Length from dorsal base of siphon to edge of umbrella between ventral arms, .. 2 és) ) 98) mm. Diameter of largest sucker, is #3 5 mm. Length of a cirrus, fa ie 5 mm. Length of arms ':— Ist on ae mutilated. Ist on left, 230 mm. ma, 263 mm. Ind: ..; 257 mm. less tip. 3rd es 254 mm. 3rd 3 247 mm. less tip. 4th mutilated. Ati. 4. 225 mm. less tip. Distribution —Atlantic, from the Azores and Canary Islands to the Tropic of Cancer (Fischer, 1893). Azores (Joubin, 1900). ' The arms are measured from the mouth in all the dimensions given throughout this paper. L. ‘07. 6 Genus Cirroteuthis, Eschricht, 1836. Cirroteuthis, sp. Helga CXX.—i7 mi. West of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fathoms, August, 1901, trawl—One young. The above measured only about 1-5 cm., and consequently was too young for Dr. Hoyle (1905) to be able to determine the species. Famity POLY PODIDAE. Genus Polypus, J. G. Schneider, 1784. Octopus, Lamarck, 1799. Polypus, Hoyle, 1901. Polypus, EK. A. Smith, 1902. Polypus vulgaris (Lamarck, 1799). Two specimens labelled “ Dublin Bay” are in the Museum of Trinity College, Dublin (Haddon, 1886). A few other records exist, but it would appear that this species has often been confounded with Moschites cirrosa, and the above seems to be the only record of which the specimens are extant. Polypus vulgaris occasionally invades the south coast of England in large numbers, as in 1899-1900 (Garstang, 1900-1903). It may have reached Dublin in the course of a similar invasion. Distribution.—Southern shores of British Isles, coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean, Azores. Vertical range.—Extends to 55 fathoms, Jatta (1896). Joubin (1900) records an example taken at the surface over soundings of about 409-690 fathoms. Polypus arcticus (Prosch, 1849). Octopus arcticus, Steenstrup, 1857. Octopus Bardi, Vermll, 1881. Octopus arcticus, Hoyle, 1886. Helga. S.R. 330.—51° 18’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 415-374 fathoms, May, 1906, trawl—One ge S.R. 331.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms, May, 1906, trawl—One °. S.R. 353.—50° 37’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—? One young. S.R. 397.—51° 49’ N., 12 7 W., ca. 60 mi. off Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, February, 1907, trawl—One (in stomach of Ray). S.R.°487.—5I° 36’ N., 11° 5 W., 540-660 fathoms, March, 1907, trawl—Two 9. S.R. 493.—51° 58’ N., 12° 25’ W., 533-570 fathoms, September, 1907, sprat net on trawl—? One young. R.S. 495.—52° 0’ N , 13° 10° W., 346-400 fathoms, September, 1907, prawn otter trawl—Two tS apWwOo es ir; OF. 7 The following records also exist :— | H.MS. Research off 8. W. Ireland in 1899 (Norman 1890)—Two ? . R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Achill Head, 220 fathoms—One (Holt, 1892, sub Octopus vulgaris). Distribution. —Norway, Firées, 8. W. Ireland, N. E. America. Vertical Range.—Extends to 680 fathoms. Polypus ergasticus (P. and J. Fischer), 1892. Polypus profundicola, Massy, 1907. Pl. ha) Bi, WW, fe: 4. Helga. S.R. 331.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms, May, 1906, trawl—One 7. S.R. 363.—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W., 695-720 fathoms, August, 1906> trawl—One ?. S.R. 365.—51° 25’ N., 11° 32’ W., 385-440 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—One ¢. S.R. 368.—51° 38’ N., 12° 5’ W., 608-450 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—I'wo 7. SR. 400.—51° 20’ N., 11° 50’ W., 525-600 fathoms, May, 1907, trawl—One ~f, two 2. S.R. 477.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fathoms, August, 1907, trawl—Two 7, one §. S.R. 489.—51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W., 720 fathoms, September, 1907, trawl—Two §, one ff. 1 have already given a preliminary notice of the above (Massy, 1907), under the name of P. profundicola, adding that the species appeared to be nearly allied to O. ergasticus, Fischer, obtained by the 7'ravailleur and Talisman Expedi- tion of 1880-3 off the west coast of Africa. I have lately sent examples to M. Joubin for examination, and he writes to say that he has no doubt that they are referable to O. ergasticus, and that, in his opinion, the differences between the two forms can all be accounted for by the much larger size of the Irish specimens. He also adds that ‘‘ lhectocotyle est plus développé et resemble 4 celui de O. sponsalis.’’ It is satisfactory to be able to withdraw the name of P. profundicola from the already heavily laden genus Polypus, but as our examples include much the largest specimens yet met with, and as the radula and siphonal organ have not hitherto been described, I retain the already written descrip- tion, which is as follows :— Head slightly narrower than body. Eyes large and prominent, with a circular aperture. A few slightly marked tubercles usually present round each eye, most numerous on dorsal surface. As many as 36 may be present round eyes, with a few smaller ones situated mid-dorsally. Skin otherwise smooth in all parts. I. ’07. 8 Arms cylindrical and somewhat slender, largest at the, base, tapering gradually to very fine points, and always arranged i in the same order, viz., 1.2.3.4.; the length of the lateral arms measured from the mouth is on an average 5} times longer than the body from the posterior extremity to mantle-margin. Ventral arms the slightest, the others not differmg much in bulk. Suckers sessile, with a circular aperture, and numerous radial grooves extending almost to the margin. As many as 38 grooves may be present in a large sucker. Suckers relatively small, and placed rather far apart, especially in distal half of umbrella region, and up to about the 40th sucker. The space here between two suckers twice the diameter of either sucker. One or more (up to about 6) of proximal suckers often placed singly, remainder arranged in pairs up to within less than -1 mm. from tip of arm. Suckers of extremities of arms perfect; not reduced to papillae. Those on the umbrella region sometimes so contracted as almost to be hidden in skin. Suckers usually largest from the 40th to the 100th, when they begin to decrease in size, and the space dividing them diminishes. Gradually they become extremely crowded and minute, and towards the tip are placed touching one another. Web usually much developed, extending nearly $ of length of arms. Maximum development between dorsal, least. development between ventral arms. Web continued on arms in the form of large dorsal crests, extending almost to the tips. Crests usually most developed on Ist and 2nd pairs. External labial membrane longer, thinner. and more. delicate than inner. The latter fleshy, with numerous papillae arranged so as to form an irregular fimbriate margin. Mandibles powerful with slightly incurved obtuse tips. Rostrum in both merging with cutting edge of ala by a curve instead of a notch. Radula (Pl. I, fig. 2) formed of 7 series of teeth: 1 median, 4 lateral and 2. marginal, dental formula 3 | 2|2|1 |2{|2|3. Median row consisting of large acute teeth with broad bases without lateral denticles. Of lateral teeth the inner are much the smallest, broad at base, terminating in short conical slightly curved points; outer lateral teeth broader throughout, more elongated and terminating in obtuse conical points; marginal teeth broad at base, elongated and claw-like, terminating in curved points. Siphon moderately long, enlarged at base, conical at antevior extremity, and set about on a level with the eyes. Anterior aperture small. Organ of siphon (Pl. I, fig. 3) consisting of a pair of irregularly heart-shaped folds, of which the thickened rims (which correspond to the ribbon- like organs of other species), are continuous and distinctly projecting all round: They are rather widely separate mid-dorsally. Resisting apparatus, consisting of 2 lateral folds of the ventral posterior margin of the siphon, projecting just above insertion of pallial muscles, and fitting into shallow depressions in the mantle. Mantle bursiform and rounded posteriorly, its aperture semi-circular and not as large as head. ‘ Body soft.’ Lateral adductor muscles in form of flat bands placed rather close together, the anterior much the smallest, the ‘posterior reaching their greatest width in the portion attached to the body. ite 107. 9 The two cartilaginous pieces in the dorsal mantle are long and rod-like. They are widest in the anterior portion, which is attached to the extremity of the lateral adductor muscles. The ligula copulatoria’ of the hectocotylized arm (PI. II, fig. 1) has from eight to nine laminae copulatoriae i in the concave interior, in the median portion of which there is a flat-topped longitudinal ridge. Calamus brachialis moderately short. Sperm canal smooth and shallow, deepest at distal portion, rapidly becoming wider and shallower, until before reaching the umbrella margin it is quite flat on the surface of the arm, and appears like a white band. In one specimen the 4th arm on the right is hectocotylized instead of the third on the right. General colour? vinous, due to an immense number of small light and dark purple and dark red chromatophores distributed on a white ground. These are equally thickly sprinkled all over the surface of the body with the following exceptions :—the inner half of web next to mouth has so few chromatophores as to be almost white, the ligula copulatoria of the hectocotylized arm has fewer chromatophores, and they are quite absent from the sperm canal. The individuals examined, of which the dimensions are appended, consist of four males and four females. Three more males and three more females have since been captured, but they agree in general characters with the foregoing and _ therefore call for no special remark. It may be of interest to add that a number of parasitic copepods were found in the inside of the umbrella in nearly all the specimens. At a cursory glance they looked very like the hooks present in Onychians. Polypus ergasticus. TABLES OF DIMENSIONS. S.R. 331, 2. Total length, .. .. 682 mm. End of body to mantle-n margin, 103 mm. Gye, 3% ve) LE oat Breadth of body, ae 4 «(O,mm.- head, .. 62 mm. Kye to edge of umbrella, x 1024mm: Diameter of largest sucker, Yr 4 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 471 mm. Ist on left, 460 mm. 2nd » 440 mm. 2nd . mutilated. 3rd , 264 mm. (Hect.) 3rd oe do. 4th 5 ord: mm: 4th a gal Imi, lhe terms used in describing the different parts of the modified arm are those suggested by P. and J. Fischer (1892). 2The specimens had been preserved in 5 per cent. formaline for periods of from a few weeks to nine months before examination. The colour is of an equal strength in all of them. wy: 10 Approximate number of suckers :— Ist on right, 254. Ist on left, 250. 2nd St ieaau: 2nd . arm mutilated. 3rd ae », to. (Beet) 3rd ¢ do. 4th ,, 294. Hit, «58 ot Dae: Largest space between two suckers, 7 mm. (umbrella region). Siphon projects above mantle-margin 25 mm. From point of calamus brachialis to end of ligula copulatoria 15 mm. Laminae copulatoriae, nine. SAR, 26a Ot Total length, .. ; .. 457 mm. End of body to mantle-n -margin, 62 mm. eye; fais 4.9) /dGramane, Breadth of body, a Si 5Oammé as head, iy owAly nea Eye to edge of umbrella, .. 105 mm. Diameter of largest sucker, = 4 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 377 mm. Ist on left, 379, mm. 2nd fi 1S (Oemama: 2nd » 3otl mm. 3rd ,. 290 mm. 3rd | 312s 4th. , 238 mm. 4th. ,» 290 mm. Approximate number of .suckers :— Ist on right, 218. Ist on left, 206. 2nd ,, 5, Many missing. 2nd abe 3rd Ooe 3rd. i) Ne: 4th we (U2 4th. sy "S 208! Largest space between two suckers 5 mm., on centre of arm. Siphon projects above mantle-margin 17 mm. GR. 365, 9- Total length, .. i.) 519) atime: End of body to mantle- -margin, 60 mm. eye; ee J’. | tO mam. Breadth of ‘body, a = Sorjanim: a head, 2) iy mn Eye to edge of umbrella, -.! 92 amt Diameter of largest sucker, Re 6 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 416 mm. Ist on left, 441 mm. 2nd ;,. @8k mm, 2nd —Ssi,,_~—s mutilated. 3rd » oo4 mm. 3rd do. 4th , ol4 mm. 4th » 332 mm te 0%: 11 Approximate number of suckers :— Ist on right, 240. Ist on left, 232. 2nd 200: 2nd » arm mutilated. 3rd me 2A. 3rd * do. 4th ae 203. 4th | 1220 Largest space between two suckers 4 mm. (umbrella region). Siphon projects above mantle-margin 14 mm. Seve ao, gf: Total length, .. ao) 409) mm. End of body to mantle- ‘margin, 83 mm. eye, 22) 108mm. Breadth of body, a .. 100 mm. £ head, Jo (ee Hye to edge of umbrella, van l0o) mam. Diameter of largest sucker, a 4 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 371 mm. Ist on left, 358 mm. 2nd , mutilated. 2nd Sub ool) mam. 3rd er 128 mm. (Hect.) ard ot oOL mm. 4th peeeoo2 mm. Ath 6 2(O aT Approximate nuinber of suckers :—- Ist on right, 234. Ist on left, 230. 2nd » arm mutilated. 2nd ae DOS, 3rd a 73 (Hect.) 3rd =) * BAO. 4th we 14: 4th ne 224 Largest space between two suckers 6 mm. (umbrella region). Siphon projects above mantle-margin ca. 20 mm. From point of calamus brachialis to end of ligula copulatoria 28 mm. Laminae copulatoriae, nine. Same station, 7. Total length: .. ag eoLOemam. End of body to mantle- -margin, 86 mm. CVn. i) ai: nip.) eel aaiier Breadth of body, “ft; fe) 90) mm: a head, SA ea ishrre Kye to edge of umbrella, -4 93,mm; Diameter of largest sucker, a 4 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 420 mm. Ist on left, arm mutilated. 2nd » 416 mm. 2nd » 300 mm. 3rd » . 369 mm. 3rd +) 000 mm. 4th » 226 mm. (Hect.) 4th » 327 mm. LOT: 12 Aproximate number of suckers :— Ist on right, 256. Ist on left, arm mutilated. 2nd ate! B50: 2nd Ly 24d: 3rd » 246. 3rd — 2Age 4th ra 82 (Hect.) 4th Lae: Largest space between two suckers 8 mm. (umbrella region), Siphon projects above mantle-margin 20 mm. From point of calamus brachialis to end of hgula copulatoria 24 mm. Laminae copulatoriae, eight. pi. 400; 22. Total length. Not obtainable, owing to mutilation of longest arms. End of body to mantle-margin, 48 mm. eye. wre .» 6b mam: Breadth of body, 56 3) OC mim, 2 head, .. 45 mm. Eye to edge of umbrella, .. 84 mm. Diameter of largest sucker, ». |.oonam, Length of arms :— Ist on right, mutilated. Ist on left, mutilated. 2nd * do. 2nd do. 3rd , 29D sam: 3rd sf do. 4th » 246 mm. 4th ;.) Zeb) mam, Approximate number of suckers :— 3rd on right, 200. 4th 194. 4th on left, 180. Largest space between two suckers 4 mm. (umbrella region). Siphon projects above mantle-margin 9 mm. Same station, 7. Total length, .. .. ddl mm. End of body to mantle- margin, 43 mm. eye, es ..| | 360 *mm- Breadth of body mn . =) eae mam; - head, : :. © 39 am, Kye to edge of nin bla’ PP UT fio 118 Diameter of largest sucker, oe 2 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 271 mm. Ist on left, 289 mm. 2nd. » 246 mm. 2nd , 246 mm. 3rd » - 189 mm. (Hect.). .\ 3rd » 224 mm. Ath »». (Ae mm. 2nd 4, Lida ene 3rd a 95 mm. (Hect.) 3rd » .. Lt mam: 4th abl estore 4th Approximate number of suckers Ist arm on right, 144. Number of suckers 3rd arm on right, 64. A GS a visa Distribution.—66° 41' N., 6° 59’ E., 350 fathoms ; 78° 2’ N., 9° 25’ H., 416 fathoms (Appelléf); east coast of North America. _ +The specimen was examined after a brief sojourn in 6 per cent. formaline. 107: 16 Genus Moschites, J. G. Schneider, 1784. Eledone, Leach, 1817. Moschites, Hoyle, 1901. Moschites cirrosa (Lamarck, 1799) d’Orbigny, 1835. Eledone cirrhosus, V@Orbigny, 1835. Eledone cirrosa, Hoyle, 1886. Bofin CXVI.—Bofin CCXXIX.—Bofin CCXL.—Bofin Harheey September, 1899, and October, 1900, tuck net aero Helga. i R.T.III.0.—50 mi. W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. eal 120 fathoms, July, 1903, mosquito net on trawl—One, half grown. S. 165.—6-5 mi. S.E. of Carlingford Bar, 19-20 fathoms, June, 1903, trawl—One. S.R. 44.—50 mi. W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 1163 fathoms, August, 1903, trawl—One medium size, one small; townet on trawl—One small. W. 7.—27 mi. W. by N. 4 N. of Bray Head, Valencia, 100 fathoms, March, 1904. aN S.R. 185.—70 mi. 8. W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 824 fathoms, January, 1905, trawl—One. R. 5.—63 mi. 8. W. by W. of Coningbeg Lt., 32-34 fathoms, January, 1905, trawl—TI wo. R. 7—Off Blackwater Bank Lt., 463 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl— One. §.R. 215.—25 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., 107 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—Twe. R. 11.—74 mi. off Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 31 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One. S. 298.—13 mi. W. by S. of Chicken Rock, 1.0.M., 34-35 fathoms, August, 1905, sprat net on trawl—One. W. 34.—W. 36.—Galway Bay, 16-22 fathoms, September, 1905, trawl—Several ; ay net on trawl—Five. S. 431.—13} mi. 8.E. by S. of Haulbowline Lt., 30-314 fathoms, July, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One. R. 29.—15 mi. 8. E. by S. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 40-42 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—One ; mosquito net on trawl —One. S.R. 351.—50° 18’ N., 11° 5’ W., 240-250 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—One young. S.R. 362.—51° 34’ 30” N., 11° 27’ W., 145-160 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—One very small. S.R. 366.—51° 25’ N., 11° 37’ W., 461 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400 fathoms—One. S.R. 383.—30 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 143. fathoms November, 1906, trawl—One young, OT. iy Coasts of Counties Dublin, Louth, and Down, 8-42 fathoms, all seasons of the year, trawl—Seventeen records (one each time) ; mosquito net on trawl—One ; sprat net on trawl—Six records (usually singly, on one occasion six). Specimens from the following localities are in the Dublin Museum :— Coast of Donegal, Ordnance Survey Coll. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, in ling taken on long lines off Loop Head and Slyne Head (Holt, 1892). Clew Bay. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, in ling taken off Tory Island (Holt, 1892). All the above specimens which came under my personal observa- tion, and were old enough to distinguish by external characters, were female. Distribution.—Fiarées, Norway, Denmark, British Isles, coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal. Vertical Range.—Extends to 400 fathoms. SuB-ORDER Decapoda. Division A. MYOPSIDA. Famity SHPIOLIDAE. Genus Sepiola, (Rondelet, 1554) Leach, 1817. Sepiola oweniana (d’Orbigny, 1839). Sepiola scandica, Steenstrup, 1887. Sepiola aurantiaca, Jatta, 1896. Bofin CXXI.—64 mi. N. W. 3 W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway 199 fathoms, August, 1901, townet on dredge.—Seven young. Helga. S.R. 85.—51° 44’ N., 10° 43’ W., 72-75 fathoms, February, 1904, dredge—One 2. 201.—10 mi. off Rockabill, 44 fathoms, January, 1904, mosquito net on trawl—One 2°. . 298.—13 mi. W. by S. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 34-35 fathoms, August, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Seven. . 800.—53° 47’ N., 5° 44’ W., 40 fathoms, August, 1905, mosquito net on trawl—One f and seven young. 458.—18 mi. W. 38. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 65-80 fathoms, October, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—Few. . 460.—174 mi. E. by 8. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 32-38 fathoms, October, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Two. . 461.—11 mi. E. by N. of Rockabill Lt., 40-42 fathoms, October 1906, sprat net on trawl—Six. a 2 2 Oo Gees B EOF. 18 S, 480.—4 mi. E. by S. of Kingstown E. Pier Lt., 12-15 fathoms, October, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—One. The Dublin Museum contains specimens from Dublin Bay and Dingle Bay, Distribution.—Faroes, Denmark, Sweden, South and West Norway, British Isles, Mediterranean and West Africa. Vertical Range.—Extends to 280 fathoms (Fischer and Joubin, 1906). Sepiola atlantica (d’Orbigny, 1839). Bofin CCXXIX.—Bofin Harbour, shore collecting, September, 1900—One. Bofin CCXTX.—Bofin Harbour, shore collecting, September, 1900— One. Bofin CCXXXV.—Bofin Harbour, October, 1900, tuck net— Several. Bofin CCXL —Many. Helga. S. 36.—10 mi. off Clogher Head to Drogheda, 20-22 fathoms, January, 1902, trawl—One 2. S. 201.—10 mi. off Rockabill, 44-48 fathoms, January, 1904, trawl— One Q. S. 46.—5 mi. off Termonfechan to Dunany, Co. Louth, 14-20 fathoms, February, 1902, trawl—One. Dublin Bay and Coast of Louth, 33-54 fathoms, October, 1906, and February, 1907, trawl—Two records; mosquito net on trawl— Eleven records; sprat net on trawl—Four records. One to three in each gathering. S.R. 405.—15i miles W. by 8.458. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 84 fathoms, February, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One ae Thirty-nine records of Sepiola of uncertain species refer to speci- mens which were not preserved. These were taken on all parts of the coast at various depths from 1} to 340 fathoms, and at all seasons of the year. One to several occurred in each gathering. In addition to the above there are 18 records of very young Sepiola taken on all parts of the coast from January to November, at soundings between 2 and 340 fathoms. The largest number were taken during the summer months, usually one to four in each gathering, on one occasion thirteen. Specimens from Lough Foyle, Dublin Bay, Dingle Harbour, and Kilkieran, Galway, are in the Dublin Museum. The species has also been recorded from Bantry Bay (Norman, 1890). Distribution.—Fiarées, Kattegat, South Sweden, South and West Norway, British Isles, France, West Africa. Vertical range.—84 fathoms appears to be the greatest depth yet recorded. 07. 19 Genus Rossia, Owen, 1834. Rossia macrosoma (delle Chiaje, 1829). Rossia macrosoma, @Orbigny, 1839. Rossia Owenii, Ball, 1842, 7. Rossia Jacobi, Ball, 1842, 2. Rossia Owenii, Forbes and Hanley, 1853, 7. Rossia Panceri, Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869, f. Helga. S. 104.—1-2 mi. off Dalkey, Co. Dublin, 14-16 fathoms, January, 1903, trawl—One. R. 10.—15 mi. off Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 41-42 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One 7. R. 11.—74 mi. off Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 31 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One ¢. R. 12.—Nymph Bank, 10 mi. S. of Capel Island, Co. Cork, 43 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—Two ?, one ff. S.R. 215.—25 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 107 fathoms, May, 1905, sane One a S.R. 222.—53° 1’ N., 14° 34’ W., ca. 290 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse cheesecloth and coarse silk net at 100 fathoms—One 9. S. 298.—13 mi. W. by S. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 34-35 fathoms, August, 1905, sprat net on trawl—One S. 299.—15 mi. W. by S. ? 8. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 35 fathoms, August, 1905, traw]—One. S. 400.—10 mi. W. by 8. of Chicken Rock, 1.0.M., 35-37 fathoms, April, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—One. S. 429.—11 mi. 8. } E. of S. John’s Point, Co. Down, 33-45 fathoms, July, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One. S.R. 365.—51° 25’ N., 11° 32’ W., 385-440 fathoms, August, 1906 trawl—One young. S. 457.—194 mi. W. 8. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 41-80 fathoms, October, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Kight. ’ Seven records exist in the log books of very young Rossia, taken in the townets at 20-80 fathoms, from May to August, at various points round the coast, one or two at each gathering. There are also two records of Rossia sp. from 51° 34 30° N., 11° 25’ W., taken in the trawl at 108-145 fathoms in the month of August. They are probably all R. macrosoma. The following records also exist :—Dublin Bay (Ball, 1842, sub R. Jacobi) ; off Wexford (Hoyle, 1886). R.1.A. Exp. 1886, off Galley Head, 43 fathoms (Dublin Mus.) ; Flying Fox Exp. 1889, 150-200 fathoms (Smith, 1889). Distribution.—Arctic regions, Kattegat, South Sweden, South and West Norway, British Isles to Mediterranean, Azores. Vertical Range.—Extends to 280 fathoms (Fischer and Joubin, 1906). ; B 2 a, OT, 20 Rossia glaucopis (Lovén, 1846). Rossia papillifera, Jeffreys, 1869. Rossia glaucopis, Sars, 1878. Rossia sublevis, Verrill, 1878. Rossia glaucopis, Hoyle, 1886 The only Irish record is that of the Flying Fox Exp., 1887, off the South of Ireland in 250 fathoms (Smith, 1889). Distribution.—Norway, Shetland Is., S.W. Ireland, N.E. America. Vertical Range.—40-450 fathoms. Rossia Caroli (Joubin, 1902). Helga. S.R. 331.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms, May, 1906, trawl—One ¢~. S.R. 500.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 fathoms, September, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One He S.R. 505.—50° 39’ N., 11° 14’ W., 464-627 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito net on Helene small. S.R. 506.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661-672 fathoms, September, 1901, trawl—One 7. The above agree closely with the description given by Joubin (1902a), of the example taken at the Azores during the Expedition of the Princess Alice in 1901. They form an interesting series as regards size. The smallest measures 35 mm. in total length, of which the tentacle occupies 22 mm. ‘The largest has a total length of 146 mm., of which the tentacle measures 95 mm. In the youngest individual the fins are much larger in proportion to the size of the body, and their posterior edge projects beyond the posterior extremity of the latter. The mantle is so contracted as to exhibit a conspicuous white margin, 2mm.in breadth. The next largest specimen, which has a length of 70 mm. (of which the tentacle is 42 mm.), has also the white margin of 2 mm. in breadth, but the posterior end of the body now extends beyond the fins. The specimen next in size, 92 mm. in total length, of which the tentacle is only 45 mm., shows a white margin of 2 mm. all round the edge of mantle, but the fins are in the normal position. In the largest individual the mantle is not contracted. The tentacles seem to vary much in length, both as regards those of an individual, and also in the proportion in respect to the length of the body, between one individual and another. The hectocotylized arms have the crest on the ventral side of each arm strongly marked, but the suckers are in two rows on the moditied part of the arm, not in three as is described in the case of the male individuals taken in the Travailleur and Talisman Expedition, 1880-83 (Joubin, 1906). 07. 21 Distribution.—Azores (Princess Alice Exp. 1901, Joubin, 1902a). West Coast of Africa between 20° N. lat., and 25° N. lat. (Joubin, 1906). Vertical Range.—464-672 fathoms. Spawn of Rossia sp. Helga. S.R. 477.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fathoms, August, 1907, trawl—live eggs. S.R. 500.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26° W., 625-666 fathoms, September, 1907, trawl—Several. The above were found attached to, or in the cavity of, the sponge Pheronema Grayt. The spawn capsules are white, and measure 29 mm. in circumference. Famity SHPITDAE. Genus Spirula, Lamarck, 1801. Spirula Peroni, Lamarck, 1822. There are numerous records of the shell of this species having drifted to the west and north coasts of Ireland. Distribution.—Living : West Indies, 8.E. Asia, and Australia (Hoyle, 1888). Genus Sepia, Linné, 1766. Sepia officinalis, Linné, 1761. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Blacksod Bay—A young specimen. Dublin Bay (Dublin Mus.)—One, and a dorsal plate. Off Wicklow (Dublin Mus.). Records also exist of the occurrence of this species from the coast of County Antrim, Down, and the South of Ireland (Thompson, 1844). In 1900 I found the cuttle bones in considerable numbers on the shore at Cahore Point, Co. Wexford. From their large size there could be no doubt of these belonging to this species. Disiribution.—Sweden, British Isles, Coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean, West Africa, Azores. Vertical Range.—Extends to 91 fathoms (Jatta, 1896). Sepia elegans (d’Orbigny, 1839). Sepia biserrvalis, Verany, 1851. Rhombosepion elegans, de Rochebrune, 1884. Helga. S.R. 211.—70 mi., S. W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 81 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—TI'wo 7. T3307 22 S.R. 225.—53° 2’ N., 13° 48’ W., 105-109 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One young. S.R. 405.—15} mi. W. by 8. 1S. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 84 fathoms, February, 1907, trawl—One ?. S.R. 581.—44 mi. 8. W. by 8. of Hook Tower, Co. Wexfora, 48 fathoms, July, 1908, trawl—One 2. A record also exists of three specimens of the dorsal plate having been found at Magilhgan, Co. Derry (Ball, 1842). One of the specimens from station $.R. 211 has the fourth arm on the right hectocotylized, contrary to what generally prevails. Distribution.—British Isles, coasts of France, Spain and Portugal, Mediterranean. Vertical Range.—Extends to 137 fathoms (Jatta, 1896). Famity LOLIGINIDAE. Genus Loligo, J. G. Schneider, 1784. Loligo Forbesi (Steenstrup, 1856). Loligo vulgaris, Forbes and Hanley, 1853. Loligo vulgaris, Jefireys, 1869. Loligo Forbesii, Hoyle, 1885. 4 mi. off Achill Head, Co. Mayo, April, 1899—Two. Bofin CXVI.—Bofin Harbour, Co. Galway, September, 1899, tuck net—Several full-grown. Bofin CCXXXV, Bofin CCXL.—Bofin Harbour, November, 1900, tuck net—Three. , Helga. W. 5.—3-5 mi. S. W. by 8. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry, 60-65. fathoms, March, 1904, mosquito net on trawl—One young. 5. 228.—l1 mi. off Annalong, Co. Down, 294-30 fathoms, June, 1904, sprat net on trawl—One. W. 23.—5 mi. 8. W. of Inisheer Lt., 34 fathoms, November, 1904, trawl—T wo. 8. 250.—19 mi. W. S. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 35 fathoms, November, 1905, trawl—Two. R. 14.—16-19 mi. 8. W. by W. of Coningbeg Lt., 41 fathoms, August, 1905, sprat net on traw!—One young. W. 33, W. 34, W. 36.—Galway Bay, 163-22 fathoms, September, 1905, trawl—Seven; sprat net on trawl—Five. W. 41. W. 47.—Between Black Head and Loo Rock, Galway Bay, 53-11 fathoms, September, 1905, trawl—Thirteen ; mosquito net on trawl—Five, and two young. ° R. 20.—Off Helvick Head, Co. Waterford, 29 fathoms, February, 1906, otter trawl—Two. S. 399.—12 mi. W. 8. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 35-374 fathoms, April, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One. R. 35.—8 mi. 8. by E. of Hook Head, Co. Waterford, 30-31 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—One. ee Os. 23 S. 459.—131 mi. E. S. E. of Haulbowline Lt., 27-33 fathoms, September, 1906, trawl—Six, and thirteen young. S. 494, 8. 495, S. 502.—18-23 mi. W. S. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 36-43) fathoms, February, 1907, trawl—Four. Coasts of the Counties Dublin, Meath, and Louth, 5-45 fathoms, all seasons of the year, trawl—Fifty-five takes; mosquito net on trawl—Hight ditto; sprat net on trawl—Kight ditto. | Numbers in each haul various. Specimens from the following localities are in the Dublin Museum :— Dublin Bay; Bantry Bay and Kenmare River; R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Ballinskelhgs Bay (Holt, 1892) ; Kilrush, Co. Clare ; R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891 ; Off Inishbofin, (Holt, 1892). Some records exist in the log books of spawn of Loligo sp., believed to be that of LZ. Forbes:. These notes were written on board ship, and the spawn was not preserved. It was taken in the trawl in the months of May and June at various points on the east coast. Some spawn of Loligo, apparently that of L. Forbesi, was obtained by Miss Delap off Ballinskelligs Bay, in May, 1907. The following notes in regard to this squid are extracted from the Kast Coast log books : “5-7-02, several very young, some one- third grown, and several three-fourths grown, no large ones as in winter; “‘9-7-’02 several very small in fine-mesh net;’ * 30-7-02, 100 ca. half grown.” The autumn appearance of this squid in Bofin Harbour has been already noticed.! The dimensions are appended of the largest specimen taken, a male from the east coast, now in Dublin Museum. Loligo Forbesi, 2. Dimensions. Total length, .. 7.4), OOO) mune End of body to mantle-n -margin, 430 mm. eye; .. 440 mm. Breadth of body, a nee oe, Te a head, ae 55D mm. Centre of eye to edge of umbrella, 29 mm. Siphon projects above mantle- margin, 40 mm. Length of fin, .. 7 Hee rl anh cake Breadth across fins, vs oe oto Winn Length of arms (measured from mouth) :— Ist on right, 83 mm. Ist on left, 82 mm. 2nd re 96 mm. 2nd Mn 98 mm. ard 25, @ Aeillaphivanang 3rd 5 4 LES mime 4th LO tno: 4th ,» 102 mm. Tentacle on right, 170 mm. ss left, 193 mm. Distribution.—Norway, British Isles, France, Mediterranean, Azores. 1“Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. II., App., III. [1905].”’ B07: 24. Loligo media (Linné, 1767). Loligo minor (?), Aldrovandi, 1642. Loligo subulata, Lamarck, 1799. Loligo spiralis, Férussac, 1825. Loligo parva, Férussac et d Orbigny, 1835. Loligo marmorae, Verany, 1837. Loligo subulata, Steenstrup, 1856. Helga. W. 3, W. 9.—Dingle Bay, Co. Kerry, 20-26 fathoms, March, 1904, trawl—T wo ; sprat net on trawl—Four. W. 6.—7 mi. 8. by E. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 40-53 fathoms, March, 1904, trawl—Seven. R. 3.—104 mi. §.E. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 36 fathoms, March, 1904, trawl—One. R. 5.—62 mi. 8.W. by W. of Coningbeg Lt., 32-34 fathoms, January, 1905, sprat net on trawl—One. W. 23.—5 mi. 8. W. of Inisheer Lt., 34 fathoms, November, 1904, trawl—Four. S.R. 187.—10 mi. S. W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 57 fathoms, January, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Seventeen. S. 249.—13 mi. W. 2 N. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 38 fathoms, February, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Four. S. 250.—19 mi. W. 8S. W. of Chicken Rock, 1.0.M., 35 fathoms, February, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Ten. S. 251.—26 mi. 8. W. by W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 40 fathoms, February, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Few. W. 29.—Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, 64-8 fathoms, May, 1905, mosquito net on trawl—One. 5. 298.—13 mi. W. by 8. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 34-35 fathoms, August, 1905, sprat net on trawl—One. W. 33, W. 34.—Galway Bay, 16-20 fathoms, September, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Twenty. W. 35.—Killeany Bay, Aran Island, 5-20 fathoms, September, 1905, sprat net on trawl—Two. W. 36, W. 41, W. 42, W. 44.—Galway Bay, 8-22 fathoms, September, 1905, trawl—Three ; sprat net on trawl—Four. S. 362, 8. 363.—15 mi. W. 8. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 36 fathoms, February, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Two ; mosquito net on trawl—Two. 8. 365.—144 mi. E. by 8., +S. of Haulbowline Lt., 324 fathoms, February, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One. R. 20.—Off Helvick Head, Co. Waterford, 29 fathoms, February, 1906, otter trawl—One. S. 399, S. 400.—10 mi. W. S. W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 374 fathoms, April, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One; mosquito net on trawl—Six. S. 402.—11 mi. 8. E. of Haulbowline Lt., 30 fathoms, April, 1906, trawl—Two. eO7: 25 . W. 51, W. 52.—34 mi. N. E. of Sheep Head, Co. Cork, 29-35 fathoms, April, 1906, mosquito and sprat nets on trawl— Thirty-two. S. 429.—11 mi. S. 4 E. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down, 33 fathoms, July, 1906, trawl—One. S. 431.—133 mi. 8S. E. by 8. of Haulbowline Lt., 133 fathoms, July, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Thirty-two. R. 21, R. 23, R. 30.—5$-94 mi. E. S. E. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 25-39 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—Four. R. 35.—8 mi. 8. by E. of Hook Point, Co. Waterford, 30-31 fathoms, August, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One. S. 456.—21 mi. 8. W. by W. of Chicken Rock, I.0.M., 38 fathoms, October, 1906, trawl—One. Dublin Bay, 33-66 fathoms, 76 records. These comprise 32 takes in trawl, 38 in sprat net on trawl, and 8 in mosquito net on trawl. Few to many in each gathering. Co. Meath, and Co. Louth, 4-38 fathoms, 63 records, 24 gatherings in the trawl, 32 in the sprat net on trawl, and 16 in the mosquito net on trawl. Various numbers in each haul. The records from the coast of the three last mentioned counties extend over every period of the year. Thirty-nine records from the counties of Dublin and Louth, and one from the Co. Down, from 443-46 fathoms are entered in the log books as “ Loligo sp.” These probably refer to Loligo media. There are also four records of very young Lolago, taken on the east, south, and west coast during July and August in 14-40 fathoms. These I have seen and believe to be L. media. Seven records of spawn, believed to be that of L. media, were noted on board ship, but the material was not preserved. It was taken in the trawl off the coasts of Counties Dublin and Louth in February, June, and July. I have also been able to authenticate the following records of Loligo media :— North Coast of Ireland (Ordnance Survey Coll. in Dublin Mus.). Bantry Bay (Dublin Mus.); R.LA. Exp., 1885, mouth of Bantry Bay, 35 fathoms (Dublin Mus.). Ballinskelligs Bay (Swanston, 1886, Dublin Mus.). R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, Kenmare River, 20 fathoms, and Dingle Bay, 40 fathoms (Holt, 1892). I have carefully examined the tentacular suckers in examples of this species of both sexes from the east and west coast of Ireland and find them in all cases to be plentifully armed with teeth. In this respect they differ from the diagnosis given by Hoyle,! who agrees with Jatta* in saying that the horny ring of the tentacular suckers is perfectly smooth. Dr. Allen of the Biological Laboratory, Plymouth, and Mr. Todd of the Biological Laboratory, Lowestoft, have kindly sent me specimens of L. media from 1 Hoyle (1902)-—‘‘ Suckers of tentacles with a smooth ring—Loligo media.’’ 2 Jatta (1896).—-‘ L’anello corneo delle ventose tentacolari é in tutto il suo ambito egualmente sviluppato liscio perfettamente sopra il margine libero.’’ 1S 20%: | 26 Plymouth and from off the Coast of Lincolnshire. These also have toothed tentacular suckers. Through the courtesy of the Director of the Zoological Station at Naples I have been enabled to examine one of the specimens used by the late Dr. Jatta in his description of the species. Mr. Holt and my colleagues examined it with me, and find that it agrees, in the presence of teeth on the tentacular suckers, with the English and Irish examples mentioned above. The specimens from off Trusthorpe, Lincoln- shire, are the largest, and therefore offer the greatest facility for minute examination of the suckers. Each sucker appears to have about twenty-four large pointed teeth, with here and there a minute conical tooth between two large ones. The points of the large teeth are in many cases broken off. yt Hartenty Mey, am Ny awe x ww “ —* wi WN eda _ e, Wn, : we Mirae re sOrg Tentacular Suckers of Loliyo media (Lincolnshire specimens), It will be observed that I have considered L. marmorae as identical with L. media. In doing so I have to go against the opinions of Norman (1890), Jatta (1896), and Hoyle (1902). On the other hand Steenstrup (1856), d’Orbigny (1855), Jeffreys (1869), Tryon (1879), Girard (1890), Kolombatovic (1900), and Joubin (1902) maintain that the species are one and the same. D’Orbigny, Jeffreys, and Joubin consider LZ. marmorae to be the female of L. media. After reading Joubin’s paper (1902) ' in support of this view, I examined a large series of LZ. media from various parts of the Irish coast, and separated all the individuals with lengthened extremity ; they proved to be without exception male. On looking at the remaining specimens, all possessing fins more or less in the position typical of LZ. marmorae, I found that the only males amongst them were two with a mantle length of only 52 mm.; obviously their youth accounted for the position of the fins. Distribution.—Norway, British Isles, to Mediterranean. Vertical Range.—Extends to about 66 fathoms. 1M. Joubin (1902) maintains that, of the examples of this small squid found by him in great numbers on the coast of France, those large enough to distinguish sexually are invariably female when they have the fins near the base of the body, and that those with lengthened extremity are male. nS O7.- 27 Loligo ? [N.] Helga. S.R. 366.—51° 24’ N., 11° 40’ W., 461 fathoms, August, 1906; mid-water otter trawl at 400 fathoms—One small. The above is a much damaged specimen. The tentacles are extremely long, and when bent back extend fully the length of the mantle beyond the extremity of the body. Total length, 36 mm. Length of mantle, 7 mm. Diviston B.—OEGOPSIDA. Famity GONATIDAE. Genus Gonatus, Gray, 1849. Cheloteuthis, Verrill, 1881. Lestoteuthis, Vernill, 1881. Gonatus Fabricii (Lichtenstein 1818). Gonatus amoena, Gray, 1849. Lestoteuthis kamtschatica, Verrill, 1880. Cheloteuthis rapax, Verrill, 1881. Lestoteuthis Fabricii, Verrill, 1881. Gonatus antarcticus, Lonnberg, 1898. Helga. S.R. 334.—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 520 fathoms, May, 1906, trawl—One. S.R. 442.—51° 34’ N., 11° 50’ W., 465-508 fathoms, May, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One. S.R. 484.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., 602-610 fathoms, August, 1907, ele S.R. 500.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 fathoms, September, 1907, trawl.—One. This unique form, unmistakable amongst Onychians, has never before been taken in British- and-Irish waters. None of the specimens show any trace of a hectocotylus. It is interesting to note the different position of the fins in the younger individuals, where they are placed quite at the base, whereas in the largest example there is a length of 18 mm. between the base of the fin and the extremity of the body. The dimensions of the largest and smallest specimens are appended. Length, total, Son MACOS Mods End of body to mantle-n -margin,.. 190 mm. Ad centre of eye, .. 205 mm. Breadth of body, 3! +. 41 com ¥ head, AP a2 30 mm. Length of fin, an .. 82 mm. Breadth of fin, . 90 mm. Mantle-margin to extremity of sladius, 153 mm. Extremity of gladius to end of body, 30 mm. 1 Oz: 28 Length of arms :— Ist on right, 88 mm. Ist on left, 99 mm. 2nd . 98 mm. 2nd , 100 mm. 3rd Pas 0S mM. 3rd » 102 mm. 4th 2. 12 mm. 4th it 112 ram: Tentacles :— Right, 203 mm. Left, 170 mm. Length, total, .. + 118 mm. End of body to Abbie? -margin, 51 mm. centre of eye, .. 57 mm. Breadth of body, ft & 9 mm. Z head, se oma One eye much protruded. Length of fin, ae 19 mm. Breadth of fin, 7 33 mm. Mantle margin to extremity of gladius, 46 mm. Extremity of gladius to end of body, 4 mm. Length of arms :— Ist on right, 32 mm. Ist on left, 31 mm. 2nd , 29am: 2nd Fed ae 3rd . 29. mm. 3rd 32) oD min 4th >» o2 mm. 4th be eer Tina Tentacles :— Right, 63 mm. Left, 70 mm. Distribution.—* Arctic regions of the Atlantic Ocean on American and European sides, ? Mediterranean, North Pacific Ocean (Kamtschatka, Japan), Cape of Good Hope, Magellan’s Straits.” (Pfeffer, 1900). Vertical Range.—Extends to 906 fathoms (Hoyle, 1886). Famity ENOPLOTEUTHIDAE. Genus Octopodoteuthis, Riippell, 1844. Veranya, Krohn, 1847. Octopodoteuthis sicula, Riippell, 1844. Veranya sicula, Krohn, 1847. Verania sicula, Hoyle, 1886. Helga. S.R. 494.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 fathoms, September, 1907, trawl—One. This appears to be the first record of the occurrence of this interesting form outside the Mediterranean. The tips of all the arms are missing, so that the sex cannot be ascertained by external characters. No trace exists of the roots of the tentacles, which are moulted or re-absorbed in youth. As the specimen appears to be the largest yet met with the principal dimensions are appended. End of body to mantle-margin, dorsally, ... 107 tame From mantle-margin to bifurcation of first pair of arms, 35 mm. Diameter across fins, 4 4: .. 117 muse Siphon projects above mantle- margin, - oA ee eee Or. 28) Famity HISTIOTEUTHIDAE. Genus Histioteuthis, d’Orbigny, 1839. Juy. Histiopsis, Hoyle, 1885. Histioteuthis bonelliana (Férussac, 1835). Histioteuthis Riippelli, Verany, 1851. Histioteuthis Collinsi, Verrill, 1879. Juv. Histiopsis atlantica, Hoyle, 1885. Helga. S.R. 231.—Ca. 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, 55° 1’ N,, 10° 54’ W., 1200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1150 fathoms—? One very young. S.R. 497.—51° 2’ N., 11° 36’ W., 775-795 fathoms, September, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One. S.R. 503.—50° 42’ N., 11° 26’ W., about 800 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito triangular net at surface—One ; mosquito triangular net at 70-80 fathoms—One. The previous record nearest to the British-and-Irish area appears to be that of Joubin (1900) from the coast of Portugal. The speci- mens taken at the surface and at 70-80 fathoms from the surface, over soundings of about 800 fathoms, possess no trace of web or of the black elongate swellings present in the larger individual at the tips of all except the ventral arms. In life the photophores were blue with red mirrors. The example to which a query is pre- fixed has a mantle length of only 4 mm. The dimensions of the others are appended. Total length, .. ae 29" mom End of body to mantle- “margin, dorsally, Eh eo i cabal. , ventrally, 21 mm: Dorsal mantle- -margin. to end of WED." ents sor mom. Ventral mantle-margin to end of web, Pelt 29 "name End of body to centre of eye, & 39 mm. Breadth of body, af AG Pil el fGen sa a =f head, a ie Jo) lOa min: Length of fin, 2 : vod Ao loemna: Breadth across fins, : os. © 421mm: Siphon projects above mantle- -margin, fe 5 mm. Length of arms (measured from mouth) :— Ist on right, 39 mm. Ist on left, 42 mm. 2nd Pe) 45mm. 2nd . at Tom. 3rd = 50 nom: 3rd co oske rrimnie 4th » 4) mm. 4th sil DSc: Total length, .. f 34 mm. End of body to atedation of aes arms, 17 mm. " x mantle-margin dorsally, 10 mm. ” e 4 5 ventrally, 7 mm. Breadth across fins, fs ae geo ee LO. mm: Length of fin, =H be ae 6 mm, Total length, .. ie 4: .. 40 mm, 107. 30 End of body to bifurcation of dorsal arms, 14 mm. mantle-margin dorsally, .. 10 mm. 3) 39 =, . » ventrally, 8 mm. Breadth across fins, a. ig FO mim: Length of fin, a ; Fe! 6 mm. Distribution.—* Mediterranean, East coast United States, South Atlantic, 372-2025 fathoms ” (Pfeffer). Famity ARCHITEUTHIDAE. Genus Architeuthus, Steenstrup 1856. Architeuthus monachus, Steenstrup, 1857 (name only). Architeuthis dux, Steenstrup, 1857. Dinoteuthis proboscideus, A. G. More, 1875. Architeuthis monachus, Verrill, 1875. Off Inishbofin, Connemara, 1875.—One specimen. Portions of the above are in the Dublin Museum. The shorter arms measure eight feet in length, and fifteen inches round the base. The tentacular arms measure fourteen and seventeen feet, and were probably much longer when fresh. Club two feet nine inches in length. A full description of the specimen is given by A. G. More (1875), sub Architeuthis dux, Steenstrup. In 1673 a ‘ strange and monstrous fish ”’ was cast ashore at Dingle, Co. Kerry. Contemporary letters describing it are reported by Verrill (1879) ; and an account of its capture is given by A. G. More (1875), who proposed for it the name of Dinoteuthis proboscideus. Verrill, however, believes from the published accounts, that it differed in no way from Architeuthus monachus. The total length is said to have been 19 feet, and that of the arms 6-8 feet. The tentacular arms were mutilated, but a length of 11 feet remained. Distribution.—Atlantic. Famity TRACHELOTEUTHIDAE. Genus Tracheloteuthis, Steenstrup, 1881. Tracheloteuthis Riisei, Steenstrup, 1881. Tracheloteuthis Behnii, Steenstrup, 1881. Tracheloteuthis Risei, Hoyle, 1886. Tracheloteuthis Behni, Carus, 1890. Verrilliola nympha, Pfeffer, 1884. Verrilliola gracilis, Pfeffer, 1884. Entomopsis Clouei, de Rochebrune, 1884. Entomopsis Velaini, Jatta, 1896. Helga. S.R. 224.—53° 7’ N., 15° 6 W., 860 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk triangular net at surface—One young; mid-water otter trawl at 650-750 fathoms—Six small [N]. BeOv. 51 S.R. 231.—50 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet on warp at 200 fathoms.—Kight small ; mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms.—One small. S.R. 299.—95 mi. 8. W. by W. 4 W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 500 fathoms, February, 1906, mosquito triangular net at 350-400 fathoms.—One small [N. ]. S.R. 449.—50° 28’ N., 11° 39’ W., 950 fathoms, May, 1907, mid- water otter trawl at 800 fathoms—Hight. Previous record :— 90 mi. W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, June, 1901, surface townet, 175 fathoms—One (Hoyle, 1905). The principal measurements of the two largest of the twenty-two specimens here recorded are appended. Mantle length, .. 20 mm. Mantle length, .. 21 mm. Breadth of body, 6 mm. Breadth of body, 8 mm. Hensthioftin, .. 6 mm Length of fm, .. 7 mm. Breadth of fin, .. 8 mm. Breadth of ‘fin, ..9 »9) mm. These individuals have the proximal tentacular suckers with 10-13 (often 11) long palisade-like teeth on two-thirds of the circum- ference of the horny ring, as in Pfeffer’s description sub Verrilliola gracilis (1884). None of the little pointed teeth mentioned by him appear, however, to be present in this form. Distribution.—Atlantic, Mediterranean, South African Region. Indian and Pacific Oceans, Indo-Malayan Region. Famity OMMATOSTREPHIDAE. Genus Todaropsis, Girard, 1889. Todaropsis Eblanae (Ball, 1841). Loligo sagittata § Verany, 1851. Todaropsis Veranyi, Girard, 1884. Todaropsis Veranyi, Posselt, 1892. Todaropsis Veranyt. Jatta, 1896. Helga. S.R. 211.—70 mi. 8. W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 81 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One, 2. S.R. 215.—25 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 106 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl—One ¢?. R. 30.—9} mi. 8. E. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 39 fathoms, August, 1906, trawl—One ?. The following are in the Dublin Museum :— N. E. Ireland (Ordnance Survey Coll.)—Several; Dublin Bay— one specimen; Irishtown Strand—one specimen. Distribution.—Atlantic coasts of Europe, North Sea, Irish Sea, Mediterranean. Vertical Range.—Extends to 110 fathoms, Jatta (1896), sub Todaropsis Veranyt. 1 Di. 32 Genus Om~ atostrephes, d’Orbigny, 1835 Todarodes, Steenstrup, 1880. Ommatostrephes sagittatus! (Lamarck, 1799). Ommastrephes todarus, delle Chiaje, 1829. Ommatostrephes todarus, Forbes and Hanley, 1853. Todarodes sagittatus, Hoyle, 1886. Todarodes sagittatus, Jatta, 1896. Ommatostrephes sagittatus, Pfeffer, 1900. Todarodes sagittatus, Joubin, 1900. Helga. S.R. 498.—51° 0’ N., 11° 35’ W., 775 fathoms, September, 1907, hand net at surface—Two 2. The above were caught at midnight, a number of others fully three feet in length were seen at the same time darting about on the surface. Distribution.—Iceland, Farées, Norway, British Isles, Coasts of France and Portugal, Mediterranean, Azores. As regards the vertical range, this species appears to be generally taken at the surface. Jatta (1896) mentions that it is fished for in the Mediterranean at night, at from about 11-17 fathoms. Genus Stenoteuthis, Verrill, 1880. Ommatostrephes, Steenstrup, 1880. Stenoteuthis pteropus (Steenstrup, 1856). Stenoteuthis megaptera, Verrill, 1878. Cast ashore at Miltown Malbay, Co. Clare.—One specimen. An account of the above is given by Mr. Nichols in the Irish Naturalist, March, 1905, where mention is also made of a tentacular arm of a squid captured many years ago at Killala, Co. Mayo. Mr. Nichols believes this squid to have been also Stenoteuthis pteropus. Distribution.—North-Atlantic on European and American sides, West Indies, Mediterranean. Vertical Range.—Extends to 300 fathoms, Verrill (1879), sub S. megaptera. Famity OMMATOSTREPHIDAE (?) Helga. S.R. 231.—ca. 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, 55° I’ N. 10° 45’ W., 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk nian net at about 750 fathoms—One, larval [N.]; mid-water otter trawl at about 1,150 fathoms—One, larval. 1There are records of this species from Youghal, Jeffreys, 1869a, and Glandore Bay, eee 1856, but the specimens do not appear to be extant. ‘ d 4 oF 1 ‘ ¥ : EOF. 33 Famity CHIROTEUTHIDAE. ‘ENuS Doratopsis, de Rochebrune, 1884. Hyaloteuthis, Pfeffer, 1884. Doratopsis vermicularis (Riippell, 1884). Leptoteuthis diaphana, Verrill, 1884. Helga. 5.R. 481.—50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W., 920-1,064 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 600-900 fathoms—One. This specimen agrees exactly with the figure given by Pfeffer (1884). It has some large chromatophores on the median dorsal line of the neck, instead of the stellate organs described by Weiss (1889) and Jatta (1896), also, the suckers of the sessile arms are in two rows. As regards these points it is, therefore, in accordance with the example from the Bay of Biscay described by Joubin (1900). The latter record constitutes the previous nearest locality to British-and-Irish waters. - Ficalbi (1899) considers Doratopsis vermicularis to be only a larval form of Chiroteuthis Veranyi. Joubin (1900) with regard to this says: “‘Si, comme cela parait probable, cette observation est exacte et se généralise, le genre Doratopsis sera supprimé et ne répresentera plus q’une forme larvaire des Chiroteuthis.” Pfeffer (1900) gives, however, an exhaus- live list of objections to the union of the two species. It seems best, therefore, for the present to retain the distinction between them. Dimensions. End of body to extremity of longest arm, .. 42 mm. Mantle length, .. us) sts es wishoagel EI Breadth of mantle, ee mis ee Rae srk Length of fin, .. 43 ai se Se hove mATTL, Breadth of fin,.. ie ate bas sap ae, ETN. Length of tentacle, -” ae es 2c een. Distribution.—Atlantic Ocean, east coast of United States, Mediterranean. Famity CRANCHIIDAE. Genus Desmoteuthis, Verrill, 1881. Megalocranchia, Pfeffer, 1884. Desmoteuthis hyperborea (Steenstrup, 1881). Leachia hyperborea, Steenstrup, 1856. Leachia ellipsoptera, Jeffreys and Thompson, 1870. Loligopsis hyperborea, Tryon, 1879. Desmoteuthis tenera, Verrill, 1882. Taonius hyperboreus, Hoyle, 1886. Helga. S.R. 499.—50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666-778 fathoms, September, 1907, trawl—One. The above is a damaged specimen, with a total length of 230 mm. c Oy: 34 The only previous Irish record is that of the Porcupine (Jeffreys, 1869a), 140 mi. N. W. of the coast of Ireland, 56° 10° N., 13° 16’ W. Surface. Two specimens. Distribution. —*‘ North Atlantic from Baffin’s Bay and Greenland to Ireland and Madeira. Surface to deep sea” (Pfeffer, 1900). Genus Helicocranchia, gen. nov. Body elongated, chalice-shaped, tapering gradually to a rounded point. Mantle substance tough, smooth, pale, with many small chromatophores. Fins considerable, oval, pedunculate, attached to end of dorsal surface of body. Eyes on short stalks, large, in the form of a low cone. Arms rather long with keel and lateral membrane moderately developed. Tentacles long and expanded into a club. Siphon extremely large. Helicocranchia Pfefferi, Massy, 1907. Plo Mi. Helga. S.R. 212.—50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W., 411-378 fathoms, May, 1905, trawl at about 350 fathoms—One. Body broadest in the middle, tapering gradually and rounded posteriorly. Breadth of body rather less than half the length of mantle. Surface smooth, colour creamy white, dorsal surface closely freckled with dull red oblong chromatophores arranged irregularly, ventral surface and sides with eight transverse rows of chromatophores, as well as a number of spots arranged in no particular order. Fins narrowly pedunculate, broadly pyriform in outline, some- what fleshy, rather more than one-fifth the length of the mantle, attached to dorsal surface close to (in type at 1 mm. from) posterior end of the body. Mantle-margin depressed in middle line dorsally, and there jomed to siphon. Eyes large, cone-shaped, attached in centre of cone to very short broad stalk. The lens is placed in the centre of cone, and 1s set obliquely, half on the top and half on the outer lateral surface. The ventral face of the cone is occupied by a large bluntly conical process, and I ain indebted to Dr. Hoyle for po.uting out that this is a luminons organ. On the dorsal face there is a slight swelling strongly pigmented, possibly due to the retinal pigment showing through the transparent tissues. Towards the ventral end of each eye on the outer surface is an oblong soft white papilla, possibly the olfactory papilla. Buccal membrane mutilated in the type, but apparently seven- angled. Siphon (PI. III, fig. 2) extremely large, extending about two- thirds of the length of the ventral arms. The arms are about one third as long as the mantle. They are unequal, the apparent order of length being 3, 2, 1, 4,!slender and 1 Tips of ventral arms absent, 4.06; 35 tapering, with transparent keel moderately developed on distal two thirds of all, but least developed on dorsal arms. Lateral membrane moderate, extending entire length of arms. Margin usually straight. The arms appear to be quite free. The suckers are stalked and arranged in two rows until the distal third of arm is reached when they suddenly become very minute, crowded and arranged irregularly. These minute suckers are stalked, and have a circular aperture. Towards the extreme tip they appear to be imperfectly formed. The large suckers have a circular horny ring, and about four rows of papillae. The latter when they cross the edge look like teeth. The tips of the ventral arms being absent in the type, it is not possible to say if the smali suckers are present on these arms also. The suckers on all the arms are placed furthest apart on the proximal portion, gradually becoming placed closer together, and reaching their maximum size just before the commence- ment of the distal third, where they are abruptly succeeded by the tiny suckers. The large suckers of the dorsal arms are smaller in proportion than those of the other arms. The tentacles are long, slender and round. When bent back they extend rather more than three-quarters of the length of the mantle. The stem is thickest at its base whence it narrows gradually but considerably, again expanding into a club furnished with moderate swimming crest and lateral membrane. The suckers of the club are in four tows, of which the two median are perhaps slightly the largest. About 60 suckers are present on each club, all with circular horny ring with about four rows of papillae. About 16 pairs of minute suckers occur on the inner surface of the stem, placed close together near the club, becoming gradually more distant. Apparently none are modified into fixing pads. There are none on the proximal portion of the stem, which is quite smooth in the type for the last 10 mm. Organ of siphon consisting of two quadrangular folds on sides, and a median dorsal organ. The latter (Pl. III, fig. 3) is com- posed of a thin trifoliate plate occupied by an anterior acicular tubercle, and two lateral tubercles in the form of thin, curved, roughly triangular processes. Dimensions. es Total length, .. ae me - .. 80 mm. End of body to mantle-margin dorsally, .. .. 39 mm. se i top of eye, ie . >-_ 41 mm. Breadth of body, - ae e% 4.) » J8s7mam. “A head between eyes, .. oF fe Xo. a3 » across eyes, a b% qa ~ dO Tm. Length of eye from dorsal to ventral side, 4 mm. Breadth of eye, be af 3 mm. Kye projeets above mantle-margin, 2 mm, Length of fin, .. 7 mm Breadth of fin, x 7 mm. , of peduncle of fin, 2 mm. 1, OF: 36 Approximate length of arms :-— Ist on right, 11 mm. Ist on left, 11 mm. 2nd a3) es AS 2nd 592, de ce 3rd » 14 mm. 3rd » 14 mm. 4th se 9 mm. 4th ey 8 mm. Length of tentacle 37 mm. The arms were measured from the mouth, but the arm measure- ments must be considered only approximate, as, with the exception of the first and third arms on the left, the extreme tips are missing. CEPHALOPODA, immature. Helga. S.R. 15.—50 mi. W. N. W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 290 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 15 fathoms—One. S.R. 351.—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito net on trawl—One. S.R. 352.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—One. 1707, 37 LIST OF REFERENCES. Appellof, 1893.—‘“ Bemerkungen uber die auf der norwegischen Nordmeer-Expedition gesammelten Cephalopoden.” —Berg. Mus. Aarbog for 1892, No. 1. Ball, 1841.—‘‘ On a species of Zoligo found on the shore of Dublin Bay.’”’—Proe. R.I. Acad., 1841. Ball, 1842.—*‘ Notes of the Acetabuliferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, including two new species cf Rossiae.”—Proc. R.1. Acad, IT, 1842. Chun, 1907.-- “‘ System der Cranchien.”— Zool. Anzeiger, Vol. 31. d’Orbigny, 1855.—‘‘ Mollusques vivants et fossiles; 2° Partie. La monographie compléte des Céphalopodes acétabu- liféeres.” Paris, 1855. Ficalbi, 1899.—‘“ Unicita di specie delle due forme di cefalopodi pela- gici chiamate Chiroteuthis Veranyi e Doratopsis cvermicularis.”— Monit. Zool. Ital., anno X, n° 4. Firenze, 1899. P. & J. Fischer, 1892.---““ Diagnoses d’ espéces nouvelles de Mollusques Cephalopodes recueillis dans le cours de l Expédition scientifique du Talisman” (1883).—Journ. de Conch. XX XII. Fisher and Joubin, 1906.—<“‘ Céphalopodes.”—Exped. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1880-83. Paris, 1906. Garstang, 1900-03.-—‘‘The Plague of Octopus on the South Coast, and its effect on the Crab and Lobster Fisheries.”— Journ. Marine Biol. Ass. Vol. VI, Plymouth, 1900-03. Girard, 1890.— “ Revision des Mollusques du Muséum de Lisbonne. 1. Céphalopodes.””—Jorn, Sc. Math. Phys. Lisboa (2) Tomo 1, 1890. Haddon, 1886.-—‘“ Recent contributions to the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Iveland.”—Zoologist (3), X, 1886. Holt, 1892.—‘‘ Survey of Fishing Grounds, West Coast of Ireland, 1890-1891. Report on the Results of the Fishing Operations.”—-Sc, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., VII, 1892. Hoyle, 1888.—“ A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda.”— Proc. Royal Phys. Soc., Edin., 1888. Hoyle, 1886.—‘‘ Report on the Cephalopoda.”—Challenger, Zoology, Part XLIV, 1886. ; Hoyle, 1902.—‘ Notes from the Manchester Museum. No. 9. British Cephalopoda: their Nomenclature and Identifica- tion.” —Journ. of Conch., Vol. 10, No. 7. Hoyle, 1905.—‘On specimens of Z’racheloteuthis Riisei and Cirro- teuthis from Deep Water off the West Coast of Treland.”—-Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-3 Pt. IT, App. ITT. [1905]. I. 07. 38 Jatta, 1896.—“I Cefalopodi viventi nel Golfo di Napoli.” —Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Monog. 23: Cefalopodi (Systematica), Berlin, 1896. Jeffreys, 1869.—‘ British Conchology,” Vol. 5. London, 1869. Jeffreys, 1869 (a).—‘‘The Deep-Sea Dredging Expedition in H.M.S. Porcupine.” —Nature, 1, 1869. Joubin, 1900.—“ Cephalopodes provenant des campagnes de la Princesse Alice. [1891-1897].”—Rés. Camp. Scient. Albert 1*, fase. XVII, Monaco, 1900. Jouhin, 1902.—‘‘ Quelques observations sur Loligo media.”— Rennes. Bull. Soc. Sci. Med. XT. 1902. Joubin, 1902 (a).—‘‘ Observations sur divers Céphalopodes. Sixiéme Note : sur une nouvelle espece du Genre Rossia.” — Bull. Soe. Zool Fra., 1902. Kolombatovic, 1900.—Druge Zoologiske Vijesti iz Dalmacije—U Spljetu, 1900. Massy, 1907.—“ Preliminary Notice of new and remarkable Cepha lopods from the South-west coast of Treland.’—-Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XX, 1907. More, 1875.—‘“ Notice of a gigantic Cephalopod (Dinoteuthis probos- cideuws), which was stranded at Dingle, in Kerry, 200 years ago.” — Zoologist, July, 1875. More, 1875.—‘‘ Scme account of the gigantic squid (Architeuthis dua:) lately captured off Bofin Island, Connemara.”— Zoologist, X, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XVI. Nichols, 1900.—‘“‘ A list of the Marine Mollusca of !reland.”—Proc. R.1.A., Vol. V, No. 4, 1900. Nichols, 1905.—‘“ On some Irish specimens of a large squid, Steno- teuthis pteropus (Steenstrup.”)—Irish Naturalist, March, 1905. Norman, 1890.—‘ Revision of British Mbollusca.”.—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vols. V and VI, 1890. Pfeffer, 1884.—‘‘ Die Cephalopoden des Hamburger Naturhistorischen Museums.”—Abh. Nat. Ver., Hamburg, VIII, Bd., 1884. Pfeffer, 1900.—-‘‘ Synopsis der oegopsiden Cephalopoden.”—Mit. aus dem Nat. Mus. XVII , Hamburg, 1900. Pfeffer, 1908.-—‘‘ Die Cephalopoden.”—Nordisches Plankton, IV, 1908. Smith, E. A., 1884.—‘‘ Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. Alert [1881-82].” London, 1884. Smith, E. A., 1889.—‘‘ Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. coast of Ireland under the direction of Rev. W. Spotswood Green.”—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), IV, 1889. Steenstrup, 1856.—‘‘ Hectocotyldannelsen hos Octopodslagterne Argo- nauta og Tremoctopus, oplyst ved Jagttageise af lignende Dannelser hos Blacksprutterne i Alminde- lighed.”—-Dansk Vid. Selsk. Afhandl. (5) 4, Bd., 1856. EXO7. 39 Swanston, 1886.—‘“ First Report on the Marine Fauna of the South- west of Ireland. Mollusca.”— Proc. R.I. Acad. (2), IV, 1886. Thompson, 1844.—‘‘ Report on the Fauna of Ireland: Division Inver- tebrata.”—Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1843. Thompson, 1856.—‘‘The Natural History of Ireland.” Vol. IV, 1856. Tryon, 1879.—“ Manual of Conchology. Cephalopoda.” Vol. I, Philadelphia, 1879. Verany, 1851.—“ Mollusques Méditerranéens, 1° Partie ; Céphalopodes de la Méditerranée.” Genes, 1851. Verrill, 1879.—‘‘ The Cephalopods of the North-eastern Coast of America.”—U.S. Fish Comm. Rept., 1879, Verrill, 1884.- ‘Second Catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the Fauna of the New England Coast and the adjacent parts of the Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-sea species, with Notes on others recently recorded.” Trans, Connect. Acad., VI, 1884. Weiss, 1889.—“ On some Oigopsid cuttle fishes.” —Quart, Journ, Micr, Se. (2), Vol. 29, 1889. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I—ITI. Puate I, Polypus ergasticus, Fischer, 1892. Fig. 1—The entire animal. Fig. 2.—Radula. Fig. 3.-—Organ of siphon. Puate II. Polypus ergasticus, Fischer, 1892, Fig. 1.—Extremity of hectocotylized arm. Polypus prscatorum, Verrill, 1879. Fig. 2.—The entire animal. Fig. 3.—Extremity of hectocotylized arm. Fig. 4.-—Ditto, lateral aspect. PuateE ITI. Helicocranchia Pfetfert, Massy, 1907. Fig. 1.—The animal, dorsal aspect, arms of one side only drawn. Fig. 2.—Ventral aspect, siphon and eyes. Fig. 3.—Dorsal organ of siphon. ALT. Co. (Ltd.) | (20105)—-Wt. P. 77—S 57. 875. 10, 09, ; MEATS met Why eer es i oat au davar Sy Bad ET cb gh not fe “ide A Privive set ee ji , oper bo" Se ae wiewatr poilergiUl ‘ bi aiden ait)" we “Hoy: Fb Veda bl q A= re us Sh Th Shee erth Me Sirteree tt} pa hone igs e ort ia Fvialie lh Seneanghglt fk ee + ~ 06a va ad Se ; 4 re mh ne ahi a ma § Ome Ge a ae Hf ehh eh a Gas te eis et fiend i rina neoub wag teiillo ie athe P| ani out We birapttbod tiadee ae Ob bs Bip aie yd inline = about indi Pt ae Uvex Vai i.) uitieees “ari ire Aly wives | oe wit od doidae glk be Re Te enol hiro eas pa alta ve Wg Dede Sal SRR Wee oike: TG eis t A i WY Viaw ie heir) Wisihas Ag bia ecth. To APU out “eee, ily wo Oi, Aer b2AL eh 4 baad, dance rin Sry if ’ wid! of VER GS Ws OQir GIO SCP ie GHA. (Oe Gb aaa a < ; e “bh be A A one ORR ae X fr ‘ae * . 7 , 5 se ERS ‘ > af oo) RL eS BALA tue, feet s & Aly rat pint i aay ets “ SOCAL Ni omkD dyn anys wierd: rat : isd Hem eny OM: athe Te) (303 ee 4 igus HAP YD VAPY® ‘aha © re aici ahi aut i cutiae Legs db goburad METI Sh Poigk “st BS ie lata ne WHiktes aim r. ‘5 Selah i in) ve I 7 ren’ oy SRE OPES (cai eaten © nei weric Buhay he aa eur Ch) UDEARS Tk naies (haat ine Tari {auras .< ° ea? ye Tj] iv y if Mi Ve f u tartt ¥ = seer my . 4 ‘ hay fist Lou if Ww, é ? a ‘tah ‘oleate i 1 ateivapaiee ts Bae alae ee 02 & 229.0 ? OTF, SALES Sak > SoS: Polypus ergasticus. OF. Eells 1, Polypus ergasticus. 2-4., Polypus piscatorum,. le OT. Pi. tl C. G. del. Helicocranchia Pfefferi. hie : 4 gh cei ky hs « on tt ne 4 OFFICIAL. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. | Nowe The Pteropoda and Heteropoda of the Coasts of Ireland. Ube Anne L. Massy. This paper may be referred to as — “ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, LI. [1909}’ DUB EiLN:: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE, BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO. (Liirep). And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from KE, PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN; or WYMAN AND SONS (LIMITED), FETTER-LANE, LONDON, E.C. ; or OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE COURT, EDINBURGH. 1909. Price Eight Pence. et siatead os > ne td a; - ny ivi be “Fey ; : _ os ¢ ‘ oa Sh i . Ss noes Me ae a oman ac@s aH! STO, ad ream .- avsidait 168 MEMPOUATEAE m ; 7 Wy a AO ea ASI o io enorradlred var OLUrTMaES TOO! | - it aA ~~ hi + Tite art les shongyetoiolt fostay Alia ploy ! 1 ' oy wes dE ct ava * hotrol af Yan. ay anit voi) TA Oe soso lod lear ; Ps ‘ ed 2S Atha - oto TASKOPEATA BL TEEUA fv ain we (natiaid) 0" A eines d AML AA DE { | 1, Valiieg hos & (da ny ds wm atten! b voitily deo 6 I Pre eS Te a oe i m9) UN OTe Anas cornet Jaren) oO a ee = ‘ RIO RaMoRENs aod & Dé ee . : eo) “s 2-¥ 7 & kG . i 93 | : to bo *_ ~~) 7 oe Wh yt ae a re - | THE PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA OF THE COASTS OF IRELAND. 1B ANNE L. Massy. Prat bE Records of Pteropoda exist from all parts of the Irish coast, with the exception of the eastern portion between the Copeland Islands, Co. Down, and Carnsore Point, Co. Wexford. In the present list seventeen species are enumerated, including a new member of the Genus Clione, and seven species not hitherto recorded from the British Islands. Dr. Meisenheimer of Marburg, most kindly examined some of the rarer forms, and I wish to ex- press here my thanks to him for his valuable help. Limacina Lesueuri, @Orbigny, is recorded by the Council of the Marine Biological Association,’ on the authority of Dr. Pelseneer, as having been found in vast numbers at the surface in August, 1906, in the north-west portion of the English Channel, and to the north of the Scilly Islands. These are the specimens which were first recorded in the Bulletin trimestriel des . . . . Croisiéres pervodiques (1906-1907, No. I.) under L. retroversa ; and they were taken on the 12th and [4th August at stations of which the most northerly is about 25 mi. N. N.W. of the Scilies. On the 4th August the Helga, at 20 mi. W.S.W. of Carnsore Point, took a few Limacina, which I record below as L. retroversa. Through the kindness of Mr. Bygrave I have been able to examine a number of specimens of ZL. Lesuweuri, taken by him on the occasion mentioned above. They were accompanied by outline drawings of both species by Dr. Pelseneer, and were very small, but so easily distinguishable from similar stages of L. retroversa that I am satisfied that our records of that species are free from any confusion with L. Lesueuri. I am indebted to Mr. 8S. W. Kemp for the illustrations of Clione gracilis. The Heteropoda are only represented in this list by a few records of Carimaria Lamarckit. In the lists of captures given below it must be understood that a record of number of specimens only implies that the specimens were taken alive. When only eae ‘shells were taken, the record of number is followed by “shell” or ‘shells.’ 1 Journ. M. B. Assoc. N. S. VIII., 1907, No. 1, ‘‘ Report of the Council,’’ p. 64. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, II, [1909]. 1 Or. 4 OrDER PTEROPODA. A. EUTHECOSOMATA. Famity LIMACINIDAE. Genus Limacina, Cuvier, 1817. Heterofusus, Fleming, 1823. Spiratella, de Blainville, 1824. Heliconoides (part.), d’Orbigny, 1836. Spirialis (part.), Eydoux et Souleyet, 1840. Helicophora, Gray, 1842. Scaea, Philippi, 1844. Protomedea (part.), Costa, 1861. Embolus, Jeffreys, 1869. Limacina (part.), Boas, 1885. Limacina helicoides, Jeffreys, 1877. S.R. 175—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island,Co. Mayo, 670 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk triangular net at 600 fathoms—One. S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms— One. (Porcupine Expedition, 1869, Station 28, 56° 44’ N., 12° 52’ W., 1,215 fathoms—Shells. Sykes, 1905). Dr. Meisenheimer thinks that the specimens from Stations 8.R. 175 and $.R. 231 are rightly referred here, but in each case the shell is too broken to be quite certain of the species. Distribution —** Several stations in the Atlantic, from off the British Isles to the Azores, always dead, and at considerable depths.” (Sykes, 1905). Atlantic south of Equator, along African coast, alive (Meisenheimer, 1905). Limacina retroversa (Fleming). Fusus retroversus, Fleming, 1822. Limacina balea, Moller, 1841. Scaea stenogyra, Philippi, 1844. Spirialis stenogyra, Loven, 1847. Peracle Flemingii, Jeffreys, 1847. Spirialis Flemingii and MacAndrei, Forbes and Hanley, 1853. LTimacina retroversa, Macandrei, balea, Gray, 1850. Spirvalis Gouldii, Stimpson, 1851. Heterofusus balea, Mérch, 1857. Spirialis retroversus, Jefireys, 1869. Soirialis balea and Heterofusus Alevandri, Verrill, 1872 Spirialis balea and Spirialis retroversus, Sars, 1878. Limacina balea, Boas, 1886. Limacina retroversa, Pelseneer, 1888. Limacina retroversa, Dall, 1889. Limacina retroversa, Meisenheimer, 1905. Limacina retroversa, Eliot, 1907. IT. 07. 5 Monica—10 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 50 fathoms. May, 1900, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Few. Monica—5 mi. W. of Inishturk, 40 fathoms, May, 1900, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Three. Monica—3 mi. N. by W. of Shark Head (?), Co. Galway, 54 fathoms, June, 1900, townet at 35 fathoms—Very few. Bofin CXLVI b.—Bofin Harbour, Co. Galway, 1-24 fathoms, June, 1900, townet at surface—One. Monica—5 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, 46 fathoms, June, 1900, townet at 16 fathoms—Three. Bofin CXLV1 i—Bofin Harbour, 1-4 fathoms, June, 1900, townet at surface—Few. Monica—5i mi. N.W. of Inishturk, 50 fathoms, June, 1900, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Two. Bofin CX LI X—Bofin Harbour, I—5) fathoms, June, 1900, medium silk townet at 1-4 fathoms—Fourteen. Bofin CLVI b—Bofin Harbour, 1-2} fathoms, June, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—Many. Bofin CLVII—Bofin Harbour, 1-2} fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—Abundant. Bofin CLIX a—Bofin Harbour, 6-12 fathoms, July, 1900, townet at surface—A bundant. Bofin CLXI—Bofin Harbour, 4-12 fathoms, July, 1900, mos- quito-net townet, coarse silk townet, and medium silk and cheese cloth townets at surface—Abundant. Bofin CLXIJI a—Bofin Harbour, 4-12 fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet, and medium silk and cheesecloth townet at sur- face—Many. Bofin CLXIV b—Bofin Harbour, 1-2} fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—Many. Bofin CLXVI—Bofin Harbour, 1-2} fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—A bundant. Bofin CLXVII—Bofin Harbour, 1-23 fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—A bundant. Bofin CLXVIII b—Bofin Harbour, 12-24 fathoms, July, 1900, coarse silk townet, fine silk net, and mosquito-net townet at sur- face—A bundant. Bofin CLXIX b—Bofin Harbour, 6-18 fathoms, July, 1900, mosquito-net townet at surface—Abundant. Bofin CLXXI b—Bofin Harbour, 4-12 fathoms, July, 1900, mosquito-net townet, coarse silk townet, and fine silk townet at surface—A bundant. Bofin CLX XVIII a—Bofin Harbour, 4-12 fathoms, August, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—One. Bofin CLXXXI b—Bofin Harbour, 6-10 fathoms, August, 1900, medivm silk townet at surface—Few large, very many small. Bofin CCV—Bofin Harbour, 1-4 fathoms, August, 1900, fine silk townet at surface—Small, numerous. Bofin CCVII a—Bofin Harbour, 6-8 fathoms, August, 1900 ; coarse silk townet at 2 fathoms—Few large. Bofin CCVIT b—Bofin Harbour, 6-8 fathoms, August, 1900, fine silk townet at 3-4 fathoms—Many young. TT °07. 6 Bofin CCVIII—Bofin Harbour, 1-4 fathoms, August, 1900, fine silk townet at surface—Small numerous. Bofin CCIX—Bofin Harbour, September, 1900, fine silk tow- net at surface—Small, numerous. Bofin CCXIV. a—Bofin Harbour, 16-24 fathoms, September, 1900, fine silk townet at surface—Small, numerous. Monica—2} mi. N.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 50 fathoms September, 1900, medium silk townet at surface—About five hun- dred small. Monica—Between Inishturk and Inishshark, Co. Galway, 36 fathoms, September, 1900, fine silk townet at surface—Three. Monica—4 mi. W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 60 fathoms, September, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—Fifteen. Monica—Off High Island, Co. Galway, 49 fathoms, September, 1900, medium silk townet at surface—Very abundant. Monica—4 mi. W. by N. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 41 fathoms, September, 1900, townet at surface—About four hundred. Monica—24 mi. 8.W. by W. of Shark Head, Co. Galway, 42 tathoms, September, 1900, medium silk townet at surface—Moderate. Monica—About 2 mi. N. by W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 46 fathoms, October, 1900, townet at surface—Small, abundant. Bofin CCXXXVIII—Bofin Harbour, 1-2} fathoms, October, 1900, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Ten. Monica—4 mi. W.N.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 57 fathoms, October, 1900, middle townet—Very abundant ; bottom townet— About forty. M.L. XVI—2 mi. W. by N. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 35 fathoms, March, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms— Three. Helga XXIV—1} mi. N.E. by N. of Davillaun, Co. Galway, 924 fathoms, March, 1901, coarse silk townet at 24 fathoms—One. Helga XXV—3 mi. S.E. by E. of 8. pt. of Achillbeg, Co. Mayo. 13 fathoms, March, 1903, medium silk townet at 13 fathoms—Three, M.L. XXI—About 1 mi. W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 40 fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms—One. M.L. XXIJI—Off Inishbofin, Co. Galway, 52 (7) fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth tewnet at 16 fathoms—Four - medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 32 fathoms—Three : mosquito- -net townet at surface—Few. Helga XXXIII—5 mi. E. by 8. of Mine Hd., Co. Waterford, 21-26 fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—One ; medium silk townet at 21-26 fathoms—About one hundred small ; coarse silk and medium silk townets on trawl—About sixteen. M.L. XXV—8 mi. N. by E. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 48 fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—T wo ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 24 fathoms—Three ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 48 fathoms—Three. M.L. XXVITI—3} mi. N.W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 60 fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Nine ; mediuin silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—One very small. Lf 707: 7 M.L. XXX—53 mi. N.W. of Shark, 56 fathoms, April, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Six hundred and sixty-two; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—About four hundred and fifty; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 56 fathoms—Three hundred and sixty. M.L. XXXI—33 mi. W.S.W. of Shark, 50 fathoms, May, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Twenty ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Two; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Twenty-six. M.L. XX XIV—7 mi. W. by N. of Shark Hd., 66 fathoms, May, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Ten ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 33 fathoms—Ninety-nine ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 66 fathoms—One hundred and sixty-two. M.L. XXXVITI—4 mi. W.S.W. of Shark Hd., 59 fathoms, May, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Twelve ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 59 fathoms—Twenty-five. M.L. XXXTX—5 mi. N.N.E. of Shark Hd., 48 fathoms, May, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 24 fathoms—Ten ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 48 fathoms—About one hundred and twenty-five. M.L. XL—73 mi. N. by W. of.Shark Hd., 49 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—EKight; medium silk and cheesecioth townet at 25 fathoms—Seven; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 49 fathoms—Nineteen. M.L. XLIT—1? mi. W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 25 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 faphonie Few. ML. XLUI—7 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, 47 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at sur eens, very large ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 234 fathoms—Few. M.L. XLIV—Ballynakill Harbour, Go. Galway, 7-8 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Moderate number of very small. Helga LUXXIV (R.7. II., 2 b., ¢.)—30 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 88 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk townet at 44 fathoms—Very small, very abundant ; medium silk townet at 88 fathoms—Very small, very Se Helga LXXVII—124 mi. W. by N. 3 N. of Cleggan Hd., 91 fathoms, June, 1901, medium silk Hovities at surface—Moderate number. Helga UXXX (r.7. I., 3)—20 mi. N. by W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 63 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 63 fathoms— Extremely numerous. eels LXXXI (rT. IL., 4b., c.)—10 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 52 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Twenty ; mean silk townet at 26 fathoms—T wo; medium silk townet at 2 fathoms—A bundant. YALL, XLVIII—Off Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 62 zathioms, July, 1901, medium silk numerous ; medium silk and oheeteclwih honinst at 62 jabibrse— Moderate number ; mosquito-net townet at surface—Five. IT. ’07. 8 Helga UXXXII (z.7. IL., 2c¢.)—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 72° fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Twelve ; medium silk townet at 72 fathoms—Abundant. Helga UXXXIII (r.7., HT. 3)—20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 67 fathoms. July, 1901,medium silk townet at surface—Very abundant; medium silk townet at 334 fathoms—Abundant; medium silk townet at 67 fathoms—Very abundant. Helga UXXXIV (z.7., ILL., 4)—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 60 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Ten ; medium silk townet at 60 fathoms—Very abundant. Helga UXXXV (r.7. I. 1b., c.)—40 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 87 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—About one hundred ; medium silk townet at 433 fathoms—Twelve ; medium silk townet at 87 fathoms—Very abundant. Helga LXXXVI (R17. I, 2 b., c.)—30 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 72 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Six ; medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Extremely abundant ; medium silk townet at 40 fathoms—Extremely abundant. Helga LXXXVII (z.7. 1, 3 b., c.)—20 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 45 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Five ; medium silk townet at 224 fathoms—About fifty very small ; medium silk townet at 45 fathoms—About one hundred. Helga LXX XVIII (r.7. HI., 1 b., c.)—40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 78 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—A bout twelve ; medium silk townet at 39 fathoms—Small, very numerous ; medium silk townet at 78 fathoms—Extremely numerous. Helga UXXXIX (r.7. 1, 4 b., c.)-—10 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 45 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 223 fathoms—Very small, abundant; medium silk townet at 45 fathoms—Extremely abundant. Helga XC (r.7. IV., 1 b., c.)—40 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., 76 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 38 fathoms—Very small, abundant; coarse silk townet at 76 fathoms—Hight. Helga XCI (r.7. IV., 2 b., c.)—30 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., 68 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—About twenty ; medium silk townet at 34 fathoms—About fifty; medium silk townet at 68 fathoms—About fifty. Helga XCII (z.17. IV., 3 b., c.)—20 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., 614 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Four ; medium silk townet at 31 fathoms—Fifteen ; medium silk townet at 614 fathoms—Three. Helga XCIII (r.17. IV., 4 c.)—10 mi. W. by 8. of Cleggan Hd., 60 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—about six ; fine silk townet at 60 fathoms—About forty. Helga XCIV—1} mi. N.W. of the Stags of Bofin, Co. Galway, 35 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Ten ; medium silk townet at 174 fathoms—Abundant; fine silk townet at 35 fathoms—Abundant, moderate size. Helga XCV (r.7. L., 5b., c.}—10 m. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., 574 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Four; medium silk townet at 29 fathoms—Two; medium silk townet at 574 fathoms—Three. E07. 9 Helga XCVI (z.7. III., 5 b., c.)—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 603 fathoms, July, 1901, Poe silk townet at surface—One ; medium sill: townet at al fashomes Shout one hundred and fifty : ; medium silk townet at 603 fathoms—About twenty-five. Helga XCVII (x.7. IL, 5b., c.)—10 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 57 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Four ; medium silk townet at 284 fathoms—Very abundant; medium silk townet at 57 fathoms—About fifty. Helga XCVIII (z.7. I., 5 b., c.)}—10 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 48 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 24 fathoms—About twenty-five; medium silk townet at 48 fathoms—Extremely abundant. Helga XCTX—5} mi. 8.E. by E. ? E. of Beetle Hd., Clare Island, 12 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Three ; medium silk townet at 12 fathoms—Five. Helga C—24 mi. N. 4 W. of Renvyle Pnt., Co. Galway, 24 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Three ; medium silk townet at 123 fathoms—Four; medium silk townet at 24 fathoms—Twelve. Helga CI—1% mi. 8.W. by W. 2? W. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 25 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at 123 fathoms—Very abundant ; medium silk townet at 25 fathoms—Abundant. Helga CIl—14 mi. 8. of Kinnacorra Pnt., Clare Island, Co. Mayo, 93 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at surface— Seven ; medium silk townet at 94 fathoms—Six. Helga CIYI—24 mi. E. of Clare Island Lt., 17 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Three ; medium silk townet at 84 fathoms.—T wo; medium silk townet at 17 fathoms—One. Helga C1V—3 mi. E. of Clare Island Harbour, 194 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surfacee—Two; medium silk townet at 194 fathoms—One. M.L. LIZI—13 mi. N.W. by W. of Imshturk, Co. Mayo, 38 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 19 fathoms—Few. M.L. LVII—Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway, 7-8 fathoms, July, 1901, mosquito-net townet at 7-8 fathoms—Twelve. Helga CV (n.T. IV., 6)—10 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 524 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface— About four; medium silk townet at 26 fathoms—About twenty very small; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—About one hun- dred very small. leggan Hd., 56 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Five ; medium silk townet at 28 fathoms—Six small; medium silk townet at 55 fathoms—A bout twenty very small.? Helga CVII (r.7. II. 6)—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan H4d., 53 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 264 fathoms— Several very minute; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—A bout twelve. Helga CVIII (r.7. I. 6.)—10 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 443 fathoms, July, 1901, fine silk townet at surface. —About one hundred very small ; medium silk townet at 22 fathoms—Very numerous ; medium silk townet at 40 fathoms—Seven very small. 12°07. 10 Helga CIX—1} mi. 8.W. by W. ? W. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 30 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface —Very small, very abundant ; medium silk townet at 15 fathoms—Small, very abundant ; medium silk poe at 27 fathoms—About four. Helga © X—21 mi. N. + W. of Renvyle Pnt., Co. Galway, 25 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Six ; medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—About fifty. Helga CXI—5} mi. 8.E. by E. ? E. of Beetle Hd., Clare Island, 124 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface —Two; medium silk townet at 10 fathoms—Five. Helga CX1J—20 mi. 8.W. of Cleggan Hd., 60 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—About four; medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—About ten; medium silk townet at 60 fathoms—A bout fifteen. Helga CXIII—30 mi. 8.W. of Cleggan Hd., 58 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—About ten very small; medium silk townet at 29 fathoms—Very small, very abundant; medium silk townet at 58 fathoms—Very abundant. Helga CXIV (r.T. VI. a., b., c.)—40 mi. S.W. of Cleggan Hd., 624 fathoms, August, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Very small, very abundant; medium silk townet at 31 fathoms—Very abundant ; medium silk townet at 624 fathoms—About forty, very small. M.L. LX—About 13 mi. N.W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 39 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 193 fathoms—Moderate number of very small. M.L. LXI—About 4 mi. W.S.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 54 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Small, abundant : medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 27 fathoms Small! moderate : medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 54 fathoms—Very few ; mosquito-net townet at surface—Few. M.L. LXII—Killary Harbour, off Bundorragha, Co. Mayo, 7-12 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Small, abundant; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 5 fathoms—Few small. Helga CXVII—36 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 743 fathoms, August, 1901, cheesecloth townet on dredge—Very abundant; medium silk townet at 74 fathoms—Few; medium silk townet at surface—Nine. Helga CX VIII—33 mi. N.W. by W. + W. of Cleggan Hd., 723 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Fairly abundant; medium silk townet at 37 fathoms medium silk townet at 72 fathoms—Fairly abundant. M.L. LXVII—2 mi. N.N.E. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 30 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Small, moderate; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 15 fathoms—Very small, abundant. M.L. LXTX.—2 mi. N.W. of Beetle Hd., Clare Island, 26 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— Small, moderate. M.L. LXX—2} mi. N. of Stags of Bofin, Co. Galway, 42 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at we 08. 11 surface—Very small, numerous ; medium silk and cheesecloth tow- net at 40 fathoms—Small, numerous. Helga CXXIX (r.7. III., 1 b.)—40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 764 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk townet at 35 fathoms— One. Helga CXXX (r.7. IIL, 3a., c.}—20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 624 fathoms, September, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—About ten; medium silk townet at 65 fathoms—About ten. Helga CXXXI (r.7. III., 0., b., c.)—5O0 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 110 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—About fifty; medium silk townet at 100 fathoms— About twenty-five. Helga CXXXII (z.7. II., 0)—50 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 135 fathoms, September, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—About ten. Helga CX XXIUI (r.7. IT., 1 a., b.)—40 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 100 fathoms, September, 1901, fine silk townet at surface—Six ; medium silk townet at 45 fathoms—About six. M.L. LXXVI—2 mi. E.N.E. of High Island, Co. Galway, 23 fathoms, October, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Few, very small. M.L. CXIII—1 mi. §.8.E. of Bofin Harbour, Co. Galway, 18 fathoms, November, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—Few, small. L. 2i—1 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 14 fathoms, January, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— About fifty ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 14 fathoms— About one hundred. L. 29—I mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 15 fathoms, February, 1902, mosquito-net townet at surface—Three. L. 388—1} mi. W. by S. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 36 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— About forty ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms— About one hundred; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 36 fathoms—About twelve. L. 40—2$ mi. W. by 8. of High Island, 44 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About fifty ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 22 fathoms—About one hundred and fifty; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 44 fathoms—About one hundred; mosquito-net townet at surface-— About thirty. L. 42—I mi. N.E. by N. of High Island, 37 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About one hundred and fifty, several very small ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—About eleven hundred; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 37 fathoms—Two; mosquito-net townet at surface—Two. L. 43—Fahy Bay, Co. Galway, 1-2 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk townet at surface—One. L. 45—1} mi. E. by 8. of High Island, 56 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About seventy ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 28 fathoms—A bout iT. 707. 12 fifty, several small; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 56 fathoms—Eleven ; mosquito-net townet at surface—Few. L. 47—2 mi. S8.W. of Shark Hd., co. Galway, 53 fathoms, March, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 15 fathoms— Moderate; medium silk and cheesecloth at 33 fathoms—Abundant. L. 48—Off Inishturk, Co. Mayo, March, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Fairly abundant. L. 51—2 mi. 8. of Shark Hd., 42 fathoms, March, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Moderate; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms—Few; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 42 fathoms—Few. i oa 24 fathoms, March, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Abundant; mosquito-net townet at snrface—Few. L. 59—1!4 mi. N. of High Island, 42 fathoms, March, 1902, medium sulk medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 42 fathoms—Very few. L. 62—1 mi. W. of High Island, 40 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms—Moderate; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—Moderate. L. 65—5 mi. N.W. by W. of High Island, 53 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth Townes at surface — Moderne: medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Moderate ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Three. L. 70—44 mi.W. by N. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 58 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms— Four, large; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 58 fathoms— Moder. a L. 72 63 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheese- cloth townets at surface, 32 fathoms and 63 fathoms—Abundant. L. 74-4 mi. N. by E. of Shark Hd.? 52 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 51 fathoms—Very few, but large. L. 77—7 mi. W.N.W. of Shark Hd., 63 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—Fairly abundant. L. 79—Between Freaghillaun and Lettermore, Ballynakill Harbour, 8 fathoms, May, 1902, medium silk townet at surface— Sixty-seven, very small. L. 87—2 mi. W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 50 fathoms, May, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Fairly abundant. L. 96—31 mi. W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 52 fathoms, May, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Plenty. L. 97—5} mi. W. of Shark Hd., 62 fathoms, May, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 62 fathoms—Many. ~L. 98— June, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet L. 99—33 mi. N.W. of High Island, 55 fathoms, June, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Fairly abundant ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 55 fathoms—Few. L. 115—Fahy Bay, Co, Galway, 1-2 fathoms, June, 1902, medium silk townet below surface—Four. TES OT. 13 L. 121—14 mi. W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 50 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Fairly abundant; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms— Abundant; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— Very abundant. L. 124—5 mi. W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—Very abundant. L. 127—5 mi. W.N.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 51 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 51 fathoms— Abundant. L. 128—4 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 46 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Abundant ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 46 fathoms—Very abundant. L. 182—5 mi. N.W. by W. of High Island, 60 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Very abundant. L. 134—5} mi. N.W. by N. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 46 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 46 fathoms— Fairly abundant. A. II (r.7. II., 0.}—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 116 fathoms, August, 1902, medium silk townet at surface—Three. A. XII—Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, 9 fathoms, August, 1902, Garstang net at 9 fathoms—One. L. 161—} mi. W. by N. of High Island, 30 fathoms, October, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—About fifty-six. L. 168—Off Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, October, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Fifteen ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at bottom—Two. L. 170—3 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 17 fathoms, October, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Five; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 17 fathoms—Sixteen. L. 174—Off Cleggan Hd., October, 1902, townet at surface— Seven; townet at bottom—Hight. L. 176—$ mi. E. of Cleggan Hd., 14 fathoms, November, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—HKight ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 14 fathoms—Two. L. 185—1 mi. N.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, 16 fathoms, February, 1903, townet at surface—About seventeen. L. 186—About } mi. N.E. of Cleggan Hd., 18 fathoms, February, 1903, townet at surface—Three. S.R. 4—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 764 fathoms, February, 1903, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Few, very minute; medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—Few, small. S.R. 5—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 312-3344 fathoms, February, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Few, very small. S.R. 6—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 124! fathoms, Feb- ruary, 1902, medium silk townet at 47 fathoms—One, small. S.R. 7—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 49 fathoms, February, 1903, medium silk townet at 341 fathoms—Few. 1204: 14 L. 209—6 mi. S.W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 57 fathoms, April, 1903, townet at surface—One; townet at 28! fathoms— One; townet at 57 fathoms—One. L. 211—Ballynakill Bay, Co. Galway, 1-4 fathoms, April, 1903, fine silk townet at surface—Many. S.R. 8—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 781 fathoms, April, 1903, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Many, large ; medium silk townet at 36 fathoms—Very few. S.R. 9—37 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 71 fathoms, April, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—One, large; medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—One. S.R. 10—17} mi. 8. of Fastnet Lt., 694 fathoms, April, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Thirty-four, very small; medium silk townet at 35 fathoms—Many; medium silk townet at 68 fathoms—Seven. S.R. 13—14 mi. off Puffin Island, Co. Kerry, 45 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 37 fathoms—Two. S.R. 15—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 290 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 15 fathoms—One; medium silk townet at 120 fathoms—Very few. S.R. 16—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 120 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—One large ; medium silk townet at 120 fathoms—Very few. S.R. 117—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 72 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About five ; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Twenty-five; medium silk townet at 70 fathoms— About six. S.R. 18—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 58 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Twelve, small. L. 214—7 mi. W.S.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 59 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 29 fathoms— Few. L. 215—2} mi. W. by N. of High Island, Co. Galway, 54 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at surface—Two or three; townet at 27 fathoms—Very few; townet at 54 fathoms—Two or three. S.R. 19—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 280 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Fourteen, small ; garstang net at 50 fathoms—Two, small; medium silk townet at 146 fathoms—About three. S.R. 20—30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., 148 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Three. S.R. 21—13 mi. W.N.W. by W. of Tearaght Lt., 74 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Four; medium silk townet at 60 fathoms—About six, small. S.R. 22—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 80 fathoms, May, 1903, fine silk townet at surface—Very smali, numerous ; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Small, very abundant; medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—Very small, very abundant. S.R. 23—35 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 69 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Very small, very abundant. S.R. 24—16 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 60 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About one hundred, very smali. TE G7. 15 L. 216—4 mi. W.S.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 56 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 28 fathoms— Several; townet at 56 fathoms—Several. L. 217—33 mi. N.E. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 38 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at 19 fathoms—Few ; townet at 38 fathoms—Few. L. 218—2} mi. W. by 8. of Shark Hd., 51 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 251 fathoms—Few. 'Townet at 51 fathoms—Few. L. 220—44 mi. N. by E. of Inishark, Co. Galway, 46 fathoms, May, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 23 fathoms— Few ; townet at 46 fathoms—Few. L. 2214 mi. 8.W. by W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 57 fathoms, June, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 57 fathoms—Few. L. 222—1} mi. N. 3 E. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 8-10 fathoms, June, 1903, townet at surface—Few. L. 223—7 mi. W. by N. of Shark Hd., 57 fathoms, June, 1903, townet at surface—One; townet at 283 fathoms—One. L. 224—5 mi. N. by W. of Shark Hd., 56 fathoms, June, 1903, townet at 28 fathoms—One; townet at 56 fathoms—Few. L. 235—2} mi. W.S.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 49 fathoms, July, 1903, townet at surface—Numerous ; townet at 24} fathoms— Numerous; townet at 49 fathoms—Abundant. L. 236—5 mi. W.N.W. of Ox Island, Davillaun, Co. Galway, 46 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at surface—Few; townet at 23 fathoms—Moderate ; townet at 46 fathoms—Moderate. S.R. 26—35 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 701 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—One ; medium suk townet at 70 fathoms—Seven. S.R. 30—Between Puffin Island and Lemon Rock, Co. Kerry, 323 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About eight hundred, chiefly small. S.R. 33—11$ mi. N.W. by W. from Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, August, 1903, mediumsilk townet at 45 fathoms—Few, small. S.R. 36—28 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 63 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at 65 fathoms—Numerous, fairly large. L. 237—44 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 44 fathoms, August, 1903. townet at surface—One; townet at 22 fathoms— Moderate ; townet at 44 fathoms—One. L. 238—43 mi. N.W. by W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 59 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at surface—Very few; townet at 293 fathoms—One ; townet at 59 fathoms—One. L. 239—33 mi. W. of Inishturk, 40 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at 20 fathoms—Very few. S.R. 39—50 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin O’ Beirne Hsland; soe Donegal, 974 fathoms, August, 1903, fine silk townet at ; S.R. 47—20 mi. W. N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. alee 594 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—T wo SR. 48—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 57 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at 28 fathoms—Highty (sample) ; medium silk townet at 55 fathoms—One. II. 07. 16 L. 241—2} mi. W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 40 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at 20 fathoms—Very few; townet at 40 fathoms—One. S.R. 53—8} mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 76 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at 25 fathoms—About forty. L. 242—3 mi. N. by W. of Cleggan Hd., Co Galway, 20 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at surface—One. L. 243—Between Bofin and High Island, Co. Galway, 29 fathoms, August, 1903, townet at surface—One; townet at 14} fathoms—KHight ; townet at 29 fathoms—One. L. 248—2 mi. N. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 27 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. L. 258—1} mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 15 fathoms, October, 1903, townet at 15 fathoms—Few. L. 259— — Co. Galway, 1-2 fathoms, October, 1903, fine silk townet at surface—Very abundant ; medium silk townet at 1-2 fathoms—Few. L. 261— —————-_ 19 fathoms, October, 1903, townet at surface— Moderate ; townet at 93 fathoms—Few. L. 262—} mi. N.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 19 fathoms, October, 1903, townet at surface—Few ; townet at 94 fathoms— Few; mosquito-net townet at surface—Few. S.R. 58—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 81 fathoms, November, 1903, Garstang net at 78 fathoms—One. S.R. 59—30 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 644 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 64 fathoms—About forty-five. S.R. 60—8 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 58 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About ten; medium silk townet at 35 fathoms—Few; medium silk townet at 60 fathoms —Very few. S.R. 61—6 mi. W. } S. of Sheep Hd., Co. Cork, 374 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Very few ; medium silk townet at 38 fathoms—About three hundred, very small. S.R. 62—6 mi. S.E. of Dursey Hd., Co. Cork, 39} fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—About twenty, very small. S.R. 65—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 348 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Three ; Garstang net at 50 fathoms—Three. S.R. 66—30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 104 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About eight ; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—About six. S.R. 67—7 mi. N.W. by W. } W. of Tearaght Lt., 76 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—About sixteen; medium silk townet at 75 fathoms—About twenty. S.R. 71—30 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin O’Beirne Island, Co. Donegal, 65 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—One ; medium silk townet at 65 fathoms—Three. S.R. 72—22 mi. N.N.W. of Rathlin O’Beirne Island, 50 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—About ten; medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Two. see 1 Pie Ue 17 L. 274— 4 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 15 fathoms, Decem- ber, 1903, font at surface—One:; ; townet at 74 fathoms—Three ; townet at 15 fathoms—Hight. L. 275—} mi. N.E. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 16 fathoms, December, 1903, townet at surface—One; townet at 8 fathoms—One; townet at 16 fathoms—Eight; mosquito-net townet at surface— Two. L. 278—} mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 17 fathoms, January, 1904, townet at surface—One; townet at 83 fathoms— One; townet at 17 fathoms—One. L. 279—Ballynakill Bay, Co. Galway, 6-8 fathoms, January, 1904, otter trawl and shrimp dredge—One. L. 282—4 mi. N.E. by E. of Cleggan Pnt., Co. Galway, 16 fathoms, January, 1904, townet at surface—Six. S.R. 76—19 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Kerry, 67 fathoms, February, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—One; medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—About seventy. S.R. 85—63 mi. W. by S. of Skelligs Lt., Co. Kerry, 72-75 fathoms, February, 1904, mosquito-net townet on ‘trawl—One. S.R. 88—12 mi. N.W. 4 W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 74 fathoms, February, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—Two. Bi: 295—2 mi. N.W. by. N. of Davillaun, Co. Galway, 20 fathoms, February, 1904, townet at surface—One. L. 301—1 mi. N.N.W. of Davillaun, 26 fathoms, March, 1904, townet at 13 fathoms—One. L. 302—13 mi. W.S.W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 50 fathoms, March, 1904, townet at 25 fathoms—Four ; townet at 50 fathoms—One. L. 312—Ballynakill Bay, Co. Galway, 6-9 fathoms, March, 1904, naturalist’s dredge—One. W. 7—27 mi. W. by N.4N. of Bray Hd., Valencia, Co. Kerry, 100 fathoms, March, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—Shell. R. 4—10 mi. §.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 60 fathoms, March, 1904, medium silk townet at 44 fathoms—Twenty-one, large. S.R. 110—11 mi. W. } N. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 72 fathoms, May, 1904, triangular net at 4 fathoms—Seventy-two, large. S.R. 122—Middle of Kenmare Estuary, Co. Kerry, 454 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—Two ; medium silk townet at 44 fathoms—Three. S.R. 124—Off Dunmanus Bay, Co. Cork, 38} fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—V ery abundant. S.R. 128—40 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 70 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 60 f ; 5.R. 130—20 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 694 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 33 fathoms—Very abundant. 8.R. 134—114 mi. W.N.W. of Heareghy. a ez o. Kerry, 78 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk tow Abundant. SR. 135—50 mi. W.N.W. of € fovea Ha. Co. Galway, 105 fath., August, 1904, Garstang net at 50 fathoms—One. S.R. 137—10 mi. W.N.W. of Clegean Hd., Co. Galway, 564 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 3 Abundant. A ae UB 18 S.R. 139—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, 1,000 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 100 fathoms—Two. SR. 145—50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Hd., Co. Galway, 112 fathoms, August, 1904, townet on trawl—Ten. S.R. 152—45 mi. N.W. by W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 220 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk triangular net at 220 fathoms— One, medium size. S.R. 153—70 mi. 8.W. 38. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 914 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 90 fathoms—Three. S.R. 155—50 mi. 8.W. 38. of Fastnet Lt., 914 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 34 fathoms.—Few. S.R. 158—20 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 75 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—One, small. S.R. 162—Off Kenmare River, Co. Kerry, 46 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—About one hundred and fifty, small. S.R. 163—Between Puffin Island and Lemon Rock, Co. Kerry, 37 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 15 fathoms— About sixty, small. S.R. 167—20 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 80 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 76 fathoms—Five. S.R. 168—10 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., 72 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 66 fathoms—About seventy. S.R. 169—32 mi. W. $8. of Tearaght Lt., 129 fathoms, November, 1904, Sprat net on trawl—Four. S.R. 170—10 mi. W. $8. of Tearaght Lt., 76 fathoms, November, 1904, coarse silk triangular townet at surface—About thirty. S.R. 17430 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 208 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 192 fathoms— Thirteen. S.R. 175—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 676 fath- oms, November, 1904, medium silk triangular net at 600 fathoms— Three hundred and fifty-five, small. W. 22—5 mi. W.N.W. of Black Hd., Co. Galway, 243 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 12 fathoms—Few. W. 24-8 mi. E. of Eeragh Island Lt. 19 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 19 fathoms.—About two hundred, small. R. 5—63 mi. 8S.W. by W. of Coningbeg Lt., 32-34 fathoms, January, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 34 fathoms— One. S.R. 185—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 824 fathoms, January, 1905, medium silk townet at surface—Very few. S.R. 186—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 72 fathoms, January, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 63 fathoms—Abundant. S.R. 192—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 59 fathoms, January, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 55 fathoms—Few. W. 26—20 mi. W. of Slyne Hd., Co. Galway, 65 fathoms, January, 1905, coarse silk triangular net at surface—Highteen. W. 27—20 mi. N.W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 101 fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at surface—Shell. ~~ Te 07 19 S.R. 197—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., +555 fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular net at 680 fathoms—Five, small. S.R. 207—Off Blackwater Bank Lt., 464 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms—Few. S.R. 208—5 mi. 8.8.W. of Coningbeg Lt., 354 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—Few. S.R. 209—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 59 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—One. S.R. 210—30 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 72} fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Two. S.R. 211—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 81 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms—One large. S.R. 214—10 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 74 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms— Four small. S.R. 219—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, May, 1905, 110 fathoms, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms —Few. S.R. 222—53° 1’ N., 14° 34’ W., 293 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—Few; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms—Forty. S.R. 224—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., 860 fathoms, May, 1905, mid- water otter trawl at 650-750 fathoms—Hight. S.R. 228—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 56 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 56 fathoms —Ahbout four hundred, few of them large. S.R. 230—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 730 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms—Two. S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 600 fathoms—One, large; mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms —Five. 5.R. 232—20 mi. N.N.E. of Fanad Pnt., Co. Donegal, 36 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms— Thirty large and small. S.R. 246—50° 45’ 15” N., 8° 4’ 15” W., 59 fathoms, August, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Abundant. S.R. 249—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 611 fathoms, August, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 20 fathoms— Two hundred and fifty-two. S.R. 250—20 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 70 fathoms, August, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Few ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—Few. S.R. 259—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 54. fathoms, September, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 44 fathoms—Few. S.R. 263—20 mi. W.S.W. of Carnsore Pnt., Co. Wexford, 37 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—Few. S.R. 264—Off Dungarvan, Co. Waterford, 38 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—About one thousand. B 2 nT. 07. 20 R. 15—74-103 mi. 8.W. 48. of Coningheg Lt., 373-41 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk townet on trawl—About sixty. R. 16—10 mi. $.S.W. of Ballycotton, Co. Cork, 434-454 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net townet on trawl at 44 fathoms— One. S.R. 267—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 57 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 26 fathoms —About fifteen hundred. S.R. 271—30 mi. W. 2? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 116 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—About thirty. S.R. 272—50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., 411 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 75 fathoms—Six. S.R. 273—10 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., 78 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms—Four- teen; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 70 fathoms—Small, abundant. S.R. 275—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 130 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—Three. S.R. 276—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, 56 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 28 fathoms—Very abundant. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, +55 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 200 fathoms—One large. S.R. 284—Midway between Maidens and Cantyre, 68 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 33 fathoms —Three. S.R. 285—Midway between Copelands and Port Patrick, 146 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—One. S.R. 290—Off Blackwater Lt., 43$ fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. S.R. 293—Off Dungarvan, Co. Waterford, 403 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface.—One. R. 19—172 mi. 8.E. by S. of Old Head of Kinsale, Co. Cork, 48 fathoms, February 1906, townet on trawl—Small, moderate. S.R. 297—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 66% fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms— One. S.R. 298—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 81 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 45 fathoms—One. 8.R. 299—95 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 500 fathoms, February, 1906, mosquito-net triangular townet at 250-400 fathoms—One. S.R. 300—10 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk ane cheesecloth townet at surface— Two. S.R. 301—30 mi. W. ?N. of Tearaght Lt., 133 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Two. S.R. 302—50 mi. W.2 N. of Tearaght Lt., 460 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—One. WE. 707. 21 S.R. 304—20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 75 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms—One. S.R. 315—20 mi. W.S.W. of Carnsore Pnt., Co. Wexford, 383 fathoms, April, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 19 fathoms—Eight. S.R. 318—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, April, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Three. S.R. 345—20 mi. W.S.W. of Carnsore Pnt., Co. Wexford, 36 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at sur- face—T wenty. S.R. 348—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 58 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— About sixteen hundred. S.R. 349 . of Fastnet Lt., 674 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About twenty-five ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—About eight thousand. S.R. 350—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 84 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—About thirty-five. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—Eleven, empty. S.R. 354—10 mi. W.2N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 70 fathoms—Extremely abundant. S.R. 355—20 mi. W.2N. of Tearaght Lt., 904 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About ninety ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 45 fathoms—About five hundred, very small. S.R. 356—30 mi. W. 2. N. of Tearaght Lt., 144 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—About sixteen ; yeni silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Five, very small S.R. 357—40 mi. W. by N. of Tearaght Lt., 305 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at ‘surface—Two, young. S.R. 376—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 58 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and Ghéesedloth townet at surface— Three hundred. §.R. 377—30 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 72 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 33 fathoms —About thirty ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 66 fathoms —About twelve. S.R. 378—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 84 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Two; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—Six. S.R. 381—10 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— Forty-five. S.R. 382—20 mi. W. 2? N. of Tearaght Lt., 93 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Thirty ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 45 fathoms—Ten. Hy ‘07: 22 S.R. 383—30 mi. W.2 N. of Tearaght Lt., 143 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Three ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 70 fathoms—Two. S.R. 408—20 mi. W.S.W. of Carnsore Pnt., Co. Wexford, 3-7 fathoms, February, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. S.R. 426—52° 29’ 30” N., 6° 0’ W., 354 fathoms, May, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. S.R. 432—10 mi. §8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 584 fathoms, May, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Twelve. -S.R. 462—52° 30° N., 5° 59° W., 35 fathoms, August, 2007, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 15 fathoms—One. S.R. 464—10 mi. 8.W. 4 W. of Coningbeg Lt., 39 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms—Five. S.R. 468—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 72 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms— Moderate. S.R. 469—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 82 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. S.R. 471—10 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., 79 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms—About sixteen. S.R. 472—20 mi. W.2.N. of Tearaght, Lt., Co. Kerry, 99 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Two ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 36 fathoms—Fifty-six. S.R. 475—50 mi. W.4N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 500 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— Three. S.R. 476—60 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt.,640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at about 300 fathoms—About twenty. S.R. 515—52° 29’ N., 6° 0’ W., 35 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—'T'welve. S.R. 521—51° 45’ N., 6° 49’ W., 394 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Thirty-five ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 19 fathoms—One hundred and seventy. S.R. 523—51° 17’ 30” N., 6° 25’ W., 56 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Five; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Ten. S.R. 526—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 60 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One hundred and twenty; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at thirty fathoms —One hundred and ten, large. S.R. 527—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 72 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— Three; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms—Sixteen, S.R. 528—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 85 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Nine; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—Two. The following records also exist :— Off Mizen Hd., Co. Cork, 60 fathoms, dead specimens, and var. MacAndrei (Forbes and Hanley, 1853); Bundoran (Thompson, PE 707. 23 1856); Aran Island (Thompson, 1856); R.I.A. Expedition, 1885, 1886, off south coast of Cork, 30-54 fathoms (Chaster, 1898) ; R.I.A. Expedition, 1885, 1886, 1888, Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, 1898); Roundstone Bay (Alcock, 1865; Standen, 1895); R.D.S. Survey, 1891, Donegal Bay (Holt, 1892); Bartra, Killala Bay (Warren, 1892, 1896); Off Ballycastle, Co. Antrim, dead (Chaster, 1897); Narin Strand, Co. Donegal (fide G. P. Farran, Nichols, 1900). Our 329 records of Limacina retroversa comprise 187 takes from the surface and 332 from open nets sunk to depths of 4 to 1,105 fathoms. In the takes from the surface the species occurred in profusion in 53 cases, in the remainder being only met with in small numbers not exceeding 100. In the catches from below the surface to deep water, large numbers occurred in about 100 hauls. Lima- cina retroversa appears to occur on and off shore all the year round on the west and south coasts of Ireland. It is most numerous inshore in the spring and summer. This form is of considerable importance as a fish food. Scott (1898) in describing its distri- bution in Scotland says :— “On the west coast it sometimes occurs in immense shoals, and at times forms a considerable part of the food of the herring. I have found the stomachs of herrings sent to me from the west coast for examination filled with little else than these Pteropods, numbers of which appear to have been swallowed wholesale, as some of the shells were practically uninjured.” It is a common spring food of the mackerel on the West of Ireland. The harvest mackerel also partake of it largely. Distribution —Mediterranean (Locard, 1897). Both sides of north Atlantic ; the most northerly point up to this appears to be 71° N. Lat., north of Norway. North Sea, Skagerrack, Guernsey (Meisenheimer, 1905). Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). As regards the British and Irish area it is very generally distributed round the coast of Scotland, but seems to be more common on the west than on the east coasts (Scott, 1898). On the latter it extends as far as St. Andrews Bay (M‘Intosh, 1889). It does not appear to go up St. George’s Channe!, and is seldom met with in the English Channel." [Limacina bulimoides (d’Orbigny, 1836.)] Spirialis bulimoides, Eydoux et Souleyet, 1840. Limacina bulimoides, Gray, 1850. Limacina (Heterofusus) bulimoides, Dall, 1889. Roundstone Bay, Connemara (Dr. Alcock, Jeffreys, 1869). The right of the above to be included in the British-and-Irish list seems to rest on very doubtful grounds. Jeffreys’ account is as follows :— “Two specimens of a microscopic shell, somewhat resembling S. bulimoides of Souleyet, were found by Dr. Aleock in Roundstone Bay, Connemara. ‘The spire is more slender, and the whorls 1Journ. M.B. Assoc., N.S. vii., 1906, No. 4, ‘‘ Report of the Council,’’ p. 4380. EL S07. 24 fewer than in S. retroversus. I will not venture to propose a new species for objects so minute, as they may possibly turn out to be the fry of some Nudibranch.”’4 Distribution.—* Widely scattered over the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans ; dead shells in the Mediterranean ” (Sykes, 1905). Genus Peraclis, Forbes, 1844. Heliconoides (part.), @Orbigny, 1835. Spirialis (part.), Eydoux et Souleyet, 1840. Campylonaus, Gray, 1847. Luromus, A. and H. Adams, 1858. Limacina (part.), Jeffreys, 1876. Embolus, Fischer, 1882. Peraclis, Tesch, 1904. Peraclis reticulata, d’Orbigny, 1835. Atlanta reticulata, VOrbigny, 1835. Spirialis clathrata, Eydoux et Souleyet, 1840. Peracle physoides, Forbes, 1844. Spirialis recurvirostra, Costa, 1865. Spirialis reticulata, Monterosato, 1875. Timacina reticulata, Jefireys, 1877. Peraclis reticulata, Pelseneer, 1888. Peracle reticulata, Dall, 1889. Peraclis reticulata, Schiemenz, 1906. S.R. 172—54 mi. W. by N. 3 N. Nly. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 454 fathoms, November, 1904, townet on trawl—Two shells. S.R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, ;3; fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at 630 fathoms—One shell. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Ten, and two shells. S.R. 334—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500-520 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse townet on trawl—One shell. This species has not been recorded previously from the British Islands. Up to this the most northerly record in the Atlantic appears to be that of Schiemenz (1906), ‘‘ not far from the Azores.” Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Peraclis diversa (Monterosato, 1884.) Spirialis diversa, Monterosato, 1875. Peracle dwersa, Locard, 1897. Peraclis bispinosa, Pelseneer, 1888. Flying Fox Expedition, 1889, 1,000 fathoms.—Sheils (E. A. Smith, 1889). Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic Ocean. 1British Conchology. Vol. V. p. 119. IT. ’07. 25 Peraclis, Sp. juv. S.R. 224—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., 860 fathoms, May, 1905, mid- water otter trawl at 650-750 fathoms—Three. S.R. 231—About 50 mi., N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms —One. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 1-20 fathoms—Three. The above are all very young, and some are without shells. Dr. Meisenheimer saw those from Station S.R. 337, and thought they were probably P. reticulata, but it was impossible to be certain owing to the absence of the shells. Peraclis triacantha (Fischer, 1881.) Embolus triacantha, Fischer, 1882. Limacina triacantha, Pelseneer, 1888. Protomedia triacantha, Locard, 1897. Peraclis triacantha, Pelseneer, 1904. S.R. 165—39 mi. W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 2441 fathoms, November, 1904, coarse silk townet on dredge—Shell. S.R. 172—54 mi. W. by N.4N.Nly. of Tearaght Lt., 454 fathoms, November, 1904, townet on trawl—Three, baat eleven small shells. S.R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 52; fathoms, February, 1905, fine silk townet in triangular townet at 700 fathoms—Four. S.R. 197—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., zg55 fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 280 fathoms—One; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 600 fathoms—One; fine silk townet in triangular townet at 700 fathoms—One. S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at 750 fathoms—One ; mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms—Two. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Forty-nine, live. S.R. 272—50 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 75 fathoms—Four and six shells. S.R. 273—10 mi. W. 2? N. of Tearaght Lt., 78 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at about 30 fathoms—One. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 7; fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 7 fathoms—Three. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—Eight, small. S.R. 351—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Shell. S. R. 352—bO° 22’ N., 11° 4’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—Fifty, and seventy- two small shells. 00 OO II. ’07. 26 S.R 353.—50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl at 250- 542 fathoms—Small shell. S.R. 363—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W., 695-720 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Two. S.R. 364—51° 23’ 30” N., 11° 47’ W., 620-695 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One, and two shells. S.R. 366—51° 24’ N., 11° 40’ W., 461 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400 fathoms—Ten, also five young— probably this species. S.R. 386—51° 50’ N., 12° 1’ W., 450 fathoms, November, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface—Forty, young. S.R. 400—51° 20’ N., 11° 50’ W., 525-600 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Two, young. S.R. 403—51° 12’ N., 11° 52’ 30” W., 500 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 0-450 fathoms—One, small. S.R. 442—51° 34’ N., 11° 47’ 30” W., 465-508 fathoms, May, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Two. S.R. 476—60 mi. W. 4 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-5 fathoms— Seven ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—One ; mid-water otter trawl at about 300 fathoms—Twelve. S.R. 502—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One, two shells. S.R. 503—50° 43’ N., 11° 23’ W., 515-990 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 70-80 fathoms—Two, and twelve shells. This species has not previously been met with so far north. Distribution.—Coasts of Spain, Portugal, west of Morocco, Antilles, Bermudas, Georgia, N. America (Locard, 1897). Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Genus Clio Linné, 1767. Cleodora, Péron et Lesueur, 1810. Styliola, Lesueur, 1825, Creseis, Rang, 1828. Balantium, Benson, 1837. Hyalocyliz, Fol, 1875. Clio, Tesch, 1904. Clio falcata, Pfeffer, 1880. Cleodora falcata, Pfeffer, 1880. Clio polita, Pelseneer, 1888. Clio polita, Meisenheimer, 1905. S.R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 54° 50’ N., 10° 30 W., zs fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at 630 fathoms—One. EY, Ot. 27 S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W., 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms—One. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—One. S.R. 470—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W., 770 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 400-500 fathoms—One. The first-mentioned of these was seen by Dr. Meisenheimer, who thought it was Clio falcata, but owing to the extremity of the shell being broken it was impossible to be certain. The remaining are very perfect specimens. The species has not previously been recorded from the British Islands. Distribution —Found alive at a few stations in the North Atlantic from Davis Straits in the north to 37° N., in the south. Empty shells, Azores, Canaries, and South American coast (Meisenheimer, 1905). Clio pyramidata, Linné, 1767. Hyalaea lanceolata, Lesueur, 1813. Cleodora Brownii, de Blainville, 1825. Hyalaea pyramidata, @Orbigny, 1836. Cleodora Lamartinieri, Rang, 1841. Cleodora lanceolata, Souleyet, 1852. Cleodora exacuta, Gould, 1852. Cleodora labiata, Sowerby, 1877. Cleodora Martensvi, Pfefter, 1880. Helga CXVIII—33 mi. N.W. by W. 4 W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 724 fathoms, August, 1901, coarse silk townet at surface— ne. Helga CXX—T77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 382 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and coarse silk townets on trawl —Ten shells. Helga CXXI—64 mi. N.W. 3 W. of Cleggan Hd., 80 fathoms, August, 1901, trawl—Shell. A. IL a. (r.7. TIL, 0.)—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 116 fathoms, August, 1902, dredge—Shell. S.R. 5—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 312-3344 fathoms, February, 1903, townet on dredge—EKighty-three shells, chiefly small. : S.R. 15—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., 290 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 120 fathoms—One. ; S.R. 24—16 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 60 fathoms. May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—One. S.R. 31—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 306 fathoms, August, 1903, townet on dredge—T wo. , S.R. 97 a—About 75 mi. 8.W. by W.1W. of Fastnet Lt., 199 fathoms, May, 1904, townet on trawl—One, large. S.R. 97 b—75 mi. 8.W. by W. 4 W. of Fastnet Lt., 1814 fathoms, May, 1904, townet on trawl—Five, and fragment of a shell. 207; 28 S.R. 139—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, ipo fathoms, August, 1904, mosquito-net in triangular townet at 1,000 fathoms—Five, small. S.R. 140—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, ton fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular townet at 730 fathoms—Four; medium silk townet at 350 fathoms—One,small. S.R. 150—53° 54’ N., 12° 19’ W., 220 fathoms, August, 1904, townet on trawl—One shell. : S.R. 152—45 mi. N.W. by W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 220 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Two, and twenty shells. S.R. 153—70 mi. S.W.4W. of Fastnet Lt.. Co. Cork, 914 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Two; medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Two; medium silk townet at 90 fathoms—Four. S.R. 155—50 mi. 8.W. 4 W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 91 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 74 fathoms—Four small shells and fragments. S.R. 164-50 mi. W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 375 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular townet at 320-350 fathoms—One. S.R. 172—54 mi. W. by N.4N. Nly. of Tearaght Lt., 454 fathoms, November, 1904, townet on trawl.—Two, and five shells. S.R. 173—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 1194 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 90 fathoms—One. S.R. 175—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular tow- net at 600 fathoms—One. S.R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, co. Mayo, go fathoms, February, 1905, fine silk townet in triangular townet— Two, very small. S.R. 197—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., +35, fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at 680 fathoms—One, fairly large. S.R. 212—50 mi. W.? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—One ; townet at 350 fathoms—One. S.R. 222—53° 1’ N., 14° 34’ W., 293 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms—Two; townet on traw]l—One. S.R. 224—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., 860 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 700 fathoms—Twenty-six. S.R. 227—53° 20’ N., 13° 00’ W., 164 fathoms, May, 1905, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One. S.R. 230—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 730 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms— Seven, and one shell. S.R. 231—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at about 1,150 fathoms —Twenty three, and one shell. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at about 350 fathoms—Six hundred and sixty-seven. EY’ OF. 29 S.R. 272—50 mi. W.? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 441 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 75 fathoms.—Two, small ; mid-water otter trawl at 550 fathoms—One, very small. S.R. 280—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 285 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Three. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, +,55 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 200 fathoms—Four, and fragment of a shell; mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms—Thirteen. S.R. 296—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 61 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— One, very small. S.R. 299—95 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 500 fathoms, February, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Two ; mosquito-net triangwar townet at 350-400 fathoms—Three. S.R. 301—30 mi. W. ¢ N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 133 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— One, young. S.R. 302—50 mi. W. 7 N. of Tearaght Lt., 460 fathoms, February, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface-—_One hundred and sixteen ; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Six, small. S.R. 321—50° 56’—51° 0’ 30” N., 11° 17’ W., 480-208 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Two. S.R. 324—30 mi. W. 2? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 142 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface —One; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—One. S.R. 325—40 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 235 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Light, and three shells, all su S.R. 326—50 mi. W. 2. N. of Tearaght Lt., 430 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and Bliesseclonn townet at 50 fathoms—F ive. S.R. 327—60 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., 550 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse sulk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— Two. SR. 328—51° 32’ N., 11° 53’ W., 445-515 fathoms, May, 1906, Reaiulto- -net and coarse townets on trawl—F ‘ourteen. S.R. 329—51° 22’ 30’—51° 20’ 30” N., 11° 31’—11° 38’ W., 215- 415 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net andl coarse townets on trawl —Seven, small. S.R. 330—51° 16° N., 11° 37’ W., 374-415 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse townet on trawl—T wo shells. §.R. 331—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Many shell S.R. 332—51° 12’ N., 12° 2’ 30” W., 680-735. fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Ten. S.R. 334—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500-520 fathoms, May, 1906, townets on trawl—Twelve, and twenty-seven shells. S.R. 336—51° 19’ N., 12° 20’ W., 673-720 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Few. S.R.337—51° 21’30" N., 12°9’W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 0-20 fathoms—About three hundred and tw enty-five ; mid-water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—About four hundred. 07. 30 S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—Two, and about two hundred and fifty shells. S.R. 353—50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, August, 1906, townets on trawl—Six broken shells. S.R. 360—52° 4’ N., 11° 27’ W., 108-120 fathoms, August, 1906, townets on trawl—Shell fragment. S.R. 363—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W., 695-720 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse townet on trawl—Two. S.R. 384—51° 54’ 30” N., 11° 37’ W., 168-218 fathoms, November, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Four. §.R. 386—51° 50’ N., 12° 1’ W., 450 fathoms, November, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface—Ninety-eight. S.R. 387—51° 50’ N., 12° 14’ W., 530 fathoms, November, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Three, young. S.R. 397—About 60 mi. off Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 537 fathoms, February, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— Two. S.R. 397—51° 48’ N., 12° 6’ 30” W., 549-646 fathoms, February, 1907, coarse townet on trawl—Few. S.R. 438—60 mi. off Tearaght Lt., 584 fathoms, May, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Hight; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—Many. (One seen to extrude spawn). S.R. 442—51° 34’ N., 11° 47’ 30” W., 465-508 fathoms, May, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Fifty-four. S.R. 447—50° 20’ N., 10° 54’ W., 221-343 fathoms, May, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Few. S.R. 448—50° 21’ N., 11° 0’ W., 343-346 fathoms, May, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Twenty-one, and two shells. S.R 449—50° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 950 fathoms, May, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-700 fathoms—One hundred and sixty. S.R. 468—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 72 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms— Two. S.R. 469—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 82 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms— Three; hand net at surface—Moderate number. S.R. 472—20 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 99 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 36 fathoms— Four hundred and eleven. S.R. 473—30 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., 157 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—Three, small. S.R. 476—60 mi. W.3N. of Tearaght Lt., 640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at about 300 fathoms—Fifty-eight large, and a few small. S.R. 482 —51° 6’ N., 11° 26’ W., 368 fathoms, August, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Several. S.R. 484—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., 602-610 fathoms, August, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Several. DE Or: 31 S.R. 487—51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W., 540-660 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Three. S.R. 494—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Four, and ten shells. S.R. 498—50° 58’ N., 11° 33’ W., 775-778 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 0-600 fathoms—Moderate number. S.R. 499—50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666-778 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Moderate num- ber. §.R. 502—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Five, two hundred and forty-seven shells. S.R. 503—50° 43’ N., 11° 23’ W., 515-990 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at surface—About one hundred and forty-five, some very large. S.R. 504—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One hundred and sixty. The following records also exist :— Porcupine Expedition, 1869, Station 13—53° 42’ N., 13° 55’ W., 208 fathoms; Station i5—54° 05’ N., 12° 17’ W., 422 fathoms ; Station 16—54° 19’ N., 11° 50’ W., 816 fathoms (Sykes, 1905) ; R.I.A. Expedition, 1885, 1888, 4-345 fathoms (Chaster, 1898 ; Nichols, 1900); Flying Fox Expedition, 1889, off south-west coast of Ireland, at surface, abundant (E. A. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IV., 1889); R.D.S. Fishery Survey, 1891, 45 mi. N.N.W. of Black Rock, Co. Mayo, at surface (Nichols, 1900). It will be seen by the above records that this species is common offshore on the west and south coasts of Ireland at all seasons, the greatest number of records being for the period extending from April to September, The nearest inshore records are 10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, and 20 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry. Young were taken in the months of February, May (spawn also), August, and November. Distribution.—* Almost world wide” (Sykes, 1905). Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Clio cuspidata (Bosc, 1802). Hyalaea cuspidata, Bosc, 1802. Hyalaea tricuspidata, Browditch, 1820, Cleodora Lessonii, Rang, 1830. Cleodora cuspidata, Quoy et Gaimard, 1833. Clio cuspidata, Pelseneer, 1888. Clio cuspidata, Meisenheimer, 1905. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Two. I}. 707. 32 S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, +355 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms—Three. S.R. 351—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One shell. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—Fragments of a shell. S.R. 476—60 mi. W. 4 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-5 fathoms—Two. S.R. 502—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One shell. S.R. 503—50° 43° N., 11° 23’ W., 515-990 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 70-80 fathoms—Two ; mosquito-net triangular townet at surface—One. S.R. 504—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on'trawl—Fragment of a shell. Clio cuspidata, although exceptionally found as far north as about- 60° N. Lat. (Meisenheimer, 1905), has not previously been recorded from the British Islands. Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Genus Diacria, Gray, 1850. Hyalaea (part.), Auctorum. Pleuropus (part.) Auctorum. Hyalaea, Boas, 1886. Diacria, Pelseneer, 1888. Diacria, Meisenheimer, 1905. Diacria trispinosa, (Lesueur, 1821). Hyalaea trispinosa, de Blainville, 1821. | Hyalaea mucronata, Quoy et Gaimard, 1827. Hyalaea depressa, Bivona, 1832. Hyalaea cuspidata, delle Chiaje, 1841. Diacria mucronata, Gray, 1850. Hyalaea reeviana, Dunker, 1853. Z Pleuropus trispinosus, A. and H. Adams, 1858. Pleuropis mucronatus, A. and H. Adams, 1858. Pleuropus trispinosa, Pfeffer, 1879. Cavolinia trispinosa, Locard, 1886. Diacria trispinosa, Schiemenz, 1906. Helga CXX—77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 382 fathoms, August, 1901, townets on trawl—One shell. SR. 5—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 312-334} fathoms, February, 1903, townet on dredge—One shell. S.R.150—81 mi. W. 4N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fathoms, August, 1904, townets on trawl—One shell, and fragment. EE 707. 33 S.R. 172—52° 2’ N., 12° 8’ W., 454 fathoms, November, 1904, townets on trawl—Two broken shells. S.R. 175—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular townet at 600 fathoms—One shell. S.R. 224—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., 860 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 650-750 fathoms—One. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Thirty-six. §.R. 272—50 mi. W. 7. N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms —Thirteen; mid-water otter trawl at 75 fathoms—Thirteen ; mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—One. S.R. 273—10 mi. W. 2N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 30 fathoms—One. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, +455 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms—One; medium silk townet in triangular townet—One. S.R. 299—95 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 500 fathoms, February, 1906, mosquito-net triangular townet at 350-400 fathoms —Kight ; mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Five. S.R. 302—50 mi. W.? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 460 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms —One; mid-water otter trawl at surface—One hundred and sixty ; mid-water otter trawl at 300-350 fathoms—Very few. S.R. 328—51° 32’ N., 11° 53’ W., 445-515 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Two. S.R. 330—51° 16’ N., 11° 37’ W., 374-415 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net and coarse townet on trawl—Fragment of a shell. S.R. 334—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500-520 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse townet on trawl—One, and fragment of a shell. S.R. 336—51° 19’ N., 12° 20’ W., 673-720 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One. S.R. 337—-51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—Thirty-three, and three broken shells. S.R. 351—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coayse townets on trawl—Two shells. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—One shell, and fragments of six. S.R. 353—50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Fragments of a shell. S.R. 359—52° 0’ N., 12° 6’ W., 465-492 fathoms, August, 1906, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One. S.R. 363—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W., 695-720 fathoms, August, 1906, coarse townet on trawl—One shell. S.R. 384—51° 54’ 30” N., 11° 37’ W., 162-218 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One. S.R. 386—51° 30’ N., 12° 1’ W., 450 fathoms, November, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface—Six. Cc Or: 34 S.R. 402—51° 13’ N., 11° 53’ W., 660 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at surface—One. S.R. 403—51° 12’ N., 11° 52’ 30” W., 500 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 0-500 fathoms—Three. S.R. 438—60 mi. off Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 584 fathoms, May, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—One. S.R. 482—51° 6’ N., 11° 26’ W., 368 fathoms, August, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One. S.R. 503—50° 43’ N., 11° 23’ W., 515-990 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at surface—One; mosquito- net triangular townet at 70-80 fathoms—One. The following records also exist :— Youghal, a specimen washed ashore, and found by Dr. Robert Ball, in 1820 (Thompson, 1856); Porcupine Expedition, 1869, Station IL., off Valentia, 110 fathoms (Norman, 1890); R.I.A. Expedition, 1885, 1888, 120-750 fathoms. (Chaster, 1898); R.I.A. Expedition, 1888, in townets at 51° 1’ N., 11° 50’ W., 750 fathoms, dead (Nichols, 1900); Flying Fox Expedition, 1889, 250-1,000 fathoms, shells (E. A. Smith, 1889). Distribution.—Atlantic at both sides from 60° N. lat., St. Helena (E. A. Smith, 1890). Mediterranean Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans. Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Genus Cavolinia, Abilgaard, 1791. Hyalaea (part), Auctorum. Pleuropus (part) Auctorum. Diacria (part) Gray, 1850. Hyalaea, Boas, 1886. Cavolinia, Pelseneer, 1888. Cavolinia inflexa, (Lesueur, 1813.) Hyalaea elongata, de Blainville, 1821. Hyalaea vaginellina, Cantraine, 1835. Hyalaea labiata, VOrbigny, 1836. Hyalaea uncinata, Philippi, 1836. Hyalaea vaginella, Cantraine, 1841. Hyalaea (Diacria) infleca, Sowerby, 1877. Hyalaea (Diacria) labiata, Sowerby, 1877. Hyalaea imitans, Pfeffer, 1880. Cleodora infleca, Sowerby, 1884. Diacria labiata, Sowerby, 1884. Cavolinia infleca, Locard, 1886. Tesch, 1904. Meisen- heimer, 1905. Schiemenz, 1906. SéR. 153—70 mi. S.W. 4 W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 914 fathoms, November, 1904, townet on dredge—One. §.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—Two shells. Soa II. ’07. 35 S.R. 504—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One shell. Dr. Meisenheimer verified the specimen from Station S8.R. 153. About 46° N. Lat., appears to be the most northerly point in the Atlantic to which this species has hitherto wandered (Meisenheimer, 1905). Distribution.—Mediterranean. Atlantic, Indian, and _ Pacific Oceans. Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Bb. PSEUDOTHECOSOMATA. Famity CY MBULII DAE. Genus Cymbulia, Péron et Lesueur, 1810. Cymbulia Peroni, de Blainville, 1818. Helga S.R. 164—50 mi. W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, * 375 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular townet at 320-350 fathoms—T'wo animals. S.R. 171—48 mi. N.W. by W. ? W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 337 fathoms, November, 1904, sprat net on trawl at 337 fathoms— One animal, two shells. S-R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Kagle i Coy Mayo 2 fathoms, February, 1905, fine silk townet in triangular townet at about 650 fathoms—Three animals, two shells. S.R. 197—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., 5 55,5 fathoms, February, 1905, fine silk townet in triangular townet at about 700 fathoms— Three shells. S.R. 212—50 mi. W.3N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 350 fathoms— Two, complete. S.R. 227—53° 20° N., 13° 00’ W., 164 fathoms, May, 1905, townet on trawl—One, complete. S.R. 231—Ca. 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms—Frag- ment of a shell. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Forty-one animals, thirty- eight shells. S.R. 271—30 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 116 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms —One animal. S.R. 272—50 mi. W. ¢ N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms— One shell ; mid-water otter trawl at 75 fathoms—Twelve animals, thirty-two shells, S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle I., Co. Mayo, 5,555 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms— One, complete. c 2 iN Rid 36 S.R. 299—95 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 500 fathoms, February, 1906, medium silk townet in triangular townet at 350- 400 fathoms—Fourteen animals, nine shells. S.R. 302—50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 460 fathoms, February, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface—Seven animals ; mid-water otter trawl at 300-350 fathoms—Eighty-four shells. S.R. 321—50° 56’ N., 11° 17’ W., 480-208 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One shell. S.R. 325—40 mi. W.? N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry,235 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms—One, complete. S.R. 326—50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 430 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface--One animal. S.R. 327—60 mi. W. 3? N. of Tearaght Lt., 550-800 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One animal, sprat net on trawl—Twenty shells. S.R. 328—51° 32’ N., 11° 53” W., 445-515 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Many animals and shells. S.R. 329—51° 22’ 30” N., 11° 31’ W., 215-415 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—One complete, and ten shells. S.R. 330—51° 16’ N., 11° 37’ W., 374-415 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat and coarse townets on trawl—One animal, and nine shells. S.R. 331—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Two shells; sprat net on trawl —Five shells. S.R. 332—51° 12’ N., 12° 2’ 30” W., 680-735 fathoms, May, 1906, mosquito and coarse townets on trawl—Three shells; sprat net on trawl—Four shells.’ S.R. 333—51° 37’ N., 12° 9’ W., 557-579 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Six shells. S.R. 334—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500-520 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Nine complete. S.R. 335—51° 12’ 30” N., 12° 18’ W., 893-673 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Six shells. S.R. 336—51° 19’ N., 12° 20’ W., 673-720 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Several shells. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 0-20 fathoms—Five complete; mid- water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—KHighteen complete, and eight animals and nine shells. S.R. 338—51° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 291-330 fathoms, May, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Six shells. S.R. 353—50° 37’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms, August, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Fragment of shell. S.R. 366—51° 24’ N., 11° 40’ W., 461 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400 fathoms—Four complete. S.R. 379—50° 14’ N., 10° 53’ W., 126-139 fathoms, November, 1906, sprat net on trawl—Few fragments of shells. S.R. 384-—51° 54’ 30” N., 11° 37’ W., 162-218 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1906, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Fragment of shell. S.R. 386—51° 50’ N., 12° 1’ W., 450 fathoms, November, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at surface—Forty-nine complete. Ped EE? OU. 37 S.R. 396—50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 417 fathoms, February, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms —Two complete. S.R. 397—Ca. 60 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 537 fathoms, February, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 50 fathoms— One shell. S.R. 400—51° 20’ N., 11° 50’ W., 525-600 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One complete, and one animal. S.R. 403—51° 12’ N., 11° 52’ 30” W., 500 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at 0-450 fathoms—Fourteen complete, and fourteen shells. S.R. 404—51° 13’ N., 11° 58’ W., 500 fathoms, February, 1907, sprat net triangular townet at 500 fathoms—Thirty shells. S.R. 440—51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W., 350-389 fathoms, May, 1907, sprat net on trawl—Shell fragments. S.R. 442—51° 34’ N., 11° 47’ 30” W., 465-508 fathoms, May, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—Two complete, and two shells. S.R. 447—50° 20’ N., 10° 54’ W., 221-343 fathoms, May, 1907, sprat net on trawl—Shell fragments ; mosquito-net and coarse tow- nets on trawl—Three complete. S.R. 448—50° 21’ N., 11° 0’ W., 343-346 fathoms, May, 1907, sprat net on trawl—T'wo complete ; mosquito-net and coarse tow- nets on trawl—T wo complete, and a shell. S.R. 476—60 mi. W.EN. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-5 fathoms—T'wo large complete ; mid-water otter trawl at about 300 fathoms—One large shell, and six small shells, and one animal. S.R. 477—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fathoms, August, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One complete. S.R. 478—51° 17’ N., 11° 44’ W., 560-707 fathoms, August, 1907, sprat net on trawl—One complete. S.R. 487—51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W., 540-660 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One complete. S.R. 502—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Small shell. S.R. 503—50° 43” N., 11° 23’ W., 515-990 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net triangular townet at surface—Five animals, and ten shells; mosquito-net triangular townet at 70-80 fathoms— Kighty animals, large and small, and fifty-one shells, mostly small, Cymbulia Peroni has not previously been recorded from the British Islands, and Schiemenz (1906, p. 24), states that grown animals up to this date are only known with certainty from the Mediterranean. Of our forty-seven records a) great many of the specimens are too mutilated to examine satisfactorily, but eleven stations certainly have yielded examples of the typical large form with deutoconch measuring 39-57 mm. in length. They were met with in the months of May, August, and November. Associated with the large form in three instances, and occurring in varying numbers in the other hauls are deutoconchs usually of much smaller size, exhibiting marked variation which in many cases If. °07. 38 do not quite agree with the small form of C. Peroni described by Tesch (1904), nor with C. Sibogae, Tesch. I have regarded all these as being young forms of C. Peroni. Tesch (1904, p. 53), observes that in specimens of C. Peroni from the Mediterranean which he has studied the rows of spines were not quite similar. “ The large forms “ (62-43 mm.), showed on the lateral side three parallel rows (Fig. ** 83, a, b, c), while other specimens (42-26 mm.) possessed only one of these rows (fig. 86, a). In addition to this, the spies at the “aperture, which are of unequal size in the large specimens, “ especially at the right side where they are very strongly developed, “are almost uniform in these small individuals.” He distinguishes Cymbulia Sibogae, Tesch (dimensions 24-11 mm., Tesch, 1904, 30-39 mm., Meisenheimer, 1905) from the small type of C. Peroni by the acute dorsal extremity, by the straight rows on the aboral surface of the shell, by its smaller size and shallower sinus at the ventral end. The deutoconchs exhibiting the most marked varia- tion from the large form in our hauls are tabulated below. The smaller specimens usually have the spines (especially on the dorsal half of oral side) much less developed than in the large type. In the case of the specimens here enumerated the dorsal extremity when described as “ acute” is quite as much so as in the illustrations given by Tesch (1904, fig. 90, Plate III.), and Meisenheimer (1905, fig. 3, Tafel I.) The V-shaped sinus frequently present at ventral end is even more strongly marked than in the illustration of C. Peroni, large type, given by Tesch (1904, fig. 84, Plate III.) The animals, which were only found attached to the deutoconch in the case of the large form, measured 5-25 mm. across the fins. DEUTOCONCHS VARYING FROM LARGE FORM.! (1.) Length 35 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a alone present; spines at aperture scarcely perceptible; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (2.) Length 40 mm., dorsal extremity blunt ; lateral row c absent; spines at aperture very small and regular; aboral rows straight ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (3.) Length 47 mm., dorsal extremity rather pointed; lateral rows a and b only ; spines at aperture small and regular, and rather larger at right side ; aboral rows sinuous ; sinus at ventral end slight. (4.) Length about 45 mm., dorsal extremity missing; lateral rows a and 6; spines at aperture mostly broken; aboral rows straight ; shallow sinus at ventral end. (5.) Length 35 mm., dorsal extremity blunt ; lateral row ¢ absent ; spines at aperture small; aboral rows straight; shallow sinus at ventral end. (6.) Length 48 mm., dorsal extremity blunt ; lateral rows a, b, c; spines at aperture worn; aboral rows sinuous; sinus at ventral end very shallow. lef. Tesch’s figures referred to above. rpg eae ey VE? OT: 39 (7.) Length 37 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and 6 ; spines at aperture small; aboral rows very sinuous; shallow sinus at ventral end. (8.) Length 33 mm., dorsal extremity blunt; lateral rows a and 6; spines at aperture worn away at right, very small and regular at left side ; aboral rows straight ; sinus at ventral end very shallow. (9.) Length 47 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a, b, ¢ ; spines at aperture worn; aboral rows sinuous; V-shaped sinus at ventral extremity. (10.) Length 42 mm., dorsal extremity blunt; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and regular; aboral rows sinuous ; shallow sinus at ventral end. (11.) Length 35 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and regular ; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral extremity ; shell very narrow. (12.) Length 35 mm., dorsal extremity blunt ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture apparently broken away; aboral rows sinuous; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (13.) Length 41 mm., dorsal extremity blunt ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and regular; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (14.) Length 42 mm., dorsal extremity blunt; lateral lines a and b ; spines at aperture small and regular ; aboral rows slightly sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (15.) Length 32 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral rows a and b; spines at apertitre rather worn, those remaining small and regular; aboral rows nearly straight ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (16.) Length 42 mm., dorsal extremity blunt; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and regular; most developed at right side ; aboral rows sinuous; shallow sinus at ventral end. (17.) Length 24 mm., dorsal extremity acute and curved in ventral direction ; lateral rows a and 6b; spines at aperture scarcely percep- tible ; aboral rows straight ; shallow sinus at ventral end. (18.) Length 33 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only; aboral rows straight ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (19.) Length about 34 mm., dorsal extremity missing ; lateral rows a and 6 ; spines at aperture small and chiefly at dorsal portion; aboral rows almost straight ; very deep V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (20.) Length 30 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture small and limited to dorsal portion ; aboral rows straight ; very deep V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (21.) Length 16 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture very small and developed chiefly on dorsal portion of right side; aboral rows straight; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (22) Length 19mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture very small and present only on dorsal portion ; aboral rows straight; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (23.) Length 17 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral row a only; spines at aperture small, and chiefly limited to dorsal portion ; aboral rows straight ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. a 07. 40 (24.) Length 20 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture scarcely perceptible ; aboral rows sinuous; V- shaped sinus at ventral end. (25.) Length 18 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture very small and regular ; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (26.) Length 22 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture small ; aboral rows straight : \- shaped sinus at ventral end. (27.) Length 19 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral row a; spines at aperture very small : aboral rows sinuous; moderate sinus at ventral end. (28.) Length 20 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only; spines at aperture small and limited to dorsal portion ; aboral row Pree V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (29.) Length 16 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; spines at aperture very minute; aboral rows straight; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (30.) Length 43 mm., dorsal extremity acute and curved in ventral direction ; lateral rows a and 6; spines at aperture small and regular; aboral rows nearly straight; shallow sinus at ventral end. (31.) Length 35 mm., dorsal extremity as in last mentioned ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and chiefly limited to dorsal region ; aboral rows sinuous; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (32.) Length 37 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and 6; spines at aperture small and regular, and chiefly confined to dorsal portion ; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (33.) Length 40 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and 6; spines at aperture small and regular ; aboral rows nearly straight, shallow sinus at ventral end. (34.) Length 42 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and regular ; aboral rows nearly straight ; shallow sinus at ventral end. (35.) Length 15 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral row a only ; very small spines at dorsal portion of aperture ; aboral row straight; V-shaped sinus at ventral end ; shell very narrow in form. (36.) Length 18mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only; spines at aperture only in dorsal portion ; aboral rows sinuous; shallow sinus at ventral end. (37.) Length 32 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture ‘small and regular, and developed only at dorsal portion; aboral rows sinuous; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (38.) Length 36 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral rows a and b; spines at aperture small and limited to dorsal portion; aboral rows straight ; shallow sinus at ventral end. (39.) Length 20 mm., dorsal extremity acute ; lateral row a only ; small spines at dorsal portion of aperture ; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. (40.) Length 48 mm., dorsal extremity acute; lateral rows a, b, ©; spines at aperture smali and regular; aboral rows sinuous ; V-shaped sinus at ventral end. EE OT. 4] More than half of the above appear therefore to be characterized by— : 1, Acute dorsal extremity. 2. V-shaped sinus at ventral end. Distribution.—Mediterranean, Gulf of Guinea (Meisenheimer, 1905). Larvae believed to be that of C. Peroni were caught the whole way from Florida to the Azores (Schiemenz, 1906). Similar larvae were taken at Teneriffe by Krohn (1860). C. GYMNOSOMATA. Famity PVNEUMODERMATIDAE. Genus Phneumodermopsis, Bronn, 1862. Dexiobranchaea, Boas, 1885. Pneumodermopsis ciliata (Gegenbaur, 1855). Pyneumodermon ciliatum, Gegenbaur, 1855. Pneumodermopsis ciliata, Bronn, 1862. Dexiobranchaea ciliata, Boas, 1886. Dexiobranchaea ciliata, Pelseneer, 1887. Dexiobranchaea paucidens, Nichols, 1900. Pneumodermopsis ciliata, Meisenheimer, 1905. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—Four. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 1-20 fathoms—Ten; mid-water otter trawl at 460-450 fathoms—Sixteen, some larvae. S.R. 402—51° 13’ N., 11° 53’ W., February, 1907, mosquito-net, triangular townet at surface—Two. S.R. 449—50° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 950 fathoms, May, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-700 fathoms—Kight. S.R. 472—20 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 99 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. S.R. 476—60 mi. W. 3.N. of Tearaght Lt., 640 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 300 fathoms—Two adult, two very young. S.R. 528—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 85 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms —One, very young. Dr. Meisenheimer saw the individuals from Station S.R. 337, and stated that they were all almost certainly referable to the above, several, with fins extended, being typical specimens. The only other Irish record appears to be that of the specimen taken by Professor D’Arcy Thompson outside Roundstone Bay, Connemara (Nichols, 1900, sub Dexiobranchaea paucidens). Pro- fessor D’Arey Thompson has kindly written about this record, and states that the specimen was not preserved, but that he has now no doubt that it was referable to Pnewmodermopsis ciliata, and adds that it was considerably smaller than some individuals which we were able to send him. II. ’07. 42 Distribution.— Atlantic, between 7° N. lat., and 61° N. lat., and Mediterranean (Meisenheimer, 1905). Pneumodermopsis sp. juv. S.R. 224—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., May, 1905, mid-water otter traw! at 650-750 fathoms—Two larval. Dr. Meisenheimer considers the above to be Pneumodermopsis larvae, but not the larvae of P. ciliata. It seems better to reserve further consideration, until some more advanced forms are available for investigation. Famity CLIONIDAE. Genus Clione, Pallas, 1774. Clio, Miller, 1776. Cliodita (part.), Quoy et Gaimard, 1825. Spongiobranchea (part.), d Orbigny, 1840. Clio (part.), Gegenbaur, 1852. Clione limacina, Phipps, 1773. Clio retusa, Fabricius, 1780. Clio borealis, Cuvier, 1802, Péron et Lesueur, 1810, Lovén, 1847. Clione papilionacea, Jefireys, 1869. Clione elegantissima, Dall, 1872. Clione limacina, Sars, 1878, Pelseneer, 1885. Dall, 1889. Meisenheimer, 1905. Monica CCXI—4 mi. W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 60 fathoms, September, 1900, coarse silk townet at surface—Three. Monica CCXVII—Between Inishturk and Inishshark, Co. Galway, 36 fathoms, September, 1900, medium silk townet at 36 fathoms— One. Bofn CCXXX1I—Bofin Harbour, 1-24 fathoms, September, 1900, medium silk townet at surface—One. Monica CCXXXII—About 4 mi. N.W. by N. of High Island, Co. Galway, 56 fathoms, October, 1900, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 56 fathoms—Two larval. Monica CCXLI—Between Inishturk and Inishshark, 39 fathoms, October, 1900, townet at 39 fathoms—One. Helga LXXXIV (r.7. LL, 4)—40 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 60 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 60 fathoms —One. Helga LXXXVI (r.7. I. 2)—30 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 72 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—One, small, Helga LXXXVIII (z.7. TI., 1)—40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 78 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 39 fathoms—One, small. Helga XC (r.7. IV., 1)—40 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Hd., 76 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 76 fathoms—Two. i 07: 43 Helga XC (r.T. 1V., 2).—30 mi. W. by 8. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 68 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk townet at 30 fathoms —One. Helga XCIV—14 mi. N.W. of the Stags of Bofin, Co. Galway, 35 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 174 fathoms—One. Helga XCVI (rv. IIL, 5)—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 604 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 55 fathoms—Two. Helga XCVII (z.7. I1., 5)—10 mi. N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 57 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Two. Helga XCVIII (z.7. I., 5)—10 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 48 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 40 fathoms—One. Helga CI—4 mi. 8.W. by W. 3 W. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 25 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 124 fathoms—Four. Helga CV1II (r.7. 1., 6)—10 mi. N. of Cleggan Hd., 443 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 22 fathoms—Two small; medium silk townet at 40 fathoms—Seven, very small. Helga CXIII (z.t. V., 2)—30 mi. S.W. of Cleggan Hd., 58 fathoms, July, 1901, medium silk townet at 29 fathoms—One larval ; medium silk townet at 58 fathoms—One large, three very small. Helga CXIV (r.T. V., 1)—40 mi. S.W. of Cleggan Hd., 624 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk townet at 31 fathoms—One, large, two, very small. M.L. LXI—About 4 mi. W.S.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 54 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One larval; mosquito-net townet at surface—One, small. Helga CXVII—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 744 fathoms, August, 1901, townet on dredge—About sixteen ; medium silk townet at 37 fathoms—One; medium silk townet at 74 fathoms—Ten. Helga CXVIII—33 mi. N.W. by W. 4+ W. of Cleggan Hd., 724 fathoms, August, 1901, coarse silk townet at surface—One ; medium silk townet at surface—Seventeen ; medium silk townet at 37 fathoms—One; medium silk townet at 72 fathoms—-One. M.L. LXVIJ—2 mi. N.N.E. of Lyon Hd., Co. Galway, 30 fathoms, August, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One larval; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 15 fathoms—T'wo ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms —Four larval. M.L. LXX—24 mi. N. of Stags of Bofin, Co. Galway, 42 fathoms. September, 1901, mosquito-net townet at surface—One. Helga CXXX (R.7. II1., 3)—20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 69 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk townet at 69 fathoms— Two. Helga CXXXI (r.7. ITL., 0).—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 110 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk townet at 60 fathoms— Three. Helga CXXXII (r.7. IL, 0.)\—50 mi, N.W. by N. of Cleggan Hd., 135 fathoms, September, 1901, medium silk townet at 120 fathoms —Two. M.L. CVI—2 mi. N. by E. of Cleggan Hd., 15 fathoms, November, 1901, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 14 fathoms—T'wo, IT. 07. 44 M.L. CXIV—Fahy Bay, Co. Galway, 1-2 fathoms, December, 1901, medium silk townet at surface—Three larval. L. 7—1 mi. S.E. of Bofin Harbour, 17 fathoms, January, 1902, medium silk townet at surface—Four; medium silk townet at 17 fathoms—Three. L. 42—1 mi. N.E. by N. of High Island, Co. Galway, 37 fathoms, February, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 18 fathoms —One. L. 74—4 mi. N. by E. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 52 fathoms, April, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 51 fathoms— One. L. 96—334 mi. W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 52 fathoms, May, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—One. L. 119—Fahy Bay, Co. Galway, 1-2 fathoms, June, 1902, medium silk townet at 1-2 fathoms—Twelve. L. 121—14 mi. W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 50 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Many ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 5G fathoms—Forty-four, small. L. 124—5 m. W. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 1-2 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms— Thirty-six, young. L. 127—5 mi. W.N.W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 51 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 51 fathoms— Thirty-five. L. 128—4 mi. W.N.W. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 46 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet (three hauls) at 46 fathoms—One hundred and sixty-one, mostly very small. L. 129—Outside Freaghillaun, Co. Galway, 7— 10 fathoms, July, 1902, medium § silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Four, young. L. 132—5 mi. N.W. by W. of High Island, Co. Galway, 60 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—About thirty-two. LL 133—, — July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at bottom—Twelve. L. 154—5} mi. N.W. by N. of Inishturk, Co. Mayo, 46 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 23 fathoms— Twelve; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 46 fathoms— Five. L. 138—44 mi. W. by N. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 59 fathoms, July, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms— Ten. A. I. (z.t. TIL, 3 ¢., d.}—20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 723 fathoms, August, 1902, medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—Forty ; townet on dredge—Nine. A. II. (r.t. IIL., 0., ©, e.)—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 116 fathoms, August, 1902, medium silk townet at 110 fathoms—Seven ; medium silk townet on trawl—Two. A. XVI—2 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 44 fathoms, August, 1902, medium silk townet at surface—One; medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Two. TOF. 45 L. 161—} mi. W. by N. of High Island, 30 fathoms, October, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Five ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 15 fathoms—Three ; medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms—Six, very small. L. 174—Off Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 6-8 fathoms, October, 1902, townet at surface—Six ; townet at bottom—F ive. L. 176—4 mi. E. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 14 fathoms, November, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at surface— Two. L. 177—5 mi. E.N.E. of Cleggan Hd., 40 fathoms, November, 1902, mosquito-net townet at surface—One larval. L. 182—} mi. N. by E. of Cleggan Hd., 17 fathoms, December, 1902, medium silk and cheesecloth townet at 8} fathoms—Two. S.R. 7—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd. 49 fathoms, February, 1903, medium silk townet at 14 fathoms—Six larval. L. 208—2} mi. W. by S. of Shark Hd., Co. Galway, 54 fathoms, April, 1903, townet at 54 fathoms—One. S.R. 9—37 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt, Co. Cork, 71 fathoms, April, 1903, medium silk net at 30 fathoms—One larval. S.R. 17—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 72 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—One; medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—One. S.R. 22—70 mi. §.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 80 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—One. S.R. 24—16 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 60 fathoms, May, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—One larval. S.R. 26—35 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 704 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—Thirty-eight. S.R. 30—Between Puffin Island and Lemon Rock, Co. Kerry, 324 fathoms, August, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Eight ; medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—Six larval. S.R. 59—30 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 645 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 65 fathoms—Four mature, and about one hundred larval. S.R. 60—8 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 58 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Few larval. S.R. 61—6 m. W.2?58. of Sheep Hd., Co. Cork, 374 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at surface—Fourteen larval ; medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Three larval; medium silk townet at 36 fathoms—Forty larval. S.R. 67—7 mi. N.W. by W. 4 W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 76 fathoms, November, 1903, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms— Two; medium silk townet at 75 fathoms—Two mature, twenty- five larval. S.R. 76—19 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 67 fathoms, February, 1964, medium silk townet at surface—Fourteen larval; medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—About twenty larval; medium silk townet at 60 fathoms—Two mature, seventeen larval. S.R. 94—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 340 fathoms. February, 1904, medium silk townet at 100 fathoms—One larval, W. 5—3-5 mi. 8.W. by 8. of Gt. Skellig, Co. Kerry, 60-65 fathoms, March, 1904, mosquito-net townet on trawl—Few. IL 07. 46 R. 4—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 60 fathoms, March, 1904, medium silk townet at 40 fathoms—Five larval. S.R. 122—Middle of Kenmare Estuary, Co. Kerry, 464 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 22 fathoms—Thirteen ; medium silk townet at 44 fathoms—Seven small. S.R. 124—Off Dunmanus Bay, Co. Cork, 384 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Three; medium silk townet at 38 fathoms—One. S.R. 130—20 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 694 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 63 fathoms—Three. S.R. 133—31 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 130 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 50 fathoms—Four. S.R. 134—114 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., 78 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 30 fathoms—Eleven; medium silk townet at 70 fathoms—Twenty-five. S.R. 136—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., Co. Galway, 17 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—One. S.R. 137—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Hd., 563 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 56 fathoms—Forty-three. S.R. 152—45 mi. N.W. by W. of Achill Hd., Co. Mayo, 220 fathoms, August, 1904, medium silk townet at 20 fathoms—Six larval; medium silk townet in triangular townet at 220 fathoms— One. S.R. 162—Off Kenmare River, Co. Kerry, 46 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1904, medium silk townet at bottom—Six larval. S.R. 167—20 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 80 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at surface—Two larval. S.R. 168—10 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght Lt., 72 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1904, medium silk townet at 66 fathoms—One mature, ten larval. S.R. 170—10 mi. W. 48. of Tearaght Lt., 76 fathoms, November, 1904, coarse silk triangular townet at surface—Seven large. S.R. 175—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet in triangular townet—One. W. 22—5 mi. W.N.W. of Black Hd., Co. Clare, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 243 fathoms—Three. W. 24—8 mi. E. of Eeragh Island Lt., Co. Galway, 19 fathoms, November, 1904, medium silk townet at 9 fathoms—Two small. S.R. 187—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 57 fathoms, January, 1905, medium silk townet at surface—One. S.R. 193—40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 25 fathoms, February, 1905, fine silk townet in triangular townet at 630 fathoms—One larval. S.R. 194—54° 49’ N., 10° 30’ W., 360 fathoms, February, 1905, coarre silk and cheesecloth townet at 90 fathoms—One. S.R. 197—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., z,000 fathoms, February, 1905, coarse silk triangular townet at 680 fathoms—One larval. S.R. 212—50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—One. S.R. 222—53° 1’ N., 14° 34’ W., 293 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms—Five. DY. 07. 47 S.R. 230—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 730 fathoms, May, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 150 fathoms— Four mature, one larval. S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms —Five. W. 33—Galway Bay, 163-20 fathoms, September, 1905, medium silk townet at surface—One. S.R. 264—Off Dungarvan, Co. Waterford, 38 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 36 fathoms—Sixteen larval. S.R. 265—51° 16’ N., 8° 10’ W., 54 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 25 fathoms—Forty-four small and two larval. S.R. 267—10 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., Co. Cork, 57 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 26 fathoms— One; coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 52 fathoms—Two. S.R. 272—50 mi. W. 7 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 411 fathoms, November, 1905, townet at 400 fathoms—One. S.R. 273—10 mi. W. ? N. of Tearaght Lt., 78 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 30 fathoms—Abundant. S.R. 274—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 73 fathoms, November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 70 fathoms—Five. S.R. 276—10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, 56 fathoms, Novem- ber, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 28 fathoms—Four. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo, 535, fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms—One. S.R. 293—Off Dungarvan, Co. Waterford, 404 fathoms, Feb- ruary, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at surface—Four larval. S.R. 296—10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt. Co. Cork, 61 fathoms, eee 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms— ew. S.R. 297—30 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 664 fathoms, February. 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 60 fathoms—Three. S.R. 300—10 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms, February, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 76 fathoms— Two larval. S.R. 320—70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Lt., 784 fathoms, April, 1906, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 36 fathoms—One. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9 W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 26 fathoms—One. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., August, 1906, mid-water, otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—One. S.R. 468—30 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 72 fathoms, August, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 35 fathoms—Ten. S.R. 528—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet Lt., 85 fathoms, November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 40 fathoms—One. i. *07. 48 The following appear to be the only other Irish records :— -R.LA. Expedition, 1886, “Several small specimens were taken in the townets, 57 miles off Dursey Head” (Nichols, 1900); off Valentia (Dublin Museum, presented by F. W. Gamble). For over one hundred years Clione limacina has been known to form part of the food of the Right Whale ;' and, it need hardly be said, is “‘a prize for any food-fish”’ (M‘Intosh, 1889). Statistics of the contents of the stomachs of fishes in this office show it to be a common food of the mackerel and herring on the west coast of Ireland in spring and autumn. On the west and south coasts it appears to come inshore chiefly in the late summer, autumn, and winter. We have over fifty inshore records of its occurrence from July to December, as against sixteen in the other months of the year. It will be seen that larvae were taken in nine different months namely, ten records in November, seven in February, and six each in June and July. The months of March, April, May, October, and December only possess one or two records each. Distribution.—Arctic Ocean, Atlantic Ocean extending as far south as Cape Hatteras on the western side. North Pacific Ocean. Antarctic Ocean, var. antarctica (Meisenheimer, 1906). In the British-and-Irish area it occasionally goes round the coast of Scotland as far as St. Andrews Bay (M‘Intosh, 1889), but appears to be only a rare visitant on the east coast. The English Channel, which it occasionally visits,” seems to be the most southerly locality as yet known (Meisenheimer, 1905). Clione gracilis, sp. nov. PL. ty S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W., 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 1,150 fathoms.—Four adult specimens, all damaged. The principal characters of this species appear to be as follows :-— Head large, broader than long, possessing three pairs of buccal cones, and hook sacks (figs. 2, 3), containing upwards of thirty spines. Radula with about eighteen transverse rows, each con- sisting of a median plate and eight or nine pairs of rather long teeth (fig. 4). . Body very narrow, no broader than head, elongated, and pointed posteriorly ; the viscera occupying only the anterior half. Foot well developed, anterior lobes broad and pointed posteriorly ; posterior lobe long, terminating acutely. Fins ample, somewhat rounded at the free ends. Colour of preserved animal white or partially transparent (prob- ably quite transparent when living) and absolutely devoid of pigmentation. 1GCranz in his Historie von Grénland, 1770, named it ‘‘ Walfisch frass.”’ i 2Journ. M. B. Assoc., Plymouth, July, 1906. Il. 07. 49 The four specimens are very much distorted, but yield the fol- lowing approximate measurements :— Length from mouth to posterior a aes of mm. body, bg : eet AO Becadth across fins, id “i 6 Breadth of body at base of ‘fins, sige 2 Length of body from middle of fin base to pos terior extremity, me 74 When placed side by side with a number of Clone limacina, this form is distinguishable at a glance by the large head, narrow body, and absence of colouration. Some specimens of C. limacina, 10 mm. in length, measure almost 5 mm. across the body at the base of the fins. In this species also the spines of the hook-sac are narrower and more attenuated near the apex than in C. gracilis, while the teeth of the radula are somewhat shorter. Gymnosomata larvae. S.R. 273—10 mi. W.2N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 78 fathoms November, 1905, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 30 fathoms— Thirty. S.R. 521—51° 45’ N., 6° 49° W., November, 1907, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 19 fathoms—One. The individuals from Station 8.R. 273 were seen by Dr. Meisen- heimer, who said they were certainly not the larvae of C. limacina. Famity THLIPTODONTIDAE. Genus Thliptodon, Boas, 1886. Pelagia? Quoy et Gaimard, 1832. Unnamed, Gegenbaur, 1885. Unnamed, Krohn, 1860. Pteropelagia, Bronn, 1862. Pteroceanis, Meisenheimer, 1903. Thliptodon Gegenbauri, Boas, 1886. S.R. 231—About 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fathoms, May, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at about 1,150 fathoms—Seven. S.R. 401—51° 14’ N., 11° 51’ W., 600-660 fathoms, February, 1907, mosquito-net and coarse townets on trawl—One. S.R. 449—50° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 950 fathoms, May, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 0-700 fathoms—Four. S.R. 476—60 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 640 fathoms. August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl at 300 fathoms—One. S.R. 481— 50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W., 920-1,064 fathoms, August, 1907, mid-water otter trawl fishing at ca. 600-900 fathoms—One. Dp IT. ’07. 50 S.R. 502—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms, September, 1907, mosquito-net townet on trawl—One. This species does not appear to have been met with before outside the Mediterranean. The examples from Station 8.R. 231 were seen by Dr. Meisen- heimer, who said they “resembled the form desea by Kwietniewski.” The largest measured 9 mm. in length. Thliptodon diaphanus, Meisenheimer, 1905. Pteroceanis diaphana, Meisenheimer, 1903. S.R. 282—50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, +535 fathoms, November, 1905, mosquito-net triangular townet at 700 fathoms—One, tolerably large. This specimen was identified by Dr. Meisenheimer. Distribution.—Gulf of Guinea, St. Thomas, Sumatra, Seychelles Islands, Gulf of Aden (Meisenhermer, 1905). Ascension (Schiemenz, 1906). Antarctic Ocean (Meisenheimer, 1906). Thliptodon sp. S.R. 270—50° 20’ N., 11° 15’ W., 470 fathoms, November, 1905, mid-water otter trawl at 350 fathoms—One, mutilated. S.R. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—One, young. S.R. 352—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., 800 fathoms, August, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 700-750 fathoms—One, mutilated. OrDER HETEROPODA. Famity CARINARIIDAE. Genus Carinaria, Lamarck, 1801. Carinaria Lamarckii (Péron et Lesueur), de Blainville, 1817. Carinaria Mediterranea, Sowerby, 1820-25. Carinaria Lamarckii. E. A. Smith, 1888. Carinaria Mediterranea, Vayssiere, 1904. Carinaria Lamarcki, Tesch, 1906. S.R. 327—60 mi. W. 3? N. of Tearaght Lt., 550 fathoms, May, 1906, coarse silk and chdsndeloth: townet at 50 ‘fathoms—One SR. 337—51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., 768 fathoms, May, 1906, mid-water otter trawl at 0-20 fathoms—One ; mid-water otter trawl at 400-450 fathoms—One, small. ai. 07. 51 S.R. 438—60 mi. off Tearaght Lt., Co. Kerry, 584 fathoms, May, 1904, coarse silk and cheesecloth townet at 100 fathoms—One. R.I.A. Expedition, 1888, 56 mi. off Dursey Hd., 345 fathoms, “four mutilated specimens taken in the townets”’ (Nichols, 1900) ; Flying Fox Expedition, 1889, S.W. Ireland, a fine specimen at surface (E. A. Smith, 1889). The above appear to be the only British-and-Irish representa- tives of the Heteropoda. Of our catches, the first mentioned measures about 104 mm. in length, but a small portion of the posterior extremity is mutilated. The specimen from Station 8.R. 337, taken at 400-450 fathoms, measures only 25 mm. in length; and that from the same Station, taken at 0-20 fathoms, measures 103 mm. in length exclusive of the proboscis which is retracted. The fin-like paired expansion on the under side of the tail is well developed, each half measuring 8 mm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth. This expansion attains very similar dimensions in the specimen from Station S.R. 438. Tesch (1906), with regard to this says: ‘‘ Merkwurdig ist, dass die oben “erwahnte paarige Ausbreitung an der Unterseite des Schwanzes “nur bei Kleineren Exemplaren (bis zu 75 mm.) deutlich * entwickelt ist; bel grésseren ist sie sehr klein und winzig.” Distribution.—Mediterranean, North Atlantic. LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Alcock, 1865.—‘ Notes on Natural History Specimens lately received from Connemara.”’—Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc., Man- chester, IV. Chaster, 1897.—‘‘A Day’s Dredging off Ballycastle, County Antrim.”—- Irish Naturalist, VI., 1897. Chaster, 1898.—‘ A Report upon the Mollusca (excluding the Cepha- lopoda and Nudibranchiata) obtained by the Royal Irish Academy Cruises of 1885, 1886, and 1888.”— Proc. R. I. Acad. (3), V. Forbes and Hanley, 1853.—‘“‘A History of British Mollusca and their Shells.”—Vols. I.-LV. Holt, 1892.—“ Survey of Fishing Grounds, West Coast of Ireland, 1890-1891. Report on the Results of the Fishing Operations.”—Se. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe., (N.S.) VAL, Jeffreys, 1869. —‘ British Conchology,” Vol. V. Krohn, 1860.—“ Beitrage zur Entwickelungs-geschichte der Ptero- poden und Heteropoden.”—Leipzig, 1860, Locard, 1897.—“ Expedition scientifique du Z’ravailleur et du Talis- man ; Mollusques testacés. Pteropoda.” Vol, I. M‘Intosh, 1889.—* On the Pelagic Fauna of the Bay of St. Andrew’s during the Months 1888.”—7th Ann. Rep. Fish Bd., Scot., 1889, HH, OC: 52 Meisenheimer, 1905.—“ Pteropoda.”—Wiss. Ergebn. Tief-see Exped. Valdivia, 1898-1899. IX. Lief 1. Meisenheimer, 1906.—‘‘ Deutsche Siidpolar—Expedition, 1901-1903.” ~-Berlin, 1906, 1X. Band. Heft II. Nichols, 1900.—‘ A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland.”—Proc. R LI. Acad. (3), V Norman, 1890.—‘ Revision of British Mollusca.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), V., 1890. Schiemenz, 1906.—‘ Die Pteropoden der Plankton Expedition.”— Kiel und Leipzig, 1906. Scott, 1898.—* On the Distribution of Pelagic Invertebrate Fauna of the Firth of Forth and its Vicinity during the Seven Years from 1889-1895, both inclusive.” —16th Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd. Scot., 1898. Smith, E. A., 1889.--‘‘ Report of a Deep-Sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. Coast of Ireland, under the direction of Rev. W. Spotswood Green, M.a., F.R.G.8. ; Mollusca.”— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), TV., 1889. Smith, E. A., 1890.—‘‘ A Report on the Marine Molluscan Fauna of the Island of St. Helena.”—Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1890. Standen, 1895.—“ Marine Mollusca, Galway Excursion, 1895.”’—Irish Naturalist, 1V., 1895. Sykes, 1905.—‘‘ Mollusca procured during the Porcupine Expeditions, 1869-1870.”—Proc. Mal. Soc., Wol. VI, Part 6, Sept., 1905. Tesch, 1904.—‘‘ The Thecosomata and Gymnosomata of the Siboga- Expedition.” —Siboga Expeditie, Leiden, 1904. Tesch, 1906.—“ Die Heteropoden Der Siboga—Expedition von Dr. J. J. Tesch.” —Siboga Expeditie, Leiden, 1906. Thompson, 1856.— The Natural History of Ireland.”—Vol. IV. Warren, 1892.—‘ Rare Molluscs from Co. Sligo.”—Irish Naturalist, J., 1892. Warren, 1896.—‘‘ Spirialis retroversus in Killala Bay.”—Irish Natura- list, V., 1896. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Clione gracilis, Sp. n. Fig. 1 —View of a male specimen from the ventral side (restored), : . , Ky e@aels Fig. 2.—Spines of the hook-sac in situ, : : 5 ee Fig. 3.—Separate spines from the hook- -SAac, - Kylee Fig. 4.—Transverse row of radula, right lateral teeth not shown, ; : : - . x A. T. & Co. (Ltd.) 26079. Wt. P. 68--S. 154. 375. 10, 1909. 1 &) J wir. 07 PLT S W.K. del . Cl LO n s sracilt S . Weller& Graham, L'? Litho,London 1923 ” a t s “fF > ‘ +s + ee “< a > ~ ilies lh . roth _ pea . JF mand a ee C et: 6 ~~ — a : a 7 : : | 5 ~ % | - : ut - =o se + I : 7 ~ ‘ in + = tHe Pi _ cS c 7 ,. 2m + z tt ewe 4 fo~is a ; ae a ‘ Ya Wicker, . = ea ae Vs, it = xs on “ 3! a | % i ? . ; 1 a Z , | | | Sot —- ¥ ‘ aS “ [2 ie * igh vf : Ry" “me. Vis », ee is - i“ ° wy * % ‘: & Pon oi : DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. No, LE. Plaice Marking Experiments on the East Coast of Ireland in 1905 and 1906. by G. P. Farray, B.A. This paper may be referred to as “ Fisheries, Ireland, Sct. Invest., 1907, Z1J, [1909].” 1909. i me al : f : t > aA ie ad ae my oY < , i oe Ct am : 7 E & + ; i iemaee oe, Gv 0) eae ae Mf ave}? ae as at : Leese | “Ae Nags ~ Wagner reyt oie qi pwort. Crea) o0e a OTR Oh ane Tt ar ae + a regret? tea AT & eka =) 72) Scie ‘ UGE Tee CE eet 9 set ~ A ae Se re G i Atel PLAICE MARKING EXPERIMENTS ON THE EAST COAST OF IRELAND IN 1905 AND 1906, BY GaLPe HARRAN, B.A. Plates: 1x XIE. INTRODUCTORY. The marking of plaice on the east coast of Ireland was begun in August, 1905, and is still being continued. The present report, however, deals only with such fish as were marked during 1905 and 1906, and recovered before the end of 1907. Besides the plaice here referred to, a small number were marked in Galway Bay, but the returns have up to the present been too few to make use of. A few brill and black sole were also marked, but are not included in the report.! The fish which were marked were taken by the Helga in the course of a quarterly survey of East Coast trawling grounds, made during the years in question in the months of February, May, August, and November, or as near to those months as other calls upon the ship’s time permitted. The fact that the fish for marking were captured in the course of the survey and not in special hauls made for the purpose accounts for the small numbers liberated in some of the ex- periments, as usually all the suitable plaice taken, whether few or many in each haul, were marked. Plaice are nowhere very abundant on the grounds in question, and consequently the total number marked is not large. As to whether the growth and movements of marked plaice may be taken as typical of those of unmarked fish, it has been 1A small experiment with flounders made in Galway Bay in 1905-6 may be mentioned here. Sixty-five flounders and a few plaice and dabs were marked with a brass label attached by a paper-clip in a manner similar to that described below for plaice. The fish were caught in Mweeloon Bay, at the head of Galway Bay, carried across the narrow neck of Ardfry peninsula, and liberated in Ardfry Bay, or New Harbour, which runs inland parallel to the Mweeloon inlet in which the fish were caught. Of the six fish recaptured four had gone round the Ardfry penin- sula, and again ascended to the head of Mweeloon Bay, where they were originally caught, a distance of about 4 miles. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, III, [1909] IIT. ’07. 4 shown by various observers! that the increase in length of re- captured plaice agrees fairly well with the average annual growth as ascertained either by examination of the otoliths or by estimate of the age groups. It has been stated by Fulton? that marking retards the ripening of the gonads, but this is not borne out by our experiments, as several half ripe, and a few spent females were noted amongst the returned fish. The number, naturally, was not large as the great majority of the returned female plaice had not reached the size at which they would normally be mature. Instances of ripe and spent males were not unusual. It is not possible to obtain conclusive proof that the move- ments of plaice are not affected by marking, but the migra- tions undertaken by marked fish have confirmed deductions made from observations of the distribution of unmarked fish on the fishing grounds. Marking might conceivably either re- tard or induce migration, but, as Fulton has remarked, it is impossible that it should cause it to take place in a definite direction. The movements of plaice consequent on their having been transplanted from shallow to deep water or vice versa are pre- sumably unnatural, and, as far as I know, no evidence has ever been produced to rebut this opinion. METHODS. The fish to be marked were usually captured in hauls of one and a half hours’ duration, made with a forty-two foot or a thirty-six foot beam trawl. They were measured to the nearest millimetre, weighed, when possible, to the nearest 5 grammes, and liberated as soon as possible, generally within two or three miles of the place of capture and in approximately the same depth of water. The returned fish were forwarded by post, mostly in water- proof envelopes without any packing except a sheet or two of paper, to the headquarters of the Fisheries Branch of the De- partment in Dublin, and were usually received from one to three days after recapture. They were weighed to the nearest gramme and measured to the nearest millimetre, first as re- ceived and then again after having been stretched to compen- sate for shrinkage. It is the latter measurement which appears in the tables. In some cases, marked * in the tables, where the stretched measurement has not been taken, “5 cm. has been added to the observed length to allow for shrinkage. This figure was arrived at by taking the average difference be- tween the ordinary and the stretched lengths of one hundred returned plaice, which was found to be “474 cm. A similar 1 Johansen, Contributions to the Biology of the Plaice. Medd. fra Komm. for Havundersogelser, Fiskeri, Bd. I., No. 2, 1905, p. 24. Johnstone, Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. XXI. (1907), p. 268. 2 Fulton, 15th Ann. Rept. Scotch Fishery Board, pt. III., 1896, p. 375. 3 Johansen, Marking and Transplantation Experiments with Plaice in Danish waters. loc. cit. Bd. II., No. 5, 1907, pp. 77, 85. 4 Fulton, loc. cit. EOF: 5 figure was found by the Danish investigators! to represent the average shrinkage of a number of plaice exposed to the air for twenty-four hours. Throughout this paper, when referring to the average lengths of fish, the international convention of measurement has been adopted, e.g., fish of over 19°00 cm. in length and under 20°00 cm. are regarded as being 19 centimetres in length. By far the largest number of the plaice which have been recovered have been captured by sailing trawlers fishing from IXingstown, Skerries, and Balbriggan, County Dublin, and Newcastle, County Down, and many were also taken by the line fishermen of Clogher Head, County Louth. Very few have been taken by steam trawlers, mainly because the principal plaice grounds on the East coast of Ireland are within the areas closed to steam trawling. Arrangements were made by the Department with the Coastguards of the various stations on the East coast of Ire- land, through the courtesy of the Divisional Officers, that they should forward to the headquarters of the Department any marked fish which came under their notice, and similar ar- rangements were made with a number of gentlemen in seaport towns. Mr. H. O'Connell FitzSimon, Superintendent of the Dublin Corporation Fish Market, has been kind enough to send us any marked fish which, having escaped the notice of their captors, came under his jurisdiction, and Mr. J. John- stone, of the Lancashire Sea Fisheries Laboratory, Liverpool, Dr. J. Travis Jenkins, Superintendent of the Lancashire Sea Fisheries District, and Dr. W. Garstang, representing the Marine Biological Association, have favoured us with full par- ticnlars as to any Irish marked fish which passed through their hands. TYPES oF Mark USEp. Most of the marks used were of Dr. Heincke’s German pattern, consisting of a vulcanite stud, not unlike a collar stud in shape, with a pointed head, which is put through the fish from the blind side and secured by a rubber washer slipped over the head on the coloured side. Fig. 1. Vulcanite mark, natural size. a. Lateral view. 6. From below. c. Rubber washer, ‘ Johansen, Marking and Transplantation Experiments with Plaice in Danish waters. loc. cit. Bd. II., No. 5, 1907. iW ea ive 6 The mark is inserted about three centimetres from the base of the tail between the tips of the interspmous bones and the neural spmes of the vertebrae. The base of the stud is 1°5 cm. in diameter, the shank 1 em. long and 4mm. in diameter, and the pointed head 7 mm. in diameter and 7 mm. in height. The !abel number is engraved on the circular base of the stud. This pattern of mark is very satisfactory for fishes of from 20 cm. to about 32 cm. in length, but for larger sizes it was found that the thickness of the fish was too great to allow the head of the stud to project sufficiently to receive the rubber washer. In the case of fish of less than 20 cm. the wound caused by the insertion of the mark was unduly severe, and the mark itself, being able to move pretty freely, must have im- peded their movements. The state of the wound made by the mark in the recaptured fish varied very much. ‘The usual condition was very similar to that at first marking, i.e., the opening was not, or very shghtly, enlarged, the ‘edges ‘being raw, but not unhealthy. It seems probable that, even if the ‘edges were slightly skinned over, the subsequent handling and passage through the post would be sufficient to re- -open the wound without the cause being manifest; any more extensive post-mortem injuries could, however, ‘be recognised by the absence of suffused blood on the raw parts. In some cases the wounds were of a more severe character, the skin under the washer having disap- peared and the washer itself having cut deeply down into the flesh, causing a large unhealthy wound. This was noticed as occurring especially in the case of some marks, the washers of Which were of stiff black rubber instead of the usual soft red type. Dr. Heincke has informed Mr. Holt that he had also been troubled by similar washers. ‘The use of these washers was discontinued as soon as their effect was noticed. It seems not unlikely that in these extreme instances, which fortunately were not common, the mark finally drops out. On the other hand, several fish were received back, mostly of those which had been out a year or more, in which the wound was com- pletely healed, the white and ‘coloured skin meeting all round the stud. As to the jegibility of the labels after return, it might have been supposed that the figures would have become obliterated in time, being constantly in contact with the ground, but in point of fact only the very slightest trace of wear was visible on labels which had been considerably over a year at sea. Some few labels had a portion of the base broken off, but this was probably due to accident subsequent to the capture of the fish, the broken edges being sharp and unworn. The vul- canite labels are distinguishable in the tables by the index letters 6.04 and FAIR. Besides the vulcanite labels two other types were made use of. One of these, indicated by the letters B.T., consisted of an ordinary brass paper fastener, which was pushed through the fish from below in the same place as that in which the vulcanite stud was usually fixed. The points of the fastener —_— = TT. 707: i were passed through a slit in a circular numbered brass washer and then turned down, the ends projecting beyond the edges of the brass washer having been lopped off. The wound caused by this type of mark was usually worse than that made by the vulcanite stud. The brass washer being pressed tightly against the fish by the action of turning down the projecting ends of the fastener, was compelled by the subsequent growth of the fish to cut into the flesh below, a similar wound being caused by the head of the fastener on the underside. Another objection to this pattern is the fact that after a time the mark works its way outwards to the base of the fin and finally escapes altogether. In almost all in- stances in which fish bearing these marks have been recovered after having been at liberty for about a year, it has been found that the marks had made their way outwards between the interspinous bones, leaving a healed up track behind them, and were only separated from the base of the fin by a distance of five or six millimetres. One plaice, taken by the Helga when trawling, was apparently a fish which had lost its mark in the manner suggested above. It bore a completely healed up scar, running from the usual point of insertion of the mark to the base of the fin. In some few instances the fish bearing the brass marks were taken with the wounds completely healed, one of these being a flounder which was marked at Ardfry, County Galway, and was recovered about a year after- wards in the same place stranded and dead, in company with some unmarked fish. It seems that the pressure of the washer is reheved by the outward movement of the mark. The third type of mark experimented with, distinguished by the letters JR., was designed by Dr. Henking and was made of aluminium. It consisted of a curved aluminium pin with a grooved head, and was put through the skin of the back of the plaice just above the lateral line. The point was then bent round, after the manner of a safety pin, into the groove in the head, which was then closed upon it with a pair of phers. Before closing the pin a small aluminium label, bear- ing the number, was threaded upon it. The skin traversed by the pin measured about 1°5 em. in length. The labels them- selves when returned after a considerable interval of time showed no signs of corrosion, but the pins were often con- siderably corroded and very brittle. It appears from corres- pondence that Dr. Henking was himself dissatisfied with this form of label after trial. He suggested experiment with the same pattern in silver, but the price in that metal appeared to be prohibitive. ‘Two hundred of these aluminium labels were used, and of them forty-eight were returned, but fifteen were not reported till they had reached the hands of the retail dealers, the particulars of their capture having been thus lost. Possibly if the fishermen became familiar with this type of label they would learn to recognise it, but at present it seems very liable to be overlooked. The wound caused by the pin is very slight, but the permanency of the mark is doubtful, it being often attached by only a few millimetres of skin when returned. TIT. ’07. —— a as ‘19q ule09(7 oie ‘Jaq UIQAONT *. * *19q0}00 os ‘qaquiaydeg ee ee ‘qsnsny ee ee ‘Ane * * ‘oun ee. ee ‘AU oe e-. qudy 54 ave ‘qoreyy on *+ ‘Kreniqeit oye "* ‘Arenaer ** ‘gmqgdeoor Jo 1v9x ‘poyesog!, oorefg Jo Joquinyy @, | LI 8 Laie = : oa I = € I I a F L 8€ I Che te Ce} = G G g I reg I 9 I if 9 OF y G ye HE = F 1 6 ; | Il = g G ¥ g FE F ¥ | Fa z 8 = L I 1 TEL I 8 = 1! € 66. | 1 A il 7 = eg = F I ake z I I ¢ €& = (Or ia ae ie I 6 I ih I 6 I = 8 9€ i G 5 as 3 £ 1G I L I 8 = fa 9 O8 > ‘ae ae I - 4 I OF > 8I x 61 € = GS 6° = €T = I eee al L I O€ 9 61 € x €I 6% = c S = 321 = F ra Z GI z “ 6 €I = F = = = I = = = € Il G a 6r | @ = L | = G re F = F = G G - =a = cs | eS eh Pome.) de “LOGI | “906 cost | 108 “LO6BT | ‘906T vont a “LOGT | ‘906T | “LOGT | “9061 | “LOBI | ‘9061 | “LO6T | ‘906T | “CO6T | “LOGT | ‘9061 | “SO6T Ifo I CE pies 686 | L9Z 3 OST 00€ [83 FES ‘4oQ-¢0, “Bn "9061 | “9061 | ‘9061 “906T ke C asnday O GO. V ‘raq oy. 9 O | se ‘Sny-Ajne | | ‘qady “re W—"qoy ‘ oa(T "AON Cc06T } V ‘UOTpRAOGIT JO eq a a ee ae ere eS (be eee eee: Come CAYOALd VOR GNV GAWUVW AOLVId JO YAAWOAN EES OT: a NuMBERS RECAPTURED. The numbers recaptured from the various experiments are by no means uniform, the proportions varying from 80 per cent. in some to none in others. The table opposite shows the number of plaice marked at the various seasons and the numbers recaptured during each month till the end of 1907. Since for purposes of comparison it is necessary to know with what vigour the commercial plaice fishery was carried on dur- ing the years in question, the official returns of the number of ewts. of plaice, landed at the principal places from which marked fish have beer returned, have also been tabulated. PLAICE LANDED IN 1906. | l | Clogher Head, Balbriggan, Skerries, | _Ringsend, Kingstown, Co. Louth. Co, Dublin, | Co. Dublin. | Dublin Bay. Co. Dublin. Cwts, | ws. Orymise = || MCs. Cwts. (Ce eae ee? ou.) | 108 21 eben 5 pin Guten gel i THA TN ss 21 March, .. DOE, Puli 138 BL | 268 30 orl. a S08, 5 x | AG 158 11 May, —.. 0st | |) 251 6, | 1644 194 June, .. Gao see 17 131 2191 15 uly, f.. 431 245 73 167 28 August, Ae ip 86 103 182 52 Sept., 64 | 201 123 | 263 33 Oct., ity 842 16 | 222 70 moo. | 82x |) 461 16 | ph 142 115 Dec. ramraae | S27 60 |» “149 54 | PLAICE LANDED IN 1907. Clogher Head, Ringsend, | Kingstow Co, Louth. i Sabine Co. Dublin. Co, Dublin. Dublin Bay. Co. Dublin. | Balbriggan, Skerries, | { | Cwts. Cwts. | Cwts. | Cwts. 456 Teer eih 759° ° eters 448 31 143)! ') SOS 713 18 216 52 563 6 287 48 770 18 231 48 930 24 253 | 62 1,034 3 | 607 11 1.116 44 204.1, | 8 747 63 403 10 1,044 45} 392 | 164 854 110 262 | 19 298 203 ITT. *07. 10 The small proportion recaptured of the fish liberated in August, 1905, might perhaps be explained by the supposing that the fishermen and fish dealers had not become familiar with the fact that rewards were to be had for returning marked plaice, and that consequently some of the recaptured fish were not reported, but it seems much more likely that the same cause is responsible for the poorness of the returns from both August, 1905, and August, 1906. Their chance of recapture being presumably equal to that of the fish hberated at other seasons, if seems reasonable to suppose that they were not on the fishing grounds. It is very improbable that they would have migrated in a body while the fish, marked in the preced- ing November to April and occupying the same ground, re- mained; for after August, 1906, more fish were recaptured of those liberated in each of the three preceding seasons than of those actually liberated in August. The conclusion seems In- evitable that the August marked fish must have perished either from exposure to the high temperature of the air during marking or else from injuries received during capture. ‘The latter seems to be the most probable in view of the very similar experience of Bolau in the case of fishes captured off the mouth of the Elbe in the same month. He found that the plaice taken by him, which appeared healthy and vigorous at the time of capture, very soon died when placed in the fish tanks. On investigating the probable cause and finding that the stomachs of the plaice were crammed with broken bivalve shells (Lamellibranchs) he came to the conclusion that the internal injuries received during the compression of the fish in the trawl, though without apparent effect on the plaice immediately after capture, were the cause of their subsequent death.1 Garstang, as the result of his experiments on the vitality of captured plaice, has come to a similar conclusion as regards the subsequent effect of imperceptible injuries, and Johansen’s opinion, based on the Danish fish-marking experi- ments, agrees with his. The question has often been discussed, whether on any par- ticular fishing ground the number of marked fish recaptured bears the same proportion to the number released as does the total number of fish captured by the fishermen in the same time to the total stock of fish on the ground. It is generally admitted that the proportion of marked fish returned can in some degree indicate the ‘“‘ intensity of fishing ’’ on the ground in question, but Bolau has given very strong reasons why the figures thus arrived at should be received with the greatest 1It would, however, appear that the presence of large quantities of broken shell in the viscera is not necessarily a cause of injury to plaice taken in short hauls of the trawl, as Mr. Holt tells me that in a num- ber of plaice brought in to the Plymouth Laboratory from Cawsand Bay in 1895 or 1896, no considerable mortality was noticed, although the deposition of excreta on the bottom of the tank showed that they must have been loaded with broken mactra shells when captured. en. "OF 11 caution. The figure given by the returns of marked plaice will be too high if it happens that the plaice when marked are liberated in a spot where fishing is pursued with vigour and are captured before they have had time to disperse. It will, on the other hand, be too low if allowance is not made for fish which may have perished as the result of capture or marking or may have migrated to other fishing grounds. — ‘The con- ditions which, according to Bolau, must be fulfilled before any reliance can be placed on the returns are :—The marked fish must spread over the area in question in the same proportion as the rest of the fish; where fish are plentiful more must be marked than where they are scarce; the number of marked fish must be very large; only perfectly healthy vigorous fish should be liberated. ‘he first of these conditions seems un- necessary in view of the second, and in any case we can have no guarantee of its fulfilment. As regards the second, it has, in part at any rate, been observed in the Irish experiments, the fish for marking having been taken in a series of hauls ever the whole area and released close to where they had been captured, few being hberated where few were taken and vice versa. The number of plaice marked cannot be regarded as large, but in proportion to the number of fish on the ground it is probably as high as or higher than those of any other set of experiments. As to the vitality or prospect of survival of the marked fish it seems evident that the plaice marked in August, 1905, and August, 1906, were hberated under un- favourable conditions, and consequently should be omitted from our calculations. If this is done the proportion of re- captured plaice is raised to 46 per cent. This figure, taken for what it is worth, only refers, it should be noted, to plaice of between about 20 and 35 centimetres in length, or roughly of from 2 to 4 years oldl, and gives us no information as to the large stock of small plaice which must be present in shallow water. While further experiment is needed before any definite con- clusion can be reached as to the accuracy of figures arrived at in this manner, the results obtained up to the present seem to indicate clearly that the amount of fish sent to market by the Dublin, Balbriggan, and Clogher Head fishermen forms no inconsiderable portion of the stock of plaice actually on their fishing grounds. 1 The results of the examination of otoliths of plaice from these grounds have not yet been fully worked out; but the average sizes at the end of the second, third, and fourth years’ growth seem to be approximately 22:0 cm., 27:0 em., and 31:0 em. a30; “O07. 12 INCREASE IN LENGTH. The increase in length gained by each fish recaptured has been tabulated below under the number of months intervening between release and recapture, the corresponding month of the year being given as nearly as may be. ‘The cases of re- capture within the first fortnight have been omitted, so that the column headed one month contains the records of such fish as have been at large for periods of from fifteen to forty- five days, the average of the column giving the growth of an average fish in one month. ‘The columns for the successive months are treated similarly. ‘The sizes 18 to 22 em., 23 to 27 cin. and 28-32 cm. have been grouped separately, and con- sequently the average of each group for any particular period gives the increase in length of fish of 20, 25, or 30 cm. for the same time. The numbers of fish here dealt with are much too small to give any satisfactory average growth results, but serve to show clearly the immense individual variation in the rate of growth and also the months in which the most rapid increase takes place. For the convenience of those who are more familiar with measurements made in inches than in centimetres the approxi- mate equivalents of the sizes mentioned in this paper are here given :— Inches, 6 7. 8 9 10 11) 18. As) ee Centimetres, 15 18 20 23 25 28 30 33 36 38 es 6I 15 GE PEE. OT. "yqSu9] 0-% , ut Gq | © | osrerouy (aeyq~"q0) (“ae }-"q0,7) ! "C061 ‘HAGI—BLET LSANOAV GALVUAAIT AOLWTa | | ‘peyeseqy 0€ co | «(OG uoy ‘mo | “uo | “WO yg ue] ODRIOAW “4no (ad y—"uryq) syjuoyy jo saquinyy aDRIOAY ———|——| *493u0] > ul (4deg-sny) syquoyy I jo Jaquinyy aSvIVAY 14 TELS 07. *(Arenur sp) FI 0€ GG ‘mo | ‘urtO | | | | | | | ‘(ounp) L *(requiadeqq) 1 MOAann OAMOAINS *(19q UI9AO NT) él ‘HLL YHAW *(19q040Q) Il “(yoreyq) ¥ OU — BLE *(Areniqa,7 ) YHaWN AAO *(Jaquieydag) “(qsnany) Or 6 8 06 | OF | & OZ GE 0G | “wuld “ul | 0059) “ao | “mo “Ud | | | | | } i | *(Azenurp) *(qaqwesaq) € G I N GaLvVaagdiT go1rv id *4no syquoyy jo soquinyy WDLIOAY —| ‘yQSuo9y] ur OSvoIOUT *poqrreq ty oy yysuey eDvIOAW “no syqUoyy jo 1oquinyy asvIDAW 15 ALSO | | | | | | 0-01 | 3-9 Pez ge | | L-8 | | 3% | LSI | 6% | 2 | ee Ee ee ee faeries aie, Pe ate ee a |—— = | *peyeieql] 0€ GG 06 0& GG 0G 0€ GG 0G 0€ G6 06 0€ GG OG: 1) 305 CE 0G 0€ | 0G beet Co ee rel ee RO OS | SOs oO} “WO. | Eto! | to’ | “ugani|uro | mo | eres | - sto ||—aro: | ato | Wo "wo | mo | ‘wo | ‘wo y5ue] | | eSvIOAy “yno *(daqueA0 Ny) ‘(daqtueydag) *(Aqnp) (aun) ‘(jady) ‘(yore yy) ‘(Areniqa,q) syQuoyy, FG GG 0Z 61 LI 9T SD JO JoquinN mittgs) tes) 06 “W190 0€ cS m0 | 0G ‘uld IDRIOAW “Peyereq i] ueq aM Yq 5ue] IDLIOAW om ri~ os 16 Dao st << Oo Seon 1» ‘(zaquiaydaq) EEL, OT: o°¢ 8-F | 6 J g:¢ Leg GG 0G "mo | ‘UID ‘(qsnsny) 9 at oon AWA o OW HH LD “URI JO “[ ‘Avg [exeq Jo “HN ‘Tu FT 8-18 LOGT/9°78° |, oa | 7 Sapo es = 49% Lg ‘sw PL ‘drysqysry ysry FO 9 | 9061/6 /8z_ | as | iver #o: 0 ers == 49z | O1g a ‘SUZ § ‘pvoH JOySo[D Jo “Gg ‘Tur Z 6:3 CO61/O1/F% = lea WOne #&° SZ } =- | +66 | 60¢ ; ‘SU F “AV Vpoyoorq Jo "N ‘rar |] z CO61/0L/9T =e Ge ¥6- 18 5 — | +26 | 909 | “UO | 5) Ltt) 3 ulD $0 | La, au Pe. i *yno | ‘oangdeoor “YDue] ‘pommydeoad | *paungdvoas “pepereqi], | *pazvseqiy “TEquUnN *pomngdeoad o10y AY syuOpy jo ul ueyM (Arp) | ueymh ‘XOG = [Wey (OAT) uay jo Jtoquny 27e osvetoUuy VYSIOM | yysue'y | | QUSIOM | qsue'y [9qB'] a ee ee eee ee (G) neritiaa Teor eee “ULO 9B Jeqwun Ny $3 “ulo Ul yysue'T | 8G | Le | 96 | ‘SUZ GI “YMOT “OD ‘pray ssysoiD Jo “q |! gq Aq “q'g “UH EE (191d) SO6T “LSQONV "Cl GHLVYAAIT (€1¢—10¢ FON) MOLVA 1 ete Oe 50 OT: ERR (te tie | ra ie viene LE Ord We cea FE 3G | | ‘Buy y ‘GyeOPT “OD ‘umoqzAeT Jo "nN Aq “G ‘IU ¢ “ULO JV eq Uin jy “tro ul 445ue7] ‘(I 3%1d) C061 ‘ISODONAV HLC] CALVUAAIT (2e¢—TE¢ “FO'H) ADIV Id 2 *paanjdroead 4ON “UL 6.FZ YISuey] ‘suy GT “uTqnd ‘oD ‘surpsnyy ey} JO “A'N'N ‘Tur ¢. 'GO6T “LSNHYOV 4406 CALVUAAIT (08 A) AOLV'Id 1 “ODVYULIYS IO} MOT[V 09 poppe “Wd G- 4nq ‘poyojods Jou YS x | | | | | | | ‘swy g ‘UMOJAYT Jo “GY "TU Z LF | 6061/31/61 ee | ie 1 aie Ome all tee Sal ces | 888 ‘sWy g ‘ING Vpoysorq Jo "N “TW Z aE CO6T/11/%% 6 | SI | #676 | | | OF | gee ‘SUy ZT ‘PLOY AoYoOoID Jo “oy (rer g) “ren Fy 8 9061/7 /ol | 8:9 | L6G Stee cle ate | [ GuOg «) Gee ‘sMy ZI ‘PeaH TOYHO[D jo T'S ME] F-% COGTAOIALC In a= I) SKC ie oa OG s | | 6-6 | gee | “U's ‘D | “WO | | | urd | ‘FOU ! | | | | | “yno oumagd voor | “yQnuod| | *poangdvood *poingd oer ‘peyereqi] |= “peyeseqy | sequin’ ‘pomnjdvoar oatoy AA syquoyy yo ul | UayAr (Aap) uoy A ‘xogQ (| UsyA(eAT]) oy | jo aoquiny oyUq | osverouy | — 4tSToAA you] QUSIO AA qysueyT | = jaqey | | I Z € G { = ie Ud 4B Foq umn 9% ie ic 6% | Gs 1G “wo Ur YsUe7 | ‘say g ‘YQnoTT ‘Og ‘prozT AoqsSoTD jo -q F G ‘§ ‘TUL G.T ‘(I 1d) GO6T ‘LSADAV BIG] CHLVUAAIT (66¢—06¢ ‘F0'H) HOLV Id OF ‘ployxe Ay ‘Avg ynog URULIIYSH urssuq~eg ev Aq uodyVy, “smy ZT ‘TqeYooy Jo -N mu ¢ “pamydvoar aroy AK ‘OSVYULYS JO} MOT[L 04 pappr ‘wo ce. ani | ‘peyojergs you ystT » G:8 6-1 ie “yno SyQUOy | JO coquiny 9061/F /0% GO61/0T/ZI £061/6 /9 ‘ainqd voor jo ayrq a 00 a) yWqs5u ul | 8sval ouy € GG | *poungdvoed wey (Arp) IDIOM + G8 | 9° FG | 009) may | *poingd oes | ysue’ | | | “ULd 7e Jaquinyy “urd UL YQsue'y a TUS S you 4ST » 8° 6¢é «6° 0€ "U9 *pomngdvoax wey yysuey *paqeieqty S| wey (aq) TBO AA ADLVUAAIT (¢2¢—6E¢ ‘F0'H) WOLVId LE “pageseqy| ways (241) qqSIOM *x0Q GSE 09¢ 0: GE FSC 0-GG tg¢ att ts) F0'H ‘pazeseqy | “Jaqumy uey yyoue'] [2qe'T —E—EE————EE 6: FZ | cee S-S¢ PES “ul’) | FOU “paz es0q I] “Taq UN Ny uoys q5u0'T 12qe'T o> ‘SUF Q ‘epoysorq ‘Iamoy, wopreyy Jo -N “CIT 31d) G06T “ISADAV BLT ‘QDUYULLYS JOF MO][L 0} pappe ‘wo E.- qnq ‘poyojer ‘SU E ‘ING vpoysoag yo *g ‘tu F | Gay 9061/g /0E | 6: ECZ "SUIT OT | ‘leq epoysorq jo “q'g (‘mm 9) ‘tur g | $ CO6T/Z1/E1 #¢ O8Z “md “DB = “no | ‘aangdvooa “yy sue] *peanjdeoar aa ‘pamnydroad aay Ay | syquoyy | yo ul ueqa (Ap) — jo zaquiny | ayrq asvodouy QUSIO AA _ | a eee LL ee: Gs FG ‘suy fy “YQReTT “0D “‘poungdvoor auoN | PES pate ee &Z GG | 1Z 0% | UMOJART JO “FT { w | “WO Ye JaquINyy | “UE UL YQoUe'y Ae Gs NT TOL, GG r 'GO6T ‘ESODNV 4191 GALVUAAIT (609—16S “70'H) AOLVId 61 “OD RY ULIYS OJ MOJ[TV OF Peppe “Wo C- yng “peyojotys you YS * | ‘SUZ F “IVE Vpoysorq’ jo “Gg "MW Z | 8 9061/F /9I are | 00 | 0: 8G | a SE GL UPR oe. 6. O61/6 /EI : |} 981 | *6°96 cD “SW ZT “pea Joyso(D Jo “WS “Ww GZ | Se GOGI/31/L a | SLI aL LE ‘SU ZT “VE Vpoysory Jo “Wp “ral g G’ Gl | 9061/8 /1Z | 8-4 | EST | 0° LG ‘SUZ § “YINOT “Oy “Fq Auvun Yo "nw | 8-9 9061/8 /6 £6 ell 6°96 “uo S | “UL “yno | oungd Rood “Yyouo} ‘pamjdrooa — poanydvooa *poanqd road oto (4 sy }UOy | jo | ul uaym (Aap) uoyM fo doquiny | oyeq | osvodouy QUSIOM =| aueTy | | g 9 9G CE fit “07: | | @G G | ¥6 :G GE | ‘suy ZT ‘ulqng ‘oD ‘uvssiiqye ‘(TI Id) GO6T “LSNNNV #L9T GALVUAAIT (06¢ “ULD JV JOq UE NT “wo ur yqsue'y ay WH t6.7 “XO | PEA BESTT wey (9AT] ) “WYBI9MA 9/G “FO'H) MOIV'Id 1 | | “Ppegeseqt] uoy “yqoue'y] O06¢ 889 Y8¢ ess OLS FOU *1OQ WNT [Pqey] ‘ODUYULIYS 1OJ MO]]C OF poppe "Wod G- yng “peyozoags JOU YS y ; su} 2 ‘uRdsaqieg Jo “AN (ru Gg) “1p “‘SINy Z] ‘uRsSAq;eg Jo ‘p's (rw FE) “LUG ‘poanjd road atoy A | | Foday Beote | € Go6t/sI/¢ | LEI pees «po a | ce | = gg9 0:6 | ‘GO6T/2) 7/20 tie "9-8: 1 Sater Cee Ge aed leet Be eee evgay | Be | 3 wo 3 | HO, i) eerQin | ae a | | “no | roangd wood | “YQsudy] *poarngd Rood *poangd rood “‘peyesoqi | ‘peyereqy | “requinyy syquoW | qo ul ways (Aap) u9dy | *xOQ | UTM (aAT])) bos a | jO TqunN | oVeqd OSvoIoUy VUDIO MA yqoue'y | | 9USIeA, | YQduUerT | [eqr] : | | | c hh ¢ G - | I Z “Ud 78 JoquanN CZ ¥S G6. ee Is | 06 61 ST | “wo ur yQSue7] | | ‘suy ¢ ‘UI]qnd ‘OD ‘seTIIayG JO “AM 'N'N ‘tu Ae ‘(IE Id) GO6T “LSADAV HOT GCALVUAAIT (8¢9—8E9 “FO'A) AOLV'Id 12 — ‘SUL ZT ‘prop : 1aYoO],) JO “toU ¢ g-8 | 9061 Kc Cc GEE | 1: 0€ 2 — 0. cE ZE9 | mien) | “D “uo ‘D “Uy FOU {no | voangdwoor =| "ygsu9] *poinjdeoar | *pomydvood ‘poyereqi, | “payesreqry | ‘raquinyy “poanjdroat aroy AY syQuoyy jo ui att (Alp) may *xoG =| UeYM (eAT])| WOT | jo soquiny oye | asvosouy | 4ystieq, | yQSue7 QU SIO MA qqoue'T qe] | | es Shea hears fe ctl : I Go lanes te) as & = I i T | “uo 4 goquinyy oS 9G CG | VE 3G | «GG 1G 0G | 61 $1 LI ST “wo UT y48ueT Ki ‘sw G ‘yIVoW “oD ‘uMmozdery JO “Hy & ma N IU PLT ee : (TT 31d) GO6T ‘LSQNAV BL9T GALVUAAIT (2¢9 O19 ‘FO'U) AOIW Id 8% ‘surly Gg ‘Avg ulqnqd ‘SUI[ON] JO “Q “UZ swy G UMOJSSUTY PU DHaq[oOoOg UdaMyog ‘SUy OT ‘URssTIq eg jo ‘q ‘TUL § “Avg UTTGN(T ‘WO COSMO P{ UOOST | IPISING, “Sup 9 ‘Avg wipqnd “UAMOJSIAZ00g JO “HI “SUT p “QYSUT Daqjoog Ion H ae) ~ 1 Ey OT: G € “suly £SG | 9061/L / FE LOGI/@ /9G JO6T/OL/E | co6I/6 /T CO6L/6 /& 9061 /OL/ FE “yo ‘ound wood syyuoyy | jo JO 1OqUInN | ayed “surf ‘(1J1 99¥%1d) S061 g ‘Avg urqug ‘yoy ‘LSQDOV 61 GALVUAEL! (Ig9—6¢69 “¥O'H) AOLV'Id dead SI Jay 9 F 6 g ‘keg wyqnad ‘yurog ypoywmadg JO “M'S'M SF GL 6° L eE9l #8 00G 9-1 | — 74 | CGT ULO a} “Yyysue| *poangd rood ul uoyM (Aap) asve.ouy }UDIOM oT matt ‘aHVYULAYS IOJ MO][V OF poppe “WO G- Yq Poyoqags JOU YS » G16 O-LG £86 #G' 1G «Ll: &6 1:6¢ movin) | spoanylrooa uoyM | yqnuory ST Soqjood JO “H'S'S “Tr €. oN | Ud 4@ LOG UIT Ny “uro ur yysue'y] avid) GO6T “LSQDAV #46 CALVUAAIT (02L—Z89 ‘F0'A) AOIVTd 6E *pozvsoql] | UeYA\ (@AIT) JUDO M “UL 4B Taqtuny “To UL YQaue'y eC? GG L 91 1-61 0: 06 P16 1-GG 0°66 “ud “poqzesoq ty uy yqoue'y LLO 9L9 OLY 999 S99 099 FOU *JOQ TUT NY [equ] “paungdeoar auoy | “uo 4e soquinyy “ul ult yysuey] €S 1é 0@ A q a - a 5 SUI} TT ‘YQMOP JO eson Jo 'N & NN Aq ‘q ‘IW 9.7 "GOB SLSQDOAV HtOZ CALVUAAIT (91-121 FOR) AOIW'Id 9 ‘SuUy ET ‘YQMoPR, Fo rum ¢ “Avg wyqnq ‘SW TT ‘proyH J9y5o]O Jo “Q'S Tu FF ‘su FE ‘Opryeyep, pur yyMO PY ud9eMgoq ‘pomngderoar e104 M PEE. i07: ‘aoe yULIYs JIOJ MOTTE a4 pepper “ulo ¢- png “poyojodys jou UST x “yno | syquoy; jO saquinyy | 9061/¢ /18 | 9-2 G061/8 /08 | = — 9061/11/63 | 6-¢ 9061/% /L 0-1 "ulo ‘oangd rood “ygsudy jo ul eyed esvaIOUy *poangd oad ueyM (Aap) GUSTO M *paugd roo 5 way At yqoue'y *pajes0q ly uayM (AAT]) FYS1OM F- 61 FIL ¥ 6I £69 6-02 889 GFE | 989 “uO | FO ‘pozesoqy |= “requunyy wey yqsua'T [oqR'y ‘SUL G ‘pvoH Joysoy) Jo ‘nN ‘rum Fy ‘swy €T “FT Aopieg Jo “q's ‘ru g ‘Say Z[‘avg Vpaysoucy Jo “oY (run FF) “rer f ‘SUZ “paysorq] Jo “Gy “Tun F “SUF GI ‘YIMOH jo “Y ‘Tur g ‘SUZ PL ‘pvox swoyso,) Yo tar + "SUF § “Vpeysoaq? jo “op “Tu F 'SUIZ § ‘POH JOYSOIO Jo “HY (‘rum Z) ‘ror g ‘SWF E] ‘PLOH JOYSo[) Jo ‘q'g'g ‘Tur ¢ “plofxo My ‘Avg YON ‘SWZ [| ‘Bpeysoucy Jo “sy ‘rut g ‘SWUY QZ ‘proH AoySoID Yo ‘tu g ‘SUE FT ‘WeDdLIQ(eg Jo “np “TU F ‘sy fg “Yq Auesung jo ‘g ‘nu _{ ‘SU FL ‘PCa JoYSo[D jo “yp “ru F sus PT “Bpoqsorg Jo "|g" (tur p) ru OT ‘SHY PL ‘UddTAq(Vg Jo “gq (‘1UL g) ‘THI Gy ‘BUY PT ‘UBddtIqIeg Jo “gy (rut g) ‘TH Gg SO ‘suly OT ‘URSStaqieg jo “y (iu Fe) “ru y Bo ‘SWZ EL “proxy AoYDo Jo “wpGrop rue | “pomngdRood G.1oy AA G 91 & OF 6% 86 ~ = tH — on AsNAOCrNA ~~ eS le tH er < ~ id 9: OT 9061/01/21 LO61/11/ES L061/z /6 9061/¢./T& 9061/€ /TE 9061/2 /ST 9061/¢ /6T 9061/9 /0z 9061/% /T 9061/2 /8z 9061/¢ /TE 9061/6 /€1 | 9061/8 /FI 9061/8 /9T 9061/11/L 9061/F /8z | 9061/F% /F1 | 9061/01/LZ { 9061/6 /TI | 9061/11/01 “yno ‘oungdeood SyQUOy, jo I9qUINN a4Rq7 | | A Mie coat 2) 9% GG #6 CO NE 10 Hee =O Oman fel lla Oo ie | mac 6 HO SHO SH 16 | en Loe | a =| "YQ SUe] ur aSvOIOUT O8E @ 1e Ter ¢:9€ TLE 1: P€ LIé 8-86 FIG G:0€ =— #996 Fel L- GS O6T *0° LZ FFG +L: O€ L¥I GPG OFE Gus 69l G- 9G SIG F626 OZE *9° 66 G&S Pals 81G 0:66 F6E [-S€ 1g§ GE O€T «0° GE DB “uD ‘poanjdvoar | *pamgydedeg ueqyM (Arp) uoyM / AUDIO MA uqsue'y G it 1G 0G ‘suf ¢ “YINO'T “OD ‘prayy r9ySo[9 YO *xOG Ot OF OF OF Fo Fo OF OF OF Fo FQ OF | FO FO OF Fo OF OF FO DMORAWHARAS NANNANASN “LE CON SO St HAASAN =H OO or AN “poy R19Eq 1] ueyM (vAT7) TYS10 MA “CAT 91d) GO6T “UHANWAAON HLPzZ CALVUAAIT (298—R08 ‘F0'H) AOLW Id &¢ ~poeyeroqiy uoy a yysue'T “UL 4@ JequIn Ny “Uo UI 4Qoue'] *TOq UIT Ay Pqry “apVyYULIYS 1OF MOT[V 04 peppe “Wo G+ Jug peqojsotjs }ou yst * | | | ‘sm gE ‘UMozAeT jo “GE “TU g | 6:9 | 9061/9 /0z 8-¢ | 663 9-08 2 OSE 8-9 | PLS ‘suuy §z ‘prox Aoyso[D Jo "Gg “HUH YT | 0-SI | L061/z /S #8 63: 0-€ 3} CRI 9: FZ €L8 ‘sug g ‘eg vpeysorg Jo WG) FL | 9061/4 /¢ GS | le rare OZE 0-08 | ZL ‘suy QT ‘uLdsIq(eg Yo TH 9 OF | 9061/% /9% 6: ee ere «&° 6G C6Z 9° 8Z [L8 ‘Sup pF ‘AR epoysoagy Jo “gp “rut Z | Q- | GQ6I/ZI/ZI _- eL GIS 3 val tampa) | OL ‘SUN ZT ‘AVG vpoysosy Jo “WE TU F | L-% 9061/z /¢1 oe GEl 40° SZ 3 Oc] GZ | 998 ‘suf Gy ‘UMmozkeT Jo “GY “TW YL, | 6:8 | 9061/8 /1Z 9°% 10€ v1E £ 00¢ 8-8z | C98 | aca) 5 “WUD 3 mties) $0 ee eee aa ae : : | *yn0 ‘oungd vood “YA sUd| ‘pound wood ‘poangdvoo. | ‘poyRtoqiy “peyeaoqiy | “aequinN *poanqdvoot A0Y A | sygQuoyy jo ul uoyM (Aap) ud AN "xo ways (OAIT) Wet A | | jo woquinn a4yVq OSVIIOUT JUSIO MA sue] qySIO qs ue] jeqr] | | a | | | | | oo) I | — | @ aa I ual c [Pez (A | “Ud 9@ Jog Un og | 63 | 8% le | 93 | 9% | | & ree Ig | “wo ur yyeue7] | | | “suy OT ‘ypoysoid ‘aMOy, UIPIeY JO “BSH Weg. hf ‘(A 9¥8[d) GOGI ‘UHAWAAON LPG CALVUAATT (18-898 FON) AOIVId GI ‘IHR YUTALYS LOF MO][V OF pyppr “ule ¢- Aug “pet ojo..gs jou Ysti * l | | | SW FT Uedsuqieg jo q(T 9) TF | FS | 9061/¢ /9 OT ZO1 6° €% ro) ha sae fi | yaa as 198 o "SUZ QT ‘[qeyooy Jo A'N'N ‘TUG | F-€ | 9061/¢ /¢ = £91 09% ety SOT 0- LE 9¢8 "SUT ZT] ‘URssraq(eg Jo “| (Tu g) “TU g L-6 9061/6 /FI L-8 IFT c1€ rs) cel G- GZ ccs Li suzy pT ‘peeH ueg jo “q (1 9) THE 8 » 9061/F /% my ae i. = OFZ 8: Lz £O8 — ‘SUF FT ‘UMOZART Jo “GY LUG | 0-61 LOGI/9 /S age | ©2068 6-0 2 CF PLS | 1g ‘SUZ FE ‘POH J0YSO]D Jo "N LF 9061/F /8I an OFT 8% S| oat 9 $88 ‘sw Qt “VT Aopivg Jo "y ‘Tu ¢ L: | GO61/Z1/6I LE: Ist +0° 08 £ g9G 6°66 G88 ‘Meg urqnq ‘ywegq opty Ay $:& 9061/E /L 9: £01 L-&% a) SIT 1-8 [88 “uo ‘D “Uld 3B “Wd “POU : | | : ha Ake SS “qn0 ainjd voor "yy sud] ‘porngdeoaa | *poangd edad *‘pozpvsoqty | ‘pozvaoqly | “1aqunyy *poangdrooa 9.10Y \\ | syquoyy | jo ul | uay a (Arp) | usyM *xoG «| ueyM (aArT)| ota | Jo soquinyy ayVq OSRIIOUT QUsIOM =| YU] qy so yqaue’T [9qeT | | | | | |. ait g i? g F P Ee Lior & I = Saal al Isu0o 4x Beg. eters | 8S | Le Oe Ger | ee | ee | ee | te Os | | Sk oe eu eae | | | ‘suy G ‘Avg urqnad “yysry soqjoog jo ‘qm Aq ‘Gg ‘IU 9.] (TA Id) “GO61 ‘UAANAAON HL1Z GALVUAAIT (O16—628 “F0'H) AOIV'Td Ie oe on) ‘SWy OT “PROF JOYSOI) Jo“ (ru Z) TU + L:% 9061/F /91 oT | 68¢ at ees 66 $66 925 | SOTO) ‘3 | ates) 3 “ud POR | - | | u | | | “qno ‘aungdrood “yysuey ‘poanydeosa | “poangdeoos “pezesoqty | “pozesteqiy | “toqurn Ny *poangdvoad oro \\ | syqQuoyy jo ut uoym (Aap) | uo M *xog =| UeyM (9ATT)}) WON | JO zoquunyy | ayeq osvoloUT gusto | yqaue] qY sa \\ | yyaueT [equ | G - ~ - Y 1 “UL Ye oq UU NY 6%; |, So “| ebeie fee | eri) Fe | eg | “uo ur qaducy ‘SUy FQ “[LIQeyoY Jo "MN ‘TH E.F (A id) G06 ‘YAMNAAON HLFZ CALVUAATT (8218—G18 “70'A) AOIVTd F Ler 07: “oN VYULLYS ALOJ MOT[L OF poppe “Ulo G. UG “poalypo ors JOU YSU] + sprees | sup g “Avg uyqna $c 9061/E /6 | GC: } 9: [¢ £ COZ 1-62 [16 UL) 3 Wo D atte) 0H ] 7 < i — a : Tit i : a : ; ‘ “410 | omngdeRood "YRS Uo] *pornqdvoat | *poangdeoa. | ‘payereqt] | ‘pogvaaqiy | ‘soquiny *pounqd edad OLOY MA SyJUO]y jo ul ueyM (Aap) | usy AM "xOQ Coda Atq)| usm JO FOUN | OUT Osva1OUT QYdta A\ | Yjsue'T | Qype | yyuey | poqer | | | I | = = I (Rik eine “UW 4v ToquinN Sc LZ QZ GG $Z “uo UL Yue] “ | | | | | “SIU $Q ‘UMOJSSULY ‘1olg ysey jo “yf Aq “EASE SUE Oe 7 2 (X %Id) GO6T “UAANWAAON HL1G GHLVUAAIT (SI6—I116 “F0'H) HOLVWId & ‘QOVYULLYS 1Of MOT[V OF poppe “UO G- gnq “poyojags qou ys , ) | | | | "YAOK) “00 ‘Avep W04}00. “Tel L-O1 | LOGI/F /S8T 1-11 OFS | Gage = re GE 606 ‘Joo OFT “MMoqaey UMOYSSULY 8. 9061/L ie | @e 06 | 8-18 | e CZ 9- 8% C06 "SUZ 02 IYSVT USE Jo “AS tur g | LOL — 9061/01/81 €-9 CFE |) =aePNGE } Clg 1:93 | 106 “pudo “MA “reg Und LP 9061/F /61 [3 61 0:8 ) CLI 6-c3 | 668 “SUIT Og ‘paoy | | | oad OOH Jo “g Aq "MS TU ZT | F-91 LOGI/F /8 9: = | «&-0€ — CLE 6-66 | 868 ‘Avg uyqna, “yT Soqjoog Jo “Ay “ru t | LF 9061/€ /0E | 8: 86 | 8: 3s | } ell 0-25 | L68 ‘PI Aequeey [ORES EAN Ls PML AST SS eat SI | 9061/11/€6 | 8-F coe 9: $8 } 08z 8:8c | C68 ~ “SUY mae uqng “ueq cM | 8 &-F | 9061/F /IT | LI 861 [i VESRGr eg Clg 0- Lz £68 — “SUZ CT “JMO Jo osoN Fo “ru Z eat | LOGT/3% /Z 0-¢ ee | Saree |) dS C6 8-6 768 ‘ “pdlofxa\y “09 “Av YMON | ire | “OOBT/AGS AT. Mie cle | «966 | 6 008 6-6c | 068 = Ste PUSAN Cee ONG SS Oo 9061/F /TI Led £96 | 0-08 £ CYT Siger | 988 — “Wy |] ‘Avge uyqnay ‘yooryorrg yo “Ti ¢ 0-01 9061/6 /9% | 8: F Log | €-ZE | e. OFT | C13 css “4no | aunqgdvooa *porngd¥oar ara syyuoy jo | JO soquiny | By | | { | | i ‘Bus, ‘paanqduoea | “naangduoos _ “pepvaeq!y ul | Wom (Aap) | uoyM | *xag | mat (Ary) asvoroUy WwseM | wu — VusTa. | ‘poyeaoqiy | ‘aoquan usyM yysuey | poqey | | | eee ee eS Ss 8c | 9G “ULd 4B Toquin Ny “ud ul Y4sue7 "suy yt ‘Aequiery jo oson jog ¢'q Aq ‘W'S ‘TUE. T[ ‘(LA °3¥I1d) “4061 “‘UMAWA AON HL0€ CALVUAAIT (PG6—LI6 ‘70'A) ADIV'Id 8 ‘OHVYULIYS OF MOT[E OF poppY “Wo G. 4nq *poyo}oags YoU YSTT » enna ee emmmmmmmmmemm ne | 8G 916 “LUO 40'U ‘poywsoqit “aeqiunyy Way A yyaue| [oqu’y > ty “UOTPEULLOJUL ON | 8-¢ | 9061/¢ /06 a | = #108 £ Cho | : | “UD | ‘D “UL D *‘qno oungdvood "Yau | ‘poangdvoaa | *poungdrvoud | peqeayqiy *poungdvoar o104 \\ syuop | jo | ul uoym (Aap) | uoy A *xog | UoTAK (ATT) | JO saquinyy ayV | OsvOIOUT | — FYSIO AA ygaue'y | YUsIOM | ' | | iy SSS c “CHO 9v Jaq Un NY gg | “Wo ur 4Qsu07] t= at ¥ = ‘suy GZ ‘osnoyyqsvy ‘GO6l UUHWAHAON 4415 CALVUAAIT (916 ‘§ Aq MS “rw ‘C16 ‘FO a) HOIVI1d's Agireg jog | G ‘suly ZL ‘akg VpoyBorg Jo “gy “aU g | LL 9061/L /0% 0-€ LSI 9°66 £ GES 9:96 | O86 “Stuy OT ‘uvssuqyeg jo "q ‘rar + | c6 9061/6 /9 $6 OTE 9-1§ } SFI GGG Leb ‘SU TL eg epoysorq Yo (tut fg) “rea g Cant 9O6T/TI/E €-§ CE €- £8 Cia $08 0-08 926 j | mot 6) D | “to | "3 a 00 9) FO = Seas = —— ee “at ) = = —- “yno | saangdrooa | “YqBusy ‘pornjdvoea = *poangd toa. ‘paztleqi, ‘“pozvaeqiy | ‘soquuiny *parngdvoor 9101 AA | SyQUOp jo | ur ueyas (Aap) ud M ‘xOoG WY (OAT]) ~~ Wa N | JO aoquinyy | o7Vy | OUT | JUBIO AA yysue'| VU SIO AY yysuey eqry oe ee rere eee ALLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LDL DLL LLL | | | | || & I [es = I ~ - | I “ULd 4e oq Unyy 08s el 60 ee Lo | 9G CG | FE | C&G GG “uo UL TyQSUe] ‘suy g ‘epoysoiqg ‘tomoz, UoprepP, Jog *£ “yg “lw T.P 4] ‘(ITA 1d) ‘GO61 ‘UAA NANA 481 GCALVUAAIT (086—S66 “F0'A) AOLV Id 9 ‘IAVYAULIYS OJ MOT[R 0} pappe “Uo G- Inq ‘poyojodgs you YS » a9 | | ‘SUL FT “PVH AOYSOI) Jo “A (tug) “UL 1S Lo61/& /% 6°F SLI 1:82 © = | io + rn eS “sw CT ueaaag he yo WW F T-& LOGT/T /8 L-6 GIF %0° 9S } Se team 126 a ‘sup ZZ IT SIM JO CAS tag as 9061/& /9 0-1 O8c 1 ro) = ecea0Gie a 616 S ‘swyz gy ‘Avquey pue yy Ysry woomog 0-¥ 9061/8 /6% om 161 +62 } SS | Pe ee 51 ie A8T6 a "Uy | ‘Vg VpogsorCy JO “NTU Y &- 0G LOGT/L /¥ Ter Oe wir POR L-18 ? ee pA RR Pe, A aa “U0 “ULO | “3 | “UD "70'S Lm] = = = - - I “urd ye Taq UnNy I g é L 8 z t c oe z S , 0c 61 si LI 91 cI FL | “wo ut qauey OF 6G 8G LG 9G GG FG SE | GG {Z ‘sup QT ‘ygnoyy “oF “proxy Lay so [AD jo ‘AO tu g.f (TILA Id) GOGT ‘NAANAOAG 481 CALVUAAIT (8L6—P76 ‘¥0'H) ANIVId Se ‘oBUYULYS IOF MOTTE OF poppe “Wo G- Juq “poyoyoays JOU TSM + a ———————————————— "SUF ZL ‘ULSSUq(Vg Jo “GY “MU Y 9: GOG1/Z1/0% — ce] #8 ° 9G suena ek 8: Sz oF6 "SWy ZL ‘Avg Vpoysoaqy Jo “GY WW F GL 9061/4 /¢ tt Cs I-1€ Caw G0 L-9% 16 "SU PL ‘POF JOYHOL) Jo “pp (TUL p) “WU G 0: LOGI/Z1/Z z9 PSE | T2OGe cle. ae OSE 6:8 OF6 ‘sty ET ‘URdSTAQ [eg JO “GE CHU P) “TU TE oe 9061/8 /L cI se E28 | O8Z Z:8Z 686 a ‘SWUy OZ “PaogsurpAe) YO @-% 9061/% /S1 = FOL | «0°96 £ OLY”) eae C86 ~ ‘Stuy ¢ “avg Vpoysorq Jo "g MH | L:? 9061/F /8 | OG LIZ | L-6Z O° i 080 ee Leke r£6 ‘SUY Z] ‘PVOH AOYHOPD Jo “W'S MU TE 1-91 LOGI/F /% or 86 6-1 P | 08 L- LZ £€6 ‘SUy L ‘UAMOJZAWT YO TWH “g 9-¢ 9061/E /61 9:F 668 G:sg |, 5 Om |) OR aera ZE6 | “ulo D “ULd Pr) | “Wd FOU > __ | | | “qno roanjgdvood =| "YQNURT | *poangdeood | “porn jd vood *popesogiyT | “popyereq!y | “oquinny ‘poanqdraed O10 AA | syguoyy 40 ul | UOT (Aap) uoy "xog uoy M (9At]) uo | jo coquinN o1Vq asvorout | 4Usto A yysue'y] qua M | yysue'y] [PqeyT pe ee | | | lait I € G G I G | = - I “uo 9e Toq Ung nate Of 6z Sz LZ 9% G | FF re Ge ne ur Yue] . ‘suf g ‘epeysorg ‘taMmoy, Vapreyy Jo '§ Eoeg Aq ‘g’g “Iu G.Z (IIA Id) GO6L ‘HAAWAOA 4st GALVAAAT'T (e#6—186 ‘¥0'A) AOLV Id &1 aay. SOY *paangdeoar Jon "who ZZ YySuery “WY IU [.P ‘GO6L “UNAWA OAC ING CALVUAAII CE ‘70'H) HOIW Id 1 ‘swuy GG “ulqnd ‘oO, ‘Aequrery Jo ason Jo ° “OD VY ULIYS OF MO][T OF popp¥ “ulo Cc. 4qnq *‘poyojorys JOU UST ‘suy ZT ‘umogheT jo “GP (rue g) “tu OT 6°¢ 9061/¢ /6% I-¢ O1Z Z: 8G é CF 1-$z 9L6 "suf OZ ‘UMOCT *09 ‘hee tunapun(y YO T-&1 LO6I/1 /b | +T1:9 GEE 0: FE £ 0&z 6-1 CL6 ‘SUZ F ‘AVG Vpoysoag, Jo "N “Ue | E-§ 9061/6 /8 | 1:3 COS €-1€ } O0€ Z 6G #16 “SW FL ‘pVoH LOYSO[) jo “Tu F rel 9061/2 /11 GL £68 £-O8 } OFS 8-13 C16 oF ‘SUZ 6 “Ivg Bpoysorqg fo “gp “mu ¢ LG 9061/2 /1z 6 III x6 oS 3} Ocl ¥-FZ OL6 aa ‘SUZ ZT] ‘URSSLIqTYg Jo “| “UU O S-L 9061/L /Fz% I-¥ 99% 0-& 2 ChE 6-LZ 896 ‘SU ZI ‘UVSSIq(eg Jo “WN TW ¢ FF 9061/F /II 6 OSI 0:67 } GtZ L:9Z £96 TLE ‘UMOUATT JO “H “mu g L-9 9061/9 /12 | + #:§ CEs €-1¢ é 0&Z 6-LZ £96 ssw ZT “pro qoyso[) JO “O'S “rut Z LF 9061/F /0Z L$ O1Z G 6z é OST C-cZ 096 ‘swy 2 ‘eg evpoysorq jo “gp “ta Fz €-¢ 9061/¢ /Ol | Fz ro 9+ 8Z £ Ct Z:9Z 696 ‘SU T] “URddIIq(eg Jo “Gq “WU > [-t 9061/F /£& 6-1 6L1 C-8Z © OFZ 9-93 ZS6 ‘SW GT ‘URdSLIQ(eg Jo “py “TU 9 0-ZI 9061/11/62 a9 9c¢ ©: FE ro) OLZ [-8z 196 “Swy ZT “unsaraqeg jo “H (tur g) “tut g #6 9061/6 /TI e-¢ COE | 6: FE é 067 ¥:6¢ 0¢6 “URL Mt ‘T “oy MeMOl JO MS LOT 9-1Z L061/6 /6T 0-6 IS | 8: cg ra) C1z 8: 9Z L¥6 "SWUy FOT “PPOH TOYSO[D JO “HE'S “TH Z 1-¢ 9061/¢ /F L-é GGG Z- 8% £ CsI CF OF6 “SU Ti ES peep fo “oT (rau Fp) “rae ¢ L-91 LOGI/# /E L:8 Che | €-08 £ STS 1S S}o [Ica CFG | “Wo 3 | “utd | D “ud | FOU ‘ | | { | s | l ti “yn.0 sound voor “yysuy] | *poangdeoaa pounjdvoog | *pezesroq iy “poyeraqy | | “Toquny aa *porngd Root ool AY syquoyy jo ul | uaya (Aap) uoq mM "xog | uo at (9aq)} Uoya | es jo TqQWUN ayeqd OSBoIOUT | JUDIO\\ Yau] | | QYBIO \\ yqoue] | [eqry _ _— a ee 9 8G 9 LG g Of 66 (6.4 I 2e[d) GO6I -~ - G c FG “SUulf & ‘yqynory ‘OY) *pvo fp] oy sol) jo cea ‘YAAWaoOdd Co CHLV Yaa ( “UL 48 Jaq UN I l = “uo Of Usury 61 ie 6) — re ‘A'S “Ug. Gi- «| CML’ Va ‘0001I—286 ‘70°H) WOLV'Td 6E mt: igh ‘sury BT ‘PLA FoyFoR) yo “we fo | ord | 9061/Z1/9 6° OLE 8: LE Fe) _ 6-18 | 986 “StU OT “eT epoy sory Jo “G (ru p) “Tu Gg | ¢- 91 | Loet/F /LI L-@l SOE LSE e - 0: 0G | E86 | “WO a “uO | D “UO POU te , | “qno | ‘arnjdood “yynusy *pamnjdvoad *poangd rood | “poze.roq!] | payeaoqiy | “toquunyy *pornqdeoar ato SUQUO TW | jo ul uoyM (Aap) Udy "xoG | USA (OATT) uayM | Jo xoquiny | oye(y asvodouy qUSIO A yyaue’| | gysto\ | yqaua'y Poqrry ‘aero QU Log UTE NT 2 ut yyouey] 2 Sarqnad “oD ‘uensuq(eg JO “AN Tul 6-F “Sury ‘(XT 21d) ‘G06 ‘UAAW AOAC H4¢ CALVUAalT (986—086 ‘F0°H) AOLV'Td 2 ‘95 VY ULIYS LO} MOT] oO} peppe “uo @G- jug “petpoje.s jou Ysty * | ‘SULy p “ULSD Iqieg Jo | (ru fy) we F 0-€ 9061/€ /9 6: PEG Heciatmi 2OG voor erm re wee BOG 0- 0€ “pra Joyoo[) jo "N v? 9061/7 /st | es | O61 i Gea rae 081 GSS ‘BUY ¢ ‘ING Vpoysouq, Jo ‘N TW T Ls 9061/8 /6 | #F | 89% €° 6 | | | S08 6° 8% “uoHeUlIojuT ON | = g-9 9061/9 /0% [Gp eee 0° F€ eral “08 6-1 ‘suy fg ‘avg vpoydoruq jo "N tue, FE | SO0BL/6°/O0 srt era = 8et £9° LZ Sir > 60s 1-9 “SUT | e] ‘eg epoysorq joy (ru FL) wt or) gg | 9061/9 /FI i807 6:62 6 | -° O12 Z° LZ ‘URdDII(eg 4 popurry 6 9061/¢ /T eI CRZ 8: 1¢ G2) ‘cous &-0€ ‘suy FG “URTTLIG[eE JO “EN Wg | i 9061/& /L GT L&T GL Gi |, *OSlAce| L996 ‘SULT GT | | A | | ‘pro Joyso[) Jo “A'S (rae FZ) rut Z | 0-F | 9061/F /8z G- ; SES #6 Bie | 066 | 3:62 ‘SUy ZT ‘uRssTaIq | | “eq Jo Ca Aq ‘O'S “HO fe) “a's ‘Tar 6 €-¢ 9061/¢ /ST 61 691 8: Lz Dei = 006 6-& Ne ‘SWZ G “pRaH IoysSo[D Jo “g ‘ru FZ oP 9061/F /TT Sor LF 9°93 et eS) i Me ~H SUE FT ‘PVOH og jo “HY (ru fg) ‘ru ¢ 6° 9061/F /% ik: - aF- 8S eine (has) 7 ame ie a ‘SUy F ‘TVG epeysorq jo “N “Tw ] G 9061/¢ /ST | 1-% LE o- 3 SF ite O86 F-8z “SULy | | OL ‘PVA WYSOL) fo “—P (rum Z) iu gE L-9 9061/9 /&% G-§ CEE LG eee 00f§ | &:6z | | ‘SUZ QT ‘ULdSaq(Yg Jo “GE (Iu fg) “HU Zy €:6 | 9061/6 /pI | 9 eRe 0c $ OSGiaulk )- S2Gz ‘SU ET “ULSStqTeg Jo “gp “TW Y 9-1 9061/1 /#3 | — LLI | «6-8 Suen) acne Z-8Z ‘SUF ZT ‘PLOH AOYSOL) Jo “HY WU gE g-ct | LOoet/7 /T |. 0-01 L8G 8-66 Pah — Git BT ‘SUy g “vg BVpoysorq Jo “| TW ZG O-L | 9061/2 /¢ 9°¢ OZE 0: Sus WeSC al esas “SUy FL “Avg epaysoag Jo “yy Tar g HOt | S00l/ Oc. | 88°F C6z 0-28 ada ee 7 3 LZ | | a) D “urO 3 um) | FOU S *yno oangdeood “yjoue] *poingdeoaa | *poimydeoor *pazeioqgl, | ‘popesroqty | “soquinyy - ‘pomnjd rood o19y AY SYJUOPW, jo ur ueyM (Arp) uoyM *xoG | ueyM (AAT])) Tat i jo soquinyy age asverouy QU DIOM y0ue'] 44519 A yysu0'] [eqeyT el i = nL, | | > 7 " 1 - ‘SUZ ET WYSr] Aopeg jo qT F 91 | 9061/1 /Sz - 861 0-66 5 £96 &° 66 ce ‘SWUy QT ‘ULdsaQ~eg JO “Hf “THI G €% | 9061/F /F1 L: Lt £- 86 2 OFG 8° Le 0g Sy GT IEG }00Y YO 0-11 | 9061/11/9 6-9 cea o 88 é One S16 OF | ae) ‘3 “U10 aot wie att) “MW | | “yno | soanqdvoea ‘yydue, =| *poangdvoos | *poangdvooa ‘paqraoqiy | ‘payvaoqiy | ‘aequimyy “paanjzdeoaa o04 A | syguoy, | jo ul | uoya (Aap) uot *xOQ = UN YA (OATT)| eT M jo oquunyN | eq asvalouy | — IYyDIOA, yQsue'] | WSIOM | YyBu0y pquy | gz bs ole ponies I ec he - | 7 \fwo qv goquinyy | te | 06 | 63 | eo | 22 | 9 | sc | ve | 82 pessorer Uae . ‘SUIy ZI ‘esnoyyysry Aajteg jo -g t -g Aq ‘q ‘IU Z.¢ (X 1d) GO6T ‘UAAWAOAC B19 CALVUAEIT (GS—OP ‘HI’ VA) ANIV'Id &1 oS ‘QdVYULIYS IOJ MOT] 09 pappe ‘UID G- ynq ‘payojoajs you YS » + —— : “SUIT p ‘Ug epaysouq jo *N ‘ru al | 1-¢ 9061/£ /8 Ol LEG G: P= G66 of ‘sUIy g ‘ULTSq {eg Jo ‘A ‘TW F¢ e 6°F 9061/¢ /£ Ore rere S° Ole | &:6¢ Is ‘StF T] ‘UMOZAWT Jo “| ME | e.g 9061/9 /1% Te eal a pa eens Of "SWI Q ‘SATMOYY JO “WN “Ul F | 6°F 9061/¢ /f ati O86 BES | OE | &- 16 6G SUI} PL ‘ING vpaysoaqy jo “gy ‘Tal F ¢- CO61/Z1/FI & : COG +L LG O86 |e EAS Se “SU ZT “AVG VpoeySorq jo “op ‘tu F ho yt ' OO6T/T1I/LZ O-5 OFT 9°06 | O6T | 99% 9G ® aes i “ua Ss. "ud | | 3B ant) _ aval "yno raanydvoad | ‘yyFue, = *paangdvooa | *poangdvvoa | ‘peyeieqiy | poyraeqry | “aequinyy *pounqd roar ory AK syqMoy, jo ul uoyM (Aap) way =| *xag woyat (@AT])) — UOTAL | jo saqminyn a7vq | asvasouy }USIOM yysuery | FUSION | YgSUET Pq] | | | | ; | Zz Fe ea ae a I - ¢ “Wo 4% JoquInNy o 1é | OF | iG | RE | LG | 9G 6 | FG €o “wo ur yysuey] = ‘Sup OL “YINoT oD feat 6 ¢ > "rrsa aA . f > § r re am Va ; y r. r a om: Shy

“SHY FL ‘pvaH uog jo “qT (wu fe) wg Vt 9061/F /Z ‘< = 7 = 06 | 7-66 ae ‘SUI G ‘PLOH IOYDOL yo “q's “we Fy 0:6 9061/11/8z r9 18% 8: 08 A aa ag ae <3 Sct ‘SUZ ZT ‘PLOH JOYSO]H Jo “WY ‘Tu > 0% 9061/F /8Z ol 99% €- 08 é ge 1-66 [sae ‘SWZ ZT “UVdStaq[eg Jo “WT ‘WW F Gc: L 9061/01/ST 6°¢ 69% L: 18 a ie Pe aaa ‘SW OL “Avg epaysoaq Jo “WE ra ¢ ang 9061/L /T1 £9 966 6-1 } O6t | 9896 | 88 “ula ‘3 “WU Fs) “ULo “AL Vu “yno | ‘oungd rood | “yqnuoy ‘poanjd rood *poangd voor ‘poyesoqry | peywdoqiy | “Aequunyy | ‘pounjdvoud aso MA syquoyy | yo | ul uoym (Aap) uoyAt *xog wey (@Aq]) mene = | jo goquinn | aL | asverouy QUySIo MA yqnuoe’] JUSTO NM yqouery TeACE i eee |) a a eee ee ¢ (© 9 II 9 L | @ c I I re age? “ULd 4B JoqunNy ce | ie | 0& | 66 | 8 | Le | OG | 9G | FE | So} -&z 1g | “Wo ul YydUe] : { } e Es ‘suy fp ‘epaysorg ‘aamoy, ueprey jo ‘'g fq ‘Tm Z _— i ie as (11IX 9%Id) 9061 ‘RUVOUAAA B11 GALVUAAIT (L00—ZSI ‘MI VaA) AOIV Td 9S ‘abpd JxaU UO panuryuo, )) ‘SU ZL ‘UBSOLIq(vg jo “Op ‘tu @ | 9:3 | 9061/¢ /6I L°G S81 | ¥ 86 . Oo! L:Go | OS “SWZ OT ‘avg Vpoysoacy Jo “sp “TUL F | 0-8 | 9061/01/62 0-9 LG rit ee Ee Te GES | = 608 | | “ULO D “WO 3 ont es) | “aI'Wa “qno | ‘eangd voor | ‘Yue, =| *poanjdvovr | *poungd oar | *‘poyrioqi, — “peyeaeqiy | “19qQUINN *pornjd oat o.t0y My syquoy jo Ul usyM (Arp) uoyM |} *xeg uot] M (BATT) uoy JO TGUUUN | OU | d8voIOUT UBL you] JUDO NN Wy3ue7] [9qrT fé 1 @ 9 ¢ | § | c¢ | Ff ); & I> <6 Pa “WO 9v Toq Un Ze 1s 0g | 63 | Sz | Le | 9% CZ 4 €z | “wo ut yy3ue7 ‘suy $g ‘epoysorq, ‘toMoy, UsprepL jo “HT cf a'N ‘ta e¢ nD (AIX °3%Id) 9061 ‘AUVOUAAA A122 GALVUAGIT (ZhC—800 “HI Va) AOLV Id ce ad “OD VY ULIYS LOF MO][R OF peppe “Wo @. 4nq *poyojoays you | * ‘SUF QT | | | ‘proH Joysoy) Jo “oy (ru FL) “MU OT 0: 9061/¢ /6z LCs cee 9:76 | © COL 6-1 90% ‘SUZ ZT ‘peaH aoyso[y joy (rug) UF | LT 9061/F / 0% q: | 801 Whale te ow 4 cll 6-2 C03 ‘SUT} TH ‘atOYS Woaz Tu g ‘Avg sonoyg =F TS |S LOGT/TI/EL €- OT rate 1-8€ el aon 8° GE £0 “SUZ E ‘AVE Upoysorg Jo “g Tut | Tl 9061/F /2 | 6: 991 ¥:9% 3} OLI GG 20 ‘sy p ‘UVSSTIqTeg Yo “we F v? | 9061/L /3t LZ ats | 9-3& é CCE ¢-0€ 00Z ‘sw @ ‘ING vpaysorq jo ‘N ‘WH | g: 9061/€ /OI iW L¥E | 8:ZE | ratoie ce css L: 661 ‘SUZ G ‘PLOH IoYSO[D Jo “| ‘rw Z 0-8 9061/¢ /TE Gn || Z6G | 1-08 ¢ O1Z €:9¢ 861 ‘SWZ ZL ‘avg Vpoysorq jo we 9 | LST LOGI/F /Gz 1-9 COE (be (O56 £ 00 6-9 L6I ‘suy F ‘Weg vpsysorq jog wg) LT | 9061/F /0G II csi | 9% } esi Fk S61 ~ ‘SUZ G ‘AG vpoqsorq Yo “uu FE \ aaiete 9061/8 /6 6-1 13 | (G6 } 0c 9-LE P61 S ‘uvssuqieg HO ¢: 9061/8 /8 I: c1g 6-08 3} oes 8-08 S61 . ‘SWY OL ‘ULdSqeg Jo “(MUM g) “TU 9 0:8 — 9061/01/22 8-¢ SE 6-8 3} 0&3 1-8 Z61 a ‘swy g “Quiog Aueunq? YO €- 9061/8 /6 I: Cz | c- OF } cog F OF 161 SUF GT ‘TVG epoysoa Jo "ay (mum g) “Hag 9° 9061/9 /61 0:€ 19% | 9-08 £ rere 9-13 681 4 ) SO i: ‘SUF PL ‘eg vpoysorq jo “Gy ‘suLE ZL ‘UMOZART Jo “OL ‘SULf FL ‘IVg vpoysorq jo “q ‘SUIT CZ “py Avqurey Jo T'S"oT ¢ ‘SUT ZI ‘peop joyso[H yo (1a ¢g) ‘Tu F ‘sup @ “Leg epaysoaq jo (N ‘tu | ad ! “TU 9 ‘TOL ¢ “Ta g “TU Burs aT ‘wessTIq [eg yo ‘rut ‘SULT FL ‘leg wpoysoaq yo ‘rw ‘SU QT ‘UedstIq(~eg Jo “Gp (ru g) “rug “UOTPRULLOFUL ON ‘SUy FT ‘avg wpoysorq jo “gp ‘mu 9 “SUIT G ‘UMoyAury vO ‘SU FL ‘prop Usg jo ‘op (‘rum 7) “ru ‘Sug ET ‘YAO ap ae “TU ‘Sy ZT ‘prop “Ioyo[) ) jo “A'S ‘Tu 3 “SU ZI ‘pRoH] LOYDOT Jo “a (ru f ee) “TU ‘SUIT G “AVG Vpoysoaq Jo 4 TUL p ‘SULJ QT ‘URSSLIq [Vg Jo “a Cr g) “rr OT *SUy QT ‘umoy hey Jo “op “rou Fy ‘SU ZI ‘weDsTIG [ee jo “Wf ‘IU F ‘SUT G ‘Vg vxpoysorq jo “Gg ‘mu | WU G ‘peop aoysoyQ jo “ap (rut Fy_) ‘reat ¢ “SUS FI ‘wussriq(eg jo “gy (ru 9) TU ZI swuy G ‘avg vpaysoiq YO EBsiaqieg jo ‘GT “TU F "suly [[ ‘pound voor aay AY “panurjzuorI—Q061 - 1D 1D C0 SS 6916 =< o_o DO Ooa19 2 OO ON OD HH et re) =—— ASGAHNON — 7G Sl 2! I “yno SyQUOT, | JO coquunyy 9061/9 /61 Is 9061/8 /FI ¥& 9061/8 /6 as 9061/8 /18 0-9 9061/F /LZ $1 9061/8 /OT it LOGI/T /€ SL 9061/F /9T 8: 9061/6 /F Gg 9061/8 ‘ey || 0O-F 9061/01/E1 8-¢ 9061/F /¢ am | 9061/L /81 oP 9061/L /LI IF 9061/9 /9% GG LOGI/€ /¢ 9-9 LO61/& /6z O-F 9061/6 /9 6£ 9061/F /8I ¢: 9061/8 /1€ Gg 9061/F /¢ ram 9061/¢ /8 GZ 9061/F /GZ LT 9061/F /Z% 0-1 9061/F /§ 1 Lo ‘oangdvoes “Yq sue| jo ul VEC] asRaIOUT ‘AUV OUAAA 661 1-83 a) Lae | &°8é } £96 8:66 5 SEP | 1 $e fe) L8S F: 62 a) GE 6-1 ‘ 1g6 Bron ane 883 0:2 - 668 6-9 } GL¥ | £98 fs) ELE | L-&& rs) 661 $83 rs} L6G 9° GE ro) rat | €- FE ey NCE Mite | 6 C66 Bree lg oge Ste! AAs OPE O76, | GPG 8-66 i ee) ELI | L-8@ £ sol O02 _ sy kc IBS | 1-66 } rol G 9% rs) 896 L-1& rs) roe etal ‘s 3 “utd | | ‘pornjgdooa | spoangdvoos uoym (Arp) | neq *xaG | 1YZIO\\ yysuey | HL)G GHLVUAEIT AOIV Id GE 09 00€ O61 OSG SOS G9G OZ OSS Os 066 GLI gol 006 OLT O0€ C61 i) a *pozri9q?| ua (Aly) WystO M wo } tad nN =~ = = _ =) eo) or) N ACNONAN OS HHA io 2) | ~ = S o Darr Ye) nN *poqe.i0q!| ueyM yysue'T 1c 8EG LES 966 GEG £Eo 78S 1&3 O€Z% 666 ROS 9ZS SCs $66 GGG 1d 063 616 S1Z LIZ 1 es LAG £1Z GIG 1G dTVa *IOQUIT.NY qe Tan ew RS OF. | | ‘SU OT “epoysoaqy Jo “sp tru Y GZ | 9061/¢ /S1 | 61. | ofl G-$Z | £ OFT ‘SUY g ‘Uvg epoysoa Jo *N ‘nu +: 9061/8 /E1 | it | LST 8:96 te) | O8T ‘SW f ‘UMO(T ‘00 ‘oT }SVOMON a6 Cay | 906T/0T/9 | (eis | 69§ v-$é 5 | [66 SW FL ‘pwoH Uog fo “of (‘ru Fg) “TH OT 9-P 9061/L /8t | 9-€ OL © oe c Ole. | ‘SULY G “RG Vpoysorq Jo “gp “iW g °F | 9061/4 /OL | €§-¢ 666 £: 08 Ost | SUL} ET ‘prapy AoySoID Jo “ay (rut F i) Tay I | 9061/% /9T | Gaull 161 8-93 | | OZ SUF OT ‘propy Aayoo[: jo ‘op (TZ) “aa EF G.T | 9061/F /91 iz oli GLE | OST ‘SUITE ZL “URDSLIQ(Vg Jo a “LUL GL | 9061/01/s /GI (Woiy 68S 9° SE | OCG “SUF G ‘AIVEE Vpoysouy Jo "Gg ut | el | 9061/F / ileees| FGI FC CFI aire | | Bpoysorig puv prof Joyso|,) wooeamjog Og 906] ‘vung: = _ — OFT “SW ¢ “pLoH AoyHoj{D fo “g "Ug 0-81 LOGI/€ /O€ 6° F St 8: 6% GLI ‘suf E “JUG vpoysoucp fo -N WU T Gl 9061/F /¢ G EFS 9-0& O8S SWy ET “URBTLg [ug Jo “NU g G-¢ 9061/8 /9T | i 88z PSE 08 SUUF TQ “AVG epoysordg Jo “sp “vu Z %6 9061/¢ /8 O-% 141 0-96 a} ‘SWY Z] ‘pVOFT Aoyso[,) Yo ‘uu PF 6:1 9061/F /LE Tak gaG 6° LZ C3E SUI} OT ‘leg Vpoysoacy jo ‘op “wu F Ge 9061/9 /¢ SF SIG | 1-836 | SFI SUZ OT “Avge Upoysoacy Jo ‘sp (rut F) “Tut g O-€ 9061/¢ /6% ¥:9 LYS | 9° 6G | 7 ‘SW @ ‘aReg epoysoiq ao) 'N “UL ¢: 9061/8 /6 0 L6G ante Oe) "SUL OS “PPOH aaa HO ¢- 0! LOGT Ue oF LOG 0° GE Cle “SUF FL ‘prox TIYSO[) JO “spy ap “roa Fz an | 9061/F /GE G1 SEC P86 Of | "Wo “3 Bites) D | ! | “yn0 foungdvoot == | Ygsuey ‘pamgdroar — ‘poanjgdvooa *popeaaqiy | pornjdeoa OY \A syuOy, yo | ut Toya. (Ap) | voy mM | X89 uoyM (aaqq)| JO TOQUUINNy | 97eq ostoTouy WDId qyoue] USO \ | | ewe bas | ed Fame eet Pee pret OTOL eos Aalst) CEA Beem nel geal spleens slag lcs LG)! 08 | 6% | 85 | Lo | Se 9% | ¥ 6% c% 1z | 0G | GI 2 ! i ! | \ ‘sug ¢ “YNO'T “OD “pray Joyso[ Jo -g ¢ ‘g Aq ‘qg ‘Iu g. (AX Id) 9061 ‘AUVOUAAA #415 CHLVUAAIT (I8c—ere “UL Va) HOV Td 6& “~ G&G €-1& L- LG G: LE “UD *poqrseq ty HEY ys] “Uo QU ToquinNy “a1 UL Yysue7] LLZ 9LZ CLE ELE GLG ILG OLZ 89% C9G 9G 193 09% 69% 893 LSS 99% GSS OSG L¥G FG “aL Va “TOG UIT Pqury TTT..307. | | “sup G ‘anoqie eT uMOySsULY JO soURIZHO FO ‘(TAX 21d) 9061 ‘HOUVW ING GALVUAAIT (cec—686 “MI'Vd) AOLVId 2 *poanjdrood OUON Z o|‘Wuo 4B JOquUN 1c | Mol you’ | | | | suy gt ‘Avg urqug ‘purjsy Aey[ed JON ¢ “WH Tt 8.G ‘9061 ‘HOMVW INT CALVUAAIT (x8z ‘282 ‘M1Vad) HOV Id & | ; | ae | "SWF CT ‘pweH AYO) Jo “HL “MUO 9-F 9061/1 /81 c-9 | 961 | jet Sah re SII 9-1 982 ‘SUZ GT ‘pea TOYHo]D Jo “WP WU F 8:6 9061/9 /€&% 0-€ 191 esti te crea | G: 3 #8 “StU ZT ‘Avg Vpoysoacy Jo “| (HU F) “UU | 6-L 9061/01/92 G:08 —| FI¢ | 18 } OLE 6-8 £82 ‘SU TZ] ‘UVasUq(eg JO “WN UG GG 9061/6 /¢1 0-% | L¥I ($298 | © O81 £°¥¢ o8S | Wd | 3 “utd | 3 “Wd STV —— ee ————— salts F y | See) Oe ns ee BS Te Sa Se “4n0 ‘ounjd roar “yySuey «| *poanydeood poungdvood | | poyviegty] | *peyeseqiy | “roqtunyy *pounjdvoe1 O10Y AA | stjUOyY jo | ul | uaym (Arup) uoy | “X98 es (oat) = Wayas | jo qoquiny oe asvoiouy AY SIO MA yyoue’] | | GTO M yysueT P4eT We I ell 8S [ tuto ge goquiny G7 7 nd oo” - | 6s Sy-r | xe €¢ GG [g | “wo ui Yjouey] | | | | | ‘su 7 ‘YINO'T ‘0D ‘19tq prof] ayso[Q FO (1X 31d) 9061 ‘AUVAUAAA 142Z CALVUAALT (986—G8G ‘WIV AOLVId & rye rm | | | n “SUS § “AIBVT JOATy 6:9 | 9061/6 /OI | ee LY¥Z L: 08 C = 9-8Z Cok “AOPIT JAY 1-61 LO61/01/6 0-31 | GLE ¢- 1g : = ¢-61 SOE j00} OT ‘Mogry J0ary L-9 9061/6 /9% Coc) Len fe ae é = 3G 008 ‘SULy FL “FST Aopieg Yo ‘tur ¢ 8:01 LO6I/1 /18 | L:9 L6F c LE } = cog! L6Z | Tete) | 3 | “uld 3B “wD “aT Va | } | *qno | ‘oangdvoar | -"yQ8uaz | ‘poangdvoor = *paangduooa | ‘pe tsoqi] | “pazeroqy | ‘zaquinyy *paunqdeoad o10y A, SyQUOW, jo ur | Way (Aup) uey | “X9G | uoym (oat) way | jo soquiny Oued | osvaroUuy | QU BIO MA qyqoue'] | JYDIa \\ yysueT | paqey | | SE SS aa rm a Se Fe Ion I = | I = = I ce lh ss G § 1 | 1 | “Ud YR JOquIny | OS 66 | 86 LG 9G G6 | 6G | &@ GG IG 0z | 61 8] “to Ut qQsu07T | | t. : ‘sup G ‘Avg ulpqnd “yystry Aopieg Jos ¢-m's “TUL £7 (IAX 981d) 9061 ‘HOUVW He GALVUAALT (90¢—96¢ “MT Va) CRON AAI Et | | | ; | SU CG. AE Ue MUON ae 8: y 9061/L /18 er, OFE | 8:62 | 9 eee | NG ‘SUZ OF-OF “PIOJSuYIeD Jo | c.g] | LO6BT/9 /8I 8-01 OF Sie fa | — ~ “Orxe 062 ‘SWY E] ‘wg wpoysorq jo “q we *% 6-8 | 9061/11/08 8-1 I1z L- 6G aes emg ee Gane. 01) 5 ORE ste) es) ‘uo eee Pee Ok ee na ie ae = a ta |e : | ; (a i “yno0 | soungd voor | "Ygduoy | *poangd wood *poinjd voor | “pez eioq]] | *pozeI9q I] “Teg WN Ay = *poanjdvooa oT A a SyQuoyy jo | ul uoyM (Aap) uoy Av | “x9ag uoy Ar (9A1]) vot a yO JoqUINN | 23eQ] | osvaIouy JUSTO AY, yysuey] | qYaIa \\ | yqsueyT Jequy — | | | | = “SUT §1 ‘ONG S pure fod] JO: “OT “TUL p "SU ZT ‘Iegq vpoyoory jo “op “Mu F TUMOJSHULY PUL ALEP UL[GNCT WooAr jog ‘AOYVT WA Uy ‘joop ¢ ‘AOYVT AAT UT ial ‘Sut § ‘Aug uyquey yy] Seqfoog YO x “SUF Q ‘MOPYPOLAA “00 ‘souoysXargy Jo “Gg “TU F ‘sup Avg MUTqN “TMS BO yoo} c AUG WTGu&y “RVG UOJINYG YO ad. “Gy. LG), (9G el | GO “ULD 9B IaquUInN Suto at yysuery] ‘suly G SANOgAlep, UMOYSSUTY Jo soueAQUI YO ‘IIAX 3%Id) 9061 ‘HOUVN 4G CALVUAATT (8ee—sEe ‘ML Vd) AOIW Id 2 ‘OSVYUTIYS TOF MOV OF poppV “WO CG. 4gnq *‘poqoqa.4s JOU YS\T » *pomnjdeoad LOY AK | syjuoW | jo ul uoya (Aap) | meq ‘xg = UO (AATT)} UTE es jo aaquinyy | a4rq | asvearoUyT JUDO you] JUDO \\ qyysueyT | yoqery _ | | | | | al TOT. ; “SUNY | | | OT "POH 1oyso() Jo (‘nu FL) WM gy O-% 9061/9 /6T | 6 CPE | 686 } O6e | OME | HOG "SUIT ZI ‘epaysouq jo “Gy “LU g 6: 9061/¢ /ST | OT FI | 6° 9% £ GLI (KS 61 ‘SUF OT “INET vpeysorq, YO £-Z 9061/9 /8c | 0 L¥I | &: 9G eee -o00r £: 96 sl ‘SUIf Sf “ULSStIq\Yg Jo ‘q “TU F 9°8 LO6I/T /¥ 0 £EE Lets cue c6g | = «69°ce CO LI ‘SUY PL ‘peoH LIYSo[Q jo * ONO ‘Ta > ¢. 9061/# /8Z 0 C6 9-8 } OFT 6°&s si 9T Bey 7 16 ‘eg Bpoysoiq jo “q ‘tur Fe L- | 9061/8 /OT ¢- FIZ 9-6 a) | CCS 1:6 | re ‘SIUy ZT ‘Peon, Toyso[ 3° “ANC ‘Wut Z @- | 9061/F /8Z | 0 SLI 0:66 2 OG £6 9 ‘SUZ OT ‘Vpayoorg joy mg | 0. | 9061/2 /61 £ IST | L£:9% 5 |) gat weg a 8 ‘uvssuqIeg YO 0-F 9061/8 /LI O-e OTE 1-G€ =a CIE | 1-0¢ | & ‘Td ‘SuUy g ‘prof | | toydoj) pur avg wpeysoaqy uoemjog | c. 9061/6 /& 0 COG 9-18 & | —— 088 9-18 10% Stuy Gl (Pear Tey S09 JO “O'S “tar ¢ 6:6 | 9061/9 /9% 8: 9ST L-G 2 COT 6° FE OOF ‘SW fF ‘pvof] LOYSOTD Jo “Ny ‘rut | haz | 9061/L /OL | g-T 62E 1: 5 6% Gc: 0€ O6E “suy ‘PVoOH Toyso[D Jo ‘q (u fe) tu F 0-% | 9061/9 /6 fic iad 9° LE © cLl £°9G S6t ‘BUTZ OF “[QeXooy Yo wwe Fg | 0-01 | LOGT/@ /0Z | L- | GLI [6% ene OZ #86 FHE | mt i) | a) uO | | a} “Ud ‘IT Va “0 ‘oungd noed ‘yysue, =| “poangdrooa | “poangdvooa |“ poyesoqry | “‘paywreqiy | ‘equi yy ‘poangd road aroy 44 syQuoy,y jo | ul | way a (Aap) wey "xaQ wey (@Ar])| uoTK | jo soquiny ayry esragouy | = FSO A oud] | QUc1o AA qyoue] Pquy a } (e 1 yore ety 2 g (6 Fetes ye JaQgUITN ee || 228 1g of | 8 Sor ue po 8s #o | (eg: «(| Cutout yyBuey ‘suy Fy ‘epaysoig ‘1amoy, ueprep jo ‘9 tg Aq ‘gq ‘TW F.z (XIX 91d) 9061 “ILUdV 4181 GHLVUAAIT(OC—I “I'd ‘10F—F6E “Ul VA) AOLV'Td 82 Or. ‘QSVHMULIUS TO] MOTIV 0} Papp "UID G. 4yNq ‘DaeTTdJeugS JOU YS o BY ULTY 4 S ees MH ‘Stuy TL ‘epoysoaq, jo “yp (ru fg) ‘Tur ¢g 6:9 | 9061/01/L HE COE 6° SE : OE F: O& “suly Gb ‘avg upoysorg jo “ay (iw fg) TH OL oe 7 9061/6 /F 6-é FOE 9-€&& £ CE L-0€ “sUury | | FL ‘uvssuq~eg jo “(lu fg) ‘THe 6 g-¢ GOGU-Ga/ LCase Gs 6LZ 9°38 s Og 6-6 ‘SUZ FI ‘UG vpoysoaq jo “yp Tu ¢ €-9 9061/01/LE | O-F L6G Bk Sale Sie G1z L-9% uy l\. Aa | Sl ‘uvdsuq(eg jo “Y (rtug) TH OT ra 9061/2 /€% ¢: rae @-cZ $ GLI 0: GS ‘SUF ZL ‘peo Aoysoy) Jo “op “Tul + 0:Z 9061/9 /6L +: FEG > OS 3 | OO€ 6° 6 “suuy | ZL ‘PVeH WYSo[) Jo “| (ru F) TU gs 6-01 | LoGI/s /FIT | &:-¢ Z6E ks Z: 8% ‘SUZ ET “epaysoi, Jo “GY (rut 1) “TUE 6 6: 9060/9 /Gie |) a1 rea s | 9° $Z ‘sup g ‘Avg ayquqd [- 9061/9 /0G | ~— F: C6z a ZI ‘syooy Apavy Jo “GEN (ru g) “TH > € | 9061/¢'/8% | © €6 | £ G8 ‘eZ ZL ‘UMOJALT Jo “YE (ru g) “HU OT #1 9061/2 /6% Q: gL | er | 8: 1% itis) 3B ‘D aut es) eke) oangd rood “TQS UL] ‘parngdeoet = “poangd rood *peyeieqi, “pay eaaqty ‘porngdrvoat si0y M sy uo, 4O ul usyM (Aap) usyM ‘XoQ | UeyM (BATT) Tey jo aoquins ope aSvoI0UT WPSTO \A yjoue'] STO MA yysue'] | | I Cate € t c z I I i ae [ “Wo 48 Jequinyy z CG GeO 6G Re Le 9G ere ine G6 | Gé le “Wo Ul qjcuey ‘sup g ‘epaysorq ‘tamMoy, usaprey Jo “q’g ‘tur FT (XIX 91d) 9061 “IMdV #481 GALVUAAIT (ct—COP “UL VA) WOLW Td 1 “TOG UKE [aque ; age | | | AOE GL MOT Ay For Cot 26) Te Ot FT 9061/¢ /6% Yn S| | €:9% Fo} Oot 8: &% CFP BOF se ee pOMOGICE JO. Note *1 9061/¢ /TE 6-T.) jefe B6l | $93 £ col 9° F% ings = BUCH 2ens91 30 ia 9061/11/62 L-@ L8z | 3B8lg £ OLE 1-6 ct ‘SUY 6 ‘PLOH AOYSoID Jo “W (TUL Z) “TH ¢ 9-1 9061/9 /¢ G1 O8T | &:8@ 3} CZ 0: Lz CF ‘SUZ L ‘Ieg ‘upeysoiq jo ‘N ‘tur f 8:¢ 9061/8 /€I L:% CLE | ¥:0€ ro) Ups | "Skee LEP ‘SUly 7H ‘IV Bpeysoig jo “q ‘TH Z L: 9061/¢ /8 z Z61 €- 8 5 co | 41-86 | 9% ‘sug TT “epoysoaqy Jo “gE (Tur fy) “MU g FI 9061/¢ /TE ro 1S 0-18 ’ OFE 8-08 FEF “sug [ [pro Loqooyy jo gp (tur FZ) Tw F 8-8 LOGI/T /€T L:@ E1z 0: 6z } 00 £°93 S&F . Amys 1ysry Avg oquiro ~O10 J] WOat “M'S vere ar ATqrqoig ., 0-6 LOGT Uv it —_ — —— —— | 00Z COE GET *Sulf j Gl “Weg Vpoysoug jo “gy (Tur fg) iw g GG 9061/L /F L- OST L: 63 ie ggg | (0-62 ISP “SUE § ‘Avg vpaysorg jo “gy ‘WW | ere | LOGI/F /&% oF 09% | 9:08 2 COZ =| (09% OSF ‘BUIZ g “eg Ypoysorq Jo “qy (‘Tut Z) “TU F 0-€ 9061/L /ST L- G1 | "SFG 2 CLE =| = «1:66 6EF ‘SUZ T] “We Vpeysoaq] Jo “Wy WU F 8° SI LOGT/ 11/11 GZ $6 | 08 ew Ge.) 0.82 SEF ‘BUY FT “IV Vpoyoorq yo( ‘ww ¢) ‘mw F ¢-9 9061/11/% 6 S11 G- G3 2 OL Wee Pe Lor — ‘su Q ‘IB Bpoysord BO 6: 9061/¢ /&T 0 8oz G- 08 Sr ORR cor IGF Cc SWZ FT ‘IV Vpoyooacy Jo (Mu 1) TH OT £1 9061/9 /FI 6: rl L-&% 2 GLI | 8: ¥6 CCF ‘sw * “PH | | IBYSoD pue wy “poy soigd UIOMIO Cc. 9061/€ /8 g. CEG 0:62 ro) OSZ L-8Z SCF “tuo 3 “WO | “D “Wo | dvi ST | 3 “yno mn ait 1 voal | ‘" 1DUI| *pounjdevood “port 1d ROoL | “poy esoql| “pez eseqt] “10 UU AY “pomn4d Road O19 A sqquoy, jo ui uoy a (Aap) | uey aM | “xed UY (9AIT)) UST fo TOG UIT NT Sead @ | asRILOUT JUSTO yjoue'] | JY DIO AY y jou] | [9qU'T | | (Ciel 2 SA AL; G € = F G@ -| 1 = I “Ud ye TaquUInNy | O€ 62 | 8Z LG 9% c ¥G re ree Iz 0% uo ut qysue7] _ \ \ = = ‘sug Fe ‘epeysorq ‘tamoy, ueprep jo 'q E-q'N ‘MW 1.Z et . : - (XX 31d) 906T “Wd V 4281 CALVUNAIT (9FF—ECP “HI VA) AOIV'Id &% ehvd qxau uo panuijuo)] | ‘BU ZI “Bpayoorgy jo “a (tut g) ‘tur g i ao 9061/¢ /TE | Ral 6¢T G-GE ¢ | O91 1-2 PLY ‘SUI ZT] ‘URdeLIq [eg Jo ‘| (‘Tur g) ‘WU OT 1 i 9061/6 /IT 9-1 OLE SE £ OPE 8"08--"} €L¥ ‘SUT 1 ‘YQMOP jo ‘op ‘Tur F O-€ 9061/L /LI LG ere [- 0€ é OOF | HLS» | GLP ‘SUy G “pH aoySopy jo ‘wy (iu 7) ‘ru Zz Ge] 9061/9 /Z FG oF | 1-96 £ Ost. | ako | ILP ‘SUIS PL ‘prop{ AoYySoyD fo “oy ‘tu E 0:2 9061/9 /61 O-€ GE | 8: FE £ OT 8°16 .| OLF ‘SUJ J] “Avge Vpaysorq jo “gp ‘TU F (at2 9061/L /8T 8-G G6G GEE fa | OGE | F-0E ! SOF "su g ‘jalog Aueung YO L 9061/¢ /8 0 OZ €° 8% £ CRG. =| rake. -| 99F ‘prop JoYySoL) YO IZ 9061/ 9/0 0-% 18Z [2 Vike 6 SOE [-6@ SOF ‘SU O] ‘Rpoysouq fo ‘op ‘Tu F 6: 9061/2 /ST are COE G86 £ OTE G: 9G | €9F ‘SW LT ‘pray soySorg Jo “q'g ‘ru 7 €-< 9061/9 /9% Vel GLE F 66 } Ol€ 0-83 | L9F ‘suy ff ‘pvofT AayDso[H Jo ‘N ‘tur | 1 9061/9 /0G 6-1 re FS ¢ SOL S1¢ } 6SF SUI} Q ‘Vpolsoag Jo “of ‘Tur Zz 6: 9061/E /S1 ¥ 1 Isl | FSG ns 00% [Ont SSF “SWF SL “PCOH JoYSo[) Jo “WY “Iu ¢ PL LOBI/O1/ i 9G ST 9-18 £ GOE 0-66 | LSF “SUZ OT ‘UMOIALT Jo “op “Tu F 6-°€ 9061/8 /9T | €:6 8% Gos & OOF G66 9cP ‘SWZ QO] “Vpaysorq jo “of (‘TE F) ‘1uT g ia 9061/¢ /6z Let SEE 9° LE © | Oe | ee (Gane cP ‘SUL “PH LYBoI) Jog (TU Fz) WF G- 9061/6 /S1 1 gol 1 &% SSO i ae a Sm SUI} OT “PVOP{ Loy So] Jo a (‘ru Z) ‘rar Eg GT 9061/9 /¢ ee Ul ESI C:8E £ O€E GLE SPF co SUE FL PH 1oySoID Jo “gy (‘rem Fp) “rem g aa! 9061/8 /6% Pal 91 6°96 ¢ G96 Corer. ake ‘SU ¢ “pvey{ JoysSo[VQ jo “Gg ‘wu | 0-9 9061/01/81 LoS cst 6° LE é | S9E GFE OCF ‘SUy } ‘PYoH Joyo} Jo "N “tu | PI 9061/9 /T Sia col @ LE } Ost | L-¥% GF ‘SU ET “avg vpeysoaq fo ‘op “wu e@ 8-1 9061/9 /ZI 0-G 106 ; Sais ¢ 06E &-6E StF wo ‘3 “UL | ‘$ “urd ‘ST Va “40 roangd voor "YyySuy] *peanjdvooa | ~pomgdroog — “‘peyeseqiy | “payeseqr | “ssquinyy *poangdvood aay AA | syquuy, jo ul uoqM (Aup) | Wot | “XOQ | UeyA (GATT) TOYA | Jo zaquinn | ayeqd asRoroUuy WYDIOM = YOY qysIey | yySuer] jeqe'y a SE ee eee ie ees fey eee) PAR Gk QP was Seguro te ed ear ; | 0€ 6c. aoc L& 9% cj | FG | & a 1g | “Wo ur qysueT 2s | ( } ' = ‘suy fy ‘yqnoyy ‘og “quiog Aueundg jo ‘q'g'W ‘IU ).T = ‘(IXX 31d) 9061 “TLUdV M481 GALVUAAIT (L09—109 ‘oSh—9FF “HL VA) HOIV Id 79 u ¥ ‘propH LYSOL YO ‘SUF OT ‘PVeH{ LOYSoTD Jo “WL MU Z ‘SUIT OT ‘AVG Vpoysoa JO “YE WL F ‘uvssuqiegd TO ‘uvssuqieg BO ‘SUE g “AE Vposo JO “OT “TUE ‘stp TT ‘UMOJALT Jo “OL “TUG ‘sty ZI ‘awe v poysoa jo “yp Ta g su §1 ‘ang, wpoysoacy Jo “A CEL) “NU OT ‘sul G ‘avg Vpoysouqy jo “pp “WU g “sty TT ‘epoysouqy yo “Gp Cita TF) “TUL g “surly tl sty Loysoy) jO “OL ‘Scop Cru 1G dn: poysorq jo ‘Wy ‘Tut G ‘SuUTy pL ‘prop 1o{HO],) jo “OL “TUL G ‘pro 10YB0) jo ‘W'S ‘WU ¢ ‘sup ZT ‘peoH soyBOI) go 0 en ru § f) TUL “Su ol ‘epoyoorg yo “of ie te = “SUy OT ‘pron IOYSOL,) JO “OE “LU Z ‘sty 2) “PH 1ayO[) jo “OL *g (ru iD TUL ‘suy g “prop OY BOL) jo *S ‘WU [| ‘SU p “INE Vpoysoay Jo N TUL YT ‘SULT p ‘PLOFL LOYSOL) JO “OW (rat 7) “Tue Z ‘SUy ZL AVG Vpoysoid, Jo “GT “ru g ‘SUF OL ‘PVOH{ AOYFOL) Jo “GT (UZ) “NU |g ‘SWy FL ‘PVop{ AOYSOL) JO H' NW “METS “sup 9| "SULy G ‘SOLMOYY JO "HP WU | “DH Lo SoL) pur avg VPIHOAC] WIM Jo poungd wood edoy AK LL HOT. oeete —— + ei =) Nt Oe BO - ot imo. ° HO HOS SO Or i _-“~ — i OD | Cc. | | *yno | syquoy, | yo aoquny LO61/9 9061/E /TE 9061/9 /¢ 9061/2 /}, 9061/01/LI 9061/9 /¢ 9061/8 /6% 9061/L /0G 9061/6 /F 9061/L /O1 9061/¢ /TE 9061/% /& 1061/9 /8 9061/6 /8 9061/11/81 LOGI/E / FI 9061/F /8 9061/¢ /TE 9061/¢ /&1 9061/9 /6% 9061/E /EI 9061/L /81 9061/9 /& 9061/11/08 9061/F /&Z 9061/L Lixs 9061/2 /G “oangdvoou yo v }e¢ | a = oo NHMANS I~ TO HDOANOHHOS le) i | Oa rr =n os —_ -Onoe ples “YQoue] ul esvoouy ‘panuyioo—OOg] “TIHdV HIS] CULVUAAIT AOI Td 79 8L& Cle 661 0Z1 LGG Cel GTI ia $CE SCG ORG Oot 80G F6l O€? Ost L81 cPl LLY OOS rata SLi EGE 101 GLZ COE 2 oO ‘poangd wood uoya (Arp) WYS19 MA poungd voor Udy M you] +¥*O ¥O FOOt FO FO OOK Fo ‘ OF FO FO FOOT FOO (@) » © » C » (a) "XOG “poyvaeg!] Udy (OAT) VYSTO MA 6° CS 8° SS 9° FG 8°? €° GE CGE 0-1 9- oS 8°96 0-86 ¢C- 0 §° Sd 9: GG [-&¢ “LG “1G GS “OS “GG €- SG 0: O& £9 L-€¢ 9-16 €-§< FOF Q- LE “ULo ~ S =H O ru “pez e10qi] udy A yqauey] LO9 909 c09 09 £09 109 00¢ 66P S6P LOF 96P COP POF COP COP O6P OSPF SSP L8¥P OSP CSP PSP ISP OLP LLY DLP OoLP UVa AOC UATLNT Pquy ne OF. | } | } re ‘SU ZI ‘UvosTIq(Ieg Jo WY Wa ¢ ‘SUZ ET ‘PBOH AYSOTN JO “W'S ‘TU ‘su g ‘ULdaTIq[eg Jo ‘TT “MU SUL} ZT ‘pvoPT JoySo]/) Jo “W's 1A 9 ‘sy QT ‘uesstaq(eg Jo “Of ‘Mm § *SUTY ‘prop, woysoig jo ‘a (ur Fy) ‘we ¢ ‘suIy g ‘UBDOLIG [eg JO “Gf “ULE "SUIZ ET ‘pvoP AOYSOTD Jo “W TU TE ‘sty ZT ‘IvVg vpoysorq Jo tf TW 9 ‘sw OL ‘Vpoysoaqg jo “Wy ‘Tue ¢ ‘SUIT OT ‘Ivq evpeyoorq jo “WT ‘Tul fF ‘sug Og ‘Avquiey jo ‘a (‘Tar g) ‘Tut GT ‘SUZ OT ‘Ieg epoysorg jo “Wy ‘TUL fF ‘SUF G ‘Vpoysoay JO “GE VUL F ‘suy 2 ‘avg vpeysorq jo ‘fp ‘Tar ¢ dL “pornjzduoad alot] AA “(1xXx 0-¢ QO6L/6 /61 c- 9061/¢ /L | ge | 9061/0T/8 FGI | LOGI/L /0€ e.¢ 9061/01/ [PSOE | 9061/¢ /8 G- 1 | LO6I/9 /S a 9061/8 /F% | 0:°% | 9061/9 /61 | €- 9061/F /8z | L- 9061/E /O1 1:3 | 9061/9 /1% I 25 9061/¢ /O1 iment | 9061/9 /61 a9 | 9061/01/F% | | | ‘ama round vooad | SUQUOTN jo | Jo aoquiny | ayeqd oy G G ts 6é 8G LGWa| *96 “SUIT 6 | | “Yous ul osvoelouy] Uyqud ‘oD ‘uessuq[eg JON ¢ [Ge hh SLP e664 iis Cae SGI OSE FLI 6c] COG éll LST Sel EC R0E 0) spoanqdvooa uay a (Aap) WYSIO AA 9° OE [9% 8: 1& | £° OE Fo | HE “LZ GLE | 9° LE .eF G&G ‘pomgd rood uoy yQoue'] T | Wo 47v Toquiny “to ul YySUa] 1G | AN, LOE 3G O€1 Ost | O8T | Cle | o | *popes9q ly] tay (aly) WYSTOM ~ N *poyeseq |] ua AN yyoue'] 221d) 9061 “IIMA V #161 GALVUAAIT (8¢9—019 “UI VA) ADIV'Id 61 Lo9 969 CEO €69 eras) 1e9 O0G9 619 $TI9 L19 919 C19, FI9 €19 OLg “dT Vel “TAQUIUN 194 | u EK “OSVHUNYS OJ AO|[V OF pappv “wo G- ‘swuy FG ‘aVg, Bpoydouy Yo ‘nu ¢ “Stuy 6 ‘PROH YSN jo ~y (uM Z) Mu ¢g ‘SU [[ ‘pvoyp Joysoy,) jo -g nu ¢ ‘SUY Z[ ANdSaq~eg Jo “yp TUG “MOT)CVUULLOJUL ONT “‘suy OL ‘prox soysoy) Jo “yp (Cru Z) cru F ‘SW FL ‘ULVooLIq(eg jo ‘Hp (‘Tur g) ‘rut g ‘sug f ‘UMOQAUTY YO TUL “SU ZI ‘PVOFL JOYDOP,) Jo “op “uu pF ‘SIUJ 8 ‘SOLMMONY JO CONN) “GEN Tat F *‘Suly OL ‘proH woyoopy Jom (Cru Z) ru pF “SUZ G ‘SOLLIOYS JO “OPN ru & L ‘Suy O] ‘ULSSLIG|Ug jo “OTN “Tur fp “poungdvoar a.roy Aq dnt, 207. (1TIXX 93*1d) 9061 “TIUdV 446] 1 9061/11/66 | 9:9 9: 9061/8 /8 | 9: 8-¢ 9061/0T/ZT | 9:8 6 ZI Lo61/g /9t | 96 @-8 LoBi/I /e | 1 q- 906t/g /¢ | &: €-9 Q061/O1/LE L-¥ 0-1 9061/9 /6T | S: SL QOBI/ZI/ET | #8 ¢- 9061/9 /§ I: g- 9061/9 /€ 9: 9061/¢ /8 | LF 9061/6 /OI “uO | “gno oungd rood “YQaue] syPuopy jo ul jo soquiny aye osvotoUuy Go dhe 8 | 42 | 93 | ge | “A _ GCaULVawalT 10 CEG Gs8l LIG 6g OGt ES OLE POG 606 OLI Og] ay) EEE 7) *poanjd Roo. uoyM (Arp) WISI. MA tC] Q | “EpPoyBoarg “LOMO T, TOP LRA {Oo “Y f° 6G 8:96 G66 8-9€ 40° LG €- 83 PE GRE Ores 8-96 L LG FG Gt “Ud *poangdvood uo yqyouo'] I 1d 4B doquiny OG | “Wo Ul Y4sue"] ‘ WS ta Fj Sle ORT OZ CsI OO Cle SCE OF OLE 00% Oot OLT ‘D popula |] uay As (@Al]) FYSIOM ee ——_———_ -_—_- O- (8t9—669 “HL Va) AOIV'1d | 9° GE HPO 6:96 re ae) L-G 19 €° LS OF9 8-93 6€9 O- 8% R£9 L:96 Lé9 #° LE cE9 Go: €% FE9 L-9@ €€9 6°96 EY 9-16 19 0-9% 629 “Wo | “MT Vil “poy BIOq fT | “oq CUTTY uoYyM | y}5u07] | Pqr'T ‘Sly BL “wg epaqsomqg jo “Gq “Wi ¢ | oY 9061/11/08 6: | LIG | "UO | D | IL | | | | | | *yn0 | ‘oanjgdroaa | Yue, «| *pomgdnoog *poangdvoaxs o10y Ay | syjuopw | jo | ul | ueyA (Aap) jo goquuny’ | oVvd | osrenouy JYBIO AA | { | Si ay | € > ji ¢ 9-¢ 1061/1 /&T CEG %9-°9G é CQz F:9Z ¢ce 3 tie) 3 tte) MTVaA ‘oe 7 Siiiny ca es => | ] | bees | 4no oungd Rood | de ‘poanydvoea = “poangdvooa “pozeioql] | “payrsoqiy | “zequinyy *‘porngd voor a400 AY | syquoy | fo | meyM (Aap) | uot M *xog | Wey (9ATT)) = Wat | jo JOqUInNNy oyu | ostosouy qqsI0K | yysuoy, | | GUSTO AA yjouey | [oqe'y |! | | | I 1 be lh ee Need a a “UID 9R toq un NY | ge Ee $§ | GE | I? “Ulo UL qqsuo'| “SULy ‘(TAXX 781d) 9061 OL ‘Aequiery yo oson ‘ATOL 4494 GALVUAAIT (€14¢--g9¢ OF | 6G N 7o “mM 4q‘g Sun sony ‘STVa) OK IVTd § a OT. ‘SUZ QT ‘UVTduq(eg fo YY Cue g) “TH OT ‘SUF ZZ ‘WGsrY Aopteg jo “qiy “MU g ‘poingdeoar a1 \\ (IAXX %jd) 9060 ‘ATOL ‘SUL, OT ‘uey jo asp diysyysry eureqeg jo “q'g ‘Tu G ‘AIVYCIYS IOF MOTLR 0} poppe ‘Wd G- gnqg ‘poyojedgs you Ysyy 4 g-1 9061/6 /9 | &: | Esl Fé f OFG 6-Le | 868 8:8 LOGI /F /2S CoP We th] #866 701 | G93 68¢ Brees) 3 mere) D “urd | "ava “"yno | ‘aamngdrood “yqauoy ‘pomnydvoot — ~poangdeoog | “‘poayvieqi] =" peyeseqiy | “szequinyy syjyuoy, | jo | ul uoym (Arp) oy {| “xog UeqM (ATT) uUoTAr jo qoquinyy | aye | oxsvarouy | 9YSIoA, yysuey | YSIS AA que] EX? hoa | | z 3 tet - ¢ € | “wo 4¥ requiny | te | of | os | so | te | 98 | oe | Fe | cmo m ysu0y | ! ‘sup ZZ ‘osnoyqyysry Aopieg Jo “Gq g | mH ¢.g Hw) ‘poanjdvooi of0g Ay a 9061/61/71 GC CHLVUAAIT (86¢—68¢ “Ul VA) AOLV'd 6 | | *jno | cgangdtoer =| “4 nue] “‘pormngdrooa syjuoyy, jo | ul ueqa (Arp) jo zaquinyy ayR([ asvotou | VYSIOM “ud Ss poingdeoor doy W49U07] “‘peperoqi] | “pezereqiy | “eaquinNy Uo (2Ar[)) Way *xag | IYSIO M | Pqry PPS ie XO mearee ras ee 7 mere roltih [sui 9 req nN % | % €z | ag | is Meoge’| GIS OST es ul yaaa] | ‘sup FG ‘epaqsoid ‘yanoy, Uaplreyt fo “A y jo “O kq “g ‘Tu Ff ‘(AXX 9¥1d) 9061 “KUNAL Bsc GaLlvudalt (169—¥89 ‘qtVa) GOLVId Ft ‘paangdvood QUON ee l | F C %¢ \ | (A | 1 Wenge Peeeekbbae me : | 82 Le i 96 a6, (eres || sk6 Co | 13 | 02 es ua yaaa] “sug 8 ‘ypaysoidg ‘toMOL, ueprey jo “A Ad ‘BG (TUL GE ‘G0GI) AMUOe BULG GaLvadalrt (89849 wpVa) AOIV Id GG — t~ ‘sug og ‘AvqueeyT Yo TY 9: | 9061/8 /FI | 0 | | Oct L-38 | 0¢9 | | WU) S STL ta) | 5 att es) | Marva \ \ | | ee | ) | | “qno ganqdeood “YVsUD] ‘poanzdvoat | ‘pornjydvoor “poyeroqyy | “porvetedtl | -raquinN ‘pranjdeoat ato A\ | syguow | jo | ul uoys (Arp) | wats “xog | UaTpAr (8A1]) uoq aM | yo raqunN | aye, | 9svorouy FSM | sue] | gu SIoA\ yyoue’] Parl | | | \ ( t | — Verges I Al I = iI Ale once RL iT “qo 9B ToquinNy = | ge | as 5G: \s@Ge7| 128 ieuiecogmer 6c.) 86-0" ul [ysUaT ‘sug 1g ‘Avquiery f° esoN JO “A Fo -mg “TU 8-€ 0 (TAXX 981d) 9061 ‘ATOL HLLG GaLvuadit (1¢9—099 ‘aUVa) AOIVId 8 es . <> | Gd | 9061/01/L1 9: bor oP $12 } Ce] ‘SU ZI ‘Meg Vpoysord™ jo op ‘tut F | L:G ‘ | Cy] L-06 ee! ‘SU ST ‘IVY Vpaysorq jo Yow 7) FF 9061/Z1/8 Pr | = Let |. €:9¢ ; CCT 68% | ZL | “Ud | mr) a thes) 3 tt ts) ‘IT YW “Fad se Pe ies teas & | eT Set | ava “10 | -oanjdeood “Yo Uo] | ‘pomnjydeood ‘pounqd eoa.t | “poperaqty | *poyeieqiy, | “req urnAy *parnjgdeooat atol{ Ay SYJUOTY | jo ul | WoYAr (Arp) uoy | "xO toy (@AtT) Waar : jo saquny Ved asvotouy | 4YS19 AA | Yysue7] | JYSIOM, qasueT | [eae] } | : eT lo # } L | scaie ey Et cant QT | “Utd 78 Faq uiny LvmalneoG GS xc 1G c@ | IG Of | “Wo ur qysue7y ‘suy fF ‘URSSLIq(eg ‘yuIog o1outARIg JO "A N'A ‘tul g. (AXX Id) 9061 ‘A'TOL 1484 GALVUAAIT (094—869 “YI VA) AOLV'Id 79 2 2 fe. | | | é ‘SUF ZI “UBssLIQ(eg Jo “| Cru Tg) ‘tu g Sel 9061/6 /IT | 8: GIT £°&6 2 = | S266 689 ‘SUL ET “URSSLaq(Vg Jo “gE “ug Q- 9061/8 /91 Q: cel | 6-7 lenaene ie = €- #3 L89 | “UD 3 ‘Wo Fj atte) MV a ee feat IE eee a LAE 5 ! ; ; | “yno noun vood “yQouo| ‘pornjdrvoor | *pormgdeoo1 *‘pozpVioql] | ‘pazyeieqiy “sequinN *Poljdvood ato \\ | syQuoyy jo | ul | woyA (Aap) wey *xoG = Ua (OAT), Wan JO TOQuUINN ove | osvotouy | 4ysreAy yqyauey | aqsteyy | ysueT peqey tl “Oi fA. | ] "sUy ¢ ‘MoqIeEH UMOYsTOLy opmsuy 6- | 9061/8. /6% = | = _ | = — | &-0% 98L ‘sty ¢ ‘Baqpoog jo “M ‘fa F L- | 9061/89/2e 0 1 eee 8 2 — | 0:8 ash | airs) 3 “Wo | 3 “urO ‘IT WA | { wait mover: ‘ie tt. a fo eta | cit ae *‘yno | soungdooa ‘yysuay =| *poangdvoea | ‘poangdvoor | *paqedoqit | *poysseqiy | “zequuiaN ‘pornydeoos o190G SIMO PY jo ul | WeyM (Arp) uoq | *xag | wos (oAT{)| WaTpAd jo aoquiny | oye osvo..ou] qYSIOM | you] | | JUSTO MM | yqouery [oqR'T | | te Pe) ees ke | “"Uko 42 Joq Ua NY ez | zz IZ | 02 | 61 | “wo uw y4Zue7] | { } ‘INOGIVE, UMOJSSULY FO DOURIZUO OpISUT (IAXX 3%[d) 9061 ‘ISQONAV INC CALVUAAIT (662 GQ) ‘HL Va) AOLV Id 1 ee | | ‘surly Fe ‘Aeg ayqng ‘susan Jo “g | Lt | 9061/6 [3o | }- 60z €-86 lr aE = | 6-Lo | PLL ‘sug g “Avg uyquad | 9-1 | 9061/6 /06 | 0 #8 | #3 | fo) “= 936 | GOL | } "00 | 0) “Und 3 | ‘wo | SI Val | | ; f “4no ‘gungdvoot = “HUET | ‘pounjdeoas | ‘pound ood “poyrsoqgit | "peyeteqiy | “oquinyy ‘paunydeooa 19 \\ | syquoyy yo ul | uoya (Aap) us ‘xog «| uoyM (aAT])) Uo | | JO Joqurnyy a7 RC] aseosoup | — FYSIOA, | yqsuer] }YSIOM yqoue] [oqey hs im pcre a pall | I Teer ioe) L “to ye oq un > ed a ind oo” > ~ be a | && 9% gz | ¥ | &% | ce | «IG 06 Coe Were ‘surg y Surjqnd ‘op ‘Aong pisojing YAnog Jo ‘(IAXX %%I[d) 9061 ‘LSQDAV ING CALVUAAIT (18L—792 ‘UL Va) GOLVId 8T “20 VY ULLGS LOL MOTTR OF peppe “UWld @. jn “psy oqodys jou Usty * | ; ; | | | ‘suy 6 ‘Auquivy jo‘N Tw Eg | gg | "2061/4 /TL sn 9: | = 66 GPEG IE? _- 6-6 | 68 “OMIVA WYSE Ulyquq, wor | | 9061/11/6z | ¢- | aera ©: 6 Pose ll), 088 0: 6% 6L ‘POYIVW YS UTGn wWody f | 9061/01/62 | ~ F- CLI G+ 8% Pl OR Esc) 4 82 ‘SUTZ Q “UMOZALT JO “KP “TUE Z t- | 9061/01/62 | 0 19 Zz: 0€ Ogg hs ene: OL ‘SWy ZT] “AVG Vpoydoaq? jo “Gp “Tu F 8% Lo61/t /tt | 0 | 663 | «F- 08 el eae GrOE- =e Ob ‘joyIV YS uUjqnqd wor | 9061/11/62 | l- 60 {- 6% § | CRZ 0°66 | i682 JOU YSty UQnq Wwosy z 9061/01/FE | 0 GLI G13 § CZE PHL N sBh “Surfs | | IT ‘peaH dysor) fo | (rut FZ) ue ¢ 9: OL LOGI/6 /G | 8:9 LP PLE OOS 9-08 | rat) “SWF CT “ANU GO 6-1 9061/21/81 | 0 LOOT 6: LF OORT L: SP u | pO). D “UO a “ULD i fe r a | ea ee ean I~ | “yno ‘oungdvoed | *Y4suey ‘poanqdvoo. ‘pomnjd vos ‘peyvseqi] | “pazesoqiy | “aaquinyy na poungd Root aol AQ SY UOT, fo | ul | way (Aap) uoyM | “X9G | ueyAr (aarq)) uoysA | jo soquinyy oR OSVOLOUT | Yaa | yqsue'] JYSIOAA | YQSuT] | [9qr'y | | | | | I } = iy a! I T | == 1 ees | = I G I eae Hey iRiceo ye doquin Ny 108 2 GP aiaeee Bee OP era SP SPL | oF ie | OF | 246e Sg { “Wo ur Y4suey ‘ | 2 Mes ley Wit aoe feacop | Smal yas alee F 1 | lear Cue al = aT | ea | CS G Gi sae Got lee Ted el Gee Nee Baie “UO 9v Jaquin Wy CpG | ec. | pe | eke | Gt 1é O€ | 6G | 8% Le | 96 | Go | Fz €% | C601" Te] \ OG: irene q45u07] | | | | } t t | { | | ~ 2 ‘smy ¢ “Bpaysorq’ “Aamo, uoprey Jo “A'g'g ‘tur g.] a 4 (IIAXX Id) 9061 “YAAOLOO H4LT GALVUAAIT (F6—I¢ “NP) MOIWIa &¢ 75 LE be Ure I e = Sie Nae ies ee 7 Zz I - Pe tees leer LZ L061/1 /L | 0 cee o:&e 2) eae L-@8 | &b ‘Sty OT ‘Weg epaysorg Jo WN UF | ET 9061/11/L2 | 0 ieee 9° FG é& {> S087 LG || a0 “SUy § ‘pVaH JOYSoL) Jo "Gg “LAL T LF, L061/& /6 | 91 | gc ©: 9% 3 061 | 6-%% | 89 | wa ‘3 “uo | S | "uno | aq - - \ } — ———ooe | | | | | rd | *jno oanjd ood | "Yysuo] bay rea | ‘poangdvood *‘payeiaqi] | “pozezeqt| | “19 WN AT pamnjdeoot atoy 44 | syquoyy | jo | ul | way ( Aap ee oy "xOQ | wey M (9AT]) ways | | Jo Joquinyy | oVe(y | esvolouf | — IYSIOAA y95u0"] | QUuSIoAy yywsuey | [sqey 1 | I 7 een se ee Rg I i (29 A I ee | # | ‘“ulo 4v soquinyy et L¢ 9¢ S96 | FE | €& rch Pe) ie (073 6% 8 Le | 9G GG $e | & ce | “MNO ur YgsUTT © } | } j ray ‘sup [TT ‘epeysorqg ‘“lamoy, uspreyy Jo “ay ¢ GQ lr #G —_ ai facepiece (sy, ; r. r fay “Tg ; | oa (XXX 731d) 9061 ‘UMAOLOO H4LT CALVUAAIT (¢6—L9 I'd) AOLVId ‘OBVYULIYS 10} MO][V 0} poppe “uld G- 4nq ‘payoie.sqs jou USI F ‘VOU USL Uyqnq wor oF LO61/z /€% rs oI 6-18 2 oce | L-18 SIT ‘RUIZ ZT ‘URSSIAq[vg Jo “Gf (U FpF) “tu F Z- 9061/01/8Z 0 ZOF 1-98 5 Og | G98 91 "SUJ OT ‘Peo LOYSo]D Jo “q ‘tut F C3 LOGI/T. /F I: 11 G- 1g 2 GLE | #-I8 FIT “SUZ OF ‘URI JO "T ,, SUOYOTYD ., 049 9V 8-01 L061/6 /OL FP GOF PLE & 906 | 0-&§ SII ‘SUJ OT ‘avg vpoysouqy jo “"q ‘TWH F F: 9061/01/62 €- PPS F:0€ 2 ocg | T-08 601 ‘SUF FL ‘PVoH WYSo[) Jo “gp ‘mu ¢ 1 9061/11/12 I: ges L-&8 35 CGP 9-€§ Sol “suf OT ‘Iq epaysoiq Jo “| ‘rut ¢g iz 09061/01/08 I: 881 S-83 Pay OGG (Gees LOL ‘SUZ ZI ‘IN vpoysorq’ fo “| ‘tur g zg LO61/% /% 6-1 0&Z 08 3 0&Z C- 8Z 901 ‘SW FL‘IVg vpoysorq Jory (rut Fe) ‘var g €: 9061/01/L2 ¢- esl Oe 26 O&% 1: Lz POL ‘SUZ G ‘pray Toyso[) jo “q'g “Hu F L:G LO6I/F /6 aI LST $-8Z 3} | CBS Zo LS SOL ‘SUF 8 “UMOJALT Jo “Hf “TUL F 6-1 9061/21/91 y 9G 0-1 Posse 216 s) °9208 ZO1 ‘qoyreyy YS uyqnqg wor 9: 9061/11/9 iz | 101 F:&Z ja a 061 0-&3 Oot ‘SW EL AVG epoysorcy yoy (tux Fg) Tur OT G:F LO61/& /F 0 | 966 @-ZE Pe 1. OSes Ia Sees 66 ‘SWF PL “Wg vpoysorq Jo “| Tw ¢ €: 9061/0T/LZ 0 | 12 9-83 Go| Gos 6°82 86 = | Ta D | ‘SUF OT “WE vpoysorq jo “q we F L-g LO6T/¥# /6 cid Sel 0:92 | 6 — G- €Z eZ ‘PoYIVAL YS Ulypquqg woswq ZT 9061/11/%3 ¢: | COT €- FG igs 42 — | 0:¥Z 7a | ‘Ieg Vpeysory 0} asojg roe 9061/01/F% — | — -- ~ Se dh Bas Ost ‘Sy 6 ‘PROH JOYSO[D Yo tw | 9-L LO61/9 /F cha Cal 003 G-63 | C61 L-9G Sit “suf G ‘ING vpoysoay Jo “| “Lu F 1g LOGI/S /0Z S: | IT 1: #3 } OOE =| -€:e¢ LIT ‘UBSSLIG[Vg yV pepury G: 9061/11/T — | =3 — — ost’ | 8-92 eI .ouAdog Joary Uy,, 1-8 LO61/9 /6I a = ae —— OST: |= 3-66 sol SUIy g ‘URdsTIqTeg Jo “| Tur g Th LOGI/e /08 aie ZLG «0-03 | 3 00 | 9-9 901 ‘URdSIIG[Vg 9e pepury LG LO6I/# /6 O-T FST (eal dyes pe de | GIé 2° 9G cor uLvssiq[eg ye pepury 6-1 9061/31/FI i Let Boeuwg| «tween aceite 1-08 101 baat) 3 wd | ‘S uO “ap es “7no ‘amyd voor “yy suay ‘pamydroor *paimyd voor *pedeioq I] “poz e.19q T] | *“29q Wan Ay & poangd voor O10 AA SUP, jo ul ud (Azp) uot AL *"xog uey (9@AI{) uey mh as jo Jaquny o3e%q osvol0uy QYS10 MA WsueT | QYSIa AA yqsue'y [2q?T] ei ie “Sy QT ‘proy{ oy SoIO Jo ‘wy (‘tut g) ‘rar g 0:% 9061/Z1/L1 0 OIF 8: FE 3 OSP 6: P8 LFI ‘SWZ G ‘PVEH JOYFo[N Jo "g yu Z a: 9061/11/8 z LOZ 8-08 } 028 9:08 oPT “m0 ao} “uO 3 modes) “ap | 2 ep oe i *4n0 ‘aanjd voor ato bohac)| *‘poingdoer | *poanydvoor *pozereq ty | “‘poyeazeqry | *19q UN. NY ‘paingdroer ar0y AA SyyUOp jo ul ueym (Arp) uoyM *xog | ueqM (9Al]) uot | jo aoquinyy a4Vqy OSvoIOUT 4YUSIOM yyouay QYSTO MA yysueyT | equy ee re I - _ - ~ - - - I - - T I ¢ - T P 4 - G “aro ye oq mn Ny Le OR oe ry Sh || Se] Th OR 68) | se | ze los gg ¥E && GE I€ 0& 6% 86 | “uo UL Yysuery "suly fp “yee “OD ‘umoyhery Jo -g % -g hq ‘q ‘1H G.T (IIAXX 71d) 9061 “UMAOLOO B4Ql GALVUAATT (c9I—ePrT “wL) GHOIVTd 06 oy | ea) a a ee | | | “NIL W YS Uquq wor € 1 LOGI/TI/8Z = = aad = ogg €-€& 6&1 BUF QT ‘PLO JOYSOT) Jo “q Tw F g 9061/T1/% ye OZF €-98 © CSP 6-FE LEI | “wo 3 beets) B “m0 of “qno , ‘eangdvoer yg 8ue] ‘porngdeoer | *pomydvoor *peyvroeqty | *poyeraqiy | ‘roquinyy *‘poanjdvoaa oo A, SYJUOP, jo ut uwayM (Aap) uoyM *xoG =| UeyM (9AT])| uot jo Joauinyy o7eqy esvorouy 4ySTO MA qyouey qy Sta \A qoue'T qeyT a ee T T | 9 T g Z - - = - T aT “To 9% Joq umn Ny . GE ike | £& ce Ig 0€ 6G 82 LG 9G GG PG €G | “wo Ur qyoueT t™~ ons) { us ‘SUI ET “peoyT Joqso[D jo ‘gq & ‘gq Aq ‘q'g ‘Im ¢.7 ant = ‘9061 ‘UAMOLIO LET CHLVUAAIT (GFI—LZI AL) AOLV'Id 91 UvasIIq[Vg 4B popur’yT $9 LO6I/* /6z a = — = == L:G | 002 ‘sury J, “Teg Bpoysorq Jo “A “Ta E G: 9061/01/43 i2 O81 FZ 2 col 6-22 | @Bt ‘qoyIVL YS Uyqnadg wow P: 9061/01/08 14 EST ¢-9G é O6T 1:92 CGI "SU FT ‘PVoH{ AOYSO[N Jo “wy “TU F rT 9061/11/08 g GLI ZL 2 OFZ 6:93 | Ost ‘sly ¢ ‘URdZIIQ[eg ‘ulog seul’ HO v 9061/01/08 i 7 LOE 8-€€ & Cer Pcs | S9T “Mug WoATeUrey I: 9061/01/06 = — — —_ OLE F:0€ 991 “‘qoyIey YS Ulypqud won O-°% 9061/21/61 9 oss 0: e OSE #:ZE eg} "SUJ F] ‘pvoH JoySOID Jo “yY Tu F rT 9061/11/08 : 10¢ L-18 2 09 £-18 €91 *uLO 3 “WO 3 “ULd “ae ‘yno ‘aangd oor “YqSUdT *pommydroer | *poangd voor *poqeraq I] | *‘poyrreqiy | ‘raquinyy *poinqdvoor ao MA SyJUOTY jo ut way (Arp) Tog At *xaQ wots (SAT]) wet A jo szoquinyy oye osvarouy JYBIO AA yyoueyT 4 SIO AA yay [oqe'y & = ~ = = “Ud 9v JaquIn NT oP Ip | OF | 6&8. | “Wo ur yQSUeET G v € P P G 9 G g T - | Zz T “urd 4v Joaquin FE gg | ze TE O@: Ges <8Se eke |B og | | $3 oz | “uO Ul Y4SueT ‘sug Gg ‘WQVoyT ‘0D ‘uMozseT Jo ‘g & -g Aq “q'g ‘1m gQ.z7 ‘(TIXXX Id) 9061 ‘UAAOLOO HII GALVUAAIT (0OZ—E9T “AL) WOLV'Id LE ~ — ‘ ‘sy ZI ‘uvssuq(eg Jo “HN ‘TI 9 ¢1l L061/01/F 8 9-88 re} an ‘QoHIPPL UST UQud wor PI 9061/Z1/T €: 9-18 2 cel a! ‘sUy G ‘propyT Joyso[) jo “Gy tH Fy] 9: 9061/11/L 0 oe 5 098 €- 1 cl *4yn0 ‘amydeoor ‘yysuet | ‘porngdeoor | spoamydeoos “pozedoqi | ‘pozyeseqiy | ‘aaquinyy *pornjdvoor a0 Ah syUOyy jo ul wey (Ap) wey *xog | ueyA (aar[)| uoyM jo roquinyy Oey osvorouy AY BIO AA youe'y qYyS1O A yysuery PqeyT I I I I = = = = I VE o& ct Ig O€ 66 83 LG 96 SG ¥6 6G GG | “ulo ur YySue'T ( “uo 4R Jog TINT ‘Sut 9G ‘IIIQeysoy Jo Sg ¥ Wg ‘HI 9.7 ‘9061 ‘MUAOLOO HIGL CALVUAAIT (€28—6I8 “NL VA) ADIVId ¢ “SWF ST ‘Ttqeyooy Jo “TN ‘rw | 3 9061/01/83 I: LET | 8B } COT ZZ LI8 ‘swy LT “Weodtaq(eg Jo “Gq ‘TU g 6: 9061/11/81 9: 8 9°&3 5 = 0:&3 918 a ‘SWZ FL ‘uLdsuq(eg Jo “YW F | 9061/11/63 3: G8 G-1G 2 = €-1Z C18 cD ‘SWF FT ‘PVeH JoYSOID Jo “Gy (‘rut g) ‘TH g Lg L061/F /6 8-3 6FG 0-83 6 OST ih [18 ‘SUZ G ‘PVEH JOYSO[D jo “Y (‘rut f) “TU F 6:3 LO6BI/T /#1 cm PSI 1-3 fe) OI 0:93 608 ‘SUF OT ‘IV vpoysouq jo “YT F Leg LO6I/F /6 a:% 89 0-18 = 093 G83 808 ‘SUF ZI ‘ULdSTAqieg Jo “YH TW g GL LO6BI/G /¥ LS L&S 1:62 £ = ¥: 93 G08 ‘SUZ ZT ‘pvoaH IoyIo[D Jo “Y (rar g) ‘MU F 0-11 LO6I/6 /LI I-¢ TES | G83 2 GLI ¥:S3 £08 matt) 3 “wo 3 au) MEW “no oangd voor “Wy sue] ‘poangdvooa | *poungd roa. *pozeieq!] | “poyeaieqry | “1equinyy ‘pornjdvoar o10t AA SYQUO jo ur ueyA (Aap) uoyM *xog =| UeYAL (9ATT)) oA jo coqunyy CHET @ | osvolouy VYTIOM yjoue'y quo yysuerT Pq?'T LLL LLC LLL LL EE SS I ea ( if ho leat ent | I P nay pete - eee’ “Ud 4B Log TaN Ay . se | Te Of | 63 | 83 | LZ 9 GB | tS | 8&8 oo | «1G «| “Wo ur YySue'T PS | | | | ea ‘SUI OT “BO ‘SolIMeyG ‘pus, Ss yore IS YO 4 ‘(IIXXX 91d) 9061 ‘UMM#OLOO 48l GALVUNAIT (118—808 ‘ML’ VA) AOLV Id SI ‘poinjdxoer ouON I I ~ I - I I “a0 4B Toq UInyy PE €& oe 1g ! O€ 66 8¢ LG “Ulo UL q4suery ‘su J “GUSIT Jorg ysey UMOysSULy Jo “q'g'y ‘rr T ‘9061 “UMAOLOO #416 CALVUAALT (9F8—CP8 “UL'Va) HOIV Ia ¢ ‘SUZ OZ ‘YIMOH YO (ra ey) ‘rar EZ 6 9061/11/82 0 801 9-&% 2 CFT 8° 8% OFS ‘SAF ZI ‘PLoH OYSO[H Jo “Wy (Tut g) ‘TU F Tt 9061/11/08 0 GLE €- 18 2 0& €-1 1&8 ‘SWUy ZI ‘Wg epeysorq jo “WY ‘TH F FS LOGT/ 1/11 0 6PE 0: #§ 2 Och 6| «| OO: RE 0&8 ‘SUF OZ ‘YIMOF Jo “WY (ror g) “ret F 9-31 LOGI/TI/S1 ¥:9 608 Ose |} £ cog | 9-1€ 828 ‘suy G ‘URsdIIqQ[eg Jo “YT ‘TU | cr 9061/Z1/8T I 7a 0-08 | 6 OLE | 6:62 Ls “ur0 3 w0 | | a) | “aro ‘aL Va ha Ws. Neier ap s - Dat ere J CO | *4no ‘oangd voor ‘qysue, | ‘parngdeoor | ‘pormgdvoas "poyeroqiy | “pezeseqry | ‘zequinyy poangdeoar oroy A SIQWOPL jo ul ueqyM (Aap) uoy A *xoG =| Wey A (9ATT)} uo Jo Jaquinyy oa | OSvoIOUT QU SI9 AA yysuoT JUSIO AA qysuey [2qeT I < I 3 z € = I Te lees = He ane {pause ye oq uinyy zs SGP a-88 1g 08 63 83 LZ | 9% | GS | Fe € | 3% | “wo ur Y4sueT ‘SUF ZI “TOL yey UMOysSury Jo “Ny F «oy “tur e.g (UIXXX 91d) 9061 ‘UTAOLOO HLL CULVUAAIT (1F8—Pz8 “NT'Va) DOLVIa LI 5 ~ SWF ZT ‘PRR soyFo[Q Jo “q'g “ur F be 9061/01/08 0 863 0-28 5 Ore 0:Z¢ 128 ca “ul S wo 3 “utd ‘SL Val fea TIT. “07. 86 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. The charts show the places in which the marked fish were recaptured, each recapture being represented by a circle to which are appended a Roman and an Arabic numeral. The Roman numeral represents the month of the year in which the fish was recaptured, e.g., XII stands for December. The Arabic numeral is the label number of the fish, the index letter being omitted. Thus 600 might stand for E.04. 600 or FA.IR. 600, but the correct letter can always be ascertained from the reference on the chart. The places of liberation are indicated by asterisks accom- panied by the date of liberation. In cases where two or more experiments are represented on one chart the fish belonging to each experiment are joined by fine lines to their respective places of liberation, except in a few instances where, for convenience, the lines in one experi- ment on a chart have been omitted. Fish captured in places lying off the charts are represented by lines running from the place of liberation in the direction of the place in which they were taken; the date of recapture, label number, and distance travelled being given at the extremity of the line. A. T. &.Co. (Ltd) Se 600. Wt 1518 4. 09. (7. 08).—22664. ME 13 PLAICE (£.04. 501-513) marked 15. VIIE-O5. 3K IC PLAICE (£.04.520-529) marked 1I5.VII.05. | 7 PLAICE (£.04.531-537) marked i5.VHI.'05 i QO recaptured in 1905. @ recaptured in !906. Rockabill my The Roman numeral shows the month of ‘he year in which Ihe fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. — —-— — Ofer bimil of area closed fo ll krawiin ~—----+- Outer limit of area Closed fo sfeam- -/rewling. . . y Po-ur ‘¢ a te iW Hil. 07. PL. 3% 37 PLAICE (E.04.539- 575) marked 15.VII.05. % 15 PLAICE (E.04.576- 590)marked I6-VIIIL_ 05. 3% 28 PLAICE(E.04. 610-637) marked [6.VIII.05. (576) | Xt 2] PLAICE (E.04.638-685) marked I6.VII.05. O recaptured in 1905. | le recaptured in 1906. | 3 | } ' I | I ! Sly OF: S16 VIIL.05 (590) cy ) Rog@kabill fe “leah 4 Oe 3 a N \ 1 ! ! \\to80 The Roman numeral shows the month of the yest in which Mhe fish was recaptured The Arébic numeral 5 the label N° of the fish. — —--— — Wer limit of area closed fo af/ hrawhng . a ee Outer limit of erea closed fp sfeain trawling. one PLIL. mu gennns , & Kish Lt # 23 PLAICE (£.04. 659-681)marked 19. VIIL.05 3% 3S PLAICE (£.04.682-720) marked 19.VIIL05 © recaptured in 1905. e @ recapfured in 1906. recaptured in 1907, “gljor” SUly OZ The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe year in which he lish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. _—_ oo Qvler limit of area closed /o all hrawiing . Outer timit of erea closed /o sfeam -Trewling. I. 07. PLN. . TE 55 PLAICE (E.04.808-862) marked 24.XL.05 : @ recaptured in 1906. ® recaptured in !S07. Siiy og se! Bal briggan ui oa Rockabill ud WL i iE The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe year in whic. Ihe lish was recaptured. . The Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish, — —-— — 3 Ofer tumit of area Closed fo Al rewiling. . ee Outer himit of area closed fo steam -/rawhing. Ag Oc A TE nEOT ~— PLY. %# 12 PLAICE (E.04. 863-874) marked 24.X1.05 34 4 PLAICE(E.04.875- 878) marked 24.XI.05 14 PLAICE (FA.IR.26-39) marked 5.X11.05 © recaptured in 1905. e recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in 1907. 5° i | S 24. X1.053i eS! — 7 ee GAs Agee” eS +e Dae ; " a a ~ : “4 4 me re, ri e . ny md f ATA he a gens te Teal eit mee e * 5 a ‘= E ales Pall . 6 PLAICE (E.04.925-78 as 13 PLAICE (£.04. 931-943) marked | XI'05 OQ recaptured in 1905. @ recaptured in 1906. Rockabill Des) The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe yest it which he lish was recaptured. The Arsbic numeral is Ihe label N° of the fish. ———-— — Wer limit of area closed h aif hrewding ———-—~—- Outer init of area closed to seam -/rawling. 35 PLAICE (E.04.944- 978) marked | XIL.05 @ recaptured in 1906. ® recaptured in 1907. The Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which Ihe tish was recaptured The Arabic numeral ’s te lsbe! N° of the fish. — —-— — Ofer him of ares closed fo af! hrawiing . -——== = ~~ Outer hinit of area closed /o steam-lrawling . Il.07. ie . PL IX. % ZPLAICE(E. 04. 980-986) marked 5.XIL05 3 39 PLAICE(£.04.987-1000)FA.IR.I-25) marked 5.XMl. ‘05 ® recaptured in 1906. recaptured tn 1307. (7) Rockabslh e The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe year in which Ihe fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is fhe label N° of the fish. — —-——— Over timit of area closed /o all rawling ———-—--- Outer limit of area closed fo steam-/rawling. - Il. 07. IDO. % 3 PLAICE(E.04 9ii-913) marked 27. XLO5. 3% 13 PLAICE (FA.IR.40-52) marked 6.XI.05. 3% 28 PLAICE(FA.IR.53-80) marked 6.XU.05. 3 5 PLAICE (FA.IR.86-90} marked 7. XILO5. @ recaptured in 1906. The Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which he /ish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral /s the label N° of the fish. — — — —— Ofer limit of ares closed h all rewling . ante ee ~~~ Ovler limit of srea closed fo skeem -lrawliig. > iF 7 = ie al - : - 7 x ’ : 4 - ‘ ' : a. ‘ids \ ° ) ‘ i nad i ¥ id ’ P Air nity ¢ ‘i “eA, ae Sosy || % 38 PLAICE(FA.IR.91-129) marked 22.11.06 2 5S PLAICE(FA.IR.!36-140) marked 26 11.06 | % 5 PLAICE (FA.IR.282-286) marked 27.11 06 Rockabill 62) Vv” a | The Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which the fish was recaptured, The Arabic humeral 1s the label N° of the sh). — ———— — Ofer bimit of aree closed fo aff hrawiing . —-—--~-~-+-- Outer linit of area closed fo sleain ~Srawling. I.'07. Piet ie 3!222.11.06. 7 Sy OF A Slay Oy ere NT ON SO * 32 4 PLAICE (FA.IR.1S2-135) marked 22.11.06. 13 11 PLAICE(FA.IR.!141-I51) marked 27.11.06 O recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in 1907. NRockabill eee = 9 BS bL ay 1 NG fe) 5 ! Weg ! (ted 1 = 2, : 2, ! utical Miles.: i The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe year in which She fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. — —— — fer limit of area closed ho all hrawtng . —~---~--- Ouier limit of area closed /o sleam-/rawhing. TIL.’07. PLXIL. 3% 55 PLAICE (FA.IR.152-207) marked 27.11.08. ° recaptured in 1906. | @ recaptured in 1907 ————! so) (173) AIT (205) Mere. LY" - glé2) si) ! ! Ti I (187) ' oO < 4 ss) Te > (Z06) Fy ! {s) : iN N58) | ¥ = 4 (@) ; iy : ea) IV a i [ ! ! i (204 go KI (160) 8 (192) {167) O fe) eee | 155) 8!) O°" 072) xe oy “TV Rockabill a ! H } | | 5 ! co. ! : - | + Ht The Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which the fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is Ihe label N° of the fish. ——-——— Wer hmit of area closed /o alt frawiing SS a nr Outer limit of erea closed /o sleam -lrawling. | 3 35 PLAICE (FA.IR. 208-242) marked 27.11.06 | O recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in i307. | \N i ! : I ik ! iS | : | : i. | : H ! “Ny aS) i P 8 ae ; i iia) (255) | Iv { ! ‘ | 4 i : = ' \ : ’ \ \ s (222) | (228) Se : lo 7is 27.11.06 G VI ! {237) J i } oS 18) (225) (219). ro te IX (2)3) fe) IV \ \. Rockabill The Roman numeral shows ye te ie. eine the month of the yeer in which Ihe Artic numeral is the label N° of the fish. I —_— —— — Ovrer himit of aree. closed fo all bawling . ———-- == + Over limit of area dosed fp steam -lrawling. =2 eH ms Fae G i et f Nt . ‘ . \ 327 11.06 \ ! (261) \ i 2 ] ! Hee) (277) KH” : \ ¥ 256) F 258) \ CANE: Vv VIE Ihe fish oe ne | T3k 39 PLAICE (FAIR. 243-281) marked 27.11.06 FIN © recaptured in 1906. | (ios recaptured in 1907. it pra T iS y | = / . 2 7% ca ie > / (271) | 3 ' . (278)/ TV 4 Rockabil! Cheer * | ba aae-f o 7 v ‘ a om . 4 — 7 oe : or x si (ot pene De i «a y E 9 3 bd 4 & EP afk ay PA es ot , dl € 4 “ ya ae. ab es ee ant. 5 . ~ . a = _— ~ ee oh ce (34-4) vito \ ) VIL.C6 (359 aailey | e I DUBLIN | / or © yw36.11L06 ‘yo (357) Ni O recaptured in i906. = “6 Seale of Nautical Miles. 3 m 4 m3 s + J { Sy a The Roman numeral shows the month of he year in which Ihe fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is the label N® of the fish. — eee ee Ovfer limit of area closed fo al/ rawhing . Outer limit of erea closed /o sleam -trawsing. % 7 PLAICE (FAIR. 332-338) marked 5.1.06 46 7 PLAICE (FA.IR.339-345) marked 6.11.06 ¥£ 20 PLAICE (FA.iR.346-368) marked 6.111.06 PL XVI. wale io @) Dalkey |. ee “3 21 PLAICE (FA.IR. 369-389) marked 6 NII.06, 3% 4 PLAICE [FA.IR.390- 393) marked 6.1L. 0€ _O. recaptitred in 1906. ® “recaptured in 1907 ‘$y Of The Roman numeral shows the month of Ihe year in which Ihe fish was recaptured. . The Arabic numeral is the iabel N° of the fish. — — — — Ss Wer Jimil of area closed hal! Irawiing . ———-—--—— Over timit ofarea closed /o sleam-lrawling. 07 | PLXIX. % 28 PLAICE (FA.IR.394-40!,B.1.1-20) marked 18.IV.06. sk 21 PLAICE (FA.IR.402- 422) marked 18.1V.06 © recaptured in 1906. ® recaptured in 1907. (29) go & > c Rockabill The Roman numeral shows the month of fhe YOR i which Ihe lish was recaptured. /he Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. — — — — 9 Ofer Init of ares. Closed (0 ail hawiiig a Outer timit of area clesed lo steam -rawling. 1 ; ‘ : t ‘ cen © onees eet Sh inteeeak ake ~ 23 ae OH ee NTS, er Ta Hea Sd “i O recaptured in 1s06. 3k 23 PLAICE (FA.IR. 423 - 446) marked ia.1v.06 | @ recaptured in 1907. | i 1 a ! - | ‘= | ° y z { (438) (433) Qo © vt ! (432) e) i Xi ' \ : : | (423) ! a 4 S (427) (431) ae (428)(4341.0 VI ees 4Zs4BH OO , p.GE Rockabill ee [ | t ' \ ! 1 I ! ! ee Scale of Nautical Miles. ® The oman numeral shows the month of the year in which Ine fish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is tie label N° of the fish. — —-— — Ofer him of area closed /o all hawhig ee ee —~— Owler limit of erea closed /o sieam Srawsing. a eae SS a = ; 9 37 deed FF FI POP EE An Sk a ee Ky AG a ae | tate @. ae HE Aen ee -* Ce ee ry Hew a % , 2 = i bY = ’ § . : is rs : co. + 8) ae ne Pewee fs Sn a ree = ee eee + AS FE Re Leta, ae = on ae, ly er en ~ - ——-~ - toe eo ’ ~ « ~. 7 ™ as > -~* . se a — ~ ee eno VP ae ae ee ee es ie a Bae Ba a ™ ert oe 0 hy re — Sm in nat ee beak = o. M5 erage oe a Ti. 07. PLXXE. %% 64 PLAICE (FA.IR. 446-500, 601 - 607) marked 18 .IV.06. o recaptured in 1SO6. @ recaptured in 1907. (466) 318.1V.06 (e} A\g (4.90) A es iy i) & > @ (670) , Ke) (451) dt 01 9 95) vy ( VIL %§ I VI 0477) (450) \ gz 6 | | aan (agen uy (454) &\ I \ Go. $457) aoei4eH (498) BN. Seo) ee, VI | Vil Vv yy i437) “ 0/455), 7 O474) \\ VEG sie A001 aly Vilias9) fe) Rockabill si : ss LN ine WS : a L\o of Nautical Miles. : ( : ney B, ecard a é 1 in The oman numeral shows the month of the year in which Ine fish was recaptured. The Atébic numeral is Ihe label N° of the fish. — ——— Weer tut of area closed fo aif frawling . ——---~--- Outer limit of erea closed fo steam-/rawling. 46 oman ceneeey BO ae age et ees % ae ee -- Pt be 5 i Dar a : ' rH + eS ‘ , : i 4 i < . vel " *~ zi : aie : ‘ t } , - 7 | i he . o y ¢ . ‘ ‘ u wy : Asis ; oe \ 4 { ‘ ti < yo es 5 ‘ : ‘ ; ~,! : ‘ : 4 reef ‘) t ii Fs ‘ of ; ‘ ; + " We . i sii ts cf tJ bs eos Se ty J al " ; , es sous he ‘ t , J . ‘ ; 43 ‘i . Fy - Peer Teen Ti ata tlh See, ee ad wea away, Py 1) UOTE NE Ngee a mnge RY me me UMRNRIN ET ORIT HE ie Rim MRE MTEL km nae ee ere ee ee ee ee CU ond at samy I 4 o, A i * : 7 - - IIl.'07. ; PEXXIL i9 PLAICE (FA.IR. 610-628) marked 19.IV.06. x ie recaptured in 1306. |@ recaptured in 1907. ; A ! | cS ! t | is i cut : | 2 { x i > } DB } 2 (GIS) t i } (621) VIE 4 ‘Si ! Vv 1 | ! | { ' \ i : (626) \ 3 , | ‘ Vv ] ‘ \ | ‘ a 1 \ oPtets) (o23) | ai = V- ) wee TV 2 VI | { 3 (62253, x (627) o IX a i H Se pe | = } pa SS by a Ss

ao bier hinit of area closed fo steam -lrawhing. a Loe Y ; ° AB fel ries, , an) hs ‘ ; 0 iO. ae ; 4 a ’ ; + 7 a it Iil.'07 Bw) : oe X20 PLAICE (FA.IR.629- 648) marked j3.1V.G6. | © recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in 1907. = ! 1 | ~ ! S l > GS ‘ ; v > (634) | 8 (632) 049 aa Kit V2 i ! N \ { \ \ . 3 \ ! i \ ! 5 \ ! \ l \ (gaa \ (64)) ia : x \ i \ : \ ; | \ x ! : era = ve MrT 4 3119. 1V.06. 3 EK i 0637) a ' | (633) < aun, V Ka | \ Rockabill a a oe at iocale of Nautical Miles iN The Roman numeral shows ihe month of the Yeer I which \ Ihe lish was recaptured. The Atébic numeral /s the label N° of the fish. — —— — Wer himil of area closed jo el! Mawiing . Outer limit of area closed ta seam "wing £ ’ | H : : 5 i . Wet a¥ale Sir aeey = rt 3 ee 7 a rs ; > : . 7 , : H ~ ‘ bald : J : < ry “fe * on aS fm - —_ -~- Pai _ aE yp cer Eng : ite (Salers We, * Te MN mL A Dell A ie ile ta sak ay aie Pe ee ne 107. P1LXXIV. +2 57 PLAICE (FA.IR. 512-548,JR.6-25}) marked 25.Vl.G6 M17 PLAICE (FA.IR. 548-566) marked 25.ViL 06. -1o recaptured in 1906. : | e recaptured in 1907. i (13) ' : : \ 4 | id i : \ & | aN) | \ | 3 Ne ! : S I z | ; SS (553) i SS i | | ae f ‘ 7 SS \ ve ! | \ He | * | i \ ie \ | f OR Saal | oa } H ee SHEN } | \— j se \ / ~N ez } Seo } i ! | | | | | 3S 2 yo i§62) i Rockabill a ae a I , | : | ; | ! \ anit 3 1 i co ' i i i i “3, ' | al Mile aS. eye ess ihe Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which ihe lish was recaptured The Arabic numeral 1s the label N° of the lish. —— === —- Otter hinit of area closed ho alf hawling . —-~-—=---- Obfer limit of area closed to steam -/awling. Ill. 07. PI. XXV. 16 PLAICE (JR.28-41) marked 25.VH.06 ! IO PLAICE (FA.IR.567,JR.42-50) marked 26 VII.06 14 PLAICE (FA.1R 684-697) marked 28 VIL.06. 62 PLAICE (FA.IR.698-763) marked 28 VII.06. recaptured in I906. recaptured in I9O7. * 2 aS % be, 7N @o 35 28-VII.06 \ Rockabill is) nM The Roman numeral shows Ihe Poa which Ihe lish was recaptured If the year in which The Arabic numeral /s the label N° of the fish. — —— — yer fimil of area closed fo all Iran Ming . —~—-~—-—- Ovper limit of area closed /o steam -lrawling. < $ y Il. 07. l ~PLXXVL (650) te 7 27. VIN. 06. ailey!" F ‘. F i ae DUBLIN i} a Os ap 6 PLAICE {(FA.IR. 568-5735) ma ked 26. VIL.OS 3 PLAICE (FA.1R. 589-598) marked 27. VIL. 06 3 PLAICE (FA.JR.@50- 657) marked 27. VH.06 1@ PLAICE(FA.IR.764-781) marked 2. VII. 06 iS PLAICE (FA.IR.785-799) marked 2. VII1.05 recaptured in I906. recaptured in 1907. 4 = , ry s > | a) Sif 1 “Siete “4 Seale of Nautical Miles. 4 2 s 3 ae 4, er i — The Roman numeral shows the month of the year in which the fish wes recaptured. The Arabic numeral /s the label N° of the fish. ———— 39 fer limit of area closed h al awiing . a Outer limit of area closed fo sleam-lraw/ing. PLXXVIL. % 43 PLAICE (JUR.51-94) marked 17.X 06 | | Z : siz 2% 20 PLAICE (JR.143-162) marked 18.X.06 | OQ recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in ISO7. Rockabil! The Roman numeral shows the month of fhe year in which Ine lish was recaptured. Ihe Atebic nuneral is the label N° of the fisf). — —— — Wier “mit of area closed fo elf trawling . ee Outer limit of area closed to steam -lrawling. way 3423 PLAICE (B.1. 2!-43) marked 17. X.06. © recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in 1907. i : iS \ 3 i ins i 8 ! 5 z : (42) ; tJ | : Iv se) es) > <| Sand \ HU \ IV \ \ 317.06 \ ! 1 i i | | i | i i { oe { * + \ 23) ; V ! ! I H | i if ' | | i r ! Rockabill \ \ 2 /he Roman numeral shows the month of fhe year if which he (Ish was recaptured. the Arabic numeral /s the label N° of the fish. —-— — Over himil of area closed hal trawling . ---~—--~ Owfer hinit oferea closed fo sleam -lrawhing. ht ry as 4 a % way “< \ PI-XXIX. 3 18 PLAICE (B.1.44-61) marked I7.X.06 O recaptured in [906. ® recaptured in 907. Sy 9, 5 > 3% 17.X.06 7S ee (45) Re Rockabill . ihe Homan numeral shows the month of fre year in which Ihe fish was recaptured. The Arébic numeral is the label N° of the fish. ——--——— Ofer tinit of arex-closed to aff awiing . ——— Outer timit of area closed fo steam -/rawhing. ’ 2 S s « 4 ~ c= - a 1. 07. | PI. XXX. %# 29 PLAICE (B1.67-95) marked 17.X.06. O recaptured ir t9O06. @ recaptured in 1907. et | The Roman numeral shows the month of fhe yea In which Ihe lish was recaptured. The Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. — —— — Ofer timil of area closed bo aff hrewhing . a —- Ovfer limit of erea closed /o steam -lrawling. Une + aed i rat (eee ee Sa ey Gt Ss Siete mags ena ak, Cr Sie PL. XXXI. la == $< 55 PLAICE (JR.95-!26,6.1.98-120) marked |7.X.06 O recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in I307. The Roman numeral shows Ihe lish was recaptured. “he Arabic numetel ’s the label N° of the fish. the month of the year in which Outer himil of area closed fo al! rawhin —-----—-—— Over binit of area closed fo steam -lawlhing. O recaptured in 1906. @ recaptured in 1907. The Roman numeral shows the manth of the year in which Ihe lish was recaptured. he Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. — ——— Ofer timil of area ofosed fo al! trawling . a Ovler limit of erea closed fo sleam- hrawling. 3% 37 PLAICE (JR.163-ZO0) marked 18_X.06. 3% 15 PLAICE (FA.IR.803-817) marked 18.X.06. x (8i0) @ i 3 (805) er V ae lis) Oo x Xi e '817) O . xX SS Rockabil] fel i, aa ae ! 75 18.X%.06~_| i TES 3 i i 2 96- i = “SY, } exe) < ; 2; ~ \ 1 i { ' 0) a) ms 1.07(83) 0685 es SP zi 17 PLAICE (FA.[R.824 - uB4i\oarked 27 x 06 @ recaptured in 1907. ; ee seale of Nautical Miles. ee es “Bu OF The Koman numeral shows the manlh of the year in which the fish was recaptured. Ihe Arabic numeral is the label N° of the fish. —— Outer limit of aree closed fo all Frawiin Outer litnit of area closed fo sleain -lrawling. a SS NRE nn ee, i : DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. No. LV. Seasonal Variations in the Quantity of Glycogen present in Saniples of Oysters, by J. A. Muinroy. This paper may be referred to as:— “ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, IV., [1909].” 1909. "J * ¥ ar. te <) Ava x Se 4) re i “KONDUNTAdT TAs i eG SLI ABI SE SABI Poet . fk .6F $aceste th coo! ote Site) og eee | ei a - orl 0 Te. solar me wi rors hk er ey eign ey eRe ay — 2m of boriaiss ot cat soe Bo Bs "OEY “Phone Bett = Jats! een Ff rien * 2 $ . geue! 4+ ain : s Se * . Le a! IV. ’07. 4 SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN THE QUANTITY OF GLYCOGEN PRESENT IN SAMPLES OF OYSTERS. BY dt JA Maarey: Glycogen is a never failing constituent of all animal cells which are still undergoing development. It is to be regarded as reserve material stored up for the carbohydrate needs of the organism in this respect playing an analogous role to that of starch in plants. As the carbohydrate requirements of the organism vary, so does the quantity of glycogen present sink or rise. In case of need it is apparently converted mainly into glucose, and ultimately undergoes complete hydrolysis and oxidation. Part of the glycogen may also be employed in the synthesis of fat. Rise of temperature, increased functional activity and diminished supply of food are the chief factors which may produce a reduction in the amount of glycogen present in the organism. For these reasons, the quantity of glycogen found in the hver and muscles—the chief storehouses of the organism —varies much not only in different individuals, but in the same individual under different conditions. | Under normal conditions it may vary from 2 to 10 per cent. in human liver (1) (2). The maximum amount found was 18 per cent. in the liver of the dog (8). Although a very large amount of work has been done on the metabolism of glycogen in mam- mals, yet much less is known with regard to the changes which it undergoes in the organs of invertebrates. Bizio (4) and Anderlini (5) found that up to 10 per cent. of the dry residue of Bombyx mori, Blatta orientalis, and of oysters consisted of glycogen. Very considerable quantities of glycogen have also been found by Weinland (6) and Ritter (7) in certain para- sitic worms. They found 1°5 to 47 per cent. of the moist animal—Taenia expansa—to consist of glycogen. They found still larger quantities in Ascaris lumbricoides and A. mystaxr (4°2 to 7 per cent.). A large number of different methods have been suggested for the quantitative estimation of glycogen. This fact renders the task of selecting a suitable method a somewhat difficult one. The two essential features of the majority of methods which have been suggested are first complete precipitation of the proteids from aqueous extracts of the tissues, and secondly precipitation of the glycogen from the proteid free filtrate by means of alcohol. Whatever proteid precipitant be used, it Fisheries, Ireland, Sez. Invest., 1907, IV, [1909). IV. ’07. 4 1s therefore obviously essential that it should not only com- pletely precipitate the proteids, but also be readily soluble in alcohol in order to prevent contamination of the glycogen. The latter requirement greatly limits the available number of proteid precipitants. One of the earliest and simplest methods used was to precipitate the proteids from aqueous extracts of the organs by heat coagulation in faintly acid solution. The glycogen was then precipitated from the filtrate by means of alcohol. The chief objection to this method is that some acid albumin is apt to be formed on heating in acid solution. The acid albumin passes into the filtrate and is precipitated along with the glycogen. The complete enumeration of the various proteid precipit- ants which have been employed would entail too long a dis- cussion. The following may be cited as the most important. Potassic mercuric iodide (8), trichloracetic acid (9), picric acid, mercuric chloride and acetate (10). Pfliiger’s method (11) depends on another principle. It has been long known that glycogen resists the action of strong caustic alkali (60 per cent.) even when heated ; while the pro- teids undergo extensive hydrolysis and oxidation. Pfliger, taking adv antage of this fact, heated the organ for two hours with 60 per cent. caustic potash. The clear filtrate was then mixed with one volume of 96 per cent. alcohol in order to pre- cipitate the glycogen. The precipitate of glycogen is filtered off and washed with a mixture of one volume of 15 per cent. caustic potash and two volumes of 96 per cent. alcoho]. The great advantage of Pfliiger’s method is that it ensures very complete extraction of the glycogen; but it is an inconvenient one when a large number of comparative analyses have to be carried out. T have selected Fraenkel’s method. Its chief advantages are that the trichloracetic acid used precipitates all the pro- teid, and is very readily soluble in alcohol. The glycogen which I obtained consequently never contained any proteid. The following are the main details of the method used. The moist oysters were freed from adhering fluid, weighed and then thoroughly extracted with five or six times their volume of 3 per cent. trichloracetic acid. This extract was then filtered with the aid of the aspirating pump, and the residue on the filter paper was washed three to four times with fresh quantities of trichloracetic acid (8 per cent.). The filtration and washing were found to be very slow and tedious on ac- count of the colloid character of the glycogen. They usually occupied about five hours. The glycogen was precipitated from the opalescent filtrate by the addition of 24 volumes of 96 per cent. alcohol, filtered off through hardened filter ‘paper washed with alcohol, dried for 8 hours at about 98° C. in the hot water oven, placed in the exsiccator until cool, and then weighed. The filter papers were all previously dried and weighed. and the amount of glycogen estimated from the dif- ference between the weights of dried filter paper alone, and ave 07, 5 that of glycogen plus filter paper. The use of hardened filter papers was found to be necessary in order to obtain a clear filtrate. 5 _ Pfliger (12) has shown that the drying of glycogen at 98° is incomplete, while drying at higher temperatures (e.g., 110° to 120°) causes gradual decomposition of the glycogen. The only way out of this difficulty would be to dry at a tempera- ture of 50° to 60° in vacuo over sulphuric acid. Since the main object of the following analyses was to find out the rela- tive amounts of glycogen in different oysters at different sea- sons of the year rather than the absolute amounts, I considered the latter precaution unnecessary. For this reason, however, the results of the analyses will be uniformly somewhat too high. This fact, however, does not affect their value as yield- =e a indication of the variations in the amount of glycogen stored. The analytical results are given in the following tables (pp. 8-11, infra). Table 1.—Weights of oysters. Table 2.—Average weight of each oyster. Table 3.—Weights of dry glycogen. Table 4.—Percentages of dry glycogen in the moist fish. The number of oysters in each sample was five from July 22nd to October 30th, 1905, and from that date onwards three (occasionally two). In order to facilitate the comparison of results, diagrams have been prepared to show the variations in the average weight of oysters (in black) from each source, and also the variations in the percentage of glycogen (shaded). Each millimetre of the ordinates corresponds in the former case to 0°1 gm.; while in the latter it corresponds to one-tenth per cent. (following p. 12, infra). The main conclusions which may be drawn from the dia- grams are the following. The percentage of glycogen varies to a large extent with the weight or nutritive condition of the oysters. As regards seasonal variations there is a gradual rise in the percentage from the beginning of August until the middle or end of October. This is succeeded by a fall which reaches its minimum about the middle of December. From that period onwards the percentage rises until it reaches its maximum some time between the beginning of April and early in May. The percentage then falls until it reaches its second minimum early in August. The fact that the variations in percentage of glycogen to a large extent run parallel with the variations in weight somewhat masks the seasonal alterations. The samples 1 and to a Jess degree 2 show most markedly the influences of season, since the lowest percentage on December 13th there coincides with a high weight. The diagrams them- selves give a better view of the differences in the behaviour of oysters from different sources than any detailed verbal descrip- tion. IVT. 6 The results appear to indicate that glycogen is being stored from August to October probably as a provision for a period of lessened activity of absorption during the colder months. The second rise in percentage is probably preparatory to an increased functional activity with a correspondingly increased destruction of glycogen during the hotter months of the year. Pfliger (Arch. iv., vol. VI., page 318) has observed somewhat similar seasonal variations in the amount of glycogen present in frogs’ muscles. NOTES ON THE PREVIOUS HISTORY OF THE OYSTERS USED IN THE GLYCOGEN ANALYSES, With Explanation of the Abbreviations given in Tables.t Fatmoutus (Number 1 in tables)—Trade description ‘* 24 inches and upwards.”’ Cost 8s. per thousand. Im- ported 18th March, 1905, and laid on ground at low water mark on the shore of ‘‘ Kelly’s Bed,’’ 1.e., the south shore of the neck of the Ardfry peninsula. This ground has proved from observations of growth in size and weight during 1905 and 1906 to have pos- sessed, during those years, little value for fattening purposes, but it is the foreshore of a ground of con- siderable value for natural reproduction. Aurays.—Trade description “‘ 5 to 6 em.’’ Price LOs. per thou- sand. Imported 8th April, 1905. i.—Number 2 in tables.—lLaid on ground in same place as Falmouths. ii.—Number 3 in tables.—Laid on ground in New Har- bour, outside the Pond Gates, above low water mark of spring tides. This round never dries completely, owing to percolation of water from the pond banks, and is favourable for growth and fattening in good seasons. 1905 was a very good season, 1906 was a fair season. ili.—Number 4 in tables.—From Caisses in New Harbour to the west of the laying last mentioned. These Caisses are usually dry for short periods during new moon spring tides, and do not differ very materially in regard to grow th and fattening from the ground at same place. iiia.—Laid in Caisse 20th April, 1905. iiib.—-Laid in Caisse 20th April, 1905. Relaid as 2” oysters (i.e., from 2 to 24” at greatest width) after sorting on Ist February, 1906. 1A full account of the cultural experiments at Ardfry is in prepara- tion, and will include a more. detailed account of the methods and Jocalities than can be given in these notes. TV. 07. 7 iv.—Number 5 in tables.—From Caisses in Pond. The pond is a Saleen or Crumpawn of about ten acres, artificially closed by lock gates which, however, allow a considerable ingression of water at very high tide. When the gates were left open the caisses dried more or less at every low tide previous to the early spring of 1905, when flap sluices were provided to retain enough water to cover caisses. These sluices are raised for a sufficient number of days in each month to allow of inspection of all caisses and layings. The gates are kept shut during August and September for spatting purposes, during frosty weather in winter, and during Sundays and holidays. At such times the caisses are continuously covered by several feet of water. The value of the pond for growth and fattening is extremely variable. iva.—lLaid in caisses 26th April, 1905, on a muddy part of pond out of direct current from gates. ivb.—Laid in caisse in pond on same date. Relaid 21st February, 1906, as 2” oysters in caisse on a sandy part of the pond in direct current from gates. ORIGINAL STock.—A mixed lot of Irish oysters, mostly Tralee natives, relaid on the Red Bank in Muckinish Bay, Co. Clare, in the winters of 1902-3 a#rd 1901-2. They were transferred to caisses in the pond at Ardfry in April and May, 1903. Some remained in the pond until disposed of as noted below and others had dur- ing the same period been Jaid in caisses or on the ground either in New Harbour near the pond gates or in Mweeloon Bay on the south side of the Ardfry peninsula. All used for analysis were oysters to which, from their slowness of growth, no great com- mercial value appeared to attach. i.—Number 6 in tables.—Laid on ground in New Har- bour near pond gates, 14th May, 1905. Measured 2” in spring of 1904 and remained of the same size until the close of the present series of analyses. u.—Number 7 in tables.—Laid in caisses in New Har- bour near pond gates about 20th April, 1904, at which time they consisted of a mixture of 2” and 2)” oysters. Variations in weight noted in analyses (Table 1) are not therefore indicative of progressive growth. ii.—Number 8 in tables.—Laid in caisses in pond in spring of 1904, when they measured 24”. They showed no further growth in February, 1906. 1At Ardiry most of the samples used for cultural experiments are measured und weighed in the late winter of every year. In the case of “ original stock,’’ the specimens sent for analysis consist of those which showed no growth. 1¥.+ 07: TABLE WRiIGHTS OF 1905. —— 7k 3 | ] July | Aug. | Aug. | Sept. | Sept. { Sept. Oct Oct. | 22nd. | 5th. | 18th. | 3rd. | 16th. | 30th. | Mth 30th. { | | 1. Falmouth, 1905, Mvweeloon | 15-645 | 18°125 | 16°749 | 19°08 18°435 | 20°08 - 15°63 ground Jaying. 2, Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, Mwee- - | 11°896 | 12-420 | 13°07 | 12 475 | 14-7 | = 16°7 locn ground laying. | 3. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905, New | 7°649 9°835 9-986 | 14°89 17°382 19°65 | 20°85 | 24°50 Harbeur ground laying, | 4. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905, New | 11°128 | 11°568 | 11°764 15°34. 19°511 | 15°85 | 18°60 32°94 Harbour Caisse. } 5. Auray. 5/6 cm., 1905. Pond | - £ ss _ = = ~ | 12°98 Caisse. 6. O.8., New Harbour ground | 15°607 | 14:280 | 16°316 | 20°99 © 21°645 | 28°75 - 27°63 laying. 7. O.S., New Harbour Caisse. . | 15-104 | 16°257 , 20°093 | 12°23, 16°244 31°70 | 19°83 31°85 8. O.8., Pond Caisse, yp teil ee : 2 - | 2748 | 39°81 A AVERAGE TABLE WEIGHT OF Sept. 30th. Oct. 14th. | Oct. | 30th. 1. Falmouth, 1905, Mweelon 3:°129 ground Inying. 2. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, Mwee- - loon ground laying. 3. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905. New 1°528 Harbour ground laying. Hurbour Caisse. 5. Auray, 5/6 ecm., 1905, Pond Caisse. laying. 7. O.S.. New Harbour Caisse, . 8. O.S., Pond Caisse, : | 4. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905, New | 2°295 | } 6. O.S., New Harbour, ground | 3°1016| | to o> B no i) wo a 2°85 3°0208 3°25} | pale 4°0186 | | | Eat pole: | 4°198 2°446 LVR07 9 Oysvrers (in grammes). 1905. 1906. | Nov. | Nov. | Dec. Dec. | Feb. | Mar. Mar. | April | April | May June | July 4th. 29th. | 13th. 29th. 16th. | 14th. 30th. | 1 26th. | 10th. 7th. 17th. bo a EP ‘1d 1 14°04 | 20°17 | 13°05 =14°98 | 16°34 | 10°71* | 11°98 | 16°252 | 13°288 | 9°413 | 9°5 | 10 55 8353 | 9°395 | | | | | 12°62 13063 16-47 | 16-94 | 15-2L 1447S | 12-325 | | 11°86 104 11 5! | 10°98 . 12°208 8°6 85 | 8°49 avi | 14°37 | 12°24 | 11°6 14°38 18°92 7-31 | 12°88 © 10°32 7°88 9°05 | 8°13 7°008 | 10°53 = 10°07 8d = 10°0* ; 13°266 | 9°52 | 6°6* 3°99 9°782 | 7°262 = 4°9 21°05 | 20°0 16°85 | 17°47 22°008 | 16°08 : 14°53 | 19°4 13°02 15°262 | 11-373 | 10°88 | 9°5 | 16°56 | 14°79 | 9°3 15°03 9°87 86 | 13°86 | 14°61 | 11°33 | 9°61 6°18 | 28°35 | - |136 | - 23°88 | 17-26 | 20-25 | 17-84 | 22-363 | 18°98 | - | 16°74 | * Two oysters only. ne OYSTERS (in grammes). 1905. 1906. Sr ee ] l | : Nov. | Nov. Dee. | Dee. Feb. | Mar. | Mar. | April | April | May § June | July l4th. 29th. 13th. £9th, 16th. | 14th. 30th. | 12th. | 26th. 10th. 7th 17th. 3°846 | 4°68 | 6°723 4°35 4°993 3°447 9°35 3993 | 5°417 | 4°429 | 3°1376 3°16 3°953 | 3°47 3°837 3°66 £°069 2°86 2°83 3°617 | 2°781 | 3°1316) 2°83 1°90 4°79 4°08 3°66 «6 4°206 «= 4°354 | 5°49 | 5°646 «65°08 47824 -4°108 = 3"7058) «= 3°946 4°933 | 6°306 | 2°436 | 4°293 | 3°44 2°63 3°016 | 2°71 2°386 | 3°51 3°36 2°85 = a°0 = 4422, 3°173 | 3°3 1°983 | 3°2606) 2°4206 = 2°45 7°016 | 6°666 S°617 = -5°823)7°336 086 4°343 O47 4°5007) 3° 087 | 3°791 = 3"626 4°87 3°776 | 3°20 2°063 945 | - | 4:53 | - | 7-798| 5°753| 6°95 | 5°946| 7-451) 6-326) - | 5°58 LY: “OF. 10 TABLE WEIGHT OF July | Aug. | Aug. | Sept | Sept. | Sept. | Oct. | Oct 22nd. | oth. 18th. 3rd, 16th. 30th. 4th. | 30th { | | | | | | ; 1. Falmouth, 1905, Mweeloon “$107, + °4084 °3500 : "3983, *8697 ~ “5758 ground laying. 2. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905,. Mwee- - “6895 -05287 -~ | '3530! -7708 - “9817 loon ground laying. | | 3. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, New 1720) - 3275; - | 7460, 174920 15165) - iarbour ground laying. | | 4. Auray, 5/6 em.. 1905, New -5072; °7030 3621 - | 1°0716 °9228 1°1840 - Harbour Caisse. | 5. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, Pond | - | - - } - - at) Be oR kee Caisse. | | | 6. O.S., New Harbour ground "6838| 4496 4264 | = |e Woke) ~S:60a7 = 1°8495 aying. | 7.0.8. New Harbour Caisse, . 8655, *8305 “85097, «= — «=| -7075, 2°0135 171321) 1°8975 | | | | ; & O.S., Pond Caisse, i sae ee ~ - - = 9382) 1°5978' | | TABLE PERCENTAGE OF DRIED GLYCOGEN ee ,eeerE———E—EEEEEEEEE a, 1205. July | Aug. | Aug. | Sept. | Sept. ne Sept. Oct. | Oct. | send. | th. | isth. | 3rd. | 16th. | 30th’ | Mth. | 30th 1. Falmouth, 1905, Mweeloon 2°62 | 2°25 | 2:1 - 2-16 | 4:33 | - | 3°68 ground laying. | 2. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, Mwee- - 5°83 7 ~ 2°81 | 5°24 | - 5°878 loon ground laying. 3. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905, New 2°25 - | 3-28 - 4°29 7°59 ifr} - Harbour ground laying. 4. Auray, 5/6 em., 1905, New 4°55 6°12 3°078 - 5°49 5°8 6°36 - Harbour Caisse. 5. Auray, 5/6 cm., 1905, Pond - - = et - = =a | - 4°48 Caisse. &.OS. New Harbour ground 4°38 3°15 2-61 : 5-27 | 9:03 - 6°69 laying. | 7. O.S., New Harbour Caisse, . 5°73 5217 4°23 - 4°355 | 6°35 57 a9 | 8. O.S.,Pond Caisse, . A eee ies - | = 3°4 4°01 EY: ‘07. tt GLYcoGEN (in grammes). a 1905. | 1908. | | Nov. | Nov. | Dec. Dee. | Feb. March March April | April 4th; | 29th. | 13th. 20th. | 16th. | 4th. | 30th. | 12th. | 26th. | | ' : a ae ah SS pol ib eee aa i a = | -4637 = "3571 | 6446 | = “4453 | = -7255 | «= 4590 4372 “5140 | | } } } fee SAT2 “4400 | *4729 *5722 "6157 | °4097 | +3522 “5710 *3772 = 1°1731 | “994 | 11-1877 “8400 | 1°3280 | 1°5838 1°5007 | 1°3641 | = = 2523 | 1°0296 "5637 | "6415 | *5280 4567 “4168 +3493 Sie: | -" |. «e592 4204 | +2893 | °1936 -3680 | { | | ' 1:9777 16458 | 9745 15766 1:6600 | °7730 | 1°5080 | 1-7518 1 1807 | | | | | +4951 "9479 | 6827 = |. --éeas) | * 5266 | "6228 | “8645 1°4540 | | | 1°4882 = | +4528 | =) | opagsy: |" “S08t | 12140 | 1°0693 1°5662 | | | | IV. IN THE Moist’ ANIMAL. 1905. 1906. i Saar Tan a aN 7" | | | Nov. | Nov. | Dec. Dec. | Feb. | Mar. | Mar. | April | April} May June July | 14th. 29th. | 13th. | 29th. 16th. | Mth. | 30th. | 12th. | 26th. | 10th. 7th. 17th. | | | | | 401 | - 177 | 493 | 2:97 | 474 4°28) b> 19°65) | SPAGF We yet ee 2°5 461 | 4:2 41 5:2 5-04 | 4:76 | 4:14 | 541 | 4°6 54 5°32 - 9°58 | 8°59 | 9-41 | 6-43 | 8:06 | 9°35 | 9°84 9°43 | 9°16 | Or4 9°26 | = - | 345 | 7°99 | 5-46 | 6:86 | 5:83 | 561 5°94 | 66 = 6°12 4°08 yy: 496 | 44 | 438 | 3:2 8 3°76 | 5-0 2 3'789 9:4 822 | 579 | 9:02 | 7°54 | 4:93 | 10°34 | 9:00 8-74 | 7919 | 8°67 8-2 | 447 | 5°72 | 4°6 = 3°62 | 5°33 | 7°24 | 623° , -9°9 615») 6°9 4°37 | | | 5°25 = S| 634 | 468 | 5°82 | 6€0 | 7:00 | 2°6 = 1°755 TT LY Oy: 12 LIST OF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO. (1.) Gautier.—Comptes Rendus, Vol. 129, p. 701. (2.) Bunge.— Lehrbuch der Physiologie, Vol. 2, p. 447. (3.) Schondorff, B.—‘ Ueber den Maximalenwert des Gesamtglyko- gengehaltes von Hunden.”—Pfliigers Archiv., Vol. 99, p. 191, 1903. (4.) Bizio.—Zeitschrift f. Chimie, 1866, p. 222. (5) Anderlinii—Chemisches Centralblatt, Vol. 88, p. 451. (6) Weinland.—Zeitschrift f. Biologie, Vol. 41, p. 69. (7.) Weinland and Ritter.—Zeitschrift f. Biologie, Vol. 43, p. 420. (8.) Brucke.-—Ber. der Wiener Akademie, Vol. 63, p. 214. (9.) Fraenkel.—-Pfliigers Archiy., Vol. 52, p. 125, (10.) Huizinga.— 3 5, Vol. 61, p. 32 and others. (11) Pfluger.— 7 » Vol. 91, p. 119; Vol, 93%:p5 aie (12.) Pfluger.— 3 » Vol: 75, p. 222. The greater part of the literature of the subject may be obtained from the following two monographs :— Max Cremer.— Physiologie des Glykogens. Ergebnisse der Physiologie (Asher u. Spiro), Jg. I., page 803, 1902. Pauger.— Das Glykogen und seine Beziehungen zur Zuckerkrankheit, 1905. IS Pies ee 2S A. T. & Co. (Ltd) 500 Wt. 5997. 1. 09. (608.)—21049. 17 —— He REY GML MEMES CAT hee a ow eet as oo) SRR MADER % MAR. APR. MAY. JUN. JUL. 14 30 12 26 10 16 FEB, 30 14 2913 29 OcT.NOV. DEC. i 316 30 AUG. SEPT. 5 a JUL. 1430 12-2510 FEB. MAR. APR. MAY. 30 14 29 E 29 OCT. NOV. DEC. 183 16 30 JUL. AUG. SEPT. Imm «+ O'lper cent GREENE. PERCENTACE OF GLYCOGEN. aioe AVERACE WEIGHT OF MOIST FISH. ON LOC NAVA a NW DW "78 gF7T 90 Ww "'#" S =) SQV NAG QW ag BF 4B 5 DANA DF A HT DIANA ° = OOS GRE AR BP ee ram mcr ca ao ea © QQQQQQG. GW oFEz 3 2H WD AWW QJ A SD esa nae & IWR ADM Qo Dg OF HE’ OAD PEGE = (aeKeS RES DEES IY ANAT [94] =! N iS si tii i lca iio UR =, ee Se a 14 30 [2 26 10 MAR. APR. MAY. JUN. JUL 14 3012 2610 MAR. APR. MAY. 16 FEB. 14 29 13 29 ~ NOV. DEC. 3 PERCENTAGE OF GLYCOGEN. Imm= 0-1 percent. wlmm=O1gm AVERAGE WEIGHT OF MOIST FISH. ON Y JUN. JUL. = 17 JUN. JUL. ES i el Ee eee ee ES eS ee a oe oo ae = 14 3O 12 26 Nay FEB MAR. APR. 16 WAT NAT SUNRES ANN RUAN NRA NE RIRTAY OTN ROOD fees s2 a a es GS MAW WAN HAW 8 fos oe es ee TAT NAST z 5 22 14 30 12 26 10 MAR. APR. MAY. AVERAGE WEIGHT OF MOIST FISH. Imm. Olam. WEEE PERCENTACE OF GLYCOGEN. {mm + O'lper cent (ION i = so eo re o 14 MAR. 14-30 12 1610 MAR. APR. MAY. JUN. ees AVERACE WEIGHT OF MOIST FISH. GRRE PERCENNTACE OF GLYCOGEN. Imm + O'lper cent OFFICIAL. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. No, V. Aleyonarian and Madreporarian Corals of the Trish Coasts, by Jane SrepHeys, B.bde., National Museum, Dublin, with Description of a New Species of Stachyodes by Professor 8. J. Hickson, F.R.S. This paper may be referred to as:— «“ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, V, [1909].” DUBLIN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE, BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO. (Lim:tsp). And to be purchased. either directly or throvgh any Bookseller, from E. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN; or WYMAN AND SONS (LIMITED), FETTER-LANE, LONDON, H.C, ; 02 OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE COURT, EDINBURGH. 1909. Price Five Pence. aA ; ~ ort) an a a) Ll ome Bed = bi’ s eee . _ UNO? aE ee = ia . i orem ADIT Lee ido hon 40 1 AED AO fy =- LAA SoM > Soe i ‘ * » = Py ‘ SAOLLASIPRERV ML OFS eae » £ ‘ FE VOC “ | ior | f : é a | i 1} it) ot : ig 4 wth iNiZ ee 4 : Meved wc f aate b me acl if \ ‘} ii are j miheny i atyy ; | “Aye x PADD ri ey Haw: a5 ke) a 1 ‘ | yuh iy Lis 4 ” "Li Die hat car — - i rie rat (i betpelys va Vi} 1) Bay gt t che). Oe T ‘owese l oe ih ‘vey i Cant ti) Beer winorraTe 2 eve GAN PTE ee a r terme) Bw ER: URE ALi.) Te re j athe lsetpeal aris sf spits Geaendataesiti lee Trrg 5) Die ae hit | Maseeaiarceae id ni waite b a OEE vee ta Aeekarert AMA Fo wie ae. ; leat Thy & Looe FI A 4a ETO ALCYONARIAN AND MADREPORARIAN CORALS OF THE IRISH COASTS, BY JANE STEPHENS, B.Sc., National Museum, Dublin, with DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF STACHYODES BY Pror. S. J. HICKSON, F.R.S. Some time ago Professor Hickson (1905) published a pre- liminary account of certain Aleyonaria dredged by the Helga off the Irish coast. Since then many additional specimens belonging to this group have been obtained. With the de- scription of these specimens Professor Hickson has very kindly allowed me to incorporate his final account of the first Aleyonarian Collection, which includes one new _ species, Stachyodes Versluysi, and eleven others, most of which are new to the Irish area. In each case, to avoid confusion, Pro- fessor Hickson’s name is given after the species he has deter- mined. The Alcyonaria taken off the west coast of Ireland add to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of deep-sea forms. Professor Hickson (1905) has already drawn attention to the interesting discovery of the Precious Coral, Coralliwm Johnson, off the west coast of Ireland. In the account of the deep-sea Alcyonaria recently collected by the Investigator in the Indian Ocean, seven species are given as common to both Indian and Atlantic Oceans. Of these, two are now recorded for the Irish area, namely Funi- culina quadrangularis, which has frequently been taken in the North Atlantic, and Callistephanus Korent, which up to this has only been found off Ascension Island and in the Indian Ocean. The discovery of Caligorgia flabellum off the Irish coast adds another species to the list of those common to the two oceans. As might have been anticipated, a number of species hitherto only taken off the Azores, Madeira, and the Eastern States of North America, are now found to occur in deep water off the west coast of Treland. Fisheries, Ireland, Sct. Invest., 1907, V. [1909]. WOT; 4 Like the Aleyonaria, the Madreporarian Corals in this list are nearly all new to the Irish coast. Perhaps the most in- teresting among them, and also the most beautiful, are the specimens of Slephanotrochus diadema and Flabellum alabas- trum. In conclusion I have to thank Dr. E. P. Wright for very generously placing at my disposal fragments of interesting type specimens, and Professor J. Arthur Thomson for most kindly examining several specimens, especially some belong- ing to the difficult genera Acanthogorgia and Paranuuricea, and giving me his valuable advice and assistance. ALCYONARIA. OrpeR STOLONIFERA. Famity CORNULARIIDAE. Sarcodictyon catenata, Forbes. Helga, CXX1Xd.—40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, 764 fms.; bottom temperature, 9°3°C.; 11th Septem- ber, 1901. ‘This species was dredged at the above locality.’’— S. J. Hickson. Additional record :— S.R. 480.—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 955°C.; 28th August, 1907. The specimens obtained at this station were of a pale yel- lowish colour, with colourless spicules. This species has been previously taken a few times off the north-east, south, and west coasts of Ireland. Orper ALCYONACEA. Famity ALCYONIIDAE. Alcyonium digitatum, Linn. S.R. 118.—23 mi. N.E.3}E. of Rathlin Island, Lat., N., 55° 20’; Long., W., 6° 8’; 103 fms. ; 18th May, 1904. S.R. 1184.—2 mi. N.E.4E of Rathlin Island, Lat., N., 55° 19' 45”; Long., W., 6° 10’; 115 fms. ; 13th May, 1904. “Alcyonium digitatum is usually found in shallow ‘“ water up to 40-50 fms. It has, however, been taken in “deep water, and is known to occur in the Bay of Biscay “at depths of over 300 fms.’’—S. J. Hickson. V. 07. 9) Additional records. Alcyonium digitatum has been frequently dredged by the Helga in shallow water up to a depth of 45 fms. off many parts of the Irish coast. It was obtained at almost every station off the east coast, where it was found in great abundance, but there are no re- cords of its occurrence in deeper water except those cited above. Anthomastus agaricus, Studer. S.R. 480.—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55° C. ; 28th August, 1907. A small specimen of Anthomastus, measuring only 6 mm. across the disc, is with some doubt referred to this species, which was described by Studer (1901) from two specimens ob- tained off the coast of Newfoundland. The colony bears only four autozooids. As in A. agaricus the disc is sharply marked off from the peduncle, and its edge is thin and cut into lobes, but the surface of the disc is much more convex than in the Newfoundland specimens. The spicules bear a close re- semblance to those figured by Studer. Famity NHPHTHYIDAE Eunephthya (Duva) rosea (Kor. and Dan.) S.R. 223.—53° 7’ N.; 14° 50’ W.; 500 fathoms; 12th May, 1905. Helga, CXX.—77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head, 352 fathoms ; 24th August, 1901. ‘‘T have compared the specimens sent to me by Mr. ‘‘ Holt with a specimen of Duva rosea from the Trond- hjemsfjord in Norway, and I am convinced that they are specifically the same. ‘The species was originally de- scribed by Koren and Danielssen (1883) from the Nor- wegian coast under the generic name Duva. ‘The group of genera to which it belongs have not been very care- fully compared as regards their anatomical structure, ‘“and do not present any very characteristic features in ‘the characters of their spicules, method of ramification, ‘ete., to render their separation an easy task. The ‘ species have consequently been shifted about from genus ‘to genus by different authors. In the recent important ‘“monograph on the family Nephthyide by Kikenthal ‘* (1907) it is placed in the genus Hunephthya of Verrill ‘© (1869). Verrill’s description of the genus was quite in- ‘‘ adequate, and it is impossible to determine what Verrill V. ‘07. > 6 ‘“imtended to include in or exclude from his genus Hune- ‘“phthya. The genus Duva was well described and figured by Koren and Danielssen in 1888, and for that ‘‘reason we should be perfectly justified in retaiming the “oenus Duva and ignoring Verrill’s genus Hunephthya ‘altogether. However, as Kikenthal has on grounds of ‘ precedence adopted Verrill’s generic name and has given ‘in his paper an elaborate diagnosis of the species included ‘in this genus, I have decided with some hesitation to “call the species Hunephthya rosea. The most perfect “specimen is 60 mm. in height and 45 mm. in greatest ‘breadth. It seems to approach most closely the de- ‘ seription of Kiikenthal’s EH. rosea var. umbellata. The ‘colour in spirit is white. A smaller incomplete speci- ‘“men in the same bottle appears to have been dead when ‘taken and is of a darker grey colour. The specimen ‘from off Achill Island is only 26 mm. in height, and is ‘not so compact in growth as the other specimens, but “an examination of the spicules and polyps does not ‘afford any substantial reasons for giving it a distinct ‘ specific name. ‘““A feature of some interest in connection with these ‘specimens is the great depth of water in which they ‘were found. The specimens of F. rosea, forma typica of ‘ Kikenthal were obtained from the coast of Norway at depths of 80-100 metres, but the depth of his specimens ‘from Spitzbergen of EH. rosea var. umbellata is not ‘known. The various varieties of the closely allied ‘ species H. spitzbergensis are mostly found in deep water, ‘the variety violacea (D. flava. Dan.) having been found at a depth of 1,187 metres. ‘Tt is probable that, as Kiikenthal himself suggests, ‘the three species H. rosea, E. spitebergensis, and E. florida will ultimately be joined together as one species and that the united species will then be found to have a wide geographical and bathymetrical distribution. The larger specimen from §.R. 223 was a female. In the larger ova no germinal vesicle nor any trace of nu- ‘clear structure can be seen in any of the sections. This “1s apparently the same stage in the history of the ova ‘as that described by myself (1899) and Hill (1905) for ‘ Aleyonium, in which the nuclens is dispersed or frag- ““mented. ‘The presence of this stage in the ova within ‘the body of the parent zooid does not prove either that ‘“the zooids are viviparous or that the fertilisation is ‘effected before the discharge of the ova. It only proves ‘that the ova reach maturity before they are discharged. ‘As no definite sterrulae larvae nor any ova exhibiting “early stages of development were found it is not certain ‘that this deep-sea species is viviparous, but the sugges- ‘* tion these facts give is that the species is not vivi- ‘parous.’’—S. J. Hickson. MA OT. t Orpsr PSEUDAXONIA. Famity BRIAREIDAE. Gymnosarca bathybius, Kent. §.R. 480.--Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55° C. ; 28th August, 1907. pe. 463.—Tat., N., 51° 37’; Long., W., 11°°56'; 610-664 ae ; temperature at 550 fms., 8°34° C. ; 30th August, 1907. This interesting species is represented by several broken colonies, which are growing on dead Madreporarian coral. Gymnosarca bathybius was taken on one occasion off the coast of Portugal in 500 fms. (Kent, 1870), and its systematic posi- tion has, up to this, remained doubtful. Professor Hickson, in his important paper on the Stolonifera (Trans. Zool. Soc., Lond., XIII., 1894) discusses this species, and on hearing that it had been found among the Irish collection, kindly undertook to examine the specimens. He sends the following pre- liminary note on the species :—‘‘ It has much the appearance ‘of a Telesto, but the coelenteric cavities are short and do not ‘““extend into the axes of the upright stems. These stems are ‘filled up with an immense number of interlocked spicules, ‘“ which are very like those of Telesto trichostemma in some ‘“‘respects. It is certainly not a Clavulariid nor a Telestid, ‘“and may be put, on my authority, in the family Briareidae ‘‘of the Order Pseudaxonia.’’ Professor Hickson reserves further particulars on the species until he has made a more detailed study of the specimens. Famity CORALLIIDAE. Corallium Johnsoni, Gray. Syn. Plewrocoralium Johnsoni (Johnson P.Z.S. 1899.) S.R. 151.--50 mi. W.N.W. of Eagle Island; Lat., N., 54° 17’; Long., W., 11° 33’; 388 fms. ; bottom tempera- ture, 915° C.; 27th August, 1904. ‘‘The type specimens of this species were obtained off ‘the coast of Madeira. The single specimen obtained by ‘* the Irish fisheries expedition off Eagle Island was a good ‘* deal broken, but it clearly belongs to this species (Hick- ‘*son, 1905). The recent discovery of a specimen of C. ‘* maderense by the Hualey expedition in 412 fathoms in ‘‘ the Bay of Biscay (Hickson, 1907) and the discovery of ‘‘ this species off the coast of Ireland are among the most ‘interesting new discoveries in the geographical distri- ‘‘ bution of Aleyonaria. The axis is very hard, and will ‘‘ take a good polish.’’—S. J. Hickson. Note.—By an oversight this species was recorded (Hickson, 1905) as having been taken off Achill Island in 3882 fms. W20T. 8 ORDER AXIFERA. Famity ISIDAE. Ceratoisis Grayi, E. P. Wright. Helga, CXX.—77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head; 382 fms. ; 24th August, 1901. ‘‘ The original specimen of this species was obtained in ‘deep water off Setubal on the coast of Portugal and was ‘* described by E. P. Wright (1869) in a short paper illus- ‘trated by two good figures. In the Challenger Mono- ‘“oraph Wright and Studer state (1889, p. 278) that the “species was obtained off the Cape Verde Islands, but I ‘* can find no other reference in the literature to any speci- ‘men from this locality, and I am inclined to believe ‘that it is a mistake. Gray (1870) states that the type “specimen was obtained from a depth of 400 fathoms. ‘There can be no doubt that the specimen from Achill belongs to this species. The specimen at my disposal “is small, 25 mm. long, and I have not used it for making ‘‘ preparations ; but a good description with figures of the ‘spicules is a desideratum. A specimen assigned by ‘* Roule to C. flexibilis of Verrill was found by the Caudan ‘“expedition in 1,410 metres in the Bay of Biscay.’’— S. J. Hickson. Acanella arbuscula, Johnson. Helga, CXX.—77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head; 382 fms. ; 24th August, 1901. “The small specimen which I possess seems to be ‘‘ identical with this species. A. arbuscula was found by ‘the Caudan expedition at four stations (950-1,710 ‘““ metres) in the Bay of Biscay, and more recently by the ‘‘ Huxley expedition in the Bay of Biscay in 410 fms.”’ S. J. Hickson. Additional records :— S.R. 327.—60 mi. W.2N. of Tearaght Light; Lat., N., 51° 43’ 30"—51° 38”; Long., W., 12° 15’—12° 18’; 550- 800 fms.; temperature at 530 fms., 38°95°C.; 8th May, 1906.-—Fragments. S.R. 333.—Lat., N., 51° 37’; Long., W., 12° 9’; 557-579 fms. ; temperature at 500 fms., 9°2°C.; 10th May, 1906.—'Two specimens. S.R. 489.—Lat., N., 51° 35’; Long., W., 11° 55’; 720 fms. ; 4th September, 1907.—One specimen. S.R. 494.—Lat., N., 51° 59’; Long., W., 12° 32’; 550-570 fms.; 8th September, 1907.—Three specimens and fragments. S.R. 500.—Lat., N., 50° 52’; Long., W., 11° 26’; 625-666 fms.; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 11th Sep- tember, 1907.—One specimen. Ve OT: 9 221502) LatsON., 50° 46%; tong, W:, 11° 21 5 447-515 fms. ; bottom temperature, 8°8° C.; 11th September, 1907.—One small fragment. Specimens of Acanella arbuscula were previously taken on one occasion off the south-west coast of Ireland in 750 fms. by the Royal Irish Academy Expedition of 1888. Chelidonisis aurantiaca, Studer. Bek 045 —Pat.. N., 50° 42°: Tiong, W;, 11° 18); 627-728 fms.; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907. S.R. 505.—Lat., N., 50° 39’; Long., W., 11° 14’; 464-627 fms. ; 12th September, 1907.—T'wo small fragments. Many specimens of this pretty coral were obtained. ‘They are more or less broken, as the branches easily separate at the horny joints. The species was described (Studer, 1901) from specimens taken in deep water off the Azores. Among the Irish specimens the main stem of the larger colonies has a greater diameter than the branches, and the polyps are not strictly confined to the lateral faces of the stem and branches. One colony, which is incomplete, reaches a height of 80 mm. All the type specimens were broken off from their support, but two small colonies in this collection are growing on a piece of dead Madreporarian coral, to which they are attached by means of a flattened disc-like expansion. Famity PRIMNOIDAR. Caligorgia flabellum (Ehrenberg. ) S.R. 483.—Lat., N., 51° 37'; Long., W., 11° 56’; 610-664 fms.; temperature at 550 fms., 8°34°C.; 30th August, 1907. N.R. 487.—lLat., N., 51° 36’; Long., W., 11° 57’; 540-660 fms.; temperature at 500 fms., 8°65°C.; 3rd Sep- tember, 1907. S.R. 489.—Lat., N., 31° 35’; Long., W., 11° 55’; 720 fms. ; 4th September, 1907. Several fine specimens belonging to this species, which has recently been fully described by Dr. Versluys (1906), are in the collection. The largest reaches a height of about 117 cm. and mea- sures 114 cm. across the widest part of the colony. Tong W-, 11° 18) 5 Goze fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907. The specimen taken off Eagle Island is a very young colony growing on a fragment of dead Madreporarian coral. It is only 6 mm. in height, but its spicules agree with those of the larger specimen which was taken in 627-728 fms. This latter specimen is 183 mm. high, and gives off only one branch, which is 67 mm, long. Ve "OF. 15 Acanthogorgia muricata, Verrill. S.R. 483.—Lat., N., 51° 37’; Long., W., 11° 56’; 610-664 fras. ; temperature at 550 fms., 8°384° C. ; 80th August, 1907. Two small colonies of an Acanthogorgia were obtained, which seemed to resemble A. muricata fairly closely, although they differed from the description of the type specimens in one or two points, particularly in the length of the projecting part of the long spicules round the top of the polyps. Verrill states that the projecting part of these spicules is usually more than two-thirds the length of the calyx. In the Irish speci- mens the projecting part of the spicules is much shorter in proportion to the length of the calyx. Professor J. Arthur Thomson very kindly undertook to examine one of these speci- mens and compare it with specimens of Acanthogorgia in his large collection. He sends the following note on it :— “In spite of some difficulties I should refer the Acanthogorgia “to A. muriwata. It is almost indistinguishable from some of ‘““my specimens so named. I believe A. muricata to be a “variable species, and I do not at present believe much in ‘the distinctness of A. armata, A. spinosa, A. Verrilli from “one another or from A. muricata.”’ Paramuricea atlantica (Johnson). Seb. 479.—Liat., N., 51° 20’; Long., W., 11° 41’; 468-560 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55° C. ; 28th August, 1907.--One broken specimen. S.R. 483.—Lat., N., 51° 37'; Long., W., 11° 56’; 610-664 fms. ; temperature at 550 fms., 8°34 C. ; 30th August, 1907.—One broken specimen. SK. 500.—Lat., N., 50° 52’; Long., W-, 11° 26’; 625-666 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 11th Sep- tember, 1907.—T'wo broken specimens. §.R. 504.—Lat., N., 50° 42’; Long., W., 11° 18’; 627-728 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- “tember, 1907.—Seven specimens and fragments. S.R. 505.—Lat., N., 50° 39’; Long., W., 11° 14’; 464-627 fms. ; 12th September, 1907.—Two small fragments. Several specimens were taken which seem to belong to this species, as far as can be Judged from the short description given of the type specimen, which was found in deep water off Madeira, and described under the name of Acanthogorgia at- lantica (Johnson, 1862). These specimens form upright, rather rigid colonies, some- times more than a foot in height. ‘The branches are usually not very numerous, and the branching takes place in one plane. On both the main stem and the branches the verrucae are numerous and are closely arranged together. This is espe- cially the case in one fragment, 280 mm. long, with a diameter of 7 mm., which evidently belonged to a large colony. Here the verrucae are very closely pressed together, and present the NT. 16 exact appearance of the type specimen as shown in fig. 2, page 195. One of the most complete of the colonies is 185 mm. in height, and measures 100 mm. across the spread of its branches. The main stem has a diameter of 5 mm. Another colony reaches a height of about 330 mm., and is very irregu- larly branched. It shows anastomosis of some of the branches, and in this respect differs from all the other colonies. As regards the spicules, only two are figured by Johnson, and unfortunately no measurements are given. in the Irish specimens the verrucae are surrounded by large spicules (similar to the one figured by Johnson) with spiny projecting points, and branching tuberculated heads which are embedded in the coenenchyma. These complex spicules, often called ‘‘ Blattkeule,’’ measure 1°05 to 1°45 mm. in length, by “45 to ‘55 mm. across the branching heads. Smaller ones are also present, and measure “75 mm. in length by °35 to “4 mm. Curved spiny spindles form an operculum, and similar ones lie in a ring round the top of the verrucae. These reach a length of ‘7 to ‘9 mm. by ‘07 mm. The coenenchyma is crowded with spicules, the points of which project from its surface. These spicules are of very various shapes, the most prominent being large triradiate spiny spicules, and irregularly branching ones. The former measure “45 to ‘6 mm. between the tips of the rays, and have a thickness of ‘08 to ‘11 mm. The latter measure “45 to “7 mm. by 16 to’°3 mm. There are also numerous curved, spiny spindles, ‘25 to ‘47 mm. in length by ‘05 mim. in diameter. It was unfortunately impossible to compare these Irish specimens with the type, although Johnson (1862) states that the latter is now in the British Museum. Mr. Jeffrey Bell informs me that there is no record in the register of that In- stitution of the specimen ever having been received. I have also to thank Professor Thomson, who very kindly examined two of the Irish specimens and stated that he considered they should be described under this species. Famity GORGONIIDAE. ‘ Callistephanus Koreni, Wright and Studer. S.R. 480.—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55°C.; 28th August, 1907.—Several broken specimens. S.R. 483.—Lat., N., 51° 37’; Long., W., 11° 56’; 610-664 fms.; temperature at 550 fms., 8°34°C.; 30th August, 1907.—One specimen. Several specimens of this pretty red coral were taken. The largest rises from a flattened basal attachment to a height of 82 mm. Its greatest breadth is 111 mm., while the main stem has a diameter of about 2mm. The colony is somewhat fan-shaped. ‘The branches are given off at nearly right angles We OT. 17 to the main stem, and lie in one plane as described by Wright and Studer (1889) and Thomson and Henderson (1906). Some of the polyp spicules are slightly longer and stouter than those in the type specimen. Several small and slender colonies, more or less broken, were also taken. Two of these rise from their expanded basal attachment to a height of 48 mm. and 3l mm. respectively. In these small specimens the branch- ing 1s not so clearly in one plane as in the large colony. This species has been previously recorded twice. Frag- ments of a specimen were taken by the Challenger off the Island of Ascension, at 420 fms., and a portion of a colony by the Investigator in the Andaman Sea, at 238-290 fms. , OrpEkK—PENNATULACEA. Famity PENNATULIDAE. Pennatula aculeata, Koren and Danielssen. S.B. 353.—Lat., N., 50° 37’—50° 40'; Long., W., 11° 32'; 250-542 fms.; bottom temperature, 8°58°C.; 6th August, 1906.—One broken specimen. S.R. 405.—151 mi. W. by 8.458. of Tearaght Rock; Lat., Ne oo oo. Long. W.,,.1° 0 = 64 ims. ;. bottom temperature, 9°79°C.; 8th February, 1907.—One specimen. S.R. 491.-—Lat., N., 51° 57’ 30”; Long., W., 12° 13’; 491- 520 fms.; bottom temperature, 8°53°C.; 7th Sep- tember, 1907.—One specimen. S.R. 493.—Lat., N., 51° 58’; Long., W., 12° 25’; 533-570 fms.; 8th September, 1907.—Three specimens. S.R. 494.—Lat., N., 51° 59’; Long., W., 12° 32’; 550-570 fms. ; 8th September, 1907.—Eleven specimens. This.is the first time that Pennatula aculeata has been re- corded within the Irish area. The specimens vary in length from 28 mm. to 215 mm. _ All the longest and finest specimens were dredged in 550-570 fms. Pennatula aculeata has been found in many parts of the North Atlantic, off both its eastern and western shores. Pennatula bellissima, Fowler. S.R. 493.-—Lat., N., 51° 58’; Long., W., 12° 25’; 533-570 fms. ; 8th September, 1907. A small specimen belonging to this species was obtained, which measures 115 mm. in length. The species was described (Fowler, 1888) from: one speci- men taken off the Bahama Islands. In the Irish specimen, S V.. 07. 18 which is a much younger colony than the type, the siphon- ozooids are not so numerous or so crowded together, but their characteristic arrangement can be clearly seen. The pinnules, of which there are 15 pairs, are set very obliquely on the rachis, and bear 1-2 rows (in a few places 3 rows) of auto- zooids. There are about 15 developed autozooids on the longest pinnules, which at their bases have a width of 6 mm. The spicules of both specimens agree in every particular. There are no spicules in the tentacles, a fact not mentioned in the original description, but which I was able to ascertain through the kindness of Mr. Jeffrey Bell in allowing me to examine the type specimen in the British Museum. In the arrangement of the siphonozooids and autozooids, the manner in which the pinnules are set on the rachis, the characters of the spicules and their absence from the tentacles, these specimens of Pennatula bellissima recall Pennatula grandis, Ehrenberg. Famity VIRGULARIIDAE. Virgularia mirabilis (O. F. Miiller). S. 48. —1} miles off, Clogher to Dunany, Co. Louth, 9-10 fms., Mth February, 1902. — 2 miles off Drogheda Bar, 8 tms., 12th November, 1902. “Small broken specimens only were obtained of this ce = + ] 1 species.’’—S. J. Hickson. Additional Records :— Galway Bay. S. 553.—10 miles E. of Bailey Lighthouse, Co. Dublin, 41-52 oe bottom temperature, 7°8°C.: 16th August, 1907. Virgularia mirabilis has been taken several times previously off the N.E. and §.W. coasts of Ireland. The records of its occurrence are not numerous, but this may be due not so much Es the scarcity of the species as to the difficulties of its cap- ure. Famity PROTOPTILIDAE. Protoptilum Thomsoni, Kolliker (2) Some pieces of a Sea-pen, too fragmentary to identify : with certainty, appear to belong to this species. They were dredged at S.R. 132, 50 miles W.N.W. of “ Tearaght; Lat., N., 52°:3' 80”; Long., W., 12° 0!: ‘‘ depth, 3963 fms. ; 7th August, 1904.’’—S. J. Hickson. NOT: 19 Famity FUNICULINIDAE. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pall.). Three young specimens of this species were obtained, one at S.R. 334.-—Lat., N., 51° 35’ 30”; Long., W., 12° 26’ ; 500-520 fms. ; bottom temperature, 9°2° C.; 10th May, 1906; and two broken specimens at $.R. 335.—Lat., N., 51° 12’ 30”—51° 17’ 30”; Long., W., 12° 18’—12° 15’; 893-673 fms. ; 12th May, 1906. ‘The unbroken specimen measures 437 mm. in length. The largest autozooids reach a length of 3-4 mm. and are well supplied with spicules. Spicules are also present in the ten- tacles. This abundant spiculation is characteristic of young eins of F. quadrangularis. Grieg (1896) and Jungersen (1904) point out that the presence of spicules in this species is very variable, but that the number of spicules is smaller the larger the specimen. In fully developed colonies the tentacles are usually free from spicules. The same writers have shown that the Leptoptilum gracilis of Kélhker (1880) is merely a young stage of F. quadrangularis. The Ivish specimens, although reaching a_ considerable length, still differ very much in appearance from the adult. Funiculina quadrangularis has been recorded from many places both on the eastern and western sides of the North Atlantic, from the Mediterranean, off New Zealand (as Leptoptilum gracilis) and in the Bay of Bengal (Thomson and Henderson, 1906). Famity ANTHOPTILIDAE. Benthoptilum sertum, Verrill. Bl. 4k. S.R. 363.—Lat., N., 51° 22’; Long., W., 12° 0’; 695-720 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 792° C.; 10th August, 1906. A single specimen of a beautiful Pennatulid was obtained which seems to be identical with that figured by Verrill (1883) and described by him two years later in the American Journal of Science under the name of Benthoptilum sertum. The genus Benthoptilum closely resembles Anthoptilum in many points, but differs from it in having the autozooids ar- ranged in large, oblique clusters on the rachis, and not in single rows as in the latter genus. These clusters consist of numerous rows of autozooids, which meet on the ventral (called ‘* dorsal ’’ in the original description) side of the rachis, completely hiding its surface. There are six pairs of these groups of autozooids in the Irish specimen. ‘The autozooids Ee Le 20 are free for nearly the whole of their length, and are only united very close to the base. The siphonozooids are numerous on all parts of the rachis except along the median line of the dorsal surface, and at the top of the rachis, which ends in a naked cone-shaped extremity. Small groups of siphonozooids occur between the autozooids, and sometimes encroach on their bases. The specimen is viviparous. The calearcous axis is four-sided, with rounded edges. Three of the sides are deeply grooved, while the remaining one, which is ventral in position, has an almost flat surface. At a point slightly below the swelling in the penduncle the three grooved sides each measure 3 mm. across, while the fourth has a breadth of 5 mm. In the description of the type no mention is made of the occurrence of spicules in the peduncle, but numerous cal- careous spicules, similar to those in Anthoptilum, are found at the base of the peduncle in the Irish specimen. They are oblong in shape, and are often united in groups of four. They vary in size from ‘007 mm.-°022 mm. by ‘005 mm.-'007 mm. In the arrangement of the autozooids and siphonozooids there is an exact agreement between the Irish and the Ameri- can specimens. The only difference lies in the measurements of the different parts. The former specimen is of a stouter growth, with shorter autozooids, while the latter has a more slender stem and rachis and much longer autozooids, as will be seen from the following measurements :— Irish specimen. Type specimen. Total length, . : ; : . 365 mm. 300 mm. Length of stalk, : : : . 90 mm. 93 mm. Diameter of stalk, . ; : Al amm: 5 mm. Diameter of rachis, : : .t 42 mm: 6 mm. Length of autozooids, : : . 30 mm. 58 mm. (including tentacles). In spite of these differences in size it does not seem that there are sufficient grounds for creating’a new species for the Irish specimen. There has been no record of Benthoptilum sertum since the three type specimens were dredged by the Albatross in the North Atlantic, off the eastern coast of the United States, at depths of 843 to 1,073 fms., but a Pennatulid was taken by the Travailleur off the coasts of Spain and Portugal (Marion, 1906) which bears a resemblance to it. The Travailleur specimen is unnamed and undescribed, but as far as can be judged from the figure given it resembles the Irish specimen fairly closely, and may be a young specimen of the same species. IT have to thank Professor J. Arthur Thomson for very kindly examining this specimen and giving me his valuable opinion regarding it. To him is due the interesting discovery of the viviparity of the species, concerning which he notices that the free embryos in the coelenteron are remarkably large and clear. ; te We OT: 21 Famity KOPHOBELEMNONIDAE. Kophobelemnon stelliferum, Miiller. S.R. 164.—50 mi. W.N.W.Nly. of Tearaght Light; Lat., N., 52° 6’; Long., W., 12° 02’; 363 fms. ; bottom temperature, 9°78° C.; 3rd November, 1904. ‘The single specimen of this species is 80 mm. long and bears 13 autozooids. - ‘The species has a wide distribution, extending from ‘* Davis Straits, West Coast of Greenland, to Iceland and ‘the Norwegian Fjords, and has been found in the Firde ‘* Channel, off the coast of Brittany, in the Mediterranean, ‘“and also on the American side of the Atlantic Ocean. ‘Its bathymetrical range is also very great. On the ‘* Norwegian coast it extends from 20-400 fms. and in the ‘* Atlantic Ocean it extends down to depths of over 2,000 ‘“‘fms.’’—S. J. Hickson. Additional Records :— S.R. 494.—Lat., N., 51° 59’; Long., W., 12° 32’; 550-570 fms. ; 8th September, 1907.—Two specimens. SR. 495.—Lat., N., 50° 0’; Long:, W., 13° 10’; 346-400 fms. ; 8th September, 1907.—'T'wo specimens. The longest specimen reaches a length of 105 mm. Famity UMBELLULIDAE. Umbellula encrinus (Linn.) var. ambigua, Marion. S.R. 212.—50 miles W.3N. of Tearaght Light; Lat., N., 51° 54's Long:,’ W.; 11° 57’5 trawl ca. 350; fms: ; bottom temperature, 9°82° C.; 6th May, 1905.—One specimen. §.R. 359.—60 miles W. by N. of Tearaght Light; Lat., N., 52° 0’; Long., W., 12° 6’; 465-492 fms.; bottom temperature, 9°04° C.; 7th-8th August, 1906.—One specimen. S.R. 487.—Lat., N., 51° 36’; Long., W., 11° 57’; 540-660 fms.; temperature at 500 fms., 8°65°C.; 3rd Sep- tember, 1907.—One specimen. S.R. 493.—Lat., N., 51° 58’; Long., W., 12° 25’; 533-570 fms. ; 8th September, 1907.—One specimen. 5.R.494.—Lat., N., 51° 59’; Long., W., 12° 32’; 550-570 fms. ; 8th September, 1907.—Eleven specimens. S207: 22 S.R. 504.—Lat., N., 50° 42’; Long.,W., 11° 18’; G27-72s fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907.—One specimen. No label attached.—One specimen. Professor Hickson (1905) mentions that a single specimen of Umbellula was obtained off the west coast of Ireland. Since then sixteen specimens have been added to the collection. These have all proved to belong to the same species, and Pro- fessor Hickson has come to the conclusion that there can be little doubt that they are identical with the Umbellula ambigua of Marion, which was dredged by the Travailleur in deep water off the coasts of Spain and Portugal (Marion, 1906). He also considers it clear that there are not sufficient grounds for separating Marion’s species from Umbellula encrinus, differ- ing as it does only in the possession of a very large number of autozooids in relation to the length of the stem, while the autozooids are much smaller than those of specimens of U. encrinus with about the same number of autozooids. He therefore names the Irish specimens U. encrinus (limn.) var. ambigua, Marion. Jungersen (1904, p. 79, footnote) refers to U. ambigua as being possibly identical with U. Thomsoni. This is erroneous. Marion gives the length of his specimen as 400 mm. and the length of the “‘ polyp cluster’’ 50 mm. The stem thus measures about 350 mm. The length of the autozooids (in- cluding the tentacles) is given as 40 mm. Measuring from Marion’s drawing this leaves the bodies of the autozooids about 25 mm. in length, and the tentacles 15 mm. The num- ber of the autozooids is unfortunately not mentioned, but judging from the figure they are quite as numerous as in the Irish specimens with stems of 340 mm. and 350 mm. in length, which have 29 to 43 autozooids. Comparing these Trish specimens and Marion’s with specimens of U. encrinus obtained by the Ingolf expedition (Jungersen, 1904) we find that specimens with 40, 25, 41 autozooids had stems 2,350, 1,090, 1,410 mm. in length respectively, and with specimens obtained by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition (Koren and Danielssen, 1884), we find that specimens with 35 and 40 autozooids had stems 1,820 and 2,270 mm. in length respec- tively. If we compare these specimens again we find that the autozooids of the Trish specimens are very much smaller than those of the specimens of the typical U. encrinus, while they agree in length with those of Marion’s specimen. The relative lengths will be more clearly seen in the follow- ing table :— [TaBLE. 25 0L— 99 OF OLZS ZL ON -suamroadgoruepyy"N NVIDAMO NT 0€ | 9% | & oz | 22 | 02 62 | FZ | OF 9F | O&F ES ost | If OFT Ob ON OF “CUU UL SojoV{Ue}Z JO Y4SUa] LL €1- ZI GS | “uu ut dAjod 4seSuo] yo Apog yo yySuery OF (Harve d : * — ‘Sptoozoyne Jo JaquinN OSE&z GIz | oce é * “uu UT UI948 JO YySUeT] £ ON Z ON | = ‘SNAWIOHIG AIODNT | NAIVIOMAg SNOTEV AL : |e Ee = . | or |€% | 0€ | 08 | LE | St | St | ot | et Bt | Ot 8 | “WI UTsaTORZUAg Jo YIZUOT | | | | | “um ut dAjod Ogi eee iste m| OCs Bor CCTs |UsIGe TRS) Si) Ole in ae =| 489S0Ol IONS pod Oa oem | 6g |er | ze jot jes jor |t2 |i |e@ |at |L | 9 |: ‘sproozomne yo sequiny | | ear ee a al OgE | OFE | OFE | Ga GOE | G8S | 09% | €6¢ | O1G | SST | SST | SIT |” “WU UT W848 JO 44SUNT | lomialiaees ul ee je eere lS e ee = as bh ok 866 8 L ON Teme ee £ S_ j=“ 2) ON “SBNHWIOddS HST] NV. 10%3 24 In several of the younger specimens the bilateral arrange- ment of the autozooids is very clearly seen, as is also the broad band of siphonozooids which runs to the base of the primary autozooid. ‘This band, according to Jungersen (1904) must be considered as dorsal. On the opposite, or ventral, side of the colony the young autozooids arise. In the series of Irish specimens young autozooids may be scen in various stages of development. In most of the specimens minute rudiments of autozoolds, resembling the siphonozooids in appearance, are to be seen. It may be added that the numerous calcareous spicules which are present at the lower end of the peduncle average ‘008-014 mm. in length by ‘005-008 mm. in breadth, and are similar to those occurring in the typical U. encrinus. As regards the distribution of U. encrinus, Jungersen says it ‘‘is limited to the Arctic Ocean, and to the deeper part of ‘the Atlantic which has the character of the Arctic Sea by “being situated west of the coast-banks of the Scandinavian ‘peninsula and north of the submarine ridges connecting ‘Greenland with Iceland, Iceland with the Farées, and these “latter with the Shetland Islands. . . . . I doubt very ““much whether the species Umb. encrinus would be found “outside the territory so well bounded geographically where “it is really known.’’ . These specimens, here named U. encrinus, var. ambigqua, extend the distribution further south, but in a modified form. MADREPORARIA. Famity TURBINOLIIDAE. Flabellum alabastrum, Moseley. A fine specimen of this coral was dredged, living, at S.R. 497.—Lat., N., 51° 23; Long., W., 11° 30 eaiga-7o fms. ; 10th September, 1907. It is 45 mm. in height, the longer diameter measures 68 mm., the shorter, 830 mm. Flabellum alabastrum was first taken by the Challenger in 1,000 fms. off the Azores (Moseley, 1880). Later on many specimens were obtained by the Hirondelle (Jourdan, 1895) ‘off Newfoundland and the Azores. Marenzeller (1904) again records it for the North Atlantic. Stephanotrochus diadema, Moseley. S.R. 363.--Lat., N., 51° 22’; Lotig., W., 12° 0's 695-720 fms.; temperature at 600 fms., 7°92°9C.;. 10th August, 1906. S:R. 477.—lLat.,- Ne, 51° 15’; Long:, -W., 1 47270 fms.; bottom temperature, 7°19° C.; 28th August, 1907. S.R. 489.—Lat., N., 51° 35’; Long., W., 11° .55’; 720 fms. ; 4th September, 1907. eer Or: 25 Three living specimens of this beautiful coral were taken. ~T'wo are perfect, but the third is broken across. In the Irish specimens the quinary septa are not quite so prominent, nor so regularly developed as in the type. ‘The largest specimen has a diameter of 62 mm.; the two smaller ones measure 50 mm. across. S. diadema resembles in general shape S. moseleyanus, Sclater (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1886), but differs from it in the arrangement of the septa. One specimen of S. moseleyanus was taken by the Triton between the Farées and Hebrides, and was the first, and, up to this, the only example of this genus dredged in British seas. Stephandtrochus diadema was first taken by the Challenger off the Azores and off Brazil. It has since been found by the Hirondelle at the former locality, and has also been obtained off Guadeloupe. Caryophyllia clavus, Scacchi. piRet del -—Latt,) No, 51° 12’; Long., W., 11° 55; 610-680 fms.; 9th May, 1906.—'l'wo specimens. 5.8. 363.—Lat., N., 51° 22’; Long., W., 12°:0'; 695-720 fms.; temperature at 600 fms., 7:92°C.; 10th August, 1906.—Three specimens. eh EAT Tr. Latisi N 351915 ; Long.,) Wz,,.11°, 47's. 707-710 fms.; bottom temperature, 7:19°C.; 28th August, 1907.—One specimen. 5.R. 506.—Lat., N.; 50° 34; Long., W., 11° 19'; 661-672 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8'22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907.—Two specimens. SR. '528.-—70 mi. S:W. of Fastnet Light; Lat., N., 50° 21’ 30”; Long., W., 10° 24’; 85 fms.; bottom tempera- ture, 10°22°C.; 8th November, 1907.—One speci- men. This species is represented by several large specimens. It has previously been found at many points off the Irish coast. Its geographical distribution is wide, and it has been recorded off the eastern and western coasts of the North Atlantic, in the South Atlantic, in the Indian Ocean (as Caryophyllia com- munis, Seg.), and off the Kast Indies. Desmophyllum crista galli, Milne Edwards and Haime. .§.R. 480.—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 88’; 468 fms. : . 28th August, 1907.—Four specimens. 5.R. 483.—Lat., N., 51° 37’; Long., W., 11° 56’; 610-664 fms. ; temperature at 550 fms., 8°34° C. ; 30th August, 1907.—One specimen. 8... 487.—Lat., N., 51° 36’; Long., W., 11° 57’; 540-660 fms. ; temperature at 500 fms., 865° C. ; 3rd Septem- ber, 1907.—One specimen. D Ws 07. 26 S.R. 504.—-Lat., N., 50° 42’; Long., W., 11° 18’; 627-728 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907.—Six specimens. Of this species, now taken for the first time within the Irish area, seven well-preserved specimens of various sizes were obtained. The remaining five specimens are in a very worn condition, some of them having the septa almost entirely rubbed away. The largest fresh specimen reaches a length of 50 mm. The longer diameter of its calyx is 30 mm., and the shorter diameter 25 mm. The geographical distribution of Desmophyllum crista galli is very wide. It has been taken off both the eastern and western shores of the North Atlantic, off Patagonia (as D. ingens, Moseley), in the Indian Ocean, and in the Pacific Ocean off the west coast of Panama, off the Hawaiian Islands, and off the East Indies. Famity OCULINIDAE. Lophohelia prolifera (Pallas). S.R. 151.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Eagle Island; Lat., 54° 17; iong., W., 11° 33’; 388 fms.; bottom temperature, 9°15° C.; 27th August, 1904. S.R. 223.—Lat., N., 53° 7'; Long., W., 14° 50’; 410-500 fms. ; 12th May, 1905. S.R. 327.--60 mi. W.2N of Tearaght Light; 51° 43’ 30’- 51° 38’; Long., W., 12° 15’—12° 18’; 550-800 fms. ; 8th May, 1906. S.R. 329.—Lat., N., 51° 22’ 30”—51° 20’ 30”; Long., W., 11° 31’—11° 38’; 215-415 fms. ; bottom temperature, 9°55° C. ; 9th May, 1906. §.R. 353.—Lat., N., 50° 37/—50° 40’; Long., W., 11° 32’; 250-542 fms.; bottom temperature, 858°C.; 6th August, 1906. S.R. 479.—Lat., N., 51° 20’; Long., W., 11° 41’; 468-560 fms.; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55°C.: 28th August, 1907. S.R. 480.—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; 28th August, 1907. S.R. 504.—Lat., N., 50° 42’; Long., W., 11° 18’; 627-728 fms. ; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.:; 12th Sep- tember, 1907. Many fragments of this coral, both living and dead, have been obtained at the above localities. This species was first taken off the west and south-west coasts of Ireland by the Porcupine expedition of 1869-1870. More recently it was found off the Kerry coast by the Royal Dublin Society’s Sur- vey of the west coast of Ireland in 1890-1891. Lophohelia prolifera has been dredged many times in various parts of the North Atlantic. It also occurs in the South Atlantic and in the Indian Ocean. bo a VOT: Amphihelia oculata (Linn.). S.R. 151.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Eagle Island; Lat., N., 54° 17’; Long., W., 11° 33’; 388 fms. ; bottom tem- perature, 9°15°C.; 27th August, 1904. SR. 359:-— Late neao2> 0 > Tong... Wa. 12°° 6) >” 465-492 fms.; bottom temperature, 9°04°C.; 8th August, 1906. Sh. 479.—Lat., N., 51° 20’; Long., W.; 11° 41; 468-560 fms. ; temperature at 400 fms., 9°55° C. ; 28th August, 1907. S.R. 480.-—Lat., N., 51° 23’; Long., W., 11° 38’; 468 fms. ; 28th August, 1907. S.R. 504.—Lat., N., 50° 42’; Long., W., 11° 18’; 627-728 fms.; temperature at 600 fms., 8°22°C.; 12th Sep- tember, 1907. This species is represented by many fragments of colonies, both living and dead. It is the first time that Amphihelia oculata has been dredged within the Irish area, but the species has frequently been found in the North Atlantic, and also in the Indian Ocean and off the East Indies. LIST OF REFERENCES. Fowler, G. H., 1888.—‘*On a new Pennatula from the Bahamas.”— Proc. Zvol. Soc. Gray, J. E., 1870.—“ Catalogue of the Lithophytes or Stony Corals in the Collection of the British Museum.” Grieg, J. A., 1896.—‘‘On Funiculina and Kophobelemnon.”— Bergens Mus., Aarbog. Hickson, 8. J., 1899.—‘‘ On the Embryology of Alcyonium.”— Br. Assoc. Report for 1898. Hickson, 8. J., 1905.—‘‘Remarkable Coelenterata from the West Coast of Ireland ”»—Nature, Vol. LX XIII, and Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, V. [1906]. Hickson, 8. J., 1907.—“ Alcyonaria, Antipatharia and Madreporaria collected by the Huxley in the Bay of Biscay.”— Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc., N. S. VIII. Hill, M. D., 1905.—“ Notes on the Maturation of the Ovum of Alcyonium digitatum.”—Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., N,S. 49. Johnson, J. Y., 1862.—“ Descriptions of some New Corals from Madeira.”—Proc. Zool. Soc. Jourdan, E. 1895.—-“ Zoanthaires provenant des Campagnes de ) Hirondelle.”—Résultats des Campagnes scienti- fiques du Prince de Monaco. Jungersen, H., 1904.—‘‘ Pennatulida of the Danish Jngolf Expedition.” Y Od 28 Kent, Saville, 1870.—‘‘ On two new genera of Alecyonoid Corals taken in the recent expedition of the yacht Vorna off the west coast of Spain and Portugal.” —Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. X. Kolliker, A., 1880.—“‘ Pennatulida of the Challenger Expedition.” Koren and Danielssen, 1883.—‘‘ Nye Alcyonider, Gorgonider, og Pennatulider tilhorende Norges Fauna.” Koren and Danielssen, 1884.—‘‘The Norwegian N. Atlantic Expe- dition. “ Pennatulida.” Kiikenthal, W., 1907.—‘“‘ Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, IT., Die Familie der Nephthyiden.’’—3 Teil. Zool. Jahrb. XXIV. Marenzeller, E., 1904.—‘ Steinkorallen,’ Valdivia Expedition. Marion, A. F., 1906.—‘‘ Etude des Coelentérés atlantiques recueillis par le Travailleur, 1880-1881.” Moseley, H. N., 1880.—‘“ Report on certain Hydroid, Alcyonarian, and Madreporarian Corals of the Challenger Expe- dition. Roule, L., 1896.—‘ Résultats scientifiques de la Campagne du Caudan dans le golfe de Gascogne.”—Ann. de |’ Université de Lyon, XX VI. Studer, T., 1901.—*“ Alcyonaires provenant des Campagnes de Il’ Hiron- delle.” —Reésultats des Campagnes scientifiques du Prince de Monaco. Thomson, J. A., and W. D. Henderson, 1906.“ Alcyonarians collected by the Znvestigator in the Indian Ocean, Part I.” Verrill, A. E., 1869.—‘‘ Remarks on Halcyonoid Polyps.’—No. 3, Amer. Journ. Sci. (2), Vol. X LIT. Verrill, A. E., 1883.—‘‘ On Benthoptilum sertum.”—Annual Report of the Comm. of Fish and Fisheries ; and Amer. Journ. Sci. (3), XXTX, 1885. Versluys, J., 1906.—‘‘ Die Gorgoniden der Siboga Expedition, ii, Die Primnoidae.” Wright, E. P., 1869.—‘‘On a new genus of Gorgonidae from Portugal.” —Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. iii. Wright, E. P., and T. Studer, 1889.—‘ Alcyonaria of the Challenger Expedition.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Benthoptilum sertum, Vernill. Dorsal aspect, aie (24215.) Wt. P.69-S, 495. 875. 11. 09.—A T. & Co. (Ltd.) PEt vy - O07. wraham,L™, Lithas.. Londen Wella X-¢ Benthoptilum sertum, Verrill x 3 C. McNab del. - v4 OFFICIAL. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1907. Nov VE Nudibranchiate Mollusca of the Trawling Grounds of the East and South Coasts of Ireland, BY G. P. Farran, B.A. This paper may be referred to as— ‘« Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, VI, [1909].” DUBLEAGN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE By Avex. THom & Co. (LimirED), ABBEY-STREET And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from E. PONSONBY, 116 GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN ; or WYMAN AND SONS (LTD.), FETTER-LANE, E.C. ; or OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE-COURT, EDINBURGH. 1909. Price Three Pence. ees duis . ‘a a A tts: 1. Seay os -. Hj aeqrenunt ay anunwotHan a 1“au ah av, uaa AO AGF puaTent HOLASA EACHalt 4 ; @WOTTAOLT@SVAL OLEITMae yoe! 7 i / ov 400 abnonote) wreath: ott to sssutolt Jbaslotl Vo atanol divot his eG ae i posyidtea'e wh Tonl), hep aidt oa t * a ie | ; iy , Tees twA\ avlt\ ais i . = ~ eo - foots YA Te ae COL Ny wnt rot og vs aE conenal) a A eon 2d Ph Gar) Peli doo cree ligt wit paint TAA | bere edo a a Dngin Tce WRU AY? art (ane At Be hi iP te MOPED RS SOE) We el ae ve ow Areas PE EY PMA EE LO & yett fie Bout Agee © saentt wore NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA OF THE TRAWLING GROUNDS OF THE EAST AND SOUTH COASTS OF IRELAND. BY G. P. FARRAN, B.A. During the course of the investigation of the trawling grounds on the east and south coasts of Ireland several species of Nudibranchs have been met with, and it seems advisable to put them on record. The list given below probably in no wise exhausts the species occurring in the areas in question as the means by which most of the specimens were obtained, viz., trawling, is not the best method that could be used for the purpose, and, in addition, probably many species escaped notice owing to the fact that the facilities which a shore labora- tory affords, of putting aside trawled material for subsequent examination and search for small specimens, are not available on shipboard. But-even making allowances for these con- siderations it is evident that the nudibranch fauna of the Irish Sea, excluding the littoral and laminarian zones, is not a large one. ‘The examination of the south coast areas has not been sufficiently extensive to warrant any statement concerning them. The most interesting fact brought to light is the presence in considerable numbers in parts of the Irish Sea of a large species of Lomanotus which is apparently identical with the L. port- landicus of Thompson, which, I have endeavoured to show, is distinct from both L. Genet and L. marmoratus, with both of which it is often included. Only two of the specimens re- corded below, Holidiella Alderi and Amphorina glottensis, are additions to the Irish list, Lomanatus portlandicus having ap- parently been already recorded under the name of L. marmo- ratus ; but seven, viz.—Kolidiella glauca, Amphorina auran- tiaca, Amphorina viridis, Coryphella Landsburgi, Doto fragi- lis, Pleurophyllidia Lovent, and Cadlina repanda, do not seem to have yet been recorded from the east coast of Ireland. Susp-orDER Nudibranchiata Section I.—NUDIBRANCHIATA CLADOHEPATICA. Famity AFOLIDIADAE. Sup-Famity AFOLIDIADAE PROPRIAE. Genus Aeolidia, Bergh. Aeolidia papillosa (Linn). As this is chiefly a littoral rock-frequenting species its occul- rence amongst trawled material was hardly to be expected. It was, howevers once taken on rough eround. Visheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, VI. [1909]. VI. OR t Record ':— 5S. 141.—5 mi. E. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 12-17 fms., May, 1903, trawl—One. Genus Aeolidiella, Bergh. Aeolidiella glauca (A. & H.). Occurs occasionally on all the east coast trawling areas at depths of from 10 to 41 fms. tecords :— S. 42.—12 mi. E. of Laytown, Co. Meath, 28 fms., mud, Feb., 1902, trawl—One. S. 141.—5 mi. E. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 12-17 fms., May, 1903, trawl—Two, small. S. 441.—23-mi. S. by E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 17-18 fms., muddy sand, July, 1906, trawl—One. S. 531.—3 mi. E. of Kingstown, Co. Dublin, 14-15 fms., fine sand, May, 1907, trawl—One. S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 41-52 fms., sand and shells, Aug. 1907, trawl—One. S. 568.—Off Ballyvaldon, Co. Wexford, 7-10 fms., stones and gravel, Jan., 1908, dredge—One. Aeolidiella Alderi (Cocks). This species, easily recognised by the white ruff formed by the anterior rows of papillae and also distinguishable from Aecolidiella glauca by the smaller number of denticulations on the radular teeth, was taken on one occasion, in Lambay Deep, crawling on the sandy tubes of Sabellaria. The colour of the specimen was much darker than is shown in Alder and Hancock’s figure,! the rhinophores, tentacles, head and back being thickly spotted with dark brown. The papille, except the anterior rows, were also spotted with brown, but not so thickly as to conceal the fawn-coloured hepatic contents. The tail was abruptly narrowed, and bore a median white line. The radula consisted of eleven rows, increasing rapidly in size, the number of denticles on each tooth being about 36. The dip in the centre of the free margin of the tooth, shown in Alder and Hancock’s figure?, is scarcely noticeable. The length of the living specimen was | cm. Record :— S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 41-52 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—One. 1 Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Fam. 3, PI. 2c. Pl. 47, fig. 6. Gr WE OT: Sup-Famity CRATENIDAE. Genus Cuthona, A. & H. Cuthona Peachi, A. & H. Two specimens were taken on the south coast. They were found on shells covered with Hydractinia echinata, the usual habitat of the species. Record :— R. 11.—73 mi. S.E. by E. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 31 fms., muddy sand, May, 1905, trawl—T wo. Genus Amphorina, Qfe. I have followed Sir Charles Eliot! in placing the genus Am- phorina in the Sub-Family Cratenidae and in including in it the three following species. Amphorina aurantiaca (A. & H.). This species was only met with at four stations, but occurred in considerable numbers on each occasion. Jt was found swarming on the clumps of Tubularia larnyx brought up by the trawl from moderately deep water. The colour of the nudi- branch harmonised very well with that of the heads of the hydroid. Numerous egg masses were present, each consisting of an oval gelatinous mass, 6 mm. by 2 mm., containing a spirally coiled ribbon of eggs. Records :— S. 5387.—53 mi. S.S.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 23-27 fms., fine sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawi-—Many. S. 5388.—24 mi. N.E. by E. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 19-24 fms., fine sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—Many. S. 539.—4 mi. N.E. $4 N. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 21-27 fms., muddy sand, Aug., 1907, trawl— Many. S. 540.—12 mi. E. of Maiden Tower, Drogheda, Co. Louth, 23-24 fms.; mud, Aug., 1907, trawl— Many. Amphorina viridis (Forbes). Found a few times amongst Hydroids brought up by the tiawl. Records :— S. 196.—Off Lambay, Co. Dublin, 34 fms., muddy sand, Jan., 1904, trawl—One. S. 261.—5 mi. E. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 28 fms., fine sand and shells, Feb., 1905, trawl—One. 1 Journal Mar. Biol. Ass. Vol. VII. (N.S.), 1906, p. 358. Vie Oi: 6 S. 503.—43 mi. S.S.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-23 fms., fine sand, Feb., 1907, trawl—One. S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 48-53 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl]—One. S. 559.—182 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 39-42 fms., mud, sand, and shells, October, 1907, trawl-—One. R. 36.—8 mi. S. by E. of Hook Point, Co. Wexford, ere | fms., fine sand, Aug., 1906, trawl—One. Amphorina glottensis (A. & H.). A single specimen was taken on the east coast and two on the south. The dark bottle-green colour of the papillae and their orange yellow tips render identification easy. The radula of the east coast specimen agreed with Alder and Han- cock’s description. It consisted of 55 teeth, each tooth with a central cusp slightly in retreat, and six lateral denticula- tions on each side. The radula tapered slightly. The penis appears to be minutely roughened and bears a small flattened laterally directed spine at its distal extremity. Records :— S. 330.-—93 mi. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 20 fms., muddy sand, Nov., 1905, trawl—One. R. 35.—8 mi. S. by E. of Hook Pomt, Co. Wexford, 30-31 fms., fine sand, Aug., 1906, trawl—T wo. Sus-Famity TERGIPEDINAE. Genus Galvina, A. & H. Galvina tricolor (Forbes). This is one of the most plentiful nudibranchs of the Irish Sea at depths between 10 and 42 fathoms, and occurs on all kinds of ground. It is not clear with what particular hydroid it is associated. The recorded distribution from Plymouth? egrees with that observed on the Irish coasts. Records :— Recorded twenty-four times from the east coast, off Counties Dublin and Louth at all seasons of the year, 10-50 fms. S. 151.—Carnlough Bay, Co. Antrim, 3-5 fms., fine sand, June, 1903, trawl—One. S. 558.—18 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 39-42 fms., mud, sand, and shells, Oct., 1907, trawl—One. S 559.—21 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 39-42 fms., mud, sand, and shells, Oct., 1907, trawl—Three. Six records from the south coast of Ireland off Co. Water- ford, 29-38 {ms., August, 1906. i Beaumont, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Ser. 3, vol. V, 1900, p. 840. Allen, Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. Vol. V, (N.S.) 1897-9, p. 533. VE ‘OT. 7 Galvina Farrani, A. & H. Two small specimens were taken in Lambay Deep. ‘They were marked with deep orange-red spots on the papillae, back, and head. ‘There was a pale orange median band round the tentacles and median and sub-apical bands on the rhinophores. The hepatic ceca in the papillae were of a pale greenish grey in one specimen and of a brownish grey in the other. ?ecord :— S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 41-52 fms., sand and shells, August, 1907, trawl—'T'wo. Sus-Famity CORYPHELLIDAE. Genus Coryphella, Grey. Coryphella gracilis, A. & H. I refer to this species six small specimens of Coryphella taken in Rathlin Deep. They measured, when preserved, from ‘9 to 1:0 cm. in length. The colour of the papillae in life was French vermilion, the white tips being obscure. ‘The radula in one specimen consisted of 18 rows, the median tooth having 6-7 lateral denticles on each side and a large central cusp. The lateral teeth were proportionately a little smaller than in Alder and Hancock’s figure and bore 7 denticles on their inner margin. In another specimen there were 20 rows in the radula, the median tooth having 6-8 lateral denticles on each side and the lateral teeth 7-9 denticles. In both of these specimens the length of the ats st, outer, edge of the lateral tooth was about equal to that of the central tooth measured in the middle line. wECOTa = — S.R. 200.-—Rathlin Deep, off Rathlin I., Co. Antrim, 125 fms., stones, Feb., 1905, dredge—Six. Coryphella lineata, A. & H. This Eolid is not uncommon in moderately deep water the Irish Sea. It sometimes reaches a large size, some of the preserved specimens measuring over 2°5 cm. Most of the specimens recorded below have been preserved before being critically examined, but there seems hardly any doubt, although the radulae show a considerable amount of variation, that they are all referable to this species. The number of rows in the radulae seems fairly constant, being 14 or 15 in all the specimens examined. ‘The number of de nnticle ‘s on the median and lateral teeth was, however, very variable, the limits in the specimens examined being 7-9 for the denticles on each side of the median tooth and 10-16 on the inner edge of the lateral teeth. The form of the outer teeth seems to be fairly charac- teristic, the base being broad and somewhat forked, the outer leg of the fork being rather more produced than is shown in Alder and Hancock’s figure. VIEZO7. 8 Records :— S. 133.—9 mi. off Lambay, Co. Dublin, 35-386 fms., muddy sand, May, 1903, trawl—Four. S. 134.-—74 mi. off Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 31-34 fms., mud, May, 1903, trawl—Twenty. S. 205.—N. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 15-17 fms., Jan., 1904, trawl—One. S. 224.—Lambay Deep, 44 fms., sand, June, 1904, trawl— Three. S. 225.—Outside Lambay Deep, 37-46 fms., fine sand and mud, June, 1904, trawl—'T'wo. S.R. 200.—Rathlin Deep, Co. Antrim, 125 fms., stones, Feb., 1905, dredge—One. Coryphella Landsburghi, A. & H. A few specimens have been met with, mostly of small size, but one, taken off the Kish Lightship, reached a length ot 2°5 cm. when alive. Its coloration and radula were quite typical, the latter having 28 rows of teeth. A specimen taken off the south coast, °8 cm. in length, showed the red hepatic ceca in the papillae, but the purple coloration was entirely absent. The radula, of 34 rows, was of the usual form. Records :— S. 107.--2 mi! outside Kish Lightship, 20-23 fms., sand, April, 1903, trawl—One. S. 444.--6 mi. E. by S. of Bailey Light, Co. Dublin, 22-24 fms., fine sand and shells, July, 1906, trawl—One. S. 503.—44 mi. $.S.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-23 fms., fine sand, Feb., 1907, trawl—One. S. 538.--24 mi. E.N.E. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 19-24 fms., fine sand and shells, August, 1907, trawl—One. R. 19.—172 mi. 8.E. by 8. of Old Head of Kinsale, Co. Cork, 48 fins., sand and shells, Feb., 1906, trawl—One. Susp-Famity FACELINIDAE. Genus Facelina, A. & H. Facelina Drummondi (‘Thompson). Has been met with several times on the east coast at depths of from 12 to 43 fathoms, and was once taken on the south coast. Reccrds :— 61.—Off Ireland’s Eye, Co. Dublin, July, 1902—One. 126.—Lambay Deep, 43-60 fms., May, 1903, trawl—Two. . 204.—Outside Kish Bank, 22-23 fms., coarse sand and shells, Jan., 1904, trawl—One. . 248.—3} mi. N.E. of Drogheda Bar, Co. Louth, 10-12 fms., fine sand, Feb., 1905, trawl—One. Ue we wn TR Vie. 9 S. 279.—13 mi. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 12-13 fms., sand, May, 1905, trawl—Six. 5S. 413.—4 mi. N.E. by E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-25 fms., fine sand and mud, April, 1906, trawl—Three. S. 414.—2 mi. 8. by Ik. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 17-19 fms., fine sand, April, 1906, trawl—Two. S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 41-52 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—T wo. S. 565.—3 mi. E. of Balbriggan, Co. Dublin, 9-12 fms., fine sand, Oct., 1907, trawl—One. R. 36.—3} mi. 8.E. of Coningbeg Lightship, Co. Wexford, 33 fms., fine sand and shells, Aug., 1906, trawl— One. Sus-Famity JANIDAE. Genus Antiopella, Hoyle. Antiopella cristata (Delle Chiaje). The two specimens found were both amongst preserved material, consequently nothing can be said as to their form or coloration. ‘The papillae had almost all been lost, but the distinctive crest was retained. In one of the specimens, mea- suring 1°2 cm. when preserved, the radula consisted of 21 rows of teeth, the eleventh row having the formula 30-0-30. Records :— 5S. 66.—9 mi. E. of Drogheda Bar, Co. Louth, 21-22 fms., mud, July, 1902, trawl—One. S. 565.—3 mi. E. of Balbriggan, Co. Dublin, 9-12 fms., fine sand, October, 1907, trawl—One. GENus Janolus, Bergh. Janolus hyalinus (A. & H.). A small specimen, length when preserved 4 mm., was taken off the coast of Waterford. ‘The animal, examined after pre- servation, had lost most of its papillae, but the non-denticulate jaws were sufficient to distinguish it from Antiopella cristata. The radula consisted of 8 rows of teeth, the fifth row having the formula 10-1-10. From one to three small denticles could with difficulty be made out on many of the teeth. Record :— R. 17.—13} mi. §.8.W. of Hook Point, Co. Wexford, 40 fms., sand and shells, Feb., 1906, trawl—One. Vi, O07: 10 Famity LOMANOTIDAE. Genus Lomanotus, Vérany. Lomanotus portlandicus, Thompson. The correct name to apply to the large specimens of Lomanotus which have been occasionally met with has been a subject of controversy for some time, but the possibility that, in addition to L. marmoratus, two large species may occur in British-and-Irish waters has either been overlooked or put aside. Throughout the western side of the Irish Sea there occurs with moderate frequency a large species of Lomanotus which, as far as colour goes, agrees closely with Thompson’s description! of L. portlandicus. ‘The general coloration of the body is transparent white suffused with pale orange red. The papillar fringe is basally of an orange red colour; the tips of the papillae being opaque white. The only variation in colour to which this form is subject tends to a suppression of the orange red coloration, which is occasionally entirely absent. The colour scheme of this form differs markedly from that of Lomanotus Genet, which, as described by Bergh? and Vays- siére® from living specimens, is of a deep purple or crimson (rouge-laque) flecked with white spots. The depth of the colour, which, according to Bergh, extends to all the viscera except the heart, is apparently a more fixed character than the exact shade. The coloration of two large specimens of Lo- manotus from Ballynakill, Co. Galway, which I formerly re- corded! as L. portlandicus but now believe should be referred to L. Genei, or at any rate to a species distinct from L. port- landicus, agrees in the main with that of L. Genet. These differences in colour would not, however, be sufficient in themselves to maintain the soundness of Thompson’s species unless supported by some differences in form or structure. As far as external characters are concerned no such differences can be made out, but in the form of the jaws, radula, and penis there seems to be some grounds for the belief. The radula of L. Genet has been described by various authors, who agree fairly well with each other. Alder and Hancock® give the formula as 32-0-32 with 28 rows of teeth ; the most numerous row presumably being counted. Bergh® gives the number of rows as 32, with 40 teeth in a row, mean- ing apparently 20-0-20, but does not say which row has been counted, except that it is in advance of the ninth. — Eliot,’ in a specimen, length 2°6 cm., from Plymouth, which he refers to L. Genei, found 32 rows, but does not mention the 1 Ann. Mag. N.H. Vol. V. 1860, p. 50. 2 Verh. der k.k. zool. bot. Ges. in Wien, XXXII., 1882, pp. 66-67. 3 Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille, V1, 1901, p. 88. 4 Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1901, pt. II, p. 128. 5 l.c. Explanation to Pl. 47. 6 Verh. der k.k. zool. bot. Ges. im Wien, XXVIII., 1878, pp. 553-9. 1 Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. Vol. VII. (N.S.), 1906, p. 350. a Dee di 11 number of teeth. In the two specimens from Ballynakill, re- ferred to above, each of which measured 4°0 cm. when pre- served, I found respectively 32 and 28 rows. If these two specimens are compared with two of the pale form from the Trish Sea the differences in the radula become apparent. — Specimens from Ballynakill. Specimens from Irish Sea. Length when preserved, 40 cm. 4:0 cm. 3°0 cm. | 3:3, dm: 2 fhe Ee A ae 3 : No. of rows in radula, a2 28 | 42 | 40 Ist row of radula! ... 8-0-8 3-0-2 4—0_4 3-0-3 5th ,, x --- | 10-0-10 | 6-0-6 14-0-14 | 9-0-9 10th , s ol Ost ase 35-0-35 22-0~22 20th ,, a Beat | eee 2 o7-0=27 | 52=0=52 45-0-45 } 25th ,, * | 31-0-31 31-0-31 52-0-52 aoa 30th ,, ss 2r| > 3620-36 — | 52-0-52 58-0-58 The examination of the radulae of other Irish Sea specimens, in which the exact number of rows could not be made out, seems to point to 58-0-58 being approximately the maximum formula. The number of teeth in the early, exposed, rows is not a point on which any weight can be put, as these teeth are liable to be broken off or worn away by use. The colour of the teeth in the Irish Sea specimens is a very faint pale yellow, while in the specimens from Ballynakill it is a deep chrome orange. The jaws of the pale Irish Sea form are a light straw colour. Their cutting edge is minutely tessellated with small elongate plates, shghtly toothed on one edge. ‘These tessellations are rather finer and more uniform than in the dark Ballynakall specimens. In measurements made about the centre of the cutting, or as it more probably is, grinding edge of the jaw, it was found that 10 tessellations measured ‘135 mm., while in the Ballynakill specimens only 7 or 8 were included in the same length. The colour of the jaw plates in the Ballynakill specimens was a reddish brown, tending to chestnut on the cutting edge. The disposition of the parts of the genital mass in the speci- mens of L. portlandicus from the Irish Sea seems to vary a good deal, but the form of the penis was very uniform in all the specimens examined and differed noticeably from that found in the two specimens of Lomanotus from Ballynakill. In the Irish Sea specimens the sheath of the retracted penis, seen in situ by opening the animal down the centre of the 1 J have assumed that the numbers of teeth on each side of a row are equal. There are, in reality, usually slight differences, but difficulties of preparation make it almost impossible to count both sides. VI. 07. 12 foot, is very stout, about three times as broad as long, and curved throughout its length. The penis itself is short and thick, not tapered, and slightly enlarged below the pointed tip. In one specimen it measured 6 mm. in length with a diameter of 1 mm., the sub-apical diameter being a little more. In the two Ballynakill specimens a different arrangement was found. The penis sheath was comparatively narrow, about nine times as long as wide, the inner end, where it is joined by its duct, being straight, and lying parallel to the long axis of the animal. The penis was long and uniformly tapered, its distal third being bent sharply back and directed up the sheath. The length in one specimen was 10 mm., the basal diameter bemg 9mm. ‘The retracted penis of a specimen of L. Genet examined by Bergh measured 9 mm. in length by ‘75 mm. m diameter, the whole being uniformly tapered. It is, of course, possible that the degree of retraction or contraction may ac- count for the form of the penis in each case, but the differences seem to be too great to be explained in this way. If it be admitted that the pale form of Lomanotus which fre- quents the Irish Sea is rightly known as L. portlandicus, the identity of the dark form, which has been recorded from Ballynakill and, by Mr. Beaumont,! from Valencia and Ply- mouth, is still open to doubt, though the evidence seems to point to its being L. Genet. Lomanotus Eisigii, as described in 1882 by Trinchese? from a specimen which when fully extended measured only 2°3 cm., is transparent white with small opaque white spots and red specks, both due to sub-epithelial chromatophores. The papillae on the pleuropodial ridge have opaque white tips. Their upper third is yellow and their lower two-thirds spotted with opaque white and red similarly to the rest of the body. The general colour as described above must resemble rather closely that of L. portlandicus, but the small size of the animal would lead one to suspect that it was probably a young specimen of L. Genei in which the red colour was feebly de- veloped. As regards L. marmoratus, which Sir C. Ehot? regards as being probably the young of the large form, in which he recog- nises only one species, it seems to me most improbable that a species should retain a very definite and well marked pigmen- tation until it reached a length of 2 cm., the size attained by specimens from Ballynakill, Co. Galway, and then completely lose all trace of it and adopt an entirely different scheme of colour*. 1 Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser 3, vol. V, 1900, p. 843. 2 Rendic. Acc. Sci. Fis. Mat. Napoli. XXII, 1883, pp. 92-94. 3 le. p. 349. 4 While the above was in press, Mr. N. Colgan has published a very full summary of what has been written on the genus Lomanotus (Ann. Mag. N. H., Ser. 8, Vol. I., 1908, pp: 205-218, and postscript, p. 392), in which he upholds the view that there are only two known species in the genus, viz., LZ. marmoratus (=L. Genei) and L. portlundicus (=L. Eisigi). His arguments are based entirely on the external form of the animal, aud consequently do not, in my opinion, affect the conclusion arrived at above: REE OF: 13 Records :— Helga XIX.—54 mi. E.N.E. of S. Arklow Lightship, 35 fms., stones, March, 1901, dredge—One. S. 45.—Lambay Deep, 40-60 fms., sand, Feb., 1902, trawl— One. .103.—1 mi. S.E. of Ireland’s Eye, Co. Dublin, 13-18 fms., sand, Jan., 1903, trawl—One. TR S. 104.—2 mi. off Dalkey, Co. Dublin, 14-16 fms., sand and shells, Jan., 1903, trawl—One. S. 126.—Lambay Deep, 43-60 fms., May, 1903, trawl—Six. S. 133.—9 mi. off Lambay, Co. Dublin, 35-36 fms., May, 1903, trawl—One. S. 260.—Lambay Deep, 35-46 fms., fine sand, Feb., 1905, trawl—One. S. 262.—1-2 mi. outside Lambay Deep, 34-43 fms., sand, March, 1906, trawl—One. S. 388.—Lambay Deep, 30-56 fms., muddy sand, March, 1906, trawl—One. S. 503.—4} mi. S8.S8.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-23 fms., fine sand, Feb., 1907, trawl—One. S. 504.—Lambay Deep, 42-46 fms., muddy sand, Feb., 1907, trawl— Many. S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 48-52 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—Few. Famity DOTONIDAE. GENUs Doto. Doto coronato (Gin... Small specimens have occasionally been taken on _ the hydroids Sertularia argentea and Lafoea. Records :— S. 224.—Lambay Deep, 44 fms., sand, June, 1904, trawl— One. S. 339.—2 mi. off Balbriggan, Co. Dublin, 6-7 fms., sand and shells, Dec., 1905, trawl—One. 5S. 349.—$ mi. off Drogheda Bar, Co. Louth, 5-7 fms., fine sand, Dec., 1905, trawl—One. S. 484.—24 mi. 8. $ W. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 14-21 fms., fine sand and shells, Feb., 1907, trawl—Three. S. 501.—93 mi. Ki. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 35-387 fms., mud, Feb., 1907, trawl—One. S. 503.—43 mi. §.8.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-23 fms.., fine sand, Feb., 1907, trawl—Few. S. 553.—Lambay Deep, 42-52 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—Few. VL 07. 14 Doto fragilis (Forbes). Frequently found nestling at the base of clumps of Anten- nularia ramosa brought up by the trawl. It has also been taken on Halecium halecinum. tecords :— Eleven records from off Counties Dublin and Louth at depths between 10 and 43 fms., on all kinds of ground. S. 398.—15 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 37-38 fms., mud, April, 1906, trawl—One. Famity DENDRONOTIDAE. Genus Dendronotus, A. & H. Dendronotus arborescens (Miill.). This species is of frequent occurrence and is widespread over iets ; : eo the trawling areas off Dublin and Louth. The specimens met with are usually fairly large, but very small examples, in com- pany with large ones, have been taken in May. Records :— Recorded twenty-four times from the east coast off Counties Dublin and Louth at all seasons of the year, 10-48 fms. ; com- monest at about 380 fms. Six of the records are from Lambay Deep. Famity PLEUROPHYLLUIDIADAE. Genus Pleurophyllidia, Meckel. Pleurophyllidia Loveni, Bergh. Only two specimens have been taken. Records :— S. 141.-—5 mi. E. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 12-17 fms., May, 1903, trawl—One. S. 445.—423 mi. E. by N. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 25-26 fms., fine sand, July, 1906, trawl—One. Famity TRITONIIDAE. Genus Tritonia, Cuv. Tritonia Hombergi, Cuv. Large specimens of this species are often trawled in the neighbourhood of the beds of Aleyoniwm digitatum which occur off parts of the Dublin and Louth coasts. The young are WES 707. 15 found crawling on the Aleyonium or concealed in the shells to which it is attached. On every occasion on which Tritonia Hombergi has been taken Alcyonium digitatum has also been found in the net. The spawn has been found in February and April. Records :— Recorded twenty-three times from the east coast off Counties Dublin and Louth, 13-48 fms., at all seasons of the year. S. 233.—1? mi. off Blackwater Head, Co. Wexford, 7-10 fms., sand, shells, and stones, June, 1904, trawl— One. R. 5.—6? mi. 8.W. by W. of Coningbeg Lightship, Co. Wex- ford, 32-34 fms., fine sand, Jan., 1905, trawl—One. Tritonia plebeia, Johns. This species, though not so common as TT. Hombergi, or perbaps escaping notice more easily, is, like it, always found in association with Alcyonium digitatum. Records :— Recorded thirteen times from the east coast off Counties Dublin and Louth, 8-31 fms., at all seasons of the year. Section II.—NUDIBRANCHIATA HOLOHEPATICA. Famity DORIDIDAE CRYPTOBRANCHIATAE. Sus-Famity ARUHIVDORIDIDAE. GENUS Archidoris, Bergh, Archidoris tuberculata (Cuv.). Though usually frequenting rather shallow water, this species has been met with down to a depth of 22 fathoms. Records :— S. 1381.—7 mi. off Rush, Co. Dublin, 21-28 fms., muddy sand, May, 1903, trawl—One. 5. 284.—1} mi. off Balbriggan, Co. Dublin, 6} fms., May, 1905, on sunken wreckage—'T'wo. 5. 287.—6s mui. off Howth, Co. Dublin, 22 fms., fine sand and shells, May, 1905, trawl—Two. 5S. do7.—5 mi. E.8.E. of Howth, Co. Dublin, 22 fms., coarse sand and shells, Dee., 1905, trawl—T'wo. S. 544.—4 mi. N. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 12-14 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—One. S. 568.—Off Ballyvaldon, Co. Wexford, 7-10 fms., gravel, sand, and stones, Jan., 1908, dredge—One. VE 407e 16 Sup-Famity CADLINIDAE. Genus Cadlina, Bergh. Cadlina repanda (A. & H_). Has been taken a few times in fairly deep water. Records :— S. 399.—12 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 35-37 fms., mud, April, 1906, trawl—Two. S. 441.—23 mi. 8S. by E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 17-18 fms., muddy sand, July, 1906, trawl—Two. S. 451.—Lambay Deep, 40-66 fms., muddy sand and shells, July, 1906, trawl—One. Famity DORIDIDAE CRYPTOBRANCHIATAE. Sus-Famity POLYCERIDAE. Genus Polycera, Cuv. Polycera quadrilineata (Miill.). A specimen from Carnlough Bay, Co. Antrim, examined after the colour had been lost in formalin, appears to belong to this species. There are no tubercles visible, but the pleuro- podial ridge is well marked and ends, on either side of the branchiae, in a lappet, which seems to be broader and less pointed than in the typical P. quadrilineata. ‘The radula con- sisted of 11 completely formed rows, each row on either side with two hooked teeth of the usual form and with three, in- stead of, as usual, four, thin plates. Record :— 8.151.—Carnlough Bay, Co. Antrim, 3-5 fms., fine sand, June, 1903, trawl—One. Genus Palio, Gray. Palio Lessoni (d’Orb). All the specimens taken seem to belong to this form rather than to P. ocellata. In a preserved specimen, rather con- tracted, measuring 1'l cm., the radula consisted of 15 rows, each row on either side with two hooked teeth and six thin plates; the first plate, counting from within, bore the rudi- ment of a hook. ML Od 17 Records :— 403.—10 mi. E.S.E. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 22-23 fms., mud, April, 1906, trawl—One. 480.-—4 mi. E. by §. of Kingstown, Co. Dublin, 12-15 fms., sand and shells, Oct., 1906, traw -_Two. 503.—44 mi.8.5.E. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 20-23 ims., fine sand, Feb., 1907, trawl—One. 531.—3 mi. E. of Kingstown, Co. Dublin, 14-15 fms., fine sand, May, 1907, trawl—One. Sun-Famity GONIODORIDAE. Genus Acanthodoris, Gray. Acanthodoris pilosa (Miill.). Occasionally met with on the east, and onee on the south coast. Records :— S. 203.—Outside Burford Bank, Co. Dublin, 14 fms., sand, Jan., 1904, dredge—One. S. 233.—1? mi. off Blackwater Head, Co. Wexford, 7-10 fms., sand, shells, and stones, June, 1904, trawl— One. S. 251.—26 mi. §.W. by W. of Calf of Man, 40 fms., muddy sand, Feb., 1905, trawl—One. ©. 313.—4 mi. N.E. of Lambay, Co. Dublin, 18 fms., fine sand, Aug., 1905, trawl—One. S. 324.—# mi. outside Burford Bank, Co. Dublin, 15-17 fms.., sand and gravel, Aug., 1905, trawl—One. 8. 559.—18}4 mi. W.S.W. of Calf of Man, 39-42 fms., sand, shells, and mud, Oct., 1907, trawl—One. R. 30.—94 mi. 8.E. by S. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 37- 39 fms., fine sand, gravel, and shells, Aug., 1906, trawl—One. Genus Lamellidoris, A. & H. Lamellidoris bilamellata (Linn.). This species is often brought up in the trawl, but usually in connection with some object covered with acorn barnacles. Records :— S. 176.—Dublin Bay, 21 fms., sand, Nov., 1903, trawl—One. S. 386.1 mi. §.8.E: of Bailey Lighthouse, Co. Dublin, 12- 16 fms., fine sand, March, 1906, on sunken baulk of timber—Many. S. 507.—24 mi. S. of Bailey Lighthouse, Co. Dublin, 13-15 fms., fine sand and shells, Feb., 1907, trawl—Three. c Visi 18 S. 542.—91 mi. E.S.E. of Maiden Tower, Drogheda, Co. Louth, 7-9 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl— One. S. 544.—4 mi. N. of Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 12-14 fms., sand and shells, Aug., 1907, trawl—Four. S. 557.—63 mi. N.E. of Bailey Lighthouse, Co. Dublin, 15- 18 fms., fine sand and shells, Oct., 1907, trawl—One. S. 566.—44 mi. S.E. of Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 13-15 fms., sand, Oct., 1907, trawl—One. Genus Ancula, Loven. Ancula cristata, Ald. A single small specimen has been met with. Record :— S. 480.—Lambay Deep, 39-54 fms., fine sand and _ shells, Oct., 1906, trawl—One. 24214, 875. Wt. P.69. 9, 09, (11. 08,)—A. T, & Co, (Lta,) REPORT ON THE DRIFT OF THE IRISH SEA. BY Cuartes M. Cunnincuam, D.D.S., L.D.S., Belfast. When the Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association was founded in the early months of 1903, our Honorary Director, Professor Gregg Wilson, decided to begin an investigation of the surface drift of the Irish Sea and adjacent waters, and so extend our knowledge of the drift conditions of this important area. The experience of previous investigators left us an ample choice of methods, and it was decided to adopt a glass phial 53; in. long, 14 in. wide, with an interior equal to 2 fluid oz. This was weighted with shot in such a manner that it floated upright in the water with only the cork exposed to the action of the wind. Some surprise has been expressed that so fragile a material as glass should have been selected, but experience has amply justified our choice, and this very quality of fragilty has enabled us to note effects of wave action on the coast which, with a stronger material, would have escaped notice. The idea that the bottles must be broken on the rocks is a fallacy, as some of the most formidable coasts in Britain have returned large percentages of our post-cards. When a large wave rushes against the shore a mass of water is elevated above the natural level, and when this mass falls back to its natural position it pushes back any floating object and prevents it from coming in contact with the rocks. In this way bottles will pass safely along a rocky coast until they come to one of those havens where drift material lodges, and there, perhaps, they will be left, together with sand, shingle, sea-weed, and the trash one finds at high-water mark. The small harbour of Port Erin in the Isle of Man is remarkable for the high and steep cliffs which surround it, but the strand at the end, barely a quarter of a nule in width, has returned six post-cards, all in excellent condition, showing that the bottles have not been seriously injured before being found. The greater part_of the observations have been obtained by using the bottle just described, but as the validity of the results obtained by the use of a uniform class of material might be chalienged, other material has been introduced from time to time, and used simultaneously with the 53-in. bottle. In this way large bulbous aerated water bottles, bamboo sections, and wooden pencil cases have been used, but the results have been substantially the same, and the original bottle holds the record for distance travelled and highest percentage of returns. The vehicle of transportation having been chosen, the next point to settle was the message which had to be inserted in the bottle. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, VII, [1909]. Vit 07, 2 As we were dealing chiefly with local conditions, the English language only was used, and this was found sufficient on the occasions when our bottles touched foreign strands, France, Holand and Norway each being represented in our returns. The card chosen was the common limp post-card ; on one side were printed the name and address of the recorder of the observations, and on the other side a statement of the objects of the investiga- tion, an appeal to the finder for assistance, and some directions to be filled up by that person as to locality, date and hour, and the request that the card might be posted without delay in the nearest post office. The response to this appeal was prompt and pete and the interest excited was embarrassing, so at a later period an information card was includéd giving approxi- mately the date and place where the cards were distributed. (Claims for rewards were rare, one came from Scotland, and two from Ireland. In cases where more than two cards were returned from the same individual, a letter was sent giving the objects of the inquiry and the thanks of the association. The first distribution was made on June 12th, 1903, between Whitehead and Ailsa Craig, and the last on May 15th, 1906, off Howth Head. During these three years a constant supply of material has been kept up, so that there has been a continuous chain of observations down to September 7th, 1906. The first six months were devoted to ascertaining the general conditions. Making use of the many steamship lines radiating from Belfast, the drift material was scattered over an area reaching from Arran in the Firth of Clyde to Holyhead; the different units at each distribution being separated by intervals of space varying from a few hundred yards to half a mile, this troublesome work was undertaken by different members of the association, and sometimes at great inconvenience. In the second year arrangements were made of a more systeinatic order. In spring and early summer, when southward drifts were to be expected, the material was distributed in the channel between Larne and Stranraer, and in the autumn and winter, when northward drifts migh it be expected, the material was distributed off the Welsh coast and the south-east coast of Ireland; in these cases the work was undertaken by navigating officers of the mercantile marine. In the third year this work was continued, but side by side with it other schemes were tried, with a view to ascertain the movements of the deep water. Vehicles of various form were designed, bamboo and wood being used in their construction ; some were weighted with lead to make them sink, and others left without any ballast to float lightly on the water. In the fourth vear of our work the simultaneous surface and deep drift schemes were continued, and in the latter part of the work we have at last secured some results. Out of one set of 20 instruments 2 cards were returned, and out of another set of 25 mstruments 4 cards were returned. It was thought that by adopting a releasing arrangement, which would operate after the lapse of a certain number of months, success might be attained, and it is on this principle that most of our instruments have been made. VEE. 707. o Our earlier efforts produced no results, but by adopting a short period of four weeks the results referred to have been secured. Six observations are, of course, quite insufficient to establish important facts, but they are enough to show that we have happened upon a practical method of imvestigation which may be made to yield important results if it is applied on a large scale. Setting these indefinite deep-drift observations on one side, we have distributed, for purely surface drift purposes, 1205 instruments of various kinds, and from these we have had 603 cards returned, or exactly one-half. Now, if we take these cards and carefully classify them, we will be able to extract facts of a novel and interesting order. But first let us take note of their original distribution. 435 were distributed in the North Channel, 400 to the south of St. George’s Channel, off the Irish and British coasts, and 370 at various suitable places in, between, or adjoining these two areas. Including the 6 deep drift cards, of the 609 cards returned, 476 had travelled northwards, and 128 southwards, 459 had gone to the British coast and 145 to the Irish coast, one was found north of Trondjhem, in Norway, two were found on the coast of Holland, and two on the coast of France, the furthest south of these coming from L’Orient on the Bay of Biscay. Placing the 5 foreign cards aside, we find that there is a proportion of over three to one in favour of the northward drift, and a similar proportion in favour of the British drift; now, if we turn to a statement of wind averages for the Irish Sea, we will find that these proportions agree with the prevailing wind conditions. The prevailing winds over Ireland are S.W. and W., and the prevailing gale force over the Irish Sea is 8.W. and §.E. It is clear, therefore, that the chief factor in producing drift results is the wind. But, it will be asked, have the move- ments of the tides no effect? In dealing with large areas their influence is not very apparent, but in narrow channels, and in certain localities, their influence is very marked indeed. In the North Channel the tidal stream runs, during some hours of the day, at the rate of six knots an hour, and the result is that instruments drifting due N. under the influence of southerly winds will be deflected to the N.W., resuming their N. or N.E. course after they have passed Fair Head. Another instance of this local influence is the fact that out of the 400 instruments distributed between Larne and Stranraer only 4 have been returned from the Antrim coast north of Larne, while that part of the Antrim coast lying south of Larne has returned thirteen. A similar local influence seems to be exerted off the S.W. coast of Ireland; 290 instruments have been distributed between Wexford Harbour and Queenstown Harbour, about 4 miles from the shore, and not one of these instruments has been found to the westward of Cork Harbour. Southward drifts, when they occur in this part, may be looked for on the British Coasts either in Devonshire or Corn- wall, or, perhaps, South Wales. 1“ Trish Coast Pilot,’ Ed. 1902, pages 8 and 1], Vi. 0% 4 It is a remarkable fact, and one well worth our most serious consideration, that if we draw a line across the map from about Cork Harbour to Land’s End no instrument of any kind distri- buted to the N. of this line has been found to the 8. of it. The two cards returned from the French coast were started to the southwards, close to the Scilly Islands. The highest rate of travel definitely recorded is 12 miles per diem in the northward direction, and 9 miles per diem in the southward. Our results, then, so far as it may be safe to draw any conclusions from experiments conducted on so modest a scale, suggest that there is a northward drift throughout the year, mouified by a southward tendency during certain states of weather, and that this southward influence is most felt during the months of March, April, May and June, when northerly winds are most apt to assert themselves. The accumulation of records at some points of the coast, and the comparative, or total, absence of records at other points, will be found to present features of interest. For convenience, we may speak of these points of accumulation as drift sites. Now, it will be found that drift sites are usually quite remote from our lines of distribution, and that coasts adjacent to these lines are not in general distinguished by the large number of records they supply. It will be found that drift sites have certain characteristics; flat shores, shallow soundings, and sometimes links and sand hills. The Lancashire and Cumberland coasts, with Tremadoc Bay and the Ayrshire coast, are good examples of these. The most remarkable, howev er, is the Mull of Kintyre. The near, or south-easterly, side of this peninsula, with soundings of from 10 to 50 fathoms, has sent back two or three records nly, although 400 instruments were distributed to the southward of it; while the far, or north-westerly, side, with soundings varying from 3 to 15 fathoms, has sent back about 50 cards. The small island of Gigha, with its satellites, has returned 14, although the Kintyre Peninsula lay between it and the lines of distribution. The enclosed’ sea areas are worthy of study. The Clyde sea area has returned, relatively, a small number of cards, when we consider its advantageous position to the northwards of all lines of distribution. The total number of returns for the Clyde is 92, but from this we may deduct 40 for the instruments distributed ‘off the coast of Arran and within the bounds of the area. The long, indented line of coast stretching from Campbelitown to Dumbarton, which includes the deep waters of Loch Fyne and Loch Long, has returned 3 cards, the rest of the 52 instruments which entered the Clyde being reported chiefly from the Ayrshire coast and the Isle of Arran. A remarkable contrast to this is offered by the area of the Solway Firth. Here, the remotest creeks have returned our cards, and, though far from any line of distribution, the Solway makes a handsome figure in the returns, Larne Lough and Carlingford Lough Wie. “OT. 5 have given no record. Strangford Lough and Cork Harbour have given one each. Loch Ryan has returned 1 card, and Milford Haven, though disadvantageously situated, has returned 3 cards. In illustration of the foregoing remarks, the data have been arranged in four tables. No. 1 describes the classes of material used. No. 2 states the dates and places of distribution. No. 3 gives a condensed abstract of returns. No. 4 shows the returns, arranged by shires. By using the second and fourth tables together the movements of the different groups may be traced. TABLE I. Carbs. DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS. 1 to 100—In bottles, 54 inches long, weighted with shot, so that the tips of the corks only showed above water. to 50 9 “9 9°? $3 99 ) 33 9 2: 33 & (~~ oS CS) ey OD ,) 99 2? ” 9 t+ fo) Or >) 9 9? 2> 39 3) ot (o) 5 OT 1S) ? ’? 33 ” 3 60 ” ee) 50 In bulous Hetibed nenee ipoules. 60 Ale eane) as B. Warhical hortlen! ot ot (Sam ea a Or =) ey Lec} , ell ol eel Ol el 1 to 40 Pato 40—Four etd to neh patties the bottles were attached to weighted canes and sunk 1 to 50—Vertical Hotes same as B. 1 to 50 is te = 1 to 50 a: a J 1 to 50 “ 3 - 1 to 50 Hs U. 1 to 25—-Deep drift instruments. U.* 26 to 50—Vertical bottles same as B. Weal con GO {Even Nos. Bamboo sections floating horizontally. 0 OF (Odd Nos. Vertical bottles same as B W. 1 to 25—Vertical bottles same as B. W.* 26 to 50—Wooden cases floating vertically. X. 1 to 30-—Vertical bottles same as B. X. 31 to 60—Horizontal bottles without shot. X. 61 to 80—Deep drift instruments. Musk to 100: \.,; . a Mind to. 25 “3 ¥..26 to 40.2 Hiofizontall bottles without shot Y. 41 to 60—Vertical bottles same as Bb. dHOROT OZZEMRSUMAaHEYO VIE 07, CARDS. B:* 1 to B. 26 to 1 to 1 to 1 to 1 to Head OM ra) 1 to 1 to hay ef "41 to 1 1 1 1 1 21 i il a al 1 A HONOZSSHP RUM Wo ddcdqun nw Se Oe if 5 db ino TABLE II. PLACE AND DatE of DISTRIBUTION. 25—Blackhead to Ailsa Craig.—June 12th, 19038. 100—Larne to Stranraer.—June 13th, 1903. 50—Copelands to Point of Ayre.—June 26th, 1908. 75—Calf of Man to Copeland Islands.-—-August 5th, 1908. 75—Greenore to Holyhead.—July 9th, 1908. 25—Ardrossan to Whiting Bay, Arran.—August 18th, 1903. 50—Kilbrannan Sound.—August 18th, 1903. 50—Larne to Stranraer.—September 3rd, 1903. 40—Bardsey Island to St. Bride’s Bay.—January 28th, 1904. 60—830 miles S.W. of Scilly Isles, January 29th, 1904. 50—Larne to Stranraer.—March 8rd, 1904. 60—Larne to Stranraer.—March to June, 1904. 50—Larne to Stranraer.—May, 1904. 50—Larne to Stranraer.—May 29th to June 7th, 1904. 20—Waterford Coast.—June 17th, 1904. 50—Wexford Coast.—June 18th, 1904. 40—W aterford Coast.—June 28rd, 1904. 40—Larne to Stranraer.—October 7th, 1904. 50—Cork to Waterford.—November llth, 1904. 50—Wexford Coast.—December 31st, 1904. 50—Smalls to Scilly Isles off Bristol Channel.—January 25th, 1905. 50—W exford Coast.—March 18th, 1905. 25—Larne to Stranraer.—April 28th, 1905. 50—Wexford Coast.—June 28th, 1905. 25—Larne to Stranraer.—April 28th, 1905. 50—Kingstown to Holyhead.—March 16th, 1906. 50—Larne to Stranraer.—May 5th, 1905. 50—Wextford Coast.—October 11th, 1905. X. 1 to 100—Holyhead to Greenore.—January 23rd, 1906. Yael to 60—124 miles N.E. of Howth.—May 15th, 1906. These instruments were distributed at longer or shorter periods of time as required to keep up continuity. They were separated by distances varying from 200 yards to half a mile or more. Towards the end, from T*, they were mostly placed all together in one spot. L.J.K.L. were put in lots of 10 and 12 at a time. We 07. TABLE III. SUMMARY OF Drirt RETURNS. From IRELAND. From GRreEAt BRITAIN. Donegal, 1 Sutherland, Londonderry, we ... 0 Ross and Cromarty, ‘ae, £0 a ae Ui Antrim, Down, Louth, Meath, Dublin, Wicklow, Wexford, Waterford, Cork, 17 Inverness-shire, ... Soe 70 ~=Argyllshire, site LOS 2 Bute, a. me hod 1 Dumbartonshire, bos sl 1 Renfrew, ie te ho 3 Ayrshire, a Sina OD 28 Wigtonshire, a: waepy 2 15 Kirkcudbright, ... ala 7 Dumfriesshire, ... Fa (ro Isle of Man, a way 49 Cumberland, sats wet 52 Lancashire, He Pepto Cheshire, Flint, Denbigh, Anglesey, Carnarvon, Merioneth, Cardigan, Pembroke, Carmarthen, Glamorgan, Monmouth, Gloucester, Somerset, Devon, Cornwall, Scilly Isles. pa FOr OOMNDAHNDODAOOrF ae TABLE IV. DETAILS OF RETURNS. Donegal 1. 1 Unit of G.—March 8th, 1904. Antrim 17. 1 Unit of B.—June 15th, 1903. 1 Unit of D.—August 5th, 19038. 2 Units of H.—July 30th, 1904, and May 16th, 1905. ” be] ? Wwmrna at I.—March 5th to 16th, 1904. J.—May 8th, 1904. K.—June 9th, 1904. L.—June 12th and 15th, 1904. Vid. 07; 8 Down 70. 43 Units of B. (16 B.*)—June 14th to 28th, 1903. 9 Ls H.—March 3rd to 7th, 1904. i ¥ I.—March 11th, 1904. 2 se J.—May 14th, 1904. 8 » - K.—June 10th to 14th, 1904. 1 - M.—September 24th, 1904. 1 - S.—June 20th, 1905. 4 i T.—May 20th to August 12th, 1905. 1 aM W.—January 10th, 1906. Louth 2. 2 Units of H.—March 9th and 10th, 1904. Meath 1. 1 Unit of M.—July 26th, 1904. Dublin 1. 1 Unit of S.—April 20th, 1905. Wicklow 3. 3 Units of S.—April 18th to 20th, 1905. Wexford 28. 8 Units of M.—July 5th to September 28rd, 1904. 5 cd N.—June 30th to August 6th, 1904. 3 “A P.—November 14th to 15th, 1904. 5 a Q.—-January 2nd to 17th, 1905. 7 35 S.—March 22nd to April 24th, 1905. Waterford 15. 9 Units of N.—July 1st to August 8rd, 1904. 6 af P.—November 15th to 16th, 1904. Cork 7. 2 Units of N.—July 2nd and 23rd, 1904. 5 SS P.—November 14th to 17th, 1904. Inverness-shire 7. 2 Units of H.—March 26th and October 22nd, 1904. 1 a K.—July 5th, 1904. 3 a T.—July 3rd to September Ist, 1905. 1 “3 V.—August 14th, 1905. Argyllshire 109. 7 Units of B.—July 6th, 1903, to February 6th, 1904. 6 ye C.—July 31st to August 12th, 1908. 1 a D.—January 31st, 1904. a G.—October 30th, 1903, to March 8th, 1904. 6 I.—March 29th to June 2nd, 1904. 18 op J.—April 2nd to August 17th, 1904. 3 s5 K.—June 10th to 22nd, 1904. 20 eS L.—June 17th to August 25th, 1904. ig ss T.—May 138th to November 10th, 1905 26 ca V.—May 30th to November 28th, 1905 See seinen WE JOY, 9 Buteshire 31. 1 Unit of C.—July 7th, 1903. 14 Units of F. (13 F*)—August 20th to September 24th, 1903. a G.—November 2nd to 29th, 1903. 3 I.—March 24th to April 16th, 1904. - J.—April 1st to July 10th, 1904. i K.—August 13th, 19064. 1 09 HE OD Dumbartonshire 1. 1 Unit of C.—-August 31st, 1903. Renfrewshire 3. 3 Units of F.*—August 19th to 26th, 1903. Ayrshire 55. Units of B. (1 B*)—July 11th and July 13th, 1903. i C.—August 13th, 1903. a D.—August 16th to October 10th, 1908. ee E.—September Ist, 1903. F. (2 F*)—August 20th to September 5th, 1903. ns G.—November 11th to 20th, 1903. Bs I.—March 23rd and 24th, 1904. 95 J.—April llth to July 15th, 1904. As M.—August 8th and 16th, 1904. AC S.—July 23rd, 1904. i) om rPNONFNrFCNWI Wigtonshire 42. - H.—February 28th, 1904. Ae M.—October 9th, 1904. A Y.—August 11th, 1906. 3 Units of B.—July 6th to 12th, 1903. 7 Ms C.—June 28th to August 27th, 1903. 22, - D.—August 10th to September 26th, 1903. 4 ts E.—August 9th to August 30th, 1903. 2 G.—October 25th and November 14th, 19038, A 5 ?.—August 20th, 1908. I 1 i! Kirkeudbrightshire 9. 4 Units of H.—August 18th to September 18th, 1903. 1 iy M.—September 29th, 1904. i 3 5.—September 10th, 1905. 3 - Y.—August 8rd to 26th, 1906. Dumfriesshire 8. 2 Units of E.—September 5th, 1903, 1 a Y.—July 21st, 1966. Vir. 7: 10 Isle of Man 49. 1 Unit of C.—July 12th, 1903. 6 Units of D.—August 7th to August 11th, 1903. 8 “J E.—July 29th to August 9th, 1903. 2 a ?,—July 14th to August 9th, 1903. 5 Fi H.—February 14th to March 12th, 1904. of M.—August 8th, 1904. 2 a S.—June 4th and August 6th, 1905. aia ia X.—28th January to May 11th, 1906. 3 #5 Y.—June 25th to July 16th, 1906. Cumberland 52. Units of E.—August 14th to September 3rd, 1903. 1 3 A ?.—July 25th to September 4th, 1903. 1 re H.—April 4th, 1904. 3 bs M.—September 5th to 10th, 1904. 8 - S.—July 30th to December, 1905. 1 = T.*—October 4th, 1905. 2 2 X.—February Ist to March 6th, 1906. 3 py Y.—June 26th to August 4th, 1906 Lancashire 29. 4 Units of E.—August 9th to 19th, 1903. 4 oe M.—September Ist to 7th, 1904. 5) me Q.—February 3rd to 14th, 1905. 8 rs Y.—July 16th to August 3rd, 1906. Cheshire 1. Unit of Q.—February 14th, 1905. — Flintshire. Nil. Denbighshire. Nil. Anglesey 8. roy 2 Units of M.—August 18th and October 30th, 1904. 1 + S.—July 7th, 1905. 2 me T.*--August 13th and September 4th, 1905 2 aS U.*—July 17th and 18th, 1906. it - W.—December 22nd, 1905. Carnarvonshire, 19. 3 Units of H. (2 of H.*)—February 19th to 25th, 1904. 1 Pr Q.—January 16th, 1905. 2 e3 S.—May 29th and June 3rd, 1905. a 33 T.*—July 22nd, 1905, February 26th, 1906. 0) a W.—December 8th to December 28th, 1908 M07. et Merionethshire 2. 2 Units of M.—September 8th and 14th, 1904. Cardiganshire 1. 1 Unit of W.—January lith, 1906. Pen:brokeshire 5. 1 Unit of P.—January 15th, 1905. 1 i T.*—August 5th, 1905. J) ma U.*—July 29th, 1906. 2 i W.—December 8th and 9th, 1995. Caermarthenshire 6. 1 Unit of S.—September 17th, 1905. 2 Units of T.*—August 20th and September 8th, 1905. 3 3 U.*—August Ist to 17th, 1906. Glamorganshire 5. 2 Units of T.*—August 12th and December 12th, 19035. 3 = U.*—July 20th to 18th August, 1906. Monmouthshire. Nil. Gloucestershire. Nil. Somersetshire 1. 1 Unit of R.—February 20th, 1905. Devonshire 6. Units of P.—January 10th to 18th, 1905. Unit of U.*—July 24th, 1906. ey | fod Cornwall 14. 11 Units of R.—February 12th to 17th, 1905. 3 Units of U.*—July 15th to 19th, 1906. Scilly Isles 1. Unit of H.*—17th March, 1904. —s Norway 1. Unit of V.—April 10th, 1906. —_ Holland 2. Units of H.*—August 25th and 27th, 1904. bo Brittany 2. Units of R.—March 4th and 13th, 1905. bo (176). Wt.P. 70.—S.512. 3. 875. 11/09. C.&Co. G.4 ais x < muito - an a i | a. "ap tesuadlace es 7 aa SAIS EMS, Neamt -—-. 1 vigil S41) / — 2c aud co leet het, QOGE Gs canst COC ATO et * Oe ee ea wer, AsO hita RYE. (1 ~~ ‘ 1% GS s1ijaadlheisb WEP tat Sedngepus — te GG tty mWhovigwe feed, DR Seis ‘i f iL 0s 23) dane era 1 ‘> 1 A) SEAR IN Oe ie . a J “at oes Ynerrctega ia P to s t a = ra mn a P ; — . ; r ad, ae A. 2k ea SEXOWAG am ROMY 8A eyo O10 = ozs OY KOLO UAL ee HOA SOAR eo MOLrTADITaSVMl OLII Tame toe! | JIT] oF anortidt fret bake to waive A dadii @ > % cevoige lh atid eit To Jybol wood ot . z f = ai OF ferrite ay FG Teed auth r QORL) AVLT TORT sere 290 bane) # am 4. bee % govin Ca nutt 4 2 ee, Oo yasere cme Conv cs out wae J i Low tgiel 1 arin aot lak MR oie ae ) “i wart 7 ott a AON a re ve Set wes tn ore Fea ae 4 4Ee Rs aa aw: wer ACO : <0 Aes ps THE FRESHWATER EEL. A REVIEW OF RECENT CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE OF ITS LIFE-HISTORY, BY Hi Wet Elonr. i.—Introduction and References. ii.—Yellow and Silver Eels. i1i.__Marine Migrations of Breeding and Freshwater Eels. iv.—Eggs and newly-hatched Larvae of Eels. v.—The Leptocephali. vi.—Habitat of Atlantic Leptocephali of the Fresh-water Eel. vii.—Shoreward Migration of Elvers. viii.—Eel Culture. ix.—Effect of Artificial Light in regulating the run of Silver Eels. 1.—INTRODUCTION AND REFERENCES. The object of these notes is to bring before the general reader of fishery publications the sum of what is now known of the natural history of this important fish and to indicate, where occasion arises, the bearing of some of the recent additions to knowledge on the Irish eel fisheries. | Originally the notes were intended to serve as a preface to our first summary of reports relative to eel fry, but they were not completed in time, and have grown to a bulk somewhat greater than is customary in prefatory remarks. As will be seen, they are almost entirely in the nature of a compilation, and though I have not thought it necessary, in a brochure in- tended for popular use, to burden the text with constant references, some indication must be given of the principal sources of information. Paramount among these is a memoir entitled ‘‘ Contributions to the Life-History of the Bel,’’? by Dr. Johannes Schmidt. In this will be found, not only an account of Schmidt’s own most important discoveries, but a complete history of the subject up to 1906, with men- tion of every previous worker who contributed a mite of fact 1“ Summary of Reports relative to Kel Fry, 1905 to 1907.’ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1906, VIII. [1908]. 2Conseil permanent international pour VExploration de la Mer Rapports e+ Proces-verbauor, Vol. V, 1906. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, VIII, [1909). W TELaa0r: 4 or theory. | Anyone who wishes to inquire more about eels will naturally look up Schmidt’s paper, so there is no neces- sity to give references here to earlier publications. — The present review, in so far as it contains any informa- tion of fact, is mostly an abbreviated paraphrase of Schmidt, who must, however; be acquitted of any complicity in my own excursions on the paths of theory. Later writers, to whom reference may be made, include Dr. A. Bellini,’ Drs. Trybom and Schneider,? Dr. C. G. Johan Petersen,? Herr K. J. Gemzie,4 M. Joly de Sailly,> and Professor Gustave Gilson. Gilson’s contribution is an admirable summary of what is known on the subject, in the form of a lecture ad- dressed to a semi-popular audience. For information about eel ladders, a subject into which Schmidt does not enter very fully, reference may be made to Herr Ekman’ and Herr Knut Dahl.® A word may be permitted as to the Irish share in the eel investigations. T’o Dr. Petersen, the Director of the Danish Commission for International Investigation, who had long made a special study of the North European eel question, undoubtedly belongs the credit for the organisation of the researches that have been brought to such a successful con- clusion by his colleagues and assistants, Drs. Schmidt and Johansen, and it was at his invitation that we joined in the chase for Atlantic eel larvae and breeding eels, which last, be it remarked, are still to seek. The first Atlantic larvae were taken by the Danish cruiser Thor off Faré in May and by the Irish cruiser Helga off Co. Mayo in August, in 1904. In 1905 and 1906 the Thor made a special cruise along the 500-fathom line from Scotland to the Bay of Biscay, while the Helga carried out observations, mainly inside that line, off the West of Ireland in the same year and has continued them up to the present date. — Though our captures of larve have not been very considerable, the negative evidence acorded by numerous hauls of the special nets inside the 500-fathom line confirm the positive evidence of habitat afforded by the hauls made on and out- i nara sur l’Elévage de l’Anguille en Stabulation, 4 Com- acchio.”’ ulletin de la Société centrale d’Aquiculture et de Péch Vol. XIX. 1907. . ite Bele” 2“ Markierungsversuche mit Aalen und die Wanderungen gekenn- zeichneter Aale in Ostsee’’ and “ Vorkommen von ‘ Montée’s’ und die Grosse der kleinste Aale in Ostsee und in deren Fliissen.’? Conseil ead abate etc., Rapports et Proces-verbaur, Vol. IX, 1908. “Influence of Light on the Migrations of the Eel,’’ Report Danish Biological Station, XIV, 1006. Pe ae 4“ Age and Rate of Growth of the Eel.’’ Ibid. 5“ Détermination du Sexe des Anguilles’? (a review of original papers by Professors Mazza and Mazzarelli). Bulletin de la Société centrale dAquiculture et de Péche, Vol. XIX, 1907. 6§“T/Anguille, sa Réproduction, ses Migrations et son Intérét économique en Belge.”” Annales de la Société royale Zoologique et Malacologique de Belgique, Vol. XLIII, 1908. 7 Svensk Fiskeritidende, 1903. . 8 Norsk Fiskeritidende, 1902 and 1903. VALE. “OT: 5 side the line. As to treatment of material, it is a Damish in- vestigation and it has been a pleasure to us to hand over our records to our Danish colleagues. Dr. Schmidt has credited me with the actual capture of the larvae which have been sent to him, and | therefore desire to say that my share in the matter has been confined to issuing general directions for the conduct of the scientific cruises of the Helga. The actual conduct of observations at sea has been in the hands of Myr. Farran, assisted by Mr. Kemp, and to the energy and dis- cretion of these gentlemen is due the credit of any results that have been attained. 11.—YELLOW AND SILVER EELS. Naturalists now recognise but one species of eel inhabiting the fresh waters of Europe, regarding the many minor varia- tions of form and colour which manifest themselves in different localities as explicable by differences in the circum- stances of environment and, if in any degree congenital, as of less than specific importance. Some of the more conspicuous differences have proved, as we shall see later, to be explicable by the fact that eels, before descending to the sea, undergo certain changes, notably in colour and in the proportions “of the eye and head, which presumably fit them in some degree for a marine life. Changes which are in part of a similar nature are familiar in the fry of salmon and to some extent in salmon slats, and, though the general life-histories of salmon and eels differ very widely, the assumption by both of a more or less silvery coat as a preparation for a marine phase of existence is not likely to excite special remark, little as we may know of the stimulus which directs the physio- logical processes concerned in the deposition of the silvery matter at these particular periods. 99 Since the littie elvers or ‘‘ lughog’’ (loo-ogue in English spelling), which make their appearance at the mouths of rivers any time between late autumn and early summer, have from time immemorial been recognised as eel fry, and since large numbers of eels are known to descend to the sea every autumn and winter, it follows that everyone is apprised of the fact that at least many fresh water eels descend to the sea and breed therein ; while, since large eels are never known to come up from the sea, anyone Wit has given the matter a thought will probably have concluded that these eels breed but once in their lifetime, which is, almost certainly, in fact the case. Excepting the salmon, which undoubtedly misses a season occasionally, or perhaps does so at intervals of : regularity which our imperfect knowledge has not yet “he mitted us to understand, familiar fishes, as soon as they are old enough, appear to breed once in every year; so that in a fish of considerable size one may find either roe or milt recognisable as such at any time of the year. Vidi: OT: 6 Eels, however, breeding but once in a lifetime, are for the greater part of their sojourn in freshwater devoid of any- thing that is readily recognisable to the layman as milt or roe,! and even when they finally descend to the sea their breeding organs are still so little developed that the sexes cannot be distinguished with the same ease as in other fishes. On this account the fishing community has failed to grasp the fact that male eels, when they descend to the sea, are considerably smaller than the females which they accom- pany. Such a difference in size, in favour of the female, would present no difficulty to the sea fisherman accustomed to clean flatfishes for market, but might puzzle a salmon fisherman, who can recognise the sexes by external characters and knows that the male is by no means always the smaller. Moreover, apart from the question of sex, it will be readily understood that individual circumstances of constitution and of food-opportunity may result in considerable difference in the sizes of eels which have reached the breeding age (assum- ing that, with a margin of a few years, reproductive potency is a matter of age?), and thus it may happen not only that the descending mature eels of one river are larger than those of another, but that in the same river system there may be found together before the descent commences eels of the same size, some of which have assumed more or less of the silvery livery and other characters associated with migration, while the rest are still yellow and unmodified in form. It is not surprising that fishermen, as at Lough Neagh and in- deed generally in Europe, should regard the “‘ yellow’? and the “‘ silver’’ eels as distinct, holding that the former never descend to the sea and therefore presumably breed in fresh water. The regular transition of the eel from the yellow to the more or less silvery form, though at sizes which are not even locally quite constant, has now been fully demonstrated by Dr. Petersen. Some eels of the freshwater kind apparently never leave the sea or brackish water at all, and it has been suggested, though without much show of proof, that a permanently marine habit may be more characteristic of males than of females. In a creature in which the sexual organs are dif- ferentiated so late in life (according to Mazza they may be apparently sexless up to a length of 15 inches) the possibility of the ultimate sex being influenced by early conditions of nutrition appears to deserve consideration. 1 The difficulty is by no means confined to laymen, since, according to Mazza, a correct sexual interpretation of the reproductive organs is a matter of uncertainty up to a comparatively late stage. 2 Gemzoe’s recent study of the scales, as evidence of age, indicates that in Denmark male eels usually sojourn for about 54 to 74 years in fresh water, females about 75 years. The age marks on the scales are, however, not too legible, and it is not improbable that the period of maturation is susceptible of influence by local causes. These terms relate to the colouration of the belly. | + 7 VITi= "07: 7 i1.—MaRiNE MIGRATIONS OF BREEDING EELS. Accepting the statement that sooner or later all freshwater eels descend to the sea in autumn and winter to breed, in more or less silvery dress,! we have next to consider their course when they reach salt water. ; In the Baltic this has proved comparatively easy, partly by the simple expedient of examining the direction in which the innumerable eel weirs of the Baltic coasts are set, and partly by the marking of migrating eels. In this way it has been shown that the eels leaving the Baltic rivers all travel to- wards the Atlantic, and that some at least of them keep up an average speed of 94 miles per day for at least a month, while the record 24 hours’ run is put as high as 30 miles. Chiefly they seem to follow the coast-line, but on occasion they cross comparatively deep water. Once in the Atlantic, including the North Sea and such minor subdivisions of the ocean, whether they come from the Baltic or direct from the rivers of the Atlantic coast, eels disappear immediately from human ken. That they cease to follow the coast lme may be inferred from the fact that, outside estuaries, they form no part of the catch of the many forms of small-meshed nets used for the capture of the like of sprats, shrimps, and prawns on various Atlantic littorals. Moreover fishermen, who know most things that are worth knowing about the presence of fishes in shallow water, make no attempt to catch eels near the Atlantic coasts. In the purely marine parts of the eastern coast of Denmark there are over 22,000 cel weirs. On the western coast there is not one. Of drift-nets, which range outwards to about 50 miles from the coast, there are, of course, plenty, with mesh varying from mackerel to sardine size, but an eel, of much the same size from head to tail, devoid of projecting gill-cover or spinous fins, and most efficiently lubricated withal, has not much to fear from drift-nets. Of spillers or long-lines with hooks of negotiable size, there is no lack at any season of the year, but they produce no return in eels, and there is some evidence that even the fishes which are ordinarily caught on 1] think I am right in saying that there is considerable variation in different Irish rivers in the extent to which the silvery dress is assumed by migrating eels, but information which has reached me on this point is not very exact and my own observations are inadequate. If the statement is correct, the explanation is probably to be sought in differences in the abundance or nature of the food supply in dif- ferent river systems, but it must be confessed that it is somewhat difficult to fix one’s ideas as to cause and effect in this matter. It is said, no doubt with truth, that trout domesticated in ponds can be made to assume a silvery coat by feeding them in a particular manner. But salmon fry assume their smolt dress without any known change of diet, and I have seen an unfortunate salmon slat, detained by accident in a hatchery pond well into May, and almost eel-like in form, which nevertheless was nearly as silvery as a fresh-run fish. VATE 0T; 8 spillers neglect a bait when preoccupied by family cares. Moreover, Cunningham’s observations of the conger suggest that the freshwater eel also ceases to feed long before its ova are ripe for emission and probably does not feed at all in the sea. Remains the trawl as a means of determining the course of the marine migrations of eels, and it has proved entirely in- efficient for this purpose. It is true that the capture in a trawl (in the English Channel at a considerable distance from land) of one eel has been recorded, and probably an odd eel is so caught, without record, from time to time; but if such captures were frequent they would certainly be known. Ordinary commercial trawls are from the large size of their mesh apparently unsuited for the capture of eels, which, even if too large to pass through the ‘‘ cod-end’’ where the meshes are smallest, seem sufficiently agile to find a suitable opening nearer the mouth of the net. Greater difficulties are pre- sented by the small-mesh nets used in trawling for scientific purposes, and though such nets have been used on the ordi- nary fishing grounds of the British and Irish coasts to a now considerable aggregate extent, they have not yielded any evidence of the marine habitat of eels, nor have the trawling operations in deep water of the Danish and Irish cruisers been more successful. The Danish cruiser trawled in the summer of 1905 from Iceland to the south of the Bay of Biscay. The Irish cruiser has trawled regularly for several years at all seasons off the south-west coast of Ireland at soundings which range from those of the ordinary fishing grounds to about 500 fathoms, and on several occasions to 800 fathoms. That the nets used by both vessels are efficient for the capture of fishes of the eel kind seems to be proved by the frequent record of a deep-sea eel (Synaphobranchus pinnatus), but the freshwater eels which must have been present somewhere in the sea, at least during the winter months, have so far evaded capture. Though the quest of eels in the sea has much in common with looking for a needle in a sack of hay, one reason why they so successfully elude trawls may be that they do not travel along the bottom. At home in fresh water, though they lurk by day in mud or gravel, they may be seen on calm evenings swimming at the surface, and their air-bladder is presumably capable of adapt- ing itself to their maintenance for prolonged periods at what- ever zone of depth they may prefer. That they do not, at least during the earlier stages of their migration, necessarily keep close to the bottom, is proved by an observation recorded by Dr. Schmidt. On this occasion fishermen, sounding in 22 fathoms in the Great Belt in September, saw hundreds of eels swim past them quite near the surface, and actually caught a few in a landing net. Going much further afield one may notice the finding of an eel in the stomach of a cachalot whale at the Azores, but there is of course nothing —— VEIL. OT; 9 to show at what distance from the bottom the whale caught the cel. Such as they are, this and the record from the English Channel appear to exhaust the history of what is known of full-grown eels in the Atlantic. In the Mediterranean observation is greatly assisted by the whirlpools which at times occur in the Straits of Messina. Here the soundings go down to about 2,400 fathoms, and certain physical causes result in the periodic upheaval of the lower waters, bringing with them fishes rendered helpless by the sudden alteration of pressure, which permits the gases in their air-bladders to expand beyond the control of the mus- cular apparatus.! In this way eels have been brought under the observation of the Italian naturalists, Grassi and Calan- druccio, who found that they exhibited in an enhanced degree the characters by which eels taken on their way to the sea, or when gathering near the outlets of lakes prior to actual descent, are distinguished from those which show no symptom of seaward migration. They are somewhat darker in colour than the silver eels of rivers, especially on the gill-openings and pectoral fins, and the eyes are much larger. In both of these particulars they resemble deep-water fishes as com- pared with shore species of the same families. Shore-fishes, as everyone knows, are usually more or less brightly coloured, either silvery or bedecked with some rather conspicuous pat- tern of colour-markings, rarely colourless or uniformly sombre black, but not rarely more or less uniformly red. Deep-water fishes are mostly black, red, dull grey or colour- less, rather rarely adorned with spots or stripes or any con- spicuous confection of different colours. Until the methods of collection are much improved it will remain difficult to determine the distance from surface and bottom of the actual horizon of capture of many of the deep-sea fishes which find their way into museums, but this at least is certain—that many of the uniformly black fishes of the ocean are not denizens of the bottom, while some undoubtedly spend much of their time at the surface. The assumption of darker colouration by the eels does not therefore necessarily suggest that they pursue their marine migration in the immediate neighbourhood of the bottom. The enlargement of the eyes is a different matter, for the oceanic fishes which, though some are black, are mostly known from the surface, have eyes of only moderate size ; while certain large-eyed kinds, though common in the upper water at mght, seem to retreat to con- siderable depths while the sun has power. The sun’s light is computed to penetrate to about 200 fathoms, and accordingly we find that truly deep-water fishes have assumed one or other method of retaining a sense of vision’or its equivalent. 1A sudden alteration of pressure, even though relatively inconsider- able, such as is occasioned by the lifting of fish in the trawl or on a line from only 20 or 30 fathoms to the surface, is quite sufficient to throw the controlling apparatus out of gear, though the same fish, in its own good time, normally traverses a very much greater vertical range. VIII. ’07. 10 Either the eyes become more or less enlarged, to catch what- ever light there may be, whether from the sun or from the luminous organs of their neighbours, or else the eyes are, as it were, neglected (occasionally to extinction) and more or fewer of the fin rays are prolonged and furnished with organs at their extremities; while some, with minute eyes, ap- parently depend on their own luminous organs to attract prey within the reach of their mouths, and a few may be said to be merely mouths propelled by a feeble swimming apparatus. These various processes of evolution appear to have pro- gressed at the same horizons of depth, for in the same haul one may catch exemplars of all three types of modification and of their intermediate phases. In regard to the eel these modifications are perhaps of more than philosophic interest, because the enlargement of the eyes seems to suggest that the fish, after leaving the river, has still an important section of its life-history before it and requires whatever powers of perception it may acquire! : also, that it does not pursue its marine migrations at the surface— as indeed the circumstances of its capture after the operation of whirlpools proves with more or less certainty, since, un- less the eels were whirled up from some considerable depth the accommodating apparatus of the air-bladder would not be sufficiently impaired to permit of their falling a prey to the scum-net. There is, however, the possibility that though the eels were near the surface, the temperature of their medium was suddenly lowered by the upheaval of cold water from the bottom. Congers, surprised in their summer quar- ters inshore by an early frost lose control of their air-bladders and float helplessly at the surface. Silver eels, too, stored in the holding boxes at eel weirs, are subject to great mortality during frosty weather. The Italian naturalists also obtained many specimens of eels from the stomachs of swordfishes. The habits of the swordfish are somewhat obscure. It is often at the surface, and we may perhaps infer from certain features of its struc- ture that it is capable of resisting the pressure of very con- siderable depths, but it is difficult to regard it as a successful hunter of forms which actually live on the sea floor. While it is possible that the eels found in swordfish were taken at a disadvantage under the influence of whirlpools, it is at least 1 The eels which live in the subterranean rivers of Rome and in the dark pools of the Island of May on the east coast of Scotland also have very large eyes, independent of the migratory phase. In these places they presumably need whatever faculties they can command for the acquisition of food, but it seems possible to argue that the pheno- menon indicates a quasi-mechanical response to the reduction of light and is not therefore, in the case of eels which have reached the deep sea, necessarily evidence of the importance of sensory organs in the last stage of the life-history. In examining the figures of Lepto- cephali. it will be noticed that the size of the eyes undergoes reduction as development proceeds. Schmidt makes a guarded reference, in connection with this reduction, to the change of mode of life from deep to shallow water, but a similar reduction is common in the de velopment of fishes which pass their whole lives in very shallow water. WEEE: "OF EE as probable that they were caught under normal conditions at a considerable distance from the bottom. If this is so, it would appear that eels during a comparatively late stage of their marine period of life are at least not exclusively bottom fishes. | Though the eels obtained at Messina are stated to have had their reproductive organs in a condition nearer to ripeness than in any eel taken in fresh water, no one has yet caught a spawning eel, and to complete the summary of what is known of the life-history of the fish one must pass to the other end of the life-cycle. It is worthy of note that Grassi and Calandruccio give the period of occurrence of eels in the deep sea, at Messina, as between November and July. The bulk of our Irish eels go to sea at a period extending from the first floods of autumn until the early spring, and, if the period of the Mediterranean run is the same (as to which I have no evidence), it would seem that eels must spend some months (perhaps as many as six) in the sea before they spawn. I do not know of any evidence to show whether eels feed after they leave the rivers. Congers, as Cunningham has shown, cease to feed at a period which apparently corresponds with the first conspicuous approach towards maturity of the ova, and, at least in aquaria, live without food and inert and helpless for many months while the process of maturation is going on. ‘Though the absolute consummation of spawning was never reached, it was evident that in the later stages all the tissues of the body are so seriously reduced by absorption for the nutrition of the ova that the parent could never re- cover. That the same takes place with the freshwater eels seems, from the near relation of the species, practically cer- tain, but the large store of fat with which a silver eel leaves fresh water no doubt provides energy for a long migration before the locomotive tissues are attacked by absorption. iv.—EGGS AND NEWLY-HATCHED LARVAE OF EELS. The eggs of the freshwater eel have not yet been recog- nised with absolute certainty. Raffaele, one of the pioneers in the study of the early stages of fishes, was the first to assert that certain peculiarly characterised large ova included those of the eel kind, and, of the different varieties of ova described by Raffaele, Grassi and Calandruccio considered that one could be with certainty assigned to the freshwater eel. This opinion, however, is not supported, and is, indeed, in part refuted, by what is known of the eggs of the fresh- water eel in the unripe ovarian condition. The group of ova in question may, for present purposes, be sufficiently de- scribed as being pelagic (t.e., floating, though not necessarily at the surface) and, relatively to the ova of ordinary commer- cial sea-fishes, of very large size. Within the last few years it has become apparent that the majority of the deep-sea fishes produce very large ova, relative to the size of the parent, and as most of these fishes are more closely allied to the eels 2 i Re ye 12 than to commercial sea-fishes, 1t 1s quite probable that the ova of many are indistinguishable in their early condition from eel eggs. It was, of course, from the characters of the alevins or larvae hatched under observation from these ova, that Raf- faele and others drew the conclusion that some of them were of the eel kind. Though the newly-hatched young of fishes (other than such as sharks and rays) are not at all lke their parents, they soon show a number of body muscle-bands or myomeres corresponding to those, and to the vertebral bodies of the back-bone, in adult members of the species to which they belong. The eel tribe contains many marine in ad- dition to the few freshwater species, and all are remarkable for the large number of their vertebrae. The presence of myomeres in similar number, combined with some other characters, make it reasonably certain that young larvae of a certain type are those of eels, though it is not yet possible to absolutely assign each of the known sorts of larvae to a particular species of eel. Briefly these larvae are very elon- gate and slender in form, with gut reaching back far beyond the middle of the trunk, the snout pointed, and the jaws armed with a few relatively enormous outwardly and_for- wardly directed teeth, of which the upper series is especially developed. At this stage an eel larva may be about half an inch long, and is obviously well adapted for capturing prey of relatively large size, though the means by which it conveys it when caught into its interior economy are less obvious. The subjomed figure shows the general characters of an eel egg and larva. It is borrowed from Eigenmann, who: con- sidered that the species in question was the conger, but while this is likely enough, absolute proof is wanting. 72 Tm Fig. 1: Egg of a species of Eel, probably the Conger. Fig. 2. Larva or Pr eleptocephalus of the same species of Eel. Fig. 3. Head of Larva. NIELS OC: 13 Very little is known of the ova and early larvae of eels. Though found at the surface in the Mediterranean, and rarely at, or at least not far from, the surface off the north-east coast of America, the ova have otherwise escaped recognition by collectors, while there is a fair show of reason for suppos- ing that they belong properly to the deeper strata of the ocean and are only exceptionally brought to the surface by whirl- pools, etc. Though lighter than, and therefore floating in, the dense water of the depths, they may be heavier than the less saline waters of the upper strata, and so remain and hatch always in deep water. Of the early larvae with the big teeth knowledge is mostly confined to those which have been hatched under artificial conditions. In six years’ tow- netting at all depths and seasons the Helga has only produced one (not the larva of the freshwater eel) in recognisable con- dition, while the Thor took none during her special eel- quests. Early larvae are, however, so fragile that deep- water townets usually reveal of them nothing but unrecog- nisable fragments. v.—THE LEPTOCEPHALI. We must therefore pass to a much larger group of larvae of which several can now with certainty be assigned to par- ticular species of eels. These are the remarkable animals long known as Leptocephali, and originally (like the familiar whitebait) regarded as exhibiting the full development of their kind. They are comparatively large animals—several inches long, comparable in form and living appearance to a ribbon of glass, ending in front in a very small head and cut to a point behind and, in some cases, drawn out to a thread. Naturalists as early as 1861 began to hold the opinion that they must be really the young forms of some kind or other of fish, but the first guesses went wide of the mark. Gill, however, in 1864 expressed the strong belief that one of them, Leptocephalus Morrisi, was a young conger, which is, in fact, the case. The difficulty in the acceptance of this view, and in its logical extension to other kinds of Lepto- cephalus, lay in the fact that these creatures were bigger than the known and obviously older stages of the familiar eels; and this difficulty gave rise to a theory that the Lepto- cephah, though truly the young of eels, did. not represent a normal phase in the development of these creatures, but were eel larvee which, carried to or retained within (by whatever means) an environment unfavourable to their natural growth, were thereby prevented from passing through the ordinary metamorphoses, but yet retained, for the term of their exist- ence, the capacity of increasing in size. Yves Delage, how- ever, in 1886 succeeded in rearing a typical Leptocephalus Wall. 707. 14 Morrist into a normal young Conger, and ten years later Grassi was able to display all the important stages of a per- fectly normal transition from Leptocephalus brevirostris to the familiar elver of the common eel. vi.—HABITAT OF ATLANTIC LEPTOCEPHALI OF THE FRESH- WATER EEL, Though the connection between Leptocephalus brevirostris and the freshwater eel had thus been traced in the Mediter- ranean, nothing was known about this Leptocephalus in the Atlantic until 1904, when one was taken in May by the Danish investigation cruiser Thor in deep water west of the Farés, and another in August by the Helga in deep water off the coast of Co. Mayo. ‘The negative result of the immense amount of townetting which has been done within the last twenty years in comparatively shallow water off the coasts of Northern Europe and America, and the similar result which attended a search with specially designed large tow- nets in deep northern waters in 1903 and 1904, led Dr. Schmidt to the conclusion that the breeding place of fresh- water eels and the haunt of their Leptocephali must be looked for in deep water of a relatively high temperature. At Mes- sina the temperature of the water even at the greatest depth, 2,400 fathoms, does not fall below 138°C. (about 55° Fahr.), whereas east of the submarine ridge which connects Green- land, Iceland, the Farés and Scotland the temperature at and below about 300 fathoms is below freezing point. West of this ridge, and southwards along the coast of Ireland the bottom water becomes warmer, being over 5° C. (about 41° Fahr.) off the south end of the Faros at about 500 fathoms, and about 8° C. (about 46° Fahr.) at the same depth off the south- west of Ireland. The water of the upper strata is of course subject to considerable seasonal changes of temperature, but the bottom water remains very much the same throughout the year. Concluding, then, that the Faré station at which the first Atlantic specimen was taken might represent the northern limit of distribution, Dir. Schmidt in 1905 carried out a thorough search from the Fiarés to the Bay of Biscay, with the result that between May and September Leptocephalus brevirostris was found about and some way outside of the 500-fathom line! practically everywhere between the lattitude of the Hebrides and that of Ushant, while none were taken in- side this line. So far as the Thor’s townettings went to 1T use 500 fathoms as a rough translation of 1,000 metres (about 547 faths.), which is the depth-contour mentioned in Sehmidt’s memoir... ek. Winey. OF. 15 show, Leptocephali were much more abundant about opposite the mouth of the English Channel than elsewhere. The temperature at 500 fathoms here rises to about 9° C. (about 48° Fahr.); it becomes higher as the line passes south, but the southern area was not much explored, and, as far as observa- tions went, seemed less rich in Leptocephali. So, too, ex- cursions far beyond the 500-fathom line gave negative results. Although they seem to show a distinct preference for a rather narrow zone of soundings, the Leptocephali do not appear to live near the bottom, for the best catches were made with only about 150 fathoms of warp out, the net presumably fish- ing most of its time somewhere between 50 and 100 fathoms below the surface, while some specimens were taken actually at the surface. As has been seen, there is some reason to believe that the eggs and early larve keep to the lower strata, and there is nothing to show at what period in the unknown preleptocephaline stage the ascent is made. So far as occasion has served, the Irish cruiser Helga has carried out observations, with nets similar to those of the Thor, during her quarterly cruises in the years 1905 to 1907. These cruises do not usually extend much beyond the 500- fathom line, and on the whole the catches of Leptocephalus brevirostris tend to confirm the result of the Thor’s work in 1905 and 1906; but a solitary and rather advanced specimen in the first stage (vide infra) of metamorphosis, taken in February, 1906, indicates that the seasonal period of growth in the Atlantic requires further investigation. Between April and November the Leptocephalt undergo a gradual modification in form, which Schmidt has beautifully illustrated in his memoir. The youngest specimens have the typical high ribbon-like form, the mouth is still armed with teeth (similar to, though relatively much smaller than, those of early cel larvae) and the gut extends far back. Soon the larval teeth disappear, and gradually the form becomes re- duced both in length and height and more and more eel- like, while the vent is drawn further forward towards the head. The head, meanwhile, undergoing no very great re- duction, ceases to be disproportionately small, and by Novem- ber the Leptocephalus has become a veritable elver. My pen and ink sketches, Figs. 4 to 8, p. 16, are mere outlines taken from Schmidt’s beautiful plates, which are re- productions from photographs. All that they purport to show is the size and shape, in lateral view, of the larve in their transformation from the typical Leptocephalus to the elver. They are drawn to the same scale as in Schmidt’s plates, namely, about one-half greater than the natural size. It will be noticed that they do not show a regular reduction in length, though the reduction in height is fairly consistent. The reason for this is that Leptocephali, even at the same stages of metamorphosis, do not show an absolute constancy VIII. ’07. 16 in size. The same is the case in all the fish larvae which I have had occasion to examine critically, but it is only in the case of fishes with unusually large larvae that the variation is conspicuous without resort to microscopic measurement. 8 Figs. 4 to 8. Leptocephali of Freshwater Eel, magnified by about 13. Schmidt distinguishes six stages. The first of these, re- presented in Figure 4, was found on the deep-sea grounds from May to August. The variation in total length was from 60 to 88 mm., the ustial size being apparently 75 mm. (about 3 inches). The mouth has still a full complement of teeth, but compared with the Preleptocephali (cf. Figs. 2 and 3, p. 12) they are quite small. The gut extends far back along the belly, and the folds representing the dorsal and anal fins are confined to the hind end of the body. The second and third stages, shown in Figs. 5 and 6, were found on the same grounds in September. They are tooth- less. and show a reduction in height of the body, a shortening up of the gut, and a forward extension of the dorsal and anal fins. ‘ VET ‘07: 17 The fourth stage, the last in which the fry lingers on the deep-sea grounds without apparent shoreward migration, was found there in September and October. Fig. 7 portrays the latest development of this stage, which is merely an elver with a larger and somewhat higher form. The fifth stage, which I have not thought it necessary to illustrate, is much like the last but somewhat smaller in every dimension, and has some faint traces of pigment. It is found any time from November to May, or even later, moving from the deep water towards the shore. The sixth stage, Fig. 8, is the elver or eel fry, as we know it on the shores and at ite mouths of rivers in late winter, spring, and early summer. The new teeth, if not actually cut, are in the gum. Allowing for some individual variation, comparison of Figs. 4 and 8 presents a fair illustration of the decrease in bulk from the first leptocephaline to the elver condition. A point of extreme interest is that the observations of Dr. Schmidt and his colleague Dr. Johansen show that the young eels, from the first known Leptocephalus stage to the last unpigmented stage of the elver, do not feed. It is the busi- ness of the early larva, or Preleptocephalus, to build up with the aid of its huge teeth a structure containing a store of energy sufficient to convey. the creature on its long journey from the deep-sea breeding grounds to fresh water, though, as far as knowledge goes at present, there is no distinct shore- ward migration until a more or less eel-like form has been attaimed. One thinks at once of the analogy of the salmon, which loads up in the sea a store of fat sufficient for the ascent of rapid rivers, as well as for the maturation of its genital products and the many activities connected with their disposal. Perhaps a closer analogy is found in the life history of the barnacle (Balanus) in which a first active feed- ing stage gives place to a second form, mouthless but actively swimming, whose function it is to find a suitable place in which the final metamorphosis into a sedentary feeding and breeding form may be accomplished. The Preleptocephalus or first larval stage of the eel is, as we have seen, in general form not much unlike that of the majority of the larvae of bony fishes, as far as they are known—that is to say it is an elongate creature, very narrow (from side to side) but also very low (from back to belly). The familiar *herring is hardly less elongate in its early condition. While, however, the herring and most other bony fishes become more and more elevated in form (from back to belly) as growth proceeds, the eels are singular in passing through an elevated ribbon-like phase and again resuming much the same form (though more cylindrical) as that in which they were hatched. The significance of this ribbon-like phase (which varies in different genera and reaches something near its maximum in the freshwater cel) is obscure. It may have to do with the urgent necessity of B VEEL 7. 18 invisibility (if a ribbon of glass is less visible than a rod of the same cubic measurement) while the larva is loitering in the superficial region of the 500-fathom line and undergoing a con- version of its accumulated bulk into an engine more fitted for strenuous locomotion. Water, no doubt, is a large ingre- dient in the composition of a Leptocephalus, as in the jelly- fishes, and therefore the energy required to keep it near the surface may be supposed to be comparatively insignificant. To some extent, however, the elevated ribbon-like form may be a recapitulation of an ancestral condition, since Muraena helena, a southern eel which occasionally wanders to the English Channel, is, as compared with the freshwater eel and conger, distinctly elevated and laterally compressed. Everyone knows that eels go down to the sea in autumn and winter and that elvers appear at the mouths of rivers usually in the spring. An immediate inference might be that the elvers of the spring are the progeny of the eels of the previous autumn, but Schmidt’s account of the history of the Leptocephali between April and September shows that this cannot be, for in the spring one only finds the first Lep- tocephalus stage in the deep sea, and the last eel-like stage is not found there until the autumn. Supposing, then, that the parent eel spawns soon after reaching the sea in autumn and winter and that the early large-toothed larva has built itself up into a Leptocephalus by April, it is not until about a year after the descent of its parent that the elver is fit to make for fresh water. Vll.—SHOREWARD MIGRATION OF ELVERS. The very thorough search to which the north-east part of the Atlantic has been subjected affords prima facie evidence that the breeding haunt of the cels of Northern Europe is at the place where alone their Leptocephali have been found in abundance, namely, at or some way outside the 500-fathom line to the south-west of Ireland. Obviously it does not follow that all eels which take the sea actually reach that place, and indeed it is difficult to understand that prospective parents, leaving the rivers of the Gulf of Bothnia and those of Co. Kerry at about the same time, could arrive at about the same time at a goal to which, at the start, the Kerry eels were more than 1,500 miles nearer than their cousins from Finland. This much, however, seems certain enough—that whether or no the north-eastern eels attempt breeding operations east of the British Isles, they fail to accomplish it. Possibly, per- haps indeed probably, these eels contribute nothing to the breeding stock. : Dr. Schmidt has sought in another way to demonstrate that the rivers of Europe are stocked with elvers from the NALS OF: 19 breeding ground already indicated, viz., by comparison of the seasons at which the rivers of different parts of Europe re- ceive their stock of elvers. In the accurate record of data bearing upon this point the difficulty arises that where elvers are not the object of a commercial fishery or where there are no important fisheries for adult eels, nobody bothers himself to observe the ascents. Moreover, the possibility of observa- tion depends very much on the state, clear or turbid, of the river, and similarly, in different years, different conditions in the velocity, and perhaps the temperature, of the fresh water may affect the date at which it becomes possible for the elvers to leave the estuary. Nevertheless, the data, however im- perfect, are worthy of notice,—in October and November elvers were first reported from the Erne, Co. Donegal, and from the north-east coast of Spain; in December from Bay- onne, near the borders of France and Spain; in January from the south-west of Ireland and the southern half of the Atlantic coast of France; in February from the north-east and south of Ireland, the Hebrides, Belgium, and _ the northern part of France; in March from the south-west of Norway. These dates, it must be understood, refer to first appear- ances of elvers, while still transparent and absolutely colour- less except for the silvery eyes and the faint red tracery of the heart and larger blood-vessels. Such elvers have never been found in the Baltic at all. They seem to arrive in. different batches at the same Atlantic estuaries, and the earliest arrivals are larger than the later, for they are still fasting and shrinking in size. They come to the shore as pelagic fishes, swimming in mid- water, or at the surface (probably only at night, except in turbid water when they get near land), and not along the bottom ; but once they reach the shore they take to the bottom and start feeding, and soon a few black specks appear on the top of the head and gradually spread over the back and sides, so that the little fish are first grey and then blackish brown. Strong light seems to hasten the change of colour, for elvers taken from the mouth of a river and transferred to shallow class vessels become quite dark in two or three days, though given no food, and I think that those which linger in the mud or under stones outside the river, colour more slowly than those which commit themselves at once to fresh water. For they do not all ascend at once. They may linger in great numbers outside the mouth of a river, hiding by day among gravel, weeds, or mud, and apparently finding there some food to their liking, until the conditions (presumably of cur- rent or temperature) of the river are such as invite them to the ascent, while more or fewer of them appear to be content to stay outside perhaps for several months. Some, ap- parently, never reach really fresh water, for harbours and lagoons are the regular habitation of eels of all sizes all the WATT 307. 20 year round, and almost anywhere along the sea shore you may find eels up to about a foot in length lurking among the stones and seaweed near low-water mark, without regard to the proximity of a river.? It has been seen that the transparent elvers are unknown in the Baltic, yet the rivers of that sea are stocked with eels even up to Finland. The stock is, however, recruited by the ascent of young eels, fully coloured and very much larger than elvers, and quite incomparable in number to the endless bands of eel fry which may be seen passing up such an Atlantic river as the Shannon in their due season. It is evident that those elvers which reach the entrance to the Baltic treat that brackish sea as a river and at once commence to feed, though continuing a leisurely movement along the shores until such time as they think fit to enter fresh water. Thus while the elvers of Atlantic rivers are mostly about a year to fifteen months old, the young eels which go to stock the rivers of Finland may be two years old or even more. In general it appears that the run of elvers is not only earlier, but more abundant, in the rivers nearest to the sup- posed breeding grounds, i.e., the region in which Dr. Schmidt found the Leptocephali in greatest abundance; and the facts adduced certainly support his contention that most of the elvers proceed to their various northern rivers by way of the English Channel rather than north-about by the Pentland Firth. Very probably the attention that is now being given in Ireland and elsewhere to accurate observation of the dates of ascent will prove to confirm this contention; but the diffi- culty remains that the arrival of elvers in the first elver-stage of growth in any one river may be spread over a period of five months, possibly because the breeding season of the parents is of something like the same duration, taking the species as a whole ; for divers of them may come from afar to the breed- ing ground and from regions of which the chmatic conditions may be supposed to differ considerably in seasonal effect on reproductive activity. It follows that either failure to ob- serve the first arrival at each place, or some purely local cause which may send a batch of fry past its natural place of call, may fog the record rather seriously.? It has long been commonly believed of salmon that the fry which leave a river as smolts return to that same river as peal or grilse, and, though it is now known that these fry may remain away from the river for a year or more, it is also proved that at least some of them do find their way back. So far no one appears to have propounded the theory that 1 The same is true of flounders, except that they do not hide under stones, etc. Most of them spend the greater part of their life in brackish water, or even fresh, though they must descend to the sea to breed ; but more or fewer can always be found at any time of the year in the open sea. 2 Thus in the seasons of 1905-6 and 1906-7 in some west of Ireland rivers elvers were not noticed before April, whereas they reached Bel- gium in February. with "OF 21 the elver returns to the river of its parents, or of one of them, and the probability seems to be that the distribution of elvers over so wide an extent of the European Atlantic coast line is due to conditions of tide, current, and drift, whereby many are carried up channel or round the north of Scotland without ever being brought within the influence of a river. During the last few years the Irish fishery cruiser has made extensive experiments with drift bottles, of which many have been put overboard at considerable distances from the west and south- west coasts, in fact at places which may be said to be within the normal haunt of Leptocephali, as well as nearer to the shore. These bottles are weighted so as to float absolutely at the surface, in fact with the cork and part of the mouth of the bottle exposed in open sea water, in order that they may have sufficient buoyancy to keep afloat even in estuaries. They are thus subject to the whole force of the surface drift, which is the result of the prevailing winds, with us almost always south-westerly. Yet a considerable proportion of the bottles escape the west and south-west coasts of Ireland alto- gether, and the cards which they contain have been returned to us from Norway, the west of Scotland, and Atlantic coasts of France, as well as from the Irish Sea and west and south of England. If, as I suppose, the little eels do not much frequent the actual surface except at night, they are of course less subject than the bottles to the influence of the superficial wind-drift, and so less liable to take the ground on the shores immediately north-east of their nursery. They are, how- ever, exposed, just at the period of assumption of the elver form, to the great annual tide of densely salt water which moves from the central Atlantic to the coasts of Northern Kurope about November, ebbing again about February. From the influence of this shoreward movement of the ocean waters there can be no getting away, and, if not absolutely the determining factor, it must at least play a great part in the inshore migration. Chemical observations show that enormous masses of this ocean water may be driven prac- tically up to the Straits of Dover; and, presumably, small pelagic animals may be carried with it past quite neighbour- ing coasts until by chance they wander to the fringe of the coastal waters outside and so become subject to their in- fluences.+ Similarly the November tide sends an arm of Mid- Atlantic water into the North Sea round Scotland, but the absolute date and duration, and the extent, of both these in- vasions of the narrow seas of North Europe varies consider- ably from year to year, not improbably with a correspondingly variable effect on the fortunes of the elvers. That the eggs and early larvae, Preleptocephali, are not, 1Gilson suggests that the lateral sensory canals, which are _per- meable by the surrounding water in elvers though not in older eels, may have their use in the perception of reduced salinity when the elver is brought near the coast, and so enable it to find fresh water. Viti, “Cr 22 similarly with their year-old cousins, driven shorewards by the November flood, is explicable, if, as much negative evi- dence tends to show, these youngest stages never rise into the upper strata; for the movement of waters seems to be comparatively superficial as far as the deep sea is concerned. vill.—EEL CULTURE. So far from recognising any necessary blood relationship between the eels which descend from their rivers and the elvers which re-stock them, the Baltic authorities appear to regard their own mature fish as entirely negligible as prob- able breeders, and some at least of them would, if they could contrive and effect the means, willingly catch every eel that tried to get into the Atlantic. Very probably they are right, and by so doing they would only benefit themselves and harm no other body. With ourselves, however, it is quite different, for we are the trustees not only for the supply of our own rivers, but for such surplus of fry as may be carried past them to our friends of north-eastern Europe. Clearly, therefore, we must take care that a sufficient breeding stock reaches the sea in safety, and perhaps those rivers that debouch on the south-western quarter of our littoral are of the most import- ance in this regard. I do not wish to imply that eel-fishing, as at present practised in Ireland, stands in any need of further restriction. It is, in fact, as far as serious exploita- tion is concerned, practically confined to the Bann, Erne, Corrib, and Shannon, and it is quite probable that consider- able development of the fishery on certain other rivers is pos- sible without serious depletion of the breeding stock. There is, however, a way in which the productivity of eel fisheries could probably be increased by the utilisation of fry which now go to waste, should it be made possible to have any lawful dealings with them. At present the Insh law prohibits their capture and sale, the prohibition bemg no doubt directed against the practice of catching them for food, though such a practice is recognised in English law and ap- pears to be general in France; while in Ireland the prohibi- tion seems to have been seriously enforced only in compara- tively recent years and is perhaps not yet quite effective throughout the country. To remove this prohibition, in so far as it affects the cap- ture and sale of elvers for food, would be contrary to the spirit of all Irish fishery policy for the conservation of fry; but it is another matter when one considers the possibility of providing by law for the transplantation of young eels from one catchment basin to another. Elvers creep into every dribble of fresh water, and so make their way into innumer- able tiny streams and bog drains where they can never find the food necessary to convert them into full-grown eels. On occasion they become a nuisance by finding their way into the pipes of a town water-supply, as in South London in the WERE. OF- 23 early eighties. Again, in their progress up a river of which the upper waters afford reaches and lakes quite favourable for their future growth, they may be met by falls which are too much even for their considerable powers of surmounting 1m- pediments. The pouch-like character of the gill chamber, which allows the gills to remain moist (and therefore in work- ing order) for a considerable period after the fish has left the water, enables the adult silver eel to make a fairly long overland passage in search of running water from the pond (land-locked in respect to its mature bulk) which it entered as an elver; while, if one may accept the common relation of countrymen, it is no rare experience to meet yellow eels questing of a summer’s night over the dewy fields for some clay-hole which may yet hold enough water for their needs. Similarly, the fry can and do leave the water for the land when they cannot face the current or fall. Their presence in streams and lakes of which the seaward outlets are per- manently closed by high banks of gravel or sand attests their powers of climbing over such obstacles, and T haye seen young eels, somewhat too large to be classed as elvers, successfully negotiate practically vertical rock faces several feet in height, wriggling through the water-moss moistened by the spray of the fall. Such natural powers of ascent require little aid from man, and on the Bann, where eel fry passes—narrow grooves in the masonry of the weirs, are provided, it 1s found sufficient to lay coarse straw-ropes or sheets of old stake-netting in the passes. ‘‘ The fry, when crawling up, cover the straw so “thickly with their bodies that at a distance one would think ‘“one was looking at a black oak log lying in the eel pass.*”! At Ballyshannon Falls on the Erne, and at an insurmount- able sluice-gate on the Corrib, the fry are facilitated in their ascent by the simple, if laborious process of tipping them over in buckets. ‘To guide the fry past tributary streams. below which are no eel weirs, it is customary on the Bann to moor ropes of coarse straw twisted to the thickness of a man’s thigh, and this device is efficient enough except the stream be in flood. So far as I know, these operations comprise all that is done in the way of eel culture, if if may so be called, in Treland. On the Continent matters are more advanced. Eel fry are known to travel well for considerable distances 1n boxes or baskets of wet moss, and it is a common practice to catch them at any convenient place for sale and despatch to the proprietors of ponds or lakes in which they can attain to marketable quality. Presumably ‘this is only done under circumstances which entail no infringement of the rights of upper proprietors. Similar procedure, without damage to the interests of anyone, would appear to be possible in many places in Ireland. 1 Mr. T. M‘Dermott, Foyle and Bann Fisheries, in Iitt. VEIT... 7: 24 The exportation of elvers from the British Islands to the Baltic probably presents no insuperable difficulty, although an attempt made in the spring of the present year to send con- siderable consignments from the Severn to the Elbe, via Ply- mouth and Cuxhaven, seems to have been rather a failure. It is not the case, as alleged in a newspaper, that similar opera- tions have been attempted from Ireland, and while distribu- tion from one part of this country to another might in many eases be useful, actual exportation appears to be wholly un- desirable. Kel fry ladders, of more or less elaborate kind, are also in common use on the Continent, and, in their most complex form, may be made to serve as automatic fry-traps. Such an apparatus may consist of a closed wooden shoot, about 8 to 20 inches wide and 6 to 16 inches deep. In order to break the force of the current the shoot is divided at in- tervals by little sluice-gates, moveable in the grooves in which they are set and pierced by vertical slits of about $ to 13 inch wide. These sluice-gates may be about 10 to 20 inches apart, and the compartments between them may be filled alternately with large pebbles and stout twigs, barked and broken up small. Through such material fry seem to find their way without difficulty, so long as the rush of water through it be not too great, and this, of course, can be regu- lated by the openings at the top of the shoot. The inclina- tion is probably not very material, but the foot of the shoot must, no doubt, be at a place, readily found by observation, at which the fry will naturally find it, and so much of it as is under water must be pierced with holes whereby the fry may enter. The head of the shoot may open into a tank at the head of the fall, the sides being pierced with holes, sufficient to admit a moderate flow of water, but protected with a grat- ing fine enough to prevent the escape of the fry. A lid to the tank completes the apparatus. The fry which come up the shoot have perforce to stay in the tank until they are dipped out to be packed and despatched to their ultimate destination. Naturaliy the collecting tank is not required when the sole function of the shoot is to pass the fry over or through an obstacle, and in such cases it seems only necessary to carry the head of the shoot far enough beyond the actual brink of the fall to prevent risk of the fry being swept down as soon as they emerge, or, if more convenient, to pass it through the frame-work of a sluice or through the body of the dam itself. Assuming that this form of ladder is as effective as is claimed by its inventor, there would seem to be no difficulty in adapt- ing it to any sort of obstacle, for it need not necessarily be made in one straight line. There must, however, be means of cleaning it out periodically, or the stones and sticks will get blocked with sediment. Preferably the whole structure might be made removable, only the supports remaining per- manently in place. Nene. OT, 25 In the Adriatic lagoons at Comacchio in Northern Italy a system of non-intensive culture, of eels and other fishes, appears to be of long usage. In parts of these brackish ex- panses which are in private hands, a system of dams and cuts allows of the retention of fry which enter the enclosures in their due season and of the capture of the adults at their periods of descent, while the level and salinity of the water can be regulated at will. Eels, grey mullet, bass, sand- smelts, flatfishes, and a kind of sea-bream ( Chrysophrys auratus), a rare wanderer to our coasts, are mentioned as the fishes usually subjected to this form of culture, and it is in- teresting to note that a sojourn in pure fresh water is evidently in no way essential to the maturation of the eels.1 Whether, under these circumstances, they ever reach the size of the silver eels of Lough Erne, I do not know. A recent elabora- tion of the system consists in the artificial increase of the food available in the enclosures. Dr. Bellini, who carried out the experiments, seems to have taken every precaution to secure a reliable comparison between the results of en- closures in which no artificial means were taken to increase the food and those in which the nutriment was artificially increased in one way or another. His tables show a modest, but not inconsiderable, balance of profit for the intensive system. The food given consisted chiefly of offal and blood, but to some extent sand-smelt fry and other small lving fishes were used. The enclosures were stocked with ascer- tained numbers of eel fry, purchased according to local usage, which became marketable as silver eels in from 43 to 64 years. There are indentations of the Irish coast which would lend themselves well enough to this form of intensive eel culture, but whether it would pay a dividend is another matter. There is no local market for eels in most parts of the country, nor is there, in remote coastal districts, any constant supply of offal or anything else likely to be suitable for food. Not improb- ably the cost of importing the food and exporting the mature catch would eliminate all the profit. More satisfactory re- sults might perhaps follow from intensive culture in fresh water ponds, whether natural or artificial, near a main artery of traffic, provided that the present legal difficulty of obtain- ing the necessary stock of fry were removed by legislation. 1x.—EFFECT OF ARTIFICIAL LIGHT IN REGULATING THE RUN OF SInvER EELS. As to the harvest of silver eels, whether derived from pri- vate enclosures or from the general expanses of the Adriatic lagoons open to public, or more probably communal, fishery. the ideas prevalent in Northern Italy seem to differ rather “A Bulietin de la Soc. centrale d’Aquiculturs et de Péche, Paris, XIX, We Cc Witt. “07. 26 widely from those which may be supposed to form the basis of Irish policy in such matters. In effect it is sought to catch every silver eel that makes for the sea, and for this purpose during the season of descent every outlet is blocked with nets or barriers of wicker. Moreover, the fishermen have, at what remote epoch one knows not, discovered that the run can be checked for their own convenience by arti- ficially illuminating the channels of egress. As every fisher- man knows, descending eels only move, at least in bulk, at night, and especially on dark nights, and it is stated that even such a feeble illumination as is afforded by the hght of bon- fires on the banks of a channel of egress will stop the most insistent run ‘‘as if by word of command.’’ The fires are therefore lighted while the captors are removing the catch from the pounds, lest the weight of descending eels be so great as to smash down the gratings. Unconsciously, per- haps, our own eel weir fishermen partially check the run, as I think they generally use a lantern when emptying the tail of the coghill net into the shoot which leads to the holding box. It is asserted that practically no silver eels have been per- mitted, for very many years, to leave the Comacchio lagoons, except for market. Nevertheless the supply of fry keeps up, and these facts (as I] assume them to be) have been used as an argument in favour of doing all that is possible to catch every eel that tries to leave the Baltic. This argument seems to me to be unsound, although, as we have already seen, it is quite likely that Baltic eels are in fact neghgible as spawners because their chance of reaching the spawning grounds seems to be remote. A glance at the map of the North Adriatic region shows one very large river system, that of the Po, dis- charging within a few miles of Comacchio, and an immense number of minor rivers about every 10 or 15 miles along the coast in either direction. It does not appear that the em- bouchures of these rivers, which no doubt harbour eels in greater or less quantity, are susceptible of eel-trapping at all comparable in completeness to those practised on the drains from the Comacchio lagoons, and the most that it seems to be legitimate to argue from the conditions obtaining at Comacchio is that no harm necessarily ensues from the capture of all the silver eels of one (comparatively small) catchment basin, when there are a number of other river systems (of a vastly greater aggregate catchment area) de- bouching in the immediate neighbourhood. To return to the method of checking descending eels by artificial illumination—some most interesting experiments have been carried out by the Danish Fishery Authority by the utilisation of modern illuminants, of which an aceton-acety- lene projector was found to be the most convenient and efficient. It was sufficiently demonstrated, if such demon- stration were needful, that a powerful acetylene lamp in Den- mark will check a run of eels as efficiently as a bonfire in Italy. A more important result, indicated rather than as yet Web OT. 27 wholly proved, was that the illumination might be sufficient if confined to the surface and its immediate neighbourhood, a matter of obvious moment where the channels of egress are deep. Rights of navigation have, in Denmark as elsewhere, priority over convenience of fishing, so that it is necessary in navigable channels to moor the eel nets at a depth at which they will not impede the passage of boats; and if it be proved to be possible to prevent eels passing over such nets by pro- viding a light, everyone is benefited, except the eel. It is also obvious that, where several channels of migration exist, whether or no any of them are navigable, a reduction of fishing expenses may be effected by concentrating the run of eels on one particular channel by hghting the others. It is by no means my intention to suggest that these methods of increasing the catch of eels, however efficient and desirable in Italy and Denmark, are either practicable or within the range of fishery policy in this country. 26080. P.68.-S. 154, 10.09. 375.—A.T. & Co.. Ltd. Ue) ou) uae iv tig We a pte eww Pan) (rogibhes ty ‘say i rahe % wiv” _ a | a a e u fi he Fi ne oer. = - j rat ee - ad : i | gia : Bie 4 wi 2 ‘ote Sai ead ieee re “4 “uel. Sn yaa Ay aifvy ¢(l peel <2) Seen oi a ‘) 1) ee ” bi We ole ah , ~ o cane) ite Othe ode a oe ( J ta * _" mo — 4 is aa) Coen 3 ¢ vote) Ge INLAND FISHERIES. iReport on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae during the Season of 1907-1908. ii.Substance of reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative to Salmon Fisheries. iiiSummary of Reports relative to Eel Fry, 1907-1908. i—REPORT ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION OF SALMONIDAE DURING THE SEASON OF 1907-1908. BY BE. Walle Hort: I estimate the hatchery output for this season at about 5,244,500 salmon and 195,000 white trout fry. The figures relating to brown trout are probably incomplete, but there was, no doubt, a considerable diminution in the case of this fish, in comparison with the previous season, as well as in that of the two more valu- able kinds. (See Table, pp. 4, 5.) The fortunes of both natural and artificial propagation of salmon must have been considerably affected by a comparative failure of the run of peal or grilse, which seems to have been general throughout the country. While no exact data are available, the common statement of net fishermen and anglers that peal were not only scarce but small, is probably correct in so far as it relates to the early runs which take place in the open season. I believe it is also the case that peal ran in considerably less numbers than usual during the close season, so that the shortage was absolute during 1907 and not merely confined to the part of the year when, according to the district, fishing is lawful. In this country hatcheries are very largely dependent on late runs and most of the fish used for spawning are peal, by which I mean small salmon without regard to their unascertainable previous history. Hence it would seem to follow that if the connection between scarcity and small size obtains in late runs as well as during the open season, the average weight of fish used at hatcheries would be lowest in the worst peal seasons; but the subjoined figures, which Mr. Hillas has abstracted from our returns, give no evidence of any such connection. LisMorE HATCHERY. No. of female Weight. Year. fish stripped. lbs. Average. 1902/3. d18 2388 75 1903/4. 119 1080 9-1 1904/5. 222 1587 7-1 1905/6. 232 2854 12.3 1906/7. 200 2067 10.3 1907/8. 135 10774 8-0 Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, 1X, [1909]. TX. 07, 2 KILREA HATCHERY. No. of female Weight. Year. fish stripped. lbs. Average. 1902/3. 158 930 8, 1903/4. rel 509 7-2 1904/5. PAA. 580 5.2 1905/6. is piles 6-0 1906/7. 132 728 5-5 1907/8. 62 299 4.8 NEWTOWNSTEWART HATCHERY. 1902/3. 165 11083, 6-7 1903/4. 148 943 6.4 1904/5. 80 543 6-8 1905/6. 159 1048 6-6 1906/7. 220 1358 6-2 1907/8. 265 1614 6.1 GLENTIES Harcuery. 1902/3. 28 2584 9.2 1908/4. 36 286 7-9 1904/5. 30 278 9.3 1905/6. 8 83 10.4 1906/7. 15 105 7-0 1907/8. 49 379 7-7 At Lismore’ and Glenties the fish are weighed before stripping; at Kilrea and Newtownstewart, after stripping and “ resting,” a process in which the loss of weight due to the forcible expulsion of ova and concomitant fluid seems to be to some extent restored. At Lismore spawners are selected, when the supply is above requirements, by the rejection of the smaller; elsewhere, I believe, they are taken as they come. In general, 1902 was a very good peal season, and the supply was fair (good in some places) in 1903 and 1904, but the average size of female fish taken for hatchery purposes does not appear to have been at any of the hatcheries cited consistently higher in the first three than in the last three, which were all more or less bad peal years. The conditions of water during the spawning season seem to have been generaily favourable to natural propagation, and to have offered no unusual difficulty in the capture of stud fish for hatchery purposes, where there were any to catch. The particu- lars of each hatchery, given in the table herewith, may be sup- plemented by the following remarks :— Continual floods in the Cloady tributary made it possible to stock the Newtownbarry hatchery. The Slaney appears to have been once an early river, and it has been surmised that this desirable state of affairs might be restored by the introduction of stock from a river which still yields an early run. However 1 In the earlier years the weight of most of the fish used at Lismore appears to have been based on estimates, which as a rule, in matters piscatorial, seem to be higher than actual weights. pe 407. 3 this may be, it was a pleasure to us to be able to oblige the pro- prietor by an interchange of ova, and we accordingly sent about 13,000 ova from Rockmills, on the Cork Blackwater, to Newtown- barry, whence, in return, about 10,000 were sent to Lismore. At Inistioge, owing to severe floods, very few spawners were captured, but the proprietor procured 10,000 salmon ova from Scotland. Importations from this quarter, except of trout ova and fry, have not occurred, as far as I am aware, for at least eight years; and although I consider it reasonably certain that the salmon of the seas between the neighbouring parts of the Scotch and Irish coasts exhibit no absolute natural selection of riyers, this opinion is not backed by any evidence derived from marked fish. The trap designed to supply the Cahir hatchery with Spawners was not completed in time for the season’s work, but is now nearly finished, and should be available during next season. At Lismore it was impossible to catch enough spawners to stock the hatchery, the principal reason being, as I suppose, that the usual late run largely failed; though it is possible that early floods, of which it is difficult to keep account, may have moved the fish up the river before the killing hatch was set for their recep- tion. As the accommodation for ova at this hatchery is infinitely superior to anything which we can offer at Rockmills, we were glad to get Mr. Penrose to take charge of 223,000 eyed ova from the Funshion Station. In addition, as has been seen, he re- ceived 10,000 ova from the Slaney. As Mr. Hillas was in charge of our hatchery at Rockmills during the greater part of the season, I have asked him to furnish a report, which is appended (see p. 8). For some years gentlemen interested in the district about the Inchigeela Lakes, expansions of the head waters of the Cork Lee, have been endeavouring to form an association for the improvement of the trout fishing, which, perhaps chiefly on account of practically unrestricted poaching in the spawning streams, has lately been unproductive. Pike have been blamed for the scarcity of trout, but, as far as I have been able to ascertain by inquiry on the spot, the stock of pike was greauy reduced a few years ago by some disease which affected these fishes only, and it has not since recovered sufficiently to make the lakes worth visiting by pike anglers. Following their usual policy of assisting, in so far as the funds at their disposal admit, local associations for the improvement of fisheries which are in effect public, the Department promised a substantial contribution, and the 1,000 yearlings turned into the lakes constitute an ad- vance on the general account, though the details of the proposed local association are not yet finally settled. The fish were carted by Mr. Stenning without loss from Innishannon. At the Munster Trout Farm, Innishannon, Mr. Stenning dis- osed of some 30,000 trout ova to English customers in addition to the 87,000 retained at the hatchery or distributed in Ireland. 2,000 fry were turned down in Co. Dublin, and 4,750 yearlings and 1,000 two-year-olds were distributed in Ireland. 500 year- ling salmon were liberated in the Bandon River. 1X: “07. OUTPUT OF SALMON AND TROUT FRY All Salmon. Imported Salmon. Hatching or En- River J 2 : larging Station. System. l 1936-1907. | 1907-1998. | 1906 1907. 1907-1908. Brittas Liffey ' : Newtownbarry | Slaney 45,000 | 233,000a . Inistioge Nore 137,000 = 15,000 10,0006 Cahir Suir 24,000 9,000 *Lismore Cork Black- 2,120,000 1222 000c water | *Rockmills Do. do. 250,000 84,000aT Inchigella Lee ‘ Inishannon Bandon | Skibbereen Tlen 42,000a | 78,000aal 35,000f | 34,000f *Waterville Currane 64,0004 | 19,000f ;Caragh Lake Caragh ‘ : ;Killorglin Laune 148,000 | 244,000a | * Killarney Do. 129,000 | 108,000 *Muckross ied Bop 105,000 | 105,000 ; “panne Cashen 35,000 | ; 35,000 | Adare Maigue | Lough Sheelin | Shannon Costello . | Costello : 8,000 Screebe | Sereebe 309.000 , Inver . Galway Inver} 106.000 | 115,000 | Aasleagh | Erriff 72.000a 20.000 : Ballysodare | Unshin 75,000 20,000 40.000f | Bundrowes Drowes 150,000 Z *Belleek Erne 215,000 | 140.000 Glenties Owenea 69,000 | 239,000 Dunglow Dunglow *Newt’nstewart | Foyle 800,000 |1,034.000 *Kilrea Bann 469.000 | 220.000 Lough Neagh . Do. Bushmills Bush 11,000n *Black Castle Boyne 843,000 1 275,000 | Totals, | 63,000 6,143,000 eet i * The figures at these hatcheries are based on IN IRELAND, 1906-7 AND 1907-8. White Trout. Brown Trout. 1906-1907. | 1907-1908. | 1906-1907. | 1907-1908. 1,000 4,000a 10,000 30,000 | 20,000 100,000b | 100,000g 40.000h| 36,000) 150,000 | 15,000 100,000 198,000 | 120,000 60,000 | 50,000} 300k! 500b 98 000m! 110,000b 508,000 | 195,000 [384,300 | 358,500 REMARKS. Yearlings from Innishannon.- (a) 13,000 from Rockmills. (b) From Scotland. (c) 223,000 from Rockmills, and 10,000 from Newtownbarry. (a) From Rockmills. (a) t 321,000 transferred to other hatcheries. Yearlings from Innishannon. (d) Yearlings. (6) 30,000 Lochlevens. (e) Exclusive of ova sent abroad. (a) 7,000 from Rockmills. (aa) 44,000 from Rockmills. (f) From Weser. (a) 28,000 from Rockmills. (f) From Weser-. Lochlevens. (a) 13,000 from Rockmills. From Weser- (b) 50,000 Lochleven cross. (g) From Howietoun, 50,000 Loch- leven cross. (h) From Inishannon. (j) From Inishannon; 13,000 Loch levens. (a) 27,000 from Rockmills. (f) From Weser-. (k) Yearlings from Innishannon- (b) Lochlevens. [Kilrea. (m) From Howietoun, Itchen and (b) 80,000 Lochlevens. (x) 4,000 from Kilrea. estimates made by Officers of the Department. xX. i. 6 At Skibbereen the usual consignment of 35,000 salmon ova from the Weser was supplemented by 44,000 from Rockmills, and if the local fishery shows no signs of improvement it will not Fe ie any want of attention to the hatchery on the part of Mr. ‘Shea. The new hatchery at Waterville, designed to accommodate 500,000 salmon and 500,000 white trout ova, was completed just in time for the season’s work. It is situate on the Finglas or Finnyglosh, a tributary which joins the Currane River just below the salmon weir at Waterville House, a hundred yards or so from the sea. It is an open-air hatchery, and is mainly dependent for its supply of spawners on the weir. Pens for holding the fish occupy the west bank of the river a few yards below the weir. The late runs of fish proved entirely inade- quate, and the supply was supplemented by consignments from the Weser and from Rockmills. The loss of ova and fry, as is not infrequent in the first season of a hatchery, was rather heavy, but will no doubt be averted in future years by the ex- perience which the hatchery attendant has gained. Although I believe that the paucity of late running fish was exceptional, and that the weir may usually be relied on to provide a sufficiency of spawners during the close season, arrangements will be made in the late autumn of the present vear to collect fish from the small streams to which they are wont to resort, and in which their pro- tection is extremely difficult. These operations will be carried out some time before the actual spawning season, so as to avoid any disturbance of natural propagation, and their continuance in future years will depend on the degree of success attained in transport. At Killorglin the holding pond has been deepened, with the result that it is at all times filled by a considerable volume of brackish water, renewed at every tide. It is the only holding pond in Ireland (probably also in Europe) which is within the influence of the tide, and, as now improved by Mr. Power, it appears to be quite satisfactory. At Muckross the last few spawners were not ripe until the last week in February. For practical purposes I doubt the wisdom of retaining any fish that are not ready to spawn by the middle of January at latest, as the products of later fish unduly lengthen the period during which a hatchery is a source of expense, and very probably come to no good by encountering unsuitable con- ditions of temperature. I have heard during the season under consideration of female fish which were full as late as the middle of April, but it is difficult to say that this circumstance was associated with conditions particular to the year. Such things may often escape recorded observation. The little hatchery at Ballinruddery on the Feale or Cashen was not stocked this year, because the local committee of the Limerick Conservators. at whose instance it was established, considered that the river was quite sufficiently stocked with salmon,—a most uriusual state of things, which seems entirely attributable to my colleague Mr. Oliver’s operations at the weir, formerly a serious obstacle to ascending fish. The committee Bx 07. (6 wanted white trout ova, which, as the request was made rather late in the season, I was unable to obtain. From Adare it is reported that the cross between ordinary brown trout and Lochlevens, with which the hatchery has been stocked for about five years, is now giving very satisfactory results. The fish attributed to this parentage are said to be non-migratory and to rise freely. The usual consignment of ova from Innishannon to Lough Sheelin suffered a heavy mortality in transit from some cause not exactly ascertained, but practically the whole loss was made good by Mr. Stenning, who sent a further consignment, for which no charge was made. The local Association continue to take great care of their little hatching station, and propose more extensive operations in future. The Screebe hatchery was idle, because the proprietor, on account of the scarcity of fish during this and the previous season, considered it best to leave what there were to their own devices. As this is a place where the parent fish have to be caught more or less on the spawning beds, an operation which is only justifiable when the beds are overcrowded or subject to practical desfruction by flood, the Department concurred. Mr. Oliver and I were in consultation last summer with the proprietor of the Ballynahinch fishery as to the establishment of a salmon and white trout hatchery in connection therewith, but decision was reserved pending the result of experimental netting operations during the late autumn and winter. These operations were not successful, so the matter remains in abeyance. The hatchery at Aasleagh, commenced in 1906, was subject in the course of its construction and during 1907 to great mis- fortune from the vagaries of the Erriff, a most undisciplined river, but may now be said to be able for any assaults that are reasonably likely to be made upon it in the future. The result, however, of the season’s work is most disappointing, as although the trap was kept fishing from 1st October, no fish ran into it (and they could ascend the falls by no other route) after the 8th of that month, with the consequence that the hatchery was practically unstocked. There was a very good run of fish in the open season, and it may be that the wet summer and early autumn brought up fish which would in dryer years have remained longer in the Killary. I am, however, inclined to think that the normal late-running stock was really wanting. The Coleraine Conservators have for some years made a practice of turning down fry for the replenishment of the trout-fishing of Lough Neagh. The local funds for these operations have been augmented since 1901 by grants from the Department, and the Conservators, with the permission of riparian owners have en- larged the fry in the streams from which they would have the best chance of descending to the Lough when of an age to assume a lacustrine mode of life. In further development of this scheme of culture the Department, in 1907, entered into an agreement with Messrs. Bernard Meenan and W. Hubert Webb, for the construction and maintenance of a pond on Mr. Webb's pro- } b. Gam 17 8 perty at Randalstown, where some of the fry could be reared in greater security to the yearling conditon. The pond was com- pleted in May, 1907, and stocked late in that month with about 30,000 fry. In April, 1908, the pond was lowered and between 15,000 and 20,000 well-grown yearlings were taken out and transferred to the rivers Maine and Bann. These fish com- prised “ Loch Levens,” Itchen, and Bann trout. On the 4th May, 1908, after the pond had been cleared of American pike- weed, which grows rather too freely in that neighbourhood, it was re-stocked with 12,000 “‘ Loch Levens.” The local fishermen consider that the importation of “ Loch Leven” ova is now showing in the commercial catches made in Lough Neagh, and attribute to Scots parentage certain trout which they regard as different from the normal stock. Very likely they are right, but the little knowledge which I possess of these matters has inspired me with so much respect for the elasticity of the trout kind in response to environment, that I felt compelled to decline to express an opinion on the parentage of individual specimens. I understand that the question will now be referred to my friend Mr. Boulenger, of the British Museum, than whom there is no one more competent to decide. The Department are indebted to the Ministry of Marine and Fisheries of the Dominion of Canada for the gift of a small consignment of ova of the ouananiche, the small land-locked salmon of certain Canadian lakes. These were at once trans- ferred to the care of Sir Thomas Esmonde at Ballynastragh, and are reported to have hatched out well. Special ponds have been prepared for their reception, and it is possible that this impor- tation may form the nucleus of a valuable addition to the fresh-water fisheries of the country. Whether it succeeds or fails in Ireland, it is at least certain that the ouananiche is a fish of blameless reputation, entirely free from the suspicion which reasonably attaches to rainbows and American brook-char. Report oN Rockxmityts Hatcuery, 1907-8. BY A. B. E. Hiuwas, B.A. The capture of spawners commenced on October 2, and con- tinued until December 9, when fishing was stopped; a few fish were seen at the weir up to the end of December. The majority of the spawners were taken in the first three weeks of October. The actual figures were:—October, 133 fish; November, 35 fish; and the first nine days of December, 5 fish. All the fish were taken by hand-nets while attempting to run the weir at Rockmills, and were in excellent condition, probably owing to the continuous high water. x. 07. 7) The average weight of fish impounded for stripping was 6.5 lbs. as compared with 5.3 lbs. in the previous season. I was informed by the bailiff, who was in charge of the netting operations, that several of the fish had sea lice still attached. The rate at which full fish travel is not exactly known, but the presence of these lice is suggestive of a fairly rapid passage, as Rockmills is quite 20 miles above the influence of the tidal water and over 4U miles from the open sea.1 The first fish were stripped on November 20, and all were finished by December 13. Cock fish, though rather scarce, proved remarkably efficient. The total amount of ova laid down was about 470,000, and after lberal allowance for losses, both at Rockmills and at places to which eggs were sent, I estimate that 405,000 fry were liberated. The number planted in the rivers and streams of the Lismore district was about 820,000; details of the numbers sent out of the district will be found elsewhere . Apart from the number of eyed ova transferred to Lismore I despatched a smaii quantity of freshly milted ova to the same hatchery. The consignment (about 10,000 ova) was sent off under the charge of the Lismore Hatchery attendant one hour after impreg- nation. They were packed in an enamelled pail, about half full of water and having a layer of moss covered with muslin at the bottom of the pail, and a similar pad at the top. The consignment left Rockmills at 1.30 p.m., and was laid down at Lismore by 8.30 p.m. There was no loss of importance, and part of the same stripping kept as a control experiment at Rockmills proved normal in all respects. Owing to the difficulty in obtaining efficient and continuous labour at Rockmills I was unable to have any elaborate or detailed records kept of losses, but in the case of two redds an actual count was made daily of the number of dead eggs removed up to the eyed stage. I had laid down in one of these redds (No. 1), 90 fluid ozs., of ova (30 oz. or about 6,000 ova per tray), and in the other (No. 2), 120 fluid oz. (40 0z. or about 8,UU0 ova per tray). The loss in No. 1 was almost 7 per cent., and in No. 2 was a little under 9 per cent. The losses in the other redds were not kept in detail, but in most cases the eggs were measured after reaching the eyed stage. I estimate that the loss this year from laying down of ova to liberation of fry was about 15 per cent. The measuring ot the eyed ova with a glass measure, into which the ova are poured, does not appear to be injurious. Unfertilized eggs turn white and can then be removed, and I found that redds, the contents of which were measured, gave better results than those which were left untouched. All eggs at Rockmills are dealt with in floating redds and the 1 Cf. Allgemeine Fischerei Zeitung, 1907. No. 10, p. 219, a marked fish travelled 39 kilometers (about 23 miles) above point of liberation in 24 hours. Ls, Or 10 construction of these boxes, or rather that of the original patterns received from Herr Jaffé, has already been given in detail. The boxes in use during the past two seasons differ slightly from the original pattern, thus, a solid lid has replaced tne open-work form made of $-in. mesh wire on a wooden frame, and ie of the redds the depth is only 8 in. as compared with in. The trays in the case of the shallow redds a e suspended about 5 in. above the bottom boards as against about 9 in. in the deep redds. Leaving details aside, the redd is essentially a floating box, about 5 ft. 6 in. long by 1 ft. 2 in. broad and 9 in. to 14 in. in depth, having perforated zinc at sides and ends, a solid bottom, and designed to hold three trays of perforated zinc, which are suspended by supports, or in some cases rest on ledges. This season some further structural alterations were made. The most important of these was the removal in a number of the redds of about one-fifth of the bottom boards and the insertion in their place of a piece of varnished perforated zinc. The object of this was to reduce the amount of sediment which settles on the bottoms of the redds. The deposit is brought down by the flood water, and is prac- tically impossible to remove once the redds are in use. Some of these redds were moored with the perforated zinc portion of the bottom facing up stream and others with it down stream. I found that in both cases the results were practically the same; there was no deposit on the perforated zinc, but the remainder of the solid flooring was covered, though possibly the sediment was not quite so deep as in the solid-floored redds. The fry did not do well in these altered redds, but I propose to try the experiment again, as the losses may in-part be due to defective varnish on the zinc insertion. Specimens of the fish leech Piscicola geometra were found in these redds; it is quite possible that they were present in all redds though they escaped notice. ; Perhaps the perforated zinc at the bottom of the redd offers more conveniences for entry as the perforations remain clear and do not become partially closed up as happens with the zinc of the sides and ends. Personally, from observations during two seasons at Rock- mills, I am of the opinion that the sediment jvhich lodges on the bottoms of the redds is rather beneficial than otherwise to the alevins. It is solid enough to support the young fish, and in course of time it is removed by their efforts. I have found that about 14,000 alevins can easily remove a deposit quite 8 inches in depth, and before the young fish are ready for planting out they have thoroughly scoured the floor of the box. As a rule no heavy loss occurs prior to the removal of this deposit. 1C. Green. Ann. Rep Fisheries, Ireland, 1901, Part II., Appendix, XIV. xe OT. ia! If opportunity offers I hope to test this matter more fully in the coming season. Such losses as occur in the later stages may be in part due to insufficient aeration, but experiments are being made to overcome this. The insertion of coarse perforated zinc at the ends of the redds has been tried but with rather negative results. Some alterations in the sluices of the mill stream are being made, and will probably facilitate the regulation of the water. aX. +107: 12 iii—SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS RECEIVED FROM CLERKS What is the general state of the Salmon Fisheries in this District ? Are they as a rule improving or declining ? District. 1906. 1907. Dublin, About the same as last year; a | Not satisfactory, but shows slight slight improvement at Ringsend. improvement on last few years. Wexford, Declining, Slight improvement. Waterford, Good; not declining, Satisfactory; not declining. Lismore, - | Good; improving, .| Good; improving. Cork, -| Fairly good; slight ee Fairly good; no change. Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, . Bantry, Kenmare, Waterville, . Killarney, . Limerick, Galway, : Connemara, . Ballinakill, . Bangor, Ballina, Shgo, S Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, . Drogheda, . Fair ; showing tendency to improve. Improving, Bad; declining, : Declining for some years; but slight improvement this year. Good ; Poor ; improving very much, not improving, Past season on the whole up to average. Not good; slight improvement in some places. Fair; improving, ; improvement on last Fair; an year. Unsatisfactory; better than in 1905, but far below the average. Fair, Improving, It is believed to have been better than in 1905, Improving, : Rather better than in 1905, Improving, A slight improvement on last season. t++| Not so good as last year, Declining, Fair ; improving slightly. Improving. Declining. Bad; declining. Good ; improving. Poor; no improvement, but not declining. Declining. Not good; much below average; worst year on record for Galway Fishery. Fair; declining. Fair ; not much change. Unsatisfactory; declining. Fair; not as a rule declining, but the year 1907 was the worst on record for the Moy. Fairly good; improving. Not as good as in 1906; probably declining. Fair; improving. Not as good as in 1906; declining. Declining. Bad; declined greatly. Satisfactory on the whole, but not so good as in 1906. Declining. 13 OF CONSERVATORS RELATIVE TO SALMON FISHERIES. Has the take of Salmon and Grilse by nets and weirs throughout the | district been more or less productive in the present year than in the past one? 1906. 1907. More productive by nets at Rings- end. Less salmon; more grilse, The take of salmon by nets and weirs was as good as in previous year; the take of Grilse was very small, as no good run took place before the net season closed. More productive, More productive, ; : More productive, A great deal more productive, Less productive, Slightly more productive, More productive, Slightly more productive, Take of Salmon fair; Peal season unsatisfactory. Slightly more productive in some places, and less productive in others. A good deal more productive, More productive, More productive, Take of salmon about the same: that of Grilse more productive. More productive, No apparent change, More productive, More productive, Slightly more productive, . Less productive, “ - is Less productive, ° . - More productive, f 5 More productive by nets About the same About the same More productive, Salmon about the same; Grilse less productive. Less productive, Less productive, Less productive, More productive, About the same, Much less; not more than half the average. Less productive, No netting, Much less productive owing to floods. Less productive, Less productive, About the same, Less productive, More productive, Less productive, Less productive, Much less productive, Less productive, - ° Less productive, . ° : DIsTRICT. Dublin. Wexford. Waterford. Lismore. Cork. Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. Limerick. Galway. Connemara. Ballinakill. Bangor. Ballina. Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Londonderry. Coleraine. Ballycastle. Dundalk. Drogheda, TX eT 14 SuBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS samme Has the take of Sea Trout by nets and weirs been more, or less, productive this year than in the past one? DISTRICT. ae. 1906. 1907. Dublin, : .| More productive at Wicklow and | About the same. | Bray. Wexford, . | About the same, Less with nets. Waterford, . Lismore, Cork, Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, Bantry, - Kenmare, . Waterville, . Killarney, .- Limerick, Galway, Connemara, « Ballinakill, . Bangor, . Ballina, Slgo, ‘ Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, . Dundalk, Drogheda. SELES ER EE IT | | ‘| | Less productive, : .| None taken in nets or weirs, , About the same, : : F | Less productive, Little or no Sea Trout taken, Good take by weirs; very poor take by nets. Considerably less productive, More productive, 2 A x Less productive, No nets for Sea Trout used in this district. More productive, ' No commercial fishing for Sea Trout in Shannon. More productive, | More productive on Owenmore and | Owenduff rivers; less productive on Newport river and Furnace | Lough. Less productive, Much the same, Not so good, About the same, : ‘ Less productive, No Seta difference, . : Very few caught in district, Less productive, 5 ~ : | | | | ! Very much less productive. . . No take recorded. About the same. More productive, but only a few occasionally taken in Salmon nets. About average. Less productive. No nets for Sea Trout in this district: About the same. About the same. No Sea Trout in the Shannon. Less productive. Much less productive. Less productive. ‘| Less productive. * | A slight increase. *, About the same. About the same. Less productive. About the same. -| Very few caught in district. Slightly more productive. Less productive. of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FisHERIES—continued. 15 Has any peculiarity been observed in the date which fish have appeared in the rivers this season? plies: DIsTRICT. 1906. 1907. No, ° . Le - .| Exceptionally good run of fish in | Dublin. j Autumn. Yes. Salmon ran earlier, Yes. Salmon ran earlier, . Wexford. No, ; : No, | Waterford. No, C . C -| No, Lismore. No, A -| No, Cork. No, : -| Spawning unusually early, Cork (Bandon). Salmon and Trout numerous early | Good run of Salmon and Trout | Skibbereen. in September. early in September. No, “ . «| No, : - A 3 .| Bantry. No, . . . «| No, : , ‘ A .| Kenmare. Sea Trout and Peal appeared | Sea Trout and Peal appeared | Waterville. earlier than usual. | earlier than usual as in 1906. No, q x é A -| No, Killarney. No, | No, Limerick. ae | No, | Galway. No, | No, . | Connemara. | No, : -| No, .| Ballinakill. No, -| Fish three weeks later than usual, _ Bangor. No, 5 : 5 ° No, .| Ballina. Grilse appeared about a week | Gyilse rather earlier than usual Sligo. earlier than usual. on | Yes. A little later, *| Salmon appeared earlier and Grilse | Ballyshannon. N later. | 0, : No, .| Letterkenny No, = Yes. Much later than asual, Londonderry. No, : No, ° ~ - : Coleraine. No, ° : No, : ° .| Ballycastle. No, . : seietiits No, ie .| Dundalk. Later than in previous season, .| Later than in previous season, | Drogheda, 1 { SS SSS 07. DIsTRICT. Dublin, ° Wexford, Waterford, Lismore, Cork, Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, Bantry, Kenmare, Waterville, . Killarney, Limerick, . Galway, Connemara, Ballinakill, Bangor, - Ballina, Shgo, 2 Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, . Ballycastle, . Dundalk, .. Drogheda, . -| April, | . 16 SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS received from CLERKS —— EEE Between what dates did the principal migration of Smolts take place ? Was it larger or smaller than usual? 1906. 1907. During May. Larger, Larger, Larger, May, and June. End of March to May. April 1 to 30. Larger, .| March 4 to 10. Larger, : April 8 to May 10. About average, About middle of May. Larger, April and May. March and April. Larger, Cannot say, .| April 15 to May 15. Very much larger. March to May, | April15to May 15. About average April and May. Larger, April and May. No definite change observed. Cannot say, - - April 15 to May 15. About average April and May. Larger, March 20 to June 1. Much ee Middle of April to end of May. About the same. Cannot say, April 1 to middle of pani the same. April 12 to end of June. what larger. Some- End of May and beginning of June. About average. April 1 and May 1. observed. April and May. No change About the same an April and May. About average. April, May and June. Larger. End of March to middle of May. Larger in Suir. About average in Barrow and in Nore. April 1 to May 15. Probably larger. March 17 to 26. Much larger. March 20 and April 12. About average. May 15 to June 7. About same as in 1906. April and May. March and April. Cannot say. April 15 to May 15. Owing to floods difficult to estimate. March to May. April and May. Smaller. About average. Smaller. April and May. About average. April and May. About the same. April 14 to June 4. About the same. June and July. Smaller. Ballysodare Division, March 20 to 31. Sligo Division, April 28 to June 7. Larger. Middle of April to end of May. About the same. Cannot say. April, May and June. same. End of March to end of June. About the Beginning of June. Below average. March 1 to May 1. Smaller. April and May. About the same. 17 of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued. Has there been observed more than one migration of Smolts to the sea during the season ? If so, state dates when these migrations took place. 1906. Yes. July 12 to 13,. Yes. In August, Yes. On the Suir in June, - No, : : : - - Yes. March 4 and 10, A 5 No, Yes. June 1, No, : No, No, No, . : Yes. There is always an Autumn run. Yes. Small migration in Septem- ber and October. No, Yes. In middle of April and June in Rivers Owenmore and Owen- duff. Yes. During June, 2 No, ; 5 1s P No, ; F Several migrations, but dates were not recorded. Yes. There was a migration after each fresh in the Bann. No, No, ks - - No, 4 : ‘ 2 ie DIstTRICT. 1907. Yes. July and October, . Dublin. Yes. August, : A Wexford. No, 7 A “ : Waterford. No, : = Lismore. Only during March, Cork. No, Cork (Bandon). No, Skibbereen. No, Bantry. No, Kenmare. No, Waterville. No, Killarney. No, Limerick. A small migration in September Galway. and October. No, Connemara, == Ballinakill. Cannot say owing to floods, Bangor. ~--= | Ballina. Yes. Later in June, . | Sligo. No, Ballyshannon. No, Letterkenny. Several migrations, dates not | Londonderry. recorded. Yes, after each fresh to end of | Coleraine. June. Smolts were observed at Toome in July. | No, -| Ballycastle. No, Dundalk. No, | Drogheda. 07. | 18 SUBSTANCE OF ReEpoRTS received from CLERKS In your opinion was the weather favourable or (I). To Netting. DISTRICT. 1906. 1907. Dublin, Favourable, > : - . | Unfavourable. Wexford, Favourable in April, May, and | Favourable. Waterford, . Lismore, .- Cork, 3 Cork (Bandon), Skibbereen, Bantry, Kenmare, Waterville, . Killarney, - Limerick, - Galway, : Connemara, - Ballinakill, . Bangor, Ballina, Zoe Sligo, : Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, . Drogheda. June; unfavourable in July and August. Generally favourable, . Favourable, .- : - Rather favourable in March and April. Favourable, : - : Favourable, Favourable, ‘ Unfavourable, Favourable, Favourable, Favourable in spring; unfavour- able in summer owing to floods. | Generally favourable, Unfavourable, Favourable, Favourable, Favourable, Unfavourable in spring; favour- able in summer. unfavourable in upper waters. At times very unfavourable, | Favourable, Favourable, . Favourable, : : Favourable during parts of the season ; most unfavourable during others. Nothing unusual, Favourable in tidal waters; February, March, latter part of May and latter part of July favourable, early part of May unfavourable. Favourable. Favourable March. Unfavourable owing to floods. in February and Favourable. Favourable. Unfavourable. Favourable. Favourable. Most unfavourable. Unfavourable in spring; favour- able in summer months. No netting in district. Most unfavourable. Unfavourable. Most unfavourable. Favourable. Unfavourable. Unfavourable. Rather unfavourable. Most unfavourable. Most unfavourable. Favourable. Favourable. 19 of ConsERvATORS relative to SanmMon FisHerres—continued. unfavourable in each month of the open season ? (II). To Angling. DistTRIct. 1906. 1907. Unfavourable, : " . | Favourable, ‘Dublin. Favourable in February, March, | Unfavourable in February, March | Wexford. and April; unfavourable from and April; improved in May, May to August. June, and July. Favourable during early part; | February, March, and latter part | Waterford. unfavourable afterwards. of July favourable. Early part of May and the whole of June unfavourable. Favourable up to 12th May;| Favourable during February, | Lismore. unfavourable afterwards. March, and April, from Lismore to Careysville; fair for the whole river Blackwater during remainder of season. Only middling, Fair, Cork. Favourable, except April, June, and July, which were very unfay ourable. Favourable, Favourable, ; Favourable, except September, Favourable, Unfavourable, Favourable, . 5 or r Generally favourable, Favourable, . : - Favourable, Favourable, Favourable, Fairly good all round, Not so favourable as for netting, . Favourable during parts of the season; most unfavourable during others. Nothing unusual, Most unfavourable up to June; but favourable balance of season Favourable as a rule, Favourable, Favourable, . 4 2: s Favourable in upper, but unfavour- able in lower waters. On the whole favourable, Favourable, Unfavourable. Favourable, Favourable Favourable during part of season, but not in summer months. Unfavourable in spring, favourable during summer months. Favourable, Very favourable, Unfavourable. Unfavourable owing to floods and cold weather. Favourable, Most favourable, Favourable, Favourable, Unfavourable to June. Favour- able July to September. Favourable, Unfavourable, except during early months. Favourable, Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. Limerick. Galway. Connemara. Ballinakill. ‘Bangor. Ballina. Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Londonderry. Coleraine. Ballycastle. Dundalk. Drogheda. DIsTRICT. Dublin, 2 Wexford, Waterford, . Lismore, Cork, Cork (Bandon), .. Skibbereen, Bantry, Kenmare, Waterville, . Killarney, Limerick, Galway, .- Connemara, Ballinakill, . Bangor, Ballina, Sligo, Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, Drogheda, 20 SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS —————— ss. | At what period of the year is Grilse first taken? 1906. 1907. End of June, From middle of June to August 1 May and June, May 3, April, Last week in May, August, July, June, 5 > June 25, About middle of May, End of May, May 7, June, $ 5 5 : ‘Last week in June, May, | : 5 May, . - A 5 In Ballysodare Division, May. In Sligo Division, April 15. June,. - About June 5, May 28, June, Beginning of May, July, June, June. June. May. May 2, End of May. Middle of June. September. June. June i. About May 15. Last week in May. April 30. June. First week in July. May. | June. In Ballysodare Division, May. In Sligo Division, middle of April. June. May. June 6. June. First week in June. July. June. ere ee ee seer errr —— 21 During what months is the greatest quantity observed or taken? 1906. J uly, . . : . July and August, June and July, April and June. Only small quantity taken. June, July, July, First two weeks in July, June, June, June, June and July, End of June and first week in July June and July, July, July, Half of June and beginning of July. August, July, July, : : c 6 Last week in June, and first two weeks in July. August, July, ‘June, : of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMoN FISHERIES—continued. July, | DIsTRIcT 1907. | July and August, Dublin. Wexford. July and August, Waterford. June and July, Lismore. End of May to middle of June. | Cork. Very small run this year. June 15 to July 20. July, July, July and August, June, June, July, First week in July, July, July, July, Late in June and July. July, beginning of | July, July, July, August, July, 5 < : . | Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. | Killarney. Limerick. Galway. | Connemara. Ballinakill. Bangor. Ballina, | Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Londonderry. Coleraine. Ballycastle. Dundalk. Drogheda. fo oor ge eS ca A a PX. a0%e 99 SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS ee EP A TT TE ET ES During what months are many Salmon taken with the Grilse, and are these Salmon on an average heavier or lighter than at peaclaa? ace: other periods ? 1906. 1907. Dublin, slip dume;didlys - 5 -| June, September and October. Lighter than the spring fish. Wexford, September. Heavier, June. Heavier. Waterford, . Lismore, Cork, Cork (Bandon), .. Skibbereen, Bantry, Kenmare, Waterville, . Killarney, Limerick, Galway, Connemara, Ballinakill, . Bangor, : Ballina, Sligo, Ballyshannon, Letterkenny, Londonderry, Coleraine, Ballycastle, Dundalk, Drogheda, July and August. Lighter, Middle of May to July 12. Heavier July. Same average weight, but not many taken. June. Somewhat heavier, . August. Heavier, . June. Heavier June and July. Heavier, July and August. Rather lighter End of May and beginning of June. Heavier. May. Lighter, June and July. Lighter, July and August. About the same as in other months. End of June. Lighter, June. Heavier, but very few taken June. No, : April and May. Heavier, .- July, = 3 June 15th to July 15. Much heavier. June, July, and August, July and August. About the same as in other months. Heavy Salmon ran in the beginning of the season, and a still heavier class ran at the very end of the season. July and August. Lighter. July. Lighter, Very few Grilse taken this year. Lighter than the spring fish. June and July. Heavier. June. About the same. July. Heavier. September. Somewhat heavier. June. Heavier. June and July. No difference. July and August. Rather lighter. End of May and beginning of June. Heavier. May. . About usual size. June and July. Lighter. July and August. Lighter. First week in July. Heavier. June and July. Heavier. June. About same weight. April and May. Heavier. July. Probably heavier. July and August. Heavier. June, July and August. June. About average weight. Very few Salmon taken with the Grilse. About average weight. August and September. Lighter. -; July. Lighter. 23 of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES-—continued. In what months are the greatest quantities of Salmon (not Grilse) taken ? 1906. May 15 to June 15, ° C April and May, Ne : . March, April, and May, February to May 12, = March and April, . ° ° March and April, . ° August and September, . June, oe 5 5 ‘ July, ° ; ° February, March, and April, February, March, and April, April and May, 5 . March, April, and May, . July to October, 5 5 - June, A i - April and May, : re. - During the spring months, . January to March, Sligo Division. April and May, Ballysodare Division. May, July and August, July and August, . 5 July and August, From beginning of season to first week in May, and from the middle of July to end of season. March, April, and May, April and May, ‘ . 1907. April and May, . - April, May, and June, February, March, April and latter part of May. February, March, April, and May February, March, and April, April and May, September and early October, JUNE we July, . * - : 4 January to April, February, March, and April, April in : - . March and April, July, August, and September, End of May and first two weeks of June. April and May, February to June, January to March, Sligo Division. April and May, Ballysodare Division. May, June 15 to July 15 July and August, May and June, May. Usual run of heavy Salmon from middle of July to end of season did not occur. Apri, July, and August, April and May, DIstTRIctT. Dublin. Wexford. Waterford. Lismore. Cork. Cork (Bandon). Skibbereen. Bantry. Kenmare. Waterville. Killarney. Limerick. Galway. Connemara. Ballinakill. Bangor. Ballina. Sligo. Ballyshannon. Letterkenny. Londonderry. Coleraine. Ballycastle. Dundalk. Drogheda. TX. “Oye 24 SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS Can it be ascertained what proportion the capture of Grilse bears to the capture of Salmon? DIstTRICT. 1906. 1907. Dublin, | About 3 to 1, 4 to 1. Wexford, si Abonkad ate 3 1 to 3. Waterford, . A very small proportion, A very small proportion. Lismore, No, é ; : - No. But it was a bad Grilse season. Cork, .| No. But more Salmon are taken, | No. Cork (Bandon), About 1 to 4, . A very small proportion. Skibbereen, | 2itoo4. About the same. Bantry, 20 to 1, . 30 to 1. Kenmare, 1-9 to 1, 8 to 1. Waterville, . .. | L to 4, 1 to 5. Killarney, silo bonds 2 to 1. Limerick, 5 toms 4 to 1. Galway, -| 9 to Z, 5 to 1. Connemara, : | Equal on Ballinahinch and Screebe;| On Ballinahinch and _ Screebe 1 to 3 on other fisheries. abont 3 to 1; on the other fisheries about equal. Ballinakill, . 8 to 1, At to 37. Bangor, 6 to 1, 5 to 1. Ballina, . | No, No. But more Grilse are taken. Sligo, No. But Salmon more numerous | In Ballysodare Division, Grilse than Grilse. more numerous than Salmon; in Shgo Division, Grilse less numerous. Ballyshannon, “ili Bato ws; About equal. Letterkenny, -1-6)te.1, 5 to 1. Londonderry, ! No. But the majority of fish No. But majority of fish taken | taken are Grilse. are, Grilse. Coleraine, - Sea fisheries, 180 to 1. Inland, 10 | About 2 to 1. to 1. Ballycastle, .| Not ascertained, Not ascertained. Dundalk, No, - - No. Drogheda, -| More Salmon than Grilse are | More Salmon than Grilse are taken. taken. 25 of CoNSERVATORS relative to SatMon FisHertES—continued. a Is there any increase in the average size of Spring Salmon or Grilse? Give average weight of Salmon and Grilse in the season of this year, as far as practicable. Districr. 1906. 1907. Spring Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, | Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 44 lbs., Dublin. 5 lbs. Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 to 8 Ibs. | Salmon, 11 Ibs.; Grilse, 54 lbs., Wexford. Average size maintained. Salmon | Average about the same. Salmon, | Waterford. 12 to 15 Ibs. ; Grilse, 3 to 6 lbs. 12 to 15 lbs.; Grilse, 44 lbs. Yes, in Salmon. Salmon, 7 to | No. Salmon, 7 to 30 lbs.; Grilse, | Lismore. 40 lbs.; Grilse, 3 to 7 lbs. 3 to 7 lbs. Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 3 lbs. No. Salmon, 9 lbs. ; Grilse, 24 Ibs. | Cork. Yes. Salmon, 15 lbs.; Grilse, | Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse, 5 Ibs., Cork (Bandon). 6 lbs. Salmon, 8 lbs.; Grilse, 3 lbs., Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 4 lbs., Skibbereen. Salmon, 15 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs. Salmon, 20 lbs. ; Grilse, 4 lbs. Bantry. No. Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs. | Salmon, 10 Ibs. ; Grilse, 5 Ibs. Kenmare. Salmon, 12 lbs.; Grilse, 5 Ibs. Yes. Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse, | Waterville. 6 lbs. No. Salmon, 11 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs. ate , Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, Killarney. bs. Size about average. Salmon, 16} Salmon, 17 to 18 lbs. ; Grilse, 3 to | Limerick. lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs. 4 Ibs. Salmon, 13% Ibs. ; Grilse, 64 lbs. No. Salmon, 12! lbs.; Grilse, Galway. 5 Ibs. Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 7 lbs. No. Salmon, 8 lbs.; Grilse 5 to | Connemara. 6 lbs. Salmon, 11 lbs. ; Grilse, 64 lbs. Salmon, 10+ lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., Ballinakill. Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 54 Ibs. Salmon, 8 Ibs. ; Grilse, 54 Ibs. Bangor. Salmon, 105 lbs. ; Grilse, 64 Ibs. Salmon, 104 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 Ibs. Ballina. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 65 Ibs. Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., Sligo. Salmon, 16 lbs; Grilse, 55 Ibs., Salmon, 16 lbs. ; Grilse, 54 Ibs. Ballyshannon. In general, size of Salmon is | Salmon and Grilse have increased | Letterkenny. increasing yearly ; Grilse, 6 to in weight as compared with 7 lbs. former years. No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, | No. Salmon, 9 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 Ibs. | Londonderry. 65 lbs. Salmon, 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, | Coleraine. 6 lbs. Probably none. Salmon, 9 to 20 | No. Salmon, 10 to 20 lbs; Grilse, | Ballycastle. lbs. ; Grilse, 45 to 7 lbs. 4 lbs. Salmon, 14 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs., Salmon, 14 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., Dundalk. No. Salmon, 15 lbs.; Grilse, | Salmon, 15 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs., Drogheda. 5 lbs. IX. OT: 26 SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS Has any sign of disease been observed among the Salmon during the year? If so, describe it, and state if it has prevailed to any extent, and where? DIstTRICT. 1906. 1907. Dublin, ° -| No, : No., Wexford, | No, . No., Waterford, . -| No, No., Lismore, -| No, No., Cork, .| No, = No., 4 5 Cork (Bandon), ..| No, No., Skibbereen, i | No, E No., Bantry, No, - No., Kenmare, No, No., Waterville, . No, 5 No., Killarney, No, No., Limerick, .| No, = .| No., Galway, < | No, ; .| No., Connemara, .| No, 3 F No., , Ballinakill, .| No, z é -| No., 4 Bangor, Fal No; ss st No., Ballina, . | No, . . No., Sligo, = .| No, 5 eal) NOs, Ballyshannon, -| No, : hs .| No., Letterkenny, sil) NO; ; A + No; : . Londonderry, =| aNOs ¥ “- «| Nos Coleraine, No, : a .| No., ‘ “ | Ballycastle, «| No, ° = .| No., : Dundalk, -| No, : le =| INOs; _ Drogheda, . -| No, és = |SBunbeg, Clematissa, robusta, V 18. Cleodora Browni, IL 27. cuspidata, II 31. exacuta, II 27. falcata, II 26. inflexa, II 34. labiata, IL 27. —— Lamartinieri, Il 27. —— lanceolata, IL 27. —— Fessonu, It 3i. Martensu, II 27. Clio borealis, II 42. cuspidata, IY 31. falcata, IL 26. —— polita, II 26. —— pyramidata, II 27. retusa, II 42. Clione elegantissima, II 42. gracilis, II 48. —— limacina, II 42. papilionacea, If 42. Corallium Johnson, V 7. - Corals, Aleyonarian and Madrepor- arian, V 3. Coryphella gracilis, VI 7. —— Landsburghi, V1 8. —— hneata, VI 7. Culture of freshwater eel, VIII 22. Cunningham, Chas. M., VIT 1. Cuthona Peachi, VI 5. Cymbulia Perom, II 35. D. Dendronotus arborescens, VI 14. Desmophyllum crista-gal, V 25. Desmoteuthis hyperborea, I 33. tenera, I 33. Development of VIII 14. Dexiobranchaea ciliata, I 41. paucidens, IT 41. Diacria mucronata, II 32. labiata, II 34. trispinosa, II 32. Dinoteuthis proboscideus, I 30. Doratopsis vermicularis, I 33. Doto coronata, VI 13. fragilis, VI 14. Drift experiments freshwater eel, in Irish Sea, Duva rosea, V 5. E. Eel culture, VIII 22. freshwater, VIII 3, IX 34. fry, reports relative to, IX 384, 36 Eggs of eels, VIII 11. of Rossia sp., I 21. Eledone cirrhosus, I 16. Elvers, VIII 19. Embolus triacantha, II 25. Entomopsis Clouei, T 30. Velain, I 30. Eunephthya rosea, V 5. F. Facelina Drummondi, VI 8. Karran, G. P., TUE 3: Vi: Flabellum alabastrum, V 24. Floating redds, at Rockmills sal- mon hatchery, IX 9. Freshwater eel, VIII 8, IX 34. Funiculina quadrangularis, Vig: Fusus retroversus, II 4. G. Galvina Farrani, VI 7. tricolor, VI 6. Glycogen in oysters, IV 3. Gonatus amoena, I 27. antarcticus, I 27. Fabricu, I 27. Growth of plaice, III 12. Gymnosarca bathybius, V 7. Gymnosomata, larval, II 49. H. Hatcheries, see Salmon hatcheries. Helicocranchia, gen. nov., I 34. Pfefferi, I 34. Heterofusus Alexandri, II 4. balea, II 4. bulimoides, II 23. Heteropoda, IT 8, 50. Hickson, S. J., Vv 3. Histiopsis atlantica, I 29. Histioteuthis bonelliana, I 29. Collinsi, I 29. Ruppelli, 1 29. Holt,; EB: °W.....; Vill 3, BX1. Hyalaea cuspidata, II 31, 32. depressa, II 32. elongata, II 34. imitans, II 34. inflexa, IT 34. —— labiata, IT 34. —— lanceolata, II 27. —— mucronata, II 32. —— pyramidata, II 27. reeviana, II 32. tricuspidata, II 31. trispinosa, II 32. — uncinata, II 34. vaginella, II 34. J. Janolus hyalinus, VI 9. K. Kophobelemnon stelliferum, V 21. i: Lamellidoris bilamellata, VI 17. Larvae of eels, VIII 11. Leachia ellipsoptera, I 33. hyperborea, I 33. Leptocephali, VIIT 13. Leptoteuthis diaphana, I 33. Lestoteuthis Fabrici, I 27. kamschatica, I 27. Life-history of freshwater eel, VIII 3 effect of, on migration of eels, VIII 25. Limacina balea, II 4. bulimoides, II 238. helicoides, II 4. —— MacAndrei, Il 4. -— reticulata, IT 24. retroversa, IT 4. triacantha, II 25. Loligo Forbesi, I 22. —— marmorae, I 24. media, I 24. minor, I 24. —— parva, I 24. —— sagittata, I 31. —— spiralis, I 24. —— subulata, I 24. vulgaris, I 22. Loligopsis hyperborea, I 33. Lomanotus Fisigii, VI 12. Genei, VI 10. -—— marmoratus, VI 10. portlandicus, VI 3, 10. Lophohelia prolifera, V 26. Light, M. Madreporarian corals, V 4, 24. Marked flatfish in Galway Bay, III 3. in Irish Sea, IIT 3. Marks for flatfish, III B. Massy, Anne L., I 3, E's: Measurement of dead flatfish, ITI 4. Methods of drift experiments, VIT 1. of estimating glycogen, IV 3. of handling and transporting salmon eggs, IX 9. of marking flatfish, IIT 4. Migration of freshwater eel, VIII 7, 18, IX 34. effect of light on, VIII 25. -— of plaice, III 23. Milroy, J. A., IV 3. Moschites cirrosa, I 16. N. Nudibranchiate mollusca of trawling grounds, VI 3. 0. Octopodoteuthis sicula, I 28. Octopus arcticus, I 6. Bairdi, I 6. Ommastrephes todarus, I 32. Ommatostrephes sagittatus, I 32. —— todarus, I 32. Ommatostrephidae, larval, I 32. Oysters, glycogen in, IV 3. e Palio Lesson, V1 16. Paramuricea atlantica, V 15. Pennatula aculeata, V 17. — bellissima, V 17. Peracle Flemingu, II 4. —— physoides, II 24. Peraclis bispinosa, II 24. diversa, II 24. —— reticulata, II 24. —— sp. juv., IT 25. —— triacantha, II 25. Pheronema Grayi, I 21. Plaice, growth of, IIT 12. marking experiments, III 3. methods of, III 4. —— migrations of, III 28. relation of weight to length of, III 22. Pleurocorallium Johnsom, V 7. Pleurophyllidia Loveni, VI 14. Pleuropus mucronatus, II 32. trispinosus, II 32. Pneumodermon ciliatum, IT 41. Pneumodermopsis ciliata, II 41. ——sp. juv., IT 42. Polycera quadrilineata, VI 16. Polypus arcticus, I 6. —— ergasticus, I 7. —— Normani, I 13. piscatorum, I 13. —— profundicola, I 7. vulgaris, I 6. Protomedia triacantha, II 25. Protoptilum Thomson, V 18. Pteroceanis diaphana, IT 50. Pteropoda, IT 3. R. Rhombosepion elegans, I 21. Rockmills salmon hatchery, IX 8. Rossia Caroli, I 20. glaucopis, I 20. —— Jacobi, I 19. — macrosoma, I 19. —— Owenii, I 19. — Panceri, I 19. —— papillifera, I 20. spawn of, I 21. —— sublevis, I 20. 8. Salmon, artificial propagation of, 1. (308). Wt. P207—S 50. 3. 875. 1/10. C.&Co G4 Salmon, average weight of, at hatcheries, IX 1. fisheries, reports of Clerks of Conservators on, IX 12. hatcheries, IX 4, 8. __— hatching in floating redds, IX o Salmonidae, artificial propagation Of bet. Sarcodictyon catenata, V 4. Scaea stenogyra, II 4. Seasonal variation of glycogen in oysters, IV 5. Sepia biserialis, I 21. —— elegans, I 21. officinalis, I 21. Sepiola atlantica, I 18. aurantiaca, I 17. —— oweniana, I 17. scandica, I 17. Spirialis balea, II 4. —— bulimoides, II 23. —— clathrata, II 24. —— diversa, II 24. —— Flemingit, II 4. —— Gouldi, II 4. —— MacAndrei, II 4. —— recurvirostra, II 24. reticulata, II 24. —— retroversus, II 4. stenogyra, II 4. Spirula Peroni, I 21. Stachyodes Versluysi, V 10. Stenoteuthis megaptera, I 32. —— pteropus, I 32. Stephanotrochus diadema, V 24. Stephens, Jane, V 3. T: Taonius hyperboreus, I 38. Thliptodon diaphanus, II 50. Gegenbauri, II 49. spy, LE 50: Todarodes sagittatus, I 32. Todaropsis Eblanae, I 31. Veranyi, I 31. Tracheloteuthis Behni, I 30. —— Risei, I 30. Trawling grounds, Nudibranchiata of, VE 3. Plaice marking experi- ments on, III 3. Tritonia Hombergi, VI 14. plebeia, VI 15. Trout, artificial propagation of, IX i 3 bf U Umbellula encrinus, var. ambigua, AG Variation of Cymbulia Peroni, II 38. Veranya sicula, I 28. Verrilliola gracilis, I 30. nympha, I 30. Virgularia mirabilis, V 18. state ee ae dits : ie vit A ay . iviv} oy 4 ‘a hg i hanes ie a i iw a a sith: ohh taht theta cb at Lge? - oS es Peas ' Oe 201) i Tyts ¢ 4 oy ap k, mie Lip ft in: erate HyAoe | Dew Wethate ; of a PED ao o a fonne ‘ ; Adio riaes ; BAe df DENS | ed ee + | ba sit ita Jo 45 aR Byes. 4 et crest. Vr 4, ‘ ‘ a see a Aes DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1908. DU BILAN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE. 7 ; TAs net ie : misdive Th RATT A i: € amis) stom VOMDOR TERT 2A liar HOVAGH AMA EEE | a AMO Taal Tesvai Oia 8 Gl oe re , 7 4 4 1 1 OES heer aa : Bs a paEet0 AMOR a ERO vie aoa ee e ha iy ie > ~ * a we = @ - = ru ou z ‘ - o - a 4 - CONTENTS. No. I. The Decapoda Natantia of the coasts of Ireland, by Stanley Kemp, B.A., Plates I to XXIII, Il. Polychaeta of the coasts of Ireland. I.—Areni- colidae and aie arcs a J. H. Ash- worth, D.Sc., IIL. Polychaeta of the coasts of Ireland. I1.—Pelagic Phyllodocidae, by R. Southern, B.Sc., Plates I to ELE. e . IV. Third report on the Fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope. The Holocephali, or Chimaeras, by KE. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne, Plates ‘I to LY; 5 V. Fourth report on the Fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope. List of recorded species, with refer- ences, by HE. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne, VI. Summary of reports relative to Eel Fry, 1908- 1909; by A. B? Es Hallas, B-A:, “ . Date of Publication. June, Sept., Nov., Feb.., 1910: 1302: 1309. tFAC), Seah 103 1910 ATUAT HOO ~ F Page] Lt) SIA ti BOG sfx oi Le be tha . ' fre ce oe q niga (oleae A* F 3 ; * } gift 5 sfee'l a a i} ego a ~wigt ibis asiboqe helyrowri To 34 1 ar ef “5 al | ee i ero) OW 4 ae ; a fw . - - P . : : - “et ees mL ind boyiilet abragot to Wrag if L fet ealtitt eb CA ah Le FOR OFFICIAL USE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, 1908. ; 4 No. I. The Decapoda Natantia of the Coasts of Ireland, BY STANLEY Kemp, B.A. This paper may be referred to as— Fisheries, Ireland, Sct, Invest., 1908, /. [1910]. DUBS EEN: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATION ERY OFFICE, By Arex. Tuom & Co. (Limirep), ABBEY-STREET. And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from E. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN ; or WYMAN AND SONS (LTD.), FETTER-LANE, LONDON, E.C, ; or OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE-COURT, EDINBURGH. 1910. Price Three Shillings and Sia Pence, Level %e, fare FAL t MietOOON lo «oer i MOITeaAVEUL ote ee 9) . isfy } vest Ti Petia: a st : Lat Lie SURO OT LP aoe RIOR a0" Ue MT AS ixBouorar ate 26Penarert ry wigs stu ware BOGL Parc is vit . uit Pg beth ees ¥ a isi * * 4 i aa Fi soe | TP ee TA he Aa ; hf ood AMR oie >. 7 : eae THE DECAPODA NATANTIA OF THE COASTS OF IRELAND, BY STANLEY Kemp, B.A. Plates I-XXIII. INTRODUCTION. The material which forms the basis of this paper was almost entirely accumulated during the course of the fishery research work carried out by the s.s. Helga since the year 1901. Owing to the limited opportunities for work of this nature, if has only been possible to investigate some of the more important areas with any degree of thoroughness; it thus happens that from the north coast of Ireland records are available from a single district only, Rathlin Deep, while several species have doubtless escaped detection on the rich southern grounds. The extensive and systematic trawling operations carried out off the east coast, more particularly on the grounds between Dublin and the Isle of Man, have probably yielded a fairly complete census of the forms occurring in the Ivish Sea, and considerable attention has been paid to the deep-water dis- tricts to the south-west of Ireland off the coasts of Co. Kerry and Co. Cork. As might be expected, it is m this latter area, in soundings of from 200 to 1,000 fathoms, that the majority of the more interesting species have been obtained. These south-western investigations have been well supplemented by other deep-water work further north, both inside and outside the Porcupine Bank, and off the coasts of Co. Mayo, but the more inshore grounds inside the 100 fathom line still require further examination. In addition to the material obtained by the Helga, a small collection made by the Danish fishery steamer Thor has been examined. These specimens, which were kindly communi- cated to us by Dr. J. Schmidt, were all taken in the Atlantic trough over an area ranging from the Fiaréde Is. to the Bay of Biscay. Canon Norman, to whom I am indebted for the loan of numerous specimens and for the opportunity of consulting literature which was not available in Dublin, has very kindly allowed me to use several hitherto unpublished records, and I have also to thank Dr. Calman, who has spared neither time nor trouble in answering my numerous queries, for the readi- ness with which he has placed his extensive knowledge of this group at my disposal. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908, I. [1910.] 3.708: 4 The researches carried out by the Marine Laboratory, which was stationed for some years in Bofin and Ballynakill Harbours, Co. Galway, have probably provided a fairly com- plete list of the fauna which exists in the shallow waters of the bays and creeks facing the Atlantic, while Kinahan’s Dublin and Belfast lists give a good idea of the littoral east coast species. Previous records of Natantia from Irish waters are not numerous, and it has been thought best to incorporate in the present paper all references to any of the scarcer forms. On the Helga the beam trawl was responsible for the cap- ture of the vast majority of the specimens; more especially bags of sprat and mosquito netting attached to the back of the trawl have proved invaluable for obtaining all except the very largest species. If placed in the proper position, in the path of the swirl caused by the passage of the footrope, these nets! invariably catch numbers of organisms which would otherwise escape. The nets fish, though very inefficiently, while being hauled to the surface, and it consequently happens that mid- water species are occasionally caught. Errors arising from this source have been obviated by the frequent use of large midwater nets which secure only such forms as swim freely at intermediate depths. In the case of species occurring in both beam and midwater trawls, further evidence (such as their presence in the stomachs of fish frequenting the floor of the ocean) is necessary before they can rightly be considered to be members of the bottom fauna. Pelagic species of Natantia seem to be active animals, and townets of large size are necessary to effect their capture. A net with a triangular frame, with sides 6 feet long, and a bag of mosquito netting, has yielded good results on the Helga, but in the last few years has been largely superseded by a mid- water trawl designed by Dr. C. G. Johan Petersen. In this, the bag is made of very stout cheese-cloth, supported by bolt ropes down the seams; it is kept open by means of a pair of otter boards, which are attached by short bridles to the upper and lower extremities of two poles forming the vertical sides of the mouth. Two sizes of this net have been employed ; the opening in one case is 8 ft. by 4 ft., in the other 103 ft. by 7 ft. Both triangle net and midwater trawl fish while being hauled to the surface, and consequently it is impossible to be certain of the depth at which the specimens were actually caught. Dredges, although frequently employed, more especially on rough ground, do not seem to be very efficient instruments for the capture of the species here dealt with. The material taken by the Thor was for the most part col- lected in a midwater trawl, but fine-meshed otter trawls work- ing on the bottom were also fished. Tables have been provided which will, it is hoped, furnish a ready means of determining the various families, genera, and 1In the lists of records these nets are al] included under “‘ trawl,”’ E708. 5 species found off our coasts ; in order to give them a somewhat wider application, species found in British waters, but not up to the present known from Ireland, have been included with a brief note on their distribution. All Irish species discovered since Bell’s monograph of Bri- tish Decapods was published (1853) have been described and figured!. The synonymy of many of the species has been fully treated by recent authors, and it has not been thought necessary to repeat it here; in the majority of cases references will be found only to the more important papers. The descriptions of colour were drawn up from notes taken from living or freshly caught specimens on board the Helga. Among littoral and shallow-water forms great variation is often found, and in such cases notes based on the examination of at most a few specimens probably do not convey an adequate idea of the different phases of colouration to be met with; the case is different in deep-water species, which do not, as a rule, show any marked divergence from a standard type. During the course of townetting observations a large col- lection of iarvae has been acquired. The vast amount of time which would be required for a full treatment of this material prohibits its inclusion in the present paper, but it has been found possible to discuss a few deep-water larvae which could be definitely traced to adult forms. In dealing with all except the commonest species the actual records are given. The temperature and salinity of the water are now regarded as having an important bearing on questions of distribution, and consequently such data, where available, have been appended to each station; it is hoped that this method, though rather cumbrous, will be found of greater ser- vice than mere reference to lists published separately. In treating of specimens caught in midwater, temperature and salinity are given for the surface as well as for the greatest depth fished, as it is impossible to be certain that the speci- mens were not caught during the ascent of the net. The positions are to be regarded as the approximate central point of each haul. Soundings were, as a rule, taken at the beginning and end of each station ; both are given, and it will be noticed that in a few cases, in deep water on the Atlantic slope, the two differ widely, owing to the comparatively rapid shelving of the sea bottom in those particular localities. Unless otherwise stated, measurements of all specimens are given in mm. from the apex of the rostrum to the tip of the telson. According to the views of the committee which sat in 1890 the western limit of the British area coincides with the 1,000- fathom line. All the species hereafter noticed have been found within this area. On a few occasions midwater nets were fished from the Helga outside this western limit; speci- mens caught at such localities do not seem to call for separation from the rest, for it is obvious that there is no natural faunistic 1 With the exception of some Pandalidae, which have been very fully dealt with in recent years by Calman (1896). 7 : 1:08: 6 division at or about this line. Although for museum purposes it certainly seems necessary to define some western limit to the British and Irish area, it is evident that its creation is of purely local interest and offers no assistance to the study of distributional problems. Fifty-four species ! of Decapoda Natantia are known from British and Irish waters, and forty-seven of these have been found off the Irish coasts.? Ten species are practically restricted to the littoral and laminarian zones, which extend from high water mark to 15 or 20 fathoms. These are :— Hippolyte varians. Leander adspersus. Hippolyte prideauxiana. Leander squilla. Spirontocaris Cranchi. Crangon vulgaris. Athanas nitescens. Philocheras trispinosus. Leander serratus. Philocheras fasciatus. Hippolyte varians, Leander squilla, and Crangon vulgaris are not infrequently found in brackish ditches where the water is of low salinity, while Palaemonetes varians occurs abun- dantly in water that is only slightly brackish. Several species, such as Pandalus Montagui and Pandalina brevirostris, may be reckoned as visitors to the laminarian zone, recurring there regularly at definite seasonal periods. Beyond the laminarian zone there is no distinct line of de- marcation in the fauna, the species changing by almost im- perceptible gradations until the greatest depths of the Atlantic are reached. The large majority of the British Decapoda Natantia live on or very close to the bottom. The following species have, how- ever, been taken under circumstances which afford the clearest proof that they are free-swimming? :— Amalopenaeus elegans. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons. Sergesles robustus. Acanthephyra purpurea. Sergestes arcticus. Acanthephyra debilis. Pasiphaé sivado. Hymenodora glacialis. Caridion Gordont. P. sivado and C. Gordoni occur constantly on the bottom, but are nevertheless sometimes found in midwater, usually in soundings of no considerable magnitude. The seven remain- ing forms are, as a general rule, bathypelagic, but S. robustus and A. purpurea, having been found in the stomachs of fish 1 Excluding the following three species, which have as yet only been taken near the Channel Islands :— Lysmata seticaudata (Risso), Norman, 1907. Hippolyte gracilis (Heller), Walker, 1899 (see p. 170). Anchistia scripta (Risso), Norman, 1907. 2 An Index to the genera and species mentioned in this paper will be found at p. 179. * Three other species also probably occur in midwater—Pasiphaé tarda and the two species of Ephyrina, E. Hoskyni and E. Benedicti. fr OS. a which are known to frequent the ocean floor, must be regarded as members of the benthos as well as of the nekton. Only a very few species are definitely associated with other animals. T'ypton spongicola is found living within sponges of the order Monaxonida, while Richardina spinicincta, the only representative of the Stenopidea yet found in British waters, is probably restricted to the areas peopled by the Hexactinellid sponge, Pheronema, and often referred to as the ‘‘ Holtenia ”’ ground. Leontocaris lar has only been found on two occa- sions, and in each haul Antipathana and branching corals of the genus Lophohelia occurred abundantly. This, coupled with the highly specialized structure of the species, suggests the possibility of an Alcyonarian association. The following table indicates the months in which ovigerous females of the various species have been found off the Irish coasts. Crangon vulgaris (which is omitted in this table) is to be found bearing ova at almost any time of the year. It is probable that on the Irish coast—as was found to be the case in Lancashire (Herdman, 1893)—C. vulgaris has two prin- cipal breeding periods: in late autumn and early summer. : 5 be K peo Eo et - gerbe Bh tessa. | —— CA = a Fr ea fc decaf Venleay elegy peek allies | E Bde) ee | ot | a Pybbabice, Po Beale it oe iIsSilel(Hfi(/a/s16/5/alteloiaia Pasiphaé sivado ........| xX; X!| X ol ee | Acanthephyra purpurea ..|....| X | | | | ACANIREPhYTA GeviWs...-.. «\\2 20 |. «<5 0-02]->-01 | | | Nematocarcinus ensifer, v. | Hh Beards ogeceeor seteraili nae | iandalus Montagurs.... «|| Mal. als-.a) M jos. ale sxe apsif steers x Pandalus propinquus Aofelll esl ravaloree salt ae | | Pandalus Bonnieri ...... RH OS ove siliecote calltetetepel texershellieletekeitiorekers| X Plesionika martia ...... Sreherail > Sieie|atetnieilloclosil 2K steiner cis Dac aaa Pandalina brevirostris ..| X| X| X| X| XK] Xj....| X | Hippolyte varians ...... wots nl yh OK | OR Re OR ie lea Spirontocaris Cranchi eclsctelat Aeghe we | alae we. | | | Spirontocaris pusiola ....|....| Kj....| K| X] | | Caridion Gordoni ...... eeber oilers alltatatc ll chee lo ee | Processa canaliculata ....) K|....| X|....] Xf...-|---.| X | | Leander serratus... ...... | | Leander adspersus ...... spoke allio ‘ofovalllevotaigharedersiterebepalte-clers {acme | | | Leander squilla ........ a eh dant eiapeeeeeeene ae eae! | | Crangon Allmanni ...... X| X| X| X| X | | Philocheras echinulatus ... X;| X| KX) K| X)....) KX! Philocheras trispinosus ..| K|....| K|....| X|....| X | Philocheras sculptus ....|....|....|.-ccje00.| Mj....| X| X | | Philocheras bispinosus ..| X| X| X| X| KX} KX] X! Xi....| X Philocheras bispinosus, v. | | MLETICCHULR: kel ticle, sts) 41 las A ee mae es call, >.< Pontophilus spinosus ....; K| KX) X | | Pontophilus norvegicus ..|....| X | | | | Richardina spinicincta . silts ON so 5dllodddl Misi | X | | * Only in deep water off the West Coast, I. ’08. 8 ATLANTIC DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH British and Irish Area. | 8 oid sigid ig E Ss Se Ng fats s of Se ee Aja |g |@al sg Ble Ss la |e (SS So | = = Pau Be = fe $|| 3S = =| 2/2|\4|/2138)| 3 |Sal 2\4 & $/2/2/8)8)8 esl s | )g) 3 Flalelgia lal |e lel Ss ja] 1_.| Amnalopenaeus elegans si. |) K |... < Wssepea] ar olin 5-|ljeise x |.) el ee 2 | Solenocera siphonocera ~.<) "He |. 3 -\o>-e)- 0s dees cle cecloomel aac |. welt seein | 3 Sergestes robustus ...... ph Papers Opes ied tas sel tes 5 X |) X |. Se eeeelesee 4 Sergestes arcticus ...... pi en tes rea eae ee | XX. |). 3d, Deseo 5 | Pasiphaé sivado ........ xX Ke thes. s bode srs X) XK |. ee 6 | Pasiphaé tarda ........ » AS es Pita: Gee Het Xi X| X| xX 7 | Pasiphaé princeps ...... The. 4 Ree pec bee eres coe rl See 8 |. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons | KM |....)....)..0e\eeeeleccslenes ) a es 9 | Acanthephyra purpurea ..| KM |....|..--|..ee|eeecleees 1 Xl Bel eee 10 ‘|*\Acanthephyra delntis 0.4) KV. )e oo A ale Aa X'|.. stom 11 | Ephyrina Hoskyni ...... XK [eee Sotios|... oh) SRE. eee ees ee ee 12 | Ephyrina Benedicti Pe. 8 oce Gee ere eee oo ore X | 13 '|-Gigmenodora glacsalis.<..:.| 0K | s22|tsos|2 «2 -|s2 selects |e oe X |. .| X| XX) 14 ||| Nemaiocarcinus enssfer*..|, Ko je. ce) .<22|-ses\oees}- eae |ee ee Xr) oe | SE ey 15 | Bresilia atlantica ...... | X 16‘ Pandalus borealis ...... eek s |= oie |omel cokers | ssociasee 4 | X| X| X 17 Pandalus Montagui ...... K| KX} X| X| K| KX} KX] KR) RK) KI... 18-| Pandalus propinquus ..| K-|....| Kojs...|s.0-|-.- xX || X |. Js] RS 19 | Pandalus Bonnieri ...... Kinch att 2K He oko cleo X || X |}. Sees 20 | Plesionika martia ...... Lin, IK WES wo sntere rollers Seale eflesslcil enter eee |<< al secre 21 | Pandalina brevirostris ..| Xi Ki XX) KX) X| KI] XM i...-j--<- cian foo. 22°| Hippolyte varians ...... Xo) KX.) UK a OX |e ee ee esa bes 23 | Hippolyte prideauxiana . | Ke Se » Sd Pe Ieee » Si Rees Peer oe eae 24 | Spirontocaris spinus2....\.... xX)\-xX!] X) X) XK] Xo Ke eee 25 | Spirontocaris Gaimardi ..|....\....\....|++—0 X| XX] X| XPara 26 | Spirontocaris polaris ....|....|....|....|.0e- lta Bcalecs tote xi x| X| Xi xX 27 | Spirontocaris Cranchi ..| X | K| X)| K) X| X | X eee eee 28 | Spirontocaris pusiola ....\......... a cm Sap fee Sb eis. xX X 29 | Caridion Gordoni ...... / KY KM] Mi..d.. ed | qe 30 | Leontocaris lar .......... es 4 | | 31 | Bythocaris gracilis ...... Ta, Go ae Get ee ac ae ee ae! |x] xX] X] xX 32 | Alpheus ruber .......... > Gime, Gi > Sie Sol aA! BB Ga eee |aina.c | ae 33 | Alpheus macrocheles ....\.... Dees Bale oe > Ge PRY ON peer [facets ie Si yee 34 Athanas nitescens Lay as, oe ae RL eee |. v0.0, eif] ene se ved petal oe 35 | Processa canaliculata ..... X| X| K| XK] X| X|X 36 | Typion spongicola ......|....|..--|...- Rts ee Me BE bee lisse. 37 | Leander serratus ........ ie eae, ee Bi pee Nie ay be Peete 2 38 | Leander adspersus ...... ee MS Soles > Oe, Se seas sal | Mea ls.c' sc ee eee 39 | Leander squilla ........ » Se Simm ai fem? Sib >. Sud fled, Stee < oe hae 40 | Palaemonetes varians ....! Xl OK 1 OX ORR ae 2 OX ieee A bigeye 41 | Crangon vulgaris ...... x: Xi Ka Xa RS XK KO eee Pal bs 42 | Crangon Allmanni ...... xX! X| X B.S e Ssh ee x. 43 | Sclerocrangon Jacqueli » SEIS! ed os Per = hie Se: | Xi xX 44 | Philocheras echinulatus ..| X OR AA eee x 45 | Philocheras trispinosus ..| X Bie Gir Came Conde ¢ xX | 46 | Philocheras sculptus ML Re) RS. Se | X & he 47 | Philocheras fasciatus ....| X > Gia Cul <> i ee 4 48 | Philocheras bispinosus AS xt KIRKE XX eee 49 Philocheras bispinosus, v. | MEGUECHIEB Peace cniee setts took OSE | Seer eee X | Kae cclesceteeel eee 50 | Aegeon Lacazei ........ FS On se al RSS 2 cncieotel prechckelt cetatons | cowchsll cnosceor ncaa lever pia 51 | Pontophilus spinosus ..... X| X| X| X| X]}] X| XI.-. cn) aigiseleecae hee 52 | Pontophilus norvegicus ..| K |....)..-. |esieety tlhe Cex: (ox KP ee HS SADINed, SGray. qs sici2 ste aro] oes ce c.« cls siete eres ee. sleeve X | X | xX X |. 54 | Richardina spinicincta ..| X | Be cio eee ee Ese | icidlen-ca lees freee ‘ i i ' The species from the Irish coast and from near Iceland are referred to the var. exilis. 2 The majority of the British and Irish records refer to tho var. Lillieborai. AND IRISH DECAPODA NATANTIA. “UOISea ULIPU] SoM | >< < >< 26 >< >< x: x >< >< >< > a SEetet-tt-4-4-4-41 mK ‘Kvostq jo hug | KKK > KKK LO 26 >< >< >< 9K >< KK ERK RE KKK KKK OK Se ee. coe Tet) tt er et tt tt er mere Vie! ek eae PCC nec Users Bre aoe thet ttf Seer eee ttt erie ie Pet) i * Known from Madeira. ‘2[0419 nee Cae es te ge ee ke Gato ye Lphts CIENT HAN MARC a TAO ay Ip anew ighe> Ou te mia mala alantcle ys alate lala ia ccc crks semerat ia lara uatiiat so cee Sa oijonyare Wi AeMaaN joudeo))| Mees) sel tee Gouge 1h aieabing tsi nines ing ht ig RB eae aS a BOM GRE SI lS pcaguettt ees: MS ream Rd ere ae cee RLS ih ee ee ot ae Ree, Meee Me aS ‘ PTGS hte) Ca) ae oo) I. 08. 10 The tables on this and the preceding pages will give an idea of the Atlantic and extra-Atlantic distribution of the species known from British and Irish waters. From these it will be seen that of fifty-four species, nineteen have been found north of the Arctic Circle, while twenty-six occur in the Mediterranean. Five species of British and Irish Natantia (four of which have not been found S. of Scotland) are known to live on the bottom in water below freezing point. These are Pandalus borealis. Spirontocaris spinus. Spirontocaris polaris. Sptrontocaris Gaimardi. Sabinea Sarsi. Other species, now known to be bathypelagic, have been recorded from localities with temperatures below 0°C., but it is extremely hkely that in all these cases (with the possible exception of Hymenodora glacialis) the specimens were swim- ming in much warmer layers well above the bottom and were caught during the ascent of the net. EXTRA-ATLANTIC DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH AND IRISH DECAPODA NATANTIA. 3 F = | “a 1D eI } Ss ees z : | 3|\3 |8 = = |ei/aie|S|g/| oS) see ies et | |e Maa (Patsy | (i ) Cll pe teaeeleees aj oO | & eS | = | Sey og | o| & =| ° a) & eg fae 3 OL ob) & [3s] aie ols | oN | 3/54 2 eee | °S oO NOmIn sol = NE ee ° a> 20 | CBS esau pec 3 e oie cs el ee r=! | Be 2 a | @ L Oo ce é a4 Oo | & c i . |... =.|..c.)« «4|. | eeoedesee ede lease lees X | Sinrontocnris Gaimards ..|.....).0c.fes sels deelesebineseleeee la. seheate | XX | Spironiocaris polaris ....|..0.|...-|...-|.-0- ARSE 3 Ieee 5) ee 'al ie, -|ivee! », 4 Sowontocaris pusiola Fi. .'2|5 .o.|- 05s |>ode|oe.celee tele eee lene aoe eee x Alpheus*riber 2 oese2es|s0 5s side dilated] Sooseel eee Alpheus *mnatrochdles <...\0..<|s0..|s« sc]-diclebealeeteieeeel ee aeeees | cteveielt Meal Athanas nitescens ...... ease Processa canaliculata ... wfovee] Mi fesccleseclecscfocecleces| M foece|sooelooee dsp 11 Shrimp! fisheries are practically non-existent in Ireland ; nowhere have they anything like the importance of similar industries in England. During the last eight years the average value of the catch landed on the Irish coast is much below £350 per annum, and the figures show no indication of rising. It is evident that the want of enterprise in this respect is not due to any natural lack of shrimping grounds or to a scarcity of supply, the reason is rather to be sought in the fact that this particular form of food is nowhere in Ireland held in any great estimation. This, naturally enough, has prevented the foundation of any extensive fisheries for the supply of fresh shrimps and also appears to have seriously hindered any attempt to start an export trade of preserved material. At the present moment potted or preserved shrimps are only prepared by a single Irish firm. Crangon vulgaris, the common shrimp par excellence, is in Ireland almost wholly neglected as a source of food. Samples of fresh shrimps from the Dublin market were found to consist entirely of Leander serratus, and it is this species, in company with its congener, L. squilla, which forms the basis of such fisheries as exist. At present the principal centre of Leander fisheries is Queenstown, Co. Cork, but even there the industry assumes only very slight importance. Leander is frequently employed as a bait in salmon fishing, and small quantities, destined for this purpose, may usually be found on sale at the more important angling centres. Off the south coast of England the largest specimens of L. serratus are worth as much as ld. apiece to the fisherman who catches them; as might be expected, such high prices do not prevail in Ireland. In certain Norwegian fjords a valuable fishery of Pandalus borealis has been started during recent years. P. borealis is a large species of fine red colouring and is chiefly found in deep water at the head of those fjords which are not obstructed by a bar at the entrance. ‘This industry, which owes its origin to the Norwegian Fishery Investigations, is now in a very flourishing condition. Pandalus borealis has not as yet been found in Irish waters, although it is not impossible that it exists in small numbers off the north coast. Two closely allied species, Pandalus Montagu and P. Bonnieri, do however occur in large quan- tities, but it may be doubted whether any profitable fishery is possible. Investigations, made with this object in view, give no indications of a promising nature. The grounds which these species frequent le for the most part at a considerable distance from the land and the supply is spread over a large area. Nowhere are they found in the concentrated form and 1 The species with which the present paper is concerned are in Ireland known almost exclusively by the term ‘‘ shrimp,"’ ‘‘ prawn’ is employed only for Nephrops norvegicus. 2 Pandalus Montagui migrates shorewards periodically. 7208. 12 convenient situation which have proved such important factors in the success of the Norwegian fishery. Natantia form a valuable source of food supply to many marketable fish. In their early free-swimming stages they are consumed by Herring and Spring Mackerel, but do not, of course, constitute such an important item in their dietary as the ubiquitous Copepod. Certain forms, principally the more abundant species of Crangon and Pandalus seem to be esteemed above all other food by such fish as the grey gurnard, while, along with other Crustacea, they are freely eaten by many valuable species of Gadoids (more especially by the Haddock) and by Rays and Skate. Adult flat fish do not seem to partake of Natantia to any great extent, they are none the less of some importance to certain species, notably the Long Rough Dab. Leander is a favourite food of the Bass, and is doubtless eaten largely by other fish frequenting rocky localities near the shore. DECAPODA NATANTIA. TRIBE PENAEIDEA. The two families may be separated thus :— I. Last two pairs of pereiopods well developed; branchiae numerous, PENAEIDAE. II. Last two pairs of pereiopods reduced in size; branchiae not more than eight on either side, sometimes absent, ‘ : ; : SERGESTIDAE (p. 24). Famity PENAEIDAE. Of this family three genera have been recorded from British and Irish waters, but the presence of one of them requires confirmation. I. Inner border of first segment of antennular peduncle bearing a twisted setose scale, forming an incomplete inner wall to the orbit ; second joint of mandibular palp longer than first ; second maxilli- pedes not foliaceous ; rostrum well developed, with numerous dorsal teeth. A. Antennular flagella cylindrical ; one arthrobranch but no epi- pod on fourth pair of pereio- pods, ’ . Penaeus (p. .18). £708. 13 B. Antennular flagella thin, com- pressed and internally chan- nelled throughout their length, thus forming a tube when closely approximated ; two ar- throbranchs and an epipod on fourth pair of pereiopods, Solenocera (p. 20). II. No seale on inner border of first seginent of antennular peduncle ; first joint of mandibular palp much longer than second ; second maxillipede with the merus very broad and foliaceous; rostrum very short, with only one dorsal tooth, ; : , Amalopenaeus. One species of Penaeus, P. caramote (Risso),! has been re- corded from British waters. Leach reported two specimens from the Welsh coast, and Cocks stated that it was found at Falmouth in the stomachs of cod and haddock. These records are more than fifty years old, and, in the absence of any recent information, it is doubtful if the species should be retained in the British list. P. caramote is a common Mediterranean species. Genus Amalopenaeus, Smith. Amalopenaeus, Smith, 1882. This genus bears the closest possible resemblance to Gennadas, Spence Bate (1881 and 1888), but is distinguished from it by the total absence of podobranchs on the pereiopods. The gill formula is :— { abs va) | vu !| mx!) se) ect ere) So) xv | fi Pam he ‘a | Podobranchiae, oe | ep. l1-+ep.| ep. ep. ep. ep. ep. Arthrobranchiae, ... | 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Pleurobranchiae, SBoult "arse ae 1 1 1 1 1 1 In Gennadas the formula, - determined from an examina- tion of the type specimen of “Gs parvus, is :—- — VIL, |) VEE ce XL Relea | kT LV. = sik: : i RSENS SENET SAE. Podobranchiae, .. | ep. I+ep. 1+ep.)1+ep..1+ep.)1+ep. ep | Arthrobranchiae, ... 1 2 2 Bete | ie 2 | Pleurobranchiae, A te re 1 i) yn aN ae 1 1 1For synonymy see Senna, 1903, 08: 14 The absence of podobranchs in Amalopenaeus is not merely a feature of immaturity, for specimens of 40 mm. in length show no trace of them, while the petasma and thelycum are well developed in examples little more than half this length. Several recent authors regard Amalopenaeus as a synonym of Gennadas and, even when describing new species, omit all reference to this question of the podobranchs. The presence or absence of these gills is, however, acknowledged to be of great importance in separating the genera of Penaeidae (see Aleeck, 1901, p. 12), so that although no other valid distine- tions can be given it seems best to retain the two genera as distinct. The absence of podobranchs in Amalopenaeus is a factor of considerable importance in the study of the evolution of this and of the allied genera, for in this respect Amalo- penaeus is more highly specialized than Gennadas, which forms an intermediate link between it and the still more primi- tive Benthesicymus (see Bouvier, 1906, pp. 9-13). Amalopenaeus elegans,! Smith. Pl. I, Figs. 1-16. Amalopenaeus elegans, Smith, 1882, Pl. xiv, figs. 8-14; Pin xy, hes: to Gennadas elegans, Bouvier, 1908, Pl. vii (whi syn.). Bouvier (1908) has already given a long and complete de- scription of this species; it will suffice here to mention the characters which separate it from alhed forms. The distance between the cervical and post-cervical grooves, measured dorsally, is not more than one-sixth of the distance from the latter groove to the hinder margin of the carapace. The antennary angle is acute and prominent; the infra-anten- nary angle is also acute, but is bluntly rounded at its apex. A small branchiostegal spine is present. The second joint of the antennular peduncle, measured dorsally, is only half the length of the ultimate joint. The antennal scale is three times as long as wide and the convex outer margin terminates in a very small spine, which does not extend as far forwards as the lamella. The second joint of the mandibular palp (fig. 7) is about as long as the width of the basal joint. In the second maxilla (fig. 5) the anterior lobe of the internal lacinia is strongly contracted behind its apex. The chelae of the second pair of pereiopods are shorter than the carpus, while in the third pair the merus is distinctly longer than the carpus. 1 My statement (1906, 2) that A. elegans is a synonym of Gennadas parvus, Sp. Bate, I now regard as erroneous. In a paper on the Chal- lenger species of Gennadas, published recently (1909) I have given fresh descriptions and figures of Spence Bate’s types. 1:08. 15 The abdominal somites are smoothly rounded above, with the exception of the sixth, which is dorsally carinate. The forms assumed by the sternal plates of the cephalothorax (the thelycum) in the female and by the membranous expansion of the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (the petasma) in the male are shown in figs. 15 and 16. Size.—The largest Irish specimen examined is a female measuring 38 mm.; Smith has recorded an example 43 mm. in length. Colour in life.—The carapace is red, anteriorly of a dark brownish tint. The abdomen is also red, but considerably paler than the carapace. The eyes are brown, with a golden reflection ; their stalks are red, with a jet-black spot on their superior and external aspect, near which is a patch of very deep red pigment. Both these patches are of variable size and shape. The antennal scale and all three pairs of flagella are practically colourless. All the pereiopods are very dark brownish red. There are also found, in addition to the prevailing red pig- mentation, patches and suffusions of a deep blue colour. This is one of the most interesting features of the species, and hitherto has only been noticed very briefly. The better defined patches of this pigment occupy positions much the same as certain of the photophores which are known in Acan- thephyra debilis, A. Milne-Edwards.!_ Now in that species a deep blue pigment is invariably associated with the luminous organs, in only one series of which (i.e., those at the base of the pleopods) has a lens-like structure been demonstrated. The question, therefore, arises whether this pigment in A. elegans, although it is rather lighter in colour and much more diffuse, may not nevertheless prove in some way connected with a luminous function. In small specimens of about 18 mm. large portions of the oral appendages and the basal joints of all the pereiopods are suffused with blue pigment. In this case the pigment is in solution, for it is sometimes observed flowing out from the cut edge of a dissected portion. The first five abdominal somites each possess inferiorly a pair of large ill-defined patches of this blue pigment of a streaky character (fig. 8) and the interior margins of the first and second sternal plates are also edged with the same colour. In large specimens only slight traces remain of these ab- dominal patches and the suffusions on the oral appendages and bases of the pereiopods are also much fainter: but the following, which also occur in young specimens, are found to persist in the majority of the older examples :— On the antennular peduncle (fig. 13): a streak on the inner face of the penultimate joint and another, sometimes merely a faint suffusion, in the middle of the basal segment 1 Compare Bouvier’s coloured figure of A. valens (1908, pl. 1, fig 8) with pl. vi, fig. t of this paper. I. ’08. 16 on its upper face near the distal end, situated in a sort of recess overhung by the thickened inner anterior portion. On the first maxillipede (fig. 4): a bright blue patch at the inner side of the apex of the exopod. On the third maxillipede (fig. 12) : a granulated suffusion on the upper half of the ischium and on the basus, a denser granular patch at the distal end of the merus and propodus, a similar but very dense patch at the apex of the carpus and a rather obscure spot near the base of the dactylus. On the first three pereiopods (figs. 9-11): a dense granular patch on the propodus just behind the insertion of the dactylus, a similar patch (very strongly marked on the first pereiopod) at the distal end of the carpus and another of a less defined character at the distal end of the merus, the latter having in addition another small patch or streak at the proximal end of the same segment. On the fifth pereiopods: a single spot behind the coxal articulation. Blue pigmentation is of great rarity in deep-sea shrimps, although not a very uncommon feature of the ova of certain Caridea (chiefly Pandalidae). The only instance that I am aware of, apart from cases in which it is associated with luminous organs, is Benthesicymus Tanneri, Faxon (1895, Pl. 1.). This species,. which is very closely allied to A. elegans, has peculiar patches of deep blue pigment on the dorsal surface of the abdomen. In the present state of our knowledge it does not seem at all probable that these are luminous. The fact that small specimens of A. elegans possess relatively more of the blue pigment than older examples is rather antag- onistic to any theory of its being directly involved ina luminous function, for the photophores of A. debilis increase in number with age. Unfortunately the specimens found off the Irish coast are invariably dead when caught, so that no direct ob- servation is possible. For the present the question must remain undecided, until more is known of the association, which apparently exists, between blue pigment and a luminous function. General distribution.—Amalopenaeus elegans seems to be very widely distributed in the N. Atlantic. It has been re- corded from the east coast of N. America from between lat. 31° 41’ and 41° 13’ N., long. 66°0' and 76°12’ W. (Smith) ; from West Greenland (lat. 65° 25’ N., Hansen); from Davis Straits and the neighbourhood of Iceland (Hansen) ; from the Sargasso Sea and near the Cape Verde Is. (Ortmann and Bou- vier) ; from the Bay of Biscay (Kemp) and N.E. Atlantic (lat. 52° 18’ N., long. 15°53’ W., Calman). In the Mediterranean it has been found in the Straits of Messina and near Naples (Lio Bianco), and in other localities (Bouvier). As suggested by Hansen (1908), it is probable that this species never occurs in temperatures below 0°C., although it doubtless exists in warm layers overlying water below freezing point, T, 08. 17 Irish distribution.—This species has been repeatedly found off the west coast of Ireland. The small size of the majority ot the specimens is perhaps due to the fact that’ the older in- dividuals descend to water of a-greater depth than that in which the investigations were conducted. The _ records are :— Helga.— CXX.—24 /8 /’01.—53° 58’ N., 12° 22’ W., 382 fathoms. Trawl—Two, 10-5 and 14 mm. S.R. 139.—11 /8/04.—55° 0’ N., 10° 48’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-1,000 fathoms. Surface tempera- ture 14°6° C., temperature at 800 fathoms 7-0° C.— Four, 11-12 mm. S.R. 140.—11/8/’04.—54° 50’ N., 10° 45’ W., soundings 7,000 fathoms Surface temperature 14-5° C., temperature at 480 fathoms 8-7° C. Townet, 0-530 fathoms.—One, 12 mm. Triangle net, 0-730 fathoms —Fourteen, 11-26 mm. S.R.175.—14 /9 /’04.—54° 53’ N., 10° 42’W., soundings 670 fathoms. Triangle net,0—600 fathoms. Surface temperature 10 -9° C., salinity 35-44°/,, ; temperature at 670 fathoms 4-5° C., salinity 35-46°/ ,,—Twelve, 14-23 mm. S.R. 193.—10 /2 /’05.—54° 50’ N., 10° 30’ W., soundings 650 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-630 fathoms. Surface temperature 9-6° C., salinity 35-41°/., ; temperature at 480 fathoms 9 -2° C.— Five, 19-29 mm. S.R 197.—11 /2 /’05.—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., soundings 7,990 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-680 fathoms—Three, 21-26 mm. S.R. 224 —12 /5 /’05.—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., soundings 860 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—Four, 22-28 mm. S.R. 231.—20 /5 /’05.—55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W., soundings 1,200 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1,150 fathoms—Twelve, 20-26 mm. S.R. 282.—18/11 /’05.—54°_ 59’ N., 10° 53’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-700 fathoms. Surface temperature 10-6° C., salinity 35-30°/,, ; temperature at 700 fathoms 9-0° C.—Five, 17-18 mm. S.R. 299.—5 /2 /’06.—50° 13’ 30” N., 11° 16’ W., soundings 500 fathoms. Triangle net,0—400 fathoms. Surface temperature 10-8° C., salinity 35-30°/.,; temperature at 500 fathoms 9-7° C.—One, 19 mm. S.R. 331.—9 /5/’06.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fathoms. Trawl—One, 26 mm. S.R. 364.—10 /8 /’06.—51° 23’ 30” N., 11° 47’ W., 620-695. fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 7-92° C.—Few. S.R. 470.—24 /8 /’07.—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W., soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms. Surface temperature 15-8° C., salinity 35-30°/,,; at 500 fathoms 9-03° C., salinity 35-35°/,.—Fifteen, 13-5-19 mm. S.R. 477.—28 /8 /’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-19° C.—Three, 17- 38 mm, B ierUG: 18 SLR. 478.—28 /8 /’07.—51° 17’ N., 11° 44’ W., 560-707 fathoms. Trawl—Two, 15 and 16 mm. S.R. 481.—29 /8 /’07. —50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W., soundings 920-1,064 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-900 fathoms—Eleven, 16-20 mm. S.R. 484.—30 /8 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., 602-610 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fathoms 8-34° C., salinity 35 -32°/ ,, Four, 16-27 mm. ; S.R. 485 —30 /8 /’07.—51° 33’ N., 12° 1’ W., 602-630 fathoms. Trawl—Five, 15-21 mm. S.R. 487.—3 /9 /’07.—51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W., 540-660 fathoms, Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-65° C., salinity 35 -35°/ -—Lwo, 17 and 29 mm. S.R. 488.—4 /9 07. 51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., soundings 540-720 fathoms Triangle net, Leh fathoms—Five, 14-21 mm. S.R. 489.—4 /9 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W., 720 fathoms. Trawl —Three, 16-19 mm. S.R. 493.—8 /9 /?07.51° 58’ N., 12° 25’ W., 533-570 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-53° C., salinity 35 -44°/ ., Four, 17-19 mm. S.R. 494.—8 /9 /’07.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 fathoms. Trawl—One, 18 mm. S.R. 496.—8 /9 /’?07.—51° 54’ N., 12°54’ W., 473-500 fathoms. Trawl —Five, 14-18 mm. S.R. 497.—10 /9 /?07.—51°_ 2’ N., 11° 36’ W., 775-795 fathoms. Trawl—One, 19 mm. S.R. 498—11 /9 /’?07.—50° 58’ N., 11° 33’ W., soundings 775-778 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-600 fathoms—-Ten, 17-20 mm. S.R. 499—1] /9 /’07.—50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666-778 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 822° C., salinity 35 -41°/ ,, Two, 21 mm. S.R. 500.—11 /9 /’?07.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 fathoms. Trawl—Three, 18-20 mm. S.R. 506.—12 /9 /’07.—50° 34’ N., 11 19 W., 661-672 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 8-22° C., salinity 35 -53°/ ,> One, 16 mm. Thor. 59° 49’ N., 8° 58’W. Midwater trawl, 0-600 fathoms—Three, 22- 23 mm. Vertical range.-—Bouvier (1906) has recently investigated the bathymetric range of this species, and has established the fact that it is an abyssal free-swimming form. It does not appear to occur normally on the bottom, and the specimens which were found in the fine-meshed nets attached to the trawl (recorded above) were most likely caught during the ascent of the net. It is difficult to say what is the maximum depth to which the species penetrates, but according to Bou- vier’s account adults seem to be more frequently taken below than above 1,000 metres (about 550 fathoms). Larval and immature forms occur at less considerable depths, sometimes not far from the surface; it appears that I. ’08. 19 these on the completion of their metamorphosis descend to deeper water. Lo Bianco kept some young specimens alive in an aquarium, and found that they always swam head down- wards, as though endeavouring to reach greater depths. ? Amalopenaeus valens, Smith. ? Amalopenaeus valens, Smith, 1884, Pl. x, fig. 2. ? Gennadas valens, Bouvier, 1908, Pl. 1, fig. 3, Pl. Ix, figs. 1-20. The principal characters of the solitary Irish specimen (a female, 48 mm. in length) are as follows :— 1. Eyes proportionally slightly larger than in A. elegans. 2. Second joint of antennular peduncle, measured dorsally, fully three-quarters the length of the ultimate joint. 3. Apical spine of antennal scale extending beyond the lamellar portion. 4. Ultimate joint of mandibular palp four-fifths as long as the width of the first joint. Anterior prominence of merus of second maxillipede slightly less than one-third the total length of the joint. Chela of second pereiopod slightly shorter than carpus. Merus of third pereiopod very evidently shorter than carpus. Thelycum as in text figure; its principal features being a single large plate, almost round, between the fifth pair of pereiopods, and a pair of triangular plates furnished with a few stiff setae at the base of the fourth pair. Or (ook mer) so) cll ip 4 7 Wes 1s Amalopenaeus valens (7), Thelycum. The branchial formula is the same as in A. elegans. The colouring is also much the same as in that species; the deep blue pigment has almost exactly the same distribution.) but the black spot on the dorsal aspect of the eyestalk behind the cornea is almost obsolete. 1 Neither this specimen nor numerous examples of A. elegans (examined when freshly caught) showed such large areas of dark blue pigment on the abdomen as are depicted by Bouvier for valens (1908, Pl. 1, fig. 3); otherwise this coloured illustration gives an excellent idea of the appearance of Irish specimens of this genus. B 2 I. 08. 20 Of the six species of Amalopenaeus and Gennadas known from Atlantic waters, this specimen undoubtedly stands nearest to vaiens. It differs, however, from Bouvier’s account and figures of that species (1908) in respect of numbers 5 and 8 of the characters mentioned above. The second maxilla is also different, and appears to resemble that of A. elegans far more closely than Bouvier found to be the case in valens. In this appendage the narrow terminal prolongation of the endopod is provided with a tuft of setae, and bears two pairs of curved dorsal spines. The anterior lobe of the internal lacinia is slightly constricted behind its apex, and is distinctly narrower than the adjacent lobe of the external lacinia. The thelycum is certainly widely different from the typical form known in ralens, but Bouvier states that considerable variation exists and has figured (1908, Pl. 1x, fig. 20) an example which in this respect shows a good deal of resemblance to that figured above ; the female of a very closely allied species, described as Gennadas Talismani (Bouvier, 1906), is, however, unknown, and it is consequently impossible to determine this specimen with any degree of confidence. The specimen was found under the following circum- stances :— Helga. §$.R.590.—3/8/’08. 51° 51’ 30” N., 12° 8’ W. Soundings 480 fathoms. Midwater trawl, (480 fathoms. Temperature at 450 fathoms, 9°28°C., salinity 35°46°/55.—One, 48 mm. Amalopenaeus valens has been recorded from the east coast of the United States, lat., 37° 16’ N., long., 74° 20° W. (Smith), and from the W. coast of Portugal, W. coast of Morocco, the Azores, the Canary Is., and the Sargasso Sea (Bouvier). GeNus Solenocera, Lucas. Pl. II, Figs. 1-8. Solenocera siphonocera (Philippi). Penaeus membranaceus, H. Milne Edwards, 1837 (nec Risso). Penaeus siphonocerus, Philippi, 1840, Pl. rv, fig. 3. Solenocera Philippt, Lucas, 1850, Pl. vit, fig. 2. Penaeus siphonocerus, Heller, 1863, Pl. x, fig. 12. Solenocera siphonocera, Calman, 1896. Solenocera membranacea, Bouvier, 1908. The rostrum is very slightly upturned at the apex and reaches almost to the tips of the eyes; it is armed on its superior margin with five to seven forwardly directed teeth, three or four of which are situated on the carapace behind the posterior edge of the orbit, On its inferior margin the ie OS. 21 rostrum is unarmed except for a fringe of long plumose setae, shorter setae of a similar character occurring in the spaces between the dorsal teeth. On the carapace a pronounced mid- dorsal carina runs backwards from the rostrum, disappearing in its posterior third. The cervical groove is deeply cut on each side and extends up to, but not across, the dorsal carina ; from its lower extremity a short carina runs downwards and forwards ending in a prominent hepatic spine. There is a strong post-orbital spine, and small but acute spines also mark the orbital and antennal angles; an obtuse prominence repre- sents the branchiostegal spine. The abdomen, when straightened, is about twice the length of the carapace (excluding rostrum), but in one very large female it is considerably shorter than this. The last four somites are dorsally carinate ; on the third the carina is rather faint and obsolete anteriorly, while on the sixth it is very sharply defined and is produced posteriorly to a short spine, The sixth somite is about as long as the fifth, and its pleura are provided with a short spine in front of the rounded postero-basal angle. The telson is about equal in length to the outer uropod ; it is deeply channelled dorsally, and its margin is finely setose and armed with a single pair of stout lateral spines at about one quarter of its length from the pointed apex. The antennules exceed the combined length of the carapace and rostrum by about two-thirds the length of the latter; the peduncle reaches almost to the apex of the antennal scale. The basal pedunclar point, which is about the same length as that succeeding it, is deeply hollowed for the reception of the eye, the bottom of the joint being in fact quite membranous. The internal and external margins are thickened ; the former bears a twisted setose scale reaching beyond the tip of the rostrum, while the latter is provided distally with a sharp spine-lhke lateral process. ‘The antennular flagella are internally chan- nelled throughout their length, and by the apposition and overlapping of their edges form a complete tube which is specially characteristic of the genus Solenocera. The upper part of the tube is formed by the two upper (and outer) rami which are twisted inwards and are partially overlapped by the much broader lower (and inner) flagella.! These upper flagella are somewhat crescentic in transverse section with an obscure midrib, and their dorsal edges are maintained in close conjunction by the interlocking of short stiff setae. The in- ferior and broader rami are strongly crescentic in transverse section with a pronounced midrib on which the lower edges of the upper pair rest; they interlock basally by means of numerous long curved setae set on the outer aspect of their inferior edge, while other long setae from the middle point of their upper edge lap over on the superior pair. Pl. IJ, fig.3, shows the appearance of the flagella in transverse section. 1Various authors have stated that the upper and outer flagella are entirely ensheathed by the lower and inner, but this was not found to be so in any of the specimens examined. I. ’08. 22 The antennal scale is widest basally and about three times as long as broad. ‘The outer margin is straight or very slightly concave, and terminates distally in a strong spine which reaches as far as, or slightly beyond, the narrow apex of the lamellar portion. The mandible (fig. 4) is provided with a large two-joimted palp; both joints are approximately triangular in shape, the ultimate being considerably longer than the penultimate. The endopod of the first mawillae (fig. 5) is hooked at its apex and bears a small round setiferous lobe at its base. In the second imacxillae (fig. 6) the broad endopod is apically emar- ginate and is provided with numerous short stout spinules on its inner distal aspect ; the basal lobe of the exopod is broadly rounded. The endopod of the first mazillipedes (fig. 7) is long and filamentous, but its inner margin is much widened near the base; the exopod is narrow and lanceolate. The second mazillipede (fig. 8), which, like the first, bears a large epipod, is provided with a podobranch and two arthrobranchs. The exopod is short, reaching to about half the length of the merus. The outer mazillipedes are very long, reaching beyond the antennal scale ; their exopods are very short. The first pair of pereiopods is short and rather stout, reach- ing almost to the tips of the eyes ; the third pair is much longer, with a long and slender carpus, and reaches to the apex of the antennal scale. The second pair is intermediate, as regards length, between the first and third. A stout spine is present on the inferior aspect of the basus of the first two pairs, and a similar spine is also present on the lower margin of the ischium of the first pair. The fourth pair of pereiopods is stouter and rather shorter that the fifth, the latter, when stretched forwards, reaching to the tips of the eyes. All the pereiopods bear long exopods and large foliaceous epipods are present on the first four pairs. The branchial formula is— ==> -_— : — Wii: |) YEE | Te gh | Ee xIL | XU xiv. ] | | Podobranchiae, ae Pep | 1+ep,| ep. | ep. | ep. ep. ep. } | | | | | Arthrobranchiae, ...{| ... | 2 | 2 2 ia Pi | 2 | | | | Pleurobranchiae, ” ...... Sct 1 1 1 Ligier 1 The petasma attached to the first pair of pleopods of the male is very large, and consists of two plates with numerous vertical folds. These two plates are firmly connected in- ternally for about half their basal length by means of a series of small hooks or cincinnuli. Each plate is divided distally into two lobes, the outer of which is longer and more pointed than the inner. Normally the whole structure forms a rough tube, the two outer edges being capable of approximation owing to the numerous vertical folds. Fig. 2 shows the ap- pearance of the petasma seen from behind, and slightly flat- tened. I. ’08. 23 In both sexes the exopods of the pleopods are well developed and longer than the endopods. The outer uropod is a trifle longer than the inner ; its outer margin is perfectly straight right up to the apex, and it is about two and a half times as long as wide. Size.—The largest specimen observed is a female measuring 71 mm. Colour in life.—Vhe walls of the carapace are semi-trans- parent, with brownish buff gastric and hepatic regions. There are two small patches of minute whitish chromatophores on the inferior margin of the carapace, one at about its middle point and the other just posterior to it. The rostrum is red- dish buff. The abdomen is also tinged with reddish buff, but the “walls are largely transparent and the intestine shows through very plainly. The eyes are grey, with a coppery re- flection. The antennal scale is transparent, and the anten- nules, antennae, pereiopods, pleopods, uropods, and telson are all suffused with red or reddish buff. This description was drawn up from a large female of 71 mm.: the colour is, perhaps, somewhat different in small examples. General distribution.—S. siphonocera is a common Medi- terranean species, but records from other seas are scarce. Three specimens have been found in the Bay of Biscay (Caullery) and three off the Azores (Bouvier). Smith (1885) considers that some specimens taken by the Albatross Expedition in the Gulf of Paria, Venezuela, should be referred to this species. Irish distribution.—This species was first noticed from the west coast of Ireland by Calman (1896). The two speci- mens recorded by him were obtained at the following locali- Hes ord Bandon. 1886.—Lat. 51° 11’ N., Long. 11° 31’ W., 325 fathoms—One. Flying Falcon. 1888.—Lat. 51° 2’ N., Long. 11° 27’ W., 345 fathoms—One. Since 1888 the species has been again found on five occa- sions :— Helga. §.R. 97.—3 /5 /’04.—50° 30’ N., 10° 51’ W.,199 fathoms. Trawl. Bottom temperature 10-7° C.—Two ; one 50 mm. S.R. 187.—31 /1 /’05.—51° 14’ 30” N., 9° 43’ W., 57 fathoms. Trawl. Bottom temperature 10-2° C., salinity 35-48°/,.—One 32 mm. S.R. 353.—6 /8 /’06.—50° 38’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-85° C.—Two, 60 and 68 mm. S.R. 447.—18 /5 07. 50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W., 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-87° C., salinity 35 -48°/ ,,—One, 71 mm. ; , 1,08. 24 Thor. 30/5 /°06.—51° 27’ N., 11° 10’ W., 110 fathoms. Trawl—One, 51 mm. Vertical range.—S. siphonocera is found commonly in the Mediterranean between 30 and 100 fathoms, and has been taken in deeper water up to 400 fathoms (Adensamer). Smith’s Venezuelan specimens were caught in 31 fathoms, while in the Bay of Biscay the species was found in 218 fathoms. Famity SERGESTIDAE. Genus Sergestes, H. Milne-Edwards. Sergia, Ortmann. Fifteen years ago our knowledge of this genus was in a state of great confusion, for the literature abounded in de- scriptions of species founded only on immature specimens. It is entirely due to Hansen’s important revision (contained in two papers, 1896 and 1903 (1)) that this unsatisfactory con- dition of things no longer exists. Hansen was able to connect a large number of described larvae with their adults, thus making a very considerable reduction in the total number of known species, and he also drew attention to the importance of certain characters, of great specific value, which had pre- viously been neglected. Two species of Sergestes, S. robustus and S. arcticus, have been found off the Irish coast ; both belong to that section of the genus which is characterised by Hansen thus :— Third maxillipede at most but little longer, sometimes shorter, than third pereiopod, its first joint rarely, the second-fourth joints never obviously incrassated in pro- portion to the joints in the third pereiopod ; its two distal joints with numerous bristles along both margins. On the outer uropod the ciliated part never occupies half the exterior margin. The body not very long and slender ; the distance between eyestalks and mandibles not very long. The first joint of the antennular peduncle con- siderably or much longer than third. The two species may be readily distinguished from one another by the following characters :— I. Rostrum reaching almost to middle of corneal portion of eye; no post-ocular spine, gastro-hepatic groove very faint; second and third joints of antennular peduncle stout; antennal scale but little narrowed apically and less than three times as long as broad; fifth pereiopod almost two-thirds the length of the cara- pace (excluding rostrum); outer uropod four to four and a half times as long as broad, . ; : L , S. robustus (p. 25). I. ’08. 25 TI. Rostrum only reaching as far forward as the basal articulation of the eyestalks; a post-ocular spine present, gastro-hepatic groove well marked ; second and especially third joint of artennular peduncle slender , antennal scale very strongly narrowed apically and more than three times as long as broad ; fifth pereiopod less than half the length of the carapace (excluding ros- trum) ; outer uropod five to five and a half times as long as broad, . . S.arcticus 1(p. 30). Young mastigopi of these two species, in which the eyes are not wholly black, are most easily distinguished from one another by the stout or slender second and third joints of the antennular peduncle ; some of the other characters mentioned above are not valid for these young specimens. Sergestes robustus, Smith. Plate III, Figs. 1-12. Sergestes robustus, Smith, 1882, Pl. xvi, figs, 5-8. Sergestes robustus, Smith, 1884, Pl. vil, figs. 3-6. Sergestes robustus, Smith, 1886, Pl. xx, fig. 6. Sergia robusta, Ortmann, 1893. Sergestes robustus, Hansen, 1896. Sergestes robustus, Hansen, 1903 (2), figs. 6 and 7. Sergestes inermis, Hansen, 1903 (2), figs. 1-5. Sergestes robustus, Hansen, 1908. The carapace is laterally compressed and is about half the length of the abdomen, excluding the telson. It is evenly rounded dorsally, and is produced anteriorly to a strongly laterally compressed rostrwm, which reaches as far forward as the middle of the corneal portion of the eye. The rostrum (fig. 2) is usually provided with two obscure denticles on its dorsal aspect near the apex; the inferior margin is slightly convex and is furnished basally with a fringe of plumose setae. The gastro-hepatic and cardiac grooves of the carapace are almost obsolete; dorsally no trace of either is visible. The branchial region is defined superiorly by a well-marked groove. The position of the hepatic spine is occupied by a slightly elevated but obscure lobe ; there is no post-ocular spine. The third and fourth abdominal somites exhibit a shallow dorsal depression, the others are evenly rounded above. The sixth somite is rather more than one and a half times the 1Jn the lists of species caught during the Scotch International Plank- ton Investigations Sergestes atlanticus and ‘‘ Sergestes Colletti’’ appear (see Pub. Circ., 1909, No. 48, p. 1385). Dr. T. Scott, who has kindly re- plied to my queries on the subject, is now of the opinion that the speci- mens referred to the former species are only young S. arcticus, and he also informs me that ‘' Sergestes Colletti’’ is a misprint for Siphonoecetes Colletti. 2 08: 26 length of the fifth and is provided with a minute posterior dorsal spine. The telson reaches to about half the length of the outer uropod ; it is suleate above, with’a pair of prominent dorso-lateral carinae, and terminates acutely. The inferior margins are finely setose. The eyes (fig. 12) are about two-fifths the length of the an- tennal scale; viewed from above, the cornea, which is much wider than the peduncle, extends over more than half the length of the whole organ. The antennular peduncle (fig. 12) is about one and a quarter times the length of the antennal scale. The wide basal joint is one and a half times the length of the ultimate segment. Its inner and outer margins are turned upwards at the base ; between them is a deep cavity which extends forwards and serves for the reception of the eye; an obscure notch on the outer edge represents the lateral process. Both second and third joints are very stout, the latter being about twice as long as wide. Of the flagella, the secondary or lower ramus of the male (fig. 3) bears a single-jointed appendix, tipped with setae, on the basal segment. The second segment is inter- nally concave and provided with stiff setae and a cluster of strong spines; the third is convex and swollen, and under a high power is seen to be covered with very numerous fine transverse ridges. ‘he stouter upper flagella and the lower rami of the female are broken off in all the specimens examined. The antennal scale (fig. 12) is approximately half the length of the carapace and is rather more than two and a half times as long as wide. The outer margin is convex and terminates in a small acute spine which scarcely surpasses the broadly- rounded end of the lamellar portion. The flagella are very long and show the curious kink or bend which Kishinouye (1905, figs. 1 and 2) has described in Acetes japonicus (see inset to fig. 1).1. The fringe of setae (two to each segment), which exists on the proximal part of the flagellum, stops abruptly at this bend, beyond which the segmental divisions are oblique instead of transverse. The mandibles (fig. 9) are provided with a long two-jointed palp, which is densely setose; the basal joint is rather less than two and a half times the length of the ultimate. The forms of the maxillae and first two maxillipedes are shown in figs. 5-8, and do not call for detailed description. The third mazillipedes reach beyond the tips of the anten- nular peduncle, but are nevertheless considerably shorter than the third pair of pereiopods. The four proximal joints are not thicker or coarser than those of the third pair of pereiopods. ‘The ultimate and penultimate segments are setose along both margins, the former (fig. 4) being sub-divided into five joints, 1 Bouvier (1908) has observed a similar bend in the antennae of Gennadas and Amalopenaeus. * The podobranch at the base of the second maxillipede is omitted in fig. 6. 7.08. 27 of which the proximal one is almost as long as the remaining four taken together. The first pair of pereiopods, which is not chelate, reaches slightly beyond the middle of the antennular peduncle. The merus is long and about equal to the slender multiarticulate propodus ; the dactylus is distinct but very minute and is pro- vided with a single long seta. The second and third pairs possess a minute but perfectly formed chela; the latter are considerably longer than the former, and both when stretched forwards reach beyond the apex of the antennular peduncle. In both, the merus is slightly longer than the carpus, but a little shorter than the multiarticulate propodus. The distal joints of all the first three pairs are provided with setae along both margins, as a general rule long and short setae alternate with one another. The fourth and fifth pairs are much shorter, strongly com- pressed and laminar, and one of the joints, presumably the dactylus, is missing. The posterior margins of both pairs are clothed with numerous very long plumose setae, and a similar but shorter fringe is found on the anterior margin of the is- chium and merus of the fourth and on all the segments of the fifth pair. The fourth pair when stretched forwards reaches to the distal end of the basal peduncular joint. The propodus, or distal segment, is lanceolate and rather less than three times as long as broad; it is about equal in length to the carpus, but is considerably shorter than the merus. The fifth pair.is little more than half the length of the fourth, and is about two-thirds the length of the carapace. The ischium, merus, and carpus are of about equal length; the lanceolate propodus is considerably shorter. There are no exopodites on the last two pairs of maxilli- pedes or on any of the pereiopods. The branchial formula is :— | | | —_ [vm jvm | m | x | x XIL | X11 | XIv. Podobranchiae, ep. | 1+ep. | | Arthrobranchiae, +) | Pleurobranchiae, bh as lL |14+L./1+L. | 1+L. 2 | 2 | Both the pleurobranchs over the base of the fourth pair of pereiopods are large and only slightly smaller than the pair which precede them. The pleurobranch at the base of the third maxillipede and one of those on each of the three suc- ceeding somites is represented merely by a simple lamella (‘ L’ in table). The complicated form assumed by the petasma! of the male 1The minute hooks, sunk in pits, with which some of the stylets of this organ are provided, have been described and figured by Smith (1882), 1. 108: 28 is shown in fig. 11, and in the same sex a small lobe with a few setae is also found at the base of the endopod of the second pair of pleopods. The outer uropod (fig. 10) is almost one and a half times the length of the inner; in an adult female it is just four times as long as broad. The external margin is distally ciliate over a distance less than one-third the total length of the uropod. Size.—The largest specimen observed is a female measur- ing 87 mm.; Hansen (1908) records a specimen 90 mm. in length. Colour in life.—Uniform clear scarlet lake, much darker, with bluish reflections, on the anterior portions of the cara- pace. The antennal scale is scarlet lake with a row of faint crimson spots; similar spots are also found along the basal edge of the sixth abdominal somite and near the apices of the inner and outer uropods. The eyes are jet black, and all the finer setae with which the species is clothed are reddish gold. Sergestes robustus probably possesses the finest colouring of any of the deep-water prawns found off the west coast of Treland. The blue reflections are very conspicuous and beau- tiful; though most marked on the anterior parts of the cara- pace, they can be detected over the whole of it and on the abdomen also. Alcock has suggested (1901) that Sergestes bisulcatus, Wood-Mason, is a synonym of this species, and Miss Rathbun (1906) has included it under her synonymy of S. robustus. I am unable to agree with this view. The definite cervical groove and the forms of the rostrum, secondary flagellum of the male, antennal scale and petasma in S. bisulcatus (all figured by Faxon, 1895, pl. Lit.) offer ready means of dis- tinguishing it from the form here described. In particular, attention is drawn to the petasma, which, as described by Aleock and figured by Faxon, shows just as great differences from that of S. robustus as exist between the latter species and Sergestes arcticus. General distribution.—Sergestes robustus has been recorded by Smith from the east coast of the United States between Lat. 34° 28’ and 39° 38’ N., and Long. 68° 21’ and 75° 29’ W. It has been found in the Mediterranean near Crete (Aden- samer) and in the neighbourhood of Sicily (Lo Bianco and Riggio) and was taken in the Bay of Biscay by the Caudan Expedition (Caullery). Further north it is known from Lat. 59° 49’ N., Long. 9° 46’ W., and S.W. of the Farées in Lat. 61° 8’ N. (Hansen). Miss Rathbun has recorded speci- mens under this name from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands; it is, however, very probable that these examples should be referred to a distinct species, S. bisulcatus. If this is so, S. robustus, as at present understood, is restricted to the Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean. 4 ie-08. 29 I have examined specimens taken at the following localities south of the British and Irish area :— Thor. 5 /6 /°06.—49° 17’ N., 14° 3’ W., soundings 2000 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-164 fathoms—One, 22 mm. 9 /6 ’06.—49° 23’ N., 12° 13’ W., 665 fathoms. | Trawl—One, 48 mm. Trish distribution.—Sergestes robustus has been found off the west coast of Ireland on the following occasions :— Helqa. S.R. 139—11 /8 /’04.—55° 0’ N., 10° 48’ W., soundings 7,000 fathoms Triangle net, 0-1,000 fathoms. Surface tempera- ture, 14-6° C., at 800 fathoms 7 -0° C.—T wo (Mastigopus)." S.R. 164.—3 /11 /’04.—52° 6’ N., 12° 0’ 30” W., soundings 375 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-350 fathoms. Surface temperature 13-2° C., at 350 fathoms 9-78° C., salinity 35-70°/ ,.— One, larval.’ S.R. 282.—18 /11 /’05.—54° 59’ N., 10° 53’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-700 fathoms. Surface temperature 10-6° C. , at 700 fathoms 9-0° C.—One, 80 mm. S.R. 299.—5 /2 /’06.—50° 13’ 30” N., 11° 16’ W., soundings 500 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-400 fathoms. Surface temperature 10-8° C. , at 370 fathoms 10-8° C.—Two, 35 and 87 mm. S.R. 397.—2 /2/’07.—51° 46’ N., 12° 5’ W., 549-646 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-71° C., salinity 35 -57°/ .. —T wo, 46 and 69 mm., and fragments in stomach of a Ray. S.R. 481.—29 /8 /’07.—50° 59° N., 11° 52’ W., soundings 1,064 fathoms. Midwatertrawl,0—900 fathoms—Three,19-21 mm. S.R. 494 —8 /9 /’07.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 8-8° C., salinity 35 -30°/ ,, One, 68 mm. S.R. 503—12 /9 /’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 26’W., soundings 990 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-80 fathoms, Surface temperature 16 -2° C., at 80 fathoms about 10-0° C.—One, 39 mm. Oceana (Hansen, 1903 (2) and 1908)— 52° 4’ 30” N., 12° 27' W. Soundings 620 fathoms.—One, 24 mm. Vertical range.—S. robustus was on one occasion (S.R. 397) found in the stomach of a species of Ray, and this record furnishes conclusive evidence that the species sometimes occurs actually on the bottom. Beyond this isolated fact, little definite information of the bathymetric range can be given. The species has been caught in nets lowered to the depth of 2,574 fathoms (Smith), while a half-grown specimen was found at only 80 fathoms, or less, below the surface (S.R. 503) in soundings of nearly 1,000 fathoms. The shallowest water in which the species has been found is 372 fathoms (Smith, 1882). 1 Named by Dr. H. J. Hansen, 1.406. 30 Sergestes arcticus, Kroyer. Plate II], figs. 18-19. Sergestes articus, Kroyer, 1859, Pl. 3, figs. 7 a-g; Pl. 5, fig. 16 Sergestes Meyeri, Metzger, 1875, Pl. 6, fig. 7. Sergestes arcticus, Smith, 1882, Pl. xv1, fig. 4. Sergestes arcticus, Smith, 1886, Pl. xx, figs. 1 and 2. Sergestes magmficus, Chun, 1888, Pl. 4, figs. 4 and 5. Sergestes arcticus, Hansen, 1896. Sergestes articus, Hansen, 1903 (1), Pl. xu, fig. 1, a-c. Sergestes arcticus, Stebbing, 1905. Sergestes arcticus, Hansen, 1908. The carapace is laterally compressed and more than half the length of the abdomen, excluding the telson. Dorsally it is rcunded and produced anteriorly to a very short pointed crest or rostrum (fig. 18) which only reaches as far as the basal articulation of the eyestalks. Close to the anterior margin there is a small but well marked ocular spine situated on a short carina; there is also a very prominent hepatic spine. The gastro-hepatic groove is rather deeply cut and extends 1ight over the dorsum of the carapace ; the cardiac groove is almost obsolete, but that which defines the superior limit of the branchial region is strong and well-marked. ‘The anterior margin of the carapace is straight on either side of the rostrum and does not protrude forwards as it does in S. similis. The third and fourth abdominal somites are slightly flattened above; the remainder are dorsally smooth and rounded. ‘The sixth somite is deep; it is usually about two and a half times the length of the preceding somite, but in very large specimens is sometimes rather shorter. The telson is shorter than both uropods and is about two-thirds the length of the sixth somite ; as in the case of S. robustus, it is sulcate above, with a pair of dorso-lateral carinae and a fringe of setae along its inferior margin. The eyes (fig 13) are long and slender; the cornea is round and wider than the stalk. Viewed dorsally they are strikingly different from those of the preceding species, for the corneal portion is not much more than one-third the length of the whole eye. The joints of the antennular peduncle (fig. 13) also differ widely from those of S. robustus. The basal segment is long, and considerably narrowed distally ; it 1s deeply hollowed for the reception of the eye, and the lateral process is represented by an obscure notch in the outer margin. The second and third joints, which, taken together, are about as long as the basal segment, are very slender. The ultimate is rather longer than the penultimate and is about five times as long as wide. The lower flagellum of the male (fig. 15) is similar rr 08: 31 to that of S. robustus, but the appendix is provided with a single very stout apical spine. In the female the lower flagellum is simple and considerably shorter than the ulti- mate peduncular segment. The upper flagella are almost as long as the abdomen and telson; proximally they are swollen and setose. The antennal scale (fig. 13) is more than half the length of the carapace ; it is rather less than four times as long as broad and is much narrowed distally. The outer margin is convex, terminating anteriorly in a very small spine which scarcely surpasses the lamellar portion. The very long antennal flagella show the characteristic bend or kink noticed in the last species. The mandibles, maxillae, and first two pairs of maxillipedes do not differ much from those of S. robustus. 'lhe ultimate joint of the mandibular palp is a trifle longer in proportion to the penultimate ; the exopod of the second mazilla reaches a little further forward, while the endopod of the first maailli- pede ismuch longer. The third mazillipedes reach beyond the distal segments of the antennular peduncle by more than the ultimate segment; they are thus rather longer proportionally than in S. robustus, but, as in that species, the proximal joints ere not obviously thicker or coarser than those of the third pereiopod, and the two terminal segments bear setae on both margins. The ultimate segment (fig. 17) is sub-divided into six joints, the proximal of which is equal in length to the three distal. The first pair of pereiopods reaches almost to the middle of the ultimate segment of the antennular peduncle, the second reaches beyond it by about one-third of the propodus, while the third, which is considerably longer than the third maxilli- pedes, surpasses it by about half the length of the propodus. The propodi of all three pairs are multiarticulate. The fourth and fifth pairs of pereiopods are considerably shorter, and their Joints, although laminar, are much less broad than is the case in the preceding species. The proportional lengths of the segments of the fourth pair are much the same as in S. robus- tus, but in the fifth the merus is longer than either the ischium or the carpus. The fourth pair is slightly shorter than the length of the carapace ; the fifth is only half as long. The branchial formula is the same as that of S. robustus, but the pair of pleurobranchiae over the base of the fourth pereiopod are much smaller, in comparison with those of the preceding somite, than is the case in that species.1 In the male the petasma (fig. 14) is identical in general plan with that of S. robustus, but differs from it in several minor details. ‘The chief of these are the sharp point with which it is provided on the inferior margin, near the line of connection of the right and left halves, and the series of processes, tipped 1 For a fuller description of these branchiae and an account of their difference from those of the allied S. similis, see Hansen, 1903 (sub S, similis). 168. 32 with spines, with which the long median style is furnished on its inner aspect. The male also possesses the usual small lobe at the base of the second pair of pleopods. The outer uropod (fig. 16) is rather less than one-third longer than the inner, and, in adults, is usually more than five times as long as broad.’ The external margin is distally ciliate for less than one-third the length of the uropod ; a short spine emphasises the division between the naked and setose por- tions. Size.—The largest specimen found off the Irish coast is 47 mm. in length; I have, however, examined a female which measured 65 mm. Colour in life.-—The walls of the carapace are transparent, with a few small scarlet red chromatophores ; the black stomach and scarlet hepatic and cardiac regions show through very dis- tinctly. ‘There are a few red chromatophores on the first two abdominal somites, end there is a faint suffusion of the same colour on the remaining somites, telson, and uropods. The cornea is jet black. The joints of the antennular peduncle are transparent, but are tinged with red on their outer distal mar- gins; the antennal scale is perfectly transparent, and all three pairs of flagella are reddish. The mandibles, maxillae, and first two pairs of maxillipedes are red; the third pair and the first three pairs of pereiopods are dotted with red; the last two pairs of perelopods are very faintly suffused with the same colour. A fuller synonymy than is found above is given by Steb- bing (1905), but Lo Bianco’s record of Sergia magnifica, which is included, has been referred by Senna (1903) to Sergestes vigilax, Stimpson. An additional synonym is S. Rinki, Kréver, which Hansen states is the mastigopus of S. arcticus. General distribution.—In the Atlantic Ocean Sergestes arcticus 1s common and widely distributed ; it is known from Lat. 65° 20' N. (Hansen), and as far south as 40 miles off Table Mt. (Stebbing), and Lat. 38° 5’ S. (Hansen). The species has been recorded from the Mediterranean, and three specimens were found by the Challenger to the south of Aus- tralia (Hansen). _ I have examined specimens taken by the Thor at the follow- ing localities :— 21/5 /’05.—47° 47’ N., 8° 0’ W., soundings 454-881 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-274 fathoms—Twenty-one, 22-28 mm. 28 /5 /’05.—61° 11’ N., 11° 0’ W., soundings 527 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-492 fathoms—Three, 30-49 mm. 28 /8 /05.—63° 42’ N., 13° 2’ W., soundings 360 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-35 fathoms—Five, 14-22 mm. ' In a very large female the outer uropod is a trifle less than five times as long as broad. Ts:08. 33 31/8 /’05.—57° 46’ N., 9° 55’ W. Midwater trawl, 0-164 fathoms—Five, 20-28 mm. no 7 06.-49° 17 N.,. 12.3’ W. Midwater trawl, 0-164 fathoms—Three, 37-45 mm.; 0-110 fathoms—Ten, 9-19 mm. 8/6 /’06.—48° 41’ N., 11 30’ W. Midwater trawl, 0-164 fathoms—Hight, 14-49 mm. 9 /6 /06.—49° 23’ N., 12° 13’ W., 722 fathoms. Trawl—Two, 39 and 48 mm. Trish distribution.—As may be seen from the following list of records, Sergestes arcticus is quite abundant off the west coast of Ireland. Only specimens of 9 mm. or more in length are listed. Helga. S.R. 139.—11/8/'04.—55° 0’ N., 10° 48’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Surface temperature 14-6° C.; at 320 fathoms 9-04° C., at 800 fathoms 7-:0° C. Triangle net, 0—-1,000 fathoms—Two, 16 and 27 mm. Townet, 0-200 fathoms —One, 23 mm. S.R. 164.—3 /11 /'04.—52° 6’ N., 12° 0’ 30” W., soundings 375 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-350 fathoms. Surface temperature 13-2° C., at 350 fathoms 9-78° C., salinity 35-70°/,.— One, 34 mm. S.R. 175,—14 /11 /’04.—54° 53’ N., 10° 42’ W., soundings 670 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-600 fathoms. Surface temperature 10 -9° C., salinity 35-49°/ ,, ; temperature at 670 fathoms 4-5° C. —Four, 28-31 mm. 8.R. 197.—11 /2 /°05.—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-680 fathoms—One, 40 mm. §.R. 217—9 /5 /’05.—52° 44’ N., 12° 30’ W., 208 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 200 fathoms, 10-0° C.—One, 38 mm. S.R. 224.—12 /5 /’05.—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W., soundings 860 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—One, 35 mm. S.R. 231.—20 /5 /?05.—51° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W., soundings 1,200 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1,150 fathoms—One, 42 mm. S.R. 272.—5 /11 /’05.—51° 54’ N., 11° 58’ W., soundings 411 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-75 fathoms. Surface temperature 12°2° C., salinity 35-55°/,,; temperature at 75 fathoms 10-5° C.,, salinity 35-57°/,,.—One, 25 mm. S.R. 282.—18 /11 /’05.—54° 59’ N., 10° 53’ W., soundings 1,000 fathoms. Surface temperature 10-7° C., salinity 35-30°/ .. ; temperature at 250 fathoms 9-3° C., salinity, 35-39° /... Triangle net, 0-700 fathoms—Six, 17-38 mm_ Triangle net, 0-200 fathoms—Four, 15-40 mm. S.R. 328.—9 /5 /’06.—51° 32’ N., 11° 53’ W., 445-515 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 400 fathoms about 9-5° C.—One, 42 mm. S.R. 329.—9 /5 /’?06.—51° 21’ N., 11° 35’ W., 215-415 fathoms Trawl. Temperature at 400 fathoms 9-55° C., salinity 35 °33°/ ,.—Two, 34 and 44 mm, c TE" 08: 34 S.R. 334.—10 /5 /’06.—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500-520 fathoms. ‘T'rawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 9-2° C., salinity 35-10°/ ,. One. S.R. 337. —13 /5 06. —51° 21’ 30” N., 12° 9’ W., soundings 768 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-20fathoms. Surface JHE EE TS ture 11-0° C.—Four, 38-47 mm. S.R. 351.—5 /8 /’06.—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms. Trawl—Twenty-one, 18-34 mm. S.R. 363.—10 /8 /’06.—51° 29/ N., 12° 0’ W., 695-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 7 -9° C.—Three, 25-35 mm. S.R. 366.—11 /8 /’06.—51° 24’ N., 11° 40’ W., soundings 461 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-400 fathoms. Surface temperature 15 -6° C.; at 380 fathoms 9-44° C.—Two, 22 and 31 mm. S.R. 386.—6 /11 /’06.—51° 48’ N., 12° 4’ W., soundings 450 fathoms. Surface trawl. Surface temperature 12-3° C., salinity 35 -°37°/ ,.—Four, 17-35 mm. S.R. 442.—16 /5 /’07.—51° 34’ N., 11° 48’ W., 465-508 fathoms. Trawl—Seven, 9-19 mm. S.R. 447.—18,/5 /'07.—50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W., 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-87° C., salinity 35 -48°/ .,—Two. S.R. 449.—19 /5 POT. —50° 28’ N., 11° 39’ W., soundings 950 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-800 fathoms—Twelve, 14-44 mm. S.R. 470.—24 /8 /’07.—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W., soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms. Surface temperature 15-8° C., salinity 35-30°/ ,,; temperature at 500 fathoms. 9 -03° C., salinity 35-35°/ ,.—Three, 26-36 mm. S.R. 476.—26 /8 /’?07.—51° 42’ 30” N., 12° 15’ 30” W., soundings 640 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-300 fathoms. Surface temperature 15°45° C., salinity 35°37°/ ,, ; temperature at 250 fathoms, 10-19° C., salinity 35 -34°/ ,.—Thirteen, 10-26 mm. S.R. 481.—29 /8 /’07.—50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W., soundings 920-1 ,064 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-900 fathoms—Three. S.R. 486.—3 /9 /'07.—51° 37’ 30” N., 12° 0’ W., 600-660 fathoms. Trawl. ‘Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-65° C., salinity 35 -35°/ 5, Two, 28 and 29 mm. S.R. 488.—4 /9.’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., soundings 540-720 fathoms. ‘Triangle net, 0-400 fathoms—One, 35 mm. S.R. 492.—8 /9 /’07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 19’ W., soundings 520— 533 fathoms. Triangle net, ‘(0-400 fathoms. Surface tem- perature 15°35°C., salinity 35°39°/,,: temperature at 500 fathoms, 853° C., salinity 35- 44° Je, —One. 8.R. 494.—8 /9 /’07.—51° 59’ N., Looe Wiss 550-570 fathoms. Trawl, Five, 25-42 mm. S.R. 503.—12 /9 /'07.—50° 43’ N., 11° 23’ W., soundings 515-990 fathoms. Surface temperature 16 -2° C., salinity 35 -34°/ .. Triangle net, surface—Thirty-three, 9-27 mm. Triangle net, 0-80 fathoms—Sixteen, 9-17 mm. Vertical range.—Sergestes arcticus is a_ free-swimming species. Adults are usually found at considerable depths, but be 08: 35 have on some occasions been taken at the surface; the young stages seem to be confined to the upper strata of the water. The species has been caught over soundings of 139 and 2,516 fathoms (Smith), but although frequently taken by the trawl, there is no certain record that it has ever occurred actually on the bottom. TRIBE CARIDEA. This tribe comprises the vast majority of the species of De- capoda Natantia found in British and Irish waters. Ten fanulies are represented, one of which (Bresiliidae) was estab- lished for the reception of a single species, which has, so far, been found only in the deep water of the Irish Atlantic slope. A. Exopods on at least first four pairs of pereiopods. I. Pereiopods not enormously long and not all slender, all five pairs with long exo- pods. A. Hxopods of second maxillipedes absent or rudimentary; first two pereiopods much longer and stouter than re- maining three, . ‘'PASIPHAEIDAE (p. 36). B. Exopods of second maxillipedes well de- veloped, but without terminal lash ; first two pereiopods not longer or inaterially stouter than remaining three, . HOPLOPHORIDAE (p. 55). II. Pereiopods very slender and of enormous Jength, especially the three posterior pairs ; small exopods on the first four pairs only ; exopods of second maxilli- pedes with terminal lash, NEMATOCARCINIDAE (p.75) B. Pereiopods with only two exopods on the first two pairs, : . BRESILIDAE (p. 82). C. Exopods usually entirely absent from pereio- pods, when present on the first pair only. I. Carpus of second pereiopods divided into two or more segments. A. Eyes not covered by a_ projection of frontal margin of carapace. 1. First pereiopods both simple or both chelate ; rostrum usually of consider- able size and armed with spines. i 08. 36 a. First two pairs of pereiopods slender, the first either simple or microscopically chelate, the second with chelae of small size ; mandibles with palp, and with incisor and molar processes, . : . PANDALIDAE (p. 84). b. First two pairs of pereiopods not both very slender, the first with chelae of moderate size, although occasionally smaller than those of second pair; mandibles with or with- out incisor process and palp, H1IPPoLyTIDAE (p. 99). ii. Of the first pair of pereiopods, one is simple, the other chelate; rostrum short and unarmed; mandibles with- out palp or incisor process,. PROCESSIDAE (p. 123). B. Kyes usually covered, at least partially, by a projection of the frontal margin . of carapace; first pereiopods very robustly chelate, . . ALPHEIDAE (p. 119). II. Carpus of second pereiopods unsegmented, simple. A. First pereiopods with small chelae, second pair with larger and more robust chelate, ; . PALAEMONIDAE (p. 127). B. First pereiopods sub-chelate, second pair slender (rarely absent), minutely chelate or simple, é . CRANGONIDAE (p. 134). For the purposes of the present paper I have not thought it necessary to make use of super-families as in the scheme proposed by Borradaile (1907). Certainly in the Caridea such groups can at present only be regarded as hypothetical, at any rate until the families themselves are more satisfactorily defined. Famity PASIPHAEIDAE. Of this family two genera are now known from British and Irish waters. They may be distinguished thus :— I. Rostrum in the form of a post-frontal spine; mandible without palp; gill formula :— — VIL | VIL pe |x) xn xm | sot | mov | | | | Podobranchiae. tep. | | | | rud | | Arthrobranchiae, oa oe a0 as 1 1 | 1 | Pleurobranchiae, 1 | 1 | TAs | rT Pasiphaé (p. 37). iT O08: 37 II. Rostrum a regular prolongation of the carapace ; man- dible with a two-jointed palp; gill formula :— | | : = [| VoL | VEL | TX |X | XL-| XE, | Xu | x1Vv. $< —_—— | | Podobranchiae, vo (epee ‘ep: ep. | | | Arthrobranchiae, al ie | ase | DA teen UE ee de! eee ] | | | | Pleurobranchiae, eA 2u8 | wre | gee | ] 1 1 1 | ] | | | Parapasiphaé (p. 47). Genus Pasiphaé, Savigny. — The three species of this genus known from British and Trish waters fall into two groups :— I. Abdominal somites laterally compressed, but not dorsally carinate; telson truncate at apex, : : 5 ; A ule let. sipado: II. Abdominal somites laterally compressed and sharply carinate dorsally; telson forked at apex, . : AALS tarda, | P. princeps. A tabular statement of the distinctions between these last two species will be found on p. 42. Pasiphaé sivado, (Risso). Be epy hee U2: Pastphaea sivado, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 312. The very rudimentary character of the pleurobranch at the base of the last pereiopod is an interesting feature of this well known form. It consists of a short process bearing five or six lamellae and is apparently developed quite late in the post- larval history of the species; even in specimens measuring 30 mm. no trace of it could be found (cf. Calman, 1903). In the other two representatives of the genus known from Irish waters this podobranch is well developed although smaller than that at the base of the preceding limb. Size.—The largest specimen observed measures 79 mm. ; individuals up to 4 ins. in length have, however, been re- corded from Loch Fyne (Henderson). Off the Irish coast ovigerous females are rarely found to measure less than 65 mm., but Alcock has recorded an egg-laden female from Indian waters of only 48 mm., while a specimen from the Portuguese coast examined by the author was only 2 mm. longer. I. 08. 38 -- Colour in life..—The carapace and abdomen are perfectly clear and transparent, with the exception of a red spot or aggregation of spots near the posterior edges of the second ‘to fifth somites inclusive; the sixth somite has a red dorsal streak on its posterior half and another similarly situated on the ventral aspect. The eyes are black, with a dull reddish reflection. The antenna and outer flagellum of the antennule are dotted with small red spots, a few of which are also pre- sent on the inner antennular flagellum ; the peduncle and an- tennal scale are colourless. The first and second pairs of pereiopods are transparent, with a red streak or row of spots along the under side of the basus, ischium, merus and carpus ; the digits are suffused with red and in the first pair there is an additional red spot at the base of the propodus. The third pair is transparent ; the fourth shows red spots on the ischium -and merus; the fifth is similar, with red spots, in addition, on the carpus. At the base of each pereiopod there is a red spot on the sternum. The basal joint of the pleopods is marked with a red spot or streak and the tips of the rami are some- times tinged with the same colour ; the distal third of the outer uropods is also red. The eggs are quite transparent or very faintly greenish. This description details the maximum development of red pigment observed ; in many specimens it is restricted to only a few of the areas noted above. In no case is there enough red colouring present to detract from the general invisibility of the animal in the water; a feature which has gained for P. sivado the suitable name of ‘‘ ghost prawn.”’ General distribution.—This species is well known in the Mediterranean (Heller, etc.), and has been found rather com- monly off the Portuguese coast (Wolfenden, 1906) and in the Bay of Biscay ; it is apparently quite absent from the English Channel and North Sea. It has been taken in the Bristol Channel and is frequent off the west coast of Scotland (Scott). In Norway it is found rarely off the south and west coasts (Sars and Norman). ‘The only extra-European record is from the neighbourhood of India, where three specimens have been re- corded from the Andaman Sea and Bay of Bengal (Alcock). TInish distribution.—Adult P. sivado are found fairly com- monly throughout the Irish Sea in soundings of 20 fathoms or more ; post-larval specimens are sometimes found at much shallower depths (8-9 fathoms). The species is always to be found in the area known as Lambay Deep, where the sound- ings range from 50 to 73 fathoms. Like Pandalus Montagui aud Meganyctiphanes norvegica it is sometimes found in as- tonishingly large numbers; these assemblages appear, how- -ever, to be quite temporary. P. sivado has not so far been taken off the south coast of Ireland and in the west is quite scarce and confined to deep water; the records are :— Helga. 15/7 03.—53° 34’ N., 11° 31’ W., 110 fathoms) Trawl—Three 11-5-14 mm. Des ey! f..408. 39 S.R. 169.—4 /11 /’04.—51° 50’ N., 11° 26’ W., 129 fathoms. Trawl —Seven, 16-24. S.R. 321.—1 /5 /’06.—50° 58’ N., 11° 17’ W., 208-480 fathoms. Traw] —Eleven, 60-73 mm. ; several ovigerous. S.R. 329.—9 /5 /’06.—51° 21’ N., 11° 34 W., 215-415 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 400 fathoms 9-55° C., salinity 35 -33°/ ,, Three, 56-74 mm. S.R. 351.—5 /8 /’06.—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W., 230-250 fathoms. Trawl—One, 32 mm. S.R. 383.—6 /11 /’06.—51° 57’ N., 11° 34’ W., soundings 143-180 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-100 fathoms. Surface tem- perature 12:25° C., salinity 35°35°/..; at 100 fathoms, temperature 10 -3° C., salinity 35°35°/,,—Seventeen, 11-17 mm. S.R. 447.—18 /5 /’07.—50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W., 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-87° C., salinity 35°48°/ ., Three ; two ovigerous. Vertical range.—Otf the Irish coast this species has been found between 8 and 230 fathoms; in Indian waters it is re- corded from 200 to 250 fathoms; in the Bay of Biscay it has been trawled by the Huxley in 412 fathoms ; while in the Medi- terranean it is stated to have occurred in 543 fathoms (Aden- samer). Post-larval specimens, up to 30 mm. in length, are frequently caught in midwater and less commonly at the sur- face. Although the adult is occasionally found under similar conditions, there can be little doubt that it lives normally on, or very near, the bottom. — Pasiphaé tarda, Kroyer. Pl. IV, figs. 8-11. Pasiphaea tarda, Kroyer, 1845. Pasiphaea norwegica, M. Sars, 1868, Pls. 4 and 5, figs. 65-90. Pasiphaea tarda, G. O. Sars, 1882. Pasiphaé tarda, Wollebaek, 1900, Pl. 11, fig. 3. Pasiphaé tarda, Hansen, 1908. The rostrum is in the form of a procurved post-frontal spine rising from the dorsal carina; the apex usually reaches slightly beyond the anterior margin of the carapace. The carapace is slightly less than half the length of the abdomen (excluding the telson) and its greatest depth is about half its length. As in P. sivado it is furnished with a sharp spine at the base of the antennae above the obtusely rounded sinus. A carina de- fines the superior boundary of the branchial chamber, disap- pearing before it reaches the posterior margin. All the abdominal somites are sharply carinate dorsally with the exception of the posterior third of the sixth; this somite is about one and a half times the length of the preceding and on each side of it a rather conspicuous carina may be seen. The I. 08. 40 telson (fig. 10) is about as long as the sixth somite, and is shorter than both inner and outer uropods; it is strongly sul- cate dorsally, apically it is deeply forked and furnished, in the bifurcation, with eight or nine pairs of spines, those at the outer angles being the longest. The eyes are rather larger than in P. sivado, and with a slightly shorter stalk. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle is the longest, and the middle joint the shortest ; the lateral process is sharply pointed, and reaches to the distal end of the basal segment. The antennal scale (fig. 9) is rather more than half the length of the carapace, its outer margin is slightly convex and terminates apically in a long strong spine ; the lamellar portion is rather less than four times as long as broad. The outer mazillipedes do not quite reach to the apex of the antennal scale; the ultimate joint is about one and a third times the length of the penultimate. The first pair of pereiopods reaches beyond the tip of the antennal scale by one half the length of the propodus. The basus and ischium are not armed with ventral spines, but the former is produced distally and basally to an acute point. The merus, which is rather shorter than the propodus, is provided with ten to twelve ven- trai spines; the carpus is very short, not much more than one-fifth the length of the propodus. The fingers of the chela are curved near the tip and cross one another when closed ; the dactylus is rather more than one-third the length of the whole hand. The second pair of pereiopods reaches beyond the first pair, the greater length being due to the longer merus and propodus. The basus is armed below with eight or nine spines, and the ischium with two (fig. 11); the merus bears along its basal edge about eighteen to twenty-five rather strong spines, and the lower distal edge of the carpus is produced for- wards to form a strong tooth. The palm of the chela is rather strongly contracted behind the fingers, and is but little longer than them; the digits are curved near their tips and cross one another when closed. In both the first and second pairs the fingers are provided with numerous stout spinules along their inner faces. The third pair of pereiopods is extremely slender, and reaches to the carpus of the second pair. The dactylus and carpus are very short; the merus is very long, being four times the length of the ischium and two and a quarter times that of the propodus. The fourth pair is very short and reaches only to about the middle of the merus of the third pair; the propodus, which is slightly longer than the ischium, is less than half the length of the merus ; the minute dactylus bears a fringe of stiff setae. The fifth pair is almost as long as the third and much stouter; the ischium is equal in length to the carpus and about one-third as long as the merus; the merus and propodus are about equal. The dac- tylus is rather shorter than the carpus, it is spatulate and is provided with stiff apical and ventral setae. Exopods are, of course, present at the base of all the pereiopods; they decrease in size from before backwards. I. ’08. 41 The outer wropod is much longer than the inner, and is rather less than four times as long as broad. Of the four specimens examined, none possess the secondary stylet at the base of the inner branch of the second pair of pleopods which is characteristic of the mature male. Size.—The four specimens examined yield the following measurements in mm, :— Total length. Carapace.! | Abdomen. | Antennal scale.? 70 19°5 39°5 | 11 65 18 35 9°5 59°5 16°5 34 8°5 | 51 14°5 28 8 100 mm. probably represents the maximum length of this species. Larger specimens (up to 160 mm.) have been re- corded, but there is evidence to show that these should more properly be referred to Pasiphaé princeps. Colour in life.—According to Wollebaek, in larger speci- mens ‘‘ the top part of the carapace presents a colourless trans- parency, being elsewhere more or less translucent and milky in hue. The smaller individuals are quite transparent, with parts of the legs and lamellae red.”’ General distribution.—Pasiphaé tarda is known along the Scandinavian coasts from S. Norway to W. Finmark (Sars, Norman, etc.), from Denmark (a single specimen, Meinert), from Iceland and Jan Mayen (Hansen), from Davis Straits and the coasts of Greenland (Hansen and Krdéyer), and from the East Coast of the United States north of Cape Cod (Smith). Three of the specimens examined by the author were caught by the Danish Fishery Steamer Thor at the fol- lowing localities :— 29 /8 /'05.—61° 20’ N., 11° 0’ W. Soundings 710 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0—164 fathoms—One, 51 mm. a1 /8/'05.—57> 46’ N., 9° 5b’ W. Midwater trawl, 0-274 fathoms—One, 70 mm. 29 /8 /'05.—60° 0’ N., 10° 35’ W. Soundings 574 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-548 fathoms—One, 59-5 mm. Lo Bianco (1903) records several small Pasiphaé (8-35 mm.), caught in the Mediterranean near Capri, as P. tarda. In our present state of ignorance regarding the differential characters of post-larval “* fork-tail’’ Pasiphaé, this record must be looked on with suspicion. 1 Measured in mid-dorsal line. 2 Including apical spine. T. 08. 42 Irish distribution.—A single specimen only has been found off the Irish coast :— Helga. S.R. 212—6/5/'05.—51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W. = 370-411 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 350 fathoms 9-82° C., salinity 35 -28°/,,—One, 65 mm. This is the most southern locality from which the species has been recorded in East Atlantic waters. Vertical range.—P. tarda is not confined to the bottom, but is frequently found swimming at intermediate depths. It has been recorded from 60 and 525 fathoms off the Norwegian coast and during the Swedish Arctic expedition was caught in a vertical net lowered to 1,640 fathoms (Ohlin). A single specimen has been found at the surface in the North Sea (Meinert), and off the East Coast of the United States it has been trawled in 140-175 fathoms (Smith). Pasiphaé princeps, Smith. Pl. IV, figs. 1-7. Pasiphaé princeps, Smith, 1884, Pl. v, fig. 2. Pasiphué princeps, Smith, 1886. Pasiphaeia princeps, Faxon, 1895. Pastphaea princeps, Rathbun, 1904. Several specimens trawled in deep water off the west coast of Ireland are referred to this species. They differ from the original description in certain particulars, but subsequent authors have shown that in most of these very particulars a considerable range of variation exists; there can be little doubt that these Irish specimens, the first that have been found in the East Atlantic, represent a European race of P. princeps. This species is very closely related to Pasiphaé tarda, but attains to a much larger size. P. tarda does not appear to reach a length of more than 10 cms., while the type of P. princeps was more than twice this size. Specimens of P. tarda and princeps.of 40 mm. in length, or more, may be separated thus :— P. tarda. 1. Rostrum a procurved post-frontal spine, strongly ascendant from the dorsal carina of the carapace and an- teriorly concave. 2. Carapace, measured in the mid-dorsal line, very little, if at all, more than half the length of the abdomen (ex- cluding the telson). P. princeps. 1. Rostrum a_ post-frontal elevation of the dorsal cara of the carapace, not strongly ascendant, and almost in- variably distinctly sinous an- teriorly (figs. 4-6). 2. Carapace, measured in the mid-dorsal line, considerably more than half the length of the abdomen (excluding the telson). TOS: 43 P. tarda—cont’d. | P. princeps—cont'd. 3. Antennal scale (including) 3. Antennal scale (including spine) rather more than half spine) not more than half the the length of the carapace. _ length of the carapace. 4. Antennal scale evenly) 4. Antennal scale strongly convex throughout its length, convex in its distal third, fur- furnished apically with a long, nished apically with a small, stout spine (fig. 9). short spine (fig. 2). 5. Basus of second pereio-. 5. Basus of second pereio- pod with eight or nine ventral | pod with at most four ventral spines (fig. 11). ‘spines, sometimes unarmed | (fig. ia. 6. Pelson narrow at its | 6. Telson broader at its apex, with a deep bifurcation apex, with a shallower bifur- (fig. 10). cation (fig. 3). The mouth parts of the two species do not appear to offer any important differential characters. Of the fifteen perfect specimens of P. princeps examined, the largest two are males measuring 116 and 132 mm. in length ; the others, none of which measure more than 75 mm., show no trace of the additional stylet at the base of the endo- pod of the second pair of pleopods. In the largest specimen the rostrum (fig. 1) is dorsally arched behind the apex, and in some of the smaller examples traces of this feature are apparent (fig. 5). As will be seen from the figures, the rostrum differs very considerably in shape and forward extension ; in that of the smallest specimen (37 mm.) no trace even of the sinuous anterior margin is ap- parent. The specimens yield the following measurements im mm. (cf. p. 41) :— Total length. | Carapace.' | Abdomen. | Antennal scale.? 132 48 77 20°5 116 36 60 16 75 24 38°5 11 69 21°5 37°5 10 | 68°5 21 | 36 10 | 67 20°5 35 10 65 20 | 36 10 62 19 | 33 9°5 57 17°5 31°5 8:5 55 16 29°56 8 53 L@royi«| 29 75 52°5 ee 29 8 51°5 15°5 | 27°5 75 47 145 | 25 7 37 12 | 20°5 5 | | | 1 Measured in mid-dorsal line. 2Including apical spine. I: ’68. 44 The carapace in all the specimens is dorsally carinate throughout its length, and the abdominal somites, with the exception of the posterior portion of the sixth, show a similar character. The usual lateral carinae are present on the sixth somite and on the carapace above the branchial region. The antero-lateral sinus is almost rectangular in the large speci- mens; in small individuals it is slightly obtuse. The antennal scale is about four times as long as wide and, as mentioned above, its outer margin is strongly convex dis- tally and terminates in a very short tooth. The merus of the first pair of pereiopods bears from 4 to 8 spines on its ventral margin; the inferior distal angle of the basus is produced to a rather blunt point, and neither it nor the ischium are furnished with spines. ‘The merus of the second pair is provided with 12 to 18 ventral spines; the ischium in some specimens shows a single spine on its basal edge, in the others it is unarmed. The basus is in some specimens un- armed, in the others it bears from 2 to 4spines. Fig. 7 shows the greatest development of these spines found. These spines on the basal and ischial joints have not been noticed before, and they are very possibly absent in West Atlantic and Pacific examples. The spinulation of the merus is, however, known to be very variable (cf. Faxon, 1895, and Rathbun, 1904) ; in some specimens the merus of the first pair is reported to be unarmed, while that of the second pair is provided with only six spines. The Irish specimens differ from the original description in having the telson shorter than the inner uropod; the authors mentioned above have not made any reference to this character when dealing with other specimens of the species, but, judg- ing from the great variation shown in certain other Caridea, is not of any special importance from a systematic point of view. I am of the opinion that some at least of the specimens re- corded by Wollebaek (1909) as Pasiphaé tarda should be re- ferred to this species. His figure (pl. x1m) of one of the ‘* gigantic specimens, 140 to 160 mm. long,’’ from the S. coast of Norway, is evidently drawn from a specimen of P. princeps. Size.—The largest specimen observed is a male measuring 132 mm.; the type specimen is a female, and measured 215 mm. (Smith). Colour.—The carapace and abdomen are of a uniform bright vermilion red; the pereiopods are the same colour, with the exception of the fingers of the chelae, which are much darker, almost maroon in fact. The eyes are leaden black. The an- tennal scale is milk white, with a narrow red stripe externally and a broader stripe along its inner margin ; the basal segment is also milk white, outlined with the same red tint. The antenna is white, with a red dorsal stripe ; the antennules and all the other appendages partake of the prevailing vermilion red colouring. I. *08. 45 The large example from which this description was drawn up was found dead in the mouth of a fish. Although the specimen was apparently quite fresh, it is possible that the colouring had already been altered in some degree by post- mortem changes. General distribution.—Pasiphaé princeps has been found in the Pacific near the Aleutian Is., in the Behring Sea, off Washington, and off Ecuador (Rathbun and Faxon). In the West Atlantic it has been taken between lat. 37° 59’ and 39° 39’ N., and between long. 70° 58’ and 73° 48’ W. (Smith). I have recently examined specimens of this species from the north side of the Bay of Biscay, from the south of the Wvyville Thomson ridge, and from the west coast of Norway. Trish distribution. Helga. S.R. 327.—8 /5 /'06.—51° 41’ N., 12° 16° W. 550-800 fathoms Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 9-22° C., salinity 35 -16°/,,—Two, 75 and 37 mm. 9 /5 206.—51° 21’ N., 11° 35’ W. 215-415 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 400 fathoms 9-55° C., salinity 35 -33°/,.— One, 67 mm. S.R. 397.—2 /2 /'07.— 51° 46’ N., 12° 5’ W. 549-646 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-71° C., salinity 35 -57°/,.— One, 132 mm., and macerated fragments of another large specimen. S.R. 400.—5 /2 /’07.—51° 19’ N.,.11° 49" W. 525-600 fathoms. Trawl —Macerated fragments. S.R. 440.—16 /5 /07.—51° 45’ N., 11° 49° W. 350-389 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-93° C., salinity 35 -46°/,.—Two, 57 and 51-5 mm. S.R. 447.—18 /5 /'07.—50° 20’ N., 10° 57° W. 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-87° C., salinity 35 -48°/,.—Five, 47-69 mm. S.R. 487.—3 /9 /07.—-51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W. 540-660 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-65° C., salinity 35 -35°/,.— Macerated fragments of a large specimen. S.R. 490. —7 /9 /07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 7’ W. 470-491 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 480 fathoms 8 -68° C.—Macerated fragments of a large specimen. S.R. 493.—8 /9 /’07.—51° 58’ N., 12° 25’ W. 533-570 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-53° C., salinity 35 -44°/..— One, 116 mm. S.R. 495.—8 /9 /’07.—52° 0’ N., 13° 10’ W. 346-400 fathoms. Prawn trawl—One, 68-5 mm. S.R. 505.—12 /9 /’07.—50° 39’ N., 11° 14° W. 464-627 fathoms. Trawl—One, 52:5 mm., and macerated fragments of a large specimen. S.R. 506.—12 /9 /'07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19° W. 661-672 fatnoms Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 8-22° C., salinity 35 -53°/,,—One, 53 mm. S.R. 229. T.."08. 46 The large perfect specimen of 1382 mm. (S.R. 397) was found in the mouth of the deep-water Gadoid fish Mora medi- terranea; the other large example (S.R. 493), which is unfor-. tunately very macerated, was taken from the stomach of the deep-water eel Synaphobranchus pinnatus—an enormous meal for a fish only 33 cms. in length. Judging from the numerous occasions on which half-digested fragments of large specimens have been found, the adult is not rare in Irish waters ; it seems probable that the species is very active and manages to evade the trawl in its passage along the bottom. Vertical range.—As far as at present known Pastphaé prin- ceps is restricted to the bottom. It has been trawled in the W. Atlantic between 444 and 1,342 fathoms (Smith) ; off Ecuador in 1,132 fathoms (Faxon), in the N. Pacifie in 399 and 859 fathoms (Rathbun) and in the Bay of Biscay in 246 fathoms. The vertical range is, therefore, 246 to 1,342 fathoms. Pasiphaé sp. juv. On several occasions small specimens of Pasiphaé, ranging up to 25 mm. in length, have been met with in deep water off the Irish coast. These specimens show the bifurcated telson typical of P. tarda and P. princeps, but to which of these species they should be referred is by no means clear. The rostra present a close similarity to that found in P. tarda, but a specimen of 37 mm., which can clearly be referred to P. princeps, differs so little from tarda in this respect that the character must be considered untrustworthy in very small in- dividuals. None of these post-larval specimens show traces of spines on the ischium and basus, and the shape of the an- tennal scale and comparative measurements—features by which tarda and princeps may easily be distinguished at sizes of 40 mm. and upwards—do not suffice to determine the two species among the material examined. Seeing that only a single example of P. tarda has been found off the Irish coast, while P. princeps is not uncommon, it is probable that these post-larval specimens belong to the latter species, but it is impossible to be certain of this without comparison with authentic young P. tarda. Post-larval specimens have been found on the following occasions :— Helga. CXX.—24 /8 /’01.—53° 58’ N., 12° 22’ W. 382 fathoms. Trawl—One. S.R. 227.—14 /5 /’05.—53° 20’ N., 13° 0’ W. 164 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 120 fathoms 9-5° C.—One. S.R. 351.—9 /8 /’06.—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W. 230-250 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 245 fathoms 10-1° C., salinity 35 -43° Sra S.R. 359.—8 /8 /’06.—52° 0’ N., 12° 6’ W. 465-492 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 475 fathoms, 9-04° C., salinity 35- eb One. I. 08. 47 S.R. 440.—16 /5 07.—51° 45’ N., 11° 49° W. 350-389 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-93° C., salinity 35 -46°/,—One. S.R. 447.—18 /5 /'07.—50° 20’ N., 10°57’ W. 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms, 9-87° C., salinity 35 -48°/,,—Two. S.R. 449 —19 /5 /’07.—50° 28’ N., 11° 39’ W. Soundings 950 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-800 fathoms—One. S.R. 484.—30 /8 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W. 602-610 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fathoms, 8-34° C., salinity 35 -32°/,, —One. S.R. 497.—10 /9 07.—51° 2’ N., 11° 36’ W. 775-795 fathoms. Trawl—Two. Thor. 7/6 °05.—57° 47’ N., 11° 33’ W. Soundings 975 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-820 fathoms—One. Genus Parapasiphaé, Smith. Parapasiphaé, Smith, 1884. Parapasiphaea, Alcock, 1901. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, Smith. Pl. V, figs. 1-21. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, Smith, 1884, Pl. v, fig. 4; PI. vi. figs. 1-7. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, Smith, 1886. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, Hansen, 1908. The rostrum is a regular prolongation of the carapace, not a post-frontal spine, as in Pasiphaé ; it is acute, unarmed above and below, and reaches to about one-half the length of the eyestalks. The carapace is about half the length of the abdomen and telson combined and is dorsally arched behind the rostrum ; posteriorly it is deep, anteriorly rather narrowed, but not to such an extent as is found in the previous genus. ‘Dorsally it is carinate throughout its length, the anterior third of the carina being depressed and dorsally suleate; this is evidently a notable feature in large specimens (cf. Smith, Pl. V, fig. 4), but is not so conspicuous in the smaller ex- amples found off the Irish coast. The anterior margin of the carapace is almost straight below the orbital notch and is provided with a minute point between the insertions of the antennae and antennules; the antero-lateral sulcus is rounded, and rather obtuse. lLaterally a well-marked sinuous carina runs across the carapace near its inferior margin, disappearing shortly before it reaches the posterior edge, while anteriorly it terminates behind the base of the antennal peduncle. Troe. 48 All the abdominal somites are dorsally rounded with the exception of the fourth, which shows traces of a dorsal carima, and is produced posteriorly to a short spine which overhangs the succeeding somite. The sixth is less than two-thirds the length of the fifth and is more than half as deep as long. The telson is about half as long again as the last abdominal somite ; it is dorsally sulcate and tapers to a narrow rounded apex (fig. 2), armed with eight spines, of which the outer pair is much the longest. The eyes are two-fifths as long as the antennal scale. The rounded cornea is scarcely as wide as the stalk and is set obliquely on it; it is quite devoid of black pigment, but it is none the less distinctly facetted. The stalk is produced anteriorly to a small tubercle on its inner dorsal aspect. The antennular peduncle reaches to rather more than half the length of the antennal scale. The ultimate joint is longer than the penultimate ; both together are shorter than the basal segment, which bears externally a lateral process, which does not quite reach to its distal end. The antennal scale is about three and a half times as long as broad!; externally it is convex, and is produced distally to a strong spine, which reaches beyond the rather narrow apex of the lamellar portion. The basal joints of the flagellum reach to about half the length of the scale. The mandibles, maxillae and mavxillipedes are figured by Smith (1884, pl. vi. figs. 2-7). The mandibles bear a palp composed of two joints of approximately equal length. The second maaxillae, like those of Pastphaé, do not possess the laciniae found in some other genera belonging to this family. The first and second mazillipedes possess epipods, but no exopods; in the first pair the epipod is large and bilobed and the rounded ultimate segment of the endopod is httle more than one-third the length of the penultimate. The epipod of the seconc pair is very small an’ rudimentary. The third maxillipedes are provided with a small epipod and a long exopod, which reaches to about half the length of tha penul- timate segment. ‘The two distal segments are together about equal in length to the anti-penultimate. The first pair of peretopods reaches beyond the antennal scale by more than half the length of the propodus. The chela is about half the length of the carapace and its dactylus is about two-thirds the length of the palm. In the second pair the merus is much longer, and is provided with a few spinules on its inferior margin. The chela is much longer and more slender and the dactylus is only a little shorter than the palm. When stretched forward this pair of legs reaches beyond the apex of the antennal scale by five-sixths the length of the chela. The third pair of pereiopods is very slender and reaches beyond the apex of the eyes. The ischium is nearly half the length of the propodus, the latter being less than two- thirds as long as the merus; both carpus and dactylus are 1 Smith states that the antennal scale is three times as long as broad; his description was drawn up from large specimens in which the antennel scale (and uropods) are wider than in the smaller Irish examples. F086. 49 extremely short. The fourth pair is scarcely as long as the chela of the first pair; the fifth is longer—about equal to the carpus and chela of the first pair. The joints of these two limbs have much the same proportion as in Pasiphaé tarda. The exopods of all five pereiopods are well developed, and de- crease in size from before backwards. The small endopod of the first pair of pleopods has much the same form as in the three British and Irish species of Pasiphaé. None of the three large specimens show the secondary stylet on the second pair characteristic of the male. The outer uro- pods are about four times as long as wide; apically they are broadly rounded and possess a short spine on their outer mar- gin behind the apex. Size.—The largest specimen found off the Irish coast measures only 47 mm.; one of Smith’s type specimens is an ovigerous female, 83 mm. in length. Colour in life.—The whole animal is of an evenly distributed bright scarlet red colour, with very numerous darker red chromatophores, which are less distinct on the flagella and on the first two pairs of pereiopods. The corneal portions of the eyes are reddish crimson in colour. Development.— According to Smith (1884), the eggs of this species reach the enormous size of 4 by 5 mm. in shorter and longer diameter; in an ovigerous specimen from Canon Norman’s Museum (now in the British Museum) they are hardly as large as this, measuring 3 by 3°7 mm. On two or three occasions Jarval forms of rather unusual appearance have been found off the Irish coast; these may undoubtedly be referred to P. sulcatifrons. Although only a few specimens were obtained, a number of stages are repre- sented, the largest of which are clearly specifically identical with post-larval specimens of this species found in the same and in other hauls. The smallest example in the collection measures only 85 mm. This specimen is, unfortunately, not in good con- dition, and cannot be described in detail. It shows, however, that at this stage the rostrum is represented only by a minute point, the eyestalks are extremely short and almost in- visible in dorsal view, while the antennules are merely formless lobes. The antennal scales are present, but show no trace of the spine at the outer distal angle, the flagella being only about one-third the length of the scale. Three pairs of maxillipedes and the first two pairs of periopods are evident, the remaining pairs of the latter being represented merely by buds. No gills could be observed, and neither pleopods nor uropods are de- veloped. The telson is laminar (fig. 3), with an emarginate apex, furnished apparently with six pairs of setae. In the same haul (8.R. 231) with this small specimen are two others, measuring about 13°55 and 14 mm. _ This stage (figs. 4 and 5), with its swollen carapace and very broadly rounded telson, presents a peculiar and very distinct appear- D 08. 50 ance. ‘I'he carapace is rather more than half the length of the abdomen and telson combined ; it is produced anteriorly to a short rostrum. | Viewed from above, the carapace conceals almost the whole of the eyes. The latter are, of course, un- pigmented and at this stage show no trace of facets. A single joint composes the antennular peduncle and another, of about the same length, the outer flagellum; a small process from the inner distal angle of the peduncular joint represents the first beginning of the inner flagellum. The antennal scales are well developed, nearly half the length of the rostrum and carapace, and rather more than two and a half times as long. as wide. The outer margin is convex, terminating in a tri- angular distal spine; the setae of the inner margin are all broken off. The antennal flagella are about two-thirds the length of the scale. “The mandibles are simple lobes, without trace of dentition or of palps. A trilobed process (fig. 6) represents the first maxilla; in the second maxilla (fig. 7) the endopod is short, while the exopod bears numerous plumose setae. The maxilh- pedes are biramous and much longer than the pereiopods ; the endopods, which hardly show any trace of segmentation, are shorter than the exopods. Five pereiopods, all unsegmented and all possessing exopods, are present ; the exopods decrease in size from before backwards. The endopod of the fourth pair is already slightly shorter than that of the fifth. Of the branchiae (fig. 8), five pleurobranchs are developed over the bases of the five pereiopods; that over the first is the largest, while the gill over the fifth is little more than a papilla. Five pairs of pleopods are represented by minute buds. The sixth somite and telson, which are not clearly differentiated from each other, are longer than the carapace. No uropods are free as yet. ‘The telson is very broadly laminar ; in width it is almost equal to two-thirds the length of the sixth somite and telson combined. It is roughly triangular and apically slightly convex ; in perfect specimens it is doubtless provided with spines at the extremity. Other larval specimens, five in number, were taken in a different haul (S.R. 224), and show the transition between the form with the broad telson, described above, and post-larval individuals. The youngest example found in this haul . measures a little more than 15 mm. in length; it is a trifle longer than the other four specimens, which represent a later stage.- With such a small number of specimens it is impossible to determine if there is a real reduction in length between these stages ; it would not be altogether surprising if such was the case. In the youngest of the five larval specimens in this haul, the antennular peduncle shows traces of sub-division, the outer flagellum reaches to the apex of the antennal scale, the inner ramus being about half its length. The antennal flagellum also reaches about to the apex of the scale. The rostrum, eyes and carapace are much the same as in the later stage, described | ware os: 51 further on. ‘The exopods of the maxillipedes are reduced in size ; only those of the second pair now remain longer than the endopods. ‘The first three pairs of pereiopods are faintly divided into segments; in the first two pairs a rudimentary chela is formed by an outgrowth of the propodus parallel with the dactylus. Five pleurobranchs only can be seen. The last four pairs of pleopods are biramous, short buds at the base of the endopods representing the rudimentary appendices. The telson (fig. 9) is broad and laminar and less than twice as long as wide; apically it is very slightly emarginate, and shows traces of having borne setae. The uropods are now free; the outer branch is provided with a spine at its outer distal angie, and is about two-thirds the length of the telson. The specimen was about to moult and the much narrower tel- son, characteristic of the later stages, may be seen lying within the broad lamina, which forms such a prominent feature of the earlier larvae. It is, of course, obvious that one or more stages, which are not present in the collection, occur between this and the form previously described. The other four specimens all measure approximately 15 mm. In this stage (fig. 11) the rostrum and carapace together are rather longer than the first five abdominal somites. Dor- sally the carapace is carinate for the greater part of its length, terminating anteriorly in a rostrum which reaches to, or beyond, the distal extremity of the eye-stalks. The carina, though high, is not very sharp, but as yet there is no trace of the dorsal sulcus found in the adult. Viewed from above, the eyes are still largely concealed by the hooded anterior margin of the carapace. ‘They are now considerably longer than in the early stages, but still show no traces of facets. The an- tennular peduncle is subdivided into its three segments; an external outgrowth from the basal one represents the lateral process. The flagella have lengthened; the inner ramus, which is about half the length of the outer, falls short of the apex of the antennal scale. he scale itself is about three times as long as wide and is slightly shorter than the antennal flagellum. The mandibles (fig. 12) are still rounded lobes, but the speci- men figured was about to moult, and teeth similar to those of the adult may be seen within the margin of the cutting edge. There is no trace of the palp. The maxillae (figs. 13 and 14) show considerable development. In the first maxillipedes (fig. 15) the exopod is dwindling, being now much shorter than the endopod. The exopod of the second maxillipede (fig. 16) is still well developed and about as long as the endo- pod; in the latter the dactylus is only obscurely separated from the propodus, the other joints being distinctly marked. A short outgrowth from the base of the third maxillipede (fig. 17) is the first indication of an epipod; the exopod is a trifle longer than the ante-penultimate joint. All the joints of the pereiopods are clearly marked ; they have now assumed a form clesely resembling that of the adult; the chelae of the first two Dd 2 I. 08. 52 pairs are fully developed. Of branchiae, the five pleuro- branchs noticed in the earlier stages are very conspicuous and all are subdivided into lamellae. There is as yet no trace of any arthrobranch. The last four pairs of pleopods are biramous, with a con- spicuous appendix or stylet at the base of the endopod. The stylet at the proximal end of the exopod of the first pair is also represented. The telson (fig. 10) is about three and a half times as long as wide and is only slightly longer than the outer uropods; apically it is emarginate and provided with several pairs of setae. Within its margin the form which it assumes at the next moult is clearly visible; in this, the apex is not so strongly emarginate and is furnished with four pairs of setae, the outermost of which are the longest. The majority of the remaining specimens in the collection may conveniently be termed post-larval. In these the eyes exceed the rostrum in length, the pereiopods, pleopods and uropods are fully formed and the telson is narrow. In a specimen measuring 16°5 mm. the eyes are longer than the rostrum and the corneal area, which is now distinct from the stalks, exhibits faint traces of facets. The mandibles have a dentate cutting edge, but possess no palp. The first maxill- pede (fig. 18) carries a bilobed epipod and still possesses a short exopod ; the ultimate joint of the endopod is about two- thirds the length of the penultimate. The second maxillipede (fig. 19) bears an exopod of considerable length; the joints of the endopod are taking on the adult form, but the ischium is less than one-third the length of the merus. A prominent papilla at the base of the third maxillipede represents the epi- pod. The telson is very slightly emarginate at the apex and is provided with eight spines. A specimen slightly longer, barely 17 mm. in length, shows a much smaller exopod on the second maxillipede (fig. 20), the ischium has increased in length in proportion to the merus, but there is as yet no trace of the small epipodal outgrowth present in the adult. In the first maxilla the ultimate joint is shorter, in proportion to the penultimate, than in the pre- viously described specimen and the exopod is dwindling rapidly. The telson is abruptly truncate with the usual four pairs of setae. In a specimen 19 mm. in length the exopods on the first and second maxillipedes have entirely disappeared. — The small epipod of the first maxillipede first makes its appearance in a specimen 24 mm. in length. The development of the branchiae is exceedingly slow. An example of 24 mm. possesses the usual five pleurobranchs over the five pereiopods, one arthrobranch (anterior) at the base of the third maxillipede and arthrobranchs at the base of the first two perelopods. The arthrobranchs at the base of the third and fourth pereiopods are represented merely by papillae. A specimen of 285 mm. is provided with the full comple- ment of gills, with the exception of two, viz., the posterior 1. 08. 53 arthrobranch of the third maxillipede and the arthrobranch over the base of the fourth pereiopod ; both, however, are in- dicated by papillae. ‘The complete series of gills is found in an example of 38 mm. The extremely late development of the mandibular palp is one of the most interesting features of the development of this species. In specimens of 30 mm. and under no trace of it can be found, while in examples of 33 and 38 mm. it is present only as a simple lobe (fig. 21), without trace of subdivision or of setae. In the Irish collection the two-jointed mandi- bular palp, so essentially characteristic of the genus Parapa- siphaé, is found onty in the two largest specimens, measuring 44 and 47 mm. -'The sulear depression on the dorsal carina of the carapace is evident only in specimens of 28 mm. and upwards. Several points in the development of P. sulcatifrons are rather remarkable, and call for special mention. Throughout the metamorphoses the length of the rostrum remains practically unchanged in its relation to the other parts ; the eyes, on the other hand, which are at first almost obsolete, gradually increase in proportional length, and in the later stages reach beyond the apex of the rostrum. Black pigment is absent throughout and it is only in specimens of 16 mm. and upwards that the corneal portion is differentiated from the stalk and shows traces of the obscure facets found in the adult. The apex of the telson is at first emarginate, then definitely convex ; later, it is again found to be emarginate, while in the adult it is once again convex. The very broad larval telson rapidly narrows down to the adult form in the course of a few moults, during which the total increase in length of the speci- mens is insignificant. The late development of the arthrobranchs, the complete series of which are only present in specimens of 38 mm. and upwards, is in accordance with what was previously known in the case of the closely related genus Pasiphaé (cf. Calman, 1903). The retention of exopods on the first two pairs of maxillipedes until a comparatively late stage is rather remark- able, but much more astonishing is the complete absence of the mandibular palp in specimens 30 mm. in length, and its rudimentary, one-jointed, condition in examples of 33 and even 38mm. The possession of a one or two-jointed palp is a most important generic distinction in the family Pasi- phaeidae, but its rudimentary character in the present species, in a specimen in which even the branchiae are fully developed, indicates that considerable caution is necessary in its use in examples which are not clearly recognised as adult. If, as seems probable, the specimen of 85 mm. represents the earliest free larva, the metamorphosis of P. sulcatifrons, as might be expected in an abyssal species bearing large eggs, is considerably curtailed. The presence in the specimen of all five pereiopods (though only in the form of buds) renders the term z0ea inapplicable ; the change from the true zoea to this stage is doubtless effected within the egg. I. 08. 54 Coutiére has recently (1907, 1 and 2) referred numerous larvae known by the name of Anisocaris to the family Pasi- phaeidae, and considers that Caricyphus angulatus, Spence Bate (1888) is a closely allied larval form. While in no way dissenting from this view, it may be pointed out that C. angu- latus and the forms of Antsocaris, with their long rostrum and pronounced elbow on the third abdominal somite, are strik- ingly different from any stage in the development of P. sul- catifrons. General distribution.—In the W. Atlantic this species is known from between lat. 35° 12’ and 41° 53’ N., and long. 65° 35’ and 74° 57’ W. (Smith); in the N.E. Atlantic it has been recorded from three stations to the south and west of Iceland (Hansen). In the British Museum there is a single specimen, an ovigerous female 70 mm. in length, which was presented by Canon Norman!; it was taken in 1875 by the Valorous expedition in lat. 52° 33’ N., long. 26° 44 W. I have also examined a specimen found by the Thor as fol- lows :— 10 /7 /04—61° 34’ N., 19° 5’ W. Soundings, 1180 fathoms. Mid- water trawl, 0-985 fathoms—One, 16°5 mm. Irish distribution.—P. sulcatifrons has been found rather frequently in deep water off the west coast. Large specimens are not common; the adults possibly occur in greater abun- ance further off shore. The records are :— Helga. S.R. 197.—11 /2,/05.—54° 57’ N., 10° 51’ W. Soundings to fathoms. Townet, 0-580 fathoms—One small, broken. S.R. 224.—12 /5 /’05.—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W. Soundings 860 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—Seven, 15-30 mm. S.R. 231.—20 /5 /05.—55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W. Soundings 1,200 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1,150 fathoms—Three, 8-5-14 mm., and one 28-5 mm. S.R. 282.—18 /11 /°05.—54° 59’ N., 10° 53’ W. Soundings ro00 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-700 fathoms. Surface tempera- ture 10-7° C., salinity 35-30°/,,. Temperature at 700 fathoms 9-0° C.—Two, 16 and 38 mm. S.R. 327.—8 /5 /06—51° 48’ N., 12° 16’ W. 550-800 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 9-22° C., salinity 35-16°/,,—One, 33 mm. S.R. 352.—5 /8 /’06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—One, 16 mm. S.R. 363.---10 /8 /’06.—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W. 695-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 7-92° C., salinity 35 -30°/,,—One, 15 mm. 1In the bottle with the specimen is a note, in Norman’s handwriting, which states that the specimen was erroneously recorded by him in the Proceedings of the Royal Society as Pasiphaé tarda. I. ’08. 55 S.R. 449.—19 /5 /’07.—50° 28’ N., 11° 39’ W. Soundings 950 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-800 fathoms—One, 44 mm. S.R. 470.—24 /8 /?07.—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W. Soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms. Temperature at 500 fathoms 9-03° C., salinity 35-35°/,,—One, 19 mm. S.R. 477.—28 /8 /’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W. 707-710 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms, 7.19° C.—One, 15-5 mm. S.R. 481.—29/8/’07.—50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W. Soundings 920-1,064 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-900 fathoms—Two, one 16-5 mm., one broken. S.R. 484.—30 /8 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W. 602-610 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fathoms, 8-34° C., salinity 35 -32°/,,—Two, 14:5 and 47 mm. S.R. 500.—11 /9 /’07.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W. 625-666. fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8-22° C., salinity 35 -41°/,,—One, 24 mm. Vertical range.—Off the east coast of N. America P. sulcati- frons has been taken in soundings varying from 515 to 2,949 fathoms (Smith), but whether the specimens were actually living at the latter depth is very doubtful. The species is frequently taken in midwater ; there is no certain record of its capture on the bottom, although it has on many occasions been caught in beam and Agassiz trawls. On one occasion (Smith, 1886, St. 2,223) the species has been recorded from the sur- face in soundings of 2,516 fathoms; Smith suggests that the specimen may have been wrongly labelled, but the occasional occurrence of other deep-sea forms at or near the surface renders this hypothesis open to doubt. Famity HOPLOPHORIDAE. Of this family three genera, comprising four species, are now known from the deep water off the west coast of Ireland. I. Endopod of first maxillipede composed of three segments; the two inner distal lobes (basipodite) of the second maxilla narrow and projecting beyond the basal lobe. _A. Merus and ischium of pereiopods normal, not broad or strongly compressed ; ros- trum rarely very short, and always armed with teeth or serrations, Acanthephyra, (p. 56). B. Merus and ischium of pereiopods very broad, strongly compressed and laminar ; rostrum very short and quite unarmed, Ephyrina (p. 68). I. ’08. 56 II. Endopod of first maxillipede composed of only two segments ; the two inner distal lobes of the second maxilla rather broad and not projecting beyond the basal lobe; rostrum short and dorsally ser- rate,‘ . ‘ . Hymenodora (p. 72). Genus Acanthephyra, A. Milne-Edwards. Systellaspis, Spence Bate. The two British and Irish species of this genus may be separated thus :— I. Rostrum armed with five to eleven teeth a above and three to seven below; all the abdominal. somites except the first strongly carinate dorsally; posterior edges of fourth and fifth somites entire ; telson not acutely pointed apically; no photophores present, : . A. purpurea. IJ. Rostrum armed with thirteen to sixteen teeth above and eight to eleven below ; only the third abdominal somite dor- sally carinate ; posterior edges of fourth aud fifth somites crenate; telson ter- minating acutely; numerous — photo- phores present, : . A. debilis (p. 59). Acanthephyra purpurea, A. Milne-Edwards. Acanthephyra purpurea, Kemp, 1906 (1) (ubi syn.), Pl. 1 and Pl. 11, figs. 1-3. Acanthephyra purpurea, Coutiére, 1906, figs. 5-7 (post- larval development). Acanthephyra purpurea, Kemp, 1907, Pl. xiv; Pl. xv, fig. 1 (larval development). In my account of this species in the Report for 1905 (1906(1)), will be found a discussion of the lengthy synonymy together with a description and figures. Owing to a printer’s error the gill-formula given on p. 14 thereof is incorrect, and should read as follows :— — Vu. vin | mek xt | sa | x XIV. 7 : § i | Podobranchiae, -. | ep. | 1+ep.] ep. ep | ep ep. | (ep.) : Arthrobranchiae, ...... be 2 Tat 4 PEST : | | | | | Pleurobranchiae, Perl) caccle ie ae 1 ipod 1 1 1 TAOS: 57 The rudimentary epipod at the base of the fourth pair of pereiopods is very short—not longer than broad. Since November, 1905, A. purpurea has again been taken on many occasions and in all stages, and has been found in the stomachs of two deep-water “fish, Synaphobranchus pin- natus and Haloporphyrus eques. The large majority of the Trish specimens are referable to Coutiére’s var. multispina. The additional records are :— Helga. S.R. 299.—5 /2 /’06.—50° 13’ 30” N., 11° 16’ W. Soundings 500 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-400 fathoms. Surface temperature 10°8° C.; temperature at 350 fathoms 10-8° C.—One, 60 mm. S.R. 327 —8 /5 /’06.—51° 46’ N., 12° 14’ 30” W. Soundings 550 fathoms. Townet, 0-50 fathoms. Surface temperature 5° C., salinity 35-14 ee temperature at 50 fathoms 10 -55° C., salinity 35-14°/,.—Seven (zoea and mysis stages). S.R. 334 —10 /5 /’?06.—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W. 500-520 fathoms. Trawl—One, 91 mm. S.R. 336.—12 /5 /°06.—51° 19’ N., 12° 20° W. 673-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms 6-84° C., salinity 34-99° /,.—One, 77 mm. S.R. 337.—13 /5 /’06.—51° 22’ N., 12° 9° W. Soundings 768 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-450 fathoms—Three, 22-32 mm. 8.R. 352.—5 /8 /’06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms. Sur!ace temperature 15-85° C.; temperature at 750 fathoms 7-33° C.—Two, 23 and 37 mm., and fragments of four specimens in the mysis stage. S.R. 359.—8 /8 /’06.—52° 0’ N., 12°6’ W. 465-492 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 480 fathoms 9 -04° C., salinity 35 -37° /,.— One, parva stage. S.R. 363.—10 /8 /’06.—51° 23’ 30” N., 11° 47’ W. 695-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 7-92° C., salinity 35 -37° /,, One, 66 mm., found in stomach of Synapho- branchus “pinnatus. S.R. 397 —2 /2 /’07.—51° 46’ N., 12° 5’ W. 549-646 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 8-71° C., salinity 35-37° /,, —Two, parva stage. S.R. 400.—5 /2 /’07.—51° 21’ N., 11° 49’ W. 525 fathoms. Townet on dredge—One, parva stage. S.R. 401 —4 /2 /’07.—51° 14’ N., 11° 51’ W. 600-660 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 580 fathoms 8 -35° C., salinity 35 -50° /,.— One, parva stage. S.R. 403.—6 /2 /’07.—51° 12’ N., 11° 56’ W. Soundings 660 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-500 fathoms—One, 2 ovigerous, 93 mm. S. R. 404.—6 /2 /’07. —51° 14’ N., 11° 56’ W. Soundings about 700 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-500 fathoms—Three, 56-74 mm. 8.R. 442.—16 /5 07 —51° 34’ N., 11° 48’ W. 465-508 fathoms. Trawl—One, 24 mm. ) ee 58 S.R. 449.—19 /5 /’07.—50° 28’ N., 11° 39’ W. Soundings 950 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-700 fathoms—Five, 28-71 mm., and five mysis stage. S.R. 470.—24 /8 /’07.—50° 16’ N., 11°27’ W. Soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms Surface temperature 15 -8° C., salinity 35- 30° /... Temperature at 500 fathoms 9 -03° C., salinity 35- 35°], .—Three, 38-110 mm., five parva stage, one mysis. S.R. 476 —27 /8 /’07.51° 42’ 30” N., 12° 15’ 30” W. Soundings 640 fathoms Midwater trawl, 0-300 fathoms. Surface temperature 15-45° C.,salinity 35°37°/,,; temperature at 250 fathoms 10-19° C., salinity 35°34° /,.—One, 43 mm., and twenty-eight zvea and mysis stage. S.R. 477.—28 /8 ’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W. 707-710 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-19° C.—One, parva stage. S.R. 478.—28 /8 /’07.—51° 17’ N., 11° 44’ W. 560-707 fathoms. Trawl—One, parva stage. S.R. 481.—29 /8 /’07.—50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W. Soundings 920-1,064 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-900 fathoms—Five, 15-94 mm. S.R. 487.—3 /9 /’07.—51° 36’ N., 11°57’ W. 540-660 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-65° C., salinity 35 -35° /,,—One, parva stage. S.R. 488.—4 /9 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W. Soundings 540-720 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-400 fathoms—Three, parva stage. S.R. 489.—4 /9 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W. 720 fathoms. Trawl— One, large, from stomach of Haloporphyrus eques; one parva stage. S.R. 494.—8 /9 ’07.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W. 550-570 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 85 mm. (rostrum broken). S.R. 497.—10 /9 /’07.—51° 2’ N., 11° 36’ W. 1775-795 fathoms. Trawl.—One, parva stage. S.R. 498.—11 /9 /’07.—50° 58’ N., 11° 33’ W. Soundings 775-778 fathoms. ‘Triangle net, 0-600 fathoms—Five, parva stage. S.R. 499.—11 /9 /’07.—50° 35’ N., 11° 29’ W. 666-778 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8-22° C., salinity 35 -41° /,,—One, 107 mm. Thor. 21/5 /’05.—47° 47’ N., 8° 0’ W. Soundings 454-581 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-274 fathoms.—One, 54 mm. 28 /5 /’05.—61° 11’ N., 11° 0’ W. Soundings 527 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-492 fathoms—One, 35 mm. 9/6 /06.—49° 23’ N., 12° 13’ W. Soundings 722 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-600 fathoms—T'wo, 74 and 90 mm. 10/8 /’06.—49° 27’ N., 13° 33’ W. Soundings 1,420 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1, 550 fathoms—One, 27 mm. 51° 4’ N., 11° 39’ W. Midwater trawl, 0-435 fathoms—Two, 28 and 54 mm. i708. 59 Acanthephyra (Systellaspis) debilis, A. M.-Edw. Pl. VI, figs. 1-15. Acanthephyra debilis, Kemp, 1906 (1) (ubi syn.), Pl. u, figs. 4-7. Systellaspis debilis, Coutiere, 1906, figs. 1-4 (develop- ment). Acanthephyra gracilis, Hansen, 1908. The capture of further examples of this interesting form, ranging from very young larvae up to mature specimens, pro- vides material for the consideration of some of the features of the development, and also allows a more complete specific diagnosis to be drawn up. The rostrum is from one and a half to twice the length of the carapace ; it trends downwards at its base, but from its middle point is again ascendant. On its basal crest it is armed with three to five spines, two or three of which are situated behind the posterior angle of the orbit; the blade of the rostrum is provided with from nine to twelve teeth above and with eight to eleven below. ‘The complete rostral for- mula is usually found to be thirteen to sixteen above and eight to eleven below. The carapace, measured in the middle line, is less than half the length of the abdomen (excluding the telson); from the rostrum a dorsal carina runs backwards, becoming obsolete at about the middle line. The margin of the orbit is evenly rounded as far as the supra-antennal angle (there is no pro- minence representing the orbital spine as in A. purpurea) ; the spine at the antero-lateral angle is sharp, but is not flanked by any definite carina. All the abdominal somites are dorsally rounded, with the exception of the third, which is strongly carinate and produced posteriorly to a sharp spine projecting over about one-third of the ‘following somite. The posterior margins of the fourth and fifth somites are also produced into short spines which are laterally compressed ; the dorsal portions of the postero-lateral margins of these two somites are strongly crenate in mature specimens, less obviously in small examples. The sixth somite is in small individuals about twice the length of the fifth, in adults rather shorter. The telson is usually about equal in length to the outer uropod and bears a rather peculiar type of spinulation. The apex is very acutely pointed, and immediately behind it are four pairs of spines, above which there is a single pair of much stouter spines, which in some cases reach more than half way towards the tip. Over the base of each large spine a smaller one projects, which points straight towards the apex and is not directed outwards like the rest. Behind this terminal cluster there are three to five pairs placed in a dorso-lateral position. An ocellus is present on the dorsal surface of the eyestalk 1908. 60 and two minute papillae on its internal aspect, quite close to the wide hemispherical cornea. The antennular peduncle is very short, reaching to only about one-third the length of the antennal scale; the basal joint is longest, its lateral process is not very acutely pointed anteriorly, and falls short of the distal end of the segment. The antennal scale is about five-sixths the length of the carapace in large specimens, in smaller examples shorter; at its base it is about three and a half times as long as wide, the lamellar portion being strongly narrowed apically. Externally it is slightly convex, and terminates anteriorly in a strong spine. In the first mazillae the middle joint (basipodite) is much broader than in A. purpurea; in the second the same joint is also much broader than in that species, while the exo- pod is narrower. The endopod of the first mazillipede is more slender than in the allied form, with its terminal segment shorter, and the lamelliform exopod is very narrow apically. The terminal joint of the endopod of the second mazillipede is transversely articulated with the penultimate joint, not obliquely as in A. purpurea. The third mazxillipedes, which bear long exopods, reach rather beyond the middle of the antennal scale; the penulti- mate joint is scarcely more than half the length of the ulti- mate. The five pairs of pereiopods all bear long exopods, decreas- ing in size from before backwards. The first two pairs are chelate and about equal in length—not quite reaching to the middle of the ultimate joint of the outer maxillipedes. The third and fourth pairs are much longer and when stretched forwards reach to considerably more than half the length of the antennal scale. The merus is armed with numerous short ventral spines and the propodus is at least three times the length of the carpus; the dactylus is very long—about two- thirds the length of the propodus. In small specimens these two pairs are only slightly longer than the others ; in examples of 30-35 mm. they only reach as far forward as the first pair. The fifth pair is very much shorter, and when stretched for- wards scarcely reaches beyond the distal end of the carpus of the fourth pair; the dactylus is very much longer than in A. purpurea, being nearly one-third the length of the pro- podus. The pleopods show the usual structure ; those of the second somite have two stylets at the base of the endopod in the male ; one only in the female. The outer uropods are fully five and a half times as long as wide. The eggs are very large, measuring about 3°2 x2 mm.; the two ovigerous females examined were carrying twelve and fourteen respectively. Luminous organs. Acanthephyra debilis is the only Decapod so far known from British and Irish waters which is possessed of photophores. In life these are always associated with a deep blue pigment I. ’08. 61 which is soluble in undiluted spirit, but fairly permanent in formalin. Specimens preserved for over a year in a mixture of 75 per cent. formalin (5 per cent.) and 25 per cent. spirit have lost all trace of the bright scarlet colour which is such a con- spicuous feature of this and other deep-water Crustacea when living, but the photophores stand out very clearly as deep blue spots and streaks. In a paper in a_ previous report (1906 (1)) will be found a description of the luminous organs as they appear In a specimen of 43 min. ; although the number present is considerably greater in the mature animal, it seems unnecessary to give here a detailed account of them ; reference to the table on p. 64 and to the figures will clearly show the position and numbers of those present in specimens of dif- ferent sizes. Thus the larval form possesses only twelve photophores (six pairs), while no less than one hundred and forty-seven are to be found in the largest specimens. The photophore on the exopod of the first maxillipede (fig. 10) is the chief addition here made to the very full list given by Coutiere (1906); it is present in specimens of 338 mm. 1n length and upwards. Pl. VI, fig. 1, shows an adult A. debilis in lateral view with its photophores ; in large specimens it is impossible from this aspect to see any of the unpaired photophores, and those behind the coxa of the uropods and on the iner faces of the endopods of the pleopods and exopods of the pereiopods are also invisible. An attempt has been made to show, by means of fine lines round the luminous spots, those areas on the carapace and abdomen which are devoid of pigment. ‘These have already been mentioned by the author (1907) ; they have the appearance of small windows in the pre- vailing red colovring of the animal, and their purpose is doubt- less to enable the light to pass out from the photophore with- out being obstructed by pigmentation. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 78 mm. in length. Hansen (1908) records a specimen of this species under the name of Acanthephyra gracilis, which is cited in my paper of 1906 (1) as a synonym of A. debilis. The discrepancies which this author notes between his specimen and my figure are doubtless due to the fact that at that time I had only very young examples at my disposal. Hansen also states that he could find no vestige of photophores, but the great difficulty of observing these organs in specimens which have been pre- served for any length of time in alcohol probably accounts for their apparent absence. Once the blue pigment, which characterises them in life, has disappeared, it is only by the closest scrutiny that their existence is noticed, for a definite lens has only been demonstrated in the case of a single series, viz., those on the protopodites of the pleopods. 1T have not been able to discover the photophore which Coutiére men- tions on the exopodite of the second pair of maxillipedes. Maxillipéde II. in his list is perhaps a misprint for maxillipéde I, i 0s. 62 Development. Among several extremely young examples of this species, caught off the west coast of Ireland in February, 1906, is one measuring only 10°2 mm. This specimen is of the greatest interest, for although by the presence of a small number of photophores in the usual positions it is at once recognised as a young A. debilis, it is nevertheless a typical larva. It had been previously thought (cf. Coutiere, loc. cit.) that this species differed in a most remarkable way from the allied form, A. purpurea, in that the young left the egg in a post-larval con- dition.!. The large size of the egg when compared with that of A. purpurea gave an air of probability to this view, and it is doubtless true that the period of larval life is much shorter in A. debilis than in the allied species. The larval specimen of 10°2 mm., Pl. VI, fig. 5, presents a very different appearance from post-larval individuals only 25 mm. longer. The rostrum is extremely short, only very shghtly longer than the eyes; it is arched above and, of course, shows as yet no traces of teeth. The carapace is not at all laterally compressed and is about half the length of the abdo- men and telson. Dorsally it is faintly carinate in its anterior half; there is a blunt prominence at the base of the orbit and the antero-lateral angle is sharp and spine-like. The abdominal segments show no trace of carination, and none of them are produced backwards in the dorsal line to form spines; the sixth somite and telson combined are almost three and a half times as long as the fifth. The telson (fig. 7) closely resembles that found in a true zoéa, it is broadly lamellar, apically rounded and emarginate, and is furnished with seven pairs of spines. The uropods are not free in this stege. The eye is almost globular, about one-sixth of the length of the carapace in diameter ; the cornea is rather small and faintly pigmented. The antennualr peduncle is a trifle shorter than the antennal scale; the basal joint is about twice the length of the two others combined and the rudimentary flagellum is scarcely longer than the terminal peduncular joint. The antennal scale (fig. 8) is about two-fifths the length of the carapace and slightly more than twice as long as wide ; apically it is broadly lamellar and only shows faint indications of a distal spine. The antenna is only about half the length of the scale ; if is swollen basally, but the proximal joint is not marked off from the flagellum. The mandible consists of a simple lobe, without teeth; no trace of a palp was observed. The second mawilla (fig. 12) consists of a basal portion which is four-lobed on its inner aspect, a lamellar exopod and an unjointed endopod. These 1Coutiére has, indeed, figured his youngest post-larval specimen (11 mm.) tucked away inside the egg, in order to prove that it could have been little, if at all smaller, when it was hatched. It must be admitted, however, that the eggshell is an uncomfortably tight fit for the specimen in question. 08: 63 last two are almost equal in length; the exopod is slightly pro- duced basally and bears a few setae, distally it is furnished with four stout plumose setae. The endopod is provided with two similar setae apically and four others on its internal margin. In the first mawillipede (fig. 11) the endopod, which appears to be three-jointed, is only about half the length of the exopod ; if is provided with a few apical setae, one in the middle of the inner margin of the terminal-joint and one each on the inner distal margins of the two basal joints. In the second and third mawillipedes (figs. 9 and 10) the endopod is slightly longer, and is provided with apical setae only ; in that of the third there is only the very faintest indication of the joints of which it is composed. ‘The five pereiopods are pre- sent as biramose appendages, very much shorter than the maxillipedes ; a simple forwardly directed process at the base of each represents an undeveloped pleurobranch. ‘The pleo- pods are short and bud-like, but the endopod and exopod are differentiated. Only six pairs of luminous organs are present. ‘Those on the eyes and last pair of legs, which are present in even the veungest post-larval stages, are quite undeveloped, but the pair of vertical streaks behind the base of the fifth perelopods are very conspicuous and those above the bases of the pleo- pods are also evident. Most of the features of the post-larval development have been dealt with by Coutiere (1906); a few additional remarks will be all that is necessary here. A specimen of 12°7 mm. (fig. 13) represents the transitional stage between the larval and post-larval forms. In this ex- ample the rostrum, although it is of enormous size when com- pared with the larva, is still shorter than the antennal scale ; it shows traces of ten teeth above and four below. The two pairs of chelae are imperfect, for the outgrowth of the pro- podus parallel to the dactylus is not yet completed. As will be seen from the figure the conspicuous tooth on the posterior margin of the third abdominal somite is now developed, and smaller ones are present on the two following somites. The sixth somite is more than two and a half times the length of the fifth. The uropods are free, and the telson (fig. 14) is of interest because it shows the transition between the rectangular form of apex described and figured by Coutiére and the normal acute tip of the adult. The speci- men was evidently about to moult and the mature shape of the . telson is seen lying within the outline of the earlier form. In this example the three photophores have developed on the eye- stalk and also the three on the carpus and propodus of the last pereiopod and the pair above the base of the uropods. This is rather an unlooked-for mode of development, for it would a priori have been expected that those on the last pereiopod would have been the last to appear. In an example of 13°9 mm. the photophores on the third maxillipedes and on the last three pairs of legs are developed, while the rostrum is slightly longer than the antennal scale. Another of 15°8 mm. (fig. 15) shows in addition the first of the 64 ‘G1 “Bq ‘IA 9*ld ¢ ‘FL pues ET ‘SSW TA 93°%ld « ‘SI-L ‘S5IT “LA 981d _ OIXs. ethieiaiers I aleve! eles I Pevane wx I Joven I ‘rrttt|sss+ s+) podoan Jo ayrpodoxoo Jo aseq earoqy _ eluita.tp.) diwitiscos’aawejie)||(aiecainal ein talteisycni are euccee aytpodopua ‘op uae ey Oni I il\ala ieleene I The = selene I oe I ee ceee I "++ +++ topodogoad ‘op yae¢ | Ze A MOL | | | ee eres ee eeee 1 pees ae eoeevelececeee apis (ope | nrg clal ea ime eles {fe ene a, ele)\/me sis teis le) wie) ele e}|\es)(s © el slely 24tpodopua ‘op utr eeeees [Pena lJseceee Serer eusks I ce ceee I sialelaka.© I \| | Scere esc cleer se cellescaccleceecaiicneesclies arrpsl | -¥oha raves ferele Exo) shel ekerereko* oaT HOC OWNS ‘op pag see eee I CO. O10 1 sssess ss gqrpodoqzoid ‘op pag | . A Cac sleievexctelliebeiness,| Ur iets #0 kon pOCOpUe ‘op pug Of O.EEO I a I Jes eee I eielenehene I tee! I "+++ + 9q1podoqoud ‘op puz | A 5 5 nee al oetOho. teog|Oroutiec mes ct | Po-apasts curacy ayipodoxe ‘op qsT l|te caters! 'e've I lacatenelats I sec eee! I \Je es eeee I Jeeves ee, I ss+se+*+9qrpodoqoad : podooyd 48] teeel 7 [eeeecedfectecstees reseller eeeelee tee t|ee tere eee eters eter es eeee GOstag weceeell 7 feces eeifen cess! . ti pa epee aes Dao ‘op 439 valfee eee efec eee elfeceecefe ree celfee cee clee eee sleesseeeeeees cop ‘op ae | “* ie eG Hee ‘eee Bee are ‘op ‘op Wat ee ‘op pag . alone sete ke ‘op ‘op pug © a) 8S) sis) ||S1e (88.89) }}/ 046.0), 60 Si] heh GSeMteNe fiaie co roee ey seaemene Sey Le gars) Soe Ea a4rul0s JBUIWOpge 48] |}igtameeesie} I 0 CPD I | T serene I se eee I jee se emasedoeecceewe spodoreaod | | Udg pulyoq ‘uosowides pur wns ates snpodoid pue snduvo ‘op yge¢ Ieee eH ti = Soe Jrvteeecees ‘op ‘op Wap eee see eevee cece ve sndaro : podorased pag . . . . . . ee et . me et . . eee . . . q . CE eS i z . SOD HON & € I I | veeeeel auc I (Es pen 0 | ceeeeel sereeel g Wasco colbaderoligdeccolleccacolliancoda|iosg oon Seateteal|fowsyrsBeh «1 «)|| ites, airatis| Lelie: che aiRel| ley Neretscel fostedtetoniat's | saqtpodoxe : spodotesed y3¢ 03 pug weeeee 1 (ecsaeass [ay 1 fonlaite talleite I le Gterel| I Jee eeee| I IIece ie vee e eel qurol oyeuinyyn ‘op pig sereee] Jrsceee] To |[eceees ee eoracers eane es \ehewevs Baal cinta wht waren eee ie fcc Dette tes sop ‘op pag veeeeel oy |s-shars | y aio ro odteeecel oe By call eves [ce pre ll Meneame =, paavaxe)|| ia lmveres= |=! sisioyedy [ee ces * aqrpodoxe : epadrypixeur 4st} sreeesl og eer @ oitreee ¢ sehr cies | Ci ceemlaeerietN ec elle el e|e gC llame wie cheno rig |e sone n mmm terseeseesees swiuqsokny ”, Il I | © || teens cones | (e \jeegicaelicts I | om © sje 6 liniiefinesreiel| fore) */syelei|isyelw ee ei|}\c\ eis (nbs sili ea)» ve)e)||\©"= 8 © 01, }/e\ 8) = eene)|/e)siaueieiele see ener S194}0 og reteee) oy reel Weiet age ene n eaten | ¢ beeen gy 5 Soret eple do. HANG oxeecl IC eieaehon | ioeche c.tac7 GSS hicerc **ulsaevul JOeyur Suoye : sovdvreg : | J , | | : . eee aL S = . ees — ne : z soit Sy io ay Sp ou Spgs: Fem eked On |. Gy RS Set Rea Gree 5 a. es Pe Seek ili 2 | 5 Sy Pte) See il ee helo | 3 | = 2 5 a ee ¢ } & | & || 8 e S| & Sal BiG Be fee oat —— y e ei ha = p = Fer meta anes Eicon bees = ser) & g ea eel e Hes ogee a | ae | & ou bata! = Hi else ih t= |} = | | a pete o% { | = | -|\— — | — : — — Il > piohigcneane ‘ 2 "9b | Lg | ££ | 8% || «8-1 Qables Wiese a wur ‘uowtoeds jo q35ueT ‘SI'TIGHd VYUXHdAHINVOV NI SHYOHAOLOHd AO LNUNdO THA £08. 65 series along the inferior margin of the carapace and single un- paired photophores on the inferior aspect of the sixth somite and on the dorsal surface of the telson. The table here given will show the number and positions of all the luminous organs present in a selected series of speci- mens ranging in size from larvae up to the adult. The other more interesting features in the post-larval his- tory are the development of the rostrum, eyes and branchiae. The rostrum remains perfectly straight up to about 20-25 mm., and after this is almost always distally ascendant. It attains its greatest proportional length in examples of 385-40 mm., when it is often rather more than twice the length of the carapace. The eyes, as Coutiére (loc. cit.) has shown, reach their maximum size in proportion to the body area of the specimen at a length of about 15 mm. As has been already stated, the branchiae are very rudi- mentary in the larval stage, the buds of five pleurobranchs being alone present. Their development in the earliest post- larval stages has already been dealt with by Coutiére (loc. cit. fig. 2p). In the specimens of 12°7 mm. they are exactly as he has described, i.e. five pleurobranchs, which are only pinnate basally, corresponding to the five perelopods ; two buds, repre- senting arthrobranchs, over the third maxillipedes and an arthrobranchial and an epipodal bud at the bases of the first four perelopods. Rudimentary epipods are also present on the first and second maxillipedes. The arthrobranchiae seem to develop slowly after this, for in a specimen of 27 mm., although they are completely pinnate, they are still very small, and have only grown a very short way up between the large fully-formed pleurobranchs. The mandibular palp is fully developed in an example of only 15 mm. General distribution.—Four isolated specimens have been found in the West Atlantic between New York and the West Indies (Milne-Edwards, Faxon and Smith). In the N.E. Atlantic the species is known from near the Azores (Coutiére), from the Bay of Biscay (Kemp), from the mouth of the Eng- lish Channel and off the Brittany coast (Hansen), while a single example has been found 8. of Iceland in Lat. 62° 47’ N. (Hansen). A solitary individual has been recorded from the Pacific, near the Hawauan Is. (Rathbun). Several of the specimens examined were caught by the Danish Fishery steamer Thor at the following localities :— Thor. 31 /5/706.—51° 4° N., 11° 39° W. Midwater trawl, 0-437 fathoms—Three, 30-71 mm. 7/6 /06.—48° 29’ N., 14° 15° W. Midwater trawl, 0-940 fathoms—Two, 38 and 66 mm, 5/6 /06,—49° 17° N., 14° 3° W. Midwater trawl, 0-164 fathoms—Four, 28-42 mm. I. ’08. 66 49° 20’ N., 12° 39° W. Midwater trawl, 0-218 fathoms—Three, 65-78 mm. (two ovigerous). Trish distribution.—The following records may be added to those previously given :— Helga. S.R. 212.—6 /5 /’05.—51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W.- 375-411 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 350 fathoms, 9°82° C., salinity 35°28°/ ,.—One, 14 mm. S.R. 299.—4 /2 /’06.—50° 13’ 30” N., 11° 16° W. 500 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 9°7° C.—One, 15°8 mm. S.R. 330. —9 /5 /’06.—51° 16’ N., 11° 37’ W. 374-415 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 400 fathoms, 9°55° C., salinity 35°33° /,,—One, 15 mm. S.R. 336.—12 /5 /'06.—51° 19’ N., 12° 20’ W. 673-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms, 6°84° C., salinity 34°99°/ ..—One, 62 mm., rostrum broken. S.R. 337.—13 /5 /’06.—51° 21’ 30” N, 12° 9’ W. Soundings 768 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-20 fathoms. Surface temperature 110° C.—One, 29 mm. S.R. 403.—6 /2 /’07.—51° 12’ N., 11°55’ W. Soundings 450 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-450 fathoms—Three, 10°2-13°9 mm. S.R. 442.—16 /5 /’07.—51° 34’ N., 11° 48° W. 465-508 fathoms. Trawl—One, 15 mm. S.R. 470.—25 /8/07.—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W. Soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms. Surface temperature 15°8° C., salinity 35°30°/,.. Temperature at 500 fathoms. 9:03° C., salinity 35°35°/,,—One, 22 mm. S.R. 476.—26 /8 /07.—51° 42’ 30” N., 12° 15’ 30” W. Soundings 640 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-300 fathoms. Surface temperature 15°45° C., salinity 35°37°/,,. Temperature at 250 fathoms, 10°19° C., salinity 35°34°/,—One, 57 mm. S.R. 503.—12 /9 /’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 26’ W. Soundings 990 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-80 fathoms. Surface temperature 16°2° C., salinity 35°34°/ ,.—Two, 34 and 70 mm. Vertical range.—Acanthephyra debilis is a free swimming species ; it has been trawled in soundings varying from 411 to 2,512 fathoms, but there is no evidence to prove that the species ever lives actually on the bottom. On a few occasions adults and larvee have been caught quite near the surface (S.R. 337 and S.R. 508). [Acanthephyra pellucida, A. Milne-Edwards fide Perrier.] In a table of the species of Acanthephyra (Kemp, 1906 (1)) A. pellucida is queried as a nomen nudum attributed to A. Milne-Edwards by Gadeau de Kerville. M. Gadeau de B08. 67 Kerville has since drawn my attention to the inaccuracy of this statement, and has very kindly supplied me with further references to the species. A. pellucida is of especial interest as being the only species of Acanthephyra, with the exception of A. debilis, in which photophores have been described, and it is unfortunate that the additional references still leave the validity of the species open to question. Perrier (1886) mentions A. pellucida, and attributes it to A. Milne-Edwards, giving a list of the photophores observed, and Filhol in the same year very briefly notices the species on the same authority. Gadeau de Kerville, in his book on luminous animals and plants, repeats Perrier’s account of the luminous organs, and a German translation of this passage is quoted by Hansen (1903). Milne-Edwards himself never seems to have published any description of this species ; our information is accordingly limited to Perrier’s account, from which all subsequent reference is derived. After indicating a few of the characters! of A. pellucida, Perrier describes the photophores in the following terms :— “ .... et Vanimal peut projeter tout autour de lui une vive lumiére a l’aide de tout l’arsenal d’appareils d’éclairage dont il est pourvu. L’énumeration de ces ap- pareils n’est pas sans interét. Ce sont :— 1. Le bord antérieur d’une écaille, qui protege extérieure- ment les yeux. 2. Une ligne le long du bord externe du tarse de la 5¢ paire de pattes ; une tache ovale 4 la base interne de ce tarse ; une autre A la base de l’article qui le précede. 3. Une tache semblable 4 la base du 2e article de la 3e et de la 4e paire de pattes, et une 4 la base du tarse de ces pattes. 4. Une tache longue 4 la base du dernier article de la der- niére paire de pattes-machoires. 5. Une bande transversale sur la hanche des derniéres pattes thoraciques. 6. Une double ligne de points correspondant a chacun des articles du fouet externe des pattes thoraciques et de la lame externe des pattes abdominales. 7. Une ligne le long du fouet extérieur des petites an- tennes; une ligne continue en arriére, pointillée en avant, paralléle au bord inférieur de la carapace et un seu au-dessus de ce bord. 1 These characters are of very slight value. It is merely stated that the species is very closely allied to A. purpurea, having a long denticu- late rostrum, enormous eyes, chelae on the first two pairs of legs, and dorsal spines on the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal somites, that on the third being the longest. E 2 £08. 68 Avec un semblable luxe d’organes phosphorescents, la silhouette lumineuse de l’Acanthephyra pellucida doit étre dessinée d’une maniére complete dans l’obscurité.”’ The photophores mentioned in sections 2, 4, 5, and the latter half of 7 bear the closest resemblance to those known in A. debilis, but no trace is found of those described in sections 1 and the first half of section 7. The double row of luminous points on the exopods of the pereiopods and pleopods (section 6) is represented in A. debilis by a single point at the base of the exopods of the five legs and first pair of pleopods and, in the last four pairs of the latter, by a similar point at the base of the endopod. On the third and fourth pairs of legs A. debilis possesses a single photophore only—at the proximal end of the carpus; section 3 seems to imply that in A. pellu- cida there are two, one on the basus and one on the propodus. Many of the photophores present in A. debilis are not described in the above account, the most important omissions being those on the eyestalks, on the abdominal pleura and sternum of the sixth somite, above the bases of the pleopods and on the telson. There is no mention of the dark blue pigment which seems to be invariably associated with photophores in the Decapoda Natantia. A. pellucida is described as being found ‘‘ assez souvent 4 partir de 500 métres de profondeur.”’ Perrier’s account is very probably based on MS. notes by Milne-Edwards, and it would not be surprising if it were found to contain many errors. ‘Two other species of Acan- thephyra, A. (Systellaspis) lanceocaudata, Spence Bate, and A. affinis, Faxon, are so extremely closely allied to A. debilis that it is highly probable that they also possess luminous organs. When the positions of the photophores on these two species have been determined it may be possible to decide on the validity of Acanthephyra pellucida. Genus Ephyrina, Smith. Hphyrina, Smith, 1885. Tropiocaris, Spence Bate, 1888. Ephyrina, Alcock, 1901. This genus may be readily separated from Acanthephyra by the short, unarmed, elevated rostrum, and by the greatly ex- panded ischial and meral joints of the pereiopods. Ephyrina Hoskyni, Wood-Mason. Pl.. Vili ifips. dae: Ephyrina Hoskyni, Wood-Mason, 1891. Ephyrina Hoskyni, Caullery, 1896. Ephyrma Hoskyni, Alcock, 1901, and Investigator, 1901, Pleat, fig... The rostrum is unarmed and has the form of a high thin frontal crest ; it reaches but little beyond the middle point of —" ¥. “08. 69 the eyes. Superiorly its margin is strongly ascendant from the carina of the carapace ; anteriorly it is deepest, and almost squarely truncate, showing no trace of an apical point. The carapace is dorsally carinate almust to its posterior edge ; anteriorly it is produced to a strong spine at the base of the orbit, while another spine, which reaches about as far forward, marks the antero-lateral angle. From the orbital notch a strong carina runs the whole length of the carapace, disap- pearing shortly before reaching the posterior margin; below, a deep groove branches off from this carina and extends almost to the base of the carapace, forming the posterior limit of the hepatic region, while a fainter groove defines the superior limit of the same region. The rostrum and carapace com- bined are less than half! the length of the abdomen, excluding the telson. . The abdominal somites are all dorsally smooth and rounded, and none are produced posteriorly as spines; the fourth is notched at its infero-posterior angle, but this is possibly due to an injury. ‘The sixth somite is more than twice the length of the fifth. The telson is longer than the sixth somite, but is shorter than both inner and outer uropods; it tapers to a very narrow apex armed with a few spines, and is furnished dorso-laterally with numerous pairs of very minute spinules. In the single specimen the cornea of the eyes is damaged ; near it on the inner face the stalk bears a minute and very obscure tubercle. The antennular peduncle is not half the . length of the antennal scale, the basal joint being much the longest, and furnished with a scale which lies closely pressed against it laterally. The antennal scale is more than half the length of the carapace and rostrum combined ; externally it is cenvex and produced distally to a short spine which reaches beyond the rather narrow apex of the lamellar portion. The oral appendages differ in a few details from those of Acanthephyra purpurea : the terminal joint of the mandibular palp (fig. 2) is rather longer and less expanded, the basipodite of the second mazilla (fig. 4) is divided into two portions, of which the anterior is very much broader than the posterior, and in the second mazillipede (fig. 6) the dac- tylus and exopod are both longer, the former being about half the length of the propodus. The external mazillipedes are much the same as in A. pur- purea, but the penultimate joint is somewhat longer; they reach very slightly beyond the tips of the antennal scales. All the pereiopods are provided with exopodites, those of the last pair being the shortest, and in all the ischium and merus are thin and broadly expanded. The first pair reaches to about the middle of the- ultimate joint of the outer maxilli- pedes, the merus is about three times as long as broad, and the carpus is about equal in length to the propodus; in the second pair, which reaches to the tip of the antennal scale, the merus is slightly broader and the carpus is shorter than 1 Alcock states that in his specimens the rostrum and carapace com- bined are little over half the length of the abdomen. 1: "08. 70 the propodus. The chelae of the second pair are longer than those of the first. In the third pair of legs the merus is rather more than one-third as broad as long ; it is furnished ventrally with numerous short spinules interspersed with fine setae and there is also a single spine at the outer basal angle of the triangular ischium. The propodus is more than one and a half times the length of the carpus, the latter being about twice the length of the dactylus. The fourth pair is very simi- lar to the third, but is provided with a few stout spines on the outer basal edge of the ischium; the slender dactylus is about as long as the propodus. In the fifth pair the merus is more than one-third as broad as long, the ischium bears three or four stout spines in the middle of its ventral border, and the pro- podus is twice the length of the carpus. The dactylus is about one-third the length of the carpus; it is somewhat truncate apically, and is furnished with numerous stiff bristles. The branchial formula is :— VIL. vn } oe | X. | xL | XI. “xn. | xIy. l ep. Kes, Podobranchiae, ... | ep. {1+ep.| ep. ep. | ep. | | | | Arthrobranchiae, Bah hg aan tpl lle Pa 2 1 1 1 1 | Pleurobranchiae, Lie lay ae ee oa rT 1 ae 1 | The rudimentary epipod at the base of the penultimate leg is very inconspicuous ; it consists of a small plate scarcely one- third the length of the horizontal portion of the epipod on the third pereiopod. The single specimen examined is a female; in the first pair of pleopods the endopod is narrow, about one-third the length of the exopod, and bears setae along both its margins. The appendix interna, which is present on the last four pairs, is almost one-third the length of the endopod to which it is at- tached. The outer uropods, which are longer than the inner, are about four and a half times as long as wide. As will be seen from the figure, this species is very well pro- vided with setae, but their absence on the antennal scale and uropods shows that the full number has not been retained in the case of this trawled specimen. Although carefully ex- amined immediately after capture no trace of photophores could be detected. Size.—The Irish specimen measures 97 mm. ; the specimen taken in the Bay of Biscay was 110 mm. in length (Caullery). Colour in life.—Dark crimson red verging to dark purple on the anterior portions of the carapace. After five months in a mixture of alcohol and formalin most of the red pigment has disappeared ; the pereiopods, however, are very clearly edged with dull purple. In life this colour was obscured by the prevailing red pigmentation. £2708: 71 General distribution.—Arabian Sea, in the neighbourhood of the Laccadives and northwards ; Bay of Bengal, off Ceylon (Alcock) ; Bay of Biscay, one specimen (Caullery). Trish distribution.—A single specimen only has been found :— Helga. S.R. 363—10 /8 /06.—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W. 695-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 7:92° C., salinity 35°37°/ .—One, 97 mm. Vertical range.—E. Hoskyni has been trawled in 487-890 fathoms (Alcock) and in 656 fathoms (Caullery). Judging by its structure, the species is almost certainly pelagic; in all the recorded captures the specimens may have been caught while the net was being hauled to the surface. Ephyrina Benedicti, Smith. Pi VED shige Ephyrina Benedicti, Smith, 1886, Pl. xiv, fig. 3; and Pl. xvi, fig. 4. Tropiocaris planipes, Spence Bate, 1888, Pl. cxxxv1, figt oF: A single small specimen, 24 mm. in length, is referred to this species. It differs from the original description in two particulars, viz., in the length of the rostrum (fig. 7), the apex of which only reaches about to the middle of the cornea of the eye, and in the absence of the dorsal spine on the posterior margin of the third abdominal somite. In these two characters certain allied species are now known to show very considerable variation, so that there can be but little doubt that the specimen in question is specifically identical with LF. Benedicti. 'The small size of the specimen suggests the pos- sibility that the longer rostrum and the dorsal spine on the abdomen might be acquired in the course of time. With the exception of the characters just mentioned, there is the closest possible resemblance between H. Benedicti and E. Hoskyni. In the two Irish specimens the mandibles, maxillae, and maxillipedes are as nearly as possible identical. If the small example be correctly assigned to EH. Benedicti, the distinctions between that species and EL. Hoskyni are re- duced to a minimum, the form of the rostrum being the only differential feature available. Only nine specimens of Ephy- rina have ever been found, and in consequence practically nothing is known of the range of variation in the genus. _ It is not altogether improbable that further investigation may re- duce E. Hoskyni to a mere synonym of FH. Benedicti, but there is so far no evidence to show that the differences in the form of the rostrum do not constitute a valid character. I. ’08. 72 Size.—The type specimen measures 56 mm. (Smith), while the example taken by the Challenger expedition is 57 mm. in length. General distribution.—Two specimens only are known. One was found off the east coast of the United States, lat. 40° 26’ 40" N., long. 67° 5! 15” W. (Smith), while the other was taken in the Pacific, a 26° 29' N., long. 137° 57 E. (Spence Bate). Trish distribution.— Helga. S.R. 449—19 /5 /'07.—50° 28’ N., 11°39’ W. Soundings 950 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-700 fathoms.—One, 24 mm. Vertical range.—Trawled in 949 fathoms (Smith) and 2,425 fathoms (Spence Bate); probably a midwater species. Genus Hymenodora, G. 0. Sars. Hymenodora, Spence Bate, 1888 (partim).1 Hymenodora glacialis (Buchholz). Pl. VIII, figs) 1-3. Hymenodora glacialis, G. O. Sars, 1885, Pl. iv. Hymenodora glacialis, Smith, 1886, Pl. xv, figs. 3 and 10; Pl? xvi} fie. 5. Hymenodora gracilis, Smith, 1886, Pl. xu, fig. 6. Hymenodora glacialis, Faxon, 1895. The carapace is hardly at all compressed ; it is dorsally cari- nate in the anterior half and is produced to a short, acutely pointed rostrum which reaches about as far forward as the eyes. ‘The anterior part of the carapace and rostrum form a sort of hood which projects over a portion of the ocular region. Dorsally the rostrum is provided with from four to six small forwardly directed teeth. From the orbital sinus a well- marked groove runs backwards and downwards and another, less pronounced, defines the superior boundary of the bran- chial region. The abdominal somites are all evenly rounded above; the sixth is rather less than twice the length of the fifth. The telson reaches considerably beyond the outer uropods; it is dorsally suleate and is narrowest in its distal third, becoming broader again terminally. The apex is rounded and is fur- nished with from four to seven spines, of which the outermost are much the longest ; dorso-laterally it is provided with a few pairs of minute spinules. 1In a previous paper (1906, (1), p. 19) I have shown that two of the species which appear in the Challenger Report under this genus, must be transferred to Acanthephyra. 08: 73 The eyestalks are wide at the base and narrower distally ; they bear a rounded, irregular facetted and unpigmented cor- nea which is not wider than the stalk. On their interior and superior aspect the stalks bear a small but rather conspicuous ocular papilla near the cornea. The antennular peduncle reaches to about three-fifths the length of the antennal scale ; the basal joint is longer than the two distal combined and bears externally a short, acutely pointed lateral process which does not nearly reach to the distal end of the segment. ® The antennal scale is rather less than half the length of the cara- pace and is about three times as long as wide; its outer margin is practically straight and terminates in an apical spine which reaches to or slightly beyond the narrow apex of the lamellar portion. The mandible bears a three-jointed palp, in which the pen- ultimate joint is nearly twice the length of the ultimate. In the second mazillae (fig. 2) the two lobes of the basus do not project conspicuously beyond the coxa as they do in the allied genera, while in the first mawillipedes (fig. 3) the endopod is composed of two joints, a very short basal and a long distal (this being one of the chief distinctions between Hymenodora and other Hoplophoridae). The third mazillipedes reach about to the apex of the antennal scale; the long exopod ex- tends to the middle of the penultimate segment. The first two pairs of pereiopods are about equal in length, the foremost reaching a little beyond the middle of the an- tennal scale; in both, the carpus is rather less than half the length of the chela, while the dactylus is a little more than half the length of the palm. The third pair reaches beyond the apex of the antennal scale by the whole of the long styli- form dactylus; the fourth pair is almost exactly the same length and also possesses a long dactylus—this joint being only a trifle less than half the length of the propodus. In both these pairs the ischium is shorter than the merus. In the fifth pair of legs, which reaches to about one-third the length of the antennal scale, the ischium is longer than the merus; the dactylus is extremely short and almost concealed by a fringe of long setae from the distal end of the preceding joint. All five pereiopods bear long exopods; the branchial formula is :— we vi | VEE | De | x | XL | xm | xm) xrv. pee + = ~- = | Podobranchiae, a | ep. ‘ep-+] ep. | ep. ep. | ep. Arthrobranchiae, | 2 | 1 ] | ] 1 Pleurobranchiae, | | | We ds uel i: L The podobranch on the second maxillipede was first noticed by Smith (H. gracilis, 1886) ; it is sometimes represented by a few lamellae only and in many cases is totally absent. The outer uropod is longer than the inner and is four and a half times as long as wide. 7: Oa. 74 Size.—Sars (1885) records an example of 83 mm. Colour in life.—Sars (1885) states that freshly caught speci- mens are of an exceedingly vivid and brilliant blood red colour. The ocular pigment is opaque white, and the antennal flagella exhibit at their base more or less distinctly alternating trans- verse bands. All the examples of this species found off the Irish coast are very small, measuring only 10 to 29 mm. in length; they nevertheless agree very closely with the description of the adult given above. In the very smallest specimens the teeth on the rostrum are few in number or wholly obsolete and only a single series of gills—pleurobranchs—are apparent. The ocular papilla, a rather conspicuous feature in the adult, is still more evident in these young individuals. General distribution.—Hymenodora glacialis was first de- scribed from a specimen found floating on the surface off the East Coast of Greenland. Sars (1885) recorded the species from the collections made by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition from many stations between lat. 63° and 80° N. and between Greenland and Spitzbergen, and it was again found in the same area by the Swedish Arctic Expedition (Ohlin). The Danish-Ingolf Expedition collected numerous examples near Jan Mayen and Iceland (Hansen). The species has been taken in the Farée Channel (Norman), and frag- ments of a single specimen which may almost certainly be referred to this species were obtained in the Bay of Biscay (Kemp). In the West Atlantic the species has been found between lat. 35° 45’ and 40° 26’ N. and between long. 67° and 74° 36’ W. (Smith). In the Pacific it has been recorded from the Bering Sea and Alaska (Rathbun) and from the Gulf of California, the Gulf of Panama and the Ecuador coast (Faxon). I have examined a specimen caught by the Thor at the fol- lowing locality :— 10/8/06. — 49° 27° N., 13° 33’ W. Soundings 1420 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1,550 fathoms—One, 12 mm. — Trish distribution.—This species has been found off the west coast of Ireland on the following occasions :— Helga. S.R. 139—11 /8 /’04.—55° 0’ N., 10° 48’ W. Soundings 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-1,000 fathoms. Surface temperature 14°6° C., at 800 fathoms 70° C.—Three, 13-25 mm. S.R. 224—12 /5 /’05.—53° 7’ N., 15° 6’ W. Soundings 860 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—Thirteen, 10-15 mm. ~ SR. 231—20 /5 /’05.—55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W. Soundings 1,200 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-1,150 fathoms—Fourteen, 15-29 mm. T. ’08. 75 S.R. 352—5 /8 /’06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms—Four, 11-17 mm. S.R. 363—10 /8 /’06.—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W. 695-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 7:92° C., salinity 35°37° /,,—One, 12 mm. Vertical range.—Hymenodora glacialis has been found in soundings of 137 fathoms (Ohlin) and 2,949 fathoms (Smith). Although as a general rule the species is certainty bathy- pelagic, it has on one occasion been found at the surface (Buchholz). ‘There is no proof that it ever lives actually on the bottom. Although it has not as yet been determined with any cer- tainty, it is probable that this species occurs in temperatures below freezing point. Famity NEMATOCARCINIDAE. Genus Nematocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards. Nematocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards, 1881. Eumiersia, Smith, 1882. Nematocarcinus, Spence Bate, 1888. Stochasmus, Spence Bate, 1888. Nematocarcinus, Alcock, 1901. Nematocarcinus ensifer (Smith). Humiersia ensifera, Smith, Pl. xi, figs. 1-9. Nematocarcinus ensiferus, Smith, 1884, Pl. vit, fig. 1. Nematocarcinus tenuipes, Spence Bate, 1888, PI. ORRKI, fie: 6: Nematocarcinus ensifer, Faxon, 1895. Nematocarcinus ensiferus, Adensamer, 1898. Nematocarcinus tenuipes, Alcock, 1901. Nematocarcinus ensiferus, Senna, 1903. Nematocarcinus ensiferus, Rathbun, 1906. N. ensifer, var. exilis, Spence Bate. Pl. IX, figs. 1-10. Stochasmus exilis, Spence Bate, 1888, Pl. cxxxn, fig. 14. Nematocarcinus exilis, Calman, 1896. Nematocarcinus exilis, Hansen, 1908. The rostrum is straight or slightly ascendant from the dorsal line of the carapace and is from one-third to three-fifths its length. It is strengthened by a strong ridge on either side and-is armed dorsally with from twenty-three to thirty-one I. ’08. 76 forwardly directed spines, most of which are articulated ; the posterior eight or ten of these lie behind the orbit and are rather more closely set than the others. Ventrally the ros- trum is unarmed but carries a series of plumose setae. The carapace is less than half the length of the abdomen ; it is furnished anteriorly with a dorsal carina which becomes obsolete shortly before reaching the well marked cervical groove. This groove is continued downwards and forwards on either side and terminates in a small but distinct depression in the hepatic region. The branchial regions are defined superiorly by a groove and another groove also runs back from the posterior edge of the orbit. Anteriorly the supra-antennal and antero-lateral angles are defined by spines. The abdominal somites are rather laterally compressed, but are all dorsally rounded. The third is somewhat produced pos- teriorly and forms an obtuse hood over the succeeding somite ; it does not take the form of a spine in any of the specimens examined. The sixth somite is rather more strongly com- pressed than the others and is more than twice the length of the fifth. The telson (fig. 7), which is suleate above, is about as long as the outer uropod ; dorso-laterally it is furnished with six or seven pairs of short spines. It is evenly narrowed to an apex (fig. 8) armed with three spines; at the outer angles are two of considerable length, over the bases of which two shorter spines are situated, which perhaps represent the distal pair of the dorso-lateral series, while between the two large spines two, much shorter, are found, which are borne on a rounded lobe or projection. The eyes are pyriform, with the black cornea much wider than the stalk and about three-quarters the width of the an- tennal scale. The antennular peduncle reaches to slightly more than half the length of the antennal scale. The lateral process is acutely pointed distally and does not reach the an- terior margin of the basal segment; the terminal joint is very slightly longer than the second. The flagella are of great length ; in the male the outer pair are much stouter at the base than the inner and strongly setose ventrally for a distance about equal to the length of the carapace. The antennal scale is about two-thirds the length of the carapace and is only very slightly narrowed apically; it terminates distally in a small spine which does not surpass the lamellar portion. In older specimens (fig. 2) the outer margin is slightly convex, the scale being little more than four times as long as wide; in a specimen 36 mm. in length (fig. 3) it is about five times as long as wide and the outer margin is practically straight. The flagellum is very long , sometimes quite three times the entire length from the rostrum to the telson. The oral appendages have been adequately described and figured by Smith (1882). The third mazillipedes reach to about three- -quarters the length of the antennal scale; the terminal segment is about two-thirds the length of the pen- ultimate and the slender exopod reaches to about three- a ters the length of the proximal joint. "08. 17 All the pereiopods are very slender, the last three pairs being of enormous length. The first four pairs bear slender exopods which decrease in size from before backwards. The first pair reaches beyond the tip of the antennal scale by the length of the chelae and sometimes by one quarter of the carpus as well. The carpus is quite three times the length of the chela and is longer than the basus and ischium com- bined. The ischium is not quite as long as the merus and like it may bear a few short spines ventrally. The second pair reaches beyond the tip of the antennal scale by the whole length of the carpus and chela. The chela is a trifle longer than that of the first pair; the carpus which is five times its length is about one and a half times as long as the merus. As in all the succeeding pairs a few spines are usually present on the merus and occasionally on the ischium also. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs are very long, surpassing the tip of the antennal scale by the whole of the dactylus, pro- podus and carpus and a considerable portion of the merus also. The carpus, propodus, and dactylus together are rather shorter than the merus and ischium combined. In the third and fourth pairs the dactylus is spiniform and slightly longer than the propodus ; in the last pair it is short, only about one quar- ter the length of the preceding joint; in all three pairs it is partially concealed by a fringe of very long setae from the distal end of the propodus. The branchial formula is the same as in all the other species of the genus :— = Vi” |» VILE IX. xX. XL Xi | XI | XIv. : l | ThE | Podobranchiae, .. | ep. 1+ep.| ep ep. ep. ep. ep Arthrobranchiae, pet Pb hE 1 1 1 1 Pleurobranchiae, Bete oe ae 1 Lis Myeergl 1 1 The endopod of the first pleopod is in the female (fig. 4) about two-thirds the length of the exopod and strongly setose along both margins. In the male (fig. 5) the endopod is a rather broad lamella less than half the length of the exopod ; it is apically emarginate and is provided with a prominence bearing small hooks or cincinnuli in the middle of its inner margin. Inthe last four pairs of pleopods the endopod is only slightly shorter than the exopod and bears a stylet or appendix interna at its base. In the male an additional stylet, the appendix masculina, is present on the second pair (fig. 6). The outer uropods are longer than the inner and rather less than four times as long as wide. As. 78 The following table will show the measurements (in mm.) of a few of the more perfect specimens examined. Total | No, ' length, Length Length Length Lengthof Lengthof | of dorsal rostrum Sex. of of of first fifth teeth to rostrum. carapace. abdomen. pereiopod. pereiopod. on telson, | rostrum. 73°5 ? 85 il 37°5 275 60 27 73 3 8 175 37 27:5 58 Dy, 72 g 85 17 36°5 74 fis 565 | 29 70 2 9°5 17 355 28 59 26 58 3 6 14°5 30 23 475 25 | 03 g 5 125 | 28 20 43 25 49 3 4°5 12 25 20 43 | 24 47 g 5 10° 245 175 38°d 2h 36 9? 3 9 19 14 | 27 The eggs are small, some on the point of hatching do not measure more than 1'lx‘67 mm.; they are, of course, con- siderably smaller than this when not so far advanced. Smith gives ‘75 to ‘8x55 mm. as the average size. This author also states (1886) that one female examined was carrying more than 20,000 eggs. Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are transparent pinkish white ; the anterior portions of the former usually ap- pear dull scarlet owing to the oral appendages and gastric regions showing through the faintly pigmented walls. In the abdomen the intestine shows through very plainly dorsally ; in some specimens the pink pigment is very faint, in others much darker, becoming quite red at the posterior margin of each of the first four somites. The rostrum is quite clear and transparent. The eyes show traces of red pigment on the stalks; the cornea is black, with orange red reflections. The antennules are faintly reddish basally, with red flagella. The basal joints of the antennae are milk-white ; the scale is milk- white proximally with its distal two-thirds pale red. The outer maxillipedes and pereiopods are red, the former almost scarlet ; the basal joints of the pleopods are pinkish, the rami are pale red. The uropods and tip of the telson are pale red. The fringes of setae are colourless, and the small and numerous eggs are dark. orange. Size.—This species seems to be of much smaller average size in the East Atlantic than in the West. The largest specimen examined measures 83 mm., and ovigerous females may mea- sure as little as 60 mm. Smith has recorded an example of 145 mm. from the east coast of the United States and num- bers of his specimens were more than 100 mm. in length. The East Atlantic specimens here described as N. ensifer, var. exilis, differ from Smith’s description of ensifer (1882, 1884) in certain details which probably justify the retention of T. ’08. 79 the varietal name. In typical specimens of N. ensifer the rostrum is very frequently fully as long as the carapace and is in rare cases furnished with one or two spines on its ventral border. The third abdominal somite is prolonged into an acute tooth and the pereiopods seem to be all slightly shorter, the first pair reaching only to the tips of the antennal scales. Indian specimens (described by Alcock as N. tenuipes) ap- pear to resemble the Irish examples rather more closely. The rostrum is two-thirds the length of the carapace and bears about twenty-two dorsal teeth. The third abdominal somite is ‘‘ strongly and subacutely ’’ produced, but the pereiopods are exactly as in the form here described. Possibly tenuipes will also be found worthy of retention as a varietal name. It is worth noting that Alcock describes the colour of his speci- mens as bright orange, whereas the East Atlantic specimens are invariably pinkish white with red appendages. Faxon (1895) has described an interesting feature of the variation of this species off the Pacific coast of America. He finds that the typical form occurs between lat. 0° 36’ 8. and 7° 5’ N., while in specimens taken north of lat. 16° 30’ N. the third abdominal somite is much less produced posteriorly and the rostrum bears from one to three ventral teeth. Interme- diate forms are found in intermediate localities. The eggs attached to one of the female specimens were Just about to hatch, and from one of these a zoéa (fig. 9) was ex- tracted. The chief features of this larva are the long, sharp, downwardly curved rostrum and an obtuse angle in the pos- terior third of the third abdominal somite. The telson (fig. 10) is apically emarginate and bears seven pairs of plumose setae. ‘The mandibles, maxillae, and maxillipedes are pre- sent, but no pleopods or pereiopods are developed. None of the intervening stages between this zoéa and the adult are yet known. General distribution.—In the Atlantic it is known from the east coast of N. America between lat. 31° 41’ N. and 41° 43’ N. (Smith), from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery), from the neigh- bourhood of Iceland (Hansen), near the Canary Is. (Sp. Bate) and from the Mediterranean (Adensamer, Senna). In Indian waters it has been found in the Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal (Alcock) ; and in the Pacific from the neighbourhood of the Hawaiian Is. (Rathbun), from the west coasts of America be- tween lat. 0° 36’ S. and 27° 34’ N. and from the Admiralty Ts. and S. of Japan (Sp. Bate). Trish distribution.—N. ensifer is found quite plentifully in deep water off the coast of County Kerry, as the following re- cords will show :— Helga. 8.R. 327—8/5/’06.—51° 41’ N., 12° 16° W. 550-800 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 9-22° C., salinity 35 -16°/ ,, Twelve, 51-71 mm. T2508. 80 S.R. 331—9 /5 /’06.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W. 610-680 fathoms. Trawl—Nineteen, 36-62 mm. S.R. 333—10/5/'06.—51° 37’ N., 12° 9’ W. 557-579 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 9-2° C., salinity 35-10°/ ,, One, 72 mm. S.R. 334—10/5 /?06.—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W. 500-520 fathoms. Trawl—Five, 58-69 mm. S.R. 335—12/5/’06.—51° 15’ N., 12° 17’ W. 673-893 fathoms. Trawl—Eleven, 61-85 mm., one 2 ovigerous. S.R. 336—12 /5 /’06.—51° 19’ N., 12° 20’ W. 673-720 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms, 6-84° C., salinity 34 -99°/ ,,—Hight, 48-78 mm. S.R. 352—5 /8 /’06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Midwater trawl', 750-800 fathoms. Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-33° C.—One, 48 mm. S.R. 363—10/8 /’06.—51° 22’ N., 12° 0’ W. 695-720 fathoms. Trawl—Twenty-one, 42-77 mm. S.R. 397—2/2/07.—51° 46’ N., 12° 5’ W. 549-646 fathoms, Trawl, Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-71° C., salinity 35 -57°/ ,, One, 36 mm. S.R. 401—5 /2/'07.—51° 14’ N., 11° 51’ W. 600-660 fathoms, Trawl. Temperature at 580 fathoms 8-35° C., salinity 35 -50°/ ,, Two, 60 mm., one ¢ ovigerous. S.R. 477—28 /8 /’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W. 707-710 fathoms, Trawl, Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-19° C.—Four, 42-72 mm. S.R. 484—30/8/'07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W. 602-610 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fathoms 8-34° C., salinity 35 -32°/ ,, One, 55 mm. S.R. 487—3 /9 /’07.—51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W. 540-660 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-65° C., salinity 35 -°35°/ ,.—Two, 49 and 43 mm. S.R. 489—4 /9 ’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W. + 720fathoms, Trawl —Seven, 50-62 mm. S.R. 497—10/9 /’07.—51° 2’ N., 11° 36° W. 775-795 fathoms. Trawl—Fifteen, 43-80 mm. S.R. 499—11 /9 /’07.—50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W. 666-778 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8°22° C., salinity 39°41°;,,—Three, 48-58 mm. S.R. 606—12 /9 07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19 W. 661-672 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8°22° C., salinity 35°33° /,,—Highteen, 51-66 mm. This species was originally recorded from the Irish coast by Calman (1896) from lat. 51° 1’ N., long. 11° 50’ W., 750 fathoms. Vertical range.—Found off the Irish coast in 520-775 fathoms, in the Bay of Biscay in 489-935 fathoms (Caullery). in the Mediterranean between 411 and 1,980 fathoms (Aden- samer and Senna) and off Iceland in 800-1 ,128 fathoms (Han- sen). In the West Atlantic it is known from between 384 and 1 Touched bottom. a ee °F 708. 81 9,033 fathoms (Smith); in Indian waters between 824 and 1,310 fathoms (Alcock); off the Hawaiian Is. in 293-1,314 fathoms (Rathbun), and off the Pacific coast of America in 660-1 ,879 fathoms (Faxon). Although this species was on one occasion found in a mid- water trawl (S.R. 352), there is evidence to show that the net was actually on the bottom, at any rate for part of the haul. sp. Juv. (nom. vncert.) - Larva allied to Caricyphus, Kemp, 1909, Pl. xv, figs. 2-8. The specimens found off the Irish coast are, on the whole, considerably larger than those originally described from the Bay of Biscay. The larger examples possess a palp, composed of three rather obscure segments, on the mandible and a stylet at the base of the inner branch of the last four pairs of pleo- pods ; in other respects the appendages differ only very slightly from those of the smaller individuals. The branchial formula appears to be :— | | | Fa | oie vile Svirk, | eee Seer hex | XETE.| XIV, { Podobranchiae, eid ep. | ep. ep. ep. | ep. | ep. | ep. esa Arthrobranchiae, ae ‘eel Gas 2 1 ] 1 ] Pleurobranchiae, ...—... Sis. Sa | 1 IL. (ei lash kai te The first four pleurobranchs are large and well developed, but that over the hindmost pereiopod, although about two- thirds the length of that immediately preceding it, is very narrow. All the arthrobranchs are very small, but all, with the exception of the upper one on the third maxillipede, are pinnate. When describing this form (1906), 1 remarked on its re- semblance to some of the members of Spence Bate’s larval genus Caricyphus. Some of the ill-assorted larvae in this genus have been relegated to the Hippolytidae, while for others new generic naines have been instituted. { have placed the examples here dealt with near the family Nematocar- cinidae, as it does not scem altogether improbable that the form will ultimately be found to represent a stage in the life- history of some species of Nematocarcinus—presumably N. ensifer. If this theory should prove correct, it is evident that the rather considerable changes between this form and N. ensifer must take place very rapidly (probably, indeed, accompanied by a shrinkage in total length), for the largest larva found off the Irish coast is 35 mm. in length, while the smallest speci- men of N. enstfer is only 1 mm. longer. F E200. 82 Without older intermediate specimens it is, of course, quite impossible to be at all certain of the affinities of this larva ; attention may, however, be drawn to the very close resemb- lance between its branchial formula and that of Nematocar- cinus. The only gill wanting in the larva is the podobranch at the base of the second maxillipede, and this (1906, pl. xv, fig. 7) is represented by a papilla. This larva has been found on the following occasions :— Helga. S.R. 352—5 /8 /’06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 800 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-750 fathoms. Surface temperature 15°85° C., at 700 fathoms, 753° C.—One, 25 mm. S.R. 470—24/8 /’07.—50° 16’ N., 11° 27’ W. Soundings 770 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-500 fathoms. Temperature at 500 fathoms, 9°03° C., salinity 35°35°/,,—One, 29 mm. S.R. 481—29 /8 /’07.—50° 59’ N., 11° 52’ W. Soundings 920-1,064 fathoms. Midwater trawl, 0-900 fathoms—Five, 31-35 mm. S.R. 484—30 /8 /’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W. 602-610 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fathoms, 8°34° C:, salinity 35°32° /,,—One, 33 mm. S.R. 503—12 /9 /’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 26’ W. Soundings 990 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-80 fathoms. Surface temperature 16°2° C., salinity 35°34° /°°—Four, 24-33 mm. S.R. 506—12 /9 /’07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19° W. 661-672 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8:22° C., salinity 35°53° /,,—Two, 31 and 33 mm. Famity BRESILIIDAE. Genus Bresilia, Calman. Bresilia atlantica, Calman. Pl. x, fips: 457: Bresilia atlantica, Calman, 1896, Pls. 1 and 1, figs. 1-18. The specimen trawled by the Flying Falcon expedition of 1888 and described as a new species, Bresilia atlantica, has hitherto remained unique and the only representative of the family created for it. During the last two years four more specimens have been caught off the Kerry coast which agree in almost every detail with Calman’s careful description and figures. Calman, when describing the species, stated that there was very little doubt that the type had assumed adult characteris- tics, but more recent investigations have demonstrated such astonishing diffcrences between the post-larval and adult forms ES OB: 83 of many deep water Natantia that it was thought possible that Bresilia might, by further growth, be modified so far as to justify its inclusion in some well known family of Caridea. Coutiére (1907) remarks on its resemblance to Caridion and refers it tentatively to the family Hippolytidae. Neverthe- less the additional material found by the Helga has com- pletely vindicated Calman’s view, for one of the specimens bears on the inner branch of the second pair of pleopods the accessory stylet or appendix masculina (fig. 6) which, so far as is yet known, 1s found only in males which are almost or fully adult. Short of the capture of an ovigerous female, no stronger evidence jn favour of the maturity of a Carid can be adduced. This male measures only about 20 mm. and is therefore considerably smaller than the type (29 mm.); two of the re- maining specimens measure 20 and 23 mm. respectively and (like the type) are presumably female. The fourth example is 17 mm. in length and may be of either sex. Little can be added to Calman’s long and complete description. The rostrum (figs. 2 and 3) is provided with sharp dorsal and ven- tral teeth (not blunt as in the type) the number of which seems subject to considerable variation; the four specimens show 4/4, 4/2, 3/3, and 3/3 respectively. In the eyes the corneal area, though without a trace of black pigmentation, is distinctly defined from the stalk and shows very faint traces of facets. The mandibles, maxillae, maxillipedes and pereiopods all agree closely with the figures published in 1896. Calman’s reading of the branchial formula is also confirmed—four pleurobranchs are found over the bases of the first four pereio- pods and a papilla, representative of a rudimentary pleuro- branch, above the fifth pereiopod. In the male the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (fig. 7) is about half the length of the exopod; apically it is deeply emarginate and is furnished with setae on both anterior and posterior margins, the latter possessing a greater number than the former. In the female this endopod is almost exactly similar in shape, but seems to be more abundantly provided with setae on its anterior margin. The telson bears from six to eleven pairs of dorso-lateral spinules ; distally it is truncate and rather rounded and bears twelve spines, of which the outermost are much the longest. Colour in life.—The carapace is semi-translucent, anteriorly very pale orange pink, verging to red at the orbital notch. The first three abdominal somites are colourless, the last three and the margins of the telson are pale vermilion. The eye- stalk is vermilion, the cornea whitish orange and strongly re- fractive. The lower half of the basal joint of the antennular peduncle is vermilion ; otherwise the antennules, antennae, and antennal scales are quite transparent The third maxillipedes are tinged with vermilion proximally and similar colouration prevails on the basal joints of the pereiopods. The red tone is found on the coxa, basus and ischium of all the legs; in the F 2 eke Loe 84 last three pairs it is also present on the merus, while in the fourth and fifth it extends to the carpus. A suffusion of the same colour occurs on the basal portions of the pleopods and uropods. The additional specimens do not throw any further light on the affinities of Bresilia. Calman has already dealt with the subject in detail, and has shown that the family must be re- garded as occupying a rather isolated position among Caridea. Borradaile has recently (1907) included the Bresiludae with the Pasiphacidae in his super-family Pasiphaeoidea, and al- though some characters, such as the undistorted terminal seg- ments of the second maxillipedes, lend colour to this view, yet the highly specialized character of the mouth parts and last three pairs of pereiopods in the Pasiphaeidae suggests that the creation of separate super-families for each might more ade- quately express our knowledge of their mutual relations. Trish distribution.—The type was trawled by the Flying Falcon in 750 fathoms, lat. 51° 1’ N., long. 11° 50° W. The other four examples were found at the following stations :— Helga. S.R. 352—5/8/°06.—50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W. Soundings 750-800 fathoms. Midwater trawl', 0-750 fathoms—One, 20 mm. S.R. 477—28 /8/’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W. 707-710 fathoms. Trawl, Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-19° C.—One, 23 mm. S.R. 499—11/9 /°07.—50° 55’ N., 11°29’ W. 666-778 fathoms, Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 8-22° C., salinity 35 -41°/,,.—One, 20 mm. S.R. 506—12 /9 /’07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W. 661-672 fathoms, Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms, 8-22° C., salinity 35 -53°/ ,, One, 17 mm. Vertical range.—672-750 fathoms. Famity PANDALIDAE. Until comparatively recently all the six species mentioned in this paper were referred to the genus Pandalus. Three genera, Pandalus, Plesionika, and Pandalina, are now recog- nised by some authors. There can be no reasonable doubt that Pandalina is established on trustworthy characters, but it is by no means so clear that this is the case with Plesiontka. The question of the validity of the latter genus must wait until that much needed work, a revision of the whole Pandalus group, is undertaken; for the present I have retained it as {There is evidence to show that on this occasion the midwater trawl was fishing on or very close to the bottom, ee ¥.-08. 85 distinct. The three genera may be thus separated in tabular form :— I. Rostrum at least as long as carapace ; branchial formula :— , oa —- ov vig |e | x | xt | on | xm | | | Podobranchiae, a | aera, > |-t--ep.| > ep. ep. | ep. ep. | ep. con | | | ! | } Arthrobranchiae, _... | aba | ee mee: bhi a? 1 1 ; | | Pleurobranchiae, | | ns | dee 1 dl gta | 1 1 | | | a! A. Lateral process of antennules distally broad and rounded ; posterior lobe of exopod of second maxilla acutely pointed ; second pair of pereio- pods unequal, . . Pandalus. B. Lateral process of seennnies acutely pointed distally ; posterior lobe of exopod of second maxilla broadly rounded ; second pair of pereio- pods subequal, . : . Plesionika (p. 93). II. Rostrum not more than half the length of the carapace ; posterior lobe of exopod of second maxilla truncate, branchial formula :— =— | Vike | VEL |g EX. | es DG Hd |ip.a 0 ee XE, | Pleurobranchiae, a nal l+ep. ep ep. ep. ep. ep. | Arthrobranchiae, igh | acral baie 2 | Pleurobranchiae, ee | | ] 1 | 1 1 1 Pandalina (p. 97). Genus Pandalus, Leach. Dichelopandalus, Caullery. Four species of this genus have been found in British and Trish waters ; they may be separated thus! :— I. Third maxillipede without exopod. A. Carpus of second pereiopod on right side with many (at least twenty) annulations; an- tennal scale not much narrowed in front, outer edge straight. 1Calman’s admirable paper on the British Pandalidae (1899) contains descriptions and figures of Pandalina brevirostris' and of the species of Pandalus (excepting P. borealis, which was not then known to oceur in British waters). The above table is borrowed from this work, P. borealis being included. I. ’08. 86 i. Rostrum with twelve to sixteen teeth above and seven below, the dorsal teeth extending well into the anterior third ; lamellar portion of antennal scale extending beyond apical spine ; a blunt dorsal carina terminating in a tubercle on the third abdominal somite, . P. borealis. ii. Rostrum with ten to twelve teeth above and five or six below, the dorsal teeth not extend- ing beyond the middle of the rostrum ; apical spine of antennal scale extending beyond lamellar portion; third abdominal somite smooth dorsally, : 5 : . P. Montagu. B. Carpus of second pereiopod on right side with four annulations ; antennal scale very narrow in front, outer edge concave, . P. propinquus (p. 89). II. Third maxillipede with exopod ; carpus of second pereiopod on right side with four annula- tions, , : : : . P. Bonnieri (p. 92). Pandalus borealis, Kroyer, has only recently been added to the British fauna. In July, 1907, about thirty examples were caught in 57 fathoms, E.N.E. of the Coquet Lighthouse, off the Northumberland coast. The specimens were caught and named by Mr. R. A. Todd, of the Marine Biological Associa- tion, and their identification subsequently verified by Canon Norman. P. borealis is described and figured in detail by G. O. Sars, 1900. Within the last few years this species has been fished com- mercially in certain Norwegian Fjords. The industry, which owes its origin to the Norwegian Fishery Investigations, is now in a very thriving condition, and numerous boats, using special nets, are devoted exclusively to it. Pandalus Montagui, Leach. Pl. X, fig. 8. Pandalus annulicornis, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 297. Pandalus leptorhynchus, Kinahan, (nec Sars, nec Stimp- son), 1858, fig., p. 80. Bandai Mousa, Calman, 1889 (wbi syn.), Pls. I-1v, A Pandalus annulicornis, Wollebaek, 1908. Colour in life.—Semi-translucent with patches of small red chromatophores on the carapace and abdomen. The carapace with two bright red stripes, one from the antennal scale Te 08: 87 running backwards along the inferior edge of the carapace for nearly three-quarters of its length, and a second running ver- tically down from the cardiac region to meet the first pos- teriorly ; a red stripe runs the whole length of the rostrum. The abdomen, in addition to the small spots already men- tioned, shows several lateral, oblique, forwardly directed orange stripes. The eyes are greyish black and the antennal scale is transparent except for a red streak along its inner edge. The two terminal joints of the outer maxillipedes are some- what yellowish; the thoracic legs are finely spotted with red, the two basal joints of the fourth pair being entirely bright red. The telson and uropods are rather more thickly spotted with chromatophores of the same red colour. The eggs are pale green. In specimens from shallow water the red colour- ing.is, as a rule, very much less evident than in those taken at greater depths.! Size.—Wollebaek (1908) states that P. Montagui attains a length of 16 cms. off the Norwegian coast. In Irish waters it is rarely found to exceed half this length. Among half a bucketful of small P. Montagui trawled off the mouth of Dublin Bay in October, 1906, a single specimen was observed with a very abnormal rostrum (Pl. X, fig. 8). ‘This specimen, which measures 31 mm. in length, is in all essential features identical with the form described and figured by Kanahan under the name of Pandalus leptorhynchus. 1 am, therefore, enabled to confirm Calman’s suggestion (1899, p. 36) that Kinahan’s species was founded on an aberrant speci- men of P. Montagut. Like Crangon vulgaris this abundant species is not commer- cially fished in Ireland. In England its capture forms the basis of a very considerable trade ; it is known in Liverpool as the ‘‘ shank,’’ in the Humber as the ‘‘ prawn,’’ while in the London markets it is usually termed the ‘‘ pink shrimp.”’ Fishermen, of course, do not recognise the distinctions be- tween this form and P. Bonniert. The life-history of P. Montagui is of great interest, but is as yet by no means fully understood ; still there seems to be no doubt that for a considerable portion of its existence the species is gregarious and migratory. Late in spring large assemblages of P. Montagui travel shorewards; they remain in shallow water throughout the summer and autumn; but in November and December, at a time when the females are just beginning to bear eggs on their pleopods, they journey outwards again to depths of 20 to 30 fathoms, where they stay until the close of the breeding season. Mr. Holt has noticed a specific instance of this in the Humber Estuary, to which P. Montagui regularly resorts 1This applies even to small differences in depth. For instance, in the Humber the catch from a 10-fathom haul is always much redder than that from the shallower grounds (teste Holt). I. ’08. 88 every year,! and it has also been observed in other places. Murie (1903) gives a good account of it in his Report on the Sea Fisheries of the Thames Estuary. Although these migratory movements have not so far been noticed on the Irish coast, there is no reason to suppose that the habits of Irish specimens are in any essential way different from those on the east coast of England. The migrations in any district must be largely dependant on the nature of the sea bottom and the presence of a good food supply. Tubi- colous polychaetes, more especially Sabellaria alveolata, are a favourite food of this species. Wollebaek has recently (1908) brought to light a very in- teresting feature of P. Montagui. Calman in 1896 showed that in the male two different forms of the endopod of the first pair of pleopods exist, and Wollebaek has been able to identify these with the breeding and non-breeding phases of the species. In the autumn months (at the commencement of the breeding season) this endopod is provided with a sharply pointed ter- minal process and the appendix masculina on the second pair of pleopods is fully developed and furnished with setae; in spring and summer the appendix masculina is greatly diminished or wholly absent and the process on the endopod of the first pair of pleopods is shrunken and blunted. This is the only instance? *in which an _ alternating dimorphism has been demonstrated in Decapoda Natantia ; among Reptantia, phenomena of an analogous nature are known in Cambarus and in certain Oxyrhyncha. General distribution.—From the extreme north of Norway to the English Channel. The species is abundant over the whole of the North Sea and is found in the Skagerrak, Catte- gat and Baltic. It is common off the English and Scotch coasts, and has been recorded from the Shetlands. It is known from the White Sea (Birula), Iceland (Sars), Rockall (Calman), and W. Greenland to lat. 69° 14’ N. (Hansen) ; it is plentiful off the east coast of N. America as far south as lat. 41° 25’ N., and has been found in Baffin Bay (Hansen). In the Pacific it has been recorded from the Bering Sea (Richters) and southwards along the American coast to Point Arena, California (Rathbun). The majority of the Pacific specimens have been referred to the var. tridens. ; Irish distribution.—Off the east coast P. Montagui is abund- ant inside the 30-fathom line, but is scarcer in deeper water. In the south it is apparently quite rare; I know of only one record—from the vicinity of Ballycotton (Dublin Museum). In the west the species does not seem common, but it has 1The Humber shrimp-trawlers know quite well that the appearance of ‘* green bellies,’’ i.e., ovigerous females, is a sign that the prawns will soon be off to sea. 2 Wollebaek, strangely enough, was unable to discover similar pheno- mena in other species of Pandalus. 7.708: 89 been found several times off the Cork and Kerry coasts in Bantry Bay, Kenmare River, near the Skelligs, and at Valencia. An occasional specimen was found in Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway, during the period in which the marine laboratory was stationed there and examples have also been obtained in Blacksod and Clew Bays, Co. Mayo. In the north P. Montagut has been found in some abundance off the Antrim coast. Vertical range.——Rarely found in the Irish Sea in more than 35 fathoms of water; in the area known as “‘ Rathlin Deep,’’ off Co. Antrim, it has occurred between 100 and 130 fathoms, this being about the maximum depth in which P. Montagu is found in European waters. In the Pacific the species ranges from 3 to 351 fathoms (Rathbun), while several speci- mens are recorded from 430 fathoms off the east coast of N. America (Smith). Pandalus propinquus, G. O. Sars. PI XE, figs: 1-4. Pandalus UTS Calman, 1899 (ubi syn.), Pls. rtv, Pian hopdiquus, Hansen, 1908. Colour in life.—The carapace is sometimes uniform pale red, but the posterior quarter is often colourless. The rostrum is bright red distally, proximally paler and dotted with red. There are transverse bands of red on the first abdominal somite, on the anterior parts of the second and third and on the pos- terior parts of the second, third and fourth; these bands are darkest and widest dorsally. The fifth somite is pale red, with darker dots; while the sixth somite, telson and uropods are of a rather deeper tone of red. The eyes are black or dark grey, with golden reflections. The antennular peduncle and an- tennal scale are pale red with darker dots; the flagella are all bright red. In specimens from deep water the third maxilli- pede and five pereiopods are all pale red, with the exception of the chelae of the second pair, which are colourless. In speci- mens caught in shallow water the carpus and the greater part of the propodus of the last three pairs are pure milk white in colour, thus contrasting very strongly with the bright red dactylus and distal extremity of the propodus. This colour- ing, when present, affords a ready means of separating P. pro- pinquus from any of the allied species which may occur in the same haul, while it may be noticed in addition that there are no oblique bands of red on the carapace as in P. Montagui, nor yellow pigmentation on the body as in P. Bonnieri. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 86 mm. ; an ovigerous female is only about 50 mm. in length. Wolle- baek has recorded an example of 150 mm. I. 08. 90 This species is not very common in Irish waters. In the Irish Sea it has only been found three times, but it has been taken on several occasions off the north coast in soundings of 110-130 fathoms, and off the west between 470 and 627 fathoms. In addition to the colour distinctions noticed above, the west coast specimens differ from those found in the north and east in the longer rostrum, more slender pereiopods, and larger eyes. In figs. 1 and 2 is shown the anterior part of an east coast specimen measuring 52°5 mm.?, while figs. 3 and 4 repre- sent the same views of an example from deep water on the west coast measuring 57 mm.! ‘These figures give an idea of the range of variation in the size of the eye and length of the rostrum which exists in the collection. The following tables show the refation which the length of the rostrum bears to the length of the body in all the perfect specimens obtained :— WEST COAST. 470—627 fathoms. ee if = 4 NORTH Coast. sex, | Mngt | Length | Ratio ot 10-19 fathoms body.! | rostrum. | body (100). = Ls __2)) Dee =] ee eee a Length Length | Ratio of | Sex. of fa) | rostum to 3 57 29 50 body. rostrum. | body (100). 6 49 29 59 oe 3 44 27 61 | Baht, 41 21:5 52 ? ol 18 | 35 e) 38 18 47 3 45 15:5 | 34 me | 3 42 14 | 33 ro} 41°5 16 | 38 EAST COAST, 3 41 15:5 | 38 31—42 fathoms, Lap -stiad we 2 | $ | 39 16 41 ae - Length, | Tenpth 4) (uate cetslaal nad | 988 15 39 Sex. of | of |rostrumto| | 39-5 14 43 body. | rostrum. | body (100). | | $ aa ? 25 9 36 | } g 5x5 | 20 Py ‘Pig EOS | g 51 | 19 37 | fo) 40 | pe 32 The average length of the rostrum, compared with the body, is found to be 54 per cent. in the case of the west coast ex- amples, while in those from the north and east it is 363 per cent. and 355 per cent. Unfortunately the specimens are so few in number that little reliance can be placed on such data ; nevertheless it seems probable that the deep waters of the Irish Atlantic slope are inhabited by a race of P. propinquus 1 Measured from the back of the orbit to the apex of the telson. qT. 08. ot which differs from the typical form occurring in shallower soundings in certain iairly constant characteristics, of which the three mentioned above are the most prominent. General distribution.— West Norway to lat. 69° 30’ N. (Norman, Sars, etc.) ; west coast of Scotland, Loch Long and Lower Loch Fyne (Calman); off the Firée Is., off Iceland and in Davis Straits (Hansen) ; east coast of the United States . between Boston and New York (Smith). A specimen of this species, hitherto unrecorded, is in Canon Norman’s museum ; it was taken by the Porcupine Expedition—Sept., 1869, lat. 59° 41’ N., long. 7° 34’ W., 458 fathoms. Irish distribution.—Off the Irish coast this species has only been found at all plentifully in a single locality—Rathlin Deep, off Co. Antrim; on the few occasions on which dredging has been successfully accomplished on the rocky bottom of this area, P. propinquus has always been found. Helga. CXX.—24 /8 /’01.—53° 58’ N., 12° 22’W. 382 fathoms. Trawl. —One, 22 mm. S.R. 118—13 /5 /’04.—Rathlin Deep, 55° 20’ N., 6° 8’ W. 115 fathoms. Dredge.—Three, 46-69 mm. S.R. 200—14 /2/’05.—Rathlin Deep, 55° 20’ N., 6° 12’ W. 125 fathoms. Dredge. Temperature at 113 fathoms 7:85° C. —One, 34 mm., and one ovigerous female about 50 mm. 8. 270—24 /5/’05.—13 miles W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man. 34-37 fathoms. Trawl—One, 70 mm. S. 272—24 /5 ’05.—15 miles W. by 8S. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man. 36 fathoms. Trawl—One, 53 mm. S.R. 233—21 /5 /’05.—Rathlin Deep, 55° 20’ N., 6° 11’W. 110-130 fathoms. Dredge—Six, 54-57 mm. S.R. 359—8 /8 /’06.—52° 0’ N., 12° 6’ W. 465-492 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 475 fathoms 9-04° C., salinity 35-37° / —Six, 20-22 mm. S.R. 490—7 /9 /’07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 7” W. 470-491 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 480 fathoms 8-68° C.—One, 86 mm. S.R. 491—7 /9 /07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 13’ W. 491-520 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-53° C., salinity 35 -44° /,.—One, 71 mm. S.R. 494—8 /9 /’07.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W. 550-570 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 78 mm. S.R. 502—11/9/07.—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W. 447-515 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-8° C., salinity 35 -37°/ ,,—One, broken. ; S.R. 504—12 /9 /’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W. 627-728 fathoms Trawl.—Two, 46 and 62 mm. S. 558—24 /10 07.214 miles W.S.W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 393-42 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 40 fathoms. 12 -82° C., salinity 33-84°/..—One, 72 mm. co I. 08. 92 Vertical range.—In Irish waters this species has been found between 36 and 626 fathoms. Off the Scotch coast it has oc- curred in 40 fathoms (Calman) and 458 fathoms (Porcupine Exp.), while near Iceland it has been recorded from as much as 1,089 fathoms (Hansen). In the N.W. Atlantic it has been found between 122 and 582 fathoms (Smith, Hansen). Pandalus Bonnieri, Caullery. Pandalus leptorhynchus, G. O. Sars, 1882, Pl. 1, figs. 8-10. Pandalus leptorhynchus, Sars, Calman, 1896. Pandalus (Dichelopandalus) Bonnieri, Caullery, 1896, Pl. xv, figs. 7-15. Pandalus Bonnieri, Calman, 1899, Pls. 1-1v, fig. 3. Pandalus leptorhynchus, Kin., Wollebaek, 1900. Pandalus leptocerus var. Bonnieri, Appelléf, 1906. Colour in life.—The carapace is laterally pale reddish; the gastric and hepatic regions are blueish green and:show clearly through the semi-transparent walls. The tip of the rostrum is bright red, the proximal half transparent. The abdomen is pale red, somewhat darker laterally, with rather prominent patches of lemon yellow; traces of this same yellow tint may also, in most cases, be found on the carapace. A minute fleck of pure white is usually to be seen on the pleura of the third somite; in one specimen examined this white pigment was very evident, spreading over the whole of the third pleuron and on portions of the first and second also. The cornea is greyish green or black, with golden reflections ; the ocellus is jet black and is much more prominent than in the preceding species. The antennal scales are transparent, the pereiopods transparent with red banding ; the pleopods, uropods and apex of the telson are bright red: The eggs are of a dark sea-green colour. Size. —The largest specimen observed measures about 120 mm. An example of this species taken in the Irish Sea shows a rather peculiar type of variation, which might be termed ‘sinistral.’’ The long multiarticulate second pereiopod, which is normally on the left side of the animal, is in this specimen on the right, while the short leg with only four an- nulations is situated on the left. This abnormality has been already noticed in P. leptocerus, P. borealis, and P. propin- quus. Dr. Calman has recently made a critical comparison of this species and of Pandalus leptocerus, Smith, and has come to the 708: 93 conclusion that the two species are quite distinct, at any rate in the material preserved at the British Museum. P. Leptocerus is most easily recognised from P. Bonnieri by the numerous small crescentic elevations or rugosities, furnished with short hairs, that exist all over the body. These are specially conspicuous on the sixth abdominal somite. In P. leptocerus, moreover, all the appendages are evidently more slender than in P. Bonnier and the lateral process from the basal segment of the antennular peduncle has a slightly different form. General distribution.—Pandalus Bonniert is known from S. and W. Norway to lat. 67° 20’ N. (rare, Sars, Wolleback, etc.), from the south of Iceland (Hansen), from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery), and off the Scotch coasts from Loch Long and Loch Fyne (Calman). Irish distribution.— Abundant in the Irish Sea and off the west coast, but not so far known from the south. Vertical range.—Found in 20 to 80 fathoms off the east coast of Ireland and in the Bay of Biscay between 100 and 666 fathoms. Genus Plesionika, Spence Bate. Plesionika martia (A. Milne-Edwards). Pl. XII. figs. 1-4. Pandalus martius, A. Milne-Edwards, 1883, Pl. xvilt. Plesiontka semilacvis, Spence Bate, 1888, Pl. cx1u, fig. 3. Pandalus martius, WWood-Mason, 1892. Plesionika martia, Caullery, 1896, Pl. xv, figs 1-6. Pandalus martius, Adensamer, 1898. Plesiontka (Pandalus) Sicherii, Riggio, 1900. Pandalus (Plesionika) martius, Alcock, 1901. Pandalus martius., Senna, 1903, Pl. xtv, HeseO-woys IPI. XV, figs. 1-4. Pandalus martius, Riggio, 1906, Pl. 1, figs. 8-11. Pandalus martius, Rathbun, 1906. The rostrum is laterally compressed and from one and a quarter to more than two and a half times the length of the carapace ; basally it is depressed and bent downwards, but commences to ascend again before reaching the middle of the antennal scale and from thence to the apex it is quite straight. I. ’08. 94 Dorsally it is armed with from five to ten teeth, usually eight or nine. The posterior of these are rather close set and decrease in size from before backwards; they are situated on the basal crest of the rostrum and several of them are on the carapace proper, behind the orbital notch. The foremost two or three teeth are more distantly spaced, but the anterior one is not set further forward on the rostrum than the distal extremity of the antennular peduncle ; from this point onwards to the apex the rostrum is smooth and unarmed on its dorsal margin. Ventrally it is furnished with a very closely set series of fine forwardly directed teeth which extends almost to the apex ; the proximal member of the series is situated immediately above the ultimate joint of the antennular peduncle. The ventral serrations are somewhat concealed proximally by the thick fringe of setae which overlies them on each side, and there are also a few fine cilia interspersed between the dorsal teeth. All the teeth, both dorsal and ventral, are fixed. The rostrum is continued backwards as a carina which becomes evanescent at about the middle of the carapace. Anteriorly the carapace is provided with a sharp spine at the base of the orbit and another below the insertion of the antennae ; a faint carina marks the superior boundary of the branchial chamber. The abdominal somites are smooth and show no trace of carination. ‘The sixth somite is just twice the length of the fifth. The telson is dorsally depressed and rather longer than the last somite. It is shorter! than the inner uropod and is armed with three pairs of terminal spines and a few pairs of dorso-lateral spinules. The eyes are very large and the ocellus is not mdependent of the cornea. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle is much longer than the second and third combined ; its lateral process is laminar, acutely pointed anteriorly, and reaches to the distal end of the segment. ‘The antennal scale is more than three-quarters of the length of the carapace ; it is convex externally and is more than four times as long as wide; the small apical spine reaches slightly beyond the lamellar por- tion. Senna states that the cutting edge of the mandible bears six teeth; in a dissected specimen five teeth were found on the right side and seven on the left. The outer lobe of the first mazilla is apically rather more deeply sub-divided than in the British species of Pandalus. The posterior lobe of the exopod of the second maxilla (fig. 2) is rounded, not pointed as in Pandalus, nor truncate as in Pandalina. The third maxillipedes, which bear long exopods reaching to almost half the length of the ischium, extend beyond the apices of the antennal scales. 1In some of Challenger specimens the telson is equal in length to the inner uropod. I. ’08. 95 The first pair of pereiopods, which only possesses rudiments of the microscopic chelae found in Pandalus, is about the same length as the outer maxillipedes. The second pair reaches slightly beyond the carpus of the first, and is symmetrical. Distally the carpus shows eight to ten very distinct annula- tions, while twelve or fourteen more, which are much less clearly defined, may be seen in the proximal part. The last three pairs of pereiopods are very long and slender; the fifth, which is the longest of all, is in a female specimen more than two and a quarter times the length of the first pair; in fact, the propodus alone is considerably longer than that imb. The dactyli of these last three pairs are short and the merus of each is armed ventrally with a number of short spines the precise number of which seems subject to much variation. The exact length of these limbs is by no means constant; the female specimen mentioned above probably represents an extreme case. The branchial formula is the same as in Pandalus Montagu. In the male the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (fig. 3) is internally concave, with a broadly rounded apex. It 1s thickly setose on the proximal half of its convex outer margin ; internally it is provided with a fringe of much shorter setae at its middle and with a series of minute hooks nearer the apex. In the female the endopod (fig. 4) is strongly setose on both margins and is produced to a narrow and acute termination. The eggs are very small and extremely numerous. The outer uropod is much longer than the inner and is about four times as long as wide. Colour im life.—'The carapace and abdomen are thickly sprinkled with bright red chromatophores; the former is dor- sally of a dark purple tint, while in the latter the red pigmen- tation is darker on the posterior portions of each somite. The rostrum is bright red distally, less deeply coloured proximally. The eyes are black, with golden reflections ; the antennules are red, and the antenna and antennal scale are more sparsely pigmented with the same colour. The outer maxillipedes and pereiopods are more or less thickly spotted with red ; the pleo- pods, telson and uropods are light red. All the fringes of setae are golden in colour. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 110 mm. from the back of the orbit to the apex of the telson. In this example the rostrum is broken. In the largest perfect ex- ample the above measurement is 108 mm., or from the tip of the rostrum to the apex of the telson 169 mm. Alcock (1901) suggests that Plesionika semilaevis, Spence Bate, should be regarded as a synonym of P. martia. | With this view I am inclined to agree, although the rostra of the Challenger specimens are considerably shorter, in proportion, than those of the Irish examples, I. ’08. 96 The Irish specimens with perfect rostra yield the following measurements :— . Ratio of Sex. Penge f rete: rostrum to 7; a body (100). 2 108 61 56 | 2 106 63 59 | 2 105 65 62 2 98 62 63 3 96 58 60 3 94 48 51 3S 92 58 63 Q 89 57 64 3S 89 54 60 3 79 53 57 | 3 73 49 67 Senna’s measurements (1903) of seven specimens from the Mediterranean show that the rostrum varies from 45 per cent. to 58 per cent. of the length of the body, as compared with 51 per cent. to 67 per cent. in the case of the Irish examples. General distribution.—First taken by the Travailleur in the East Atlantic (exact locality not published) and also known from the Mediterranean (Adensamer, Senna, etc.), from the Spanish coast (Wolfenden, Silver Belle, 1906) and from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery). Found by the Chal- lenger between the Philippines and Borneo, off Sydney Har- bour, off the Kermadec Is. and near Fiji (Spence Bate, sub P. semilaevis). P. martia has also been taken by the In- vestigator in the Arabian Sea, Andaman Sea, Bay of Bengal and off Ceylon (Alcock) and is reported as common in the neighbourhood of the Sandwich Islands (Rathbun). Irish distribution.—The slender rostrum is broken in the majority of the specimens obtained ; the measurements in the following list are therefore given from the back of the orbit to the apex of the telson. Helga. §.R. 171—5 /11 /’04.—52° 7’ N., 11° 58’ W. 337 fathoms. Trawl —One, 66 mm. S.R. 188—3 /2 /’05.—51° 53’ N., 11° 59’ W. 320-372 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 10-12° C., salinity 35-50°/.—Ten, 84-97 mm. S.R. 353—6 /8/’06.—50° 38’ N., 11° 32’ W. 250-542 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-58° C., salinity 35 -46°/ .—Four, 97-110 mm. (two ovigerous females). 1 Measured from the back of the orbit to the apex of the telson. E03: of S.R. 368—11/8 /’06.—51° 39’N., 12°0’ W. 450-608 fathoms Trawl—One, 98 mm., and fragments of a_ second specimen. S.R. 447—18 /5 /’07.—50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W. 221-343 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 9-87° C., salinity 35-48°/ ..—Two, 65 and 73 mm. S.R. 448—18/5/’07.—50° 22’ N., 11° 0’ W. 343-346 fathoms. Trawl—Five, 93-107 mm. (several ovigerous females). S.R. 495—8 /9 /’07.—52° 0’ N., 13° 10° W. 346-400 fathoms. Prawn trawl—One, 90 mm. S.R. 502—11 /9 ’07.—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W. 447-515 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-8° C., salinity 35 -37°/ ,,—One, 92 mm. S.R. 505—12 /9 /’07.—50° 39’ N., 11° 14’ W. 464-627 fathoms. Trawl—Highteen, 60-108 mm. (several ovigerous females). Vertical range.—P. martia has been found in the East Atlantic between 218 and 666 fathoms (Milne-Edwards and Caullery) ; in the Mediterranean it is known from 278 and 478 fathoms (Senna and Adensamer). In Indian waters it is re- corded from 142 to 430 fathoms (Alcock) and in the Pacific from 165 to 684 fathoms (Rathbun), while two specimens were dredged by the Challenger in 1,200 fathoms, off Sydney Harbour. Genus Pandalina, Calman. Pandalina brevirostris (Rathke). Hippolyte Thompsoni, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 290. Pandalina brevirostris, Calman, 1899 (wbi syn.), Pls. tv, fig. 4. Pandalina brevirostris, Hansen (1908). Pandalina brevirostris, Wollebaek (1908). Colour in life.—'The carapace is thickly sprinkled with bright red chromatophores ; the rostrum is sometimes colourless, some- times with a patch of red pigment spots at about its middle. Behind the rostrum a subquadrate whitish patch is often found. The abdomen is semi-translucent, with minute yellow dots and a few small red chromatophores on the sixth somite and on the pleura of the fifth. A few yellow and several small red pig- ment spots are present on the telson and uropods. ‘The eyes are greyish black ; the antennal scales and antennules are prac- tically colourless. The outer maxillipedes and the first four pereiopods are faintly blotched and banded with yellow; the G 108. 98 last pair are bright red basally. ‘The protopodites of the pleopods each bear a single red spot at the distal end. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 28 mm. Specimens from very deep water differ from those found in the Irish Sea in the slightly larger eye and the longer rostrum ; the latter, in some extreme cases, reaches to the middle of the ultimate segment of the antennular peduncle. General distribution.—North-east Atlantic from west Fin- mark to the Mediterranean, but unknown from Iceland. There is a single record from Lat. 74° 16’ N., 29° 47’ E. (Hoek); Hansen is of the opinion that this may be taken as correct, although the locality is far to the north of the usual range of the species. Irish distribution.—P. brevirostris is found all round the Trish coasts, often in abundance. On the Atlantic slope, it has been trawled in depths exceeding 300 fathoms on the fol- lowing occasions :— Helga. S.R. 5—14 /2 /’03.—52° 5’ N., 12° 0’ W. 312-334 fathoms. Dredge —One, 12 mm. S.R. 151—27 /8 /’04.—54° 17’ N., 11° 33’ W. 388fathoms. Dredge. Temperature at 380 fathoms 9-15° C.—Three, 22-23 mm. S.R. 171—5 /11 /’04.—52° 7’ N., 11° 58’ W. 337 fathoms. Trawl —Two, one 20 mm., and one broken. S.R. 172—5 /11 /’04.—52° 2’ N., 12° 8’ W. 454 fathoms. Trawl —Seven, 16-22 mm. S.R. 188—3 /2/’05.—51° 53’ N., 11°59’ W. 320-372 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms, 10-12° C., salinity 35 -50°/ Seventeen, 18-23 mm. S.R. 212—6 /5/’05.—51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W. 375-411 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 350 fathoms, 9-82° C. Salinity, 35 -28° /,.—Few. §.R. 399— /2 /.07—51° 28’ N., 11°33’ W. 342 fathoms. Dredge— One, 20 mm. S.R. 440—16 /5 /’07.—51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W. 350-389 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms, 9-93° C. Salinity, 35 -46° /,.—Two. Vertical range.—Littoral to 584 fathoms.! P. brevirostris is found in the Irish Sea at practically all depths, but seems to occur most commonly inside the 20-fathom line. In the west it is equally abundant, but becomes scarce in soundings of 100 fathoms and more. 1 According to a note on the plate, the specimen figured by Milne- Edwards (1883, pl. 28) was found by the Travailleur at St. 2, 14/6/°81, 1,068 metres, F- "08. 99 Famity HIPPOLYTIDAE. In a recent paper (1906) Calman has given an account of some of the genera of this family, and has supplied a most useful table for their discrimination. All the five! genera known from British and Irish waters fall under that section of the family which is characterized by the absence of arthro- branchs above the bases of the pereiopods. The chief characters of these genera are best shown in tabular form. Hippolyte. | Spirontocaris. Caridion, Leontocaris. Biythocaris. p. 100. p. 102. p. 108. p. 113. p. 117; Incisor process | present. | present. present. | present absent. of mandible. | Mandibular present | present present absent. absent. palp. | 2-jointed. | 3-jointed 1-jointed. Supra-orbital present present. | or absent. absent. present. apines of carapace. | absent. EEE ——_——_— ———-s —— —_— — Exopod of present present. | or (rarely) preseut. absent. present. third maxillipedes. | absent Epipods of maxillipedes and — 2 pairs. 4-6 pairs.” 7 pairs. 2 pairs. 1 pair. | pereiopods. Carpus of 3-jointed. | 6-7-jointed.| 2-jointed. 4-jointed. 9-10-jointedl| | second pereiopods. | The highly specialized genus Leontocaris may be at once distinguished from the others by the assymmetry of the second pair of pereiopods ; both chelae of this pair are larger than those of the first, that of one side being of enormous size. 1Since this was written another Hippolytid, Cryptocheles pygmaea, G. O. Sars, has been found within the British area. C. pygmaea is a very scarce deep-water species, and is readily distinguished from all other British Hippolytidae by its unpigmented eyes. It is described and figured by Norman, 1894, p. 271, pl. xu., figs. 2-5. The solitary British specimen was found by the Scotch Fishery Board off the N.W. coast of Scotland; elsewhere it is known only from the coasts of Norway. 2Tn all British and Irish species of Spirontocaris five or six pairs of epipods are present, viz., on the three pairs of maxillipedes and_ first two or three pairs of pereiopods. i GQ i I. ’08. 100 The genus Bythocaris may also be recognized at a glance by the great expanse of the antennal scales and by the extra- ordinary development of the supra-orbital spines, which, com- bined with the very short simple rostrum, give the frontal area of the carapace a highly characteristic tridentate appearance. Genus Hippolyte, Leach. Virbius, Stimpson. Two species of this genus are known from British and Irish waters. The branchial formula in each 1s :— mah oa ART h ieat, | --~ 1 VAT | ViGEE | IX, X,, | XL} Sey ene | XIV. | | | * | Podobranchiae, mi | CDi a 8P- = oe | | Arthrobranchiae, Pleurobranchiae, ae me Soe ae 1 | 1 1 1 1 T. Rostrum scarcely as long as carapace, with a pro- minent dorsal tooth at base; carapace (with rostrum) three times as long as deep; cornea large ; antennal scale less than three and a half times as long as broad; third pereiopods reaching almost to apex of antennal scale, H. varians. 1I. Rostrum longer than carapace, usually without a dorsal tooth at base; carapace (with rostrum) four times as long as deep; cornea much smaller; antennal scale fully four and a half times as long as broad ; third pereiopods reach- ing only to ultimate segment of antennal peduncle, ; . HH. prideauxiana (p. 101). Hippolyte varians, Leach. Pl. XIU, figs. 1-7. Hippolyte varians, Bell, 1858, fig., p. 286. Hippolyte fascigera, Gosse, 1858. Hivpolyte varians, Walker, 1899. The striking colour variations! which this abundant species presents have been repeatedly noticed ; no detailed description of the numerous phases is necessary here. 1 This species has formed the subject of a very important memoir by Keeble and Gamble (1900, 1904, and 1905) on the colour physiology of the higher crustacea. 1. ’08. 101 Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 314 mm. General distribution. —West Finmark to the Mediterranean, usually found in great abundance. Trish distribution.—Extremely common all round the coast. Vertical range.—Hippolyte varians has been found at prac- tically all depths in the Irish Sea—it has frequently been taken in 70-80 fathoms in Lambay Deep. Off the west coast it has occurred in 75 fathoms, while in the north a single speci- men has been dredged between 110 and 130 fathoms in Rathlin Deep. Between tide marks and down to 25 fathoms the species 1s abundant, but in the deeper water it is much scarcer. Hippolyte prideauxiana, Leach. Pip XW, tigses-l0: Hippolyte prideauxiana, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 292. Hippolyte viridis, Heller, 1863, Pl. x, fig. 3. Hippolyte prideauxiana, Norman and Scott, 1906 (uwbi syn.). Colour in life. Usually of a uniform brilliant green colour with or without a conspicuous longitudinal white stripe down the middle of the carapace and abdomen. Specimens coloured brown, crimson, and crimson with vertical white stripes have also been noticed. It seems probable that the range of colour is almost as great in the present species as it is in H. varians. Size.—The largest example in the collection measures 42 mm. The absence of a dorsal spine at the base of the rostrum cannot be regarded as a trustworthy character for the separa- tion of this species from its congener, H. varians. Some specimens of H. prideauxiana, more especially those of small size, possess a small but well developed spine in this position (fig. 10), while in other examples rudimentary traces of its existence are apparent. The mouth parts of the two species are almost identical, but the characters noticed above will be found reliable—in particular, the long and slender form and the small eye of the present species distinguish it at a glance. Some of the specimens examined possess tuits or plumes of setae on the carapace and abdomen exactly as in the fasci- gerous form of H. varians. his feature has also been noticed by Walker (1899) in H. gracilis (Heller). General distribution.—This species has been recorded from the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, etc.), from the Black Sea (Czerniavsky) and from the west coast of France (Fischer, Barrois, etc.). It is well known on the coasts of Cornwall and Devonshire (Bell, Norman, etc.) and has been taken at the Scilly Is. (Norman). There is a single record from Scotland, from the Firth of Clyde (Scott). i, "0s. 102 Irish distribution.—Although hitherto unrecorded from Trish waters, there can be little doubt that the species is far from uncommon on the west coast. Specimens are extant in the Dublin Museum from Belmullet, Co. Mayo, from Ventry Harbour, Co. Kerry, and from Dunbeacon Harbour, Co. Cork. Between 1899 and 1903 it was repeatedly found in Bofin and Ballynakill Harbours, Co. Galway. H. prideauxiana has not yet been detected on the north coast or in the Irish Sea. Vertical range.—On the Irish coast this species seems to be exclusively littoral, but in the Adriatic it has occurred in as much as 30 fathoms (Heller). Genus Spirontocaris, Spence Bate. Five species of this genus are known from British and Irish waters, but two of them, S. Gaimardi and S. polaris, have not s0 far been met with off the Irish coast. I. Rostrum long, reaching to at least three-quar- ters the length of the antennal scale ; a supra- orbital spine on carapace; [carpus of second pereiopod composed of seven segments]. A. Rostrum very deep in side view; antennular peduncle long, reaching to rather more than half the length of the antennal scale; an exo- pod and epipod on the third maxillipede ; epi- pods on first three pereiopods, . S&S. spina (p. 103). B. Rostrum not so deep in side view; antennular peduncle short, not reaching to half the length of the antennal scale; an exopod and epipod on the third maxillipede ; epipods on first two pereiopods, ! . S. Gaimardi (p. 103). C. Rostrum not so deep in side view; antennular peduncle long, reaching to fully three-quar- ters the length of the antennal scale; an epi- pod but no exopod on the third maxillipede ; epipods on first two pereiopods, . 8S. polaris (p. 108). IT. Rostrum short, not reaching to one-third the length of the antennal scale ; no supra-orbital spine on carapace ; [an exopod and epipod on third maxillipede }. . j A. Apex of rostrum bidentate ; epipods on first two perelopods ; carpus of second pereiopod com- posed of six segments, ; . S&S. Cranchi (p. 106). B. Apex of rostrum simple, acuminate ; epipods on first three pereiopods ; carpus of second pereio- pod composed of seven segments, . S. pusiola (p. 107). F768. 103 The three species found off the Irish coast vield the follow- ing branchial formula :— | — VIL oan | oa | =e “xm | xin xa, | Podobranchiae, i | ep. |1l+ep.| ep. ep. | ep. | +ep. | Arthrobranchiae, | =A | cee “ot | Pleurobranchiae, | Test pace | | Mh ache | 1 Spirontocaris Gaimardi (H. M.-Edw.) (=Hippolyte pandali- formis, Bell) has been recorded in British waters from the Firth of Forth and off Aberdeen (Scott) and from various localities on the west coast of Scotland (Scott, Bell, ete.) ; it has also occurred in abundance off the Shetland Is. (Norman). Spirontocaris polaris (Sab.) (=Hippolyte cultellata, Nor- man) has, within the British Area, been recorded only from the neighbourhood of the Shetland Is. (Norman, 1867). Spirontocaris spinus (Sowerby). PL XE ige t Hippolyte spinus, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 284. 8. spinus, var. Lilljeborgi (Danielssen). Pl. XIV, figs. 2-10. Hippolyte Lilljeborgi, Danielssen, 1859. Hippolyte securifrons, Norman, 1862. Spirontocaris spinus, Spence Bate, 1888, Pls. cvi. and CVII. Hippolyte securifrons, Appellof, 1906. Spirontocaris Lilljeborgi, Hansen, 1908. It has always been rather a doubtful question whether S. Liljeborgi is a distinct species from S. spinus or merely a variety of it. ‘The evidence which has so far been produced inclines me to the belief that only one species and a fairly well marked variety are represented in the N.E. Atlantic, although in some localities one of the forms appears to exist to the ex- clusion of the other. The two forms may usually be sepa- rated thus :— S. spinus, typical. Dorsal teeth extending to the extreme posterior edge of the carapace, often finely ser- rate on their upper margins. Third abdominal somite pro- duced posteriorly as a stout tooth over the succeeding somite. S. spinus var. Lilljeborgi. Dorsal teeth not extending as far as the posterior edge of the carapace, their upper margin usually smooth. Third abdominal somite not, or only slightly, produced over the succeeding somite. I. ’08. 104 Off the Scandinavian coasts these two forms seem to be well marked and restricted to different localities and authors who have recently dealt with the Natantia of these districts regard them as two distinct species (Wollebaek, 1900, and Appellof, 1906). Appelléf, however, has put the case very clearly and refers to the capture of the two forms together near Iceland; on this occasion a few intermediate examples were also obtained. The majority of the specimens caught by the Challenger expedition off the east coast of North America and described by Spence Bate! (1888) may be referred to the var. Lilljeborgi, but his var. » appears to be somewhat intermediate in character, with the teeth continued far back on the carapace and with some of them serrate on their upper margins. Miss Rathbun (1906) has recently dealt with specimens from the Pacific coast; S. spinus is retained as distinct from S. Lilljeborgi (though without definitions) and several other extremely closely allied forms serve as the types of new species. It is difficult to see what useful end is attained by the erection of species founded on such exceedingly fine dis- tinctions in a group well known for its very wide variation. Typical forms of Spirontocaris spinus are of very rare occur- rence off the British coasts, and the var. Lilljeborgi, although rather more frequently found, is also scarce and local. Of the specimens obtained in Irish waters, all except one are re- ferred to the variety. In this one example (fig. 1) the teeth are continued rather far back on the carapace, but show no trace of serration, while the posterior margin of the third abdominal somite is very strongly produced. In the remaining specimens the teeth, which also show no trace of serration, are not continued so far back on the cara- pace, and the third abdominal somite is not produced pos- teriorly (fig. 2). The shape and dentition of the rostrum are more variable in this species than in any other known from British waters and the character is consequently of little value as a distinction between the two forms; but the type with a deep emargina- tion immediately below the apex (fig. 1) is only rarely met with among examples of the var. Lilljeborgt. Size.—The largest specimen found off the Irish coast is a female measuring 40 mm.; Ohlin (1902) records a specimen 62 mm. in length. Colour in life (of the var. Lalljeborgi).—The carapace and abdomen are bright red, dark red or dark purplish brown, usually mottled and often with a sprinkling of very small white or pale yellow chromatophores. The sides of the cara- pace and pleura are, as a rule, much darker than the dorsal colouring. Rarely, a subquadrate white patch occurs on the 1 Spence Bate’s figures (pl. cv.) of certain appendages of this species fall rather below his general standard of inaccuracy; it is hoped that figs. 6-10, Pl. xiv, will be found a trifle less misleading. T. ’08. 105 dorsal part of the carapace. The rostrum is more or less thickly sprinkled with a pigment uniform with the general colouring, but the dorsal margin is often quite white. The eyes are greyish black. The antennules and antennae are pale with reddish mottling on the peduncle; the antennal scale is more or less thickly mottled with red, and occasionally ex- hibits a white patch near the apex. The outer maxillipedes and first pair of pereiopods are dark red; the remaining pairs of legs are paler red with whitish bands. The telson and uropods are, as a rule, paler than the general colouring, and are In some cases quite transparent. General distribution.—Spirontocaris spinus appears to have a circumpolar distribution. It has been recorded from the Murman coast (Breitfuss), from Spitzbergen (Kréyer, Sars, etc.), from the east and west coasts of Greenland (Kroyer, Ohlin, etc.) from Grinnell Land to 81° 44’ N. lat. (Miers), from Labrador (Packard) and south to Massachusetts Bay (Smith), from the Bering Sea and Straits (Stimpson and Rathbun), and from Alaska southwards to Lituva Bay (Rathbun). It is also known from west Norway and Finmark (Sars), from Ice- land (Appelléf), from Sweden (Goés), from Denmark (Meinert) and from the vicinity of Kiel. The variety Lilljeborgi does not extend as far north as the type, but seems to replace it to a great extent in the more southern localities. In British waters this species has been recorded from the Shetlands (Norman), from both east and west coasts of Scot- land (leach, Scott, etc.), from the Northumberland coast (Norman), off Norfolk (Patterson), off the Isle of Man (Bell) and near Plymouth (Sp. Bate). The majority of these records refer to the variety. Irish distribution.—The single specimen (fig. 1) which is referred to the typical form was caught at the following sta- tion :— Helga. S.R. 118—13 /5 /’04.—Rathlin Deep, off Co. Antrim, 55° 20’ N., 6° 8’ W. 115 fathoms. Dredge—One, 26 mm. The remaining records, all of the var. Lilljeborgi are :— Helga. S. 224—22 /6 /’06.—Lambay Deep, off Co. Dublin, 44 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 40 mm. S. 273.—24 /5 /’05.—35 miles off Clogher Head, Co. Louth. 36-39 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 28 mm. R. 9.—3/5/’05.—17 miles 8.W. of Coningbeg Lightship, off Co. Wexford. 40 fathoms. Bottom temperature, 8-9° C.— One, 39 mm. I. 08. 106 R. 29.—17 /8 /’06.—15 miles 8.E. by S. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford. 40-42 fathoms. Trawl. Bottom temperature, 9-6° C.— Four, 17-19 mm. S. 553.—16 /8/07.—10 miles E. of Bailey Lighthouse, Co. Dublin. 41-52 fathoms. Trawl—Twelve, 18-37 mm. Vertical range.—This Species is usually found between 20 and 5V0 fathoms, but has occurred in deeper water down to 524 fathoms (Smith, 1882). Spirontocaris Cranchi (Leach). Pl. XV, figs. 1-5. Hippolyte Cranchiu, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 288. Spirontocaris Cranchii, Norman and Scott, 1906 (ubi syn.). This common littoral species has only very occasionally been met with during the investigations of the Helga, and, in consequence, no opportunity for observing the range of colouration has been forthcoming. A common form is semi- transparent with dark purplish brown blotchings, but numerous other varieties doubtless occur. S. Cranchi seems to differ from all the other British species of Spirontocaris in the possession of six instead of seven seg- ments to the carpus of the second pair of pereiopods (fig. 5). The rostrum, with its characteristic bifurcate apex, is shown in fig. 3; fig. 4 represents the trifid variety originally de- scribed as Yarrelli. Size.—The largest specimen in the collection measures 19 mm., but specimens a few millimetres longer have been ob- served. General distribution.—S. Cranchi occurs commonly from west Norway to the Mediterranean. The principal records are :—west and south Norway (Sars and Norman), Sweden (Goés), Denmark (Meinert), Belgium (van Beneden), north coast of France (Milne-Edwards and Bouchard-Chantereaux), west coast of France (Barrois and Fischer), Mediterranean and Adriatic (Carus, Heller, ete.). This species is abundant on the south coast of England, and has also been recorded from: the east and west coasts. In Seotch waters it is known from both east and west, and has been taken near the Shetlands. Trish distribution.—S. Cranchi is probably common all round the Irish coast. It has been recorded from Bangor, Co. Down, and Whitehead, Co. Antrim (Kinahan), Lambay (Rankin), Dublin and Killiney Bays (Kinahan), Cork (Kinahan), Kenmare River (Dub. Mus.), Dingle Bay and ee Os. 107 Valencia (Walker) and Galway Bay (Melville). In addition to these records, S. Cranchi has been taken in Clew Bay and Blacksod Bay and was found commonly in Bofin and Bally- nakill Harbours, Co. Galway, during the periods in which the marine laboratory was stationed there. Vertical range.—Off the Irish coast this species is essen- tially littoral ; it has never, I believe, been taken in more than 10 fathoms of water. In the Adriatic it has been found be- tween 20 and 30 fathoms (Heller) and in as much as 70 fathoms (Adensamer). Spirontocaris pusiola (Kroyer). Pl. XV, figs. 6-8. Hippolyte pusiola, Kréyer, 1842, Pl. 11, figs. 69-73. Spirontocaris pusiola, Norman and Scott, 1906 (ubi syn.). This species is readily recognized from S. Cranchi by the simple and acute termination of the rostrum and by the num- ber of segments (seven) composing the carpal joint of the second pair of pereiopods. S. pusiola also possesses an epipod at the base of the third pereiopod, which is absent in S. Cranchi, but this seemingly constant characteristic has been shown to be so variable in at least one species of Hippolytidae (Smith, 1879, S. Fabricii) that its use in the present instance may prove untrustworthy. The mouth parts scarcely differ at all from those of the preceding species or of S. spinus. The inner branch of the first pair of pleopods is, in the female, much broader and shorter than in the corresponding part of S. Cranchi (cf. figs. 2 and 8); in the male the differences seem to be less pronounced (fig. 11 and fig. 7). Size.—The largest specimen examined measures only 19 mm.; Smith mentions a female 25 mm. in length. Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are dull semi- translucent white with red, red and maroon, or red and white mottlings, usually arranged in more or less regular series, especially on the carapace; the sixth somite is often more deeply pigmented with red than the rest of the carapace. The gastric and cardiac regions are generally of a dull greenish tint, showing through the walls of the carapace. In one specimen examined the red colouring was quite pale and a broad band of pure white extended from the rostrum to the apex of the telson. The eyes are black, with red stripes or mottling on the stalk. The antennae and antennules are 1 Among the numerous specimens of S. Cranchi in the collection, the only male observed is an immature specimen. It seems not unlikely that the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (fig. 1) has not in this case assumed its full complement of setae. T. ’08. 108 thinly sprinkled with faint red chromatophores, often more numerous proximally. The outer maxillipedes and pereiopods are banded with scarlet, red, or pale red, sometimes with an admixture of very small golden yellow chromatophores. The red colouring is in many cases most strongly pronounced at the bases of the third and fourth pereiopods. The telson and uropods are pale, with a broad transverse band of red across the middle. The eggs are green. Many colour varieties doubtless occur. Kinahan mentions rose pink, green and cobalt blue forms, and others are de- scribed by Smith (1879). General distribution.—Spirontocaris pusiola has been re- corded from the Murman coast (Birula), Spitzbergen (Sars), Iceland (Sars), E. Finmark to 8. Norway (Norman and Sars), Sweden (Goés), Denmark (Meinert), Holland and North Sea generally (Metzger and Norman). In the West Atlantic it has been found between Connecticut and Nova Scotia (Smith), while in the Pacific it has occurred in the Bering Sea and off Alaska (Rathbun). Off the English coasts this species has been once recorded in the south, from Plymouth (Spence Bate). It is known from the Lancashire coast (Piel, Walker) and in the east it is recorded from the coasts of Norfolk (Metzger) and Nor- thumberland (Norman); there can be little doubt that it is far from scarce in both east and west. In Scotch waters it has been found on several occasions in the Firth of Forth and off Aberdeen (Scott) and has also been taken near the Ork- neys (Fleming) and Shetlands (Norman). Irish distribution.—This species is by no means uncommon on the east coast trawling grounds between Dublin and the Isle of Man, but has not as yet been found further south than Bray Head, Co. Wicklow. It has been recorded by Kinahan from Bangor, Co. Down, and from Whitehead and the Gob- bins, Co. Antrim. Off the north coast it has been found on one occasion in Rathlin Deep, Co. Antrim. In the west S. pusiola seems to be very scarce; it has been found in Broad- haven, Co. Mayo, and there is a specimen in the Dublin Museum which was caught in Bantry Bay. In the south the species has not so far been observed. Vertical range.—In the Irish Sea S. pusiola is most fre- quently trawled in depths exceeding 15 fathoms, but it has been found in shallower water up to 4 fathoms. In Rath- lin Deep the species was taken in as much as 115 fathoms. Smith (1879) records it from between low-water mark and 105 fathoms on the E. coast of N. America, while in the Pacific it has occurred between 5 and 159 fathoms (Rathbun). Genus Caridion, Goés. Doryphorus, Norman, 1861 (nom. praeoc.). Caridion, Goés, 1863. 1708: 109 Caridion Gordoni (Spence Bate). Pl. XVI, figs. 1-12. Hippolyte Gordoniana, Spence Bate, 1859, fig., p. 49. _ Doryphorus Gordon, Norman, 1861, Pl. xu, figs. 6 and 7. Caridion Gordon, Goés, 1868. Caridion Gordoni, Smith, 1879. The rostrum is more than half the length of the carapace ; in adult specimens it is rather deep, slightly upturned at the apex, and always extends beyond the antennular peduncle, reaching from two-thirds to three-quarters the length of the antennal scale. In small examples it is, as a rule, straight, not so deep, and considerably longer, in some instances almost the length of the carapace measured in the middle line. Dor- sally the rostrum (figs. 2-4) 1s armed with six to ten teeth, one of which is situated behind the posterior line of the orbit ; ventrally it is usually provided with one stout pro-curved tooth, more rarely with two or three. Of the forty specimens examined with perfect rostra— 9 have 6 teeth above. 31 have 1 tooth below. ees ef ‘ Ser cn teebi aes eee Os, A Vchas-a! a ee Oe. : | rene el The carapace is considerably less than half the length of the abdomen, excluding the telson ; it is deep posteriorly and but little compressed laterally. Dorsally it is not carinate behind the posterior rostral tooth ; the antero-lateral angle is rounded and without any trace of a tooth, but there is a strong and acute spine below the base of the orbit. There is no supra- orbital spine. The abdominal somites are all dorsally rounded. The tel- son, excluding its terminal spines, is longer than the sixth somite ; apically it is truncate (fig. 12), though with a minute central prominence, and is furnished with a pair of spinules at the outer angles and with two pairs of setae, the outer of which is twice the length of the inner. The telson is not sulcate above and is provided with two pairs of dorso-lateral spinules. : The cornea of the eye is well pigmented and much wider than the stalk ; it shows no trace of an ocellus. The peduncle of the antennules is more than half the length of the antennal scale ; the basal joint (fig. 6) is much longer than the second and third combined and its lateral process is long, narrow, and acutely pointed anteriorly, usually reaching much beyond the distal end of the basal segment, but occasionally much shorter and falling considerably short of it. In both sexes the outer flagella are thickened basally for almost three-quarters of their length and are strongly setose ventrally; the inner pair are more slender and rather longer—about as long as the cara- ie og 110 pace. The antennal scale (fig. 5) is about two-thirds the length of the carapace, only very slightly narrowed apically, and rather more than one-third as wide as long ; externally it is straight or slightly concave and terminates in a stout tooth which does not reach as far forward as the lamellar portion. The antennal flagellum is about half the entire length of the animal. The oral appendages differ from those of Hippolyte varians as follows :—The mandible (fig. 11) bears a palp composed of three joints and the molar is but little wider than the incisor process ; in the first mazilla (fig. 10) the endopod is longer and the middle lobe or basipodite evenly rounded apically ; the endopod of the second mazilla (fig. 9) is narrowed distally and is not flexed outwards and the distal lobe of the basipodite or protognath is wider than the proximal one. In the first mazxillipede (fig. 8) the endopod is more slender than in H. varians, and is only set with a few setae; the lamellar portion of the exopod is oblong and is not contracted at its base and the epipod consists of two large Jobes. In the second mazillipede (fig. 7) the exopod and endopod are longer and more slender, the terminal joint of the latter being very short and extremely wide. A comparison of the figures on plates XVI and XIII will show these and other less important dis- tinctions more clearly than a long description. The third mazillipedes reach beyond the antennal scale by nearly the whole of the terminal joint; the slender exopod is about half the length of the ante-penultimate segment. The first pair of pereiopods reaches slightly beyond the antennal scale; the merus is longer than the ischium, and the chela and short triangular carpus are rather shorter than the is- chium and merus combined. The chela is very stout, and the dactylus is about two-thirds the length of the palm. In the second pair the ischium, which is much widened distally, is longer than the merus and about equal in length to the chela. The carpus is scarcely half the length of the merus and is divided into two joints by an oblique articulation; the chela is very narrow, much less robust than that of the first pair and its dactylus is not much less than twice the length of the palm. The third and fourth pairs of pereiopods are much longer than the first pair, the fifth is still longer. In all, the ischium is slightly shorter than the carpus, while the merus is shorter than the propodus; the dactyli of the three pairs are quite similar, extremely short and claw-like. The branchial formula is :— a= | VIL. | van EX | x | XI. | xv. “xm | RIV: | Podobranchiae, ...| lep. | ep. | ep. | ep. | ep. | ep. | ep. | Arthrobranchiae, a ee ee | Pleurobranchiae, apse f: tas 1x, 1 1 i ed | T. ’08. aM! The endopod of the pleopods is as usual rather shorter than the exopod in the last four pairs and is provided with an ap- pendix interna at its base. The outer uropods are slightly longer than the inner ; both are longer than the telson (exclud- ing spines); the outer pair are rather more than three times as long as broad and are setose along their outer margins. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 21 mm. ; an ovigerous female is 18°5 mm. in length. Smith records an example of 27 mm. Colour im life.—Transparent, with a thick sprinkling of pure red chromatophores on the carapace and abdomen, the colour being darkest on the rostrum. The gastric regions are visible through the carapace as a greenish mass. The eyes are black; the antennal and antennular flagella are quite transparent, but their peduncles and the antennal scale are dotted with red chromatophores. The outer maxillipedes are thickly strewn with red pigment spots. The two basal joints of each pereiopod are red; the chela of the first pair is outlined with a double row of red chromatophores (but is quite transparent in the centre), and there is a very narrow red band at the base of the chela of the second pair; all the remaining joints of the pereiopods are quite colourless and transparent. The Irish specimens of C. Gordoni have added very con- siderably to our knowledge of the variability of the species. The diverse forms of the rostral armature are paralleled in the genera Hippolyte and Spirontocaris, but the variation in the length of the lateral process of the antennules is perhaps unusual. In the matter of the number of epipods present and the spinulation of the telson the specimens examined show no difference, although these features are by no means constant in some of the more variable members of the family. It is worth noting that of the forty-five specimens in the collection only two are adult males. General distribution.—Known in European waters from the North Sea (Metzger), Denmark (Meinert), Sweden (Goés), S. Norway to E. Finmark (Sars and Norman), Iceland (Hansen) and off the Scotch coasts from the She laude Loch Fyne, Moray Firth and off Aberdeen (Norman and Scott). I have recently examined specimens collected by the Huxley on the N. side of the Bay of Biscay, which is the most southern locality in which the species has been found in the N.E. Atlantic. In the West Atlantic it has been frequently found off the American coast, north of Cape Cod (Smith). Smith (1879) states that the species is only found on hard or rocky bottoms in fairly deep water, and Sars (1882) has found it frequently off the west coast of Norway in the region of the deep-sea corals. Trish distribution.—There seems no ground for the belief that C. Gordoni is restricted to a rocky bottom round the Irish coasts, although it has occurred in such localities. Deep-sea corals (Lophohelia, etc.) have not often been found off the Os: 112 west coast of Ireland ; they seem to occur in deeper water than in the Norwegian fjords and on no occasion has C. Gordoni been found associated with them. In the following records latitude and longitude are given only in the case of deep-water west coast localities. Helga. LXXVII.—29 /6 /’01.—Poreupine Bank, 53° 24’ N., 13° 36’ W. Soundings, 91 fathoms. Townet, 0-40 fathoms—Two, 13 and 14 mm. LXXX.—2 /7/'01.—20 miles N.W. by N. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. Soundings, 63 fathoms. Townet, 0-31 fathoms. —One, 12 mm. M. L. LXI.—12/8/01.—4 miles W.S.W. of High I., Co. Galway. Soundings, 54 fathoms. Townet, 0-54 fathoms. Tempera- ture at 54 fathoms, 12-0° C.—One, 10-5 mm. CXXI.—24 /8 /’01.—53° 52’ N., 11° 56’ W. 199 fathoms. Trawl. —Fifteen, 12-5-15 mm. S. 66—5/8/’02.—9 miles off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 21-22 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 13 mm. A. 1.—14/8 /’02.—20 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. 724 fathoms. Dredge. Temperature at 70 fathoms, 9 -7° C.—Six, 11-13 mm. 13/7 /’03.—53° 36’ N., 11° 30° W. 120 fathoms. Trawl—Six, 13-14 mm. S.R. 44.—17 /8 /03.—53° 35’ N., 11°33’ W. 1163 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 115 fathoms 10-15° C.—Two, 14 mm. W.. 5.—23 /3 /'04.—3-5 miles 8.W. of Gt. Skellig, Co. Kerry. 60-65 fathoms. ag Temperature at 60 fathoms 7 -45° C._— One, 14-5 S. 226.—23 /6 /'04.—34 34 miles E. of Clogher Head, Co. Louth. 36-384 fathoms. Trawl—One female, ovigerous, 18-5 mm. S.R. 139 —11 /8/°04.—55° 0’ N., 10° 48’ W. Soundings, 1,000 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-1,000 fathoms. Surface tempera- ture, 14-6°C. Temperature at 800 fathoms, 7 -0° C.—Two, 14 and 14-5 mm. S.R. 145.—23 /8 /’04. 24’ 30” N., 11° 38’ W. 112 fathoms. Trawl—One, 16 mm. S.R. 152—27 /8 /’'04.—54° 7’ N., 11°37’ W. Soundings, 220 fathoms. Triangle net, 0-200 fathoms—One, 14-5 mm. S.R. 200—14 /2 /’05.—‘* Rathlin Deep,” off Rathlin I., Co. Antrim. 125 fathoms. Dredge. ‘Temperature at 113 fathoms, 7-85° C.—One, 21 mm. S. 274—24 /5/’05.—11 miles 8. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down. 324-39 fathoms. Trawl—One, 16 mm. R. 19.—2 /2/’06.—18 miles 8.E. by 8. of Old Head of Kinsale, Co. Cork. 48 fathoms. ‘l'rawl —Two, 14 and 14-5 mm. S. 457—15 /10 /'06.—19 miles W.S.W. of Calf of Man. 41-80 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 38 fathoms, 12-6° C., salinity, 34-04°/ ,,--One. I. 08. 113 In only six of the above instances were the specimens cap- tured on hard and rough ground; in all the others they were found on or over a muddy or sandy bottom. Although not hitherto recorded from Irish waters, C. Gor- doni is widely distributed round the coast, as may be seen from the list of records. It is, on the whole, a decidedly scarce species and is usually found singly or in small numbers. Vertical range.—This_ species, although in many cases found under circumstances which afford good evidence that it was inhabiting the bottom, has also been taken in midwater. It has been found off the Irish coast over soundings of 21 to more than 1,000 fathoms, but has not been proved to occur on the bottom at greater depths than 199 fathoms. In the Bay of Biscay it was trawled in as much as 246 fathoms, while in the West Atlantic it is known between 27 and 110 fathoms (Smith). Genus Leontocaris, Stebbing. Leontocaris, Stebbing, 1905. Leontocaris lar, Kemp. Pla XVIE,, figs. Az. Leontocarts lar, Kemp, 1906. The rostrum (figs. 1 and 9) is a little longer than the cara- pace and projects beyond the apex of the antennal scale. It is quite straight, slightly ascendant and is furnished dorsally with nine or ten deeply cut teeth, the distal of which are smaller and more closely set than the proximal. There are also three or four teeth situated on the carapace behind the orbital notch : these decrease in size from before backwards. Ventrally the rostrum is furnished with from nine to thirteen closely set teeth, the posterior of which are the largest. The carapace is dorsally arched and the median carina is obsolete close behind the middle point; it is not much laterally com- pressed and is considerably less than twice as long as deep. Anteriorly it is produced as a rounded point below the orbit, while opposite the base of the antenna there is a sharp spine flanked with a short carina; this spine originates close behind the anterior margin. There is no supra-orbital spine. An- teriorly and basally the carapace is angular, but not produced to a spine. The abdominal somites are all dorsally rounded ; the third is not produced as 4 spine over the succeeding somite, and the sixth is about one and three-quarters the length of the fifth. The telson (fig. 17) is longer than the fifth and sixth somites H 168: 114 combined ; it is not sulcate dorsally and is only very slightly narrowed to a broad rounded apex. It is provided with five pairs of dorso-lateral spinules and six terminal spines, of which the innermost pair is the longest. The eyes are large and globose; the cornea is deeply pig- mented and is much wider than the stalk. No ocellus 1s dis- tinguishable. The antennular peduncle (fig. 13) is almost exactly the same as in the type species of the genus; the basal joint is much longer than the two following combined and bears at its base an acutely pointed lateral process reaching to almost half its length. In both sexes the outer flagellum is strongly setose and is stouter and rather longer than the imner. The peduncle of the antenna is not provided with a spine at its lower distal angle. The antennal scale (fig. 12) reaches fully to the apex of the antennular peduncle; it is scarcely at all narrowed distally and is rather less than three and a half times as long as wide. Externally it is almost straight and is pro- vided with a series of stout forwardly directed spines, about seventeen in number, on its distal three-fifths. The most an- terior of these spines is not longer than any others of the series and falls short of the produced lamellar portion of the scale. The basal joint of the flagellum reaches to more than half the length of the scale, the whole ramus being about half the en- tire length of the animal. The mandibles (fig. 4) possess a small one-jointed palp, which in the specimen dissected showed no trace of setae. The incisor process is tipped with five teeth, while the molar bears a number of bristles and a few minute teeth at its apex. The first maxilla (fig. 5) has much the same outline as in L. Paulsoni; the outer lobe is fringed with setae on its external margin; the inner bears only two. ‘The rounded basal lobe of the second mazilla (fig. 6) is obscurely notched distally ; the two anterior lobes project much beyond it, the outer being wider than the inner. The endopod bears a single terminal seta; the exopod is long, setose and rounded at either end and is more concave internally and distally than in Steb- bing’s figure of L. Paulsoni. The first mazillipede (fig. 7) is very like that of the type species, but the lamellar portion of the exopod slopes away rather more sharply from its connec- tion with the distal lash ; the endopod is very narrow apically and the epipod is large and bilobed. The terminal joint of the second macillipede (fig. 8) 1s very much shorter and broader than in L. Paulsoni. An irregularly shaped epipod is present at the base; distally this shows traces of breaking up into lamellae and possibly becomes a functional podobranch in some cases. The third maxillipedes are much swollen basally and reach almost to the apex of the antennal scale; they do not possess an exopod and the ultimate joint is rather more than one and a half times the length of the penultimate. The first pair of pereiopods is not longer than the third maxillipedes. The ischium is more than half the length of the merus ; the carpus is rather longer than the merus and is more than twice the length of the small and slender chela. I. ’08. 115 The second pair is asymmetrical; the limb of one side, the right in the type specimen, (fig. 2) is slender, and reaches beyond the apex of the antennal scale by the chela and distal joint of the carpus. The ischium! is a trifle shorter than the merus and the carpus is composed of four segments, of which the proximal is about three-quarters the length of the ischium and merus combined ; the two succeeding segments are very short, about as long as broad, and are flexed so as to bring the distal joint—which is about twice the length of the two short ones—to a position at right-angles .with the proximal carpal segment. The chela is slender and is rather more than half the length of the merus; the dactylus, as in the first pair, is short. On the other side of the animal (the left in the type speci- men) the leg of the second pair is of enormous length, being nearly as long as the entire animal, excluding the telson. It bears the huge and peculiar chela characteristic of the genus, and appears under normal circumstances to be carried flexed in two places—somewhat as shown in fig. 1, but with the joints overlying one another in lateral view. The ischium is half the length of the merus and the carpus, as in the leg of the same pair on the other side, is composed of four joints. The proximal joint is nearly as long as the merus and ischium combined and bears a stout tubercle distally on its dorsal edge ; the three succeeding segments are very short and about as long as broad. ‘The great chela is about one and a third times the length of the carapace and is more than three times as long as broad. It bears a close resemblance to that of the type species—figs. 10 and 11 will probably convey a better idea of its peculiar appearance than a long description. The superior margin of the propodus is very thin and reflected upwards and outwards, leaving a deep groove between its elevated edge and the thick lower portion. From an extra deep area of this groove a thin walled sausage-shaped structure rises; in one case this gives the appearance shown in fig. 10, but in no two specimens is 1t exactly alike. In one instance it seems to consist of an inflated membrane which rises above the level of the other parts of the chela (fig. 11) ; it 1s possible that this is the normal form of the structure, while in the other two specimens it is torn. On the lower side of this a row of small papillae may be seen and when the limb is completely flexed these papillae appear to come in contact with a similar row on the inferior margin of the merus (see fig. 1 and enlarged view in fig. 3). If these had been of a stouter build it would have seemed pos- sible that they were provided to link the jomts of this un- wieldy limb together, when not in use, but their structure is so essentially weak that they could hardly serve this purpose. The third, fourth and fifth pairs of pereiopods are of about equal length and are longer than the rostrum and carapace combined. The ischium is rather more than half the length 1Stebbing’s figure of this limb in L. Paulsoni is perhaps erroneous in respect of the proportional lengths of the basus and ischium. H 2 LOB. 116 of the merus, while the carpus and propodus are about equal. The dactylus is short and claw-like and less than one-fifth the length of the propodus. The branchial formula appears to differ from that of L. Paulsoni in the occurrence of an epipod on the second maxilli- pedes. Podobranchiae, a5) ae | ep. Arthrobranchiae, Pleurobrandhiae? 4.) torlbhalenlege cbf 1 1 1 ee | | In the female the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (fig. 15) is narrow; it is less than one-third the length of the exo- pod and bears no setae on its margins. In the male (fig. 14) the endopod is longer and wider, internally concave and beset with setae on its posterior margin; on the rounded proximal portion of its anterior edge it bears a few short but stout spines, while nearer the apex is a papilla furnished with minute hooks. In the remaining pairs of pleopods the endo- pod is only slightly shorter than the exopod and bears the usual appendix interna at its base. Both uropods extend a trifle beyond the apex of the telson. The onter (fig. 16) is slightly longer than the inner and is about three and a half times as long as wide. It bears a series of spines (seventeen in the type specimen) on the distal two-thirds of its margin and thus bears in almost every feature an exceedingly close resemblance to the antennal scale. Size.—The three specimens examined all measure about 21 mm. in length; Stebbing mentions a specimen of L. Paul- sont 46 mm. long. Colour in life.—No notes were taken at the time the speci- mens were caught, but as far as recollection goes, they were ivory white with jet black eyes. Only two species of this highly specialized genus are known. They may be readily distinguished thus :— L. Paulsoni. GL. tar. Rostrum with 6 +5 teeth. Rostrum with a teeth. Third abdominal somite Third chdomaaal somite produced posteriorly as a | uot produced posteriorly. dorsal spine. Eyes smaller. Terminal spine of outer margin of antennal scale reaching as far forward as lamellar portion. Eyes larger. Terminal spine of outer margin of antennal scale not reaching as far forward as lamellar portion. 1, 08. 117 L. Paulsoni—cont’d. L. lar—cont'd. No epipod at base of An epipod at base of second maxillipedes. second maxillipedes. ~Telson acutely pointed Telson broadly rounded apically with a pair of ter-| apically with three pairs of minal spines. terminal spines. Leontocaris Paulsoni was found off the South African coast, 25 miles off Lion Head, in 131 and 136 fathoms. Trish distribution.—Leontocaris lar has only been found at two stations. On each occasion the trawl brought up numerous specimens of Antipatharia and Lophohelia ; it seems probable that the species is confined to areas where such Alcyo- narians grow. ‘The records are :— Helga. S.R. 223—12/5/’05.—53° 7’ N., 14° 50’ W. 500 fathoms. Trawl. —Two females, 21 mm. S.R. 504—12/9/’07.—5G6° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W. 627-728 fathoms. Trawl—One male, 21 mm, Vertical range.—500-627 fathoms. Genus Bythocaris, G. O. Sars. Of this genus only a single specimen, which has been deter- mined as Bythocaris gracilis, has been found off the Irish coast. B. gracilis is very closely related to the common arctic form B. Payeri, which was taken by the Anight Errant expe- dition (Norman), and more recently by Dr. Wolfenden in the Firéde Channel.} Bythocaris gracilis, Smith. Pl. XVIII, figs. 1-3. Bythocaris gracilis, Smith, 1887, Pl. x11, figs. 8 and 4. Bythocaris gracilis, Hansen, 1908. The solitary Irish example is a male measuring only 19 mm. ; it nevertheless agrees fairly well with Smith’s descrip- tion and figures of the ovigerous female. From the closely 1The species inhabiting this district are almost wholly arctic in character, and it was very properly decided in 1890 that they could not be admitted to the British lists. It thus happens that B. Payeri, though found within five miles of the British area, will in all probability never be caught within it, except by the merest accident. I. ’08. 118 allied B. Payeri the species may be distinguished by the fol- lowing characters :— B. gracilis. | B. Payeri. 5 ; : | : : : Median carina of carapace Median carina of carapace usually terminating anteriorly | rarely terminating anteriorly in a small tooth. | In a tooth. Supra-orbital spines more | Supra-orbital spines less prominent. | prominent. Eye longer, the greatest Eye shorter, the greatest width half the greatest width of the antennal scale. Antennal scale longer than carapace. Antennal scale three times as long as wide. of the cornea about | width of the cornea about one-third the greatest width of the antennal scale. Antennal scale. not longer than carapace. Antennal scale not more than two and a half times as long as wide. Of these characters the proportional size of the eye appears to be the most reliable. Figs. 1 and 4 represent dorsal views of the anterior portions of the Irish specimen of B. gracilis and of a young male example of B. Payeri (86 mm.) in which this distinction is clearly shown. Although the Irish example bears a distinct appendix mas- culina on the inner branch of the second pair of pleopods, yet the small size of the specimen as compared with Smith’s ovi- gerous females suggests that some of the features by which this individual can be distinguished from B. Payeri may be modified by further growth. Such are the concave external border of the antennal scale, the rudimentary condition of the finger-like process on the endopod of the first pair of pleopods (fig. 2) and the straight-sided telson with long spines on its rather broadly truncate apex (fig. 3). Smith figures the ex- ternal margin of the antennal scales as straight in adult female gracilis and, when detailing the differences between that species and Payert, makes no reference to the form of the telson—a feature which could scarcely have escaped notice had the distinctions been at all as great as is shown in figs. 3 and Size.—As stated above, the Irish specimen measures 19 mm. Smith’s material consisted of two egg-laden females, one of which was 39 mm. in length. Ovigerous females of B. Payeri are usually found to have attained a length of 50 mm. or more. Colour in life.—When freshly caught the body of the Irish specimen was perfectly clear and transparent, the red oral and purplish hepatic regions showing distinctly through the walls of the carapace. The sixth somite, telson and uropods were pale rose red, as were also the antennae and antennules. The eyes were brownish black, with a golden reflection. The third maxillipedes were red and all the pereiopods were very faintly tinged with the same colour. I. ’08. 119 General distribution.—The type specimens were found off the east coast of N. America, 35° 45’ N., 74° 31’ W., and 39° 35’ N., 71° 24’ W. (Smith). More recently it has been taken by the Danish-Ingolf Expedition in Davis Straits and near Iceland (Hansen). Irish distribution.—The single record is as follows :— Helga. S.R. 497—10 /9 ’07.—51° 2’ N., 11° 36’ W. 775-795 fathoms. Traw!—One 19 mm. Vertical range.—3893 fathoms (Hansen) to 1,048 fathoms (Smith). Famity ALPHEIDAE. Two genera, Alpheus and Athanas, are known from British and Irish waters :— I. Rostrum very short ; eyes wholly covered in dorsal view by the projecting anterior margin of the carapace ; outer antennule uniramous; anten- nal scales reduced; no articulated process on the sixth somite at the base of the uropods, Alpheus (p. 120). II. Rostrum comparatively long; eyes only partially covered in dorsal view by the projecting an- terior margin of the carapace ; outer antennule biramous for more than half its length; an- tennal scales well developed; an articulated process on the sixth somite at the base of the uropods , ; ; . Athanas (p. 122). The branchial formula of these two genera is expressed in the following table :— | | i } | 5 ie = : pose | RE VE 1 eae PTY | XI. au | XIV. Podobranchiae, sat OD ep. ep. ep. ep. ep. | +ep. | | Arthrobranchiae, | | | Pleurobranchiae, teal Reece se a 1 1 1 Thea al poy eal The epipod at the base of the penultimate pair of pereiopods is present in Alpheus ruber but absent in Athanas nitescens. 1. *08. 120 Genus Alpheus, Fabricius. Two British species of this genus are known, only one of which has so far been found in Irish waters :— I. Frontal portion of carapace evenly rounded from side to side and produced to a short spine in front of each eye, thus giving the anterior margin a tridentate appearance ; external mar- gins of antennal scales slightly concave ; right and left chelae of the first pereiopods closely similar in size and shape, without longitudinab carinae and less than three times as long as wide, the dactylus articulating with the pro- podus by a curious lateral and oblique move- ment, : Z : 3 . . A. macrocheles. II. Frontal portion of carapace convex over each eye, the rostrum continued backwards as a separate elevation with a groove on either side, anterior margin rounded in front of eyes—not triden- tate ; external margins of antennal scales very strongly concave; right and left chelae of the first pereiopods very dissimilar in shape and size, the larger nearly four times as long as wide and with four longitudinal carinae, the dactylus articulating normally in both, . A. ruber. Alpheus macrocheles (Hailstone) (Pl. XIX, figs. 3, 4) is not known in Irish waters. It is common in the Mediterranean and has been recorded from the English Channel from the neighbourhood of Hastings, Jersey, Plymouth and Dodman Point. The long and complicated synonymy of this species will be found in Norman and Scott’s work (1906) on the crus- tacea of Devon and Cornwall. Alpheus ruber, H. Milne-Edwards. Pl. XIX, figs. 1, 2. Alpheus ruber, Bell, 1858, fig. p. 271. Alpheus ruber, Norman, 1868 (ubi syn.). Colour in life.—The dorsal portions of the carapace and ab- domen are bright red; the black eyes showing through the semi-transparent frontal margins. The sides of the carapace, abdominal pleura and pleopods are ivory white. The antennal 1In addition, Alpheus barbara, Lockington, is, according to Coutiére, probably a synonym of this species. A. barbara was found off the coast of California. 108: 121 scales and antennules are pale red dorsally, paler still below. ‘The last four joints of the first pair of pereiopods are red above, fading beneath to an ivory white; the remaining legs are white, sometimes tinged with red. Size.—The largest specimen examined is a male measuring 43 mm. ; the large right-hand chela of this individual is fully 31 mm. in length. General distribution.—Mediterranean and Adriatic (Milne- Edwards, Heller, etc.), Algerian coast (Lucas), Bay of Biscay (Fischer). In the English Channel it is known from the coasts of Devon and Cornwall (Norman, etc.). Coutiére is of the opinion that Alpheus Halesi, Kirk, is probably a synonym of this species ; if this is so, the horizontal range of A. ruber extends to New Zealand. Inish distribution.—This species has only been found on a few isolated occasions in Irish waters, but its rarity is perhaps more apparent than real. It was first discovered by Melville (1860) in 60 fathoms off the Arran Is., Co. Galway. In June, 1905, a second speci- men was found in the same district; it was obtained by a sailing trawler in the North Sound, between Inishmore and the mainland. The remaining records are :— Helga. R. 10—3/5 /°05.—15 miles off Mine Head, Co. Waterford. 41-42 fathoms. Trawl—One, 43 mm. S. 361—20 /2 /’06.—134 miles W.4S. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man. 353-36 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 35 fathoms 70°C., salinity 34-05°/ ,,—One, 23 mm. S. 560 and 561—24 /10 /’07.—12-15 miles W.S.W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man. 343-42 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 30 fathoms 12-75° C., salinity 34-04°/ ,.—Eighteen, 3442 mm. The trawling grounds off the east coast of Ireland have been fished again and again, but Alpheus ruber has only been found on the occasions mentioned above. Apart from the in- terest afforded by the occurrence of the species in compara- tively large numbers at a single point in a large and ap- parently uniform area, the records are valuable as constituting the most northern limit of its known horizontal distribution. In the Irish Sea the specimens were found on a bottom of soft mud, whereas the Waterford and Galway examples were taken on rough stony ground. Vertical range.—Alpheus ruber is usually found in about 30 or 40 fathoms of water. It has been recorded from 61 fathoms in the Mediterranean (Adensamer). Tr. "68. 122 Genus Athanas, Leach. Athanas nitescens (Montagu). Pl. KIX, fea. Athanas nitescens, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 281. Athanas veloculus, Spence Bate, 1888, Pl. xcvt, fig. 1. Colour in life. —Numerous large closely set red chromato- phores are distributed over the carapace and abdomen. Dor- sally a broad white stripe runs from the base of the rostrum to the apex of the telson, crossed at the base of the latter by a transverse red line ; behind each eye there is a lenticular white patch. On the antennular and antennal peduncles are a few large red pigments spots ; the flagella themselves are yellowish. The third maxillipedes are transparent, tinged with red at the base. The first three pairs of pereiopods are heavily banded with red, but the last two are transparent. The uropods are bright red. No opportunity for observing the range of colour in this species was afforded. After long preservation in dilute for- malin specimens often exhibit a rather marked blue colora- tion. This is probably a prominent characteristic of some individuals when living. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 20 mm. General distribution.—Athanas nitescens is found com- monly in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, etc.) ; it has been recorded from the Cape Verde Is. (Sp. Bate sub A. veloculus) and is well known on the west coast of France (Barrois, Fischer, etc.). The species has also been found in Denmark (Meinert), Sweden (Goés), and off the south and west coasts of Norway (Sars), but in these localities it seems to be very scarce. Pearson (1905) has examined specimens from Ceylon. On the English coasts A. nitescens is known from Devon and Cornwall and from Cullercoats in Northumberland (Norman, Sp. Bate, etce.). Irish distribution.—Like Hippolyte prideauxiana this species is in Irish waters essentially littoral, and consequently does not come within the scope of the operations of the Helga. On the west coast it is probably far from uncommon. It has been frequently found in Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, and in Bofin and Ballynakill Harbours, Co. Galway, and has also been taken near Roundstone and Oranmore. On the Co. Clare coast it has been recorded from Lahinch and Bally- vaughan, while two examples were found in February, 1908, at Valencia, Co. Kerry. On the east coast of Ireland it is known from Larne Lough, Co. Antrim (Rankin) and from Kingstown and Killiney, Co. Dublin (Kinahan). B08, 123 Vertical range.—Exclusively littoral on the west coast of Ireland, but frequently found in the Mediterranean between 20 and 30 fathoms. Famity PROCESSIDAE. Genus Processa, Leach. Nika, Bell, 1853. Processa, Stebbing, 1905 (ubi syn.). Bell recognized two British species of this genus, Nika edulis, Risso, and N. Couchi, Bell. As has been several times suggested, the latter of these is probably founded on an ab- normal specimen of the former. N. Couchi has only twice been recorded ; the type specimen was taken off the Cornwall coast and the capture of a second example is very briefly noticed by Patterson (1898) in an account of the Crustacea of Great Yarmouth: this specimen, like the type, has unfortu- nately been lost. Nika edulis, or as it should more correctly be called, Processa canaliculata, is a form which shows an exceedingly wide range of variation, and in the absence of a more detailed description the second species is best omitted from our lists. Processa canaliculata, Leach. Nika edulis, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 275. Processa canaliculata, Stebbing, 1905 (wbi syn.) Colour in life. —The carapace and abdomen are dull whitish with faint reddish pigmentation. This pigmentation is very pale on the carapace, but is more pronounced towards the posterior margin of each abdominal somite and over the base of each pleopod; on the telson and uropods it is still more evident. The eyes are black with reddish reflections. The antennular and antennal flagella are reddish, the scale of the latter being translucent. The two terminal joints of the outer maxillipedes are bright red; the remaining joints of this limb and also the first pair of pereiopods are faintly dotted with red ; the other four pairs are quite pale. The gastric and cardiac regions are of a darkish red colour and show through the semi-translucent carapace. Size.—The largest specimen examined is a female bearing eggs, 68 mm. in length. ‘This individual was trawled in the Irish Sea; off the west coast the species does not seem to attain to such a large size. Very small ovigerous examples are found on both coasts; one of these measures only 28 mm. The variation exhibited by this species is far greater than in any othér Decapod known from British waters. Speci- raens taken in the Irish Sea do not as a rule differ widely 168. 124 from one another, but in the west such a great diversity of form is apparent that if it were not for the long series of inter- mediate examples, the creation of at least two additional species would be justifiable. Two large specimens selected at random from the Irish Sea material and from the west coast collections compare as fol- lows :— Trish Sea. Bofin Harbour, Co. Galway. 2 67 mm. 9 45 mm. Form slender, abdomen | Form stout, abdomen one- one-third as deep as long. _ half as deep as long. Antennal scale one-half the Antennal scale — almost length of the carapace and | three-quarters as long as the nearly six times as long as} carapace, and scarcely four wide. times as long as wide... Penultimate joint of anten- Penultimate joint of an nular peduncle nearly twice | tennular peduncle about one the length of the ultimate. and a quarter times as long as the penultimate. Third maxillipedes reaching Third maxillipedes reach- beyond the apex of the anten- | ing beyond the apex of the nal scale by little more than | antennal scale by the whole the ultimate joint. of the two ultimate joints. Fifth pereiopod reaching | Fifth pereiopod reaching beyond the apex of the anten- | beyond the apex of the an- nal scale by the dactylus only. | tennal scale by rather more than the propodus and dac- tylus. In both these specimens the second pair of pereiopods are, as usual, of unequal length, but in other examples from the west coast a very remarkable degree of variation exists in this respect, for in many cases the long right-hand’ pereiopod is very considerably shortened, in some instances to such an ex- tent that both right and left are exactly equal and do not reach beyond the antennal scale by more than the length of the chela. The principal variations observed in the series of Trish speci- mens may be summarised thus :— Form of carapace and abdomen stout or slender. Eye scarcely wider than, or fully one and a half times as wide as, the greatest breadth of the antennal scale. Rostrum falling slightly short of, or extending a little beyond the eye. P08: 125 Antennal scale less than four to fully six times as long as wide and from one-half to three-quarters the length of the carapace. Penultimate joint of antennular peduncle equal to, or tully twice the length of, the ultimate joint. External maxillipede reaching beyond the apex of the antennal scale by one or by two of the terminal joints. Second pereiopods equal or unequal; the right often quite twice the length of the left with about forty carpal joints, frequently shorter, with a corresponding reduction in the number of carpal joints, occasionally equal in length to the left. with a minimum of eleven joints in the carpus. Left leg with eleven to twenty-one carpal joints. Fifth pereiopod varying from slightly longer to consider- ably shorter than the fourth; reaching beyond the apex of the antennal scale by scarcely the length of the dactylus or by as much as the dactylus, propodus and part of the carpus. The last three pairs of pereiopods comparatively stout or slender. In respect of the size of the eye and proportional lengths of the rostrum, antennal scale, and joimts of the antennular peduncle, a closely similar range of variation has been noticed by Miss Rathbun (1906) in specimens taken in American waters off the coasts of Florida and California. Among these examples some were found in which both pereiopods of the first pair possessed chelae. This very remarkable variation has not so far been met with in Irish waters. In all the Irish specimens the telson is suleate above and provided with six apical spines, of which the intermediate pair are the longest and strongest. Dorsally two pairs of spinules are usually found. General distribution.—In European waters Processa cana- liculata extends from $. Norway to the Mediterranean, 1n- cluding the Black Sea. It is well distributed round the lng- lish and Scotch coasts and in certain localities is often found abundantly. The species has also been recorded from Ma- deira (Stimpson), S. Africa (Stebbing), Ceylon (Pearson), Bermuda (Rankin), from N. Carolina to Trinidad (Rathbun), from San Diego, California, to the Gulf of Panama (Rath- bun) and from Japan (Ortmann). Trish distribution.—During the course of fishery investiga- tions P. canaliculata has been constantly found off the east coast of Ireland. There is little variation in these specimens ; all are of the slender form and correspond closely in character with the large female noticed above. In these waters the species appears to be most abundant between 20 and 40 fathoms; on several occasions it has been trawled in large numbers in the neighbourhood of Rockabill Lighthouse. Off the south and west coasts the species seems to be widely I. ’08. 126 distributed ; the records are, however, scanty and it is prob- able that it is much scarcer in these districts than in the Irish Sea. Among the preserved material from these coasts the greatest possible variation exists, but the forms which show the widest differences from those taken in the Irish Sea were nearly all found in Bofin and Ballynakill Harbours, Co. Gal- way. In these two localities the species was frequently caught during the period in which the marine laboratory was stationed there. The other south and west coast records are :— Helga. CXVII.—23 /8 /’01.—36 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. 743 fathoms. Dredge—One, 10 mm. CXXI.—24 /8 /’01.—64 miles N.W.}W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Gal- way. 199 fathoms. Trawl—Seven, 11-14 mm. W. 4—22 /3 /’04.—Dingle Bay, Co. Kerry, 35 fathoms. Trawl—One, 29 mm. W. 6—23 /3 /’04.—7 miles 8. by W. of Tearaght Lighthouse, Co. Kerry. 40-53 fathoms. Temperature at 45 fathoms 8-1° C. —Five, 32-46 mm. S.R. 146—24 /8 /’04.—80 miles W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway. 181 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 158 fathoms 9 -52° C. —One, 1] mm. R. 9—3/5 /’05.—174 miles 8.W.EW. of Coningbeg Lightship, Co. Wexford. 40 fathoms. ‘lrawl—One, 45 mm. R. 10—3 /5/’?05.—15 miles off Mine Head, Co. Waterford. 41-42 fathoms. ‘lrawl—Two, 22 and 31 mm. S.R. 257—5 /9 /’05.—47 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. 105 fathoms. Large townet on bottom. ‘Temperature at 100 fathoms 10-0° C.—One, broken. W. 40—W. 47—8 /9 /’05.—Off Black Head, Galway Bay. 8-15 fathoms. Trawl. Bottom temperature 14-0-15-1° C— Frequent in Rays’ stomachs. R. 15—1/11 /’05.—9 miles 8. W. of Coningbeg Lightship, Co. Wexford. 374-41 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 30 fathoms, 12°2° C., salinity 35-21°/,,—One, 20 mm. W. 50—13 /2 /’06.—Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo 43-5} fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 4} fathoms 5-4° C.—One, 28 mm. P. canaliculata was found by the Royal Irish Academy ex- pedition of 1886 in Berehaven and Bantry Bay, Co. Cork, and the species has also been taken at Roundstone, Co. Galway, Valencia Harbour, Co. Kerry, and Cove, Co. Cork. Vertical range.—Found off the Irish coast between 3 and 199 fathoms, but apparently of rare occurrence outside the 100 fathom line. Off the American coasts it ranges from shallow water to 111 fathoms (Rathbun), while in the Mediterranean it has been recorded from depths of 216 fathoms (Senna) and 326 fathoms (Adensamer). . I. ’08. 127 Faminy PALAHMONIDAE. The three British and Irish genera may be distinguished thus :— I. Rostrum very short, unarmed; antennules biramous—the outer flagelluny not split; second pair of pereiopods assymmetrical ; | no palp on mandible]. Living in sponges, . Typton. II. Rostrum well developed, bearing teeth above and below ; antennules triramous—the outer flagel- lum split; second pair of pereiopods symime- trical. Free living. A. Mandible with a two or three jointed palp, Leander (pp. 128, 129). Bb, Mandible without palp, — . . Palaemonetes (p. 129). The genus Typton, Costa, is very closely related to Pontonia, Latreille ; many authors consider that the characters of these and of a few other allied genera entitle them to rank as a separate family, the Pontoniidae. Of Typton, one species only, T. spongicola,! Costa, has been found within the British area, but it has not so far been observed in Irish waters. It has been recorded three times from the coasts of Devon and Cornwall (v. Norman and Scott, 1906), where it was found living within the sponges Desmacidon and Homoeodictya. Of the genera Leander and Palaemonetes, four species, all of which were known to Bell, are found off the British coasts. Of these Leander squilla is certainly one of the commonest, yet 1t was not hitherto known that this abundant form differed from the two allied British species, L. serratus and L. ad- spersus in such an important character as the number of joints in the mandibular palp. Recently Dr. Calman, having had occasion to examine these species, discovered that in L. squilla only two segments are to be found in the palp, whereas three are present in L. serratus and adspersus. This most interest- ing information Dr. Calman has very kindly placed at my disposal—as may be seen from P]. XX, figs. 2, a-c, I am able to testify to the accuracy of his observation. On the following pages the principal characters of the British species of Leander and Palaemonetes are summarised in the form of a table. 1For synonymy consult Norman, 1868. I. ’08. Leander serratus (p. 130). Rostrum trending definitely upwards at apex, without chromatophores. Rostrum armed _ dorsally with six to eight teeth,’ which do not extend into the distal third; the posterior situated on the carapace well behind the orbital notch, the second either immediately over the orbital notch or slightly behind it. Rostrum armed with five, less with four, teeth. ventrally commonly Shorter ramus of the outer antennule fused to the longer for about one quarter its length. Shorter ramus reach- ing only about to the apex of — rostrum. Antennal scale widest bas- ally, its outer margin prac- tically straight. Mandibular palp _ three- jointed. First pair of pereiopods falling short of apex of anten- nal scale. Second pair of pereiopods reaching beyond apex of an- tennal scale by about one- third the length of the chela. Chelae of second pair longer than carpus, with dactylus as long as, or at least three-quar- ters the length of, the palm; carpus considerably — shorter than merus. 128 tooth | Leander adspersus (p. 181). Rostrum hardly trending at all upwards at apex, the lower half thickly sprinkled with small dark chromato- phores. Rostrum armed dorsally with five to seven teeth!, which extend well into the distal third; the posterior tooth situated on the carapace well behind the orbital notch, the second slightly in front of or immediately over the orbi- tal notch. Rostrum armed ventrally with three, rarely four, teeth. Shorter ramus of the outer antennule fused to the longer for about one-third _ its length. Shorter ramus reach- ing beyond the apex of ros- trum by more than three- quarters of its free length. Antennal scale widest bas- ally, its outer margin slightly convex. Mandibular palp three- jointed. First pair of pereiopods reaching to, or extending a little beyond, apex of anten- nal scale. Second pair of pereiopods reaching beyond apex of an- tennal scale by nearly the whole length of the chela. Chelae of second parr longer than carpus, with dac- tylus more than three-quar- ters the length of the palm; carpus longer than merus. 1 Not counting the small distal tooth which is usually present, and which forms the upper portion of the bifid apex. 08: Leander squilla (p. 182). Rostrum trending slightly 129 | } upwards at apex, without | chromatophores. Rostrum armed dorsally | with seven to ten teeth!, which extend well into the distal third; two _ posterior teeth situated on the carapace well behind the orbital notch, the third tooth either imme- diately over the orbital notch — or slightly behind it. Rostrum armed _ ventrally with three, very rarely with two or four, teeth. Shorter ramus of outer an- tennule fused to the longer for about two-fifths its length. Both free rami and from one- third to two-thirds of the fused portion extending beyond the apex of rostrum. Antennal scale widest bas- ally, its outer margin slightly | convex. Mandibular palp —_ two- jointed. First pair of pereiopods reaching to, or extending a little beyond, apex of anten- | nal scale. Second pair of pereiopods reaching beyond apex of an- | tennal scale by the length of the chela and usually by a portion of the carpus as well. Chelae of second tylus little more than half the length of the palm; carpus longer than merus. whole | pair | longer than carpus, with dac- | \Palaemonetes varians (p. 182). Rostrum practically straight, without chromatophores. Rostrum armed _ dorsally with three to five teeth!, which do not extend into the distal third; the posterior tooth situated on the cara- pace a little behind the or- bital notch?. Rostrum armed with two teeth, monly with one. Shorter ramus of outer an- tennule fused to the longer for nearly three-quarters its length. Both free rami and from two-thirds to the whole of the fused portion extend- ing beyond the apex of ros- trum. ventrally less com- Antennal scale as wide dis- tally as basally, its outer margin practically straight. Mandible without palp. First pair of pereiopods falling short of, or extending a little beyond, apex of an- tennal scale. Second pair of pereiopods falling short of apex of an- tennal scale, or reaching beyond by as much as the length of the chela. Chelae of second pair shorter than carpus, with dactylus rather less than two-thirds the length of the palm; carpus longer than merus. 1 Not counting the small distal tooth which is usually present, and which forms the upper portion of the bifid apex. 2 Rostrum very rarely armed with one, two, six, or seven teeth dorsally. and wholly unarmed or with three teeth ventrally (v. Weldon 1892). I I. ’08. 130 Certain genera of Palaemonidae such as Palaemon, Palae- monella, Amphipalaemon, Palaemonetes and Leander form such a homogeneous group that few reliable characters are available for their determination, and consequently the num- ber of joints of which the mandibular palp is composed, or its total suppression, become indications of primary importance. The question therefore arises whether squilla and serratus. should not properly be placed in different genera, even though the only character which can be found to justify such a view is afforded by the segmentation of the mandibular palp. As a precedent for such a course the genera Palaemonella and Palaemon might be cited, in which the chief and perhaps the only differential characteristic lies in this very detail of a two or three jointed palp. Nevertheless it seems best for the pre- sent to retain the three species under the genus Leander. It is difficult to estimate the value of a single character of such a nature as this without a thorough investigation of all the genera of the family, and until this much needed work is undertaken the matter is best left untouched. Bell distinguished the four British species from one another by characters drawn almost solely from the rostral dentition, and although it is true that all four can, as a rule, be deter- mined by this feature alone, yet the considerable variation which exists renders it in practice less useful than others. From the table on the preceding pages it will be noticed that apart from the important question of the mandibular palps all four. species can be determined by the characters afforded by the second pair of pereiopods. Genus Leander, Desmarest. Palaemon, Bell, 1858. Leander serratus (Pennant) PIVKX, figs! 45 are: Palaemon serratus, Bell, 1858, fig., p. 302. The colouring in life of this and of the three succeeding species is extremely variable and doubtless depends Jargely on environment. The species are littoral in habit and have only rarely been found during the investigations of the Helga; it is therefore not possible to discuss their colouration in any adequate manner. 1The type of the genus Leander is L. erraticus, Desmarest, which Spence Bate (1888) quotes as a synonym of L. natator (Milne-Edwards). Stimpson (1860) cites L. natator as the type species, and Dr. Calman in- forms me that specimens in the British Museum labelled as this species possess a three-jointed palp on the mandible. OS. 131 “Size.—L. serratus is the largest of the three British species and frequently attains a length of 100 mm. or more. General distribution.—Leander serratus has been recorded from the Danish and Dutch coasts (Meinert), from Belgium (van Beneden), from both north and west coasts of France (Milne-Edwards, Barrois, Fischer, etc.) and from the Medi- terranean (Heller, etc.). It is found abundantly off the Eng- lish coast, more particularly in the south ; off the Scotch coast it is apparently very rare (Herdman, 1880, records P. serra- tus? from Lamlash Bay). Trish distribution.—This species is abundant on most parts of the Irish coast. As at present understood its range ex- tends as far north as Larne, Co. Antrim (Rankin), on the east coast and as far as Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, in the west. In the south-east, south and west it occurs plentifully and, although it has not as vet been noticed in the north, it is very probable that it will be found there in course of time. Vertical range.—Essentially a littoral species. Leander adspersus (Rathke). Pi ek hos 2h ae: Palaemon Leachi, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 807. Palaemon Fabrictt, Mortensen, 1897 (development). Leander adspersus, Senna, 1903 (wbi syn.). The pigment spots which Bell mentions on the lower blade of the rostrum (fig. 2a) afford a ready and certain means of separating this species from its allies when alive. The colour- ing is fairly permanent in weak formalin but disappears rapidly in spirit. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 65 mm. Leander adspersus is by far the rarest of the three British and Irish species, but in Norway it is found in great abund- ance and is fished commercially with considerable profit. General distribution.—L. adspersus is known from west and south Norway (Sars, Wollebaek, etc.), from Sweden (Goés), from Denmark (Meinert), from the Prussian coast (Zaddach), from the west coast of France (Fischer), in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, Adensamer, ete.) and in the Black Sea (Czerniavsky). In the English Channel it has been recorded from Poole Harbour (Bell) and Weymouth (W. Thompson) and has also been found in the Thames estuary. Trish distribution. 'This species was first recorded from the Irish coast by Melville (1860) from Galway Bay. During the last two years it has frequently been found in the same dis- trict, near Oranmore, Co. Galway, where it occurs in company with L. squilla and L. serratus. The only other Irish 1 9 ~ Bas. 132 locality in which the species has been recognised is Bofin Harbour, Co. Galway, a few specimens being found among the samples of Leander preserved on the Marine Laboratory. Vertical range.—L. adspersus is usually found in less than 5 fathoms of water. In the Mediterranean, however, it was taken on one occasion in a dredge fishing between depths of 87 and 197 fathoms (Senna, 1903). Leander squilla (Linnaeus). Pl. XX. figs. 3; ane. Palaemon squilla, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 305. Leander squilla, Senna, 1903 (ubi syn.). Size.-—The largest specimen examined measures 60 mm., but it is probable that individuals frequently attain a greater length than this. General distribution.—L. squilla is known from west and south Norway (Sars, Appelléf), from Sweden (Goés), from Denmark (Meinert), from the north and west coasts of France (Fischer, Barrois, etc.), in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, Senna, etc.) and in the Black Sea (Czerniavsky). It is also known from the Azores (Barrois), from Madeira (Dana), from the Canary Is. (Brullé) and from St. Vincent in the Cape Verde Is. (fide Senna). The species is found abund- antly off the English coasts; 1t occurs also in Scotch waters, but seems to be rather scarce. Irish distribution.— Leander squilla is of common occurrence in shallow water all round the Trish coast. Vertical range.—In the British area this is an essentially littoral species, but in the Mediterranean it has been found in as much as 30 fathoms (Senna). GENUS Palaemonetes, Heller. Palaemonetes varians (Leach). Pl. XX, figs. 4, a-e. Palaemon varians, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 309 Anchistia migratoria, Heller, 1863, i vir, fig. 20. Palaemonetes varians, Weldon, 1892. Palaemonetes varians, Norman and Scott, 1906 (ubi syn.). The development of this species is very remarkable. In Northern Europe, where it is found close to the sea in water that is more or less brackish, the young are liberated in a late zoea stage. In Southern Europe P. varians occurs in per- fectly fresh water and the development is greatly abbreviated, for the young emerge from the egg with all the limbs, except the uropods, fully formed (v. Mayer, 1881, and Boas, 1889), 108, 133 Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 42 mm. General distribution.—P. varians is known from Sweden (Goés), Denmark (Heller and Meinert), Friesland (Metzger), Belgium (van Beneden), and France (Milne-Edwards). In the Mediterranean and Adriatic it has been found in numerous localities, including Lakes Garda and Trasimene in Italy and LL. Albafuera in Spain (Heller, etc.) ; it has been recorded from Egypt (Heller) and is known in the Black Sea (Czerniavsky). This species is found rather commonly in suitable localities on the south coast of England, extending northwards on the east coast as far as Durham (Norman). I know of only one record from the Scotch coast—Firth of Clyde (Henderson, 1886). Irish distribution.—Palaemonetes varians is probably not uncommon in Ireland ; owing to its peculiar habitat it is doubt- less often overlooked. It is known from the following locali- ties : Co. Antrim.—Glynn (Rankin). Co. Down.—Belfast and Strangford Loughs (Bell on the authority of Thompson). Co. Dublin.—In a slightly brackish pond at Sutton (S.W.K.). ‘‘ Pools on Merrion Strand ’’ and at Kingstown and Killiney (Kinahan). Co. Wicklow.—In a pond of almost fresh water close to the sea at the mouth of the Vartry River. Co. Wexford.—In ponds of almost fresh water close to the sea at Courtown. In brackish ditches communicating with the mouth of Wexford Harbour, near Rosslare (S.W.K.). Co. Cork.—In brackish ditches E. of Queenstown (S.W.K.). Co. Kerry.—In ditches of almost fresh water at Darry- nane (S.W.K.). Dingle and Ventry, “‘ fresh- water ’’ (Dublin Museum). Co. Mayo.—Lough Leam and adjacent ditches, brackish water (S.W.K.). In Ireland this species is generally found in pools or ditches of almost fresh water, close to, but not directly communicating with the sea. It is usually taken in company with Neomysis vulgaris, on which it feeds freely, with the larvae of the dragon fly, Ischnura elegans, and with various species of Rhynchota, chiefly of the genera Gerris and Corixa. It is only in the southern part of its distribution that P. varians has been found at any great distance from the coast line (as in L. Garda and I. Trasimene). The species has never been recorded from any of the Irish lakes, and it does not seem likely that it occurs in them. I. ’08. 134 FPAMILy CRANGONIDAE. The number of British and Irish species of Crangonidae has been nearly doubled since Bell in 1853 wrote his British Crus- tacea. JXinahan’s treatment of the family eight years later is very inadequate and his figures are most misleading, while the other literature is much scattered. Short descriptions of each species are therefore given here, and these, taken in conjunc- tion with the figures, should afford a ready means of deter- mining the various forms. The confusion which exists among the genera of this family must have struck the most casual observer, yet the question is in reality very simple, for the whole difficulty may be traced to the incorrect application of Guérin-Méneyille’s Aegeon. Such ‘species as echinulatus, trispinosus, sculptus, fasciatus, neglec- tus and bispinosus have all at various times been referred both to it and to Cheraphilus, and some also, with less reason, to Pontophilus. An examination of cataphractus, the type species of Aegeon, at once shows that none of them should rightly be referred to that genus. A. cataphractus has deep sculpture and spinous ridges on both carapace and abdomen, the first pereio- pod bears a setose exopod, the endopod of the last four pairs of pleopods is nearly as long as the exopod and bears an appendix interna at its base and the inferior apices of the branchiae point forwards, giving them a most characteristic C-shaped appearance, which may be at once seen on raising the gill cover. None of these features are present in the six species mentioned above, but the question still remains whether two genera may not be represented among them. In this connec- .tion Gurney’s researches on laval Crangonidae (1903) are of great importance. He examined the larvae of eight species, and found them to fall naturally into three groups, which he thus defines :— ‘““1.— Vulgaris and Allmanni : characterised by a one-jointed maxilla-palp and the absence of an exopodite on the second leg in the mysis stage. ‘2.-—Trispinosus, nanus (=bispinosus), echinulatus and fasciatus ; characterised by their two-jointed maxilla- palp, possession of five pairs of exopodites in the mysis stage, form of the rostrum and arrangement (paired) of the abdominal spines. ‘*3.—Spinosus and norvegicus: distinguished from the second group by their extremely elongate body form, shape of the rostrum, possession of a long median spine on the third abdominal segment, and by the form of the tail plate.”’ Group 1 is the genus Crangon and group 3 Pontophilus. Group 2 combines species which have been referred both to Aegeon and to Cheraphilus. Gurney therefore called it by the former name, which had the advantage of priority. This, as I have shown above, is due to a misconception of the characters 1:708. 135 of Aegeon; the four species of group 2, to which sculptus may certainly be added, must therefore be referred to Cheraphilus, or rather to Philochera@s, a name proposed by Stebbing (1900) to replace Cheraphilus, which at its institution by Kinahan contained spinosus, the type species of Pontophilus. The deep water form Lacazet is now the only British and Trish species which can correctly be assigned to Aegeon, and the capture of Milne-Edwards’ Jacqueti mvolves the inclusion of Sclerocrangon among our native genera of Crangonidae. Norman’s solitary record of Sabinea brings the total number up to six, which may be separated thus :— I. Second pereiopods chelate. A. First pereiopods without an exopod ; endopod of last four pairs of pleopods much less than half the length of the exopod, divided into two segments and without an appendix in- terna at the base. i. Lateral process of antennules acutely pointed distally ; second pereiopods with dactylus less than half the length of the propodus. a. Carapace without strong sculpture; an ar- throbranch usually present at base of third maxillipedes, ‘ : . Crangon (p. 136). .b. Carapace with very strong sculpture; no arthrobranch at base of third maxillipedes, Sclerocrangon (p. 139). il. Lateral process of antennules distally truncate or rounded ; second pereiopods with dactylus much more than half the length of the pro- podus, : Philocheras (p. 148). B. First pereiopods with (or without!) an exopod ; endopod of last four pairs of pleopods nearly as long as exopod, composed of a single seg- ment and with an appendix interna at the base. i. Second pereiopods reaching at least to distal extremity of carpus of first pair; inferior apices of branchiae turned forwards, an ar- throbranch at base of third maxillipedes, Aegeon (p. 155). ii. Second pereiopods at most not reaching beyond distal extremity of merus of first pair, usually much shorter; inferior apices of branchiae turned backwards, no arthrobranch at base of third maxillipedes, . . Pontophilus (p. 159). II. Second pereiopods simple, not chelate, . . Sabinea. 1 This exopod is present in all the known British species. F086. 136 Only a single specimen of Sabinea has so far been found within the British area. It was dredged by Norman in 1861 in the neighbourhood of the Shetland Isles, and was recorded by him as S. septemcarinata (Sabine). In a recent paper (1908), Hansen expressed the opinion that the specimen is in reality an example of S. Sarsi, Smith, a species which extends much further south than the Arctic S. septemcarinata. Canon Norman presented his specimen to the British Museum and there, through the kindness of Dr. Calman, I was able to examine it. The specimen, which is unfortunately dry, is, as Hansen suggests, an example of Sabinea Sarsi, Smith. Genus Crangon, Linnaeus. Steiracrangon, Kinahan, 1861. Rostrum depressed; carapace smooth, without longitudinal dentate carinae. Hyes present. Lateral process of anten- nules acutely pointed distally. First pair of pereiopods with- out exopod; second pair chelate, long and slender, reaching to tips of first pair, dactylus less than half the length of pro- podus, carpus considerably longer than ischium; dactylus of fourth and fifth pairs not laminar. Endopods of last four pairs of pleopods very much less than half the length of the exopod, divided into two segments and without appendix in- terna at base. Inferior apices of branchiae turned backwards. Formula :— . } | j | | — VELA | VEL 2 cae sc. 2 | ee | | | | | | | | Podobranchiae, i a|(C8H- ep. | ep. 4 $53 ax os Arthrobranchiae, ce =e par ad Pleurobranchiae, see wae saa | Pan: elt eae 1 1 i] The two British and Irish species of Crangon may be thus recognised :— I. Sixth abdominal somite dorsally smooth, C. vulgaris (p. 187). II. Sixth abdominal somite dorsally channelled and bicarinate, ; . €, Allmanni (p. 138). 1This arthrobranch is absent in C. antarcticus, Pfeffer, a species which Calman (1907) retains in the genus Crangon. Reliable informa- tion as to the presence or absence of this gill in the other species of the genus is necessary before a true estimate of the generic value of the character can be formed, T. 08. 137 Crangon vulgaris, Linn. Pie nes, Fa Crangon vulgaris, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 256. Crangon vulgaris, Sars, 1890, Pl. 1, figs. 1-28 (develop- ment). Crangon vulgaris, Ehrenbaum, 1900 (life-history). Rostrum dorsally hollowed, rather broad at base, and taper- ing to an evenly rounded point. Carapace armed with three spines, one in the mid-dorsal line about one-third the distance from the rostrum to the posterior edge of the carapace, the others placed laterally and slightly in advance of the median spine. From the posterior edge of the orbit a narrow groove runs outwards and backwards, becoming obsolete at about the middle of the carapace and there is also a shallow depression between the orbital and antero-lateral angles. Posterior half of carapace unarmed, smooth, and rounded. Abdominal somites all rounded above, though occasionally the sixth is slightly flattened dorsally. Basal joint of antennular peduncle longer than second and third combined and furnished below with a stout spine beset with hairs; lateral process acutely pointed and reaching distal end of joint ; second joint about equal in length to third ; outer antennular flagellum in the female not reaching the apex of the antennal scale. Antennal scale (fig. 1 b) straight along its outer border and terminating in a tooth which extends beyond the lamellar portion, much narrowed distally and about two and three-quarter times as long as broad. First peretopod with the merus armed with a stout spine in the middle of its inner border. Colour in life.—Uniform light or dark mottled grey, often with an almost black transverse band across the posterior portions of the fourth abdominal somite. The telson and uropods are also very frequently darker than the general colouring. As has been repeatedly noticed, this species is usually of a dark colour when found on a muddy bottom, whereas specimens living on sand are of a much lighter shade. Size.—Large specimens attain a length of 70 mm. or more. Crangon vulgaris is very largely fished off the English and Scotch coasts, but in Ireland it is very rarely, if ever, used for food. General distribution.—N.E. Atlantic from the White Sea (Birula) and East Finmark (Norman) to the Mediterranean (both north and south shores); usually found in abundance. Kroyer has recorded the species from Iceland. 1, 708. 138 Crangon vulgaris has been recorded from the E. coast of N. America and from several localities in the Pacific, but these specimens are in all probability referable to C. septemspinosa, Say, an extremely closely allied form, which differs from C. vulgaris only in the shape of the antennal scale (v. Rathbun, 1904). Trish distribution.—Abundant all round the coast, more espe- cially on a sandy bottom. Vertical range.—Common off the Irish coast in 0-10 fathoms, and more rarely found up to 20 fathoms; in the Christiania fjord it has occurred in 30 fathoms (G. O. Sars) and in the Brevik Fjord in 50-65 fathoms (Wollebaek), In the West Atlantic it has much the same range; Kingsley (1878) states that it is common in 70 fathoms. Crangon Allmanni, Kinahan, Crangon Allmanni, Kinahan, 1857. Steiracrangon Allmanni, Kinahan, 1861, fig. mm. Crangon Allmanni, Sars, 1890, Pl. 1, figs. 29-31 (develop- ment). Crangon Allmanni, \Wollebaek, 1908, Pl. vim, figs. 1-50. This species is very closely allied to C. vulgaris, but may be easily distinguished by the deep longitudinal groove and parallel carinae on the dorsal aspect of the sixth abdominal somite. The rostrum also is slightly narrower than in the preceding species and the outer antennular flagellum of the female reaches considerably beyond the apex of the antennal scale (v. Wollebaek, 1908). Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are brownish grey, composed of thinly distributed brown, with occasional yellow chromatophores, frequently verging to a dark maroon tint on the telson and uropods. Occasionally the general colouring inclines to reddish. The eyes are greyish black. The pereiopods, more particularly the last two pairs and the propodus of the first pair, are dotted with red chromatophores. The gastric and cardiac regions are very dark and usually show conspicuously through the carapace. Size.—The largest specimen examined, an ovigerous female, measures 58 mm. Were it not for Sars’ important contribution to the life his- tory of this species, one would be inclined to follow Ortmann in regarding the characters of C. Allmanni as merely of sub- specific value. Sars has, however, shown that the two forms are easily distinguishable at a very early stage. Larval C. vulgaris possess a strong backwardly directed spine on the third and a pair of lateral spines on the fifth abdominal somite. In larval C. Allmanni the spine on the third somite is obsolete gnd the pair on the fifth much shorter. T.68. 139 General distribution.—C. Allmanni is confined to the N.E. Atlantic and extends as far north as West Finmark, the Mur- man coast and the White Sea (Birula). It appears to occur plentifully over the whole of the North Sea and has been re- corded from Sweden (Goés) and Iceland (G. O. Sars). It is found on both east and west coasts of England and Scotland and less commonly in the English Channel. In August, 1906, large numbers of C. Allmanni were taken by the Huzley on the north side of the Bay of Biscay. This is the most southern point from which the species is known. Irish distribution.—Abundant off the east coast; in the south it is apparently much scarcer, but has been taken in considerable numbers off Dungarvan, Co. Cork. It has not so far been observed in any west coast locality to the north of Co. Kerry, but it seems probable that it will be found there in the course of time. In the south-west it has been taken in Bantry, Ballinskelligs and Dingle Bays, and also in deeper water in the neighbourhood of the Fastnet Rock, the Skelhigs and the Blasket Is. Vertical range.—-Found commonly in the Irish Sea in 20 to 73 fathoms, and less frequently between 10 and 20 fathoms. Off the west coast it has occurred between 30 and 84 fathoms. Metzger records this species from 6 fathoms in the Skagerrak and Cattegat, while on the N. side of the Bay of Biscay it has been found in as much as 146 fathoms. Genus Sclerocrangon, G. O. Sars. Rostrum either securiform, much compressed and expanded below, or spinose. Carapace strongly sculptured, carinate and dentate, antero-lateral angles large and laterally expanded. Eyes present. Lateral process of antennules acutely pointed distally. First pair of peretopods without exopod ; second pair very slender and minutely chelate, reaching at least to the middle of the propodus of the first pair, dactylus very much less than half the length of the propodus, carpus longer than ischium ; dactylus of fourth and fifth pairs not laminar. En- dopod of last four pairs of pleopods very much less than half the length of exopod, divided into two segments, and without appendix interna at base. Inferior apices of branchiae turned backwards. Formula :— VIL. | VIG Rersoghe ke: he ME. |. RTL | _ Podobranchiae, Ws) |ep: ep. Arthrobranchiae, Pleurobranchiae, .... vat Bae TEA iid 1 1 (eee | 1 1 I. ’08. 140 I have followed Smith and Faxon in placing Milne-Edwards’ Jacqueti (=Agassizi) under Sclerocrangon and this I do not doubt to be correct even though it becomes rather difficult to frame a definition which will exclude the genus Crangon. Now that the arthrobranch on the third maxillipede is known to be absent in Crangon antarcticus and possibly also in other species of that genus. the sculpture of the carapace (a most unsatisfactory character in Crangonidae) is almost the only feature available. ‘The reduction of Sclerocrangon to the rank of a sub-genus, as suggested by Ortmann, will perhaps solve the difficulty, but further investigation may show that the sternal spines of the male and the greatly abbreviated meta- morphosis (v. Sars, 1890, and Wollebaek, 1907) afford satis- factory indications of its generic validity. Two groups of species are comprised in this genus ; one con- tains such forms as boreas, salebrosus, atrox, and ferox, while the other includes Jacqueti, munita, procaz and other allied species.t This second group, although properly regarded as belonging to Sclerocrangon, is nevertheless much more closely allied to Crangon than the first. Sclerocrangon Jacqueti (A. Milne-Edwards). Pl. XXII, es. 710: Pontophilus Jacqueti, A. Milne-Edwards, 1881. Pontophilus Jacqueti, A. Milne-Edwards, 1882. Ceraphilus Agassizi, Smith, 1882, Pl. vi, figs. 4-5a. Pontophilus Jacqueti, A. Milne-Edwards, 1883, Pl. 40. Ceraphilus Agassizi, Smith, 1885. Sclerocrangon Agassizi, Smith, 1887. The rostrum consists of an acutely pointed spine, which trends upwards and is concealed when viewed from above by the long anterior median spine of the carapace; it is rather short and does not reach the tips of the eyes. The carapace is rather broad; both it and the abdomen are covered with a short and very sparse pubescence. The outer orbital angle is defined by a sharp spine about as long as the rostrum, but con- siderably shorter than that which terminates the broadly ex- panded lateral angles. A median dorsal carina extends the whole length of the carapace; the prominent anterior spine overhangs the rostrum, reaching beyond its apex and a second stout forwardly directed spine is situated on the cardiac region ; between these two a small tubercle is usually present. On each side of the median carina is found a gastric spine, and below this a strong hepatic spine supported by two carinae, one of which runs backwards to the posterior edge of the cara- pace, while the other is less pronounced, leading downwards 1 Miss Rathbun (1904) has described several very closely allied species belonging to this group under the genus Crangon. i 08: 141 and backwards and disappearing on the branchial region. From the crbital spine a strong carina runs backwards, fading away between the gastric and hepatic spines, and from the antero-lateral spine, another, even more sharply defined, ex- tends towards the branchial region, becoming obsolete below the hepatic spine. Behind the posterior median spine a faint transverse ridge is situated, reaching downwards on each side to the upper hepatic carina. In the male the two dorsal spines of the carapace are usually conspicuously longer than in the female. The abdominal somites are rather broad; the first three are smooth and rounded above in the female, while in the male they often show traces of dorsal carination. On the fourth and fifth somites the dorsal cara is conspicuous in the male, but in the female it is not so pronounced and is sometimes quite obsolete. The sixth somite bears four longitudinal carinae ; posteriorly the margin is produced to a sharp spine on either side of the telson and laterally as an acute angle out- side the bases of the uropods. The pleura of the first three somites are pointed below. The antennular peduncle (fig. 9) reaches to rather more than two-thirds the length of the antennal scale ; the second joint is considerably longer than the third and both together are shorter than the basal segment. ‘The lateral process reaches to the distal end of the basal segment; it is pointed anteriorly and is much longer than broad. The antennal scale is about two and half times as long as broad; its outer edge is shghtly con- cave and is produced to a stout apical spine which extends a little beyond the distal end of the lamellar portion. The basal joint of the flagellum reaches to about three-quarters the length of the scale.! The outer maaillipedes are slender, reaching considerably beyond the antennal scale. The first three pairs of pereiopods are practically glabrous, bearing only a very few setae. The second pair (fig. 10) is very slender, reaching beyond the middle of the propodus of the first pair; the dactylus is scarcely one-fifth the length of the propodus and the carpus and merus are about equal in length, each being a little longer than the ischium. The third pair is very slender and rather longer than the second. The fourth and fifth pairs are much stouter than the two preceding; the former is longer than the latter and about equal in length to the third. The telson is longer than the uropods ; it is broadly sulcate dorsally and tapers to a sharp point. It is armed with two or three pairs of dorso-lateral spmules and its inferior margins are strongly ciliated. The outer wropods are slightly shorter than the inner and are from two to three times as long as broad. In the male there are four thoracic and five abdominal sternal spines; these are absent in the female. As has been already stated by Faxon (1895), the second pleopod of the male 1In this respect Milne-Edwards’ figure is quite erroneous. i *08. 142 differs from Sars’ original description of the genus in having the inner branch simple. Only a single male example of this species, 23 mm. in length, has as yet been found in the East Atlantic. In this specimen the antennular flagella do not differ markedly in length or thickness from those of the female. Smith (1882) states that in the male the flagella are twice as long as the peduncle, with the outer ramus longer and very much stouter than the inner, or than the outer flagellum of the female. Size.—One of the specimens recorded from the West At- lantic was as much as 72 mm. in length. Ovigerous females from the British and Irish area measure only 30-33 mm. Colour in life.—The carapace is of a rather faint dull purple grey colour; this is darkest dorsally and anteriorly, becoming paler laterally. | Posteriorly the carapace shows a faint mot- tling of red—on the abdominal somites are larger patches of rather faint purple grey and red; the pleura of the first and fifth somites are unpigmented, those of the second, third and fourth show at the posterior basal angles a large grey patch surrounded with red. The pleura of the sixth somite are grey ; the telson is unpigmented and transparent. The eyes are reddish, with grey stalks. The antennular peduncle and antennal scale are purplish grey with reddish mottling; the flagella are transparent, with the exception of the inner ramus of the antennule, which is basally of a reddish, colour. The ante-penultimate jomt of the outer maxillipede is purplish grey and the propodus of the first pair of pereio- pods is mottled with the same colour. All the other joints of the outer maxillipedes and pereiopods are transparent, with the exception of the basus of the fourth pair of the latter, which bears a red spot. The pleopods are unpigmented, but there are faint reddish markings in the centre of each uropod. General distribution.—-Sclerocrangon Jacqueti was first found in the East Atlantic by the T’ravailleur, and has since then been dredged on several occasions off the East Coast of the United States between Charleston and Cape Cod. Although hitherto unrecorded, this species was taken within the British area by both Porcupine and Triton expeditions near North Rona. The localities are :— Porcupine. August, 1869.—59° 34’ N., 7° 18’ W., 542 fathoms, bottom tempera- ture 6-5° C.—One, small (in Mus. Norm.). Triton. St. 10, 1882.—59° 40’ N., 7° 21’ W., 516 fathoms, bottom tem- perature 7-8-8 -1° C.—Four ovigerous females, 30-33 mm. (in Mus. Norm.). 0s: 1438 Irish distribution.—This species has been found off the west coast of Ireland on the following occasions :— Helga. S.R. 353—6 /8 /’06.—50° 38’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 8-58° C., salinity 35 -46°/ ,, Two, 35 and 21 mm. S.R. 477—28 /8 /’07.—51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 700 fathoms 7-19° C.—One, 23 mm. Vertical range.—Smith records specimens from depths of 440 and 950 fathoms. Genus Philocheras, Stebbing. Cheraphilus, Kinahan, 1861 (partim). Philocheras, Stebbing, 1900. Rostrum depressed ; carapace with or without longitudinal dentate carinae. Hyes present. Lateral process of antennule subquadrate or rounded, never distally acuminate. First pair of pereiopods without exopod; second pair chelate, not par- ticularly slender, reaching slightly beyond carpus of first pair, dactylus much more than half the length of propodus, carpus equal to or rather shorter than ischium ; dactylus of fourth and fifth pairs not laminar. Endopod of last four pairs of pleo- pods very much less than half the length of the exopod, com- posed of two segments, without appendix interna at base. In- = | Vat |b aranan |) “ips, Alea att), Snel S:en08 | XIV. | 7 teasaa a ealean b-e a | | Podobranchiae, et ep. | ep. | tep. ist Eeom bie ys get eS | | Arthrobranchiae, 1 Bizirobranchiae;(!) .22/\p afr |iexee looks. clea Lottie 1 1 | The following table will serve to discriminate the six British and Irish species of Philocheras. J. Apex of rostrum rounded or triangular. A. Carapace with three spines in the median line, P. echinulatus (p. 144). B. Carapace with one or two spines in the median line. i. Carapace with one median and a pair of lateral spines, the median being somewhat in ad- vance of the lateral, . P. trispinosus (p. 146). T5208. 144 ii. Carapace with one median spine, behind which is a second small tubercle-like spine (occasionally obsolete). a. Numerous minute tubercles arranged in longitudinal series on either side of the median line, / 2 . P. bispinosus (p. 152). b. No tubercles on either side of the median line, , . P. bispinosus, v. neglectus (p. 153). II. Apex of rostrum squarely truncate or emarginate. A. Apex of rostrum squarely truncate; only one spine on median line of carapace ; abdomen smooth and unsculptured; antennal scale with only the usual distal spine on its outer edges ar d : . P fasciatus (pmtok: — ~ B. Apex of rostrum emarginate ; several spines on median line of carapace; abdomen strongly sculptured ; antennal scale with a stout spine at about the middle of its outer edge, P. sculptus (p. 148). Philocheras echinulatus (M. Sars). Pl. XXI, figs. 7, ad. Crangon echinulatus, M. Sars, 1861. Crangon serratus, Norman, 1862. Cheraphilus echinulatus, G. O. Sars, 1882. Cheraphilus echinulatus, G. O. Sars, 1890, Pl. 11, figs. 1-21 (development). hostrum dorsally hollowed and rather broad at base, taper- ing to a finely rounded point. Carapace with antero-lateral angles produced to a sharp point, armed with five longitudinal dentate carinae, one median and two pairs of lateral. Median carina armed with three stout equidistant spines; first lateral with six spines, of which the second and third are rather widely separated from each other, the sixth close to the pos- terior margin and sometimes obsolete. | Between the first lateral and the median carimae another row of teeth is fre- quently present on each side ; they are very small and three or four in number; the second and third are on a line with the first two median spines, while the third is situated behind the posterior median spine and from it a carina runs towards the posterior margin. ‘Third lateral row consisting of a well- marked carina which extends from close behind the orbital angle to the hinder edge of the carapace ; it 1s furnished with two stout spines on its anterior third, in front of which an- other very small tooth is often present. First two abdominal somites dorsally smooth; third and fourth carinate on their posterior half, the former often only 08; 145 very feebly so; fifth sharply carinate ; sixth dorsally channelled and bicarinate. On close examination the carinae of the fourth and fifth somites are seen to consist of a pair of fine ridges which meet posteriorly. Telson dorsally sulcate, and slightly longer than outer uropods. Basal joint of antennular peduncle longer than second and third combined, its lateral process quadrate in outline, reach- ing distal end of segment; second joint longer than third. Antennal scale (fig. 7b) concave along its outer border, much narrowed distally and three times as long as broad; apical spine long, projecting far beyond the lamellar portion of scale. In this form, as in all the other species of Philocheras, the chela of the second pair of pereiopods (fig. 7d), although of comparatively large size, is weak and probably of but little service to the animal. The dactylus is much more than half the length of the propodus, but the inner margins of the claw are almost parallel and their apices are not provided with ungues. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 38 mm. ; Scott (1902) records an example of 45 mm. Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are dorsally of a somewhat greenish tinge, due to the admixture of lemon yellow and sienna brown chromatophores; laterally there are numerous, large, dark maroon chromatophores along the in- ferior margins of the carapace and on the abdominal pleura. The telson is coloured with a mixed pigmentation of lemon yellow, sienna, and maroon. ‘The eyes are greenish black. The antennal scale and antennules are sparsely mottled with yellow and sienna brown. ‘The outer maxillipedes are spotted with maroon, with a few clear red chromatophores distally. The first and second pereiopods are maroon, the former with a few red spots at the terminal end of the propodus. In the last three pairs of pereiopods the ischium is maroon; in the third pair the remaining joints are transparent, while in the other two there are red chromatophores on the merus and carpus. The pleopods are maroon, faintly tipped with red. Some specimens are very sparsely pigmented; in these all trace of the red pigment is frequently absent, while the lateral maroon markings are very faint. General distribution.—This species is not particularly com- mon: it is known from the western and southern coasts of Norway, the North Sea, off the coasts of Scotland and on the N. side of the Bay of Biscay. Irish distribution.—On the east coast trawling grounds P. echinulatus is not infrequently found, but it has not so far been observed off the south coast. Off the west coast it has been taken on the following occasions :— Helga. CXXI.—24 /8 /’01.—53° 52’ N., 11° 56’ W. 199 fathoms. Trawl. Many, 9'5—29 mm. I. 08. 146 CXXI.—13 /7 /'03.—53° 34’ N., 11° 29’ W. 120 fathoms. Trawl— Twenty-nine, 10-17 mm., and one ¢ ovigerous, 27 mm. S.R. 85—5 /2 /’04.—51° 44’ N., 10° 43’ W. 72-75 fathoms. Trawl —One, 28 mm. W. 7—24/3/04.—51° 49’ N., 11° 8’ W. 100 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 100 fathoms, 9°8° C_—Two, 2 ovigerous, 21 and 28 mm. S.R. 107—9 /5 /'04.—53° 37’ N., 11° 33’ W. 121 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 116 fathoms, 9°3° C.—Two, 24 mm. S.R. 145—23 /8 /’'04.—53° 24’ 30” N., 11° 38’ W. 112 fathoms. Trawl—One, 25 mm. S.R. 150—25 /8 /’04.—53° 54’ N., 12° 19’ W. 220 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 186 fathoms, 9°45° C.—One, 29 mm. S.R. 165—3 /11 /’04.—52° 6’ N., 11° 44’ W. 244 fathoms. Dredge Temperature at 230 fathoms, 10°4° C., salinity 35°61° /,,— Five, 21-28 mm. S.R. 321—1 /5/’06.—50° 58’ N., 11° 17° W. 208-480 fathoms. Trawl—One, 26 mm. S.R. 338—13 /5 /’06.—51° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W. 291-330 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 26 mm. S.R. 351—5 /8 /’06.—50° 19’ 30” N., 11° 6’ W. 230-250 fathoms Trawl—Sixteen, 12-16 mm. S.R. 362—9 /8 /’06.—51° 34’ 30” N., 11° 27’ W. 145-160 fathoms Trawl. Temperature at 150 fathoms, 10-05° C., salinity 35°37° /,,—Thirty-seven, 10-17 mm. There is only one previous record of the occurrence of P. echinulatus off the west coast of Ireland; a single specimen was found by the Fingal in 175 fathoms, 34 miles off Achill Head, Co. Mayo. Vertical range.—30 to 291 fathoms. Most authors give 50 to 60 fathoms as the normal depth. Off the east coast of Treland it has occurred in 30 fathoms, and, as may be seen from the above records from the west coast, it has been taken on one occasion (S.R. 338) in at least 291 fathoms. . This constitutes a considerable increase in the known _ bathy- metric range of the species, the previous greatest depth being 218 fathoms (Appelldf, 1906). Philocheras trispinosus (Hailstouc). Pl. XXT figs >2sarand hb! Pontophilus trispinosus, Hailstone, 1835. Crangon trispinosus, Bell, 18538, fig., p. 265. Cheraphilus trispinosus, Kinahan, 1861, fig. v. Aegeon trispinosus, Norman and Scott, 1906. Rostrum broad, dorsally hollowed, its apex bluntly triangu- lar; carapace broad, furnished with three spines, one median and a pair of lateral. The median spine is situated on the 08. 147 anterior third of the carapace; the lateral spines are slightly posterior to it! and are continued backwards for a short dis- tance as carinae. ‘The posterior half of the carapace is smooth and rounded, with the exception of a groove which runs obliquely upwards and backwards behind the lateral carinae. Abdominal somites rather broad, all evenly rounded above ; telson somewhat sulcate dorsally. Basal joint of antennular peduncle about as long as second and third combined, the subquadrate lateral process reaching somewhat beyond the end of the segment; second joint con- siderably longer and wider than the third. Antennal scale (fig. 2b) with its outer margin slightly convex, less than two and a quarter times as long as wide, the apical spine falling short of the sharply angled distal end of the lamellar portion. Size.—Up to about 27 mm. Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are mottled with golden yellow, sienna and umber brown chromatophores ; usually the yellow and sienna are dorsal and the umber lateral. The sienna colouring is sometimes absent and in some specimens the yellow predominates to a very large extent, giving the whole animal a beautiful golden appearance. In other specimens both yellow and sienna are only faintly per- ceptible, the carapace and abdomen being semi-translucent, with umber brown speckling. The eyes are greyish black. The eyestalks, antennules and antennal scales show umber brown or brown and yellow chromatophores; the flagella are sometimes marked with red. The distal joints of the outer maxillipedes and first pereiopods are also marked with umber brown and yellow pigment spots, the latter being of large size ; the second and third pereiopods are colourless, while the last two pairs show brown and yellow markings on the merus and carpus and sometimes also on the ischium. The pleopods, telson and uropods follow the general colouring of the abdo- men. General distribution.—P. trispinosus is not uncommon in many parts of the North Sea and English Channel and ex- tends south to Gironde (Fischer), the Azores (Barrois) and to Marseilles (Gourret), but is apparently known in the Medi- terranean only from the last locality. It has been recorded from the east coast of Scotland (Seott), from the west coast (Patience, Firth of Clyde) and from the Shetlands (Norman), but is not known on the Scandinavian shores. Trish distribution.—First taken in Irish waters off Skerries, Co. Dublin. During the course of fishery investigations P. trispinosus has been found very frequently near the Kish and Burford Banks, off the mouth of Dublin Bay, in 10-12 fathoms 1 By this character P. trispinosus is very readily distinguished from young Crangon vulgaris, to which it bears a superficial resemblance. K 2 I. ’°08. 148 of water and has also been found in the Bay itself. The other records are :— Helga. S. 337—30/11/'05.—4 miles N.E. of Howth Head, Co. Dublin. 13-17 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 16 fathoms 77° C.—Three. S. 350—5 /12/’05.—14 miles N.E. of Clogher Head, Co. Dublin. 10 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 9 fathoms, 88° C.— Four. W. 50—13 /2 /’06.—Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo. 44-54 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 4 fathoms, 5°4° C.—One. W. 58—10/9 /’'06 —Off Minard, Dingle Bay, Co. Kerry. 10 . fathoms. Trawl—Twenty-one. S. 466—17 /10 /°06.—2 miles E. of Drogheda, Co. Louth. 8-10 fathoms. Trawl—One. S. 493—19 /2 /’07.—14 miles E. of Drogheda, Co. Louth. 54-8 fathoms. Trawl—Three. Also found in small numbers at Ballynakill and Bofin Har- bours, Co. Galway. In addition to these, the species has been recorded from Port Magee and Lough Kay, off Valencia Island (Walker), and there are specimens in the Dublin Museum from Sea- point, Co. Dublin and from Smerwick, Dingle and Round- stone Harbours. Vertical range.—Littoral to 22 fathoms (Metzger). Philocheras sculptus (Bell). Pl. XXI, figs. 6, a and b. Crangon sculptus, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 263. Aegeon sculptus, Kinahan, 1861, fig. 9. Crangon sculptus, Heller, 1868, Pl. vim, fig. 14. Restrum much broader at apex than at base, dorsally -hol- lowed and apically emarginate. Carapace with a distinct median carina and two pairs of in- distinct lateral carinae, the median bearing two stout spines, one Close behind the rostrum and the other situated about one- third the length of the carapace from the posterior edge. In addition to these there are also in the median line two much smaller spines or tubercles, one placed between the two large spines and the other behind the posterior spine. First lateral carina of carapace represented by short obscure ridges, usually five in number, which are not produced anteriorly in the form of spines; second lateral carina consisting of two ridges, the foremost of which is prominent, sharply carinate, and produced anteriorly to a spine which is slightly in advance of the foremost spine of the median line. There are also four I. ’08. 149 short ridges, the foremost of which is very obscure, on the pesterior part of the carapace between the first and second lateral carmae. The whole carapace is covered with a short and close pubescence. Abdominal somites all strongly sculptured laterally and dor- sally, the raised portion being glabrous and the depressions pubescent; pleura of the first four bluntly pointed below. First two somites dorsally rounded; third, fourth and _ fifth sharply carinate, sixth bicarinate. The carinae of the third, fourth and fifth somites, when closely examined, show faint traces of bicarination, this, however, is not so pronounced as is the case with P. echinulatus. Inner uropod considerably longer than the outer and about equal in length to the deeply grooved telson. Basal joint of antennular peduncle longer than second and third combined, its distal end reaching somewhat beyond the anterior portion of the subquadrate lateral process; second joint about equal in length to third. Antennal scale (fig. 6b) about two and a half times as long as broad, its outer edge slightly concave and bearing at about its middle a stout spine, in this feature differing from all other European and perhaps from all known Crangonidae. The apical spine reaches beyond the lamella of the scale. Merus of first pereiopods not furnished at its outer distal edge with the spine which is present in all other members of the genus. Colour in life.—Extremely variable. Gosse (1853, p. 155) gives a close description of two forms. In one specimen noticed on the Helga the carapace and oral appendages were pale yellowish buff, with a minute blue spot in the mid- dorsal line of the former near the posterior edge. The first four abdominal somites were umber brown with whitish mottling, verging to maroon laterally, and with a few pale sienna spots; the last two somites and the telson were pale, with very faint sienna markings. Another specimen was of a general brick-red colour, with minute darker dots; others had an umber brown carapace with a whitish abdomen, some pos- sessing in addition a transverse umber band across the proxi- mal portion of the fifth abdominal somite ; others again were uniform umber brown, with the exception of the sixth ab- dominal somite and the telson, which were whitish. One example showed a type of coloration closely resembling that of P. trispinosus, the carapace and abdomen being very pale mottled grey, verging to a dark maroon laterally. Size.—The largest specimen observed measures 24 mm. General distribution.—P. sculptus has been recorded from the Adriatic (Heller), Finistere (Barrois), Guernsey (Norman) and off the coasts of Devon and Cornwall (Bell, Norman, etc.). Off the west coast of Sectland it is known from the Minch and Lamlash Bay (Norman) and from the Firth of Clyde (Patience). I. ’08. 150 _Irish distribution.—This species is by no means common in Irish waters, but has been taken in some numbers in one or two localities. Kinahan mentions it as not uncommon off Bray, Co. Wicklow, and he also found specimens off the. Gobbins, near Belfast. Melville has recorded it from the Arran Is., Co. Galway. Other records are :— Helga, 8. 82—30/7/’02. 2 miles off Dalkey, Co. Dublin, 14-16 fathoms. Trawl—One female, ovigerous, 19 mm. S.R. 96—3/5/’04. 70 miles S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork. 82 fathoms. Bottom townet—One, 24 mm. S.R. 182—28/1/'05. 24 miles off Bray Head, Co. Wicklow. 15 fathoms. Townet. Temperature at 13 fathoms, 7°62° C., salinity 34:43°/,... One, 18 mm. R. 8. 3/5/05. 163 miles S. W. of Coningbeg Lightship, off Co. Wexford. 40 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 38 fathoms, 8°9° C., 15-19 mm., several ovigerous females. R. 9—3/5/'05. 174 miles S.W. of Coningbeg Lightship, off Co. ps Wexford. 40 fathoms. Trawl. Twelve, 14-17 mm. W. 47—9 /9 /’05—Off Black Head, Co. Galway. 7-10 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 8 fathoms, 148° C. One, 11 mm. R. 17—1/2/06.—134 miles S.S.W. of Hook Point, Co. Wexford. 40 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 39 fathoms, 86° C. Five, 10-20 mm. R. 26—16 /8 /’06.—13 miles S. of Helvick Head, Co. Waterford, 143-16 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 15 fathoms. 113° C. Two, 18 mm. R. 29—17/8/'06.—15 miles S.E. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford. 40-42 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 38 fathoms,96°C., salinity 34°74°/,.. One, ovigerous female, 22 mm. S. 530—3 /5 /’07.—Off Kingstown, Dublin Bay. 43-63 fathoms. Trawl. Two ovigerous females, 16-18 mm. In Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway, the species is very scarce ; only three specimens were found during four years. Vertical range.—Usually found between 5 and 40 fathoms ; the 82-fathom record (S.R. 96) constitutes, I believe, a con- siderable increase in the known bathymetric distribution of the species. 1The specimen recorded from 300 fathoms, off the S.W. Coast of Ire- land as Aegeon sculptus (Calman, 1896, p. 3), is to be referred to Aegeon Lacaset. 1.708: 151 Philocheras fasciatus (Risso). Pl. XXI, figs. 3, a and b. Crangon fasciatus, Bell, 1553, fig., p. 259. Aegeon fasciatus, Kinahan, 1861, fig. vim. Crangon fasciatus, Heller, 1863, Pl. vm, fig. 10. Crangon fasciatus, Norman, 1887. Rostrum very broad, dorsally hollowed, and abruptly trun- cate at apex. Carapace with a single median spine in the an- terior third; from this spine a carina runs backwards, becom-. ing obsolete before reaching the posterior edge. On either side of the middle line are two lobe-like folds, the outer of which reaches further forwards than the inner; anteriorly these lobes are well-defined and rounded. From the orbital spine a carina runs backwards and outwards and meets a third lateral lobe which is more pointed; inferiorly this lobe is de- fined by a groove, which runs towards the branchial region, and superiorly by another groove which runs backwards past the posterior ends of the two inner lobes, becoming obsolete near the middle line on the cardiac region. Abdominal somites dorsally smooth and rounded ; occasion- ally very faint traces of dorsal carination are discernible on the fourth and fifth. Telson dorsally sulcate and shorter than both inner and outer uropods. Basal joint of antennular peduncle about as long as second and third combined, its lateral process distally rounded and reaching to the end of the segment; second joint longer than third. Antennal scale (fig. 3b) only about twice as long as broad, its outer edge convex; the short apical tooth does not surpass the distal end of the lamella. The joints of the second pereiopods are proportionately much wider in this than in the other species of the genus. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 19 mm. Colour in life.—The carapace and abdomen are, as a rule, whitish, the latter having two transverse dark umber brown bands, one across the fourth somite and the other across the posterior half of the sixth somite, telson, and uropods. — In some specimens the carapace is dark umber brown, in others the posterior of the two abdominal bands is missing; forms occur very rarely in which all trace of the brown pigment is missing. It should be noticed that the striking brown banding in this species also occurs in P. bispinosus vy. neglectus and in some forms of P. sculptus. The colour of these smaller Cran- gonidae is extremely variable, and cannot be considered of any value for systematic purposes. General distribution.—P. fasciatus has been recorded by various authorities from the Adriatic and Mediterranean and is also known from the Azores (Barrois), Gironde (Fischer), the Channel Is. (Norman), the Scilly Is. (Vallentin), from T. ’08. 152 the coasts of Devon and Cornwall (Bell, Norman, etc.), Norfolk (Patterson) and Northumberland (Norman). Off the Scotch coast it is rare; Firth of Forth (Scott), Firth of Clyde (Patience). Irish distribution.—Off the Trish coast this species is widely distributed, but not common anywhere. It has been recorded from Sandycove, Co. Dublin; in the Strangford and Belfast districts from Portaferry, Donaghadee, Ballyholme Bay and off the Gobbins (Kinahan), and from Larne Lough (Rankin). On the west coast Melville found it off the Arran Is., Co. Galway. The species was found not uncommonly in Ballynakill and Bofin harbours, Co. Galway; in Valencia harbour, Co. Kerry, Miss M. Delap has found a single specimen near Glanleam, and it has also occurred in small numbers in Blacksod Bay. Vertical range. —Liittoral to 30 fathoms (Heller). Off the Trish coast the species has not been taken in more than 15 fathoms. Philocheras bispinosus (Hailstone and Westwood). Pl. XXI, figs. 4, a and b. Pontophilus bispinosus, Hailstone and Westwood, 1835, p. 271, fig. 30. Crangon nanus, Kroyer, 1842. Crangon bispinosus, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 268. Cheraphilus bispinosus, Kinahan, 1861, fig. Iv. Aegeon nanus, Norman and Scott, 1906. Rostrum short, dorsally hollowed, apex rounded. Cara- pace with two spines in the median line, one in the anterior third and one further back in the posterior third, the latter often reduced to a mere tubercle. On either side are numerous minute tubercles arranged in a more or less longitudinal series ; of these, one row is more pronounced than the rest and con- sists of about fourteen tubercles forming a rather wavy line from close behind the orbit to the posterior margin of the carapace. ‘The line is interrupted at about its middle by a groove which runs backwards and upwards, becoming obsolete before it reaches the median line of the carapace behind the posterior dorsal spine or tubercle. Abdominal somites smooth and dorsally rounded, with the exception of the fifth and sixth, on which very obscure tubercles in longitudinal series may usually be observed. Tel- gon sulcate above, about as long as the outer uropod. Basal joint of antennular peduncle about as long as second and third combined, its subquadrate lateral process not quite reaching the distal end of the segment; second joint longer than third. Antennal scale (fig. 4b) rather narrower than in the preceding species—slightly more than two and a half times I. ’08. 153 as long as wide; outer margin straight or slightly concave, the apical spine not exceeding the lamellar portion of the scale. Colour in life.—Pale mottled grey or reddish, with darker mottling along the inferior edges of the carapace, pleura, and pleopods. Another form observed was of a dark mottled grey, still darker laterally with whitish patches on the dorsal aspect of the carapace, third, fourth and sixth abdominal somites, and at the apex of the antennal scale. I am indebted to Mr. Alexander Patience for a specimen from the Firth of Clyde which shows a type of coloration closely resembling that of the var. neglectus ; the carapace is of a reddish chestnut colour, a band of the same tint being found across the fourth and fifth abdominal somites and another across the telson and uropods. This type of coloration seems to be very rare, but it furnishes an additional proof of what I have stated above—that colour is of the very slightest systematic importance among the species of the genus. Size.—This species attains a length of about 20 mm. Scott (1902) inentions ovigerous females of only 1] mm. The characteristic row of tubercles on either side of the carapace are best seen if the superficial moisture from the specimen is absorbed with blotting-paper before examination. The Irish examples of P. bispinosus appear to belong to a race in which the tuberculation of the carapace is compara- tively weakly developed. In no case is this feature as strongly pronounced as it is in certain specimens from the Norwegian coast. The latter individuals, which are in Canon Norman’s museum, represent an extreme type, the whole of the cara- pace and part also of the abdomen being covered with large and prominent spinules. General distribution.—P. bispinosus is very common in the N.E. Atlantic; it extends from the Lofoten Is., N. of the Arctic Circle, to the English Channel, but is not known from Iceland. Barrois (1888) has recorded the species from the Azores. Irish distribution.—Abundant all round the Trish coast. Vertical range.—Occurring at all depths in the Irish Sea and off the west coast descending to as much as 200 fathoms. Philocheras bispinosus, var. neglectus (G. O. Sars). Pl. XXI, figs. 5, a and b. Cheraphilus neglectus, G. O. Sars, 1882, Pl. 1, fig. 7. Crangon neglectus, Norman, 1887. Cheraphilus neglectus, Hansen, 1908. This form has been found off the Irish coast on only one occasion and the specimens which were then obtained were so 1. Os. 154 evidently distinct from any Irish examples of P. bispinosus that ,- notwithstanding Appelléf’s statements (1906, p. 180), I was: convinced that two well-defined species were represented ; but recently, after a close examination of a very large number of specimens from Canon Norman’s museum, I have been forced to alter my views on the subject. From the examples collected by Canon Norman it is easy to select a series showing every possible intermediate form between P. bispinosus and neg- lectus. Typical specimens of the var. neglectus are characterized by the perfectly smooth carapace without trace of tuberculation on the dorso-lateral ridges or elsewhere ; under a high power the general surface is seen to be very finely reticulate with numerous minute depressions and punctures. The posterior spine in the median line of the carapace is reduced to an obscure tubercle or is wholly obsolete. The rostrum is slightly more rounded at the apex than in P. bispinosus and the grooves on the carapace are rather less distinct. The colour in life of the Irish specimens, which are in every feature typical of the var. neglectus, is as follows :—The cara- pace is uniformly pale, pale with a sprinkling of brown dots, or uniform dark chestnut brown. The abdomen is pale, with a transverse chestnut brown band across the fourth somite; the pleura and pleopods show dark mottling. On the telson and uropods there is a narrow transverse brown band consist- ing only of a pair of chromatophores on the telson and one on each of the uropods. The brown banding cannot be considered at all satisfactory as a specific character. It is wholly absent in two recent well- marked examples of the var. neglectus which were caught in the Bay of Biscay and, as already stated, similar colouring frequently prevails in P. fasciatus and P. sculptus and has once been observed (vy. p. 153) in a typical bispinosus. Practically all the specimens which Canon Norman has so kindly permitted me to examine showed a certain amount of surface spinulation ; in the case of the better marked examples of the var. neglectus this was, of course, exceedingly obscure, but certainly no individual was found to possess as smooth a carapace as the Irish specimens. In course of time it will perhaps be found that the relation- ship between P. bispinosus and neglectus is somewhat of the same nature as that which seems to exist between Spiron- tocaris spinus and S. Lilljeborgi, and that the two forms are quite distinct in certain areas, while in others they occur in company with intermediate forms. Size..—Three of the Irish specimens are ovigerous females, and are 13}, 14 and 15 mm. in length; the fourth specimen is a male, and measures 14 mm. _ Scott (1902) records a speci- ren of 18 mm. General distribution.—This rare form was first described by Sars from the west coast of Norway. It has been four times recorded from the coasts of Scotland : by Norman (1887) T. ‘08. 155 from Loch Tarbert and from the Shetlands,! by Scott (1902) from the Firth of Forth, and by Patience (1908) from the Firth of Clyde. It is known also from the S. coast of Iceland (Hansen) and has been found on the N. side of the Bay of Biscay (Kemp). Irish distribution.2—Only on one occasion has this form been found off the Irish coast :— Helga. R.S.--3/5/'05.—163 miles S.W. of Coningbeg Lightship, off Co. Wexford. 40 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 38 fathoms, 8°9° C., salinity 35°03°/,.—Four, 133— 15 mm., three 2 ovigerous. Vertical range.—Off Norway this species has been found between 2 and 6 fathoms and on the Scotch coast between § and 10 fathoms. Hansen records it from 20-45 fathoms in the neighbourhood of Iceland and it has occurred in 75 fathoms in the Bay of Biscay (Kemp). Genus Aegeon, Guérin Méneville. Egeon, Risso, 1816. Pontocaris, Spence Bate, 1888. Rostrum depressed; longitudinal dentate carinae on both carapace and abdomen. Hyes present. Lateral process of antennules distally pointed. First pair of pereiopods with a setose exopod ; second pair chelate, reaching slightly beyond carpus of, or nearly as long as, first pair, dactylus about one- third the length of propodus, carpus shorter than ischium ; dactylus of fourth and fifth pairs not laminar. Endopod of last four pairs of pleopods only slightly shorter than exopod, one-jointed and with appendix interna at base. Inferior apices of branchiae turned forwards, giving the whole gill a characteristic C-shaped appearance. Formula :— ) ] cee — | VIG | VEL ES Ve ER mL DG 0S | xa iexXcLy REP Ase 5 | La UTI Moe 2 | Podobranchiae, ss» | ep. |1+ep. | Arthrobranchiae, E a be 1 | Pleurobranchiae, Bre ase nee 1 1 1 1 1 1 | 1T am indebted to Canon Norman for the information that these Shet- land specimens, which he recorded in 1869 as Crangon fasciatus, are in reality (as he suggested in 1887) examples of neglectus. 2Mr. A. O. Walker has very kindly allowed me to examine the speci- mens recorded by him from Valencia (1898, p. 163) as Crangon neglectus. These specimens, three in number, are of extremely small size, ca. 7 mm.; they, however, show distinct traces of lateral tubercles, and I strongly suspect that they are only young specimens of typical P. bispinosus. I. ’08. 156 Aegeon Lacazei (Gourret), Pl. XXII, figs. 1-5. Crangon Lacazei, Gourret, 1888, Pl. xu, figs. 19-238; Pl) xin, figs Wy: Aegeon Brendani, Kemp, 1906. The rostrum is short, depressed, and about half the length of the eyestalks; it is very deeply emarginate apically and provided near the base with a pair of small, semi-obsolete lateral spinules. The carapace is very strongly convex, deeper than broad, and furnished with seven dentate carinae, of which the three lateral pairs are curved in dorsal view. The spine at the outer edge of the orbit is but little longer than the rostrum, but the antero-lateral angle is very strongly pro- nounced and reaches considerably beyond the eyes. The median carina of the carapace bears four strong forwardly directed teeth, of which the third is the largest ; the first lateral row consists of six teeth which decrease in size from before backwards, the hindmost, however, not being reduced to mere spinules as in the case of A. cataphractus. The second lateral carina terminates anteriorly in the antero-lateral angle; it is interrupted in its anterior third by a depression which runs from the back of the orbit towards the branchial region. In front of this depression the carina is represented by a single spine; another spine, which is situated immediately behind the sharp antero-lateral angle, appears more properly to be- long to the third lateral row. Posterior to the depression the carina is divided into six or seven teeth; the anterior of these is sharp, but the others are semi-obsolete and in most speci- mens are little more than nicks in the carina. ‘The third lateral carina, which runs close to the inferior margin of the carapace, consists of a stout anterior spine (mentioned above), behind which is a row of very obscure spinules which very fre- queutly are scarcely perceptible. The abdominal sonutes are all finely and sharply sculptured. The first somite bears a pair of dorsal carinae which are pro- duced anteriorly to sharp forwardly directed teeth; outside these is a short interrupted carina, bearing two small but sharp teeth, which continues the curve of the first lateral carina of the carapace; the second lateral carina is also con- tinued on to this somite, where it is represented by several blunt elevations. The second somite bears in its middle a stout forwardly directed dorsal spine. The third and fourth somites are each furnished with three dorsal carinae, of which the two outer are posteriorly divergent. The fifth and sixth somites are armed with a pair of dorsal carinae, outside of which traces of a second pair are visible ; the median pair of the fifth are slightly divergent posteriorly ; those of the sixth are parallel, notched so as to show two pairs of backwardly directed spines, and posteriorly carried back beyond the edge we I. ’08. 157 of the somite to form a pair of sharp spines on either side of the telson. The sixth somite is about one and a half times the length of the fifth. The lateral portions of all the somites are occupied by obscure elevations and depressions; in the male the pleura are bluntly pointed below, but more rounded in the female. The telson is not quite one and a half times the length of the sixth somite, but 1s somewhat longer than the inner uropod, slightly sulcate dorsally, and terminates in an acute point, which, in perfect specimens, is provided with a few long setae ; dorso-laterally it 1s furnished with one or two very minute pairs of spinules. The eyes are short and widest distally; the cornea, which is black, occupies only a comparatively small area at the apex of the stalk. The peduncle of the inner antennae reaches more than half the length of the antennal scale ; the lateral process is apically pointed and scarcely reaches to the distal end of the basal seg- ment, the second joint is rather longer than the third. In the female the two flagella are of about equal thickness, the inner, which is longer than the outer, being somewhat shorter than the peduncle. In the male (fig. 3) the inner flagellum is quite twice the length of the peduncle, while the outer is shorter and greatly thickened basally. The antennal scale (fig. 4) is almost twice as long as wide ; its outer edge is very definitely concave and the apical spine projects beyond the lamellar portion. The oral appendages do not appear to differ in any im- portant particular from those of A. cataphractus, but are pro- vided with finer and less dense fringes of setae. In both species the podobranch at the base of the second maxillipede is practicaily rudimentary, consisting only of a few simple plates. The pereiopods also bear the closest resemblance to those of A. caltaphractus ; as a whole they are rather more slender and a trifle longer than in that species and the setae are finer and less numerous. The small exopod at the base of the first pair of pereiopods is rather densely clothed with fine setae. In the second pair the propodus, carpus, and merus are all nearly the same length and each shorter than the ischium. The third pair is longer and more slender than the fourth and fifth which are of about equal length. The first five abdominal sterna are each furnished with a small median tubercle which is far less conspicuous than the stout spine present in cataphractus. The inner uropod is narrow, about six times as long as broad, and is much longer than the outer, which is little more than three and a half times as long as broad. Size.—The largest specimen is a female measuring 32 mm. Through the good offices of M. Penot I have been able to compare the Irish specimens, which were recently described as A. Brendani, with authentic examples of A. Lacazei from I. 08. 158 the Gulf of Marseilles. There is no doubt that A. Brendani is a synonym of the species found by Gourret, though this is by no means evident from his description and figures. Aegeon Lacazet may be readily distinguished from all other known species of the genus (with the possible exception of A. Habereri, Doflein) by the comparatively narrow an- tennal scale with concave outer edge. Doflein (1902) describes the antennal scale of his A. Habereri from East Asiatic waters as oval, but in a rather rough figure the outer edge appears to be concave. Miss Rathbun (1906) when recording specimens of this form from Hawaiian waters, does not allude to the shape of the antennal scale, but mentions that the median carina of the carapace is five-toothed in the female and that the outer antennular flagellum of the female is not more than half as thick as the inner. These characteristics are certainly not present in A. Lacazet. . In addition to the shape of the antennal scale, A. Lacazei may be distinguished from A. cataphractus, the common Medi- terranean form, by its more slender build and fine sculpturing, by the number of teeth on the second lateral carina of the carapace and by the greater length of the sixth abdominal somite (in A. cataphractus the fifth and sixth somites are of much the same length). General distribution.—Until quite recently this species was known only from the Gulf of Marseilles, where the type speci- mens were found. In addition to the Irish examples I have examined a number of individuals caught by the Hualey on the N. side of the Bay of Biscay. Irish distribution.—All the specimens were found in deep water off the south-west of Ireland. The records are :— Helga. S.R. 165—3 /11 /’04.—52° 6’ N., 11°44’ W., 244 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 230 fathoms 10-4° C., salinity 35-61°/ ,. ; —Two, 14 mm. §.R. 171—5 /11 /’04.—52° 7’ N., 11° 58’ W., 337 fathoms. Trawl. —Six', 23-32 mm. S.R. 188—3 /2 /’05.—51° 53’ N., 11° 59’ W., 320-372 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fathoms 10-12° C., salinity 35-50°/ —One, 24 mm. S.R. 321—1/5/06.—50° 58’ N., 11° 17’ W., 208-480 fathoms. Trawl.—One, 16 mm. S.R. 330—9 /5 /06.—51° 16’ N., 11° 37’ W., 374-415 fathoms. Traw « Temperature at 400 fathoms 9-55°C., salinity 35-33° /, —One, 17 mm. S.R. 362—9 /8 /06.—51° 34’ 30” N., 11° 27’ W., 145-160 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 150 fathoms 10-05° C., salinity 35 -37°/ ,,—One, 24 mm. oo 1 The type specimen is a female measuring 32 mm. I. ’08. 159 The Dublin Museum contains a single specimen of this species taken by the Lord Bandon expedition in 1886. — It was found in lat. 51° 11’ N., long. 11° 31’ W., at a depth of 325 fathoms. Vertical range.—Found off the Irish coast m 160-374 fathoms and in the Bay of Biscay in 240-246 fathoms. Gourret states that the type specimens were found between 38 and 44 fathoms. This record is very remarkable and is not improbably based on error. There is reason to believe that the specimens were caught by a local fisherman and came from deeper water than Gourret supposed. GreNus Pontophilus, Leach. Rostrum depressed ; carapace usually with longitudinal den- tate carinac. Hyes present. First pair of pereiopods with, or without, a small exopod; second pair slender, chelate, and very short—rarely reaching distal extremity of merus of first pair, carpus very much shorter than ischium ; dactyh of fourth and fifth pairs not laminar. Endopod of last four pairs of pleopods only slightly shorter than exopod, composed of a single segment and with an appendix interna at base. — In- ferior apices of branchiae turned backwards; formula :— — WeerWii, fea I py cos ne AN eRe EV _ Podobranchiae, anf eD: | 1 +ep.| tep.? | ot! Ge me Arthrobranchiae, ap | | | | Pleurobranchiae, see | ne a 1 1 ] | 1 i 1 Alcock (1901) has stated that the absence of an exopod on the first pair of pereiopods is characteristic of Pontophilus ; this exopod is, however, present in P. spinosus, the type species of the genus, and also in P. norvegicus. The two British and Irish species of Pontophilus may be separated thus :— I. First lateral carina of carapace armed with three teeth, the second with two teeth, P. spinosus (p. 160). II. First lateral carina of carapace armed with two teeth, the second with only one, P. norvegicus (p. 162). 1This epipod when present is rudimentary. I. ’08 160 Pontophilus spinosus (Leach). Pl. XXI, figs. 8, ard. Crangon spinosus, Bell, 1853, fig., p. 261. Cheraphilus spinosus, Kinahan, 1861, fig. vu.t Crangon spinosus, Heller, 1863, Pl. vir, fig. 16. Pontophilus spinosus, M. Sars, 1868, Pl. 1, figs. 38-45 ; P]. 11, figs. 46, 47. Pontophilus spinosus, G. O. Sars, 1890, Pl. 111, figs. 1-20 (development). Rostrum short, sightly hollowed dorsally, broad at base, tapering rapidly to a narrow rounded apex, and bearing at about its middle a small short spinule on either side. Cara- pace broad, with five longitudinal dentate carinae ; the median with three stout teeth and frequently with one or two minute spinules in addition in front of the most anterior. First lateral carina also bearing three stout teeth, second lateral with two on its anterior half. Antero-lateral angle flanked by a short carina which rapidly becomes obsolete, vanishing com- pletely on the branchial region. First four abdominal somites very faintly carinate dorsally ; fifth with two pairs of posteriorly divergent carinae; sixth with two pairs of parallel carinae, the outer pair usually very obscure. Telson dorsally sulcate and rather longer than the inner uropod. Basal joint of anutennular peduncle very slightly longer than second and third combined, furnished in the middle of its in- ferior margin with a stout forwardly directed spine; lateral process acutely pointed and reaching slightly beyond distal end of segment. Second joint longer than third and almost as broad as long. Antennal scale (fig. 8b) in adult specimens not quite two and a half times as long as wide; outer edge somewhat convex proximally and slightly concave distally, apically produced to a sharp spine reaching beyond the distal end of the lamellar portion of the scale. Colour in life.—WLarge specimens show a very striking type of coloration. The carapace and abdomen are mottled reddish brown. Dorsally the carapace has a prominent bluish white patch extending from the base of the rostrum to the second median spine and bounded laterally by the first iateral carina. Similar bluish white patches are present on the abdominal somites, telson and uropods. S.R. 501—11 /9 /’07.—50° 49’ N., 11° 22’ W., 447-625 fathoms. Prawn trawl—Four. S.R. 502—11 /9 /’07.—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fathoms Trawl. Temperature at 500 fathoms 88° C., salinity 35°37°/ ,, Twenty-six, 14-57 mm. S.R. 504—12 /9 /’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 fathoms. Trawl—Fifteen, 11-49 mm. S.R. 505—12 /9 /’07.—50° 39’ N., 11° 14’ W., 464-627 fathoms. Trawl—Twelve, 32-49 mm. S.R. 506—12 /9 /’07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661-672 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 8-22° C., salinity 35 -53°/ ,.—Twenty-one, 12-61 mm. This abundant species has only once previously been re- corded from British waters—by Norman (1894) in a distribu- tion table of the Crustacea of Norway. The locality is :~- Porcupine. St. 47—August, 1869.—59° 34’ N., 7° 18’ W., 542 fathoms, bottom temperature 6 -5° C.—One. Vertical range.—As will be seen from the above records P. norvegicus is found off the Irish coast between 199 and 775 fathoms. Smith mentions it from 101 fathoms off the east coast of N. America; off the Swedish coast it has been found I. ’08. 166 in only 80 to 90 fathoms (Goés, fide Ohlin), while Sars has re- corded it from 380 fathoms off the Norwegian coast. The species does not seem to have been hitherto caught in as much as 775 fathoms. TrisE STENOPIDEA. Famity STENOPIDAE. © Genus Richardina, A. Milne-Edwards. Richardina spinicincta, A. Milne-Edwards. Pl. XXIII, figs. 1-10. Richardina spincincta, A. Milne-Edwards, 1881. Richardina spinicincta, A. Milne-Edwards, 1882. fichardina spinicincta, A. Milne-Edwards, 1883, Pl. 41. The rostrum is strongly compressed and about half as long as the carapace measured in the mid-dorsal line. Dorsally it is armed with from nine to eleven evenly spaced teeth, behind which a small blunt tubercle is usually found situated on the carapace ; ventrally the rostrum is provided with from two to five teeth on its distal half. The carapace is broad and only slightly compressed ; at about its middle there is a prominent transverse cincture of procumbent spines, about thirty in number, which extends downwards on either side for rather more than half its depth, an additional spine being present in front of the most inferior of the series. Behind the base of the rostrum there is a second transverse row of forwardly- directed spines ; these are six or eight in number and are in- terrupted in the mid-dorsal line by a carina which runs back- wards from the rostrum, becoming obsolete shortly before it reaches the posterior series of spines. The anterior margin of the carapace is produced and rounded below the orbital notch ; there is a small spine above the base of the antennae and a number of spinules on the rounded inferior angle. The abdominal somites are all smooth and evenly rounded dorsally ; the first somite is not overlapped by the pleura of the second. There is a minute spinule on the posterior margins of the fourth and fifth somites above the acutely pointed in- ferior angle, while on the proximal part of the sixth, near the lower margin, there is a pair of stout spines. The telson (fig. 10) is about the same length as the inner and outer uropods and is deeply sulcate in the mid-dorsal line, the convex portions on either side being strongly spinose.!_ There is a single very strong lateral spine on either side at about the middle, and 1The arrangement of the dorsal spines seems to be subject to consider- able variation. In fig. 10 (which illustrates the only perfect telson ob- served) it will be noticed that they are not even placed symmetrically. I *68. 167 from this onwards to the apex the margins are clothed with long setae. The apex is rounded with a minute central point and a blunt spine marking each outer angle; it bears eight long setae and a few short hairs. The eye (fig. 3) is short; the corneal area is indistinctly marked off from the stalk ; it only shows the very faintest traces of facets, and is entirely devoid of black pigment. The stalk is considerably wider than the cornea and bears seven strong spines, two on the outer side and five on the inner superior aspect. The antennular peduncle reaches about to the apex of the rostrum. ‘The proximal jomt is much longer than the two following combined; it bears at its base a short forwardly directed lateral process. The second joint is almost twice the length of the third and is furnished with three spines, two on the inner and one on the outer aspect. In the female the flagella are very long and of about equal thickness; the outer and lower ramus is the longer. The basal joints of the an- tennae are spinose below. The antennal scale (fig. 2) reaches beyond the rostrum by almost one-half its length and is almost three and a half times as long as wide. The outer edge is strongly concave and bears from two to five teeth’ in addition to that which forms its distal termination. The lamellar por- tion is narrowed anteriorly and slopes away rather rapidly from the apical spine. The flagellum is much longer than the en- tire length of the animal. The mandibles (fig. 4) bear a curved three-jointed palp ; the incisor and molar processes are only separated from one an- other by a groove. The characters of the two pairs of maxillae and the first two maxillipedes are shown in figs. 6-8. The third maczillipedes are seven-jointed, and when stretched for- wards reach beyond the middle of the antennal scale. The exopod is long, reaching beyond the distal end of the ischium, and the merus is provided with a double row of spines on its outer and inferior aspect. All the joints are strongly setose ventrally. The first three pairs of pereiopods are chelate, the third pair being very much the longest. The first pair reaches slightly beyond the apex of the antennal scale; the carpus is a little longer than the merus and the chela is about three-fifths the length of the carpus. The second pair reaches beyond the an- tennal scale by the whole chela and nearly one-third of the carpus ; the merus is three-quarters the length of the ischium and the chela is half as long again as that of the first pair. The legs of the third pair are equal and symmetrical (thus sharply contrasting with R. spongicola, Aleock and Anderson, in which one is immensely bigger than the other); they are stouter than any of the others and reach beyond the antennal scale by the chela and four-fifths of the carpus. The merus is only slightly longer than the carpus and the large chela is 1 Milne-Edwards (1883) does not figure any spines on the outer margin of the antennal scale. Although these are present in all three Irish examples, it is quite possible that they are sometimes missing. 1: *OS. 168 fully one and a quarter times the length of the former. The number and arrangement of the spinules on the dorsal and ventral aspects of the merus, carpus and propodus seems to be subject to considerable variation. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are about equal in length, each being slightly shorter than the third. The merus is a little shorter than the carpus and about one-third longer than the propodus. The carpus and propodus are subdivided into several rather obscure joints ; in both pairs the carpus is composed of five joints and the propodus of four. The dactylus is simple and acutely- pointed and more than one-third of the propodus in length. The branchial formula is :— Tees ] ] — ov vias, | x, | xt) xm | xn | xv | ea | Podobranchiae, v2 |) sepa L-ep. | eps ep. ep. ep. ep. Pleurobranchiae, co me a 1 7 4] 1 seb lcci 1 1 | | ! | | Arthrobranchiae, bod t! en: 1 7 al Md ee: 2 ae | | | There is a small rounded setose lobe immediately above the base of the last pair of pereiopods. The first pair of pleopods are uniramous in the female; the rest are biramous, with both inner and outer branches broadly lanceolate. The outer wropod (fig. 9) is about twice as long as wide ; it is broadly rounded at the apex and bears four or five spines on its outer margin. The lamella is stiffened by two longitudinal parallel ribs. The inner uropod is rather less than three times as long-as wide and has only a single longi- tudinal rib. The eggs of this species are very large, measuring approxi- mately 2 mm. by 1°5 mm. in longer and shorter diameter. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures about 21°5 mm. Colour in life.—The carapace is very pale red, almost trans- parent, with numerous red chromatophores on its posterior half ; the hepatic region is yellowish and shows faintly through the cephalothoracic walls. The first five abdominal somites are pale rose red; the sixth somite, telson, and uropods are transparent. The rostrum and eyestalk are rather thickly dotted with minute red chromatophores; the corneal area is pale orange and very strongly refractive. The antennules, antennae, third maxillipedes, pereiopods and pleopods are all transparent ; the mandibles, maxillae and first two maxilli- pedes are deep red. The eggs, when first extruded, are deep black in colour, but change immediately to a salmon pink when placed in spirit. The larvae enclosed within eggs attached to one of the speci- mens are in a very advanced condition and are apparently 108. _ 169 almost ready to emerge. From an examination of these it appears that the young are liberated in a very advanced state of development, as might be expected in the case of a species bearing such large eggs. In these larvae all the pereiopods and pleopods are present, although the uropods are not yet free ; the telson is deeply bifurcate much as in Spence Bate’s figure of the protozoea of Spongicola venusta (1888, Pl. xxix, fig. 2). General distribution.—The type and the only previously re- corded specimen of this species was dredged by the Travailleur in 1880 in the Bay of Biscay. A closely allied, but apparently distinct, form, Richardina Fredericii, has been found by the Puritan expedition in the Mediterranean (lio Bianco, 1903). Irish distribution.—Three specimens of Richardina spini- cincta have been found off the Irish coast :— Helga. S.R. 331—9 /5/’06.—51° 12’ N., 11° 56’ W., 610-680 fathoms. Trawl—One ovigerous female, 21-5 mm. S.R. 364—10/8 /’06.—51° 24’ N., 11° 47’ W., 620-695 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 7-92° C., salinity 35 -37°/, One, 16 mm. S.R. 506—12 /9 /’07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661-672 fathoms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fathoms 8 -22° C., salinity 35 -53°/ ..—One ovigerous female, 20 mm. It seems probable that the genus Richardina, like other genera of Stenopidae, is definitely associated with sponges. R. spongicola was found in Indian waters in Hyalonema Ma- soni. None of the examples of R. spinicincta were actually found in sponges, but the Hexactinellid, Pheronema Grayt, was taken in large numbers in the first haul, S.R. 331, and less abundantly at S.R. 506. Vertical range.—661--672 fathoms. T. 708. 170 ADDENDUM. Glyphocrangon longirostris (Smith). While this paper was in press, a single specimen of the genus Glyphocrangon was obtained by the ss. Helga off the W. coast of Ireland. Hitherto no representative of the family Glyphocrangonidae has been recorded from British and Irish waters. The specimen is unfortunately only about half grown ; it mea- sures 40 mim. in length and was caught at Station $.R. 851, lat. 50° 47°5’ N., long. 11° 43’ W., 900 fathoms. It agrees in almost every detail with Smith’s original description of Glypho- crangon (=Rhachocaris) longirostris (1882, p. 51, pl. v, fig. 1, pl. vi, fig. 1) drawn up from a specimen 54 mm. in length and also with Faxon’s remarks (1895, p. 143) on the same in- dividual. When freshly caught the animal was ivory-white in colour with a suffusion of pink on the rostrum, the anterior part of the carapace, the oral appendages and the first pair of pereiopods. The corneal area of the eyes was pale orange without a trace of black pigment. According to Smith’s amended description (1886), drawn up from specimens 99-107 mm. in length, the eyes in full-grown examples are ‘‘ dark colored as in the other species.” In the Irish specimen now recorded arthrobranchs appear to be absent from the bases of the first two pairs of pereiopods, in accordance with Alcock’s definition of the subgenus Plasto- crangon though not with MacGilchrist’s account of G. longi- rostris! (?) from the Indian Ocean. Apart from the record just mentioned, considered doubtful by the author, only eight specimens of G. longirostris are known; four of these were found off the east coast of the United States between lat. 31° 41’ and 39° 35’ N., 1043-1073 fathoms (Smith), and four off the S. African coast between 660 and 800 fathoms (Stebbing). 1Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xv, 1905, p. 239. iL. 08. Wal LIST OF REFERENCES. Adensamer, 1898.—‘‘ Decapoden gesammelt auf 8.M.S. Pola, 1890-94.” Denk. d. Math. Naturwiss. Classe d. K. Akad.. Wien, Bd. LXV. Alcock, 1901.—‘‘ A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea Decapoda, Macrura and Anomala, in the Indian Museum.” Appellof, 1906.—‘ Dekapoden Crustaceen.”” Bergen. Barrois, 1882.--“ Catalogue des Crustacés Podophthalmaires recueillis a Concarneau.” Barrois, 1888.—‘‘ Catalogue des Crustacés marins recueillis aux A cores.” Spence Bate, 1859.—“ Description of a new British Hippolyte (H. Gordoniana).”—Proc. Dublin Univ. Zool. and Bot. Assoc., Vol. I, p. 48. Spence Bate, 1881.—‘‘On the Penaeidea.’—Ann. Mag. Nat. His t. Ser. 5, Vol. VIII. Spence Bate, 1888.—‘“ Crustacea Macrura.”—Rep. Sci. Results of Challenger Expedition. Zoology, Vol. XXIV. Bell, 1853.—“ A History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea.”’ Boas, 1889.—‘ Uber den ungl. Entwicklung der Salzwasser- und Siiss- wasserform von P. varians.’—Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Vol. IV. Borradaile, 1907. — ‘‘ On the Classification of the Decapod Crustaceans.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XIX. Bouvier, 1906.—“Sur les Gennadas ou Pénéides Bathypélagiques.”— Bull. Mus. Océanog. Monaco., No. 80. Bouvier, 1908.—‘“‘ Crustacés décapodes (Peéneidés) provenant des cam- pagnes de | Hirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice.’’— Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fase. XX XIII. Calman, 1896.—‘ On Deep-sea Crustacea from the South Coast of Treland.”—Trans. Royal Irish Acad., Vol. XX XI. Calman, 1897.—‘‘ Notes on Rockall Island and Bank—Crustacea.’’— Trans. Royal Irish Acad., Vol. X XI. Calman, 1899.—“ On the British Pandalidae.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. III. Calman, 1903.—‘‘ On Macrurous Crustacea obtained during the cruise of the Oceana.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XI. Calman, 1904.—‘‘ On the classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca.” | —Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XIII. rf. *OS. 172 Calman, 1906.—‘“‘ Notes on some Genera of the Hippolytidae.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XVII. Qalman, 1907.---‘‘ Crustacea Decapoda of the National Antarctic Expedition.” Caullery, 1896.—‘‘ Crustacés Schizopodes et Décapodes; Resultats Scientifiques de la Campagne du Caudan.—Ann. Univ. Lyon. XXVI. Chun, 1888.—“ Bibliotheca Zoologica,” Vol. I. Coutiére, 1899.—‘‘ Les Alpheidae.”—Ann. des Se. Nat. Zool., Ser. Si Vielz IX Coutiere, 1905.—‘‘ Note préliminaire sur les Eucyphotes recueillis par S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco.”—Bull. Mus. Océanog. Monaco, No. 48. Coutiere, 1906,-—‘“‘ Ia Synonymie et le Développement de quelques Hoplophoridae.”—Bull. Mus. Océanog. Monaco, No. 70. Coutiére, 1907 (1).—“ Sur quelques formes larvaires d’Eucyphotes provenant de |’Expédition antarctique suédoise.”— Ball. Mus. Paris, No. 9. Coutiere, 1907 (2).—‘ Sur quelques formes larvaires enigmatiques d’Eucyphotes,”-—Bull. Inst. Océanog. Monaco, No. 104. Czerniavsky, 1884.—‘‘ Crustacea Decapoda Pontica Littoralia,” Dana, 1852.—‘‘ Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition.” Danielssen, 1859.—‘‘ Beretning om en zoologisk Reise foretagen i Som- meren 1857.”—Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid., Bd. XI. (1861). [Published separately in 1859}. Doflein, 1900.—‘“ Die Dekapoden Krebse der Arktischen Meere.”— Fauna Arctica, Bd. I, lief. 2. Ehrenbaum, 1890.— “ Zur Naturgeschichte von Crangon vulgaris, Fabr.” Mittheil. fiir Kusten und Hochsee-fischerei. Faxon, 1895. —‘‘Stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Albatross Expedition.”— Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. XVIII. Filhol, 1886.-—‘‘ La Vie au fond des Mers.” Fischer, 1872.—‘‘Crustacés Podophthalmaires du département de la Gironde.”— Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, XX VIII. Goés, 1863.—‘ Crustacea Decapoda Podophthalma Marina Sueciae.”— Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. E Gourret, 1888.—‘ Révision des Crustacés podophthalmes du Golfe de Marseille.”—Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille, III. Gurney, 1903.—‘‘The Metamorphoses of the Decapod Crustaceans Aegeon fasciatus and Aegeon trispinosus.”—Proc. Zool. Soc. London. E708. 173 Hailstone and Westwood, 1835.—“ Descriptions of some species of Crustaceous Animals, with illustrations and re- marks.”— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser, 1, Vol. VIIT. Hansen, 1887.—‘‘ Malacostraca marina Groenlandiae occidentalis.” — Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren., Kjébenhavn. Hansen, 1896. —“ On the Development and Species of Crustaceans of the genus Sergestes.”—Proc. Zool. Soc., London. Hansen, 1903 (1).—‘ On Crustaceans of the genera Petalidiwm and Sergestes from the Challenger... . . ”__Proc. Zool. Soc., London. Hansen, 1903 (2).—‘“‘ On a new species of Sergestes obtained during the cruise of the Oceana.” —Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, vol. XI. Hansen, 1908.-—“ Crustacea Malacostraca of the Danish-Ingolf Expe- dition. Heller, 1863.—‘‘ Die Crustaceen des Siidlichen Europa.” Henderson, 1886.—‘‘ The Decapod and Schizopod Crustacea of the Firth of Clyde.”—Proc, and Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. I. Herdman, 1880.—“ On the Invertebrate Fauna of Lamlash Bay.”— Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. V. Herdman, 1893 — Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Laboratory, Sci. Invest. for 1892. “Investigator,” 1892—1907.—Lllustrations of the Zoology of R.I.M.S.S. Investigator.—Crustacea, Parts I-XII, Plates I- LXXIXx. Keeble and Gamble, 1900.—‘‘The Colour Physiology of Hippolyte varians.”—Proc. Royal Soc., Vol. LXV. Keeble and Gamble, 1904-5.—‘*The Colour Physiology of Higher. Crustacea.”—Phil. Trans. Royal Soc., Ser. B., Vols. CXCVI and CXCVII. Kemp, 1906 (1).—‘‘ On the occurence of the genus Acanthephyra in deep water off the West Coast of Ireland.” —Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, I. Kemp, 1906 (2).—‘‘Macrura from the West Coast of Iveland.”— Fisheries, Lreland, Sci. Invest., 1905, V. Kemp, 1906 (3).—‘ Two new spp. of Carida trom the West Coasi of Treland.’’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, vol. X VIT. Kemp, 1907.—‘“ Biscayan Plankton collected during a cruise of H.M.S. Research, 1900—Pt. XI, Decapoda,”—Trans. Linn. Soe., Vol. X. Kemp, 1909.—‘‘ The Decapods of the genus Gennadas collected by H.M.S. Challenger.”’—Proc. Zool. Soc., London. Kinahan, 1860 (1).—‘ On a Crangon new to science, with notices of other Crustacea and observations on the Crustacea Podophthalmia of the Dublin marine district.” — Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II, p, 27. T. °68: 174 Kinahan, 1860 (2).—“ Distribution of Irish Crustacea not included in Dublin lists."\-Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II, p. 43. Kinahan, 1860 (3).—‘‘ On the occurrence of a new Irish Aesop Prawu in Dublin Bay.”—Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. See., Vol. TY, ps aloe Kinahan, 1860 (4).—‘ Notes on Dredging in Belfast Bay, with a list of species.”’—Proe. Dublin Nat. Hist. aes Vol. II, p. 128. Kinahan, 1861.—“‘On the Britannic species of Crangon and Galathea.”— Trans. Royal Irish Acad., Vol. XXIV. Kishinouye, 1905.—“On Acetes japonicus.’’—Annot. Zool. Jap., vol. V. Kroyer, 1842.—‘‘ Monografisk Fremstilling af Slaegten Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter.’’—Danske Videnskab. Selskabs- naturv. og. math. Afhandl., IX. Kroyer, 1859.-—-‘ Forség til en monografisk Fremstilling af Krebsdyr- slaegten Sergestes, med Bemaerkninger om Deca- podernes Horeredskaber.”—K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, 5 Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. iv. 2. Lo Bianco, 1901.—‘“‘ Le pesche abissali eseguite da F. A. Krupp col yacht Puritan nelle adiacenze di Capri ed in altro localita del Mediterraneo.’’—Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. XVI Lucas, 1850.—‘‘ Observations sur un nouveau genre de lordre des Décapodes Macroures appartenant a la tribu des Pénéens,”—Ann. Soc. Entom. France, Ser. 2, Tome Via, Mayer, 1881.—‘‘ Die Metamorphose von P. varians.’’—Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Vol. I]. Meinert, 1877.—‘‘ Crustacea Isopoda, Amphipoda, et Decapoda Daniae.”—Naturhist, Tidsskrift, R. 3, Band XI. Meinert, 1890. —Det Videnskabelige Udbytte af Kanonbaaden ‘ Hauchs’ Togter, IIf. Crustacea Malacostraca. Melville, 1860.—“ A list of the Crustacea Podophthalmia of the Galway marine district.’’—Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist Soc., Vol. IT, p. 41. Metzger, 1875.—‘‘ Crustaceen aus den Ordnungen Edriophthalmata und Podophthalmata; Die Expedition zur physikalisch- chemischen und biologischen Untersuchung der Nord- see, 1872.”—Jahresber. d. Comm. z. wissensch. Un- ters. d. deutschen Meere in Kiel.—Jahrg. IJ, IT]. A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 (1).—“ Compte rendu sommaire d’une ex- ploration Zoologique faite dans |’ Atlantique, a bord du navire 7vravailleur.”’—Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci., Tome XCIII, p. 931. A Milne-Edwards, 1881 (2).—“ Description de quelques Crustacés Macroures provenant ... dela mer des Antilles,’””— Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zool., Ser. 6, Vol. XI. is *08. 175 A. Milne-Edwards, 1882.—‘ Rapport sur les travaux de la Commission chargée d’étudier la Faune Sous-marine.”’~—Arch. des Miss. Sci. et Litt., Ser. 3, Tome IX (footnotes on p. 37). A. Milne-Edwards, 1883.-—‘‘ Recueil de figures de Crustacés nouveaux ou peu connus.”’ H. Milne Edwards, 1837.—“ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés.’’ Mortensen, 1897.—‘ Undersdgelser over vor Almindelige Rejes, Palaemon Fabrics.” —Videnskabelige Undersigelser paa Fiskeriernes Omraade udgivne af Dansk Fiskeri- forening, I. Murie, 1903,—“ Report on the Sea Fisheries and Fishing Industries of the Thames Estuary.” Norman, 1861.—“ Contributions to British Carcinology. Characters of undescribed Podophthalmia and Entomostraca.””— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. VIII. Norman, 1862.—‘‘On the Crustacea, &c., obtained in Deep-sea Dredging off the Shetland Isles in 1861.’’—Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci, for 1861. Norman, 1865.—‘“ Report of Deep-sea Dredging on the Coast. of Northumberland and Durham, 1862-64,-—Crusta- cea.”’— Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Durham, Vol. L. Norman, 1867.—‘‘ Rep. of Committee appointed for the purpose of Ex- ploring the Coasts of the Hebrides.— Pt. II. Crusta- cea, &c.’’—Rep. Brit. Ass. Ady. Sci. for 1886. Norman, 1868.—‘ On the British species of Alpheus, Typton and Axius.’’—Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. II Norman, 1869.—-‘* Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles— Pt. II. Crustacea, &c.’’—Report Brit. Ass. Adv .Sci. for 1868. Norman, 1876.—“ Biology of the Valorous Cruise, 1875— Crustacea.” — Proc. Royal Soc., Vol. XX V. Norman, 1882.—‘ Report on the Crustacea collected in the Faroe Channel by the Anight Errant Expedition.” —Proc. Royal Soc. Edinburgh, Vol XI. Norman, 1887.—‘‘ On a Crangon, some Schizopoda and Cumacea new to or rare in British Seas.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. DB. Vol. Xai x. Norman, 1890.—‘' The ‘ British Area’ in Marine Zoology.’’—Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser 6, Vol. V. Norman, 1894.-—“ A month on the Trondhjem Fiord.’?—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, vol. XIII. Norman and Scott, 1906.—‘ The Crustacea of Devon and Cornwall.” Norman, 1907.—“ The Crustacea of the Channel Is.””—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,, Ser. 7, vol. XX. T. 03. 176 Norman and Scott, 1909.—‘ The Crustacea of Northumberland and Durham.’’-—Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Dur- ham, vol. IIT, part 2. mae 1901.—‘ Arctic Crustacea-—II. Decapoda, Schizopoda.’’—Bihang till R. Svenska Vet-Akad. Handlingar, Bd. 27.° Ortmann, 1891.—‘‘ Die Dekapoden—Krebse des Strasburger Museums, II.’’—Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst., &., Bd. V. Ortmann, 1893.— Decapoda und Schizopoda der Plankton Expedition.” Patience, 1908.—‘*Some Notes on the Distribution of the Clyde Crangonidae.”’—Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc., Glasgow. Patterson, 1898.—‘‘ The Stalk-eyed Crustacea of Great Yarmouth.”— Zoologist, Ser. LV, Vol. XI. Pearson, 1905.-—“‘ Rep. XXIV.—On the Macrura,’”’—-Rep. to Ceylon Government on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the G of Manaar. Perrier, 1886.—‘‘ Les Explorations sous-marines.” Philippi, 1840.—‘ Zoologische Bemerkungen.”—Archiv f. Naturges- chichte, Vol. VI. Rathbun, 1900.-—‘‘ The Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico,”—Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, Vol XX, Part 2 Rathbun, 1904 —‘ Decapod Crustaceans of the North-west Coast of North America.””—Harriman Alaska Expedition. Rathbun, 1906.—‘' The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands.’’—Bull. U. 8. Fish Commission for 1903. Riggio, 1900.—‘“ Contributo alla carcinologia del Mediterraneo (sunto).’’— Monitore Zoolog. Ital., Anno XI, suppl., p.19: Riggio, 1905.-—‘‘ Contributo alla Carcinologia del Mediterraneo— I, Nota sopra alquanti Crostacei del mare di Messina.” —I] Naturalista Siciliano, Anno XVII. Risso, 1816.—‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés des environs de Nice.” G. O. Sars, 1882.—‘ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer.’’— Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. Christiania, No 18. G. O. Sars, 1885.—“ Crustacea, I.’’—'The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, 1876-1878. G. O. Sars, 1890.—‘‘ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Decapodernes Forvand- linger—Pt. III, Crangonidae Archiv f. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. XIV. G. O. Sars, 1900.—‘‘ Account of post-embryonic development of Lan- dalus borealis, with notes on the development of other Pandali,”’—Norwegian Fishery Investigations, Vol. I, No. 3. M. Sars, 1868.—‘ Bidrag til Kundskab om Christiania fjordens Fauna.’—Nyt. Mag. Naturvid., Bd. XV. i. 708. 177 Scott, 1888.—“ A revised list of the Crustacea of the Firth of Forth.’’— 6th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. IIT, p. 235. Scott, 1889.—‘‘ Some additions to the Fauna of the Firth of Forth.’’— 7th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. ITI, p. 311. Scott, 1891.—“ Additions to the Fauna of the Firth of Forth.”—9th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. IIT, p. 300. Scott, 1897.— “‘ The Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of Loch Fyne.”— 15th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. III, p. 107, Scott, 1901.—‘“‘ Notes on Gatherings of Crustacea collected ... . off Aberdeen.”—19th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. ITI, p. 235. Scott, 1902. —“‘Some notes on Scottish Crangonidae,”— Ann. Scottish Nat. Hist., Vol. XI. Scott, 1906.—‘“ A Catalogue of the Land, Fresh-water, and Marine Crustacea found in the Basin of the River Forth and its Estuary.”—Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, Vor XVE Senna, 1903.—‘ Le Esplorazioni Abissali nel Mediterraneo. —IT. Nota sui Crostacei Decapodi.”—Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., Ann, XXIV. Smith, 1879.—‘ The Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of N. America North of Cape Cod.”—Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V. Smith, 1882.—‘‘ Reports on dredging . . . . on the East Coast of the United States .. .. by the Blake—XVII—Pt. I, Crustacea Decapoda.”—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. X. Smith, 1884.—“ Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the East Coast of the United States.”— Rep. U.S. Fish Commission for 1882. Smith, 1885.—Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. VIII. Smith, 1886.—“ Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the East Coast of the United States.” — Rep. U.S. Fish Commission for 1885. Stebbing, 1893.—‘‘ A History of Recent Crustacea.”—Internat. Scien- tific Series, Vol. LX XIV. Stebbing, 1900.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Part I,”—Marine Investi- gations in South Africa, Vol. I. Stebbing, 1903.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Part II.”—Marine In- vestigations in South Africa, Vol. VI. Stebbing, 1905.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Part III.”— Marine In- vestigations in South Africa, Vol. IV. Stimpson, 1860.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia. Walker, 1892.—“ Revision of the Podophthalmata and Cumacea of Liverpool Bay.”—Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, Vol. VI M ; 08. 178 Walker, 1898.—‘‘ Malacostraca from the West Coast of Ireland.” — Trans. Bio!. Soc., Liverpool, Vol. XIT. Walker, 1899.—‘‘Hippolyte fascigera, Gosse, and H. gracilis (Heller). — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. IIT. Weldon, 1890.—“ Palaemonetes vurians in Plymouth.”—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., N.S., Vol. I, p. 459. Williamson, 1901. — “ n the larval stages of Crangon vulgaris.” —19th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Pt. III, p. 92. Wollebaek, 1900.—‘‘ Decapoda collected during Fishery Investiga- tions.” —Norwegian Fishery Invest., Vol. I, No. 4. Wollebaek, 1908.-—‘‘ Remarks on Decapod Crustaceans of the N. Atlantic and the Norwegian Fjords.”—Bergens Museums Aarbog, No. 12. Wood-Mason, 189].—<‘‘On the Results of Indian Deep-sea Dredging.”—. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. VII. Wood-Mason, 1892.—‘‘ On the Results of Indian Deep-sea Dredging.” — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. IX. F.-08. 179 INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES, THE REFERENCES ARE TO PAGES. A. Acanthephyra, 56. affinis, 68. dehilis, 59. —— gracilis, 59. lanceocaudata, 68. pellucida, 66. —— purpurea, 50. var. multispina, 57. adspersus, Leander, 128, 131. Aegeon, 155. Brendani, 156. cataphractus, 158. fasciatus, 151. Habereri, 158. Lacazei, 156. —— nanus, 152. sculptus, 148. trispinosus, 146. affinis, Acanthephyra, 68. Agassizi, Cheraphilus, 140. Sclerocrangon, 140. Allmanni, Crangon, 138. —— Steiracrangon, 138. Alpheidae, 119. Alpheus, 120. barbara, 120. Halesi, 121. macrocheles, 120. vuber, 120. Amalopenaeus, 13. Amalopenaeus elegans, 14. valens, 19. Anchistia migratoria, 132. scripta, 6. angulatus, Caricyphus, 54. Anisocaris, 54. annulicornis, Pandalus, 86. antarcticus, Crangon, 136. arcticus, Sergestes, 30. Athanas, 122. nitescens, 122. veloculus, 122. atlantica, Bresilia, 82. B. barbara, Alpheus, 120. Benedictt, Ephyrina, 71. bispinosus, Cheraphilus, 152. —— Crangon, 152. —— Philocheras, 152. —— var.neglectus,Philocheras,153.- Pontophilus, 152. bisulcatus, Sergestes, 28. Bonniert, Pandalus, 92. borealis, Pandalus, 86. Brendam, Aegeon, 156. Bresiliidae, 82. Bresilia, 82. atlantica, 82. brevirostris, Pandalina, 97. Bythocaris, 117. gracilis, 117. —— Payer, 118. C. canaliculata, Processa, 123. caramote, Penaeus, 13. Caricyphus, 54. angulatus, 54. larva allied to, 81. CARIDEA, 35. Caridion, 108. Gordon, og. cataphractus, Aegeon, 158. Cheraphilus, 143. A gassizt, 140. bispinosus, 152. echinulatus, 144. neglectus, 153. spinosus, 160. trispinosus, 146. Couch, Ntka, 123. Cranchi, Hippolyte, 106. Spirontocaris, 106. Crangonidae, 134. Crangon, 136. Allmanm, 138. : antarcticus, 136 bispinosus, 152. echinulatus, 144. fasciatus, 151. nanus, 152. —— neglectus, 153. —— norvegicus, 162. sculptus, 148. serratus, 144. POs: Crangon spinosus, 160. trispinosus, 146. vulgaris, 137. Cryptocheles, 99. pygmaed, 99. cultellata, Hippolyte, 103. ibe debilis, Acanthephyra, 59. Systellaspis, 59. Dichelopandalus, 85. Doryphorus, 108. Gordon, 109. E. Egeon, 155. echinulatus, Cheraphilus, 144. Crangon, 144. Philocheras, 144. edulis, Nika, 123. elegans, Amalopenaeus, 14. Gennadas, 14. ensifer, Nematocarcinus, 75. ensifera, Eunversia, 75. Ephyrina, 68. Benedictt, 71. Hoskym, 68. ervaticus, Leander, 130. Eumuersia, 75. exilis, Nematocarcinus, 75. extlis, Stochasmus, 75. F. fasciatus, Aegeon, 151. Crangon, 151. Philocheras, 151. fascigera, Hippolyte, too. Fabrictt, Palaemon, 131. G. Gaimardi, Spirontocaris, 103. Gennadas, 13. elegans, 14. parvus, 13, 14. valens, 19. glacialis, Hymenodora, 72. Glyphocrangon longirostris, 170. Gordont, Caridion, 100. Doryphorus, 109. gordoniana, Hippolyte, Log. var.exilis, Nematocarcinus, 75. 180 gracilis, Acanthephyra, 59. Bythocaris, 117. —— Hippolyte, 6. —— Hymenodora, 72. ii. Haberert, Aegeon, 158. Halest, Alpheus, 121. Hippolytidae, 99. Hippolyte, 100. —— Cranchi, 106. cultellata, 103. fascigera, 100. gordoniana, 109. gracilis, 6. pandaliformis, 103. —— prideauxiana, I0l. pustola, 107. securifrons, 103. spinus, 103. —— Thompsoni, 97. varians, 100. viridis, IOI. —— Yarrelli, 106. Hoplophoridae, 55. Hoskymi, Ephyrina, 68. Hymenodora, 72. glacialis, 72. gracilis, 72. Af Jacqueti, Pontophilus, 140. Sclerocrangon, 140. EL. Lacazei, Aegeon, 156. lar, Leontocaris, 113. lanceocaudata, Acanthephyra, 68. Leacht, Palaemon, 131. Leander, 130. adspersus, 128, 131. evvaticus, 130. natator, 130. serratus, 128, 130. squilla, 129, 132. Leontocaris, 113. lar,113. Paulson, 116. leptocerus, Pandalus, 92. var. Bonmert, Pandalus, g2. ies 08. leptorhynchus, Pandalus, 86. Lilljeborgt, Hippolyte, 103. Sptrontocaris, 103. longirostris, Glyphocrangon, 170. Lysmata seticaudata, 6. M. magnificus, Sergestes, 30. macrocheles, Alpheus, 120. martia, Plesiontka, 93. martius, Pandalus, 93. membranacea, Solenocera, 20. membranaceus, Penaeus, 20. Meyert, Sergestes, 30. migratoria, Anchistia, 132. Montagu, Pandalus, 86. N. natator, Leander, 130. nanus, Aegeon, 152. —— Crangon, 152. neglectus, Cheraphilus, 153, Crangon, 153. Nematocarcinidae, 75. Nematocarcinus, 75. —— ensifer, 75. var. extlis, 75. —— tenuipes, 75. Nika, 123. —— edulis, 123. —— Couch, 123. nitescens, Athanas, 122. norvegtca, Pastphaé, 309. norvegicus, Crangon, 162. —— Pontophilus, 162. |e Palaemon, 130. —— Fabrictt, 131. —— Leach, 131. serratus, 130. squilla, 132. varians, 132. Palaemonetes varians, 129, 132. Palaemonidae, 127. Pandalidae, 84. pandaliformis, Hippolyte, 103. Pandalina, 97. var. trvidens, Pandalus, 88. 181 Pandalina brevirostris, 97. Pandalus, 85. annulicornis, 86. —— Bonmiert, 92. borealis, 86. leptocerus, 92. var. Bonmert, 92. leptorhynchus, 86. martius, 93. —— Montagu, 86. var. tridens, 88. propinquus, 89. Parapasiphaé, 47. sulcatifrons, 47. parvus, Gennadas, 13, 14. Pastphae, 37. norvegica, 39. princeps, 42. ——— 52000056375 ——sp. ? juv., 46. tarda, 39. Pasiphaeidae, 36. Paulsoni, Leontocaris, 116. Payert, Bythocaris, 118. pellucida, Acanthephyra, 66. Penaeidae, 12. PENAEIDEA, I2. Penaeus, 12. caramote, 13. —— membranaceus, 20. stphonocerus, 20. Philippi, Solenocera, 20. Philocheras, 143. bispinosus, 152. var. neglectus, 153. echinulatus, 144. fasciatus, 151. sculptus, 148. trispinosus, 146. plantpes, Tropiocaris, 71. Plesiontka, 93. martia, 93. semilaevts, 93. Sicherit, 93. polaris, Spirontocaris, 103. Pontocaris, 155. Pontophilus, 159. bispinosus, 152. Jacqueti, 140. norvegicus, 162. spinosus, 160. trispinosus, 140. prideauxiana, Hippolyte, rot. princeps, Pasiphaé, 42. Processa, 123. canaliculata, 123. T. 08. Processidae, 123. propinquus, Pandalus, 89. purpurea, Acanthephyra, 50. pustola, Hippolyte, 107. Spirontocaris, 107. pygmaea, Cryptocheles, 99. R. Richardina, 166. spinicincta, 166. Rinki, Sergestes, 32. vobusta, Sergia, 25. vobustus, Sergestes, 25. vuber, Alpheus, 120. 5 Sabinea, 136. Sarst, 136." septemcarinata, 130. Sarst, Sabinea, 136. Sclerocrangon, 139. A gassizt, 140. Jacquett, 140. scripta, Anchistia, 6. sculptus, Aegeon, 148. Crangon, 148. Philocheras, 148. securifrons, Hippolyte, 103. Spirontocaris, 103. semilaevis, Plesiontka, 93. septemcarinata, Sabinea, 136. Sergestes, 24. arcticus, 30. bisulcatus, 28. magnificus, 30. Meyert, 30. —— Rink, 32. robustus, 25. vigilax, 32. Sergestidae, 24. Sergia, 24. serratus, Crangon, 144. Leander, 128, 130. Palaemon, 130. seticaudata, Lysmata, 6. Sicheru, Plestonika, 93. stphonocera, Solenocera, 20. stphonocerus, Penaeus, 20. stvado, Pasiphaé, 37, Solenocera, 13. membranacea, 20. —— Philippi, 20. stphonocera, 20. spinus, Spirontocaris, 103. 182 spinus, Hippolyte, 103. spinicincta, Richardina, 166. spinosus, Cheraphilus, r60. Crangon, 160. Pontophilus, 160. Spirontocarts, 102. Crancht, 106. Gaimardt, 103. polaris, 103. pustola, 107. securifrons, 103. —— spinus, 103. var. Lilljeborgt, Spiron- tocarts, 103. spongicola, Typton, 127. squilla, Leander, 129, 132. Palaemon, 132. Stenopidae, 166. STENOPIDEA, 166. Stetracrangon, 136. Allmannt, 138. Stochasmus, 75. extlis, 75. sulcatifrons, Parapastphaeé, 47. Systellaspis, 56. debilis, 59. i; tarda, Pastphaé, 39. tenutpes, Nematocarcinus, 75. Thompsom, Hippolyte, 97. trispinosus, Aegeon, 146. Cheraphilus, 146 Crangon, 146. —— Phulocheras, 146. Pontophilus, 146. Troptiocaris, 68. plantpes, 71. Typton spongicola, 127. V. valens, Amalopenaeus, Ig. Gennadas, 19. varians, Hippolyte, 100. Palaemon, 132. Palaemonetes, 129, 132. veloculus, Athanas, 122. ° vigilax, Sergestes, 32. Virbius, 100. viridis, Hippolyte, 101. vulgaris, Crangon, 137. A Yarrelli, Hippolyte, 106. ¥, *08. 183 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-XXIIlI. Prare ¥. Amalopenaeus elegans, Smith. Fig. 1.—-Lateral view of an adult male, Fig. 2.—Telson, : Fig. 3.—Second maxillipede, Fig. 4.—First maxillipede, Fig. 5.—Second maxilla, Fig. 6.—First maxilla, Fig. 7.—Mandible, ue abe Fig. 8. — Abdomen of a specimen 19 mm. in length, from below, showing distribution of blue pigment, Fig. 9.—Third pereiopod, setae omitted, showing distribu- tion of blue pigment, Fig.10.—Second pereiopod, setae omitted, showing distribu- tion of blue pigment, aoe Fig.11.—First pereiopod, setae omitted, showing distribu- tion of blue pigment, Fig.12—Third maxillipede, setae omitted, showing distribu- tion of blue pigment, : Fig.13.—Antennular peduncle, setae omitted, showing dis- tribution of blue pigment,.. Fig.14.—Eye, Fig.15.—-Thelycum, Fig.16.—Petasma, Prate IT. Solenocera siphonocera (Philippi). Fig. 1.—Lateral view of an adult male, Fig. 2.—Petasma, viewed from behind, slightly “flattened, Fig. 3.—Transverse section of antennular flagella, showing tubular structure. Fig. 4.—Mandible, Fig. 5.—First maxilla, Fig. 6.—Second maxilla, Fig. 7.—First maxillipede, Fig. 8.—Second maxillipede, Puate ITI. Sergestes robustus, Smith. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of a female (antennal flexure further enlarged), Fig. 2.—Rostrum, Fig. 3.Basal segments of lower antennular flagellum of male, Fig. 4.—Terminal segment of third maxillipede, : Fig. 5.—Second Maxillipede, uae omitted, Fig. 6.—First maxillipede, : x XX X XK XK X x Xx X X X xX X X X X Or Or Ot or Ot OH OU ON OK ore HOO OT 12-08. 184 Prats II1.—continued. Fig. 7.—Second axilla, Fig. 8.--First maxilla, Fig. 9.—Mandible, Fig.10.—Ouiline of outer uropod, Fig.11.—Petasma, left half, seen from behind, Fig. 12.—Dorsal view of cephalic region, Sergestes arcticus, Kroyer. Fig.13.—Dorsal view of cephalic region, Fig.14.—Petasma, left half, seen from behind “(medium stylet further enlarged), Fig.15.—Basal segments of lower antennular flagellum of male, : Fig.16.—Outline of outer uropod, Fig.17.—Terminal segment of third maxillipede, Fig.18.—Restrum, Fig.19.—Lateral view of a female, Priate IV. Pasiphaé princeps, Smith. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of a large male, Fig. 2.—Antennal scale of a specimen 75 mm. in length, Fig. 3.—Telson of the same specimen, Fig. 4.—Rostrum of a specimen 67 mm. in length, Fig. 5.—Rostrum of a specimen 75 mm. in length, Fig. 6.—Rostrum of a specimen 37 mm. in length, Fig. 7.—Basus and ischium of second pereiopod of a specimen 67 mm. in length, Pasiphaé tarda, Kroyer. Fig. 8.—Lateral view of a specimen 69 mm. in length, Fig. 9.—Antennal scale of the same specimen, Fig.10.—Telson of the same specimen, ... Fig.11.—Basus and ischium of second pereiopod of the same specimen, Pasiphaé sivado (Risso). Fig.12.—Telson, PLATE V. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, Smith. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of the largest Irish specimen, Fig. 2.—Apex of telson in the same specimen, Fig. 3.—Telson of a larva measuring 8°5 mm., ee Fig. 4.—Dorsal view of a larva measuring about 14 mm..,... Fig. 5.—Lateral view of the same specimen, Fig. §.—First maxilla of the same specimen, Fig. 7 —Second maxilla of the same specimen, Fig 8. —Maxillipedes, pereiopods and pleurobranchs of the same specimen, MN Re 8 He CCG AIK KES KOK HK XK IIa Nn IO ONO OU ON OT ST ST F. 08. 185 Piate V.—continued. Fig. 9.—Telson and uropods of a as measuring about 15°5 mm., Fig.10.—Telson of a specimen measuring about 15 mm., Fig.11.—Lateral view of the same specimen, Fig.12.—Mandible, Fig.13.—First maxilla, | Fig.14.—Second maxilla, \ of the same specimen. Fig.15.—Fuirst maxillipede, Fig.16.—Second maxillipede, | Fig.17.—Third maxillipede, ) Fig.18.—First maxillipede of a eeesne measuring about 16°5 mm., Fig.19.—Second maxillipede of the same specimen, Fig.20.—Second maxillipede of a _ specimen “measuring about 17 mm., Fig.21.—Mandible of a specimen measuring 38 3 mm., Piate VI. Acanthephyra debilis, A. Milne-Edwards. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of an adult male, : Fig. 2._-Eye of a specimen 33 mm. in length, | seen from below, Fig. 3.—First maxillipede of a ‘specimen 33 mm. in length, Fig. 4.—Sixth abdominal somite and_ basal ee of uro- pods, seen from below, Fig. 5.—Lateral view of a larva measuring 10°2 mm. Fig. 6.—Outline of egg to the same scale, Fig. 7.—Telson of the larva, 10°2 mm. in length, Fig. 8.—Antennal scale and antenna, ) Fig. 9.—Third maxillipede, Fig.10.—Second maxillipede, > of the same specimen. Fig.11.—First maxillipede, | Fig.12.—Second maxilla, Fig.13.—Lateral view of a post-larval specimen measuring 12°7 mm. Fig.14.—Telson of the same specimen, Fig.15.—Lateral view of a post-larval specimen, measur- ing 15°83 mm. [The black bias represent Micsouhahes Prats VIL. Ephyrina Hoskyni, Wood-Mason. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of the Irish specimen, Fig. 2.—Mandible. Fig. 3.—First maxilla. Fig. 4.—Second maxilla. Fig. 5.—First maxillipede. Fig. 6.—Second maxillinede. Ephyrina Benedicti, Smith. Fig. 7.—Rostrum and eye of the lrish specimen, DS 2M PS DS OS. end eas es OPS x xX om BD x x X PRS Crier Teor Seh p> Dee x x x — ol or bo CUSTOM DONS ee bo bo bo HOO OTT OT” oo bo bo bo bo oo or Or I. ’08. 186 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Puate VIII. Hymenodora glacialis (Buchholz). 1.—Lateral view of an ovieenue female, after G. O. Sars, ° 2.—Second maxilla of an adult: specimen, 3.—First maxillipede of an adult specimen, Puate IX. Nematocarcinus ensifer (Smith), var. exilis, Spence Bate. 1.—Lateral view of a female, ‘ 2.—Outline of antennal scale ae an adult, 3.—-Outline of antennal scale of a specimen 36 mm. in length, 4.—Endopod and exopod ‘of first ‘plecpod of female, 5.—Endopod and exopod of first pleopod of male, 6.—Endopod of second pleopod of male, 7.—Telson, 8.—Apex of telson more highly magnified. 9.—Zoea just emerged from BE: 10.—Telson of zoea, : PLATE X. Bresilia atlantica, Calman. 1.—Dorsal view of cephalic region of a female 23 mm. in length, ; .—Rostrum of another female, .—Rostrum of the male specimen, .—Second maxillipede, .—Chela of first pereiopod, .—Endopod of second pleopod of ‘male, .—Endopod of first pleopod of male, “To OU to tS Pandalus Montagui, Leach. &8.—Rostrum of an abnormal specimen, Puate XI. Pandalus propinquus, G. O. Sars. ° 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalic region of a specimen from shallow water measuring 53 mm., —Carapace and rostrum of the same Spee lateral view, 3.—Dorsal view of the cephalic region of a speoimen from deep water measuring 57 mm., .—Carapace and rostrum of the same specimen, lateral view, to in Puate XII Plesiontka martia, A. Milne-Edwards. 1.—Lateral view of an ovigerous female, 2.—Second maxilla. 3.—Endopod of first pleopod of male, 4.—Endopod of first pleopod of female, x x Oe ee ie x xX x bo bo OK OR Ge ON, OS On OF eee! naa He St it I. ’08. 187 Puate XIII. Hippolyte varians, Leach. .—Lateral view of a female, .—Mandible, .—First maxilla, .—Second maxilla, .— First maxillipede, .—Second maxillipede, ... .—Outline of antennal scale, NS Ol pe Co be Hippolyte prideauxtana, Leach. 8.—Outline of antennal scale, 9.—Lateral view of a female, . 10.—Rostrum of another specimen, Puate XIV. Spirontocaris spinus (Sowerby). 9.—Lateral view of the Irish specimen, Spirontocaris spinus var. Lilljeborgi (Danielssen). 1.—Lateral view of the Irish specimen, 3.—Rostrum of another specimen, 4.—Second pereiopod, 5.—Outline of antennal scale, 6.—Mandible, 7.—First maxilla, 8.—Second maxilla, 9.—First maxillipede, 10.—Second maxillipede, PLATE XV. Spirontocaris Cranchi (Leach). 1.—Endopod of first pleopod of a young male, 2.—First pleopod of a female, He 3.—Rostrum, typical form, 4.—Rostrum, abnormal form, 5.—Second pereiopod, Spirontocaris pusiola (Kroyer). 6.—Lateral view of a female, < wt 7.—Endopod of first pleopod of an adult male, &8.—First pleopod of a female, ie Pirate XVI. Caridion Gordoni, Spence Bate. 1.—Lateral view of an ovigerous female, 2.—-Rostrum of a specimen 21 mm. in length, 3. : 4 Rostra of two smaller specimens, 5.—-Outline of antennal scale, SESE CEE CaN CAS neta Simian oof < A Se, Sail oP, Sa EON ae I. ’08. 188 Fig. Fig. y. 13.—Antennule, y. 14.—First pleopod of male, gy. 15.—First pleopod of female, . 16.—Outer uropod, Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. PuateE X V1I.—continued. 6.—Basal joint of antennular peduncle, 7.—Second maxillipede, 8.—First maxillipede, 9.—Second maxilla, . 10.—First maxilla, . 11.—Mandible, . 12.—Apex of telson, Puate XVII. Leontocaris lar, Kernp. 1,—Lateral view of the type specimen, a female, 2.—Second pereiopod, right side,., di 3.—Papillae from hinder margin of merus of second pereiopod, left side, gs 4,.—Mandible, tes 5.—First maxilla, 6.—Second maxilla, 7.—First maxillipede, 8.—Second maxillipede, 9.—Rostrum of another specimen, a ‘male, . 10.—Chela of second pereiopod, left side, viewed dorsally, i e Aer srt 11.—Chela of second pereiopod, left side, viewed laterally, 12.—Antennal scale and basal joints of antenna, 17.—Telson, Puate XVIII. Bythocaris gracilis, Smith. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalic region of the Trish specimen, a male, 2.—First pleopod of the same specimen, ; 3.—Telson of the same specimen Siar apex further enlarged), oe - ae Bythocaris Payeri (Heller). 4.—Dorsal view of the cephalic region of a young male, 5.—First pleopod of male, 6.—Telson, PLATE XIX. Alpheus ruber, H. Milne-Edwards. 1.—Lateral view of a male, 2.—Dorsal view of cephalic region of a female, DRIER OK ON ON ORION x KK IKK K KX x X KDR IE RE IIS Xx 10°5. 28, 15, rae or 08: 189 Alpheus macrocheles (Hailstone). Fig. 3.—Chela of first pereiopod, right side, ... ves ew A: Fig. 4.—Dorsal view of cephalic region of a female, ak x 6. Athanas nitescens (Montagu). Fig. 5.—Lateral view of a female, oar = ttle, Kk 29. Prac “XX, Figs. 1, a—e.—Leander serratus (Pennant). 1 Figs. 2, a—e.—Leander adspersus (Rathke). Figs. 3, a—e.—Leander squilla (Leach). Figs. 4, a—e.—Palaemonetes varians (Leach). ; a. Rostrum. b. Mandible. c. Outline of antennal scale. d. Basal portion of outer antennal flagellum. e. Second pereiopod. Pirate XXI. Figs. 1, a—d.—Crangon vulgaris (Linnaeus). Figs. 2, a&b.—Philocheras trispinosus (Hailstone). Figs. 3, a&b.—Philocheras fasciatus (Risso). Figs. 4, a& b.—Philocheras bispinosus (Hailstone). Figs. 5, a& b.—Philocheras bispinosus var. neglectus! (G. O. Sars). Figs. 6, a& b.—Philocheras sculptus (Bell). Figs. 7, a—d.—Philocheras echinulatus (M. Sars). Figs. 8, a—d.—Pontophilus spinosus (Leach). Figs. 9, a& b.—Pontophilus norvegicus (M. Sars). a. Carapace seen from above. b. Outline of antennal scale. ce. Endopod and exopod of third pleopod. d. First and second pereiopods. Pirate XXII. Aegeon Lacazei (Gourret). Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of the type specimen, a female, es x 4, Fig. 2.—Lateral view of carapace of the same specimen, ... x 5. Fig. 3.—Antennule of a male. Fig. 4.—Outline of antennal scale, ... te i x 16°5. Fig. 5.—First and second pereiopods, aes ie x 6:5. Aegeon cataphractus (H. Milne-Edwards). Fig. 6.—Outline of antennal scale, ... a i x 14, Sclerocrangon Jacquett (A. Milne-Edwards). Fig. 7.—Dorsal view of a female, ... oe «4. Fig. 8.—-Lateral view of carapace of the same specimen, ae od, Fig. 9.—Antennule. Fig. 10.—First and second pereiopods, ... ae ae x 6°5. 1 Philocheras neglectus on plate. I. ’08. 190 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Puate XXIII. Richardina spinicincta, A. Milne-Kdwards., 1.—Lateral view of an ovigerous female (felon br wea 2.—Antennal scale, = oh 3.—Right eye seen from above, 4,—Mandible, = 5.—First maxilla, 6.—Second maxilla, 7.—First maxillipede, 8.—Second maxillipede, 9.—Inner and outer uropods, 10.—Telson of another specimen, 23460. (Wt. P. 72). 3, 8,3, 3. 875. 6. 1910. (9/08)—A. T. & Co., Ltd. aK ETA RAK I IGG TK Bile “edadououdis euad0uajos EA \ nS Vly, a as ais. \ \ (GE ‘suesgaja sneeuado|jewy T?P AMS JeaPS TMS Litho, London Weller & Graham L'4 8/ lew ‘| 1 o i f =a i S es 8 3, ¢ 3 3 4 | ‘a ¢ ae a \ ia “suesaja snaeuadojewuy O's “euadouoyudis euad0uajos SS = SU = e806, 2P STMS ‘cnpineIa p.rANdiaA WAL ‘snoiqoue saqsaguas ‘snqsnqou seqsaguas ‘ ‘ 6I-€l Sly Zl-1°sslq ‘TEPR-"Y_M'S Craham .L™, Lithas. Londor. Hellas x 288/ | robustus. Figs.1—l2, Sergestes Figs. 13-19, Sergestes arcticus. ) i Say

  • ) 08, 3 strengthened internally by thickened ridges or buttresses. Appar- ently developing in the course of wear, and generally more marked -inadult individuals, crushing surfaces (or “tritors’’) appear on the dental plates internally to the chitinous outer cutting edge. These tritors seem to be the crowns of harder and more calcareous bands or buttresses in the teeth, standing up at right angles to the jaw, which wear away more slowly in growth than the surrounding and somewhat softer portions of the dental piates. The form and development of these tritors have attracted considerable atten- tion, especially from Garman (1904), and Dean (1906), and have consequently been used in differentiating genera and even so-called “families.” While we think that unnecessary pro- minence has been given to their nature and form, and that speculations on their morphological significance have tended to obscure the importance of other characters, we find their pre- sence to be the only certain character available for separating Harriotta from Rhinochimaera (at any rate until specimens at comparable stages of development are available), and there seems no reason why the varying structure of the Chimaeroid dental plates should not be used for taxonomic purposes in the same way as the different forms of tooth found in sharks and rays. In addition to the ventral claspers above alluded to (which occur also in sharks and rays), the males of all extant Chimae- roids possess a single clasping organ in the frontal region in the form of a thumb-shaped appendage, armed inferiorly with small spines. This, it has been suggested by Dean (1906), serves to erip the back of the female during coition, but it is difficult to see how it can be brought into operation by the males of the long-snouted species. While the sharks and rays have only one air of ventral claspers, articulated to the posterior part of the skeletal base of the ventral fins, the Chimaeridae also possess an anterior pair of lamellar cartilages, arising from the front part of the skeletal base. These cartilages are armed on their inferior edge with spines, and are lodged in front of the ventral fins in pouches, from which they can be protruded. Their function appears to be to grip the ventrum of the female during coition. Although the material at our disposal for examination hardly warrants generalisation, we are inclined to believe that in existing Chimaeridae the belly of the female lengthens relatively as well as actually during the period of adolescence, with the result that in adult females of a species the distance between the insertions of the pectoral and ventral fins and the interspace between the dorsal fins are greater than in males of corresponding size. The suggestion, of which such evidence as we possess 1s given on pp. 7, 13, is perhaps worthy of the attention of systematists when confronted with a specimen of which the proportions do not exactly agree with those attributed in literature to any known species. The egg-purses (Pl. IV.) are of such length that only one egg can be present at a time in each oviduct. They consist of an an- terior fusiform part, in which the egg is lodged, with a posterior styliform part, which lodges the long tail of the embryo. In Callo- rhynchus, however, the anterior end is drawn out ito a process about as long as the posterior style. On the dorsal side there is IV. ’08. 4 in Chimaera a more or less pronounced median keel on the face of the fusiform part, passing back as a ridge on the posterior style. In Rhinochimaera (and probably in Harriotta) this keel is represented by a pair of ridges, with a groove between them, on the style. The sides of the purse are fringed with fin-like ex- pansions, relatively narrow and not, or scarcely, corrugated in Chimaera, but wide and supported by numerous curved trans- verse corrugations in Callorhynchus and Rhinochimaera (and probably in Harriotta). In Rhinochimaera there is a pad of very fine intertwining byssus-like fibrils on the dorsal side of the anterior end of the cylindrical part. The purses appear to be deposited in pairs. The broader ends, of course, come foremost, so that Ginther’s suggestion (1889) that the purses may be im- planted in the ooze by their styliform ends can hardly be enter- tained. From the nature of their habitat little can be ascertained as to the habit of most of the living Chimaeroids. They are ap- parently almost omnivorous, and their diet, as far as it has proved susceptible of study, includes fish, crustaceans, molluscs, chaetopod worms, echinoids and polyps. Dean (1906) was able to observe the shallow-water C. Colliei in captivity, and states that the large pectoral fins act as organs of locomotion and are in constant movement, undulations passing successively along their margins, much as is the case of the pectorals of skates. On occasion (teste Goode and Bean, 1895) this Chimaera swims at the surface, and it is certainly an abundant species. It may be that the relative scarcity of the Atlantic deep-water Chimaeroids in collections is due to a semi-pelagic habit, whereby they escape the trawl, while Dean (1904, 1) may be right in ascribing to some of them a much greater degree of activity than that with which they are generally credited. So far as we know, large specimens are more often taken on a line than in a trawl, as is the case with active fishes in general. The family Chimaeridae contains the following extant genera: I. Upper lobe of the tail turned upwards from the axis of the body; snout prolonged with a cutaneous flap or lobe. Callorhynchus. II. Tail lying in the same line as the main axis of the body. A. Snout prolonged as a long tapering appendage without cutaneous flap. Gi.) Teeth without thickened buttresses or tritors; dorsal portion of caudal fin reduced to a fold of skin with a-few dermal denticles on its edge. Rhinochimaera. (i1.) Teeth with numerous hard bands and points, forming tritors; dorsal portion of caudal fin normal. Harriotta.* B. Snout rounded. Chimaera. "The Pacific Anteliochimaera chaetirhamphus, Tanaka (1909) thedescription of which reached us too late for discussion in the text, appears to us to be a Harri- otta closely allied to its Atlantic congener, but probably distinguished at com- parable sizes by a larger eye and longer second dorsal. nV! 08. 5 All known species of Callorhynchus occur in the Southern Hemisphere; Rhinochimaera is known from one Atlantic and one Pacific species; and Harriotta from a single Atlantic species, only yet recorded in its immature state. Species of Chimaera are known (generally from deep water) from most areas except the South Pacific and Arctic Oceans. 11.—DESCRIPTION OF BRITISH-AND-IRISH SPECIES. Genus CHIMAERA, L. An absolute determination of the living species of Chimaera awaits a better opportunity of comparing examples of all stages of growth than seems as yet to have presented itself to any systematist. Assuming that no species is common to the Atlantic and Pacific, the forms which have received more or less adequate description may be enumerated as follows: I. A distinct anal fin (an anal notch). C. monstrosa, L. East Atlantic. C. phantasma, Jordan and Snyder (1904). Pacific. C. neglecta, Ogilby (Werner, 1905). Pacific. C. Jordani, Tanaka (1905). Pacific. C. Owstoni, Tanaka (1905). Pacific. II. No distinct anal fin (no anal notch). A. Margin of second dorsal nearly straight. C. affinis, Capello (Gtinther, 1870). East and West Atlantic. C. Ogilbyi, Waite (1899). Pacific. C. purpurascens, Gilbert (1905). Pacific. C. Waitei, Fowler (1907). Pacific. C. spilota, Tanaka (1908). Pacific. B. Margin of second dorsal distinctly elevated at either end. C. Colliei, Lay and Bennet (Gitinther, 1870). Pacific. C. Mitsukurii, Dean (1904, 1). Pacific. C. mirabilis, Collett (1904). East Atlantic. C. Vaillanti, Dean (1906), is a nomen nudum. C. dubia, Osorio (1909), may probably prove to be a synonym of C. monstrosa. The species with which we are here concerned may be distin- guished thus :— I. A distinct anal fin. C. monstrosa. II. No distinct anal fin. A. Margin of second dorsal fin, straight. C. affinis.’ B. Margin of second dorsal fin distinctly higher at either end than in the middle. C. mirabilis. 10. affinis, Capello (1868) has been recorded from the coast of Portugal and on the American side of the North Atlantic, between 200 and 1,200 fathoms. It might therefore be expected to occur in our area; but as, apparently, it does not, we need only mention that, in addition to the characters noted above, this species is easily distinguishable from C. mirabilis by the even depth of the second dorsal fin and the relatively small eye. It is, moreover, a very much larger fish, since the female figured by Goode and Bean (1896) appears to have measured about 1,200 mm. without the caudal filament, and a skin examined by us must have been derived from an example of very nearly the same length. C. plumbea and C. abbreviata, Gill, are synonyms of C. affinis (fide Garman, 1904). C. purpurascens, Gilbert, is a closely allied Pacific species. TY. “OS: 6 CHIMAERA MONSTROSA, L. Plates I and IV. The “rabbit fish” is a fairly familiar species, and as it is at once distinguishable from any other Atlantic Chimaera’ by the presence of a distinct anal fin, its characters need not be dis- cussed in great detail. It closely resembles, but seems to be much smaller than, the Pacific C. phantasma, Jordan and Snyder. It maximum size is difficult to ascertain because the records of length commonly include an unascertainable amount of caudal filament, which in this species cannot be very satisfac- torily defined from the part of the tail occupied by the dorsal and ventral lobes of the caudal fin. The largest specimens which have come under our own observation are an Irish male (figured in Pl. I.), which measures, after preservation, 530 mm., from the snout to the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal, and an Iceland female which, from the evidence of a scale drawing (Fig. 1), appears to have measured 660 mm. between the same points before preservation. Ranging into comparatively shallow water, C. monstrosa ex- hibits a chromatic-scheme much more diversified than that of C. mirabilis and R. atlantica, which never come within any influence of dayhght. The general surface is cream-coloured with a silvery metallic sheen. On the upper parts and sides of the head and trunk occur a number of mottlings in darker and lighter shades of chocolate occasionally forming incomplete dia- gonal bars or chevrons. In addition there is often (we think usually) a well-defined chocdlate band on the dorsum from the dorsal spine to the end of the base of the second dorsal, another band, narrower and less definite, in the region of the lateral line, and a third, still less definite, passing at a very gentle angle from the base of the first dorsal to the central mid- caudal region. The first dorsal is dark on its posterior border and may have some internal dark markings. The second dorsal is pale on tle base of its radial portion throughout, darker dis- tally, with a very dark narrow border on its posterior half. The anal and caudal fins are rather dark, with very dark borders. The pectoral and ventral fins are not noticeably darker in adults than the neighbouring parts of the body, but in very young specimens the dark margins of the second dorsal, anal and caudal fins are actually black, and there is a black patch at the tip of the pectoral and on the posterior part of the first dorsal. } We suppose C. mediterranea, Risso, to beasynonym. Dean (1906) apparently regards it as distinct, but his figures of the dental plates of the two forms, in the absence of any statement of scale or discussion of individual variation, are of no value for the elucidation of this point. C. dubia, Osorio (1909) appears to us to be nothing more than an example of C. monstrosa which has lost the end of its tail and acquired a secondary caudal fin; apparently its describer was inclined to take this view, but was influenced by considerations which hardly warrant his conclusion that he was dealing with a new species. 2C. Jordani and C. Owstoni, Tanaka (1905), are other Pacific species belonging to the sectien of the genus characterised by a distinct anal fin or anal notch, —-ie EVs 08: 7 The dorsal spine is nearly straight. It is flat, with a well marked median keel, in front, and in young examples exhibits Fig. 1. Chimaera monstrosa. Sketch of an adult female from Iceland, x 1}. The figure is inaccurate in showing serrations on the dorsal spine, which was quite smooth. distinct, but fine, serrations on its posterior border, which become obsolete in adults. The succeeding soft rays of the first dorsal are of about the same length, but may be slightly longer or slightly shorter than the spine. The interspace between the dorsal fins tends to increase with age, but not noticeably except in the latest stages of life in males, whereas there seems to be a much greater separation of the fins in adult females (see p. 13). In the Iceland female of 660 mm. the interspace is longer than the preorbital length (cf. Pl. I, and Fig. 1, above). The second dorsal fin is of almost equal height throughout, but shows a very slight reduction about its middle. The sensory canal system does not differ in any important character from that of C. mirabilis (hereinafter described in detail), except that the bran- chial canal arises directly from the infraorbital, at or near the same point as the malar. The lateral canal makes a shallow and very irregular bow anteriorly, and is for the greater part of its length irregulariy sinuous in its course. In adults it descends to the ventral margin at a distance, not constant in dividuals, behind the origin of the caudal fin. The head clasper is spathulate distally, as in C. mirabilis. The anterior ventral claspers are in no way remarkable, but the posterior are formidable organs, extending in the adult con- siderably beyond the ventral fins. Hach is divided for about two-thirds of its length into two main branches, but the inner of these, while always (as throughout the genus) bifid skeletally, may be undivided externally. This is the case in the large male shewn in Pl. I, which is the only adult male in our collection. In this specimen the two branches are (unless artificially sepa- rated) closely opposed, and together form an elongate club with abruptly truncate end. The inner branch (see Fig. 2 B) 1s supported on its inner inferior edge by a smooth and rather slen- der cartilaginous style, of which the tip projects a little beyond the thicker shagreen-clad portion of this branch. The outer branch exhibits on its outer face a much stouter cartilaginous axis which expands distally, but does not reach the extremity. The inner IVe Ds: 8 and superior part of the branch and the club-headed extremity are clad with shagreen, rather deeply grooved on the apposing surface, and considerably convoluted at the extremity. It Fig. 2. Left posterior ventral claspers of Chimaera, A. C. mirabilis. B. C. monstrosa. appears, however, from Giinther (1870) and Smitt (1895) that the condition of the inner branch, described above, differs from that exhibited by the material which they studied. Giinther’s statement that this branch is “longitudinally divided into a simple styliform part and another coated with the spiny mem- brane,’? became applicable to our specimen only when the style was separated from the shagreen-clad part by forcible rupture of the connective tissue by which the two were united. The externally trifid condition of the clasper appears on avail- able evidence to be the more usual, and possibly the union in our specimen of the two elements of the inner branch may have arisen from want of opportunity of function. The occurrence, how- ever, shows that the fission of the clasper into two or three branches is a character which cannot be used with safety even in specific diagnosis.’ In C. phantasma (teste Tanaka, 1905) the claspers nearly agree with those of C. monstrosa in the proportions of the basal *The spiny membrane or shagreen is replaced by smooth skin on the surface apposed to the styliform part. *The character was used by Gill (1862) for generic purposes. Dean (1906) notes that in C. Colliei the clasper may be bifid or trifid. ——— LV. ’08: 9 and branched parts, but the inner element of the inner branch seems from Tanaka’s figure to be more complex than in the Atlantic species. C. Owstoni and C. Jordani (belonging to the same group in so far as the anal notch is concerned) have the divided parts of the claspers relatively much shorter. . In the youngest specimen of C. monstrosa now examined there is a curved row of five minute dermal denticles on either side of the top of the head, and another row of six, somewhat larger and more closely set, on either side of the anterior end of the base of the second dorsal. Similarly disposed denticles are also present in our smallest C. mirabilis, and of course represent the small placoid scales which persist in the same situation in Callorhyn- chus and the much better defined rows of similar structures pre- sent in the late embryo of Scylliorhinus catulus, and at least one other member of the same genus. The egg-purse, of which a damaged specimen is shewn in Pl. IV, Fig. 3, for comparison of size with that of C. mirabilis, is about 160 to 180 mm. in length, and is well known from the descriptions and figures of Giinther (1889), Grieg (1896) and Dean (1906). It differs in little except size from the much larger purse of C. phantasma (cf. Dean, 1906), but is at once separable from that of C. mirabilis by its broad truncate anterior end and strong dorsal keel, as well as by its larger size and rougher texture. MEASUREMENTS, in millimetres, of C. monstrosa. S.R. | |S.R. Station. AO Ea es B:, [oaeky Sex. | 2 | 3 2 Og Snout to origin of dorsal lobe of caudal, . : 83 | 100 | 335 | 370 | 530 Snout to end of dorsal lobe of caudal, é . | 102 | 124 | 426 | 465 | 652 Total length, including caudal filament, F oi | DAL 20% le 720) 1.780: 897 Preorbital length, : : ; ; 3 8°). all |) Soda ames Snout to dorsal spine, - : . - 24 28 | 90] 102 118 Snout to dorsal or outer insertion of pectoral, .. 22|)27:5) — -- 118 Snout to dorsal or outer insertion of ventral, . 47} 51] 176 | 198 | 261 Snout to origin of second dorsal, - - - 40} 39] 144 | 151 | 206 Length of head clasper, . : 5 : : - - - - 18 *Length of eyes as defined by skin, . “ . | 85 10 | 28 | 32 37 *Height of eyes as defined by skin, . : : 7 8°) shea 27 Interorbital width (opposite middle of eye), : 8}; - 23 | —- 36 Length of dorsal spine, . A pay ae “ : 16 17 61 68 | 100 Interspace between dorsal fins, [* 5 —*| - - 10 23 Length of base of second dorsal, . - - 43 | 55] 188 | 215 | 311 Length of pectoral, : | : 28;| 30] 104 | 108 | 173 Length of ventral, - Bey Ge p ; 14,) 15] 56) 60, (83 Length of posterior ventral clasper, . : ‘ —e 1s eed ee, 2 96 Height of head, E ue ; |) 16) 1P) eo 6a?) 91 Height of body at dorsal spine, i Is f ; 19} 20] 72 | 713] 104 Height of body in front of anus, ™ . S . | 12-5 13 | 57 | 66.) 93 Height of tail behind second dorsal, . : 2) - 10 12 13 Greatest height of second dorsal, : : . |2ca. |3-5ca.| 16) 15,} 21 | Ae | * These measurements differ from the rest in being taken in respect of the axis of the eye, without reference to the long axis of the body. IV. ’08. 10 The only specimens now in our possession are two from Irish stations and four taken by Dr. Wolfenden off Cape St. Mary, Portugal, at 308 fathoms. Three of these last are designated in the above table by the letter P. The smallest of them, though considerably larger than the smallest Irish example, seems, from the imperfectly ossified condition of the dorsal spine, to be less advanced in development, and the serrations of the spine are somewhat coarser. Possibly towards southern latitudes the size of the species tends to increase, but the evidence of two specimens taken at haphazard is not sufficient proof of this. The Portu- guese young example is badly preserved and very flabby, whereas the Irish is in excellent condition. The difference in state of preservation makes it unsafe to take account of certain differences of proportion revealed by the measurements; but the two larger of the Portuguese examples (and another too distorted for general measurements) certainly have the snout a good deal longer a more pointed than that’ of the big Irish male. Distrisution and Irish Records of Chimaera monstrosa.' Flying For, . Egeg-purse.? Fingal, 63, P. Oliee Fingal, 64, . Pwoe Fingal, 71, ) owes S.R. 171, . Egg-purse. S.R. 217, .» One, Sisem:. SR. 329; . Two, 89 and 107 cm. S.R. 380, . Three, 82-111 cm. S.R. 3884, . Three, 54-90 cm. S.R. 447, . Five, 19-106 cm. S.R. 491, . One, 13 cm. S.R. 497, . One, 82 cm. These records, as will be seen from the list of stations on p. 24, show that C. monstrosa may descend to at least 775 fathoms, but is probably on our coast most abundant above the 350- fathom contour. The relative scarcity of the species in the Helga’s gatherings, here denoted by the prefix “S.R.,” is probably due to the fact that in exploring the Irish deep- sea grounds, that vessel has worked chiefly outside the 200-fathom line, whereas C. monstrosa, at least in northern latitudes, is known to range well above the 100-fathom line. It occurs all along the Scandi- navian coast from Finmark to the Belt, in the northern part of the North Sea, about Iceland, Fard, and Shetland, and south- wards along the Atlantic Slope to the south of Portugal, and is found, apparently nowhere in abundance, in the western part of the Mediterranean (C. mediterranea, Risso); Vaillant (1888) mentions examples which continue the distribution southwards to the Azores, and the species again occurs, or at least has been _ 'The measurements given in this list were for the most part taken at the time of capture, and only profess to be accurate to the nearest centimetre. They include the caudal filament. 2Giinther, 1889. ?Holt and Calderwood, 1895. rv. "OS: 11 recorded, off South Africa. © Records from the American side of the Atlantic seem to have arisen from a confusion with C. affinis. Alcock’s tentative record of an egg-case from the Bay of Bengal (1892) is clearly referable to a much larger species, possibly C. phantasma, while Brauer’s positive record ‘of a young specimen from the west coast of Sumatra (1906) may be dismissed with the remark that so critical an ichthyologist could not have refrained from discussing the characters by which a young C. monstrosa is to be distinguished from a young C. phantasma, had he been aware of the existence of the latter. We can offer little information beyond that contained in the subjoined list of stations of the temperature range of C. monstrosa, but there is nothing to show that it can endure a temperature below 0° C. The specimens recorded by Giinther (1887) from 516 to 555 fathoms in the Far6é channel are from the warm part of that area, since the lowest reading at any of the stations quoted is a little above 7° C. CHIMAERA MIRABILIS, Collett (1904). Plates II and IV. C. mirabilis, Collett (1905). This is a smaller representative of the Pacific C. Mitsukuri, Jordan and Snyder, with which it agrees in the biconvex margin of the very long second dorsal fin, the absence of an anal fin, the bifid character of the posterior ventral claspers and the fusiform shape of the egg purse. Snout obtusely rounded or (in adult specimens shrunken in alcohol) but slightly pointed, considerably shorter in the young, and in adults probably never longer in life than the longest dia- meter of the eye as defined by the skin. Distance between the snout and the dorsal or outer insertion of the pectoral fin from 1 to 14 in the distance between the dorsal or outer insertions of the pectoral and ventral fins, 44 to 44 in the distance between the snout and the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal fin, 1} to 1% in the length of the pectoral fin, 24 to 2§ in the length of the base of the second dorsal fin (of which the relative ength is greatest in adults). Eye very large and, as defined by the skin, much longer than high and set obliquely to the long axis of the body; its longest diameter 2 (rarely 2}) in the distance between the snout and the dorsal or outer insertion of the pectoral fin, and 5 to 7} in the length of the base of the second dorsal fin. | Interorbital width (measured opposite the centres of the eyes) always much less than the length of the eyes, but not constantly greater or less than their height. Pectoral fin very large, pointed in adults, about twice as long as the ventral, and throughout life extending well beyond the origin of the ventral. Dorsal spine rather boldly curved, its length ‘about 31 to 32 in that of the base of the second dorsal fin, rather sh arply keeled on its anterior margin and finely serrate on at least the upper IV. ’08. 12 half of its posterior margins, subequal in length to the succeeding ray of the first dorsal fin. First dorsal fin triangular, the bases of its rays aggregated close to the spine, the membrane of its posterior part continuous inferiorly with a loose extension of the skin, which, when the fin 1s depressed, folds into a sheath for the reception of the rays. Second dorsal fin separated from the first in the young by a notch only, in adults by a short low fold of membrane. Second dorsal fin very long (see proportions already noted), its margin elevated and boldly rounded at the anterior, and less conspicuously elevated at the posterior end; set on a low skin-clad base, not very distinctly defined from the dorsum even in. adults. Dorsal lobe of caudal fin low, ventral lobe shghtly deeper and extending far forward of the dorsal lobe. Caudal filament very long. Head clasper of male digitiform, with spathulate extremity, with a patch of stout spines on the under surface and anterior edge of the spathulate portion. Anterior ventral claspers lamellar, with a few stout spines on the inferior edges. Posterior ventral claspers (see Fig. 2 A, p. 8) swollen at the articulation, the dis- tal segment bifid for more than half its length, its rami (of which the inner is slightly the longer) flattened and slightly grooved internally, and together forming a blunt fusiform process, clothed in a fine non-spinous shagreen of tesselated dermal ossifi- cations. Lateral sensory canal with a short abrupt upward curve at its origin; descending in very young specimens to the ventral edge by an almost imperceptible angle in front of the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal fin, in older examples further back and with a more distinct angulation. Cephalic canals’ consisting primarily of a supraorbital (occipi- tal, cranial, rostral’) and an infraorbital (orbital, subrostral*) canal, which form a forward bifurcation of the lateral canal. These pass respectively above and below the eye and reunite very near the middle line of the snout; from the double curvature of the infraorbital the latter forms with the supraorbital a very characteristic loop on the preorbital region. ‘The supraorbitals of either side are connected, about opposite the hind margins of the eyes, by cranial (aural*) branches which meet together in a backwardly directed angle, from which a short branchlet runs backwards to or to one or the other side of the dorsal spine. The infraorbital gives off, a little in front of the vertical from the hind margin of the eye, a malar branch, which shortly bifurcates into a branchial (jugular*) and buccal (angular*) canals. The latter again divides into mandibular (oral*) and maxillary (narial’) canals. The maxillary in front of the mouth splits into upper and lower branches which, uniting with their fellows of the opposite side, form a median loop which may be likened to an equilateral 1Sometimes the first ray is longer than the spine, and vice versa. The length of the spine relative to that of the rays has been used in the spevific diagnosis of Chimaeridae, but is really worthless as a character. 2 These canals appear to be practically identical throughout the genus. ’,Terms employed by Garman, 1899. EV. ‘08: 13 triangle with its posterior angles rounded and its posterior side or base more or less incurved. At the apex of this loop a short Y-shaped canal communicates with the anterior loops of the united supraorbital and infraorbital canals. The maxillary canal, with-its loops and branches, and the antero-ventral part of the preorbital loop are expanded at close intervals into fossae. The rest of the cephalic canal system is simple, but numerous pores occur along the lower edge of the supraorbital behind the cranial, the under edge of the infraorbital below the eye and along the upper edge of the malar. Very numerous minute pores are present along the upper edge of the supraorbital in front of the cranial. Skin (except in very young examples) devoid of any denticula- tions except those of the clasping organs, in general appearance satin-like, except on the snout, where a minute reticulation of dark pigment, outlining the underlying mucus pores, imparts to it a rather sponge-like appearance. Colouration, uniform dark cold sepia, the fins somewhat darker, except the basal parts of the second dorsal and caudal, which are whitish. Caudal filament white. In the young the fins are much darker, especially the first dorsal, the anterior part of the second dorsal and the inferior parts of the pectoral, which are black.’ The egg-purse (Pl. IV, Figs. 1, 2) assumed to belong to this species, is about 128mm. long, or about 137 mm. counting a soft prolongation of the style; body about 67 mm. long by about 17 mm. wide, almost regularly fusiform, and produced at the opening end into a point set on either side with a short, stiff fringe of setae, resembling the feathering of an arrow; one face of the body set with a very distinct but low median keel, re- duced to a ridge on the style, which has on either side a narrow stiff fringe; texture quite smooth. Male fully adult at a length of 458 mm. without the caudal filament, or 367 mm. measured between the snout and the origin of the dorsal Jobe of the caudal. The interval between the dorsal fins appears to be greatest in adult females, a condition due to the greater relative length of the trunk. If the measurements of the largest male and largest female of our series be compared, it will be found that the dis- tance between the dorsal or outer insertions of the pectoral and ventral fins (which is related to the length of the abdominal cavity) is in the male about -28 and in the female about -33 of the length from snout to dorsal lobe of caudal. In the small male and female of 145 and 170 mm., respectively, the belly, judged by the standard just used, is actually longest in the male, viz.: as -30 to -20, but in the adolescent male of 275 mm. and female of 262 mm. the same proportions are -26 and -30, respectively. A similar lengthening of the abdomen and consequent separa- tion of the dorsal fins, as far as can be judged from the meagre material at our disposal, seems to occur also in the female of C. monstrosa. Tanaka’s measurements of C. Jordani and C. Owstoni tend to support our view that such a lengthening of the abdomen in adolescent females is a regular character of Chimaeridae. LY, “08. 14 C. mirabilis is not separable from the Pacific C. Mitsukurii by any very obvious differences except those of size. Thus an adult male of the latter species examined by Dean (1904, 1) measured about 700 mm. from the snout to the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal, while the same dimension in three adult males of C. mirabilis is only from 275 to 380 mm. Again the egg- purse reasonably attributed to C. Mitsukurii is 270 mm. long, while that which we suppose to belong to C. mirabilis measures only about 137 mm., but does not otherwise differ materially from the larger Pacific purse. Considerations of stowage seem to show that only the largest of the female C. mirabilis which we have retained for examination, is big enough to hold an egg- purse, and, therefore, probably fully mature. Female Chimae- roids seem always to grow larger than their mates, and it is pos- sible that in this species the males never greatly exceed the size of the largest which we have measured. Comparing Dean's figure of the male C. Mitsukurit with the proportions noted in the eight specimens of C. mirabilis on which our diagnosis is based, it appears that the eye is relatively shorter and the interspace between the dorsal fins is relatively greater in the Pacific species, which also has a relatively smaller pectoral fin, but these are differences which would obviously tend to be obliterated if C. mirabilis were to grow to a size comparable to that of C. Mitsukurii, and from any evidence before us (except that of geographical convenience) there seems to be no greater reason for separating these two species than for regarding as specifically distinct the North Atlantic and Mediterranean races of the mackerel and scad. An instance somewhat nearer to the Chimaeroids is probably afforded by the skates commonly called 2aia batis and Raia clavata, in each of which supposed species a larger northern and a smaller southern race overlap on our coasts, such races being chiefly distinguishable by the size at which maturity is attained, and by the size of the egg-purses. We subjoin measurements of nine specimens of C. mirabilis, of which the smallest still shows traces of the umbilical papilla, while the largest 1s a temale, probably mature. The two largest males have the claspers fully developed. In the male of S. R. 331, which measures 145 mm. from the snout to the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal, the head clasper is traceable as a hard papilla under the skin. The anterior ventral claspers are not discernible, but the posterior claspers show a trace of fissure distally. In the male of CXX, 275 mm. from the snout to the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal, the head clasper, of full length but not spathulate, is outlined by an incipient ivolu- tion of the skin. The posterior ventral claspers are bifid dis- tally, but short, slender and tapering. Of the whole series it may be remarked that the sensory canals, apart from the position and angulation of the downward curve of the lateral in the caudal region, show no developmental change. The dental 1 If, as would appear from observations recorded by Dean, several days are normally occupied in the extrusion of a pair of egg purses, the formation of the posterior end of the purses may be still in progress while the anterior ends are protruding. The purses, when perfect, might thus be actually longer than: the oviducts. TY. ’08. 15 plates are practically identical throughout the series in the relative development of their tritoral ridges, but their cutting edges tend to become more distinctly notched as age advances. If the measurements of specimens be examined in detail it will be found that the proportions are not regularly progressive. To some extent this may-be due to the difficulty of preserving such soft and elastic creatures in an uniform manner, and of satisfactorily straightening out those which may have got dis- torted in the process. The termination of the dorsal lobe of the caudal is only fairly determinable. The most valid dimension of length is that from the snout to the end of the base of the second dorsal, but some allowance must be made for difficulty in assigning the length of a collapsed and flabby snout to its nearest millimetre. In all our specimens the caudal filament ends abruptly, as if accidentally shortened. This organ can- not be said to have any normal length. { MEASUREMENTS. 16 IV. ’08. *{SO] Ueaq Sey AOQUANU UOT}eZE JO JoqR oT, t Ee ll ‘aylugopul AIOA SI UG SIqy JO puo AoL1eIUe ONT, + “£poq oy} JO SIx¥ Buo] aly 04 S[VOIyAEA TO IO UeAMZOqG SB yOu pue efO ON} JO SIX¥ OY} JO yOodso.t UL USHR} DUloq Ul Sor OY} WO, AOYIp SpUoWMatnsesu aso, . 86 6% 1G GG GG 0% tI Il 9 are SF oP GP FE Lac 96 6&6 06 €T i 1G 0G ST a tL val’ 8 ‘po J Q eee 8 8 8 L L L g 17 G.G = G9 99 6g OF 8é GP 86 FG ST Sah Gg OL 99 99 Tg Tg GE Is LT Le TL 09 09 SP SP 6P Ig 86 91 t OF OF 8 an = —= v +s es Lg 09 A! SP 1g I? Té 96 8T <= SIT Tél 60T €8 68 $8 09 Tg 96 o 096 BPG G63 Ist T9T goT LOT 06 €g re RT DI ® D9 6 — Mt = — tee OL GL “1q Fg GP GP 86 96 9T i 1G GG FG ‘D9 QT QT LT OL OL 8 ‘ DI BG 13 a6 8I 8T 61 iat IL 8 oc FE Ge LE FG 86 66 61 9T OL ; = tL tL OL aa =z = = — “i ors 408& $986 491% 421% +906 +09T +0ZT +88 a! 9gT 8éT Let SOT 16 86 9 Lg 66 7 GIG O61 981 OT SéT LET 08 gL cP ak LL 18 — Dy? 6G 9¢ 9¢ OF GE 1G ; ¥8 98 £8 $9 09 99 it 96 13 O€ 9% 3G 1G 0G 61 IL ead 6 G82 OLL OL9 G6 GLa Ogg 88s Ge 181 ‘ COG LLP oP GPE PGE OGE SIZ 98T PIL ees OP O8S LOS G13 Z9Z 896 OLT SPT OOT a fs) £ £ | 2 fo) | 3} fi 8 2 | To west ‘ast To a. ‘¥XO (Tse "a's ais ‘W'S | TS “W'S Joel ‘syiqnaru “QD Jo ‘secjyouIT{[TUI UL ‘SLNaWwaNas [pars orayed Jo YIP [PAIS [wVroqjood Jo WAPI = [8s1op puooes Fo 4YsIeY 4sezVoIy Uy [VSIOp PUodES pUTYyeq [Iv} JO FySIO on snue jo yuo1y ur Apoq jo 4ySIEF_ Bes a [esiop ye Apoq jo yySs1oFT see . wee prey jo DMs Poh (cy | a roltbersasinien Io11e4ysod jo yQsuery ag a “* [eiqguea Jo 44duery i ae “* Terogood jo y4ZuerT ne [¥s1op puooes Jo eseq Jo yWSuorT oa sug [vs1op woeemjoq 9ovds10quT =e ac? eurds [esiop jo yySuery (seke JO o[ppru oezisoddo) YypPrIA [e4Iqs10104UT urys Aq pouyoep se eso jo yYySIeF, urys Aq pouyop sev efo so yQSuoerq, “2° Jodsvjo prey jo yqsuory [epneo JO oqo] [V1ZUEA JO UBIO 0} ynoug eis [esiop puooes JO UISIIO 03 ynoug [V1}U9A JO UOTZAOSUT IOJNO IO [VsLOp 03 ynouUg elekonoed JO UOIZAOSUT 109NO IO [VsLOp 09 ynoug : at eutds yes1op 04 4ynoug eee ee eee yqZuoey] [eqiqi0e1g quoWN[y [epneo Lurpnypour ‘y4suel [ezoy, ““* TRpned JO VqoO] [VS1Op JO pus 03 ynoug [epneo JO oqo] [ws1Op JO UISIAO 03 ynoug “xOg “UO17RIG — IV. 08. 17 Distrrisution and Irish Records of Chimaera mirabilis. Helga CXX, ao Two. S.R. 327, . One, 54-6 cm. Sue ool. . Five 33 to 57 cm. S.R. 335, . One, 39 cm. S.R. 353, . One, 77 cm. SaR. 359; . One, 67 cm. Di OOo: . Two, 38 and 42 cm. S.R. 387, . Two, 69 and 80 cm. S.R. 400, . Hight, 60 and 87 cm. S.R. 401, . Onestoy en. S.R. 477, ey Vem 2t to 50 cm. S.R. 483, . One, 62 cm. S.R. 487, . Two, 65 and 70 cm. S.R. 490, . Two egg-purses. PS aa $9 . Five, 68 to 75 cm. S.R. 494, . Three, 45 to 72 cm. S.R. 497, . ‘Three, 41 to 44 cm. S.R. 499, . Twelve, 37 to 62 cm. S.R. 500, 3) One, 67 em. S.R. 505, . One, 82 cm. S.R. 506, yy oes, 20) te, 62. cm. S.R. 590, - Hour. 62) to 84. cm. S.R. 592, wi One. 6 em), S.R. 593, . Twelve, 23 to 54 cm. This species was founded by Collett (1904) on young speci- mens taken by the Michael Sars in 1902 north-west of the Hebrides and south-west of the Fiirés at 600 to 655 and 410 to 459 fathoms. It is otherwise known only from the Irish records tabulated above. These give no indication of its occurrence at a less depth than 250 fathoms, and indeed suggest that while comparatively few specimens range above the 400-fathom line, its principal haunt is between the 500-fathom line and some deeper contour, which the extent of the Helga’s exploration does not suffice to define. Though fully adult females seem to have been seldom taken, there is nothing to indicate that a change in verti- cal habitat is a feature in the life history. The observed limits of temperature are 7-759 and 9-13° C., while the observed hori- zontal range is the eastern North Atlantic Slope from about the latitude of the Shetland Isles to the south-west of Ireland. While C. mirabilis evidently fails to enter the cold water area of north European coasts, its absence from the collections of the Caudan, Travailleur, Talisman, Princess Alice, and Challenger may be due to the somewhat higher temperature that prevails in the latitudes south of the British and Irish regions at the zone of depth which it appears to affect. *Vaillant (1888) records some young specimens from Bane d’Arguin, Soudan and Azores as C. monstrosa. His figure of the youngest rather suggests C. mirabilis. IV. ’08 18 Genus RHINOCHIMAERA, Garman, 1904. RHINOCHIMAERA ATLANTICA, Holt and Byrne, 1909. Plates III and IV. Adult male with the snout, measured to the base of the vomerine dental plates, a little longer that the base of the second dorsal fin, and equal to the distance between the dorsal insertions of the pectoral and ventral fins. Snout measured to the dorsal end of the gill aperture equal to the distance between the origin of the dorsal spine and the posterior end of the base of the second dorsal fin, nearly twice as long as the pectoral fin, and about half as long as the distance between the dorsal end of the gill aperture and the origin of the ventral lobe of the caudal fin, which is nearly in the same vertical as the end of the base of the second dorsal fin. Longitudinal diameter of the eye (as defined by skin) about one-tenth of the preorbital length. Dorsal spine relatively rather slender, keeled in front, smooth on its posterior edges, and about as long as the distance between its base and the origin of the second dorsal fin. First dorsal fin triangular, with a few stout branching cartilaginous rays, of which the first is longer than the spine,’ its posterior edge con- nected with the second dorsal fin by a very low fold of mem- brane. Second dorsal fin rather low, not emarginate, its base fleshy and skin-clad. Dorsal lobe of caudal fin very low, without visibly distinct rays, its edge set with irregularly dis- tributed, partly-ossified denticulations. | Ventral lobe of caudal fin well developed, with boldly arched outline anteriorly, its base fleshy and skin-clad. Caudal filament (in the specimen studied) rather short. Paired fins, especially the pectorals, some- what pointed. Head clasper digitiform, scarcely longer than the height of the skinny orbit, denticulate on the under surface and edges almost to the articular region. Anterior ventral claspers lamellar, with a row of four or five denticles on the inferior edges, and a few internal denticles near the edges. Posterior ventral claspers simple, relatively slender, the distal joint almost straight, terminating in a slightly volute, sub- conical club, clad in feebly developed shagreen. Dental plates thin, horny in appearance, without conspicuous internal tritoral areas, the vomerine plates with the edges boldly incurved. Skin without denticles (except as noted on edge of dorsal lobe of caudal fin) other than the shagreen of the clubs of the claspers. Lateral sensory canal nearly straight, but descending obliquely to the ventral edge behind the origin of the dorsal lobe of the caudal. Cephalic canals, arising. as a bifurcation of the an- terior end of the lateral, consisting primarily of supraorbital and infraorbital branches. ‘The former sends a cranial branch (looped on the left side in the specimen studied) to meet its fellow of the opposite side on the top of the head some way behind the ’The relative length of spine and rays in this fin is probably of no specific importance. EV. 08. 19 ocular region. Thereafter the supraorbital proceeds to the ex- tremity of the snout, following the edge of the rostrum. The infraorbital gives off, near one another and below the eye, a short Fig. 3. Rhinochimaera atlantica. Ventral aspect of head, x }. branchial canal and a buccal, which divides behind the region of the mouth into a short mandibular and a maxillary branch, which latter passes forward on the under side of the snout in the manner shown in figure 3 above. The infraorbital, after giving off the branchial and buccal canals, passes forward under the eye, and, after occupying the lateral edge of the snout for some distance, ultimately dips under it and joms a forked canal which extends from the tip of the rostrum backwards on either side thereof, its posterior limbs terminating blindly on either side of the anterior part of the maxillary (see Fig. 3 above).’ Numerous pores occur near some of the cephalic canals and on the proximal part of the snout, especially on its under surface. Colouration, pale brownish fawn, without stripes or mottlings; snout pale; fins, except first dorsal, dark ashy brown on the radial parts. R. atlantica is easily distinguished from R. pacifica (Mitsukuri, 1895) by the relative shortness of the base of the second dorsal fin. In the Pacific species this fin is, in the adult of either sex, longer than the distance between the gill-openings and the origin of the ventral. MEASUREMENTS, in millimetres, of R. atlantica, adult male. Total length, including caudal filament, . : Led, L6G Snout to base of vomerine dental plates, . : . 260 Snout to anterior end of head clasper, . : . 262 Snout to eye, ; ; ‘ i 3 bi. v293 Snout to base of dorsal spine, . ; ‘ we) B96 Snout to dorsal insertion of pectoral fin, . d 43386 Snout to origin of second dorsal fin, , ; . 560 Snout to dorsal insertion of ventral fin, . : . 650 Snout to origin of dorsal lobe of caudal fin, k y 860 Snout to origin of ventral lobe of caudal fin, : 1 180 Length of head clasper, ; : : i 20 Length of eye (as defined by skin), ; ‘ 3 29 Height of eye (as defined by skin), . : ‘ j 19 1 In Harriotta and R. pacifica the posterior ends of this forked canal join the maxillary and so form a loop, as in Chimaera. IV. *08. 20 Interorbital width, ; F : : : 33 Length of dorsal spine, . ; : - . 114 Interspace between dorsal fins, . : ‘ . ete Length of base of second dorsal fin, ie Inter space between second dorsal and dorsal caudal An, 70 Length of pectoral fin (from dorsal insertion), . . 200 Length of ventral fin (from dorsal insertion), ‘ 2 i Length of posterior ventral clasper, : : : 85 Height of head at head clasper, . : : : 99 Height of body at dorsal spine, . : : 2 ee Height of body in front of anus, . : eee Height of body behind second dorsal fin, : : 50 Width of head at eye, : : ‘ . : 74 Width of body at pectoral girdle, . ‘ e : (3) Width of body at pelvic girdle, : ; : A 46 Width of body behind second dorsal fin, ; > 26 The only known Atlantic Chimaeroid from which R. atlantica should not be easily distinguishable is Harriotta raleighana, a species at present only recorded from the Western Atlantic, where four young examples in all have been taken. These were originally described by Goode and Bean (1894 and 1895), whose account has since been amplified and corrected in several par- ticulars by Garman (1904), and as regards the dental plates by Dean (1906). These four specimens are as follows :— (i.) A female, 25 ins. (ca. 640 mm.) long, No. 39415 U.S.N.M., from Albatross stat. 2550—9-8-’85—39° 44! 30” N., 70° 30! 45” W., 1081 faths., mud. Bottom temp. 38.5° F. (3-6°C.). Briefly described and teeth figured by Garman (1904), and teeth figured by Dean (1906). (11.) A male, 19-5 ins. (ea. 495 mm.) long, No. 38200 U.S.N.M., from Albatross stat.? 36° 45’ N., 74° 28’ 30” W., 781 faths. Teeth figured by Dean (1906). (ii.) A male 15-5 ins. (ca, 395 mm.) long, No. 35631 U.S.N.M., from Albatross stat. 2235—13-9-’84—39° 12’ N., 72° 3/ 30” W., 707 faths., mud. Bottom temp. 38.8° F. (3-75° C.), figured by en. and Bean (1894 and 1895), and teeth figured by Garman dq (iv.) A very young specimen 4-1 ins. (102 mm. ): long, “ probably torn from the egg and mutilated in the dredge” (teste Garman, 1904), No. 35520 U. S.N.M., from Albatross stat. 2210—21-8- ‘4 39° 37! 45"°N., 71° 18! 45" W., 991 faths., ooze. Bottom temp. 38-19 F. (8-49 C.). This specimen is figured by Goode and Bean (1894 and 1895), whose figures may be inaccurate in detail (cf. Garman, 1904). Teeth figured by Garman (1904) and Dean (1906). Goode and Bean are not precise as to the size of their largest specimen, for the total length of a fish with a caudal filament means nothing, but through the courtesy of Messrs. W. de C. Ravenel and B. A. Bean we are able to ascribe to it the following measurements :— EY, 08: 21 mm. Snout to base of vomerine dental plates, . : «yi £00 Snout to base of dorsal spine, P : ; . .160 Snout to origin of second dorsal, . : : - 200 Length of base of second dorsal, 3 : : Distance between dorsal insertion of pectoral and ventral, 115 Mr. Bean adds: “ Serrations on hind margins of dorsal spine “ saw-like, and plainly visible with the aid of an ordinary read- “ing glass. The rostral appendage is much depressed; its “widest part about 28 mm., and at this point the depth or “thickness is but 7mm. The rostral appendage appears to be “broken a little in advance of the head, and is movable up and * down. The caudal filament of this specimen (No. 39415, 9) “extends beyond the rays 110 mm.” It appears, therefore, that the largest type of Harriotta is less than half the size of the only known specimen of Rhinochimaera atlantica, which again is somewhat smaller than any recorded example of R. pacifica, undoubtedly a larger species. In the size-interval which separates Harriotta from R. atlantica minor differences of external form might very well be adjusted by growth, for no doubt the embryo of Rhinochimaera has a much shorter snout than the adult, while the caudal region (cf. C. Colliei)* tends to become less in relative length with growth. Quite probably, also, the serrations of the dorsal spine may become obsolete with age; and, in the absence of any evi- dence of the nature of the dorsal lobe of the caudal in juvenile Rhinochimaera, it cannot be assumed to have throughout life the peculiar characters which it exhibits in large adults of either sex (see footnote, p. 4). Goode and Bean’s and Garman’s figures of the cephalic sensory canals in Harriotta, though not absolutely agreeing with each other, both differ considerably from the condition exhibited by R. atlantica, and while it is unsafe to place too much reliance on so probably variable a character, we may remark that in eight specimens of C. mirabilis of all sizes the cephalic canals are all practically alike. Apart, however, from the differences above noted, H. raleighana must be a much smaller fish than R. atlantica, if Dean and our- selves are right as to the parentage of egg-purses which we respectively assign to these two species. It should be noted that Goode and Bean (1895) are inaccurate in stating that there is no frontal clasper in the male Harriotta (see Garman, 1904). Garman (1904) and Dean (1906) record that there is a steady and continuous increase with growth in both the number and size of the “tritors” (or molar-like grinding surfaces) of the dental plates of Harriotta throughout the juvenile stages which they have had the opportunity of studying. ‘The normal abbreviation with growth of the caudal region is sufficiently illustrated by Dean’s figures of various stages of C. Colliei (1906, Pl. x, xi). IV. ’08. 22 In large specimens of both species of Rhinochimaera such tritors are absent or vestigial,’ and (whatever view is held as to the morphology of the dental plates) it is impossible to assume that the dental plates of a Harriotta with increasing tritors could ever attain the tritorless condition found in Rhinochimaera, however great an individual variation in the development of such tritors may be found within the limits of a single species. In Callo- rhynchus, of which we have superficially examined a series representative of all sizes, the internal surface of the dental plates does not perceptibly vary with age. In Chimaera mira- bilis, in so far as there is any difference between the recently hatched young and fully adult specimens, the tritor ridges tend to become more conspicuous with age. , Egg-purses (Pl. IV, figs. 4, 5) which we suppose to belong to R. atlantica consist, as in Chimaera, of an anterior body and a posterior style, but are furnished throughout the entire length with a broad membranous fringe, produced and terminating in a rather acute point some way in front of the anterior end of the chambered part. The body of the chamber is truncate anteri- orly, and has its lateral margins nearly parallel for a little way back before they begin to curve outwards. At the point where the curve starts there may be a slight constriction, giving rather the appearance of a neck. Posteriorly, the body is very tumid dorsally and sub-fusiform. It tapers rather sharply to the style, which is ventrally roundly arched and narrow, but flat- tened and spathulate at its posterior end. Dorsally the body seems to be nearly flat, and exhibits on either side a pair of low ridges which are the meeting lines of the dorsal and ventral elements of the purse. Between these ridges at a point some way from the anterior end of the chamber there is a pad of very fine byssus, which, being presumably soft and sticky on extru- sion, must at once collect a lump of ooze and so serve as an anchor. Along the style the ridges are raised (on the dorsal surface) so as to form a gutter, wide open posteriorly, but narrow and deep about the middle of the style in some of our specimens. The spathulate end of the’style seems to be pro- duced normally into a short lanceolate tag of fine membrane, which readily splits into narrow filaments. This tag may probably be continuous when perfect with the lateral membranes, which, from the end of the style to the front of the body, are corrugated in graceful backwardly curving folds, of which we count about 45 and about 55 on either side in our two most perfect specimens. In front of the body the membrane is not corrugated and terminates, as we have seen, in a point, of which the sides are about equal to the width between the places at which they spring from the general broadly rounded anterior outline of the membrane. Compared with the purse attributed to R. pacifica, those now before us seem to have the anterior part of the body considerably broader, but this difference might not be apparent if perfect purses of the two species were compared. ‘e.f. Dean (1906), p. 122, fig. 103. The internal appearance of the plates in R. atlantica, as far as can be seen without dissection, is much the same. 2 Dean’s (1904, 2) figure of the Japanese egg purse shows the natural form of the anterior membrane in the Irish purses. EV= *08: 23 Two of our specimens, all of which are empty and dried, give the following approximate measurements, in millimetres : — S.R. 327. S.R. 333 Total length, : «| Leo 204 Total length of body and style, : 4) 160 158 Length of membrane in front of body, ; 20 ca. 20 Length of body, . ; 89 94 Length of anterior narrow part of body, : 20 25 Greatest total width (membrane probably imperfect), . - 5 ; 65 62 Dorsal (smooth) surface. Width of anterior part. of pore : 20 21 Width at “neck,” ‘ ; 20 19 Greatest width of body, ; é : 3d bl ca. Width of style at its origin, , ; 6 ca. 9 Width of style at its middle, : 3 a 5 Width of posterior end of style, . : 9 10 Ventral (ridged) surface. Width between (including) noe at an- terior end, -H 13 Width between (including) ridges in front of patch of byssus, , ~- 19 Width between (including) ridges at‘ ‘neck” on eee 15 Greatest width of body between gets ing) ridges, 27 25 The patch of byssus occupies an area about 19 mm. square. Of the five specimens before us four are yellowish-brown and rather rough in texture, while one (Pl. LV, fig. 4) is nearly black, and practically smooth, though dull of surface. It also appears to be of more solid consistency than the others. The purse attributed by Dean (1906) to Harriotta is only known to us from the figure given by that author. It seems to be a good deal smaller than those which we refer to R. atlantica, its total length being only about 140 mm. The anterior end, if correctly depicted, is truncate instead of being produced as a triangular fold of membrane, and there seems to be no patch of byssus, but this patch does not appear to have been present in all the purses which Dean (1904, 2) refers to R. pacifica. Recorps or Rhinochimaera Atlantica. S.R. 327, . One egg-purse. S.R. 333, . Three egg-purses. S.R. 363, . One egg-purse. Sele O93; . One adult male. The type, an adult male, occurred between 670 and 770 fathoms, the egg-purses between 550 and 800 fathoms, off the south-west of Ireland. The observed limits of temperature are 7-75° and 9-199°C. Absence of other records suggests that the species chiefly affects deeper grounds than those explored by the Helga, but its horizontal range can only be matter of surmise. TV. ‘G8. 111.— PARTICULARS OF IRISH LOCALITIES. Observations of Temperature and Salinity. Sound- Station. Date. Position. ings in fathoms. = 3 °C. | Soo | 28 As Flying Fox, 1, — BOL AGCONE Ca aNes 315 — — Fingal, _ 63, 4/7/90 | 54° 12’N., 11° 24’ W. 220 = — |— if 64, 4/7/90 | 54°'7’N., 11° 4’ W., 144 at ea ky 71, | 10/7/90 | 54° 16’ 30’ N., 11° 6’ W., 175 i. Li = Helga cxx, 24/8/01 | 54° 2’ N.,.11° 17’ 30’ W., 389 a — |— S.R., 171, | 5/11/04 | 52° 7’ N., 11° 58’ W., 337 as ahs ee bk 217, 9/5/05 | 52° 44’ N., 12° 30’ W., 203/100 | — | 200 327, 8/5/06 | 51° 46’ N., 12° 14’ 30” W..,] 550-800 | 8:95 — | 530 : 329, 9/5/06 | 51° 22’30’—51° 20’ 30” N.,| 915-415 | 9°55 | 35-33 | 400 T1331" 11° SBCA 4s a 351, 9/5/06 | 51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-6800) (=a io 333, | 10/5/06 | 51° 37’N., 12°9’ W., 557-579 | 9°19 | 35-10 | 500 5 335, 12/5/06 | 51° 12’ 30’—51° 17’ 30" Nw) 673 _ 993 = — |— 12° 18’—12° 16’ W. - 353, | 6/8/06 |50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W. 250-542. | =") 5 359, | 7-8/8/06 | 51°59’N., 12° 9’ W., 465-492 | 9:04 | 35-37 | 475 9 363, | 10/8/06 | 51° 22’N., 12°0’ W., 695-720 | — — |— “5 380, L/L 06) | 502295021324 INe: 14guo14- | a) eo 11° 0’ W. 5: 384, | 6/11/06 | 51°54’ 30” N., 11° 37’ W. 162 seis pte T 387, | 7/11/06 | 51°50’ N., 12° 14’ W., 530-535 | 9°13 | 35°39 | 500 p 400, 5/2/07 | 51° 18’ N., 11° 50’ W., 525-600. |, SJ eee tr 401, 5/2/07 | 51° 14’ N., 11° 51’ W., 600-660 "| > «5 eee ” 447, 18/5/07 | 50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W., 221-343 | 9-87 | 35-48 | 300 ” 447, 28/8/07 | 51° 15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-1104) == pay ee = ss 483, | 30/8/07 | 51° 37’N., 11° 56’ W., 610-664 | 8-34 | 35-32 | 550 i 487, 3/9/07 | 51° 36’ N., 11°57’ W., 540 8-65 | 35-35 | 500 » 490, 7/9/07 | 51° 57’ 30” N., 12°77’ W., | 470-491 | 8:68 | — | 480 2 491, 7/9/07 | 51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 13’ W.,| 491-520 | 8-53 | 35-44 | 500 ” 494, 8/9/07 | 51°59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 | — — |— rr 497, | 10/9/07 | 51° 2’N., 11° 36’ W., 7175-795 | — a ” 499, | 11/9/07 | 50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666-778 | 8-22 | 35-41 | 600 ps 500, 11/9/07 | 50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 | — Sere eed “ 505, | 12/9/07 | 50° 39’ N.,"11° 14’ W., 464-627 "| = Ree i 506, | 12/9/07 | 50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661-672 | 8-22 | 35-53 | 600 9», DEER FBS; 6/8/08 | 50° 32’—50° 28’ N., 11° 670-770 | 7:75 | 35-53 | 650 34’—11° 28’ W. ho Ot BY: OS: LIST OF REFERENCKES. Alcock, 1892.—‘‘ Natural History Notes from the Investigator.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6, X. Brauer, 1906.—‘‘ Tiefsee Fische, I.’’ Wiss, Hrgebn. Deutsch Tiefsee- Exp. Valdivia, 1898, 1899, XV. Lf. 1. Capello, 1868.—Journ. Sci., Math., Phys. e Nat., Lisboa, IV., 314. Collett. 1904.— ‘‘ Diagnoses of four hitherto undescribed fishes from the depths south of the Faeroe Islands.’ Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ., No. 9. Collett, 1905.—‘‘Fiske indsamlede under Michael Sars’ Togter i Nordhavet, 1900-1902.”" Rep. on Norw. Fish. and Mar. Invest, II., No. 3. Dean, 1904, 1. —‘‘ Notes on Chimaera.”” Journ. Coll. Sci, Tokyo; Ko: Dean, 1904, 2.—‘‘ Notes on the long-snouted Chimaeroid of Japan.” Journ. Coll. Sct., Tokyo, X1X., 4. Dean, 1906.—‘‘ Chimaeroid Fishes and their development.”’ Carnegie Inst., Washington, 32. Fowler, 1907.—‘‘ A collection of Fishes from Victoria, Australia.”’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia. Garman, 1904.—‘‘The Chimaeroids.”’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv., XLI., 245. Gilbert, 1905.—‘‘The deep-sea fishes of the Hawaiian Islands.” Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., XXIII. for 1903, Pt. II. Gill, 1862._—‘‘ Notes on some genera of Fishes of Western North America.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct., Philadelphia. Goode and Bean, 1894.— Proc. U.S. Mus., XVII, p. 472. Goode and Bean, 1895.—.‘‘ Oceanic Ichthyology.” Grieg, 1896.—<‘Icthyologiske Notiser.”’ Bergens Mus. Aarb., 1894-95. Gunther, 1870.—‘ Catalogue.” VIII. Gunther, 1887.—‘‘ Deep-sea fishes.” Chall. Rep., XXII. Gunther, 1889.—‘‘ Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. Coast of Ireland.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. PTSt ie O;, EN Holt and Byrne, 1908.—‘‘Second report on the fishes of the Irish Atlantic slope.” Fisheries, Lreland, Sct. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Holt and Byrne, 1909.—‘‘ Preliminary note on some fishes from the Irish Atlantic slope.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Some i Holt and Calderwood, 1895.—‘‘ Report on the rarer fishes, West Coast of Ireland.” Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc., Silla. Jordan and Evyermann, 1896.—‘ Fishes of North and Middle America,” I, ry. Ds. 26 = Jordan and Snyder, 1904.—‘‘On a collection of fishes made by Mr, Alan Owston in the deep waters of Japan.” Smiths. Mise. Coll., XLV., 1447. Lay and Bennett, 1839.—-‘‘ Zoology of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage.” Mitsukuri, 1895.—‘‘ On a new species of the Chimaeroid group Harriotta.”” Zool, Mag. Tokyo, VII. Ogilby, 1888.—“Catalogue of the fishes in the Australian Museum.” Part I. Osorio, 1909.—‘‘ Fauna bathypelagica...... Portugal.’’ Memorias do Museu Bocage, I. Risso, 1826.—“‘ Histoire naturelle de l'Europe M éridionale,”’ IIT, Smitt, 1895.—‘‘ History of Scandinavian fishes.”’ IT. Tanaka, 1905.—‘“‘ On two new species of Chimaera.”’ Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XX., 11. Tanaka, 1908.—‘‘ Notes on some Japanese fishes,” Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XXIII., 7. ; Tanaka, 1909.—‘ Description of one new genus and ten new species of Japanese fishes.’’—Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XXVIL,, 8. Vaillant, 1888.—‘ Poissons.” Fup, Sci. Trav. Talism. Waite, 1899.—“‘ Scientific results of the trawling expeditions of H.M.S. Thetis.” Mem. Austral. Mus. IV., Pt. 1. Werner, 1905.—‘‘Fische der zoologische-vergleichend-anatomischen Sammlung der Wiener Universitit.’ Zool. Jahrbuch., XXI., 263. EXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV. PHATE, Chimaera monstrosa, adult male, 530 mm. from snout to origin of dorsal lobe of caudal. PAE pit: Chimaera mirabilis, adult male, 380 mm. PLATE ALL Rhinochimaera atlantica, adult male, 850 mm. PLATE IV. Fig. 1.—Egg-purse attributed to C. mirabilis, dorsal view, slightly oblique. hig: 2.— a. 2 44 ce 35 lateral view. Fig. 3.— - S ,, C. monstrosa, dorsal view, styledamaged. Fig. 4.— _ a ., FR. atlantica, ventral view. Fig. 5.— ae ss aoe - dorsal view. (210). Wt.P.126—S.241. 3. 3. 875. 12/°09. C.&Co. G4. ik = al er ae ae (al Sele tte eS ealbam Ul. IV 408: *stpiqe strum e1loe WwIys Ie eb IV Ole: ‘BoTjuRy}e B4IOBWIYIOUTY PP *‘U9dIC) “C al IV. PI. IV Oe. “esorjsuow BOljURT}e eloRMIYyoOoUIYyY ‘CG ‘Pp SSI "SI[Iqeitu BloeWIYyD ‘7 ‘7 ‘SBI Or Goo FOURTH REPORT ON THE FISHES OF THE IRISH ATLANTIC SLOPE. LIST OF RECORDED SPECIES, WITH REFERENCES, BY E. W. L. Hott ann L. W. Byrne. The following list includes all the species hitherto recorded from the Irish Atlantic Slope in nets fished beyond the 100-fathom line. In the case of species not described in existing books on British and Irish fishes, a reference is added to some good modern description or descriptions, preference being given to those based on Irish speci- mens. References to Scr. Invest. refer to the publications of this Depart- ment ; the other authorities referred to are as follows :— Bocack AND CAPELLO (/S64).—‘‘ Sur quelques espéces inédites de Squalidae,” P.Z.S. Braver (1906).—Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition, 1898-1899, “ Die Tiefseefische.” Cottetr (1896).—Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, X, “ Poissons.” Cot.ett (1905).—* Fiske insamlede under ‘ Michael Sars ’ Togter i Nordhavet, 1900-1902,” Rep. Norwegian Fishery Invest. Hie No: 3: GOODE AND BEAN (1895).—* Oceanic Ichthyology.” GUNTHER (1859-1870).—‘ Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum.” GunTHER (1887).—Scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ vol. XXII, ‘‘ Deep-sea Fishes.” Hott and Byrne (1906).—* On a new Species of Lyconus from the North-east Atlantic.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Xvill, 423. Hott AnD Byrne (1908).— New Deep-sea Fishes from the South-west Coast of Ireland.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, i, 86. Hotr aND Byrne (1910).—‘ On a new Stomiatid Fish from South-west of Ireland.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, vi. Hotr and CALDERWOOD (1895).—Survey of Fishing Grounds, West Coast of Ireland, 1890-1891, “ Report on the rarer Fishes.” Sci. Trans. R. Dublin Soc., V, 361. JOHNSON (1862).—* Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Fishes obtained at Madeira,” P.Z.S., 173. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908, V. [1910]. : 8. 2 JoHNSON (1863).—‘“‘ Descriptions of new . . . Fishes obtained at Madeira,” P.Z.S., 403. KorHLER (1896).—Reésultats scientifiques de la Campagne du ‘ Caudan,’ “ Poissons.” Ann. Univ. Lyon. LUTKEN (1892).—Spolia Atlantica. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 6R., vol. 7, 223. Reean (1908).—* Report on the Marine Fishes collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Indian Ocean.” Trans. Linn. Soc., XII, 217. Scumipr (1906).—Conseil permanent international pour Il Ex- ploration de la Mer, Rapports et Procés-verbaux, V. Smitr (1893).—* A History of Scandinavian Fishes,” 2nd edition. VaILLant (/S88).—Expéditions scientifiques du ‘ Travailleur’ et du ‘ Talisman’ pendant less années 1880-1883. “ Poissons.” HEX ANCHIDAE. Hexanchus griseus, Rafinesque. SCYLLIORHINIDAE. Scylliorhinus canicula (L.). Seylliorhinus indicus, Brauer. Described and figured by Brauer (1996). Pristiurus melanostomus, Rafinesque. Pristiurus murinus, Collett. Described and figured by Collett (1905). CARCHARIIDAE. Carcharias glauca, (.). Galeus vulgaris, Fleming. SQUALIDAE. Spinax niger (L.). Described and figured by Smitt (1893). Squalus acanthias (L.). Scymnodon ringens, Bocage and Capello. Figured and described by Bocage and Capello (1864). Centrophorus squamosus (Gm.). Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895). RAIIDAE. Raia batis, L. Raia oxyrhynchus, L. Rava fullonica, L. We 08. Raia circularis, Couch. Raia bathyphila, Holt and Byrne. Described in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. CHIMAERIDAE. Chimaera monstrosa, L. Described and figured in Sci. Invest, 1908, IV. [1910]. Chimaera mirabilis, Collett. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1908, EV. [1910]. Rhinochimaera atlantica, Holt and Byrne. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1908, IV. [1910]. SALMONIDAE. Argentina silus, Ascan. Described and figured by Smitt (1893). Argentina sphyraena, Li. Described and figured by Smitt (1893). Bathylagus atlanticus, Giinther (1887). Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1905, IT. [1906]. Microstoma sp. (perhaps M. groenlandica, Reinhardt). See Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. ALEPOCEPHALIDAE. Alepocephalus rostratus, Risso. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Alepocephalus Giardi, Koehler. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Alepocephalus macropterus, Vaillant. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Bathytroctes rostratus, Ginther. Described and figured by Giinther (1887). Young described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Xenodermichthys socialis, Vaillant. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. STOMIATIDAE. Stomias boa (Risso). ° Described by Giinther (1859-1870), figured by Goode and Bean (1895).1 Grammatostomias flagellibarba, Holt and Byrne. Described and figured by Holt and Byrne (1910). Astronesthes Richardsoni, Poey. Described and figured by Liitken (1892). STERNOPT YCHIDAE. Gonostoma bathyphilum, Vaillant. Described and figured by Vaillant (1888). ‘ Goode and Bean's description is copied from Giinther’s (1887) account of a Challenger specimen doubtfully referred to this species, but their figure is taken from a typical specimen. V7038! 4 Gonostoma microdon, Giinther. Figured by Liitken (1892). Described and figured by Brauer (1906). Maurolicus borealis, Nilsson. Argyropelecus' Olfersi, Cuvier. Figured by Collett (1896). Described and figured by Brauer (1906). Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. Described and figured by Brauer (1906). Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann. Described and figured by Giinther (1887), and Brauer (1906). ANGUILLIDAE. Anguilla vulgaris, Turton. Leptocephalus larvae only, see Schmidt (1906), and Sci. Invest., 1907, VIII. [1909]. Conger vulgaris, Cuvier. NEMICHTHYIDAE. Serrivomer Beani, Gill and Ryder. Described and figured by Goode and Bean (1895). SYNAPHOBRANCHIDAE. Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronow). Described and figured by Giinther (1887). Young described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1905, II. [1906]. PARALEPIDAE. Paralepis sp. (either P. pseudocoregonoides, Sarato, or P. Kroyeri, Liitken). SCOPELIDAE. The recorded species of the genus Scopelus (or Myctophum) are described and figured by Liitken (1892), and Brauer (1906). Scopelus (Myctophum), arcticus, Liitken. S. (M.) glacialis, Reinhardt. S. (M.) punctatus, Rafinesque. S. (M.) Humboldti, Risso. S. (Lampadena) sp. (probably S. (L.) Chavesi, Collett.) S. (Diaphus) Rafinesqui, Cocco. S. (Lampanyctus) elongatus, Costa. S. (L.) crocodilus, Risso. ?For a key to this genus, see Regan (1908). 5 Bathypterois dubius, Vaillant. Described and figured by Vaillant (1888), and Collett (1896). SCOM BRESOCIDAE. Scombresox saurus, Walbaum. NOTACANTHIDAE. Notacanthus Bonaparti, Risso. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1905, IT. [1906]. Notacanthus rostratus, Collett. Described and figured by Collett (1896). SYNGNATHIDAE. Nerophis aequoreus (Li.) var. exilis, Holt and Byrne. Described in Sci. Invest., 1905, II. [1906]. MACRURIDAE. Lyconus brachycolus, Holt and Byrne. Described by Holt and Byrne (1906). Bathygadus melanobranchus, Vaillant. Described and figured by Vaillant (1888). Macrurus (Macrurus) aequalis, Ginther. Described and figured by Giinther (1887), and Holt and Calderwood (1895). M. (Macrurus) labsatus, Koehler. Described and figured by Koehler (1896). M. (Macrurus) Guentheri, Vaillant. Described and figured by Giinther (1887) sub nom. M. sclerorhynchus, by Vaillant (1888) sub nom. M. holotrachys and by Collett (1896). M. (Coelorhynchus) coelorhynchus, Risso. Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895). M. (Coryphaenordes) rupestris, (Miiller). Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895), and by Collett (1896). M. (Coryphaenoides) mediterraneus, Giglioli. Described and figured by Goode and Bean (1895), ex relat. Giglioli. M. (Malacocephalus) laevis, Lowe. Described and figured by Giinther (1887), and Holt and Calderwood (1895). Trachyrhynchus trachyrhynchus, Risso. Described by Giinther (1887). GADIDAE. Merluccius vulgaris, Fleming. Gadus aeglefinus, L. . 08. Gadus poutassou, Risso. Gadus Esmarki, Nilsson. Described by Holt and Calderwood (1895). Gadiculus argenteus, Guichenot. Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895). Mora mediterranea, Risso. Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895). Halargyreus affinis, Collett. Described and figured by Collett (1905). Phycis blennioides, Briinner. Laemonema latifrons, Holt and Byrne. Described and figured by Holt and Byrne (1908). Haloporphyrus eques, Ginther. Described and figured by Giimther (1887), and Holt and Calderwood (1895). Antimora viola (Goode and Bean). Described and figured by Giinther (1887). Molva elongata, Risso. Molva vulgaris, Fleming. Brosmius brosme, Miiller. Gargilius sp. (see Schmidt, 1906). BERYCIDAE. Described and figured by Goode and Bean (1895). Hoplostethus atlanticum, Collett. Described and figured by Collett (1896). Melamphaes eurylepis, Holt and Byrne. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1905, II. [1907]. . Melamphaes crassiceps, Giinther. Described and figured by Giinther (1887). Melamphaes megalops, Liitken. Described and figured by Giinther (1887). Hoplostethus mediterraneum, C. and V. ZEIDAE. Cyttosoma Helgae, Holt and Byrne. Described and figured by Holt and Byrne (1908). PLEURONECTIDAE. Pleuronectes (Glyptocephalus) cynoglossus, lL. Zeugopterus megastoma (Donovan). Zeugopterus Boscii (Risso). Solea profundicola, Vaillant. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1902-3, V. [1905]. Solea variegata, Donovan. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1902-3, V. [1905]. V. 08. t ' SERRANIDAE. Polyprion cernium, Cuvier. Epigonus telescopium, Risso. Described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (1895). CAPROIDAE. Capros aper, L. TRICHIURIDAE. Nesiarchus nasutus, Johnson. Described and figured by Johnson (1862). DIRETMIDAE. Diretmus argenteus, Johnson. Described and figured by Johnson (1863). GOBIIDAE. Gobius Jeffreysii, Giinther. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1901, III. [1903]. Gobius scorpioides, Collett. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1901, IIT. [1903]. SCORPAENIDAE. Scorpaena dactyloptera, Delaroche. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. Scorpaena cristulata, Goode and Bean. Described and figured in Sci. Invest., 1906, V. [1908]. TRIGLIDAE. Trigla lyra, \. COTTIDAE. Cottunculus Thomsoni (Ginther). Described and figured by Giinther (1887). FIERASFERIDAE. Frierasfer dentatus, Cuvier. LOPHIIDAE. Lophius piscatorius, L. CERATIIDAE. Oneirodes megaceros, Holt and Byrne. Described by Holt and Byrne (1908). (682), Wt. P.429—S.244. 3. 3. 875. 9/10. C.&Co. Ltd. G4. a] or. xan ak th Pgs . sot vit mia? | & m1 2 aie urn a’ Vite iG #05, ’ 4 \ 41%.) ® } 2 % | . a ' | erent ' 45 ' i i \ ‘ AST ~ = - £ . - . > | i } { er - , ‘ fye VARS Tae rn > A ee a Sat th : = 13 2Bn “peel os bh aioaerry & PO oi ae | oe “ ah ae s> go % has’ mn. : 4: y * san ?, toi Peni, te ny the | i) eas Gt inept A vaagaca aay? bd ia lane Ss fi a a ; sa ve eh See ita ott ie Ayes) pal done a wilt _ t tiers “aa eho tins 7} ' Be ti Whigs a | i ? iW ie a) ae =f LCoRT) ET cogent f) up dancatge oni one ales wale > ould ep vl Ai miaves Wag hak i dsia A reve (ss yt “at : 4 if, , Be ‘ed. al tilionty monLehinii | : be Bi Pa ind ie tal hag?) Syroey crestor. bint mn Luli, t) ies owas, ai) MW 2 )aiidindl ye ru Sede ay ] ' itoeteae Hn a om sia ee ea a MN Bilberry wits 01) ae ne ne ia by ise Bae Wy i Rigi arial slag! Pav. geez arith e. iy ta 4 t oy vdgisahi a beer nia LVAD y An iy fj ON HI? ; T aU Yi ig 74 ae pita a } ] i (i itor ca? 2 J by ust) al Atrial it) ild Onion 98- ee ae Ih Oe Ally 7O 18 Cele CL a EE Te iyi 1% Ou ath ei) fil eae dry elk Catal win og Sonate i ae emer ONE fir. Witla 0 Pea nh ie coh, wan nll ; ‘ my or pee rit seoud miGsis ity WANE oben Sv ie enink ahi ie a duty math) Bie TT ROD PA Uren ade Wudlt ol UT to DRT reel iy seat A Mil fil, qth if ab tee Cre cory wit th . ‘ F ai 4 y | evi AV Bion) 6 tothe Meir ele cette tor salt Fa al? hit} sins pi qh tet Ls whos lat eal Wi qaaih dered sa inbihigo (aor ie dt wlalilaiion dit, | Froid) fig ‘oo sh i PD hid! Vv ayora tit dane ©" hi hulideb ois val wit t Perc edie Ley. ban Ope tent) oe Aaa Hie eu liye’ Praciihes 744 Aeters shai, yt i at, Me VA hale ks Mabe roe tc Be RY, urn iia eit a had Latienkwie) fii os it deta Pel 4 Od Sex t ay ll { wd Or OM pn GAD Ry Jhb ved High wr ‘es sna rye are mid date fabactinos oy Mattes iy) Pa yA Petia li Aphis HAI nity halt oa ae tated iat a: ai BPeviay bel? Hise Na fee ik . br tiboaly’y te tts) od a wipes 7 | ae Kae ol! shila? ott vd | ? ‘sahf aster hiv ee . nara) a stm phono eae wm 719 lbiablvotd twa vebaae 3 CRT: CN ant a¥. ail 4 aes f Wy: i iy pea! am, SUMMARY OF REPORTS RELATIVE TO EEL FRY, 1908-1909. BY A, B. E. Hinxas, B.A. The accompanying tables give in summarised form the replies to the queries issued by the Department relative to the movements of eel fry in the year ending 30th September, 1909, and are in continua- tion of those printed in Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907, IX. [1909]. The information obtainable is still meagre, though more local interest is taken in the question than heretofore. It is probable, having regard to the sources from which the informa- tion is drawn, that no very great importance should in the majority of cases be attached to individual dates, except in those districts where natural facilities for observation of the movements of the fry and an important commercial eel fishery are found in conjunction. The dates are no doubt approximately correct, and will be found very uniform if compared with those in the preceding seasons. Further observations will be required before we are in a position to understand the movements of the fry in the river systems ; we cannot say with certainty whether the successive immigrations of fry form parts of one continuous annual series, or are divisible into two or more seasonal runs; but the information in the tables lends some support to the latter theory in the case of the Wexford district. Here “ greyish white” fry were noted in the tidal portion of the Slaney between July and September, 1909, and in the freshwater portions of the same river between May and August, 1909. Similar dates for the arrival of the fry in this river will be found in the tables of the previous reports on this subject. The fry that were noted in the freshwater portions of the river in May must have been in the tidal portions at some earlier date, and the question of the actual date of their arrival is of interest. The fry are described as “ black and greyish white,” which probably implies that they were not yet fully pigmented. Pigmentation is stated to be more rapid in fresh water than in salt water, though from some experiments carried out on board of the Thor Dr. Schmidt arrived at the conclusion that it was impossible to know for certain how great was the influence exercised by individual difference as compared with the possibly accelerating influence of the fresh water on the metamorphosis.? However, he found that a transparent eel entirely lacking in pigment, except at the tail, when placed in pure oceanic water on the 22nd May, was quite black by the middle of June. ‘ Saertryk af Meddelelser fra Kommissionen for Hovunderségelser B. III. No. 3, 1909. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908, VI. [1910]. VI. 708. 3 It seems fair to assume that the date of the arrival in tidal waters of “black and greyish white” eel fry found in fresh water in the beginning of May did not go back many weeks, and certainly not many months. Eel fry fully pigmented make their appearance in the Liffey at Island Bridge Weir about the end of April or early in May. The Liffey is about 80 miles north of the mouth of the Slaney. In the tidal portions of the rivers Barrow and Nore the glass or white eels are found early in February. The river Severn (Bristol Channel) appears to receive its main supply of elvers during April, the first arrivals being about the months of February and March. It is not stated in the Report whether the fry are fully pigmented on arrival. A conditional date, therefore, for the arrival in tidal waters of the Slaney of the presumably early run would be about March or April. If the assumption of an early run is not admitted, we must suppose that the fry which were noted in the tidal waters as late as September, and in some years in October, made a belated ascent to fresh water proper in May. This seems unlikely, having regard to their probable age and size at that date. Perhaps the most serious objection to the theory of two distinct runs of fry is that our present information does not suggest it very forcibly save in the case of the Slaney, and it may, therefore, be that we are dealing with a continuous series of runs which commenced i In March or April, but was not noted in tidal waters until July. In the river Bann (Coleraine district), where the eel fisheries are of importance and there are natural facilities for observation, we find a run of fry commencing in March and ending in June. The run is practically continuous (vide Tables) from the 21st April. Observations in subsequent years will perhaps show that similar conditions obtain generally. In addition to the Clerks of Conservators, the Department are indebted for valuable information to Colonel Bruce, Toomebridge ; the Misses Delap, of Valencia; Mr. Power, of Killorglin, and Mr. Swan, of Ballyshannon. 1 Board of Agr. and Fisheries, Ann. Rep. Proc. under Sal. and Fresh- water Fisheries ‘Acts for 1908 (1909) (Cd. 5039). “SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS. VI. 08. 4 SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS Ist October, 1908, 1. When were Eel Fry first seen in the tidal parts of the rivers in your district ? Give names of rivers and dates separately, and names of places where Fry were first seen; and if possible, note whether the Fry were white (7.e., colourless) or black. DISTRICT. River. Place. Date. _ Colour (white or black). Quays to Island Dublin 5c 4 Bridge Weir. | | | | | | | | | 4th May, .. as Black, 22 Wexford, | Wexford, =) | ist July; s .. | Greyish white, Se | Killuriny “>= s> | DED OULYs onc Zs Do., ie .- | Macmine, .. 5°. | 5th Saly; 2s we Do., Je . | Edermine, .. .. | Ist & 2nd Septembe Dark grey, | res . | St. Mullin’s, . | 15th April, .. | New Ross, .. .. | 6th February, | Waterford, Inistioge, .. .. | 13th February, -. | Ballylinch, .. S- —_ Blackwater, 5 Cappoquin, .. | 5th April, Bride, oe .. | Tallow, aa -. | 7th April, Finisk, on oy | Canpagh; ai. -- | 10th April, .. . | Below Park, -- | 13th April, .. | Clashmore, -- | 16th April, .. Lismore “* Killnatoora, - Lickey, 35 se {_-———— — —-————_ de .. | Strand, Blackrock | 12th May, .. 5f | Castle and Oliver’s Mud. Cork, Bantry, ©... | Ballylicky,.. _.."| Ballylicky,.. .. | 20thMay,.. .. Snave, ae .. | Snave, $3 -« | Ist gune, ;: a Dunamark, .. | Dunamark, .. | 30th May, .. D : | Kenmare, .. Blackwater, .. | Blackwater Bridge, 29th May, .. ac | i Stream } mile South Seashore, near top 3rd February, .. | White, of Knightstown, | tide mark. Valencia Island. Waterville, .. | Near mouth of river 12th February, .. on sea shore at top | tide mark. Kells, a .. | Mouthofriver, .. | Last week of May, White, ae a | Grey and black, . _—— RELATIVE TO EEL FRY. to 30th September, 1909. 2. When were Fry last seen at the places mentioned in your reply to query No. 1? Were the Fry 3. When were Fry first seen in the fresh water parts of the rivers and in the tributaries in your Tf possible give the dates of obser- District ? 4. When were Fry last seen at the places mentioned in your reply to 30th Sept., Black, 30th Sept., Do., 30th Sept., Do., 31st July, Blackwater, | | | white or black ? vation at several places on each river. query No.3? DISTRICT. f { i Colour | | Colour Date. (white or River. Place. Date | (white or Date. black). | | black) | } ] | | 1st August, .. | Black, Liffey, | Above Island]| 6th May, | Black, 21st August, Dublin, Island Bridge | Br. Weir to Island _ Br. Weir. | Straw berry | Weir to Leix- Beds. lip. a ea eer ee ————| 10th August, | Greyish | Ouragh, 1st May, | Black and] 6th August, Wexford. | white greyish | white. 15th August, | Do., | Rathmore, 13th May,| Do., 8th August, 25th August, Do., | Tullow, 19th May,| Do., 20th August, 21st Sept., Do., | Aghade, 30th May,, Do., 24th August, | Raheenadaw, | 10th June,) Do., 26th August, | Enniscorthy, | 12th May, | Do., 30th August, | Clohamon, 15th May,} Do., — | Econe, 30th May, Do., 18th August, | | 25th May, .. | White, Barrow and | Clashganny, | 31st May | Black, .. | August, Waterford. 7th August, .. | Black, tributaries. | Borris, to Barrowm’th | 17th June, | Carlow, Ist July, | Do., Do., 4th August, Black, Nore, | Inistioge, .. | 15th Apr. | Do., Do., Thomastown to F 10th May, 16th August, Black, Suir and | Ballinvoher, | 6th July Do., Do., tributaries. | Clonea, to Thurles, | 13th July,| } Ballydavid | 2nd May, . |Water colour] Blackwater, | Clondulane, | 5th June, | Black, Ist July, Lismore. 4th May, | Do., Bride, .. | Castlelyons, 5th June, | Do., 4th July, 10th May, Do., Finisk, | Millstreet, lith June; Do., 7th July (Cap- 12th May, Do., pagh). 15th May, Do., ee iparas | Park, -. | 13th June| Do., 13th July, ckey, | Kielly’s Cross) 20th June) Do., 10th July | (Clashmore), | 22nd August, |Black, Lee, Leap, Killna- | 4th June, | Black, 8th August, Cork. Blackrock Castle | drish. | Sullane, Macroom, 10th June,| Do., 15th August. Bantry. Above Black- water Bdge. 29th May,| White, Kenmare. Waterville. fil 708 SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS 1st October, 1908, DISTRICT. 1. When were Eel Fry first seen in the tidal parts of the rivers in your district ? names of rivers and dates separately, and names of places where Fry were first seen, and if possible, note whether the Fry were white (7.e., colourless) or black. Give Owenduff, Yellow River, Burrishoole, Ballina, Moy, Palmerston, Sligo, Garvogue, .. Ballyshannon, Erne, Drowes, Letterkenny, Owenea, Swilly, Lackagh, Lennan, Gweebarra, Coleraine, Shranainountagh Br. Landbank, Sr Causeway, st Ballina Quay, Palmerston Bridge, | Salmon Hole, Below Ballyshannon Falls. Do., Below Bundrow es Br. Ardara, Dromore, Cashel, Ramelton, Doochary, .. Cranagh, .. Below Cutts, 20th April, .. 28th April, .. 21st April, 23rd Decemice May, 22nd February, 20th November, May and oa Do., 3 10th February, 20th March, 15th April, .. 20th April, .. 3rd May, 12th March, 21st April, 23rd to 26th ‘April, 6th May, 8th May, 10th May, .. 12th to ith May, 22nd to 31st May, 7th June, River. Place. Date. Colour (white or black). Killarney, .. Killorglin, .. 26th December, White, we es Do., 22 24th January, Do., Bs ab Limerick, Shannon, Limerick, 4th February, White, ai Galway, Corrib, Claddagh, 15th January, Connemara, Ballynahinch, Toombeola, June, Bangor, Newport, The Quay, .. 24th April, .. Furnace, Stream, 27th April, .. Mostly White, ae White, oa While, Blac Ni one all black, White and black, « : Do., oF Do., .- “ Do., ee .. Do., Ave ail Do., a a RELATIVE TO EEL FRY —continued. to 30th September, 1909. . When were Fry last seen at the places mentioned in your reply to query 3. When were Fry first seen in the fresh water parts of the rivers and in the tributaries in your 4, When were Fry last seen at the places mentioned in No. 1? Were the Fry District ? If possible give the dates of obser- your reply to white or black ? vation at several places on each river. query No.3? DISTRICT, Colour Colour Date. (white or River. Place. Date. (white or Date. black). black). nd May, Black, Laune, Dungeel, 8th May, | Black, 15th May, Killarney. ird June, Black, Shannon, .. | Corbally, .. | 5th May, | Black, 29th Sept., .. | Limerick. : Do; Meelick. 15th May, — 12th August, Do., Athlone, Oxon las = Do., 3 Brosna, Belmont, .. | 20th May, — 17th August, Suck, Ballinasloe, 28th May, — 20th August, Boyle, Boyle, 25th June, = 1st Sept., 1th May, Black, Canals, Galway, 11th May | Black, — Galway. fune, Black, Ballynahinch | Toombeola, June, Black, June, Connemara. -- Newport, .. | Upper Weir, | 10th May | Black, — Bangor. — — Furnace, Upper Pool, | 6th May, Do., -- _- Yellow River,| The Bridge, 12th May Do., -- Pulagoley, Stream, 20th May Do., — “3rd June, Black, Moy, Weirs, 7th May, | Black, Barly in June, | Ballina, st July, All dark, = = = == == Sligo. ———— —_-- --—— | ————————— ind of May, | Black, Erne, | Belvenarnes May, Black, May, Ballyshannon. ‘alls. fune, Black, Drowes, Bundrowes June, Black, June, | Bridge. Oth Feb., .. | Black, Owenea, Ardara, 14th May,} Black, 14th May, .. | Letterkenny. Oth August, Do., Swilly, . | Dromore, .. | 20th Sept,} Do., 20th Sept., ‘Ist July, Do., Lackagh, .. | Bridge, . 10th Aug.,| Do., 10th Aug. ‘4th April, Do., Lennan, RameltonBr. | 10th Apr.,| Do., 10th April, .. 5th June, Do., Gweebarra, Doochary,.. | 15th July | Do., 15th July, .. — = = = = = — Coleraine, th July, Black, .. | Bann, Above Cutts, | 23rd Apr., early all] 7th June, lack. Carnroe, 21st May, | Black, | Do., 22nd May,| Do., 27th July, .. | Do., Ist June, Do., _— Portna, 14th June,|} Do., .. | 10th August, _ Newferry, 30th May,| Nearly all = black. 31st May, | Mixed, — white and black. | 6th June, Do., —_— 12th June,} Do.. 12th June, .. VI. 08. 8 SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS Ist October, 1908, 1. When were Eel Fry first seen in the tidal parts of the rivers in your district ? Give names of rivers and dates separately, and names of places where Fry were first seen, and if possible, note whether the Fry were white (¢.e., colourless) or black. DISTRICT. Colour (white or black). Ballycastle, Mouth of river, 6th May, Willistown, ote Below Lynn’s Weir, Lurgangreen Br., .. Below Tubberowen Dundalk, .. 15th May, .. Do., + 16th May, .. llth May, .. Drogheda, .. RELATIVE TO EEL FRY —continued. to 30th September, 1909. 4. When were 2. When were Fry last seen Fry last seen at the places mentioned 3. When were Fry first seen in the fresh water parts at the places in your reply to query of the rivers and in the tributaries in your mentioned in No. 1? Were the Fry District ? If possible give the dates of obser- your reply to white or black ? vation at several places on each river. query No.3 ? DISTRICT, Colour Colour (white or Date. (white or black). black). 27th May, .. | Silver, o. Ballycastle. — — Dundalk. 20th May, .. | Black, .. § Castletown, | Tubberowen | 11th May | Black, 20th May, Bridge. ae | ee eee eee Boyne and Whole dis- May and * White and] June, Drogheda. tributaries. trict. June. black. (676). Wt.P.84—S.446. 3.3 875, 9/10. C.&Co.Ltd. G.4. -> oo - 7 » 7 ol = a me © ——— te : i we ] ® bh : 7] —s" me ~ } +e 4 7 a —— —_ = ’ ia Pg Ate aw (ae 2 Stine api! £ 4 ot 1 phe ee r= by <0 gee eihaGe “a re ae ~ Mahe fats 8 4G). - ita wilt in Ras: site oF ae at wr an ee ne 7 = a 4 odd 4 ee . { - ra ters : Sa — INDEX THE SERIES OF “SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS’? FOR THE YwHAR 1908, To PUBLISHED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. The Roman numerals refer to the separate parts or numbers, the Arabic numerals to the pages. ove Acanthephyra, I 56. affinis, I 68. debilis, I 59. —— gracilis, 1 59. lanceocaudata, I 68. —— pellucida, I 66. —— purpurea, I 56. var. multispina, 157. Aegeon, 1 155. —— Brendan, I 156. cataphractus, I 158. fasciatus, I 151. —— Habereri, I 158. —— Lacazei, I 156. nanus, I 152. —— sculptus, I 148. trispinosus, I 146. Alpheidae, I 119. Alpheus, I 120. barbara, I 120. — Halesi, I 121." —— macrocheles, I 120. ruber, 1 120. Amalopenaeus, I 13. elegans, I 14. valens, I 19. Anchistia migratoria, I 132. scripta, I 6. Anisocaris, I 54. Arenicola Bucci, II 2. ecaudata, II 2. Grubw, II 2. marina, II 2. —— piscatorum, II 2. Ashworth, J. H., II 1. Association of Decapoda with other organisms, I 7. Athanas nitescens, I 122. veloculus, I 122. 1By Bibliography of Chimaeridae, IV 25. — of Decapoda natantia, Ue (i len —— of Fishes, V 1. of Polychaeta, III 10. Bresilia atlantica, I 82. Byrne We Ws LV, vo oke Bythocaris, 1 117. gracilis, I 117. — Payeri, I 118. C. Capture, methods of, I 4. Caricyphus angulatus, I 54. larva allied to, I 81. Caridea, I 35. Caridion Gordoni, I 109 Cheraphilus, I 143. —— Agassizt, I 140. bispinosus, I 152. echinulatus, I 144. neglectus, I 153. spinosus, I 160. trispinosus, I 146. ng Chimaera, IV 5. abbreviata, IV 5. affinis, IV 5. dubia, IV 6. mediterranea, IV 6. —— mirabilis, IV 11. Mitsukurii, IV 11, 14 —— monstrosa, IV 6. —- pacifica, IV 19. —— phantasma, IV 6, 8. plumbea, IV 5. purpurascens, IV 5. Chimaeridae, IV 2, 4. Crangon, I 136. Allmanni, I 138. — antarcticus, 1 136. —— bispinosus, I 152. echinulatus, I 144, fasciatus, I 151. == Pacazer.-¥ (5c: nanus, I 152. neglectus, I 153. norvegicus, I 162. sculptus, I 148. serratus, I 144. spinosus, I 160. —— trispinosus, I 146. vulgaris, I 137. Crangonidae, I 134. Cryptocheles pygmaea, I 99. D. Decapoda natantia, I 3. Development of Acanthephyra debilis, I 62. of Parapasiphaé — sulcati- frons, I 49. Dichelopandalus, 1 85. Dimorphism in Decapoda, I 88. Distribution of Chimaeridae, LY “SiG Sa ts of Decapoda natantia, I 6, sity uke E. Econcmic 1 ik Fel fry, VI 2. Egeon, I 155. Eggs of Acanthephyra, I 60. of Chimaeridae, IV 3, 9, 13,424: of Nematocarcinus, I 78. — of Parapasiphaé, 1 49. of Pasiphaé, I 38. ——— of Richardina, I 168. Ephyrina, 1 68. Benedicti, I 71. Hoskyni, I 68. Eumiersia, I 75. value of Decapoda, bo F. Fis1 Food, I 12, IV 4. Fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope, | A Wee ais Food of Chimaeridae, IV 4. of fishes, Decapoda as, I 12. of Palaemonetes, I 132. of Pandalus, I 88. Freshwater eel, fry of, VI 2. G. Gennadas, I 13. elegans, I 14, parvus, I 13, 14. valens, I 19. Glyphocrangon longirostris, I 170. H. Haliplanes gracilis, III 5. isochaeta, III 5. magna, III 5. Harriotta raleighana, IV 20. Hillas, A. B, E., VI 2. Hippolytidae, I 99. Hippolyte, 1 100. Cranchi, 1 106. cultellata, I 103. fascigera, I 100. gordoniana, I 109. gracilis, 1 6. Lillyeborgi, 1 103. pandaliformis, 1 103 prideauziana, I 101. —— pusiola, I 107. securifrons, 1 103. —— spinus, I 103. —— Thompsoni, 1 97. varians, I 100. —— viridis, I 101. Yarrelli, I 106. Holocephali, IV 1. Holt, EB. W. 1.6 TV thaw Hoplophoridae, I 55. Hymenodora glacialis, 1 72. gracilis, I 72. Ke Kemp. S. W., I 3. (Jp) L. Leander adspersus, I 128, 131. ——erraticus, I 130. natator, I 130. ——_— serratus, 1 128, 130. squilla, I 129, 132. Leontocaris lar, I 113. Paulsoni, I 116. Lipobranchius Jeffreysii, I1 3. Lopadorhynchinae, III 1. Lopadorhynchus appendiculatus, BLP iv Lysmata seticaudata, I 6. M. Maupasia caeca, atlantica, III 4. Methods of capture, I 4. Migration of eel fry, VI var. Oy we N. Nematocarcinus ensifer, I 75. Var. exis, EL 7b. tenuipes, I 75. Nika edulis, I 123. Couchi, I 123. P. Paluemon Fabricii, I 131. Leachi, I 131. serratus, I 130. squilla, 1 132. varvans, I 132. Palaemonetes varians, I 129, 132. Palaemonidae, I 127. Pandalidae, I 84. Pandalina brevirostris, I 97. Pandalus, I 85. annulicormis, I 86. Bonnieri, I 92. borealis, I 86. leptocerus, I 92. leplorhynchus, I 86, 92. martius, I 93. —— Montagui, I 86. _ var. tridens, I 88. propinquus, I 89. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons, I 47. Pasiphaé, 1 37. norvegica, I 39. princeps, I 42. sivado, I 37. Sp: jliv.; L426: tarda, I 39, 42. Pasiphaeidae, I 36. Pelagobia longecirrata, U1 2. serrata, III 3. Penaeidae, I 12. Penaeus, I 12. caramote, I 13. membranaceus, I 20. siphonocerus, I 20. Philocheras, 1 143. bispinosus, I 152. var. neglectus, I 153. echinulatus, I 144. fasciatus, I 151. sculptus, I 148. trispinosus, I 146. Phyllodocidae, III 1. Pigmentation of Decapoda, I 15 16, Plesionika martia, I 93. semilaevis, I 93. Sicheriz, I 93. Polychaeta, II 1, Ill 1. Pontocaris, I 155. Pontophilus, 1 159. bispinosus, I 152. Jacqueti, I 140. norvegicus, 1 162. —— spinosus, I 160. trispinosus, I 146. Processa canaliculata, I 123. . Rhinochimaera atlantica, IV 18. Richardina spinicincta, I 166. S. Sabinea Sarsi, I 136. Scalibregma inflatum, II 3. Sclerocheilus minutus, II 4. Sclerocrangon, I 139. Agassizi, I 140. Jacqueti, 1 140. Sergestes, I 24. arcticus, I 30. Sergestes bisulcatus, I 28. ———-inermis, 1 25. —— magnificus, I 30. —— Meyeri, I 30. ——— Rinki, I 32: = —robustus, 1 2a vigilaxz, 1 32. Sergia, I 24. Solenocera, I 13. membranacea, I 20. —— Philippi, 1 20. siphonocera, I 20. Southern, R., III 1. Spirontocaris, I 102. —— Cranchi, 1 106. Gaimardi, I 103. polaris, I 103. —— pusiola, I 107. 4 Steiracrangon Allmani, I 138. Stenopidae, I 166. Stochasmus exilis, I 75. _ Systellaspis, I 56. debilis, I 59. Ti Tropiocaris, I 68. planip s, I 71. Typton spongicola, I 127. V Virbius, I 100. (993). Wt.P.412-S.12. 3. 3. 3. 875. 1/11. C.&Co.,Ltd. G4. Ae A Von Ay Pana) 4") | Nt Mi ; i } HN iy fi i ) iN | iH i aK Hist, ( () au i TLR ARS itive Dept. of Figherie ¢ SH Ireland, 261 . A3 Sea and inland fisheries: 1906, report pt.2,- 1908, pt.2 Biological & Medical Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY Pe bien etter Ne ety Naraatehangs cop aipansteeaa ee et wee . . sy ho ror Pan mt he ee